The URL can be used to link to this page

MISC COUNCIL PROCEEDINGS_CF-7696-202752_10-25-1915_07-13-1961_1NUMBER OR NAME OF FIRST DOCUMENT OF REGULAR CONTENTS I, NUMBER OR NAME OF LAST DOCUMENT MICROFILMED SIQIED Operator JOINT CITY CbUfliY MICROFILM S BY Supervisor t. 0 r 1 C i ZI �IttQ1Ck of � 1�� 'October 23rd, 1915. ARNSWORMC MPU JOHHAGLUND DEPUTY CO t r J r Report of Commissioner of Finance on Council. File No. 5111, in the matter of designating, as a restricted w residenoe district all that land and real estate within the confines of .the following: myL the DI'Ie91e IPPR[ ee 1, Aon4` 1-.�heDDe h�F,therfitY tNk. Under Council File No. 5111, approved May 26th,: 1915. To the Council of the City I�f. St. Paul: As directed by the aforesaid rseglution, I re— spectfully report.the following five names of disinterested qualified voters of "the City of St. Paul, Minnesota, none of whom are, residents of the Ward in which the above district is situated: , Payson H. Gilbert, 1001 Goodrioh Ave. . J vim. Canby, 735 Lincoln Ave. > i Val. -,J'. -Rothschild, .756 Pairmouht Ave. John L. Wilson, 135b Rayftok Ave. ,Reece M.'iewpoit,. 217 Summit Ave. S�A.FARNSWORTH. GOM ONE .,7Oj�7;HAGkU ND. DErOTrC nMnsiaNEn The Commissioner of Finance further reports were subtaitted to him by the 8t. that the aforesaid names raisers to view the Pau- -Real Estate Board to sot as appraise the damage.a premises, assess the benefits acrd aPP suehre- be 000asioned by the establishment of which tlQ may byrthe exercise by the striated residence district and , anted by Chapter 138,' City of •;the powers. in this matter,. � . Lays of 1915, ata rate of $2.00 Per thousand charged on the Assessor's full valuation of the. land,improvemants not included. Respectfully submitted..., 001MISc„IONER 'OF° FINANCE- ,auolidta to Pt<r r COUNCIL 131E18' 'CITY OF ST. PAUL FILE NO. OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK " r` COUNCIL RESOLUTION—GENERAL FORM PRESENTED BY DATE. COMMISSIONER. _ WHEREAS, tt}e City Council of the City of Saint Paul at a public hearing O March 6, 1952, reviewed and, by Resolution (Council File NO. 159030), pp thecFedevelcp9Lent Plane prepared by the Housing and Redgvelopment Authority of The City of St- Paul, Minnesota for the project. areas identified as Project 0Minn. 1-1 and Project OR Minn. 1-2 consisting .of a narrative report of Redevelopment Plan, Project OR Minn. 1-i, a narrative report of Redevelopment Plan, Project OR Minh. 1-2, Development Standards Redevelopment, Project OR' Minn. 1.1,'bevelopment Standards Redevelopment Project UR11inn. i-2, Procedures for Land Acquisition and Disposition Projects UR Minn. 1 -land 1-2, Relocation Plan Projects OR Minn. 1-1 and 1-2, Statements of Financial Flan Projects OR Minn. 1-1 and 1-2, and .supported by the following supplementary, material, data, and. recommendations: Aerial Photo,<4kroposed Site. Plan,'Perspective Drawing, and Publip Xorke Utility Map - Exhibit A City Planning Board Recommendations and Maps -Exhibit B Capitol Approach Plan and Narrative Statement - Exhibit C Statement of Participating. Public Agencies - Exhibit D.. Boundary Map - Exhibit E Exhibit F Summary of Survey of Present Housing and Occupancy - Characteristics of Parcels - Exhibit G Redevelopment Data -.Exhibit H Summary of Survey to Anticipate New Residential occupancy.- Exhibit Y Realtors, Builders and Architects,Statements and Land Valuation Com- parisons Indicating MarketabWty of•Project Land for Residential Use - Exhibit 3 �� Statements Relatbttg to New Commercial Use - Exhibit K Traffic Flow Maps - Exhibit L; and WHEREAS, the City Council of the City of Saint Paul by the above mentioned o Resolution found and determined thaty 1. Each such Redevelopment PAen for each Project area conforms to the general plan for the City as a whole; and 2. That the financial aid provided and to be provided pursuant to contracts for financial assistance pertaining to the projects is necessary to enable the land in the project areas "to be redeveloped in accordance with the Redevelopment Plans for the Project Areas; and 3. That the Redevelopment Plans for the redevelopment areas in the locality will afford•maximum opportunity, consistent with the sound needs of the locality as a whole, for the redevelopment of such areas by private enterprise; and e 4. That in order to implement and facilitAte the effectuation of the Redevelopment Plans thereby approved certain officiai action must be taken by the City Council of the City of Saint Paul with reference, among others,,.to changesin soning,the vacation and "removal of streets, alleys,.and other public waysg,the establishment of new, street patterns, the location and relocation of newer and water mains and other pnblio,pacilities and, accordingly, ttierebyt (a}: pledged its cooperation in helping to carry out such Redevelopment Plans: (b)' +. requested the various officials, departments, boards, And agencies of the locality havingadministrative responsibilities in the premises likewise to cooperate to such end and to -exercise their respective functions and powers in "a manner consistent i with said Redevefopment Plans; and (c) pledged that body to stand ready to'consider and tap appropriate action upon proposals and measures designed to effectuate said Redevelopment Plana; and 5. That additionel'financial assistance under the provisions of Title I of the Housing Act of '1949 is necessary;to enable the land in the.project areas to be redeveloped in accordance with the. Red velopment Plante for the'project,areas, and accordingly thereby approved the filing an application•"or applications, for such financial assistance u$der Title I of the Housing Act of 1949; and WHEREAS, following -,such approvEl by the City Cauncil of the Redevelopment Plans j, and pursuant to the application of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St. Paul "Ainnesota, for. the necessary financial assistance by, the Division of Slum dlearance and Urban Redevelopment of the,"Housing and Home Finance. Agency ander Title I of the Housing Act of 1949, the following minor changes in.the Redevelopment Plane for Projects UR Minn. 1—land UR Minn. 1-2 were subsequently made; 1. Revision in the legal description of. the project bounder'.iea of Projects OR ?A nn. 1-1 and 1-2 Ppproved and adopted by Resolu,;ion of the Hoasiag and Redevelopment Authority,of.the City of St. Paul, Minnesota, on January 28, 1953, to read as 61lowst r '3- BOUNDARY DESCRIPTION - REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT HR Mno. 1-1 (Eastern Projects That area know as the Eastern Project which is bounded as follows.., Beginning at the Northwesterly corner of the intersection.of Mississippi Street and.Orove Street, which Is the Southeasterly corner of Block 4, Dayton's Addition, t�. thence'Southerly in a straight line to the Easterly corner of Lot 7, L. C. Dayton's ,Enlargement, thence Southwesterly along the Southeasterly line of said Lot 7 to the Southerly corner of said lot, thence Westerly a.distemce of 13 feet more or lees to a point on the.Northeasterly line of Lot 2, Block 3, Vandenburgh's Addition to Hoyt's Addition to Saint Paul, which point is 52.feet Southeasterly from the Northerly corned of said Lot 2,,thence Southwesterly on a line parallel to and 52' feet Southeasterly from'the Northwesterly line of.said°Lot 2 to the Northeasterly line of Canada Street, thence Northwesterly along said Northeasterly line of Canada Street 25 feet more or less to the :point of intersection with the North►` westerly line of Twelfth Street extenAd,'thence Southwesterly across Canada Street and along said/Northwesterly line of Twelfth Street to the Northeaster1g.;l.dne._9; Temperance Street, thence Southwesterly across Temperance'Street to the?:'" Southeasterly corner of Lot 20,of Prince & Des�,'�is Rearrangement of OA of- Block 3 of Joel Whitney's Addition, thence Sout�3lesterly along the Southeasterly, - line of said Lot 20 and along the Southeasterly line of Lot 7 of said Prince & Desnoyer's Rearrangement, to the Northeasterly°line of Jackson Street, thence ' Northwesterly along,said Northeasterly line of Jackson Street to the point of intersection with the Northwesterly line of Lot 3, Block 21, Ashton & Sherburne's. Addltion, thence.Northeasterly along said lot.line to the Northerly corner of said Lot 3, thence Northerly along the Westerly lines of Lots 15 and 14 of said Block 21, to the Northwesterly corner of said tat 14, thence Easterly along the Northerly line of geld Lot 14 to the Northeasterly corner pf said Lot 14, tbeace North- easterly across Ashton Street to the Northwesterly corner of Lot 11, Block 22, Ashton-& Sherburne's.Additioa thence Nortbeasterly along-the Northwesterly lines of Lots 11, 10, 9 and 8 of said Block 22 to,the southerly corner of Lot, 16, Block 29, Ashton & Sherburne's Addition,` thence Northwesterly along the Southwesterly line and Northerly along the Westerly line of said Lot 16 to the Southerly line' of Bellevue Avenue, thence Northvesterly.ecrose. Bellevue Avenue in a straight line to the 4outhwesterly corner.of-Lot 15, Block. 19, Ashton & Sherburne's Addition, thence Northerly;along,the Westerly line of said Lot 15 to the Southerly line.of ?'alley Street, thence Northerly across Valley Street.in a straight line to the Southeasterly corner of Lot 18, Block 16, Dewey, Bass & Rohrer's Addition, thence t to the Easterly line of Wales kesterly'along the Northerly line of Valley Stree St_eet'(formerly Warren Street), thence Northerly along the Easterly line r Wa1Qs Street to the Northwesterly corner of Lot 23, Block 16, Dewey, Bass & Rohrer`', Addition, thence Easterly along the Northerly line of said Lot 23 and the Northerly ` Unes of Lots 22, 21, 20, 19, 18, 17, 16.and 15 to the Northeasterly corner of .said Lot 15,.thence Northerly along the Westerly line of,Lot 33, Block 16, Dewey, Hass & Rohrer's Addition to the Ndrthwesterly corner of said lot, thence Ens r the Northerly line-of said lot, to the Northeasterly corner thereof, ly t ce er along the East ly line of said Lot 33-to the Southeaste-ft corner t sof, thence Easterly along the Northerly lines of Lots 13 and 12, Block 16, Dewey, s & f Rohrer's Addition to the Westerly line of Lot 11, Block 16, Ashton & Sherburne's E!d'_tion, thence Northerly along the Westerly line of said Lot 11 to the South- westerly line of Mount Airy Street, thence Southeasterly along the Southwesterly line and Northeasterly along the Southeasterly line of Mount Airy Street to the. Southwesterly line of Broadway Street, thence Southeasterly along said South- westerly line of Broadway§ Street 170 feet more or less to the intersection of.the Southwesterly line of Broadway Street with the.Nortbwesterly line of Lot 10,-Block 18, Ashton & Sherburne's Addition extended, thence NDrthessterly along saidlot lime extended and along said lot line to the Northerly corner of s4i-id Lot 10, thence Southeasterly along the Northeasterly lines of said Lot 10 and of Lots 11 and 12 of said Block 18 to the Easterly•corner'of said Lot 12, thence Easterly along the Northerly line of-,Lot 14 of said Block 18 and along said line extended to,the - J Easterly line of L'Orlent-Street, thence Northerly along said Easterly line of L'Orient Street tthe Northwesterly corner of Block 1, Dayton's Addition, thence' Easterly along th Northerly line of said Block 1, Dayton's Addition to the Westerly: line of Mississippi Street, thence Southerly 1hlong the Westerly line of 1 Mississippi Street to the point of beginning, all in accordancle with the recorded plats'of said Dayton's A'ddition,,L. C. Dayton's Enlargement, VandenDurgh's Addition to Ho 's Addition-to Saint Paul# prince'& Desnoyer!e'Rearrangemen't of Joel Whitney's.Addition, Ashton & Sherburne's Addition, and Dewey, Bass & Rohrer's Addition, on file and of record in the office of the Register of Deeds in and for Ramsey County, Miameaita. -47 OMMARY DESCRIPTrby - MEVEXDPMW PRO= UR KM- 1-2 (Western PrdT 1110 . 8 0 PJ'ict ",which is, bounded as follows: That area known �LG the Western Pr Beginning at the Southeasterly corner,of,the intersection of Western Avenue and Rondo Streett thence E"terly along the Southerly line Of RODdQ Street to thg southwesterly corner of the intersection"Qf,ROndO street and Virginia Avenue, thence aor sterly IIAe_,Of.4irgiid_'Aveaue to the Northwesterlycornerof the intersection of St. Anthony and-VirginiaAvenuesm thence therly along the We I &Westerlylong thee ' IL 'im Nqrtherly line of S I t. Anthony Avehue:45..,5 feet -more or lei;s to the Westerly lOf Lot 7, Elftit, Bernbeizei;.& Ar nold!,e-Addition to St. Paul, thence Northerly along. the Westerly line Of,.AaId'LQt I VIP& il6sg said line -,extended -to the NOrtheMy'line Westdily. along the Northerly ISAj or as -id,. of ;the alley In sald�bloclr 1.2�, thence sk said Block 12p thence alley lo6. reej�'Thore -6r less-. to -tile Westerly line Of Lot 11 i r said Lot 4•and alongsaid line extended to the' rly along the Westerly -line 0: Northe nceAWsterly along the Northerly line or Northerly line of Central Avez,4e, the a of said Northerly line of Central Avenue Central Avenue to the intersection aid Easterly 11M Of the Easterly 11ite of Western Avenue, thence Northerly along 6- Eifeltf Bern - Western Avemie to the 56utberly line of the alley in Block Of said thence Easterly.SlOUg tb*.Soutberly line Of beiner & Arnold'i AddItIdUA01 St- Paul, end 14 line extended semen Virginia Avenue the alley in said Block 7v aid" ' a& eit, Bernheinar & along the Southerly line of the ?alley'in Block 8 Ok said Blf In Addition to St. Paul and said line extended to the Easterly line Of hrrington Arnold.Avenue Aydnuey thezi6e Northerly &long,the Easterly 11M Of Farrington _;`s in Bloei,3, Elfelt, Bernbilwr d Ito the Southerly line of.t4e alley Addition'to,St. 'Paul, thence Emsterly along the Southerly line Of aaid I" j�gh Block 3 of said rafelt, Berthelmer & Arnold's Addition and along. throi Paul; Otft euiftmaded through Block 3 of Cdr's Addition to the City of St' I r 11. to the Westerly Ilse of saltier Street, thence Southerly along the Wester 11M of Matier-Streit, to the Southerly ISM'Of the alley In Block 4, Elreltt rn- blijimer &'Arnold's Addition, thence Essterlyacroes'aa:Ltier Street along the sotLtberly Sineof the alley in Block 3, ploreace Addition ZO St- Paul, COAT"tea nded, jilong said Southerly line or -said silty and along said line ex tendedthe Easterly linelof Marion Streetthence No - Plat, rtherly along the easterly k 1, Florence line or Aarion.Street to the Southerly line of the alley in Sloe ly line Of to St.'pauls�dorrected Plats thence Easterly along tbc Souther Addition division No. 6, A. Paul, 984d alley to the Westerly line or Lot 14, Auditor's Sub f said Lot 14 to the Northwesterly mfnn thenee"Northerly along: the'Westerly line 0 Late, 14, 15, 16; CO tiince Easterly along the Northerly lime of corner of said lot, the Itor's Subdivision No.. 6, St. Paul, Him-, to ` 17, 18s 19, 20, 21, and 22, Auditor's St. psulp Him-. thence Northwest corner of TAIk 23- Subdivision No. 6, ,r � Of iE��Wpste�jjj line of, said Lot 23 to the SOUtbvesterly corner . southerly along Lou the.Northerly-line of .Lot 25, Auditor!a SubdITIS sajd'lOt;-.tbenee Easterly along -along M.) to the Northeast iornei of said lot,,thence.Soutbarli No. 6, 3t. Pahl, His said to the Northerly line of Aurora Avenuep' thence the Easterly line of Or Aurora Avenue to the Southeasterly cor'Kr of Westerly along the Northerly lift - Lot.419, Audjtor,s.Subdivisloi% NO. 6, St- Psulp MAUa., 'thence Southerly across, 53, Northeasterly corner of Lot 2, Audit.0i's subdivision No, M 2 to the South - Aurora Avenue t - o the Ir along the Easterly line of..said'U St. Peals Minn., cad sautheri; 12 -ILOts:9., 8, old lot, thence Easterly 9149 the Northerly line of e#sterly corner of a to. Westerly line of NIC4 street, - Subdivision,, T, 6;,5, anf 1", miller' a j the thence Southerly -along-othe Westerly line of Rice Street t6 the Ut0r8CctIOz 0 Rice Street-vith the Southerly line of Rondo Street, thence South- Westeily UnP of easterly along the Sout4vesterly line' of Rice Street to the point where the South- veptirly line,,of Bice'Street intersects the Edsterly link of Lot i I ; Block 7, RO6d6Is,Add:Lti6U to tbe*CIt)rOf-St, P , Usterly.line Paul, thence Southerly along W;esterly along W* -- of said Lot 1 to the Southeasterly. eornir of said Lot 1, theme Northerly line of Lots 10'and V, Block 7, Rondo's Addition to tbw City Of St - to a point equidistant from tbe-Easter . ly and Westerly lines of Lot 9, SlockT, equidlmtazt .RondoI@.Add6Idn to the City Of St- Paul, theme south6rly &1014 6 line d"tanci of from and paranly and ilesterly- Unes o el,to the -Faster said.Wt 9 f said Lot'9 50 feet, thence Wedterly along aline parallel to the Northerly line of to the Easterly line of Lot 6, Blbc+k 7, Rondo' . a Addition to the City of St--P"L thence Southerly along the Easterly line of said Lot 6 rly ato the Southeasterly corner thence Vesiilodg the southerly line or said Lot 6 -to the sestOTly of'e&Ld lot, roes R&TO4X'Strdet to the Northeasterly corner Of line of Pavoux: Strestr thence se . Lot 4, Block 6, Rondo's Addition to the City of St. Paul, thanes Westerly along the id Lot 4 "d along said line extended'acrosszLot 3 of sold the Northerly line of $a to the Westerly line of 0a�hedrqj place; nce Block -6 and across Cathedral Place Northerly along the Westerly line of Cathedral Place to the lorthenstertlyhence 0?rnOr Of Lot 14, -Kubnls Subdbision of Block 5, Rondo's Addition to Saint Paul, Westerly &10n9 the Wrtber:ly line 'Of Lots 14, 13, 12, -11, and 8, Kuhn's Subdivision , of Block 5i Rondo's Addition to Saint Fr#Uto the Easterly line of Louis street"I 1, of Lot 13, Block ]:;L thence Westerly across Louis Street to the Northeasterly corner Bailty,s Addition to Rondo's Addition to Saint. .Psul,1. B&Ueylq- Addition to A0560 8 thence westerly along the Northerly lipAs Of Lots Us 12p 11, 10 and 9, BlO(k, I Addition to S*int Pauls and along the Nz)rtherl,y lines of - LotsI 32 tX'Ou� Block jV -47 OMMARY DESCRIPTrby - MEVEXDPMW PRO= UR KM- 1-2 (Western PrdT 1110 . 8 0 PJ'ict ",which is, bounded as follows: That area known �LG the Western Pr Beginning at the Southeasterly corner,of,the intersection of Western Avenue and Rondo Streett thence E"terly along the Southerly line Of RODdQ Street to thg southwesterly corner of the intersection"Qf,ROndO street and Virginia Avenue, thence aor sterly IIAe_,Of.4irgiid_'Aveaue to the Northwesterlycornerof the intersection of St. Anthony and-VirginiaAvenuesm thence therly along the We I &Westerlylong thee ' IL 'im Nqrtherly line of S I t. Anthony Avehue:45..,5 feet -more or lei;s to the Westerly lOf Lot 7, Elftit, Bernbeizei;.& Ar nold!,e-Addition to St. Paul, thence Northerly along. the Westerly line Of,.AaId'LQt I VIP& il6sg said line -,extended -to the NOrtheMy'line Westdily. along the Northerly ISAj or as -id,. of ;the alley In sald�bloclr 1.2�, thence sk said Block 12p thence alley lo6. reej�'Thore -6r less-. to -tile Westerly line Of Lot 11 i r said Lot 4•and alongsaid line extended to the' rly along the Westerly -line 0: Northe nceAWsterly along the Northerly line or Northerly line of Central Avez,4e, the a of said Northerly line of Central Avenue Central Avenue to the intersection aid Easterly 11M Of the Easterly 11ite of Western Avenue, thence Northerly along 6- Eifeltf Bern - Western Avemie to the 56utberly line of the alley in Block Of said thence Easterly.SlOUg tb*.Soutberly line Of beiner & Arnold'i AddItIdUA01 St- Paul, end 14 line extended semen Virginia Avenue the alley in said Block 7v aid" ' a& eit, Bernheinar & along the Southerly line of the ?alley'in Block 8 Ok said Blf In Addition to St. Paul and said line extended to the Easterly line Of hrrington Arnold.Avenue Aydnuey thezi6e Northerly &long,the Easterly 11M Of Farrington _;`s in Bloei,3, Elfelt, Bernbilwr d Ito the Southerly line of.t4e alley Addition'to,St. 'Paul, thence Emsterly along the Southerly line Of aaid I" j�gh Block 3 of said rafelt, Berthelmer & Arnold's Addition and along. throi Paul; Otft euiftmaded through Block 3 of Cdr's Addition to the City of St' I r 11. to the Westerly Ilse of saltier Street, thence Southerly along the Wester 11M of Matier-Streit, to the Southerly ISM'Of the alley In Block 4, Elreltt rn- blijimer &'Arnold's Addition, thence Essterlyacroes'aa:Ltier Street along the sotLtberly Sineof the alley in Block 3, ploreace Addition ZO St- Paul, COAT"tea nded, jilong said Southerly line or -said silty and along said line ex tendedthe Easterly linelof Marion Streetthence No - Plat, rtherly along the easterly k 1, Florence line or Aarion.Street to the Southerly line of the alley in Sloe ly line Of to St.'pauls�dorrected Plats thence Easterly along tbc Souther Addition division No. 6, A. Paul, 984d alley to the Westerly line or Lot 14, Auditor's Sub f said Lot 14 to the Northwesterly mfnn thenee"Northerly along: the'Westerly line 0 Late, 14, 15, 16; CO tiince Easterly along the Northerly lime of corner of said lot, the Itor's Subdivision No.. 6, St. Paul, Him-, to ` 17, 18s 19, 20, 21, and 22, Auditor's St. psulp Him-. thence Northwest corner of TAIk 23- Subdivision No. 6, ,r � Of iE��Wpste�jjj line of, said Lot 23 to the SOUtbvesterly corner . southerly along Lou the.Northerly-line of .Lot 25, Auditor!a SubdITIS sajd'lOt;-.tbenee Easterly along -along M.) to the Northeast iornei of said lot,,thence.Soutbarli No. 6, 3t. Pahl, His said to the Northerly line of Aurora Avenuep' thence the Easterly line of Or Aurora Avenue to the Southeasterly cor'Kr of Westerly along the Northerly lift - Lot.419, Audjtor,s.Subdivisloi% NO. 6, St- Psulp MAUa., 'thence Southerly across, 53, Northeasterly corner of Lot 2, Audit.0i's subdivision No, M 2 to the South - Aurora Avenue t - o the Ir along the Easterly line of..said'U St. Peals Minn., cad sautheri; 12 -ILOts:9., 8, old lot, thence Easterly 9149 the Northerly line of e#sterly corner of a to. Westerly line of NIC4 street, - Subdivision,, T, 6;,5, anf 1", miller' a j the thence Southerly -along-othe Westerly line of Rice Street t6 the Ut0r8CctIOz 0 Rice Street-vith the Southerly line of Rondo Street, thence South- Westeily UnP of easterly along the Sout4vesterly line' of Rice Street to the point where the South- veptirly line,,of Bice'Street intersects the Edsterly link of Lot i I ; Block 7, RO6d6Is,Add:Lti6U to tbe*CIt)rOf-St, P , Usterly.line Paul, thence Southerly along W;esterly along W* -- of said Lot 1 to the Southeasterly. eornir of said Lot 1, theme Northerly line of Lots 10'and V, Block 7, Rondo's Addition to tbw City Of St - to a point equidistant from tbe-Easter . ly and Westerly lines of Lot 9, SlockT, equidlmtazt .RondoI@.Add6Idn to the City Of St- Paul, theme south6rly &1014 6 line d"tanci of from and paranly and ilesterly- Unes o el,to the -Faster said.Wt 9 f said Lot'9 50 feet, thence Wedterly along aline parallel to the Northerly line of to the Easterly line of Lot 6, Blbc+k 7, Rondo' . a Addition to the City of St--P"L thence Southerly along the Easterly line of said Lot 6 rly ato the Southeasterly corner thence Vesiilodg the southerly line or said Lot 6 -to the sestOTly of'e&Ld lot, roes R&TO4X'Strdet to the Northeasterly corner Of line of Pavoux: Strestr thence se . Lot 4, Block 6, Rondo's Addition to the City of St. Paul, thanes Westerly along the id Lot 4 "d along said line extended'acrosszLot 3 of sold the Northerly line of $a to the Westerly line of 0a�hedrqj place; nce Block -6 and across Cathedral Place Northerly along the Westerly line of Cathedral Place to the lorthenstertlyhence 0?rnOr Of Lot 14, -Kubnls Subdbision of Block 5, Rondo's Addition to Saint Paul, Westerly &10n9 the Wrtber:ly line 'Of Lots 14, 13, 12, -11, and 8, Kuhn's Subdivision , of Block 5i Rondo's Addition to Saint Fr#Uto the Easterly line of Louis street"I 1, of Lot 13, Block ]:;L thence Westerly across Louis Street to the Northeasterly corner Bailty,s Addition to Rondo's Addition to Saint. .Psul,1. B&Ueylq- Addition to A0560 8 thence westerly along the Northerly lipAs Of Lots Us 12p 11, 10 and 9, BlO(k, I Addition to S*int Pauls and along the Nz)rtherl,y lines of - LotsI 32 tX'Ou� Block r i C J r. f tt '- 1: ±.. � .�..• ! ) '� 1`a -,: � Vii_. '. t i ff pp fs � l .7 1., r... 4. �e � r. I° 75- \ * YV3108. Boundary IDeacription'- Redevelopment' Project UR Minn. 1-2,(Continuad) Nininger's Addition to St. Paul, to the Easterly line of Farrington Avenue; - thence Westerly.across Farrington Avenue to the intersection of the center line of the alley in Block 2, Nininger's Addition to St: Paul with.the. Westerly line of Farrington Avenue, thence Westerly.along the center line of said alley to the Easterly line of Virginia.Avenue thence Westerly 1 across Virginia Avenue to the Northeasterly line of Lot 16, Block 2, Grace's Addition to St. Paul, j>hence Westerly along the Northerly line of Lots 16 through 9, Block,21 Grace's Addition to St. Paul, to the Easterly Avenue, thence Northerly aloe& the Easterly line of Western line of Western Avenue to the point of beginnings all in accprdance with the recorded plats Of said Elfelt, Bernheimer & Arnold's Addition to St. Paul, Chsmber's- - Addition to the City of St. Paul, Minnesota, Florence Addition to St, Paul, Corrected -Plat, Auditor's Subdivision No. 6118t. Paul,.Mitm., Auditor's Subdivision No. 53, St. Pauly Man-, H- H. Miller's Subdivision, Rondo's Addition to the City of St. Paul, Huhn'a Subdivision of Block 5, Rondo's Addition to Saint Paul, Bailey's Addition to Ronda's Addition to Sai9t Paul, Nininger's Addition to St. Paul, and Grace's Addition to St. Paul, on file and of reord in the office of the Register of Deeds in and for Ramsey County, Minnesota. t @ III - 2 • 9 , Op 2. Amendment to "Narrative Report of`Red",elopmentrPlan,'Project UR Minn. 1-1" dated February 25, 1953, approved and adopted -by Resolution of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St- Pauly Minnesota, February 25, 1953, 3. Amendment to "Narrative Report of Redevelopment Plan, Project.UR MAn. 1-2" dated Febrnary 25, 1953, approved and adopted by Resolution of the Housing jad Redevelopment Authority of thA..City of St. Pauli Minnesota,,Fbbruary 25, 1953. 4., Revised "Relocation Plan Projects UR Minn. 1-1 and 1-2" approved and adopted by Resolution, of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of„the City of St. Paul, Minnesota, on January 28, 1953, and amendments dated February 160 1953, and adopted by -Resolution of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota, February 20, 1953. „ 5. Amendment to "DevelopmentAtandards Redevelopment Project UR Minn. 1-1" dated.Febrwzy 16, 1953, adopted by Resolution of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota, February 20, 1953. 6. Amendment to "Development Standards Redevelopment Project UR Minn. 1-2" dated.Jenuary 21, 1953, approved and adopted by Resolution of the Housing -and Redevelopment Authority of the City of 8t- Paul, Minnesota, January 28, 1953. 7.�.Amendment to "Procedures For Land Acquisition and Disposition Projects and 1-2" dated Janubry 26, 1953, approved and adopted by Resolution of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota, January 28, 1953.' 8. Revised "Financial'Plan". Projects UR Minn. 1-1 and 1-2 dated January 28, 1953; and approved and adopted by Resolution of the-lHousing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St. Peul, Vlnnssota, January 28, 1953. ., WHERtEAS, the above mentioned amendments and revisions constitute refinements aad'adjustments in the. Redevelopment Plans for Projects UR Minn, 1-1 and UR Minn. 1-2 and do not include any substsntial changes in thq Redevelopment Plans ae,previously approved, anfl WHBREAS, the amendments and revisions above not forth have been'examined and reviewed by the City Planning Board of the City of Saint Paul. and have been approved by said City Planning Board of the City of Saint Paul with the findings thut the said amendments and revisions do not change the general concept of the original Redevelopment Plans approved by this Council on March 6, 1952, and the City Planning Board of the City of Saint Paul has recommended to this Council that said amendments andrevisions be approved] now, therefore, be it RESOLVED BY THE City Council of the City of Saint Paul.as 8allowea 1. That the amendments and revisions to the Redevelopment Plans for Project UR Minn. 1-1 and'Project UR Minn. 1-2, aforementioned, having been duly reviewed and considered, are each hereby approved..- - L ' -7- That it is hereby found and determined that the amendments herein appro2, d -do not change the general concept of the Redevelopment Plans as originally prepared by the Housing and Redevelopment Autved by horst of-the City of St. Paul, Minnesota, and previously epp 3. That the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota, is authorized and directed: (a) to file such application or applica- tions for such financii dao teE ne R®d ve of pment Plans approved herein; le 1 Of the Housing Act of 1949 as may be necessary to projects in accordance (b) to proceed with the development o htheiof ( )etoimake such minor revisions with the Redevelopment Plans appproperly- etas rovided.+�at say substantial and adjustments in the Redevelopment Plana as may be iiece6eary o . effectuate. the Plans and develon the projects Boundaries;- C2) a subataatiel change inie7.udind (1) any change of Proj a substantial change in the area rearrangement or change of project streetns; (3a major change in the Relocatiqn or location of proposed future use areas; (4) oneibilities of the local Ig a change, in the Policies and Resp. families in decent,,safe and eanitaryhhousing; financali Public Agency to relocate d Plea involvi= (5) a substantial change in the method of financing affeanRedevelopment obligations.of the City of Saint Paul or of the Housing the City of, St, Paul, Minnesooshallbesubmitted to and Authority, of of the City # SaintPaul. approved by the City Council 4, That all findings, determinations and plePaul dgee of the City of y Council the Redevelopment Plans for Projects OR Minn, 1-1 as incorporated in the Resolution (Council File No. 159030) of the City adopted March 6, 1952, approving e'ap, olicable to the amendments and. and OR Minn. 1-2 are herebUletermined to b revision of said Redevelopment Plans herein 'approved;. 5. That it is hereby found and determined that the continuation of the bri the City Of nt Auth� teat levy by the 3t. Paul Housing end Revision sof $eetiont28,fa bdivisioq 6 of St. Paul, Minnesota, pursuant to the A Laws of Minnasoffi the Municipal Housing and Redevelopment Act, Chaptertil completion of for 1947 (Aa•5•A• Section 462.545,. -subdivision 6), Redevelopment Projects OH Minn. 1-1 and OR Mina, 1-2T vedeand nthe lamendments completion of the RedeveTopmea tend 8 heretofore approved to be the present!, and revisions hereiri'app , shall be so continued. intention of Chia Council that such tax levy / � S i D'oDlluRe t. P�aoa.E CITY OF ST. PAUL C NCIL NO ' ► OFFICE OF THE CITY• CLERK COUNCIL RESOLUTION—GENERAL FORM PRESENTED BY - DATE -- COMMISSIONE 4*Hr;RF.AS, under the provisions of Title l of the liousin Act of 1949, as amended, the Hou -.in;- and Home Finance Administrator is authorizedrto provide financial assistance to looal public agencies for undertaki.rr carrying out slum clearance and.urban redevelopment projects; and viiP?FA5, it is provided in said ;.ct thrt contracte for financial ai;d th,reunder shall reulre that the redEvelopment plan for the respective project area be approved by. the governing body of the locality in which the project is . sitytatej •nC that such saproval include findings by the governing body tbat.-. (1) tli'a financial aid to be provided in the c ntr:',c is necess ary e enable the , land within the ;project area to be redeveloped in aecord,nce.sdth the redevelop ment plan; (2) the redevelo,ment pleM for the r=dc:velo;ment areas in the loc lity x111 afford mardmum opportunity, consiotent with ti. round needs of the loc"lity as a whole, for the redevelopment of such res.: by priv:_te entcrprise; and (3) the redevelopment plan conforms to a gcne.ral plan for the development of the locality as e whole; and 0 1 1,111ii AS, -the Housing and, Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul inn pts hrreinrfter referred to as the Autlority, did heretofore, .on the 5th cny o`- February 195'', approve an? adopt a Redevelopment ?1a':n, Project UP 01inn. 1-2, an,' :,i( Pedevelopment 'len was thereupon submitted to thi, Council, and, following a public henrinp pursuant to the requirements of Minnesota €tatuter'1949, Pec. 46 2.521, Sube. 1, this Council did approve saic..Pedevelopment Plan by P - esolu tion anted 'd9:r ch P, 1952 (Council File No. 159030), and ° 1.11°'rr kS, in and by' the said Foeolution '0` i4nrct 5, 1952 (Council File ' 11o. 159030) this. Council did find as follors; (a) That -the Redevelopment ?len for the project area conforms to the general plan of the locality; e (b) That financial aid ,provided ani to be. provided pursuant to contracts for financial assistance pertaining to the ?roject is necese�ry to enable.the land in the project area to be redeveloped in accordance with the T-edevelopment "len for the project area; (c) ^-That the Redevelopment 'lan will afforr"maximum COUNCILMEN Adopted by the Qouncil a 195— Yeas Neys DeCourcy Holland Marzitelli Mortinson I Peterson I .. Rosen Mr. President, Dillon - 4 I Approved 195_ ° • I. _In Favor Mayor. _Against m n i . t 4n: . (C) The. Relocation Plan, daisd.1952 (as adopted by. the — — -- Authority:February 5, 1952, and amended by the Auth- ority February, 1953,.wi 16, tbout subsequent amend - ori ti and WHTsRFAL�,,e Central Area Plan hes been prepared by the Planning Board of the City of Saint Paul and is recognised and used as a guide for thb general development of the locality as a:whoie; and I*FRgAS, the Planning. Board of the City of Saint Paulo which is the duly designated and acting official plenninp,body Yor_the locality, has sub-_ mitted to this Council its report:pnd recommendations respecting avid revised Redevelopment Plan. for the Western Feaevelopment Project .md has certified that, said revised Redevelopment Plan conforms to the said Central Area Plan,: and this Council has duly considered said report, recommendation, and certifi- cation of the Planning Board; and ItFPFAS, said Redevelopment Plan for the project'area preecribes certain land uses for the project arem and will requirc,,among other things, changes .in soningy.the oa.eation and removal of streets, alleys, and other public frays, the establishment of new'atreat patterns, the, location and relocation of sewer and water mains and other public facilities, and other public action; and vM. EASt the Redevelopment Plan, Project UR Minn. 1-2, originally adopted by the 'Authority February 51 1952, and approved :by Resolution of this 'Council March 6, "195.2 (Council rile No, 159030), and the. first amendments thereto adopted.by the Authority February 169 1953,, and: approved by Resolution of thie,:Council "March 10, 1953 (Co oil File go.,163108),,contained. a Relocation Plan for the relocation of families .to ,be displaced as a result of Carrying out the project (vhieh,e"ld Relocatign Plan .is inaluded;in the rsvi.aed'Re- out.thpment Plan for the ;Vestern Redevelopaent Area,.Kithout.subsequent change• or amendnent)'and the relocation of such families has now been substantially completed`and the project area substantially cleared) now, therefore, be, it. RESOLVr'D, by the CiteCouncil of' the City of,'Saint Paul, as follows: F1=T PL 1. That it is hereby :found and determined that thW ?Eat, FOR TNF WESTERN REDEVETAPAR MENT PAWrCT, UR MINN. 1.2, WEST OF THE VP-NNEb(TA STATS CAPITOL,, RMSED TUMARY 1957,'(e sem ana..C6i#acted' b3� saidsluthority's Resolution 57-20 March 27, 1957) consisting ofi. (a)Narrative Statement, 23 pages, with attachment No. 1, "Legal Description", (b) Maps as follower Map .At "Projeot Area Plan" Map Bt' "Street Adjustmepts" Map C: :"Sever Plan" Rap Ds "Hater Ryatem• Plan" map El "Private Dtility..Adjustments Plan" Map 8t, "Proposed Zoning" (c) The Relocation P1 , dated 1952 (as adopted by the Authority Febrae16,_1953, without subsequent amendments) a constitutes a ieeision' and consolidation of the Redevelopment P1ani Project o stitu es adopted by the Autbority Febraary 5, 1952, and approved by Res- URolution of the common Council of tho.City of Saint Paul -march 6, 19.52 (Council Pile .No,,159030) and the first amendments theretd'adopted by the Authority Feb- ruary 16, 1953, and approved by Resolution.of the `Common-cc6cil of the City of Saint Paul'March 10, 1953, (Council File No- 163108), incorporating various minor amendments thereto mane necessary as a<zeeiil t of refinemsnts.ln the Central Area Plan as approved by. the Planning Board of Abe City of Saiht Paul, Minnesota, and as the result of change® in the proposed adjacent street and highwacy System, end eliminating the need .for reference. to scattered documents Hhioh have been prepared :and adopted over•a period of time. "It is further. found and'determined that all essential elemeate°of the original Redevelop- ment plan, as adopted February 5, 1952, and amended February 16, 1953 (as said / Redevelopment Plan and amendments have heretofore been approved, Council Files Noe. 159030 and 163108) are preserved and contained ih this, revision,'that no changes have been made in the project area that no chenges have been made in the project boundari:es,.except to extend the boundaries to the center lines of certain existing streets where streets bound the area, that no major, changes have been made in the fundamental pur- poses of the Plan, and that the adoption of this revised R1;A8h1LOPMENT PLAN FOR THE WFSTMN RT?I)P,VELOPMENT PROJECT, OR MINN. 1-2, WEST OFTHEMINNUOTA STYE CAPIMt, RIM,= FEBRUARY 1957, (revised and corrected by said Authority's Resolution 57-20 March 27, 1957),. constitutes a reaffirmation of the original Redevelopment Plan ay. adopted Februory 5, 1932, and amended,February 16, 1953, and that this revision ie prepared in the,for�a.of a complete revision of the Pl.an.rAther than .as a second set of amendments thereto solely for the purpose of.simplification and convenience in aseembling all elements of the Plan into one document. 2. Itis he found and determined that the project area is a blighted r.rea and qualifies as an eligible project area under the provisions \ of. the Municipal Housing and'Redevelopment Act, Mi.nneeota Statuutes 1953, Sec - 462.411, et seq. 3. That the findings of this Council in its Resolution ofl March 61 1952. (Council File No., 159039), to the effects (1) That the Redevelopment Plan for the project area conforms to the general plan of the locality; (b) Thax financial aid provided and to be pro- , vided pursuant to contracts for financial assistance pertaining.'to the project is necessary to enable,thg,. land in the project area to be redeveloped in accord- ance, with the Redevelopment Plan for the project area; (c) That the Redevelopment Plan will afford max - &mum opportunity,consistent with the sound needs of the locality, as it whole, for the redevelopment of such area by .private enterprise; are nov applicable to the aforesaid revised Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project,, and the said findinFr are hereby aioptod and incorporated herein with respect to the said revised Redevelbpment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project. -4- y D bau:e to rani.. 'CITY OF ST. PAUL F of Nca NO. OFFICE OF THE CITY CLERK COUNCIL RESOLUTION --:-GENERAL FORM PRESENTED BY - - COMMISSIoNE? - DATE Q. That the RPDEVELOFi+lES1T P)&AN FOR TIEhr:TiRN RFD NILOPI'1124 PRO- JFCT, UR '411M. 1-2, vrn 0: ur''4IRNHOTA .",TAT! CAPITOL, F-VI:ED FFBRU.0Y 1957, (revised and corrected by Faid Authorityls Per..olution 57-20 TIarch 27, ).957) ; consisting of: (a) N,.rrative Statement, 23 cages, wit.n attachment J Pio. 1, nLcr0, :escrinY , " (h) i�anF ar follows: "on F.: "project .i -re "lan" Man R: 111treet Adjustments"' i•i +a 1.;: "::ewer Flan" naan f: "T -Tater &!,teem Plen," Pt , F: "Private.Ut.iltty fidjustment: Plzn01 Nap Y- "Proposed Zoning" (c) The Relocation Plan, datet.3 195" (_: adopted by the Authority Febrgery 5,195', ane amended by the Authority Fehru 77 1', 195', without, subee uer.* = ne.ndment'O be me i is hereby r_pproved, and the CiV Clerk is -hereby <'Irected to file a copy of •s V rezdsee Redevelopment Plun for the Western Redevelopment Project -A h the m?nut.es of this meeti4.1 That, in on: er to implement and. - cilitz.te the effectuation of the revised Pedevelopment•Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project hereby apuro:•ed, thele Coimcil does hereby ronew and reaffi m its action of Pdarch 61 195,2 (Counci.7.•File No. 159030), whereby it did:, (a) pledgc'itc cooperation in helping t., c::rry out such redevelopment plan, (b) re,'.uect various .officials, department , bolyde, and at-ncies of the locslity having administrative re-noneibi'r�iee-in the premises likewise to cooperate to such end and to n eyercise their resnective functions F=! Powers in r,. manner consistent with said redevelopment elan, and (c) stand ready to consider and take appropriate action upon proposals and measures deigned to eff-etuate said redevelopment ;clan. " . COUNCILMEN Adopted by the Council 195_ Yeas Nays DeCourcy. m'• , -H' n� Approve 195— Marzitelli Mortinson _sn Favor PetersoV Mayor Against Rosen Mr. President, -Dillon ..n .02 ° CITY OF ST.PAUL' PLANNING BOARD ... 1b Courthouse March 29, 1957 i RESOLUTION OF THE CITY PLANNING BOARD OF ST. PAUL ADOPTED AT THE MEETING OF March 28, 1957 ®_ b the City Planning Board of the City of Saint Paul, that Housing RESOLVED, y. C provide against the and Redevelopment Authority oY the d to o£ Saint Paul, to P � ose of consequence of inadvertent error and to effect the true inteWeste PRedevelop- said Authority in respect of, the Redevelopment Plan Yoe the ment Project, UR Minn- 1-23 West of the Minnesota State Capitol, Lition,Ma February er its R0801' ]°957, and its approval And adoption of the sameruvised an corrected said Be- '1957 =1957, having by its Resolution March 271 1957, therefrom the words development Plan, as revised February 19572 by striking. "1 vision supersedes"' as the same appeared in the first line thereof, and by insertin& therein in Place and stead of said stricken done t wordsthe effect to Hees", , rune pro tune, such having been also,necessari]yFebruary true intent'aad purpose,of this Board under its prior Resolution and recommending 1957, and subsequent resolution adopted March 84 1957 approving d February 1957 as so further said Redevelopment Plan revised February 1957 and expressing its favorable opinion, thereon, and saidresubmit"ted to nt this Boardeand again reviewed by this revised having been duly 1 and as so further Board, the same, said Redevelop m�'nt Plan revised February 957 said Authority n oard d,_is a proved and recommended for adoption a nd approval by and the City ouncil of the City of Saint Paul and said next prior Resolufavor tion ,of this Board Incorporating its said i4itial ap proval recl�e-h rebn Isdincor- able opinion of said Redevelopment, Plan revised February 957 Y ' porated hereih by reference, and made part hereof with the same intent, purpose d confirmed, and ratified.with the same intent, purpose and and effect as -0, said prior Resolution were set forth herein verbatim and the same hereby is rea�lopU , Redevelopment Plan revised effect .a�*.if the ndsame so furtherdrevised,rected � said , February 957 n Moved - - dlr: Shiely Seconded •- Mr. Janes- Ayes anes e ! Ayes - i! � .. Nayes- Mr. McPartlin r Certified to"be a true copy of a resojution passed by the City t• Planning Board of St: Paul at its meeting of March 28, 1957 0 r C. D. Loeks.- Planning Director CERTIFICATE STATE OF MINNESOTA ) -) ss. m COUNTY OF.RAMSEY ) e I, C, D. Loeks„ Director of City Planning, City of Saint Paul, a Minnesota, do hereby certify that I have compared the attached copy of Resolution as adopted by °the City Planning Board of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota at a regular meeting of said Board held on March 8, 19574 with the original thereof as contained in,.the minute books of the City Planning Board of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, e and I hereby certify that said copy is a true and, correct copy of said original and. the whole thereof. w . r C. D. LOEKS Director of City Planning, City of Saint Paul Subscribed and sworn to before me this 27th day of March, 1957•. Notary Public* RaAsey Count , Minnesota My commission expires / S CERTIFICATE / D STATE OF MINNESOTA) ss. COUNTY OF RAMSEY ) a -I, C. D. Loeks, Director of City Planning Of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, do he certify that I have compared the attached ��- _ � — minutes of a Special.Meeting of the City P1�nningiBoard of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, held February 13, 1957, with the original thereof as contained in the minute books of the City Planning Board of the City of Saint Paul$ Minnesota, and I hereby certify that the Ii said copy is a true and correct copy of said minutes and the wholek thereof. C. D. LOESS Director of City Planning, City of Saint Paul Subscribed and sworn to before me this 27th.day of March, 1957.1. Notary Publ�d, usey County, Minnesota Myoommisionspires ESSOUNTOR CIRr PIANtm BOd1i(D CF SAM PAUL parch 8. 1957 Wamm, on February -13, 1957 the City PlanniaB Hoard of the City of Saint i � Paul expressed a favorable opiaioa on a proposed Redeselopment Plan fOr the Western Redevelopoent Project UR Minn. 1.2, Adjacent to the Minnesota WA state Capitol, Revised lebx7fary, 1957, W pgps, xOwW eat to February 13, 1957, certain'ww perlecti� ci s have been eerie in said Redswelopmnt. Plan•, and in lata and vording _ WMB M, the plan incorporating tbaee changes Identified as the Redevelop- . sant Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project UR Mica. 1.•2, West of the Mirmesota State Capitol, Revised FebruarY 1957, �s adopted by. the Housing • and Reaavelopaent Au bority of, the City Of Saint Pahl, Mimeaota on March 6, 1957, and WHEREAS, the plea Immporatiag auch minor cbtaages as adopted by said HottsiaB sari HedevelopemmE Authority hsa been sevieved by the City Planning Hoard ad fovod t.,contain no major aWstantive changes.=ran the plan previovaly revlwwed by the City Planning Hoards HCWsUMWM, EE 1T RESOLVBD M To C ff paMroo BOARD Cr C1Tr (F Um PML, unUMMAtbat the City Plnrmin6 Board re elm its resolution or February 13, 1957 and finds the opiaiaa expressed 00261A to applyin all particulars to the Redevelopment Plan for the Western Bed?.nelopMmiat project UR Mina. 1.2, West of the Miimesata State Capitol, revised February 1957, o adopted on March e6, 1957 b7 the Housing and Redevelopaeat Anthaeity , of the City of Saint Paul, minnssots. CITY PLANNING BOARD OF'SAINT PAUL 1315 Ciou:°thouse A 'special meeting of the St; Paul City Planning Board was held Wednesdayo _Febraary,l3. 19570 10:00 A.M.. 1315 City Hall and Courthouse to coaeider the proposed ohanges°in the .existing Western Redevelopment PIan'; 1. Roll Call: presents Chairman Hilton, Messrs. Adam, Daly. McPartlino ° Massey and Trueoo also Mr. Shippeeo Director of Housing & Redevelopment Abient: Messrs: Buah, Imsdahl,, Janes, %nutsono O'Donnell Owanso Shiely, Schutte and Villaume. quoru2. For the purpose of conducting business, the Chairman declared a "opini o present. Mr. Shippee reported that the state law requires that the opinion of the Planning Board be obtained and that it was assumed that this opinion would be directed to the question of whether or not the changes the City- He- velopment plans comport with the plans for the development stated the proposed changes are not radical, being more procedural in nature far as than substantive. The major changes arre land available and number of dwelling units,ideout fromials700ato 400 units- the expansion of "commercial" use at the easterly end to approximately 22 acres: detailing of the types of use more, explioitlys greater flexibility the location of parking areas. changes in circulation ,fistreetsee dRhigh- ino ways including better access to the interregional highway lying and Carroll -immediately south of the project with the provision of service roads along the south side of the development: provision is also made fors major 4. roadway along the westerly side of the commercial tract which eventually becomes "a'major circulation streon, of Como on the northo et continuing to 'the extensi The circulation aspects of the plan have already been approved by the Planning Board at a previous meeting. are broken in 0011� There was much discussion of "grid" Rtreets vs streets which will be requirbd tinuity. It was ba*cught out that one''off=street parking apses for each apartment. In answer to Mr.- Massey'- question, Mr. Shippee stated that written into the contract of the developers of both residential and commarcial areas is a clause prohibiting discrimination on account of race, color or creed. Mr. Adam suggested, if '1egai-�and if possibleo that a developer be required to �rovida maximum member of dwellings allowable in the development because of the probable demand•to be generated due to proximity of the State Capitol and the Downtpwn. Mr.`ShippLee agreed it might be well to establish a minimum member as well as a maximum number of dwellings to he permitted. He nd would not stated that the FHA has made, a market analysis of the project aAlso.thatld not like to insure mortgages in this area of more than 200 to near he Capitol consideration should be taken of the fact that the Eastern Area near the Capitol Approsoh has roma for 600 to 700 units. W . ,e the trts ithin rea Mr. Hilton suggested adding another 61 or ir nLoeksJand fr. Shippeehetated looking forward to the future (20 ye, that the question o£ pavement widths is flexible but that in their opinion r adeeuate night-of-i;ayis being provided,so as tv permit sufficient street widths within the project. Mr. McPartlin stated if there was to be a high density residential develcpment onstreet at thatrpoint.siaeofMr1.eHilton added hetfelt he rit� it might require a larg ewould .be well to enlarge the commercial area for future development in this section, x ' There was considerable discussion of the question of access to the school site as we11'as allowance for parking. Moved by Mr.,McPartlin, seconded by Mr. Adam that the Planning Board approve the following resolution: 1AU REAS, THF 'CITY PLA14NING BOARD OF THF. CITY OF SAINT PAUL approved the Redevelopment Plan for the Project Area identified as the V:estern Redevelop- n ment Project UR Minn. 1-2 on February 5. 95 wHFRand EAS, THE CITY PLANNING BOARD approved certain amendments to this plan on March 6, 1953. and sions in Iti�EAS these amendments and ng incorporated ional tin as completeirevision ofthe Reddvelopment Plan are now being Plan for the aforesaid Redevelopment Plan entitlead,acent top the Minnesota State Capitol, Redevelopment Project UR Minn. 1-2, Revised February, 1957" and this revision constitutes ent Plan,Iasamended aretainingnalld readoption of the original Redevelop al'elements of said original plan but adjusting said plan only in a essenti number alleleor respectso conform tto refinements made an the Central Area Plan and in the adjacent street and highwem ay y WHEREAS, Minnesota Statutes 1953, Se on to be redeveloped is on 46. s 2.515 provides that the planning agency of"the municipality in which an area which 1ve situated shall provide a written opinion as to a redevelopment plan for such area. ORF, $E 1T fiSSOLYFD BY THE CITY PLANi1INd HOARD oF�p E CTFY O SAIIiT • TMU the plan entitled "Redevelopment n for the PAUL that having cont projederedct 1_2, adjacent to the Minnesota State U,estern Redevelopment Project 7,"Mmuhich Plan includes: Capitol, Revised February. 1957. t A. The Narrative .Attachment 1: Legal�Description B. The following Maps Map, A-_ Project Area Plan Map B. Street Adjustments Map C: Sewer Plan Map D: Water System Plan d stments Plan Map E: Private Utility ju Map F: Proposed 7,oning -2- The City Planning Board now advises the Saint Paul City Council; the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul and all others that it is the opinion of the City Planning Board,of the City of Saint Paul. Minnesota that the objectives and purposes of said Plan conform to'the general _plan, objectives of the City of Saint Paul and that the proposed land uses, streets and transportation proposals and other provisions of the Plan are consistent with the CentraY=Irea Redevelopment Plan as p epare- y the City Planning Board in 1951 and as amended to date. Further the City Planning Board recommends that in -carrying out the Plan that the portions of Farrington Street and St. Anthony Avenue within the Project Area be constructed with a minimum pavement width from curb to curb of forty feet. Ayes m 6 Nayes - 0 Motion Carried Meeting adjourned: 11:55 A.M. ' ,p Submitted: C: D. Loeks Approved: Judson Hilton Planning Director Chairman (for. Arnold Smsdahl, '.Secretary a 1 V . CERTIFICATE • r STATE OF MIMNESOTA ) se. COUNTY OF RAMSEY .' ), I, Executdve Director of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota do hereby certify that I have compared"the attached copy of resolution as adopted by the Commissioners of the, Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota at a regular meeting of the Commissionere of sai4 Authority, held on March 27, 1957, a with the original thereof, and I hereby certify that said copy a is a true and correct copy of said original and the whole thereof. Witness my hand and the seal of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, this 29th day of. March, 1957. 1 , B.�WARM SHIPPEE n / Subs ri d a sworn to before me this 29t of rch,.1957• I I, otary Public, Ramsey County nnesota commission expire¢ -)L, VLP�-•� 1 . P---- Sousing and Redevelopment Authority OF THE CITY OF SAINT PAUL, 4 MINNESOTA j NICK J. SMITH. CxwuH.R - _ I,YLE W. HINES. VI ..C-..—. , BENSON C. SRAINARD,--' o S.CRRMv FRANK H. DELANEY. Ae.1.T�Nf B.cnET�RY ' CLAYTON O. REIN, TneA Uu B. WARNER SHIPPEE. ElieclRN oink HA QOo—mI.L,C..TCCHICK. h 1745 City Hall and Court House SAINT PAUL 2 MINNESOTA March 11, 1957 e Marshall F. Hurley, Esq. Corporation Counsel of the City of Saint Paul City Hall and Court House sd nt Paul 2, Minnesota Dear Mr. Hurley: I submitted to you under date of February 27, 1957, a brief explanation: of the' revised Redevelopment Plan which the Authority was at that time about to adopt, together with a proposed Resolution for adoption by the City Council approv- ing the revised Plan. Since the date of that letter, I have conferredrin Chicago with the regional officials of the Urban Renewal Administration and have received their informal approval of the revised Plan and of the proposed Resolution for a- doption by the City Council, with only one very minor change, which I wish to com-' ment upon in this letter. On March 6, 1957 the Housing and Redevelopment Authority by its Resolu— tion No. 57-12, adopted the revised Redevelopment Plan, and we now wish to file the revised Plan with the Council and ask its approval' as promptly as possible. I am enclosing for your further information a copy of the revised Plan as :now formally adopted by the Authority Marchi 6, 1957, and a copy of the Authority's adopting Resolution. I also submit a revision of the proposed Resolution for the City Cou cil which'I sent you on February 27. The only change in the resolution is at'tlik'� top of page 4, where you will note we are somewhat more specific as to .the nature of the changes which are made. The proposed Resolution, as now cor- rected, meets with the approval of the legal counsel of the Urban Renewal Adminis- tration, and we hope you will now advise the Council that it may properly be adopted in the form submitted. Attached you will find a copy of my legal opinion to Mr. John P. McCollum, Regional Administrat6r, Housing and Home Finance Agency, relat- ing to the legality of the proposed revision of the Plan and its effect on pend- ing litigation. The litigation referred to is,the Greenman case involving the testing of the constitutionality of the redevelopment provisions of the Minnesota Housing Act. It is quite possible that you may also adsh todreview and comment to the City Council on the effect of such litigation on the proposed revision of Plan. Marshall F. Hurley, Esq. -2- March 11, 1957 In my letter of February 27, 1957, I suggested that..the Council should set a time for a public hearing upon the revised Plan and that notice of this hearing be published with the regular Saturday' publication of Council proceedings not less than ten days before the hearing. The regular publication of Council proceedings is in the°6t. Paul Legal hedger.. M.S.A. 452.521,'Subd. 1, requires "not less than ten days' published notice in a newspaper of general circulation in the municipality." There may be some question as to, whether publication in the St. Paul Legal Ledger will meet this requirement of publication in a newspaper of general circulation. We would therefore request that the notice of hearing also be published in the St. Paul Pioneer -Press and Dispatch. Mr. B. Warner Shippee, Executive Director of the Authority, will very shortly be making a formal presentation of the revised Plan to the Council, with a request for the holding of a public hearing and approval. I will be pleased to discuss with you the proposed action_ of the Council on Mr. Shippee's request, at your convenience. S Yours very truly Harold L. Rutchick HLR:ls General Counsel a- �a Marshall F. Hurley, Feq. Corporation Counsel of the City of Saint Paul City Hall and Court House Saint Paul 2,�Minnesota Dear Mr. Hurley* I submitted to you under date of February 27, 1957, a brief explanation Of the revisqd Redevelopment Plan which the Authority was at that time about to adopt, together with a proposed Resolution for adoption by-the City Council approv ing the revised Plan. Since the date of that letter, I have conferred in Chicago with the regional officials of the Urban Renewal Administration and hays received their informal approval of the revised Plan and of the proposed Resolution Mor a- doption by the City Council, with only one very minor change, which I wish to com- - ment upon in this letter. On March 6, 1957 the Housing and Redevelopment Authority by its,'Repolu- tion No. 57-12� adopted the revised Redmmlopm3snt Plan, and we now wish to file the revised Plan with the Council and ask its approval as promptly as possible. I am enclosing for your further information a oopy of the revised Phan as now' formally adopted by the Authority March 6, 1957, and acopy of the Authority's adopting Resolution* I also outMit a revision of the proposed Resolution for the City Council which I sent you on February 27. The only change in the resolution Is 'at the top, or image 4, where you will note we are somewhat more specific as to the nature of-the-changes which kv made. The proposed Resolution, as.now ocr— rooted, meets with the approval of the legal counsel of the Urban Renewal Adminis- tration, and we hope you will now advise the Council that it may properly be adopted in the form submitted. Attached you will fins-a o0pt of my legal opinion to lira John P. McCollum, Regional Administrator, Housing and Home Finance.Agency,.relat Ing to the legality of the proposed revision of the Plan and Its .effeot.on pend- ing litigation. The litigation rred to is the areenman case involvinff the testing of the constitutionality o the redevelopment provisions of the Niniissota Housing Act, It 1s quite pose that you may also wish to review and comment to the City Council on the effect of such litigation on the proposed revision of Plan, n Marshall F. Hurley, Esq. Starch ll, 1957 ° In my letter of February 27, 1957, 1 suggested that the Council should sot a time for public hearing upon the revised Plan and that notice of this hearing than ten ddaagaa S oorre he�he ring a relgular�Publiodbiioa Council proceedings proceedings is in the St. Paul Legal Ledger. Iu.s.A. 462.521, 8ubd.,1, requires "not less than ton days' published notice in a nexspaper,of prAiral circulation in the municipality." ?here may be now question as to whether publication in the St. Paul Legal Ledger will meet this requirement of publicatipn in a newppaper of goaera],oirculation. We would therefore request that the notice of hearing also be published in the St. Isul Pioneer -Press and Dispatch. Mr. B. warner Shippes, Swcutive Director of.the Ax thority, will very shortly be asking a formal presentation of the revised Plan to the Council, with a request for the holding of a public hearing and approval. I will be pleased to discuss with you the proposed action of the Council on Nr. Shippeels request, at your convenience. Yours very truly Harold L. Rutchiak HLBrls a General Counsel ♦ -4 {{ NOTICE OF. HEARING ON. RO WSLMM PLAN f NOM 28.30 HR 0I0'ibst a public hearing will be had before the Council of the City of Saint`Paul In the Council Chamber in Us Cota!t House in the City of Saint *rill on the 27th day. of Me rob, 1957 st'1O.o!clock A.M., peon the Revised Redevelopment Plan presented by the Houaiug and Redevelopignt Authority of the City of Saint Pahl, Diinneaote for Pro. Seat UA Mian., 1-2 ideatitied as "RedeVslopme Plan for the Western-RedevelopmaMl;Projeat, Uis Kim. 1-9, Want of the 'MMwsota state Capitol #. Revised February 1957• The; area embraced. by the said Redevelopment Plan is as followas Project UR 1111. ` 1.2 (Western Yr-oject),•That arae bounded by Rice street froae approximately the center. line of• the block betvaen Aurora and Fuller Streets'south3o approxixestely,the canter line of the blook betpaen r Rondo and Carroll Streets, tbe:approximate center line of the block 6et,"n Rondo andCarroll Streets froi Rice Street to Western Avanue, Western Avenue frail said. center line north -to the center lice of,the blook between Central Avenue and Mier .Street (eigluding Ober oys :blob a4' Playground), the center lina'of the block between Central m Avenue and. Fuller Street from Western Avenue to FRsrrington Avenue, Farrington Avenue Etat said tehier, line hbrth to the center line of the, block between %1"2e city aUt-#urora 'Avenues,` the enter lite of the block between UniVersity WA— Aurora Avenues from Farrington Avenue to Oaltier Street, Caltier Street from said center line south to the center line of the block between Aurora'_Avenue ane Fuller 8ireot, the center line of ,the blbW bets+een Aurora' Avennie ,and Fuller Street from Oiltier to Marion Street $, bWa 1.6,n Btrset ifrcm said center line north to the' center line of the bloc'bettveen University and Annora A"nuesj approuimstely the centey,lime og,the'block batgeen Univaraity and AUrora Avenue* from Marion:street to,-Aibe^Street, and $ise'Street from $aid *enter line eolith to approxisiste the center 11ne of the "block betveeb Aurora Avenue and Fuller.. Street (e vAing p:'operties trositing on Rias Street).' - bThe boundaries set forth herein are approxiemtioni. esaat . osnsdaries and detailed legal descriptions are on file in the office csf the City Clark of the City of Sti Psu1, 386,01tti�' Balt and court House, and of the Housing and Redevelopment Adthoritye'17!►5 Oty Sall ape Court House.' Mapo,.charts, and 'otier dstalls of the peoposed Redevelop mant'Plan are on file iblbe office of+the Housing and aeds"lovemut Authority and say be snapeotad'during regular buslnasa hours. The purpose. of the bearingof whish notice is bereby given isto consider theRevisedRedevelopment Plan and determina vhetbe. it aba'll' be.approved, permittinS tbb Housing cult, Redevelovout Autbority of the City of Saint Feel, M nneacts to proceed to carry out said Plan pursuant to the provisions of the liinnesota Housing and Redevelopment Act and of Title I of the Musing Act of 1949,. All,;peraona and organisations int .Mated,in we matter will be given full opporunityto be beard. "'Dated: March 13, 1957 JOMWH Ro OKONM ( / v City Clerk RESOLUTION NO. 57-12 . WHEREAS, the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City.ol Saint Paul, Minnesota; hereinafter referred oas the adopted suRedevelopment Planshas - on the 5th day of February 19520 approved and Project'UR Minn. 1-2, which said'RedeveloPmsnt Plan was thereupon approved, followings public hearing pursuant to the requirements of Minnesota Statutes 1949, Seca 462..521, Subd. 1, by,Resolution of the Common Council of the City of Saint Paul.-March 6, 1952 (Council Fife No. 159030), and WHEREAS, the Authority by Resolution adopted February 16, 1953; and adopt certain amendments to the aforesaid Redevelopment Planp 'did approve aapproved by which amendments were Resolution of the Common Council of the City of Saint Paul March i& 1953 (Council File No. 163108) and WHEREAS, the Authority did on March 29 1953, enter into a Contract for Loan and Grant with the United States of America, acting by and through the Housing and Home Finance Administrator, providing for financial assistance in connection with said Redevelopment Plan, and WHEREAS I. the Common Council of the City of Saint Paul, in its Reso- lution of March 5, 1952 (Council File No. 159030) approving said Aedevelopment, did find as followal (a) That the Redevelopment Plan for the project area conforms to the general plan of the locality;, (b) That.financial aid provided and to be provided pursuant to contracts for financial assistance pertaining to the project is necessary to enable the land in the pro- ject area to be redeveloped in accordance with the Redevelop- went Plan, for the project area; (c) That the Redevelopment Plan'-will afford maximum ,opportunity; consistent frith the sound needs of the locality as a whole, for the redevelopment,of such area by private enterprise; and WHEREAS, subsequent to the adoption of the first tTamenof dmnorsato the enta aforesaid Redevelopment Plan of February 16, 19�5 a ancf revisions in the Redevelopment Plan have b6en Planni ry Boar ofuthe f refinements in the Central Area Plan as approved by h City of Saint Pauls Minneebta�•anm as the result of changes in the proposed adjacent street and highway 87stemp and WHEREAS; in order to simplify the Redevelopment Plan and to and nate the need for.referende to scattered documents which have been preps adopted over a period of time, a complete revision'of the aforesaid Redevelop- ment Plan has now been prepared and. presented to this meeting 'o& tha Authority WESTERN for its consideration and appro'vev entitled REDEVELOPMSEOTA STATk PLANE CAPOR.I HE �- RtftMOPMENT PROJECTcone a inWEST OF THE MINNEg oft VISED FEBRUARY 1957, 9 'I (a) Narrative Statement, 23 pages, with attachment No. 1, "Legal Description" (b) Naps as followat Nap As "Project Area Plan" Map Bt "Street Adjustments" Map Cs ."Sewer Plan" Map Ds "Rater System Plan"_ Map Et "Private Utility Adjustments Plan" Nap Fs "Proposed Zoning" (c) The Relocation Plan, dated 1952 (as adopted by the Authority February 5P 1952, and amended by the ,Auth ority February 16, 1953, without subsequent amendments),, and WHEREAS, the said Planning Board of the City of Saint Paul, by Resolution adopted February 13, 19571, has expressed its opinion that the afore, said Redevelopment objectives an for the ostehe in Rof Saint ent Project is consistent with the city planning j wREREAS, the aforesaid Redevelopment Plan for the western Redevelopment Project was reviewed and considered at length at this meeting of the Authority, now, therefore, BE IT�RESOLVED by the 'Housing and Redevelopmant Au of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, as followes 1. It is found and determined that the REDEVELOPMENT• PLAN FOR THE WESTERN REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT, UR MINN. 1-2, WEST OF THE. MINNESOTA STATE CAPITOL, . REVISED FEBRUARY 1957, consisting of (a) Narrative Statement, 23 pages, with attac`ument No. 1, "Legal Description" (b) Maps as follows* Map At "Project Area Plan" Map Bt "Street Adjustments" Map Os "Sewer Plan". Map D: "Water System.Plann _. Map Es "Private Utility Adjustments Plan", Map Ft "Proposed Zoning" (c) .The Relocation Plan, dated 1952 (as adopted by the Authority February 59 1952, and amended -by the Auth. ority February 7.6, 1953, without subsequent-amsndmentA constitutes a revision and consolidation of the Redevelopment app owed bg ct Reeolu- UR Vim. 1.29 adopted by the Authority February 5, .1952, and tion of the Common Council of the City of Saint Paul March 6, 1952 (Council File No. 159030) and the first amendments thereto ado(sted by the Authority February 16, 1953, and approved by Resolution of the Common Council of the City of Saint Paul March 10, 1953 (Council File No. 163108), incorporating various minor. amend - me enapprovedtbpmthe PlanningyBoard of the Cias a result of ty of Saint sPaul, in he Central Area n Minnesota,and as adjacent street and highxsy system, and the result of changes in the proposed to scattered documents which have been pre - eliminating the need for reference ent Plan as adopted pared and adopted over a Pssiod of time. It if further found and determined, nal development 16 1953, ar® Preserved and contained that all essential elements of the original preserved area or in the February 5, 1952, and amended Fee have been made in the Project in this revision, that no changes have or sOf project boundaries, except to extend the boundaries to that no .the center linea changes certain existing streets where streetso6es ofttheaplan, and t tithe adoption damental P,OR THE WESTERN IMEMOPaT PROJECT, UR have been vada in the OST PLAN c nst1- of this revised REDEVEi. TA STATE CAPITOL, REVISED FEBRIIARY 1957, P ._ MILAN. 1-2, WEST OF THE MINK? ted Febrffry 5, 16 1953, and that thio revision is prepared in the tutee a reaffirmation of�the original Redevelopment Plan as adopted 1952, and amended February ,% second bet of an rather than as I form of a complete revision ofurhose of simpliP cati n and convenience inend- ments thsreto solely for the p P assembling all elements of the.P7an into one document - assembling PRO- . 2. That the REDEVEI;0pMT PLAN FOR THE P TTS RETSED JECT, UR MILAN. 1-2, hs R OF THE MINNESOTA STATE CAPITOL, REPISED FEBRIIARYp1957� .consisting ON i (a) Narrative Statement, 23 Pages, with attachment No. 1, "Legal Description" (b) Maps as followst gyp At "Project Area Plan" Map Br "Street Adjustments" Map Cs "Sewer Plan" Map,DI. "Water. System Plan" „ map Et 'private Utility Adjustments Plan yap Ft "Proposed Zoning.: (c) Relocation Plan, dated 1952(as adopted th the The The E ity,February 5, 1952, and amended byhe Aut utho February 1b, 1953, without subsequent ment4 be and it hereby is in all respects approved and adopted, and the Secretary be and he hereby is adirected to file a copy of the said Redevelop nt Plan with 'the minutes of this meeting- -3— ClTy OF* "SAINT PAUL QW&L OMM1011 U r G h WHEREAS9 under the provisions of Title I of the Housing Act of 19491-\.;. amended, the Housing and Home Finance Administrator is authorized to provide ' financial assistance to local public agencies for undertaking.carrying out slum ° clearance and urban redevelopment projects, and , WHEREAS, it is provided in said Act that contracts for financial aid thereunder shall require that the redevelopment plan for the respective project tvvea,be approved by the governing body of the locality in which the project is situated and thateuch'approval include findings by the governing body thats (T) the financial aid to be provided in the contract is necessary to enable the .• lend within the project area to be redeveloped in accordance with the redevelop- ment plan= (2) the redevelopment plans for the radevelopmenX areas in the locality " will afford maximum opportunity, consistent with the sound treeds of the locality as a whole, for the redevelopment of such areas by private enterprise; and (3) the redevelopment plan conforms to a general plan for the development of the .locality as a whole, and WHEREP* the Housing gnd Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint. Paul, Minnesota, hereinafter referred to as the Authority] did heretofore, on"the 5th day_of February 1952, approve and to a Redevelopment plan, Project UR Mian. e 1-2 fz and said Redeveloyment Plan was thereupon submitted to this Council, and, following a public hearing pursuant to the requirements of MinnesotaStatutes 1949, Sec. 462,521, Subd. 1, this Council did approve said Redevelopment Plan by Resolu- tion'dated March 6, 1952 (Councll Fille No. 159030), and WHOWASs in and by the said Resolution of March 6, 1952 (Council File No. 159030) this Council did find as followas (a`) That the Redevelopment Flan for the project'area conforms to the general plan of„ the locality; , (b) That financial aid provided and to be provided pursuant to contracts for financial assistance pertaining to the project is necessary`to enable the land in the. project area to be redeveloped in,.accordance with"'ths " Redevelopment Plan for the,project area; (c) That the Redevelopment Plan will afford'maximum opportunity, consistent with the sound needs of•the locality as a whole, for the redevelopment of such -area by private ' enterprise; and WHERM, the Authority by Resolution adopted February 16, 1953, did approve and adopt certain amendments to the,aforesaid•Redevelopment Pian, which amendments were approved by Resolution Of tiia Council March 100 1953 (Council File No. 163108), 'in -which said Resolution this Council did;find anddetermines7 *- .., .. ;+ (a) That the amendments therein approved Aid not ' change the.general concept of the Redevelopment Plan as originally' prepared by the Authority an¢ previously ap proved by this Council (b) That all findings, determinations,_and pledges AFo the City of Saint Paul, as incorporated in the Reso— tion of this Council adopted March 6, 1952 (Council Pile No. 159030), .were determined to be applicable to the amendments and revision& of said Redevelopment Plan therein approvedl and actin pursuant to the provisio s of Title WHEREAS, the Authority, 9 p ! I of the Housing Act of 1949, as amended, has her on Oar. ftl'" 19530 entered into a Contract for,Loan and chant with the Housing and Home Finance Administrator with reference to the aforesaid Redevelopment Plan, Project tit . Minn. 1-2, as approved and adopted by the thority and approved by this Council, and WHiREAS, subsequent to the adopti pf the first amendments to the aforesai Redevelopment Plan on February 160 953, and the approval of said first as ndmen s by this Council on March 109 953 (Council File No, 163108) a number a nor adjustments. and revisione'in the Redevelopment Plan have been made necessary as a result of refinements; in the Central Area Plan &s approved by the Planning Board of tho City of Saint -Paul, Minnesota, and as the result of changes in the proposed adjacent street and highway system, and `. WHEREAS, in order to simplify the Redevelopwenti'lan and to el mi+ ns. the need for reference to scattered documents which have been prepared a adopted,ovsr a period of Was, a complete/Fevision of the'eforesaid Rede. velopment Plan fias nos bean prepared and adopted ley the Autharitlr .(by_ SAIG, Resnlutnt No, ; . 1957,), in ied, yBiAPi4�Fil" PtAti' " TH8`PIESiERN yaiAPM6Nf PROJECT, UR MINN. 1.2, WEST OF TO IQt 07U STAT2 CAPITOL. REYIS6D FEBRUARY 1957✓ donsisting ofi v (a) Narrative Statement, 2: pages, with attachment o No. 1, "Legal Description" (b) Maps as follows Map As "Project Area Plan" Map Bs "Street Adjustments" Map Cs "Sewer Plan", Map Ds "Plater System Plan". Map Es "Privste'Utility Adjustments Plan" ° Map Fs "Proposed Zoning" (c) The ttelocation Plan, dated 1952 (as adopted by -the Authority February 5, 1952, and amended by the Auth� ^-T ority February 16, 1953, without subsequent amend- • mental, and WHEREAS, a dentral Area Pian has been prepared by the Planning Board of the city of Saint Paul and is recognized and use; is a guide for the general` development of the locality as a whole, and WHwAS, the Planning Board of the City pf Saint Paul, which is the duly designated and acting official planning bodyfor the locality, has sub- mitted to. this Council its. report and r6commendations respecting.said has, Redevelopment plan for the"Western Redevelopment Projict and has certified that said revised Redevelopment Plan confo=s to the'said Central Area plan, and this Council has duly considered said report, recamnsnsiation, and certifies .cation of the Planning Board, and " WHEREAS, said Redevelopment Plan for the project area prescribes , certain land uses for the project area and will require, among other Wngs, changes in zoning, the vacation and removal ;o{ streets, alleys, and other public ways.the establishment "of new street- patterns, the location Ind relocation of sewer and water mains and other p461ic facilities, and other public action, and, 1411 TEAS, the Redevelopment Plan, Project UR Minn, 1-2, originally adopted by the Authority February 5, 19524.and approved by Resolution of this Council March 6, 1952 (Council File No. 159030). and -the first amendments there- to adopted by the Authority February 16, 1953,and a proved by Resolution of this Council March 10, 1953 (CouncilFileNo. 163108, contained a Relocation Plan for the relocation of families to be displaced as a readlt of carrying out the project (which said Relocation Plan is included in the revised Rede- velopment.Plan for the Western Redevelopment Area, without subsequent change or amendment), and the relocation of such families has now been substantially completed and the project area substantially cleared, now, therefoie, . BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of•the, City of Saint Paul as follows 1. That it is hereby found and determined that the REDEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THE WESTERN REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT., UE MINN. 1-2, WEST 0 Tag P9INN&SOTA STATE CAPITOL, REVISED FEBRUARY 1959;;, consisting of a (a) NarrativeStatement, pages, with attachment No. 1, "Legal Description"' (b). Maps as follows$• Map As "Project Area Plan" Map Be "Street Adjustments" Mepycs ."Sewer Plan". Map Di "Water System Plan" Map E$ "Private Utility Adjustments Plan" Map, Ps "Proposed Zoning" (c) The Relocation Plan, dated 1952 (As adopted by the Authority February 16, 1953, without subsequent amend - mantel constitutes a revision and consolidation 'of the Redevelopment Plan, Project UR Minn. 1-2, adopted by the Authority February 59 1952'# And approved by Res- olution of the Common Council, of the City of Saint Paul March 6-, 1952 (Council File No. 159030) and the first'amendments thereto adopted,.by the Authority Feb- ruary 16, 1953, and approved by Resolution of the Common $ ouncil of the various of, Saint Paul March 10, 1953 (Council File No. 163103), incorporating minor amendments thereto made necessary as a result of refinements, in the Central Aee Pian as approved by the.Planning Board of the City of Saint Psul, Minnesota, and as the result of changes in the proposed adjacent street and highway system,°and eliminating. the need for reference 'to scattered documents which have been.pxepared and adopted over a period of time. It is further found and detormined that all, essential elements of the original Redevelop" ment Plan, as adopted February 5, 1952, and amended Pebruary 16, 1933 (as said Redevelopment Plan and amendments have heretofore been approved,. Council Files No*. 139030 and 163108)'are preserved and contained in this revision, that, no changes have been made in the project. area or in the project; aundaries, that no changes have been made in the project bounda$ies, except to extend the boundaries to the. center lines of certain existing stiests where streets bound ths,area, that no major changes have been;made in the fund�ntal pur- poses of the Plan, and that the adoption of this.,xevised_I RN NEDRU .OPaamf,PLAN FOR Ta wise RSDB:ViLop ur Papimr, UR MINN. 1.8, WaT OF Tri C Nmal f1TA " sras CAPITOL, a&vISER FENuARY 1937) don Atutfs,a reaffiraation of th* orig- inal Redevelopment Plan as adopted February 5, 19526 and amended February 16, 1953, and that this revision is prepared`.in the form of a;complete revision of the Plan rather than as a second set of amendments thereto solely for the purpose of #Wplificatioh and convenience In•asssabling all elements of the Plan into ons document, 2;;It is hereby found and determined that the'pr6je4 area is`a blighted area and qualifies, as an eligible°Project, area under the provisions of the Municipal Housing and Redevelopment Act, aLnnaaota Statutes 1933, SA6.- 462411, et.seq. 3. That the findings of this Council in its Resolution of March 6,'1932 (Council File No. 159030)„to the effects (a) That the Redevelopment Plan for the, project area conforms to .the general plan of the localAyi (b) That financial aid provided and to pso- vided pursuant to contracts for financial stance pertaining to,the project is necessgry to n "le the land in the.project area to be redeveloped n accord- ance with the. Redevelopment Plan for the project area; (c) That the Redeveiopment Plan will afford mex- imum opportunity, consistent with the sound. needs of the locality as a wholes for; the redevelopment,of such area by private enterprise, are now applicable to the aforesaid revised Redevelopment Plan,foe.the';Nes• tern Redevelopment Project, and the said findings are hereby adopted4nd in- corporated herein,with-respect to, the paid revised Redevelopment Plan'.for the,Western Redevelopment<Project.` 4. That -the REDEVELOPMENr PIAN FOR t1S WESTERN REDEVELOPMENT PRO- JECT, UR MINN, 1-2 WEST OF TW MINN�SOTA ST CAPITOL, REVISED FWUART 1957y,eonsi'sting ofs:- 0 pit Kr_ .�y TH (a) Narrative Statement, 23 pages, with attachment No. 1, "Legal Description” (b)"maps as followes Map As "Project Area Plan" Map Be _•Street Adjustments"' Map Cs "Sewer ,Plan" Map lye ""water system plan" MV Es "Private Utility Adjustments Plan", h Nap F's "Proposed Zoning" (e) The Relocation Plan, dated 1,952 (as adopted by the (, Authority February,g, 1952, and amended by the Authority February 16, 1953, without subsequent amendments), Pro- be and it hereby aproved, and the city Clerk is hereby direeted en file a copy of said refs aRedevelopment Plan for the WesterRedevelopment Pro' ispn fact with the minutes of this meeting. 5, That, in order to implement and facilitate the effectuation of the revised Redevelopment P106 for the anew end r edavv opmsnt ionto project by approved, t!'is Council doss hereby ledge its Cooper" 6, 1952 (Council -File No- leo)+ whereby it,didlanta P est various . tion in helping to:carrY out such redevelopment p b) sego is officials, departments, boards, and agencies of the locality having such and trative responsibilities in the premises likewiseto Coo erate to copsistent and to exercise their respective functions(0)snd re powers to consider and take appro— with said redevelopment plan, and (c) ptiate action upon proposals and measures designed to effectuate said redeem velopment plan. fir' 'v f e v v b r 1 I 0 . k W0 ,its► P. aeeollas R606sal Adpoiniattaw listralt� 1"We Mesas A9ow + ""Aadgw Nr tllinats jsHI ;LAN !a IM y@uWWNT URMINN. 1_29 VMST 01,Im gINKBBUTA STATE PROS=r Tsoaa 31s+ • , i aR an ftRO*1My"'a► 4ted to practics to 1 9 6ti#t0 Oi PiSM�r�a�lta 1 AoelwaltY of frig C1tr of srlat war a hEar�tY+ In 0► ��f�ACornal r to so Aul Nimaaots► �ti auts"40sted by t9aad loetr +Np� L„ lletsttoa-A�neYr 1d as f013004 �1{tt to the a1+ew psol�t rsda aalo alty ON”" 1.: iris Itedswi by 86601u� of Vwan QW10 by 0A Asthwty � f'+ 14i6tr s+�d °Yo9 , . hllordn9 ell of iho Ott y of $a m Paol aw' , 1" {caysAtl em Ne. It a too of the adaptlsn o!- tb. •a wess1d vivo � qty bo a � �eo� 1butl�a9 � � Go lu"t 14Th � lashed StisW of ISOOIC&r sM D b7f w Pts Aaielnlstrstaa dated MWch 2r 1S0• ow afassrstd P1aa IaG'lusns ' fon boo 400wed 1n as n erinaa s+e ots ,. ut d by riou�cyaftb Pstwmy ]AS lar suah said mea trA l ,10„ i4bl fGouaa t P119 0. 16808), Gmwman uaall of the C11sy ieso ate+ is torr pr"O"d to b aevlad by w uw afateasld Plot ss PLO M3ititi N�itfl(L4� 1NaNP. F9►W�i+ sttaatst ostil4isdr ClWl1'MO P IWO nhid# doaw lam. l� s �' tE� N1Mp�47Aa$' tollera+ arnt 1a a�aaa ,haal� "UY ldsstt doaeaa t dated Pabswa�Y 1' SIRo= A � MMMwPlaw LAN to To wash"' lliE:r I fAliis. lir lost cm YN 14xfria a�1TA START", F&VISitii 1 ti�iltv,l'?s7► consi+lilaq air �taa� 5j 1t3a7 � carr ,1+ahet �• tkcGselluts r (a) aleratlt►e dtatsmato 23 #04", with attath"At na. a. "Loot lioteriptateets r. (b) i as_tollowaa Mo As 'OPNO3e6t AMPilft* " - �t "ttr0et d'1djtlM'bli1s loop t;•. «fir prat* mop as "lister #otsa pastas" ' � Hap as WFAV11W utlaitp *UtA siato plan - *Rp 8o afteposed zoe►in (s) 'the Relacutiettt Plums 4WAL to Caa.4 t" by am authority Febartaiery be, 19020 60 smooded by t+Amrity roblow ld. 1 without wbse4"t1t a ew.►ta)r in the rtaewanttopw p rojeot, Wiper" for �+�project butbarlt on 6ali" t 66 19670 and tiled a" and appn►� by 1► the arellable far ptt511C lmayretstice iat-tRs eaftla► s to tathosity► 3745 City Mall oral Count WWW, Stint JrWI, Ri l han-sxeaa "d a record of taw 9014141 peoate b" syspsetieN t:w 02141n11 sdctiPtina+ >Clt February b, low 00 � the rest by the of the aefaartsaid l"lIn by thea aAtdto y A 19" J 1 polo no. 1ld9034).. m Camool COWAL of rho City crtr ttI 3 f t • 14. 1939, and the. 4p- tto smon*wit tberea.* by mo olakLon et. the sbatbasltY Febawt4r Provo of aald refit by the common cwt"il of the G! Y of t ft" laatsslt a9 1491 (Como& File go. 163160. 1 %eve Iasi oxeotlswd I r«WX4 fire ofs nsol pro teaailft9e sura U" the s at I*" &MIppmovol of the i?o *04 the oforaaald PICA b � s l�i� b the + ti OW y of "I lutloft on, $7.42 adopted MaggA Go a and the oppN ►l 4 Paul by Resolution atlapt4d-Arab 13„ 1499• ;d..7is"e elan (as pt�ed gabue►4tr1P ba lam) Ind tats first aunt th5drat+e �t+w area+ dwly a� � the t 1,Nlleme ra' of the Itt- tadsrar f y V aha 1994] t� tlwrxity uta+ by tdw caste+ r. eel to oq G� s Of 1 P e*" padtlia body* offlato s or 4"m r Ilea• 'The psabllt heatrl qg on the plo required aatader State laws AMMA otaMY f& � I 19W6 +i43 tAo gubd. 1, was duly hald by' C ft �� roviea#*o� to �+ �llat star to its apmvsl of the pian b Was tbo l"� ottttleds yompam pi.Jlda to m nt mmovow?a in 6 03WT, WN ku". 1.2, tttaY Cif 2 Ml%Mf)0TA d'IATRCAPITOL, RRVIM ftVWW 191190 dtala �#t friar erlYt 04 3alnt lady tM Cowatiseloeaars 'ef tits AmtRaritt WW by the ONFAAfts IWA1. the only other clic 1b 0 vffie w, or nhidt eaa+dlr tStI o ear local I it r,agAte3 to 409" 0 t�+ prapossd sevialev+�gta 4>grraetn Cetseeli at tlas City erf, �aatlat 'Paul Minatareta. lnewa * as +law pomp*$" 7terlsion dela not asnatitOU a any of the es"nual Simms of fano exilla�al Dian, An V# *Owen* a lubaia haaeritet �t %hsw`lsr Mod IWAOLaa+ Ls not.104 irad and!r Mate yr local lea. vizasa a p+ablia %ogwinS soy orssllt. be hole) and aaly..tsft d4ya , p�blistaad ftotlse tbotteof to regU1red. I b4vt' aregoometmod to tits :tatMrMf 11A8 to,the c4onen C'+tuhttl at td►ee f Is t Saint viol that% a **ue mmi4" be bold for #at asnalderstion of the or" atrowlals" end tM% ton days•;eeoti4e thereof be pQeitahtdIn complieawdtodthW Stutrteaul9E31; A" Any gvbd. to {. loft 0o g' 'law FINn, as auet�ded aaam► ata eaenr psea{s+d to be ra+tleed by tAs atop Ar« allvoo m March Edo 1W at zt., i, iiia 1 M R iv P ptT t' uct, to to uu. 1.4, wasT .q To 14WAsUTA NTAU j;Vlj ., RMSO fMtlM lobi, In fora► sad rs Morisse to to o4ow 04th agpUc"* law. iiia AtTrlEyttWYNRMT FLIS MR 10 WbiltttM 4ull aal+wpfblrl' moms, UR.10011 1-2, u9T 4 w wf 'pa s'tm Sfi1fi114, av2#id4?. i'lw"" 1b1 (hereinafter refused to as the "sevited Flea*),, *0 dhrly vsd by the ammoop cowwll of the City' of Saint P&A (ft eppoval b+y.Aust:L a bodisso efftelds«,, at agencies WOW.- taegvlreal) 0 will be a valid Flea, sMUOV all 4�7� of stato and local Isow and T1tl* t of the 'Healing Art of 1'ii9t as """ S2, 1994« the "Asad non to raasommuir aiststo +tsisal,tsr nand unasbtNsaws end does net provilb lot o1w illey",dlsasiidnatogy"sstleua ar illegal pacaferaatisi oatlon orw!>Caaaests• 10 The territt"" amen ieuvsred by sovlsed Pim is %iw* Ow taut- us-lal lrriadlatlon of the Authority and epntaas to all logsl uoquinvants psrttis " tog to thio ,ellttbtllty at sob alga for the above. Identified protoats end s1M ma ardor auto W4 1eaat lar to umll+y eligible and approptlats for ,ahs ssdevwlapment satirists aantarawiatod under the Plan« 90 (a) nye revissd MA %aladoo all the fasovlalens, donstr4se trAys+ , docusesto, and *the$ its** w"Oved to be 140AWW pwriont to stats at heal liar end the, appliesUs of bectiap 110(ir) ,mf sold Houslog Asap (b) Us art 4ud plan jaclWoo, apytpptlets pYovisions describing the goal;omposty *4ch.the A+r pity to to 4"MOO and that vhiah, it is pat to ssgairao, Wd inaludoe #*"Prieto provisions for •abs .lowsltion of the aoaUola aryl -OUMM to- qulremsntao o1 *0 revised A40 upon All- the roal pxopastgr 1p the FV0arct Allam, de+ saribod is the revised plan« ta) the ge cad plan 1a tufflala4uy Fosmpidte to POA tiatrmstne lion to be made as to sba _ it Oftf �s to !1Pllo mr ass}"plan► of Old =MWMltY #a rk.; rdaola end to lodiaats its: M atisaats p to de>rtlatto' Local oblsotivaa tins s wwat, 1aa+d. user laptovsd Ugfliar, la44ovs4 public ttanspostatiaw, vraB puts ' , U4 utllitlos, ar+d tag"Wod Noatkottoina and aarematty lacllitlsa 1n the city of . 9rint t'atli, lAln�sa'br. '� " .(d) tM-psovisieas tn_the *Asad elan sespectiAg W.W moot, bstildlpg tegvlrasarpts ad dAnsitles, land soversos, And other featarsa in iths`"Assd glen aro in accptd with Nanta and 10A low cad the rog4taiments of ustion AlEs�1a}., Of ; odd KOW A$ Act« (e) the psovislone its the arevit" plan laar;,*# vaaatitn and Ana cation of atrawta• parknrap'r, eW othpat pUUls tray$ apd for dMOOt AIA xaMng Of bail N* aodos end xs Wativas ars in aacmd with Stott and local laver and t1•s "Ottola ins the sreaisbd Plan f'ealssating the fwwvo use of All pwott eros aleaar W uberein Are resaonobly Cleo Vid legally Ofeettvo. (t) 'The r+rovfalom in the rad god elan "Ool4i efto ihs period of durt*- tion of. the "view $,Ian wo the Nt"s +thspgira In *0 mr46ad Han aro legally, *do- gpate« b. 11ba revlaimis uhtch a" Contain" In th* goptaad•Flan $arra ku.4o +enly. •S as. JAR t. mAscellum ry. aoaYct� 8, 1907 aoiwax aa�lvatasunta oaa«#r eswcea+ orf by rofinaoswnta'a,for c eatsal Am via", Ott, ow opparavad by at .Planning It hi d of the city Of 8414 VWai $Rd in the aojscwnt su"t aw iel*mw syst0o and 44 Mt °esker, anY o In 04 of the bawia,alaeaatw of the rad+arosicpoent plan be 00 PaNtat #keep as Adly adspted ftbxuary b, 1962# 0W "+tea+ oalni6A the atmraalntlantd lrriaA 000 tirWnt Gw4t"" +wee b"(oa to- tarred o- ta ;to in • scion 101(8)(9) of 094 Lean d''awartit Gwatt". nw swvissd flan by Itstaaus aandtiteslao a oteafflxsttien and s t%a of 04 oaigiaal rtadawOtop- am* Plait as owadoh attaining sll tit"N iatl olaeonts of, ssw wriglaal pith. T. 7o MW kn0466"t *arta to rA paotdloq Ox thusatoned litigation of "I kind soncorming #eo Plan, With fibs 0*400 cars of Ow ponding tea of NOW&;, and TEs- davals>pa nt ue#lLoaity of Ohs city of Sr int paid# mimmwgtas va. Grwsawn. ► ► "^ adtltn� o f t i iris T faa�tlaa� ii' s case Ia r ich thw saw�t In one of the Awtf erity** �4r' tion. awtie3nw. haw a red clot veli ty of tm base aaod tlRe eartatirtosianality of thr tam tlt b s' opartY lea sodowiopnt tu- q f,asea. l ata Ass barplt daail in the l3LAt>Qici ara�rt of this +County in'lavot Of flea akutt+asitn. A stay roe aatr�flstteliy pr +b+�d by .tlw �isl amt tO petit, the re- opa>*dant to +take apy+aol. aSw4iat. have baern paeaentwd aOt aaywd to which the Aarir ss�tna fire vacation of thiw etay sin Which tr» aaapen �et saaha aealdaded Vindiaga: 7Aa twoart hria not yet daaidod3 a tAasotlmnsa bat, 40114, aaa of Its 484404, *a o�gatlwlpate an Wool to tiff wwwaats Stott bapgw cooto to my oplt ono the adeptton of the oroviaad flea Will doe adrwtwa offset upon thin powing litigatiao. 1 base this alrleioos Upon tlta lost that-00 *rA$W Flan gad tsta xvwwr in °chis% It has *ton adopted by the aa4Mte WJ as 2*11 as ow mamier la Wddt flea Casaotn Ounall Of th* Clty of RaIM PWA r"tesoa to aAM" It, sakes taus aastatira Ya�eJr +:lwra that the aaabtion and ap*val of sho`rrvlaod gag do" oPtrrA is nate oo4natltute, an al owommo ►t of flu original° pums rind titian it to Wood ad the .fain at a irvialen anther than as a j*464 "Pants eat of smodelehtw psiaarilY for the koro of='atNycU41.41 fttwt � twences to the .plan., Nrlll�sr as fiest s�a 46*nt& adapted gobaaaxy.lbr 11"7 nwr 00 raviiioo 4&ptsd Wtb* awtbarily a�srebsb, IM (thy ap�rcval of %Mth It. am. pandisvp bofora the 600MA o u it of- the cily of sg* Paul) commin, any dtanges is any of the bad°; oloalaonta of 00 tsiginoi a i&W t W140. +airawaato t+statete 11003#lr Irl. g, px oridss chit, aroc9► o aedtvr�y t plant-Inas been oapaortd► fella og the ssgdW public h9swing► 01M "titaatnation of t" authosity to wWaxtoo, ooch p 0jeat send the xesolutioon of the ypntrsatnirog wahal; 'tpt ean>Rluaiva; In atol► motion the r OWO yea i for teat.A -no aMowai gtwnby Ow Common 0opaoall of the City of °°wince :%aul " to. -102 (Csunwl bila tdc. Isom) rosaw sat rffsiot, and the ttopro- Fos" Fos" Co"dl 6olutlon oppsovint thw• rav4wsd plat sealWaw this original approval., Very tr ity yoursk ' �" o l4areid L. Rut�lak ,r aGswal cadnod - _.. LFR K J. 'SMITH. ,A} 4 em—o N1 LYLE W. Hamm.r NSON C.:BRAINARD, ANK H: DELANEY- �8ousiag arid-Redevelopment .AuthorityA. McRE�•� . AYTON G. REIN. Of rKr..uaa THE CITY OF SAINT PAUL, B. WARNER SHIPPEE. , - pteCVflV.0i.6R.. MINNESOTA HAROLD L. RUTCHICK, - „ OwouL ComeO. 1745 City Hall and CourtHa— SAINT PAUL 2 - L • MINNESOTA- .r February 27, 1957 Marshall F. Hurley, Esquire Corporation Counsel City Hall and Court House Saint Paul 2, Minnesota Dear Mr. Hurley: Redevelo menu `. The goosing and. p Authority of the City. of Saint'Paul, Min- neaota originally adopted Redevelopment Plans for.the Eastern.and We%liern Redev elopment Projects (Pro�scts UR Minn. 1-1 and 1-2) on Febrdar�v 5a 1952 and adopted, certain amendmenis.thereto on February 16, 1953• The 0ity Council, after a public.. hearing he7d;in compliance with the requirements of.MSA 462.5211 subd: 1, approved the original pians for Resolution adopted March 6� 1952 (Council File No. 159030), and later al the" amendments by Resolution adopted-March10, 195Y ('Council File No'. 163108). The Authority has subseque my totov the necessary financ- 'Contract with theRousing and Home Finance Agency ing for these projects. The Authority has now proposad'and is about to adopt a revised Redev- elopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Area, Project UR Minn. 1-2• Several minor-changes in the Plan were `required because, of .refinements' the street$and, Area Plan as approved by the City Planning Board and in'the-adjacent highway system. Rather than make these minor changes in .the form of a second rat- separate set of Amendments to the original Plan, the�horityy hYs Jan the irst setcof�Amend- ed these charges, together with the changes incorporated aments,,into,a:simplified and completely revised:Redsvelopment Plana This revised p 'Plan is not new in the sense that" it constitutes an abandonment of the original Plan, but, actually constitutes-a re.adoption'and`reaffirmation of the original - Plan, as revised. The revision is drafted ;Insuch form as to eliminate future need for reference io the earlier Plan and supporting documents. I submit herewith for your examination a proposed Resolution for adop- tion by the City Council approving'this,revised Plan. If-you will compare this Resolution with the original Council oaction of March 6, 1952,-you will find that ,.i Marshall F. Hurley, Esquire -2- February 27, 1957 the.Resolutions are substantially the same. The findings of 'fact and pledges of cooperation (which,are 'required by Title I of the Housing Act of 1949).made in the 1952 Resolution are expressly restated and reaffirmed. .We have also included a findings and determination by the Council that this revised Plan contains all essential elements of the original Plan.and constitutes a readoption'and reaffirm- ation thereof. MSA 462.421, subd. 1, requires the City Council, before' approving a Redevelopment Plan, to hold a public hearing after not less than 10 days pub-- lished notice. This statutory requirement was complied with at the time the Re- development Plan was originally approved by City Council Resolution Bfiarch 6, 1952• Since the revised plan now under consideration is not a new plan, but in effect constitutes merely a second amendment to the original Plan it would not beernec- tb essary, in my opinion, for the Council to hold another public hearing pub- lished notice. in order to prevent possible questions on this point_ however, I believe the'safest course would be for the Council at this time to adopt a simple resolution reciting that the revision of the Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project has been presented to the Council. approval and setting a date for a hearing by the Council upon the revised Plan, this date to be far enough in the future so that the resolution- setting the date may be published with the regular Saturday publication of Council proceedings not less than 10 days before the hearing date. This action will constitute compliance with the above-mentioned statutory requirement and I believe would be advisable although not absolutely required. I would appreciate your examination of the proposed resolution and your advice as to whether you find'it in satisfactory form for adoption by the Council. I would be glad to mset with you to discuss the contents of the resolu- tion if you so desire. Yours very truly f � Harold L.•Rutchick General': Counsel HLR:ls P q v e n , Marsh 19, 1917 the 8onorehlf Jofsph g. Dillon Myor or the City of gout Paul City call ad Caer% an" gala% Peel, Miumsota Dear Mgarr Dillout I ars transaittiog hsreei%h a sorry at the >w"d Min! 101010 Plan for WN Yfetara ReMwlapWV9 Pro" rbieb van afflcially tea ewlttfd to the City Council on Wrote 19, 1997 and AUb will be the subjItst of a publis hearing before the Qwrwil as Marsh 27. WhIG sopy In tam loan Istoowatiso. I will veleaae the opportaority to &'sow srp sspset at the gnwisd Plan with ym at roam co wwaUoee . I an tating the lrier%y at ovaltnft brLKly the history of the kamlap. Drat Plan for she Ntatern gedsI-III saI Arm ad ladiaatim the tta%— of the aewisiome. The original dbdnOlapwest Plan for as ibstsrs LdswlopwttN Area we adopted by the loaimg wA geMwlopweet Authority and b the City Council In Marsh, IM. Is atsdee to ottaia lrMral fiaaaelal assistaar i% was weessary that• sertais urges and ameo darts be wadi to the Plan. lose ean prepared by Ne AvAbovVq and appwss 4 4 the GIV oommil in Mems at 1953. As the replt, a Loan ad Oraat Oantru t torr lyderal a Wkm vas euts>ted into by tin Ae11 11 with the lddastil oeere:nmeN. Ied istaitlitim - in the Vastern Area aaaa.>eoed sa afesrfr, 1959 ad relocation at pwoied residents started soon tharsaatMr. IM first bail&IW vers dewolisbd is Maly, 1951. As the pttessat aquigitieo, rslafatioe Dere Msnlition an vietva14 - oaapletN and the Atttthcrityy is preparing to atfvs No load to the was tow Gels after tbs swig" sedsvelopwsnt man hos bean ae't3stally adomted. no 3001191 w"It Plea for thn SMAGOa Area has besa rswlssd in aw6w to ine wpaesu "Zola relatively ahoy sraofs and also, 104,6016171 to sr41e is a wash cors soIww% and suroveeabls hosts%. Is 4egar&:te this lathy eakseet, it shmarld to not" that W dswloper vbc Pwrdws lad in the RW"lmessat Arse Ort eamb hiaaslt to awry out the Dedswloyaest flan to the entest that it affaab as lad ht btgrs. Us Plan r abpMd in 1958 and siasaded in M3 e0asi16fd of a PION SM eiti+aaest doswnots ad SADIN ad vould Dave prow& to be a wry dittiwit laslra MNA to addalAw in for asstioa with the ei.positsoa at peopaty. !hs propoafd rrwiaN PLa is . taraat Mal wore eaveaN ad Drool" ad, w believe, will Rvn to -be foMW .rally easier of adulaut"Aima. .2. mwv.ar joseph E. Dill, 16 -rah 19, 1957 Tisa sribetantive chores in the Plan result in large armense fres in thinilag conaernind the regional hIOMY and shot system. no P�s U adopted in 1952 and amended is 1953 called, for a oval lane boulevardand south-of_the line of Rondo Avenue rurmiag fro& Rias Street to,:eetern Aveans.• In the revised Plan this has been replaced by a fraalage roadssy on the riatt of -vagi of Roado which will serve the Projeat Area and will also be one of the earrice.roads for the proposed reftral-iat&U lzp"DOMY vh=aa, betveea Rise aa,Q-:Westsra, vill be located in the block between ..,a and Carroll Avenue. The Rlgbvsy previously had beau located farther to the south. The arigiaal plan also called for a boulevard along the Jim of Cathedral Place dividing the lame coumereial area is the'roject tram the residential and park ares. This boulevard farationed lsrply as a buffer and did not carry througb traffic. The revised Plan proposes a divided starer running from north to *ono starting in the right -of -day' lino Of Louis is the south and connecting vith Marton Street on the north project bo=AWY• This roadway will be planned to carry traffic from University Avenue and from the south Sato the Project Area and my ulti- mately be part of an important circustsreaRial traffic routs around the oontral area at. the pity. The reviand Plan legatee the proposed reaideatial and acsisercial areas is approximately the Same locations ee the orr341nal Pisa. In the revised Plan, however, the commercial area has been aQanded from approximately 15 601141 to ayproximately 24.5 acres; the residential area has been ahenged from approMi- mately 23.7 scree to approximately 17.1 &am; vhile iast.M01omal and Public men have been changed from 13.6 wares to 11.5 acres. In additj^m to those changes the Standards of davelopamat %idah Vere included in the original Plan have been modif ted Somnvhat In order to nab „ that note explicit and better Eafinrd., In Voest, the proposed standards, aaw refsrre8 t, as 'Building ReQuirevaants- vill result in a Quality of development nq hiflf or higbar than that ijioated in tbs orW=l Plan. As stated above, I vial be happy to discuss the changes in the Plan or OW aap0at or the woft of the AaAhosity with reference to the Wastern Rrdafalop sant Area with you at ray ttsm. Sincerely yours, ans. w B. xui>tRR sem >moeamtive DirSotar vw CITY OF SAINT PAUL LOUIS P. SHEAHAN TERRANCE B. O'TDOLE LEGAL DEPARTMENT ,;,�„.......... THOMAS J. RYAN- JAMES F. SULLIVAN. MARSHALL F. HURLEY --1 ROBERT E. O'CONNELL DONALD L' LAie COMRATION COUNSEL' - JOHN J. M.NEI March 270 1957 Hon. Joseph E. Dillon'�and 'Members of the City In re Revised Redevelopment Plan for the West Redevelopment Project UR Minnesota, 1-2, West of the Minnesota tate Capitol, revised February The legal opinion �Of Harold 'Rutchick, General Counsel of the Housing and Redevelopment of the City of Saint Paul and the accompany 9 have been handed to me for a legal opinion as to their contents. The proposal to pass this resolution'by both the aforementioned Authority and the Common Council of'the City, of Saint Paul is for the purpose of gathering together in one place the original, redevelopment byathe passed on February 5, 1952 by the Authority, Council on March 6, 1952, and the amendments thereto passed by the Authority February 169 1953 and the Council March 10, 1953. The present changes proposed at this time were adopted by the Housing Authority on March 6, 1957. The revised plan locates the proposed residential and commercial areas in approximately the same location as the original plan; however, the commercial areas have been extended from approximately 15 acres toea has be . approximately 24.5 acres; the residential arroximately changed from approximately 23.7 acres to app 17.1 acres, while institutional and .public use havi been ely changed from approximately 13.6 acres to app 11.5 acres. The revised plaancalso broughvides about bychanges in the thinking concerning9 changes in streets, alleys, the original highway and street . systems. , The existing boundaries of the redevelopment area are not changed except for the extension of the boundary line .to the center lines of certain existing streets where the streets bound,the project area. a To the Mayor and Council Page 2 March,27, 1957 In addition tothese changes the standards of development which were. included in the original p an have been modified somewhat: in order to ,make them better defined. In general, the proposed standards now referred to as building requirements in this plan, will result in a quality of development as high if not higher than that indicated in the original. The adoption of this resolution would put the Council on record as. renewing and reaffirming its action of March 10, 1953, whereby the Council would: a. Pledge its cooperation g p ion and -help to carry out such redevelopment plan. b. Request various officials, departments, boards and agencies of the locality having adminis- trative responsibilities in the premises likewise to cooperate to such end-and to exercise their respective functions and powers in the manner consistent wirth the said redevelopment plans. c. Stand ready to consider and take appro- priate action upon proposals and measures designed to effectuate said redevelopment-plan. There is pending, at the present timet a law suit, The Housing and Redevelopment Authority of Saint Paul, Minnesota, vs. _Greenman. This,case is pending in the District Court in 'Ramsey County. Louis Sheehan, who is handling the case fot the City of Saint Paul, has advised me that in his > opinion the outcome of this condemnation action will have no effect on or will not be affected by, any action taken by this Council because the City Council in this action is merely reaffirm- ing its previous acts and ratifying said refinements necessary to bring this redevelopment project to a successful conclusion. Yours very truly, Terrance S. OtTople OtT-S Assistant Corporation Counsel CITY OF SAINTPAUL TER.RANCE S. O•TOOLE LEGAL DEPARTMENT.iouie P SHEAHAN 9P[CIAL Aeel iAn THOMAS J. RYAN - JAMES F. S'ULuvAN - MARSHALL F. HURLEY 'ROBERT E. O•CONNELL DONALD L. LATS CORPORATION COUNSEL - JOHN J. McNEIL 2 March 27, 1957 Hon. Joseph E. Dillon and Membexsof the. City Councils In re Revised Redevelppment Plan -for the West Redevelopment Project UR nnnesota, 1-2, West of ;the.Minnesota State Capitols revised February 1957 The legal opiniori.of,',Haroid Rutchick, Genesi Counsel of, the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of,Saint Paul and the accompanying resolution hvie,been,handed.-.to. me for, a, legal opinion.,as to their contents. The proposal to.;pass'this resolution by both the aforementioned Autho ity, and the,,Common'Council, of the City of SaintPaul is for the purpse of gathering together in one, place the original redevelopmentplan passed onyFebruaxyy.5,.1952 by the Authority, and;by.the Council. on Mjreh `6, 1952', and the amendments• thereto , psseed by the Authority February 16 1953.and the Council afarFh.10,:1953: The present changges'.pr©posed at this " time were adopted by'the Nousing',Authority on March 6; 1957. The revised plan locates the ,proposed residential and commercial areas in approximately the same location as the plan= however, the commercial areas have been extended.fiom,approximately 15 acres -to approximately 24y5 acres= the,,residential`area has.been changed from,aPProximitely 23,7 sores to approximately - -• 0 1 acres, while iu tsi�sS6ns7 and public, use have been: changed from-,approxi.matte1 y, 13,4 acres to approximately. 11.5 acres. The ray! ed,pian•also':providgs for various char=ges in strgots,.alleys;,etc,'brought•about'by changes in' -the thinking conc.ernit:g the origins highway and street e systems.. ;:Thi existing boundaries of the redevelopment area are -;net ehangedrexcept..for the extensien Of' the. boundary line to the'center lines of certain existing streets where. the treats bound the pr*Jeet:prea, To Pigs 2 Maarck 27i� 119957 In"addition to these Changs$ the standards of development which wote ineWded in the original plan have been agdifiod somewhat in *tato IS them bet ed defined. In general tho propos now to as building,44441roa� U n this pian, will result in a rr�aU�ality of dovolo�rnt aA high if not higher than that r indicated in. the orlot"41. The adoption of this r*salution would put the Council on .3390d as renewing and rsoffix(Aing its action. of match 10, 1453, wherraby the Council +aouldt' a. pledge its Cooperation and help to -C try out such rodevolopmsrat plan. Request vasiou$ officials `departments, boards and ag"Wiss of the locality hativinpp 'daises- ttativ* responsibilities in the p�eeeaisea likewise to cooperate to such end *rid to exorcise thein rsspsth Gtivs functions and pso,or4. in the manner Consistent W 'the said nodevslopmont plans• stand ready to Consider and take aPPxO- priate action upon propposals and x0a$uras► designed to { of£Qctuas 4 grid red*y*lopment plan. Ther* is pending, at the ►9resent time a law suit,- The dousing and Iced 4ocso*,it pending in .thonpistrict Mahosota.. ve. Graenmsen. ; Court its h+�►�ey Goant :Cauls ;Sheahan. who is handling, the Case to- the City of Sint Paul, has edvia*d mle that in his opinion the: outcome Of .this .Cgpd*menation nation will have th *!fact on or will not.ba`affettad by, any action taken by thin Covnaii because the City Council in this action is a+arely re#ffirmr ry ing its previous acts and ratifying said refinsnients cion to bring this.ratlsvoioprarnt pro,1*Ft to a sue c*asful aoncl susion. Yours very truly, ©'T -S Torrance S p'Tool* Assistant Corporation Counsel Rousing and Redevelopment Autholitp OF I THE CITY OF ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA NICK J. SMITH.. OHInMnN ' LYLE W. HINES, WC4CNi11RMIN BENSON C. BRAMARD. B[Cae�MM - FRANK H. OELAHEY. _ PwIrtARf.96nRT�IR CLAYTON .G. REIN - =02—r. 2 - i -- 'B. WARNER SHIPPEE, EIRpIDVL P�R[CTN. HAROLD L. RUTCHICK. � DDWMLCWn�d March 12, 1957 174aa 5 City Hall and CouctHou .SAINT PAUL 2 MINNESOTA The Honorable Mayor and City Council o of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota City Hall and. Court House Saint Paul, Minnesota Gentlemen: a Housing and This letter constitutes the application innesota for Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul' Plan for th lestern Redevelop- -d of 1953 Minnesota approval o£ the Revised Redevelopment to the prorda with the provisions went Project UR Minn• Statutes Annotated, Section 462.521• In accordan s ted herewith: of this section the following documents are trailt went Plan Plan entitled " develop 1•, The Revised Redevelopment'roject)nn. 1-2, West for the 'Western Redevelopmeno1 Revised February 1957", of the Minnesota State Cap approved by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority, March 6, 1957• 2. Statement of Method Proposed for Financing the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Minn. 1-2, Accompanying Rede- velopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project UR Minn, 1-2, West of the Minnesota State Capitol, Revised February 1957• 3, Resolutions of the Planning Board of the City of Saint Paul expressing a favorable opinion on the Plan, dated February 13, X957 and March S, 1957• Section 462..521 provides in part as Tollows: "Before approving any redevelopment plan) the governing ubl. hearing thereon after not less body shall hold a p er of general than ten days' published notice in a newspaper circulation in -the municipality." A 2 - Although the laws'-!rent on the necessity'of public hearing prior to City.Council approval of a revised redevelopment plan, it is our belief that such a public hearing should be scheduled in order to carry out the spirit of the statute. -The Authority, therefore, requests that a date,of public hearing be set as soon, as feasible in light of the requirement for ten days published notice.. In adopting a redevelopment plan pursuant to Minnesota law and in accordance with the Authority's Federal Loan and Grant Contract, certain findings should be included in the resolution of the City Council. The nature of this resolution has been discussed with Mr. Marshall Hurley, Corporation Counsel. Any questions concerning the review of the.proposed Revised Redevelop- ment Plan or its contents should be taken up with the undersigned. Respectfully yours,.., B. WARNER SHIPPEE Executive Director CC: Corporation Counsel it L REDEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR Tf1E WESTERN REDEVELCPtEiNT PROJECT, UR MINXI. 1-2, WEST OF TIE MINNESOTA STATE CAPITOL REVISED FEBRUARY 1957 s Thie'revitn'"sup eraedes be Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Minn. 1-`2', originally adopted by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, February 5, 1952, and approved by Resolution of the Common Council of the City of Saint Paul March 6, 1952 (Council File No. 159030). and amendments thereto adopted by, the Atthority February 16, 1953, and approved by the Common Council of the City of Saint Paul Marob 10, 1953 (Council File No. 163100). This revision constitutes a reaffirmation and readoption of the original Redevelop- ment Plan, as amended, retaining all essential elements of said original Plan, but adjusting said Plan only in a number of minor .respects to conform to refinements made in the Central Area Plan and in the adjacent street and highway system. These _minor adjustments have not been adopted as a second separate set of amendments to the original Plan, but have been incorporated -into a complete revision and consoli- dation of the Plan into one document to eliminate the need for reference to scattered. documents which have been prepared and adopted over a period of time. All maps,, charts, narrative statements,�and other material heretofore submitted as part of or in support of the Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Minn. 1-2, as originally approved and amended, (said maps, charts, narrative statements and other material being -now on file and of record in the office of the City Clerk of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, in connect ion. with Council File No. 159030 and 163106), are excluded from this revised Redevelopment Plan (except as and to the. extent they may be expressly adopted and included herein); all such maps, charts, narrative statements, and other material are,, however, hereby established, by refer- ence, as exhibits indicating the background and history of this revised Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project. I. ITEMS INCLUDED IN TEE UDEVEL(?.%TNT PLAN The Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Minn. 1-2, consists"of, and only of, the following items, all of which are' dated t February, 1957, except as noted.. A. The Narrative Attachment 1: "Legal Description" ' 4 B."The folloving maps: Map A-. "Project Area Plan" Map B: "Street Adjuetmen&' map C: "Sever Plan" Map D: "Water Svstem Plaa"' Map E: "Private Utility Acjustments Plan" Map F: "Proposed Zoning" C. The Relocation Plan, dated 1952 (as adopted by the Authority February 5, 1952, and amended by the Authority February 16, 1953, without subsequent amendments.) II, OUTLIM OF THE NARRATIVE STP20-)Ex�IT The Narrative contains 6.iszu`4oaa of the fcllowing Page 4 A. DEFINITIONS B. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT AREA Page 4, C. PLAN PROPOSALS Page 4 1. General a. Relationship to General Plan 4 b. Relationship to Local Community Objectives ry Page 8 2, Specific Plan Pro1P,52als a. Building Requirements and Land Use Controls B i. Major Building Requirements ii. Duration and Interpretation of Building Requirements iii. Land Use 10 (a) Area "A" Commercial 10 (b) Area "B" Commercial ll (c) Area "C" Residential 12 -2- ti \ i (d) Areae"D" Residential 12 (9) Area "En Residential 13 .01 Area "F" Park and School 13 41 14 (g) Area "G" Institutional (h) A:ea "H" Expressway (Highway) - 14� (i) A-1 Areas: Institutional 14 iv."' Building Requirements - Table I 15`Major 16 V. Tire for Building 16. b. Rights-of-way and Streets i. Major Streets and Highways 16 ii. In.:ernn_1 Street Syntem 17, 18 iii. Pedestrian Wa7.�ways 18 c. Site Preparation i. Major Streets and Highways 18 ii. In,ernal Streets 19 Sewer and Water 19 iv. Lightin„ 19 V. Private Utilities 19 vi. Park and School .20 20 d. Zoning Plan D. RELOCATION PLAN 20 E. OFFICIAL p1m RELLIED ACTIONS REQUIRED 20 F. DISCRIMINATION ArD SECF.;GATICN 22 G. PLAN ADMU!ISTRATION -3- SO r• t: d M. -NARRATIVE A. DEFINITIONS s As used in this Narrative Statement, these terms shall be defined as followss 1. g=: The.term "Citirl shall mean the NSnnespts. Mnnioipal Corporation, The City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, or the physical area of the City of Saint Paul, depending on the context. 2. bithor s The term "Authority" shall mean the Housing and Redevelop- ment Authority of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota. e 9, Stiate: The term "State" :shall mean the Sovereign State of Minnesota, including its duly created administrative departments and.agenoies. 4. Code(s): The term "code(s)" shall mean codes, ordinances, lawn. resolutions and administrative regulations of the City or State and r their duly created administrative departments and agencies. 5. Plant The term Man" shall mean this Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment-Projeot,'UR Joraw 1-2. west of the, Minnesota State Capitol, Revised February; 1959. 6. Project or,Proiect Areas The,tel%s nProject" and "Project Area" _•shall mean the area within the "Project Boundary" as indicated on the "Project Area Plan" Map A and ae descrlbed,in the legal descrip- tion, "Attabhment 1." B, LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT AREA The Project Area lies generally between Rice Street on the seat, Univer- sity Avenue on the north. Farrington and Western Avenue on the west and the alley line between Carroll and Rondo Avenue on the south. Its bound- aries are specifically indicated on Map A, the."Project Area Plan." Its precise legal description is attached hereto as!'Attachment.l." .For all offibial purposes the project boundaries as described in "Attachment 1" :hall be binding. t , C. PLAN PRAPQ�ALS _ 1. General ' This plan provides for the redevelopment of the Project Area in accord- ance with the provisions of the Minnesota Municipal Housing and Reds- velopment Act as amended. It includes the acquisition of property within the area, site clearance, including the demolition or removal ` of most of the buildings within the area, vacation and abandonment of some street areasa the dedication and widening of other street areas and the adjustment of street and utility rights-of-way. It further provides for the consolidation of certain existing blocks and parts of blocks into larger areas, the replatting and rezoning of the land and for its disposition by sale, lease, dedication or exchange under suitable safeguards, restrictions,owenants and conditions. Various parcels are designated for residential, commercial, institu- tional, recreational, educational" and other public uses., All of this is more specifically described and delineated in the narrative below and in the maps which constitute a part -of this Plan. a. 'Relationship to the G�^-eral"Plan The Redevelopment Plan, as revised, conforms, to the General plan of the City of St. Paul as _,t0 land use, community facilities and transportation and circulation. Itis coordinated with the City''s public improvement program and with zoning and subdivision regula- tions. The accepted City Plan for the Fentral Area of Saint Paul calls for development of the area immediately around the State Capitol for Capitol grounds and approach. It is to be the location of i State office buildings appropriate to a State Governmental Center. The Western Redevelopment project lies immediately to the West of the Capitol grounds. The provision of limited and appropriate commercial uses on .the Eastern side of the project developed in accordance with high development standards will successfully and harmoniously provide the transition from public State use to Pri-- vate use. The Revised Redevelnt Plan provides for a mall across the commercial area oonnecting the Park in the center of the project with the Capitol Grounds. The residential use of the central part Of the project North and South of the Park will provide apartments and rowhoase types of accommodations for families and indiriduals working in the State Center and the downtown area. This "-,Be Provides close -in, well planned dwsilings '.n accordance with the Central Area plan. The location of the Park, School site and Playground is in accord- ance with the plans of the City for recreational open space in this area end helps make up a serious deficien.y in such areas imme- diately to the West of the Central business district and Capitol Approach. The p; -vision of a school and playground is coordinated with the plar. of ifne Saint Paul Public Schools, the Parks and . Playgrounds D-Tartment and the Planning Board for adequate commu- nity facilities. The location of these facilities next to the facilities of an existing private community agency (The Ober Boys Club) is -in accordance with the best thinking of both private and public agencies as to the integration and dual use of facilites wherever possible. glosing streets within the project area and developing Rondo Av- enue and the expressway planned to the South of it for heavier traffic are in accord with the transportation and circulation Plan for the Central area. The Revision of the Redevelopment Plan to provide for a traffic carrying street on Louis Street connected With MariOrl,..Street,Will.provide a needed linin providing North- South circulation West of the Capitor—*roach. b. R4lationship.to 1n^al Communit:� Cbjoctives This P'an '_s in conformity with long standing local pommunity ob- jectives. It is part of a coordinated program for the removal of slums and blight avid the renewal of the City's central area. This program inella(kes State and City land clearance for Capitol Ap- n of ait:es for State and City public proach'Projsctl and the provisio buildings in add tizn to two Federally AiBed, Title I redevelopment projects and the Mount Airy Federally Aided Public housing Project of the Authority„ Specifically ihd Plan provides for the fel.lowing: a. 'It provides for the clearance, replannin'.n, reconstruction and modernization of a' substandard areae b. It providA5 opportunity --for ririvate enterprise in the achieve- ; went of the Plan by returning cleared land to productive pri- vata use. c. It permits the benefits of nearby public improvement, including the Capitol Approach, the proposed Inter -state Highway and Rice Street Improvements, to extend over a wide area. d. It permits the highest and best use of the Project's strategic location, t±oar the central business district and adjacent to the State Capitol and major transportation routes. kv e. It contributes to the provision of a safe and adequate street system in its vicinity, -7_ f. Through the provision of new sites for school and playground, it contributes to the creation of these much needed community facilities, s, it requires that adequate space g, Through Building Requirement for light, air, parking, loading and landscaped setbacks be provided and maintained in connection with new construction to as to insure a continuing high standard of protection of the public health, safety and welfare, helps to carry out the Central Area h. It is in accord with and Redevelopment Plan as prepared by the City Planning Board in 1951 and as amended to November, 1956• This plan is docu- mented by a map entitled ''Proposed Land Use and Circulation," dated January, 1952 and revised January, 1957- 2. n+A�ifio Plan Piroposals. - Building Re uirements and Land Use Co a,rols_ nt The purpose of these Building Requirements and Land Use Controls is to insure that the several land uses will be harmonious; to provide for the proper arrangement of building, adequate open that the buildings are well designed space and parking? to incurs and in harmony with the character of the entire project; and to prevent an adverse effect on the future development of the sur- rounding area. It is intended that these requirements supplement codes, ordinances and other legal con- but not supplant official trols of the City and State. a Y i. Major Buildin¢ Ra+uirements: The Major Building Requirements for redevelopment of the various areas within Project are stated in the following . Table I. The Authority may adopt additionikl,standards riot inconsistent with the Major Building Requirements for specific parcels or tracts of land. if the Authority adopts such addi- tional building requirements and standards with reference to the development of any particular parcel, it shall include a statement of such standards in its bid documents so that po- tential developers may know the requirements which they must meet. it. Duration and Z^teroretation of Building Rouirements (a) These requirements are to be considered minimums and may be adapted by the Authority to apply to specific tracts or parcels of land within the Project. They shall be made binding upon all purchasers of -project land, their heirs and assigns through contractual agreements, deeds, covenants and such other instruments and means as the Authority shall find desirable or necessary. The requirements shall be effective for a period of 40 years from the date on which this Plan is approved by the Saint Paul City Council. (b) In order to determine that the Building Requirements will be complied with, the Authority will require pro- spective developers to submit such plans, specifications, drawings and other information as it deems necessary or desirable prior to the sale of project land. When -9- i approved, these plans may be incorporated in.contract agreements and other sales documents, After sale of the land, the•Authority may require the developer to submit such plans, drawings, specifications and other informa. tion as it may find necessary in order to determine that the Building Requirements are being observed in the devel- opment of the parcels.' Representativea of the Authority, the City and appropriate State and Federal Agencies shRll1- be permitted to inspect the work of the developer at any reasonable time. (c) Where due to special conditions, a variance from the Building Requirements is found by the Authority to be neces nary or desirable and the resulting change will result in an equal or higher standard being achieved, the Authority may authorize such variances. Where there is a conflict between any Code and these Building Requirements, the higher standard shall apply. iii. Land Use The Plan provides'for the following. specific lend uses as illustrated and designated on'tim nPrcject Area Plaaui (a) Area "A", of about 1.5 acres, as designated on the "Pro. ject Area Plan", shall be used for commerce of a "local service" or "convenience " type. The commercial uses per.. r` mitted in this area are those intended to supply a limited variety of commodities or Services primarily for the bene- fit of the residents in the immediate neighborhood. The services allotted are 'the following. Other uses which are similar and compatible with those listed herein may be -10- . permitted by the Authority. Drug Store, Supermarket offices or clinic faciliteeYor doctors, dentists, etc., but not a veterinary clinic Hardware (H0 tin work or outside etc rage,Permitted .) Bakery Small xotion or Variety Store Barber Shop Shoe Repair Shop Gleaning, Dyer and Laundry Pick-up Stations, Tailor Shop Launderettes Beauty Shop Service Grocery Store (meat market, delicatessens, _ grocery, fruit and vegetables.) Gasoline Service Station (not including motor, body or tender repair work.) (bj`Areas labeled "B" on the "project Area Plen," totaling f�.about 23 acres, shall be used for commerce of a general., city-widg, or regional service type. In addition to the services and establishments which are listed as being per- mitted in Area "A", in the foregoing section. the following are to be permitted in Area "B". Other uses which are similar to and compatible ilith those listed herein may be permitted by the Authority. eA tail: Food Stores Eating and Drinking Establishments , General Mercbandising, including Department Stores Apparel Stores -11- . Furniture and Appliance Stores Hardware Stores Liquor Stores zntertainmeut Establishments Office Equipment and Business Machine Outlets Photography Shops (including Photo finishing) Public or Private Parking Lots KID --Retail. , Non -Retail Shall specifically exclude any wholesale dis- tribution, warehousing, or light manufacturing uses. Business and Professional Offices Banks General offices Insurance, Investment, Securities offices Service and Utility Company offices Private Specialized Schools Travel, Advertising and Sales Offices Hotels Motels (c) ex 8a�+1041 on the "Project Area Plan," of about 7.5 acres, Shall be used for multi -family apartments and uses ancil- lary and related thereto. A multi -family apartment is defined as a structure, two or more stories in height, containing three or more dwelling units, each unit struc- turally separated from others. Structures of this type exceeding three stories must have elevator service. (d) areas deen s+ated I'D" on the "Project Area Plan," including about 4 acres, shall be used for rowhouse and/or two- , _12- family residenti@l etructiiree shdtti6ee'anoiilery'"and " related thereto. A two-family structure is defined as a structure of one or two stories in height, containing two dwelling unite, each unit separated from the other by a common party wail, run ring from basement to roof, and having individual access and ser lees, A rowhouse is defined as a structure of one or two stories in height,'containing three or more dwelling unite, each unit separated from others by a common party wall running vertically from floor,of°basement to roof and having indi- 'vidual access and service. (e) Areas designated "E" oa the 'IProject Area Plan;" including about 5.5 acres, shall be used for one and/or two-family residen+,ial Structures and uses ancillary end related there- to. Those Structures existing in this area which are not to be acquired by the Authority, may continue in one or two family use-ae permitted and controlled by pertinent codes. A one -family structure is a structure occupied by a single dwelling unit. A two-family structure is defined as above, in 2. a. iii(d). For one -family structures there shall be e minimum lot size of 6,000 square feet and for two-family etruetures a minimum lot Size of 10,000 square feet. (f) Area "F" on the "Project Area Plan." including about 11 acres, shall be used for a public park end a public school site of coordinated design. The part designated "park" will be developed by the Authority end dedicated to the City: The part designated "school site" will be acquired. X13- , and developed by the Saint Paul Board of Education.. (g) Qreaa designated "Gn on the "Project Area Plan," including about .5 acres., will be available for the expansion of existing, adjacent institutional lend uses. The alternate use for the area fronting. on St. Anthony Avenue is a school. The alternate use of the area fronting on Aurora Avenue is General Gommeroe. (h) Area "gV on the "Project Area Plan," of about 8.5 acres, will be sold to the State for its use in the construction of the Inter=state Highway System. (i) Subject to the approval of the Authority, institutional uses including, for example, churches, schoolsi hospitals, cultural centers, museums and libraries, will be permitted In any part of. the Project. p . o -14- 1 iv. Major Building Reauira'ments Table I Feature Areas of the "Pros of Area Plan" Ma A 0 Controlled A B C Percent of Parcel. Coverod � Stracturas � (maximums) - _ 17% - - One Family - _ 20% 20% Two Family - - 259 2 - - - Rowhouse Apartments � - - - - - 2 - 3 Stories - - 25%15%- - - - Elevator Apts. - - Dwelling units per -acreof parcel (maximums) _ - 7 - - One Family. - _ 12 12 - - Two Family - - 16 16 - - Rowhouse - - Apartments 22 2 - 3 Stories - - 50 - - Elevator Apts., - - Distance beto)een structures and st^set ri to-cf-w (in feet) . s One Story 301(e) 30,(e) 30� 30� 20� 3�� 35� Additional Stories 5' 5' 2 2 5 Height (in feet) 30'(f) 140'(g) 1401 30,(f) 30, W $0, 501 - Parking (b)(c) (a)(c) (a)(d) (a) Thirteen (13) parking spaces for each 1,000 square feet of gross retail area; .plus one (1) parking space for each 1,000 square feet of gross office area. (b) Six (6) parking spaces for each 1,600 square feet of gross retail or office area. in public auditoriums (c) One (1) parking space for each 10 seats of capacity p and meeting rooms, exclusive of class rooms square secondary econda of schools and churches plus one parking space for each 500 net office area. (d) One (1) parking space for each dwelling -unit. Thi(e) " andsthatuirement may be portion of Area "B" d bynorth ofion of the Authority Aurora Avenue betweenoRiceeand Marion Streets. (f) This requirement may be waived by action of the Authority for institu- tional uses. (g) Except for institutions, structures in that portion of Area "B" which is north of Aurora Avenue and between Rice sffid Marion Streets shall be limited to a 3011 height. -15- v, Time for 3uildinS — Eac�eveloper shall be obligated by the Authority to com- mence and complete the building of improvements on the land within a reasonable period of time- The specific,period shall be determined by the Authority after consultation with the use and parcel offered for sale. developer for each type of b. Rights-of-way and Streets i. Ma1or Streets and Highways: Portions of three principal transportation routes will be built within the Project. '(a) One is the Street which is designated on the "Project � Area Plan" as entering Project Area from the south at Louis Street and leaving the Area to the north at Marion Street. For purposes of identification in this Plan this street shall be referred to as Louis -Marina Street. This street will be built by the Authority, as a 4 -lane divided public thorofare with additional lanes for emer- gency parking and turning, on a right-of-way approxi- mately 146 feet wide. It will be designed to provide a —buffer space between proposed commercial and residential land uses and to serve as a section of a major street which it is planned will circle the central portion of the City. (b) The second major transportation facility to touch the Project is an east -west section of the proposed Federal Inter -state Highway System. This route will be a Multi- lane, divided, limited access highway- It will traverse the southern edge of the Project and it and its connec- tions.and service roads will use,all of the land along ' _16- the southern edge of the Project below Rondo Avenue (Area on the "Project Area Plan"). The City has allocated fund" to rebuild Rondo Avenue as a parkway $pWever, because the construction of this High- way System is imminent, the City has modified its plane and will, instead, build a road on the present right -of - Avenue serve the Project Area and to give way of Rondo to access to the Highway. In order to widen Rondo Avenue, approxiratsly 6 feet of additional right-of-way will be dedicated to the City along'its south side. (c) Rice Street is the third principal street within or par- tially within the Project'. It is being widened and improved along the entire length of its contact with the It will be so Avenue Project and north as far as Como built as to provideL access to adjacent parcels in the Project. Land acquired by the Authority, needed for the et, will be sold to the City or widening of Rice Stre s in street rights-of-way which will State. The adjustment the above described highway Plan' be made to accomplish are illustrated on Map B, "Street Adjustments 11. Local street adjustments will be made to A Number of internal within the area and with bordering reduce traffic conflicts roviding adequate access to streets while, at the earns time, p vicinity. To discourage - all areae within the Project and in its through traffic, all east -west streets in the Project, with be vacated at some Point.the exception of Aurora Avenue, will Likewise, all exist iag north-soath etre" a are being closed and only Louis -Marion Street, which is described in the fore- -17- going section, ub.i.s aboye,,will be opened to north -south traffic. The resulting internal street plan will permit direct and easy access to and from the major transportation routes bordering the Project. The adjustments in street right -of -wag which are needed to effect the above described street changes are shown on Map B "Street Adjustments." Yii. Walkway Basement:. A landscaped, pedestrian walkway, averaging 60 feet in width, extending from 1ouis-Marion Street to Bice Street, shall be R.A07ided in the area between the south right-of-wey lit* of Central Avenue and the north right -of -wap line of Fuller Avenue. The purchaser of the area vrithin which it lies shall develop end maintain this walkway for use by the public. Its location.and design shall be approved by the Authority. This walkway will permit residents of the areas to the crest direct access to the commercial and Capitol Approach areas and may be designed to serve commercial buildings as a pedestrian acceae-way from parking facilities. e. Site Preparat ion 1. Major Streets: An a part of the Federal Inter -state Highway System, a depressed, limited access highway will be built i by the State of Minnesota along the southernmost portion of the Project, including additional land outside of the project boundary. Access ramps will be consi;ructed to connect the highway.with the proposed Louis -Marion Street. In addition. a service road, on the•aligament of Hondo Avenue, will be built by the City to serve properties within the Project. e..a -18- L uie-Marion Street will, be built with a capacity end design 0 section capable of carrying the volumes of traffic aspected to pass through, the site as well as those generated by acti- vities within the Project. Along the east side of the Pro- ject, Rice Street will be widened and improved by the City or State to better serve the Project Aral and adjacent State Capitol functions. I ii. Inter'a1 Streets: Other streets.and alleys shown on the ��Project Area, Plan" vrithin the Project, on either existing ay, (except for certain portions of or proposed rights -of -w Aurora, Farrington and Galtier which abut private property) will be built or rebuilt to city specificelonv for resi- denti.al streets within this section of the City. iii. Seward Water: The general location of easements for sewer _ap and water lines& including those existing and to be abandons& or prcvided, are shown on Maps C and D, respectively. iv. Iisiit Existing facilities and easements for street lighting will be eliminated and new facilities and easements created to provide a standard•of lighting comparable to the standard established in the adjacent Capitol, Approach Area. V. Privat.0 tlities: Proposed adjustments to be made in private utilities and utility easements are aho- on D4ap E, 11Pr+vate Utility Adjustments.° These will be made without coat to the Authority, the City, or to develOPers, by the Utility companies involved. If additional utility adjustments are desired, developers may negotiate them with _19- the appropriate utility company. Pard and Sc °ole .Agprepriate parts of the area designated k and school urs, (Area sFa on the °Project Area for par Plana), will be designed and landacapsd to save the functions of a public Park and a school playground. On that portion assigned to school use, a new public elementary achool will be built. • The zoning claesiYications end plan Pr°POebd for the Project are allows on r;op F. The. zone boundaries and Pian mrJ be changed at such tine as a comprehensive revision of the ^itySe Br-Oug Zone Ordinance is made provided that the new zoning controle do Ole not thwart the objectives of this plan. D. MOCATION HESOURMS AND FLAN rc Deals oY tha Uolocation plan (dated 19F2), as ,The findings sad P P ons(- amended, are hareby reaffirmed. The Authority accepts its reap + d Federal. Lau for the relocation of displaced bility underl+ tSlate an Yrasiliee. Aaaietanr8 will be providad to these families in order that they may f'.nd daoent, safe and sanitary honeing'at roans they laevo the Pro;jeer until can afford. ilio Tan ly will be aequirad +:c such assistance is provided. $,. OFFICIAL ACTIMS e aP ta.: ce 1. Approval Of this Plan by the City Council indicates ac by the City of Saint Pent of its responsibility for carrying offic.'•.al Gi;y action. out those alemwits Of the P1.2 riring eon Primary among these are the following: a _20- 0 .. V"ation, ncceptanco,an<l'modiSication of -certain streets as sho.ra on Map H. n b. Changing the Official Zrni.-ig 17rp as it rsl,;+.es to the .Project so as to perr :t and p:o tect th9 use^ pr^posed by this Plan. Map F illustrates the zoring elassif:`oations and b:ltzdari es proposed. c. Const:uation of a new street in the vicinity cif Rondo Avenue as a service road to the Project and as a frontage road to the proposed Inter -state Highway. d. Widen Marion Street from the north right-of-way line of Fuller Avenue to University Avenue. 2. The Saint Paul Hoard of Education will provide the new school proposed in Area "F" of the "ProjectAArea Plan" a a time when the need for such school facilities has developed. 3. The State of Minnesota will acquire such parts of Area "H" (on the "Project Area Plan") as.are owned by the Authority. 4.. The State of Minnesota or the City will acquire lands owned by 'the Authority, which are needed for the widening of Rice Stres.. 5. The Authority will take action, where it has not already done �,j.. to .accomplish. this Plan. Among other things it will: a. Acquire lands necessary to carry out this Redevelopment Plan. b. Relocate residents of the Project in accordance with the Relocation Plan as necessary to accomplish this Plan. -21- o. Aenova nnd%r dwmolish strictures in the Project as necessary to accomplish this.Plan.: d. Remove or cap e:risting publ`•.c uti'_i.ty lines wh• ch are to be ` abandoned. _ ®. Build new public utility JLIes in accordance W''th this Plan. f. Make agreements and covenants, necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Plan.. with land purchasers and others. g. Sell and donate lands for use in accordance with this Plan. h, guild or rebuild streets within the Project, except for Rice and Rondo Avenues, and certain portions of streets which abut private property. i. Develop the part of Area "F" (on the "Project Area Plan"), which will be used as a public park, for this Purpose - F. DISCRIMINATION AND SEGREGATION All conveyances and leases by the Authority shall contain a covenant( running with the land and forever binding on the grantee or lessee, his successors, heirs, representatives and assigns, that no dis- crimination and/or segreation against any persons or groups on ; account of race, creed, religion, national origin or ancestry, shall be practiced or tolerated in connection with the sale, lease, sub -lease, transfer, use or occupancy of such land and/or its development, and that, in the event of any breach of such covenant, a legal or equitable action to enforce such covenant or to obtain damages for its breach may be brought by the Authority or its successor or successors or any person -22- or persons segregated and/or discriminated against in violation of the covenant. 6. PLAN ADMINISTRATION 1. This Plan will beadministered by the Authority. Determinations as to project boundaries, use bcaidaries and street, utility and easement locations, shown on Maps A through F, are approximate. When -exact and accurate descriptions and data -are available, they may be substituted for the approximate data without further ref- erence to the Authority or City for approval. 2. The provisions of this Plan specifying the land uses for the Pro- ject and Building Requirements applying thereto shall be in effect for a period of 40 years following the date of approval of this Plan by the Saint Paul City Council,. They may be modified, -amended or relaxed only as permitted by State Law. 3. In case. of an inconsistency between this Narrative mid the Maps which constitute a part of this Plan, this Narrative shall govern. -29- 4 Attachment 1: Legal._Deacription February, 1967....... -.-.... a; BOUNDARY DESCRIPTION - REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT UR MINN. 1-2 '(Western Project) The area known as Redevelopment Project UR Hinn. 1-2 (Western Project) is bounded as follows: Beginning at the intersection of the center lines of Western Avenue and Rondo street: thence Easterly along the center line Of Rondo Street to the intersection of the center lines of Rondo Street and Virginia Avenue, thence Northerly along the center line of Virginia Avenue to the intersection of the center lines of St. Anthony and Virginia Avenues, thence Westerly along the centerline of St. Anthony• Avenue to the Westerly line of Lot 7, Block 12, Elfelt, Bernheimer & Arnold's Addition to St. Paul extended Southerly to the center line of St. Anthony Avenue, thence Northerly along the Westerly line of said Lot 7 and along said line extended to the Northerly line of the alley in said Block 12, thence Westerly along the Northerly line of said alley 100 feet more or lees to the Westerly line of Lot 4 in said Block 12, thence Northerly along the Westerly line of said Lot 4 and along said line extended to the center line of Central Avenue, thence Westerly along the center line of Central Avenue to the intersection of said center line of Central Avenue with the center line of Western Avenue, thence Northerly along said center line of Western Avenue to the Southerly line of the alley in Block 7 of said Elfalt, Bernheimer & Arnold's Addition to St. Paul, thence Easterly along the Southerly line of the alley in said.Block 7 extended Westerly to the center line of Western Avenue, thence Easterly along the Southerly line of the alley in said Block 7 said line extended across Virginia Avenue and along the Southerly line of the alley in Block 8 of Elfelt,_Bernheimer & Arnoldis Addition to St. Paul end said line extended to the center line of Farrington Avenue, thence Northerly along the oenter line of Farrington Avenue to the Southerly line of the alley in Block 3, Elfelt, Bernheimer 83 Arnoldis Addition to St. Paul extended Westerly to the center line of Farrington Avenue, thence Easterly along the Southerly line of said alley through Block 3 of Elfelt, Bernheimer & Araoldia Addition to St. Paul and along said line extended through Block 3 of Chamberts Addition to the City of St. Paul, to the center line of Galtier Street, thence Southerly along the center line of Galtier Street to the Southerly line of the alley in Block 4, Elfelt, Bernheimav & Arnoldis Addition to St. Paul extended to center line of Galtier Streets thence Easterly across Galtier Street along the Southerly line of the alley in Florence's Addition to St. Paul, Corrected Plat, extended along said Southerly line of said alley and along said line extended to the center line of Marion Street< thence Northerly along the center line of Marion Street to the Southerly line of the alley in Block 1, Florence's Addition to St. Paul, Corrected Plat, extended to center line of Marion Street, thence Easterly along the Southerly line of said alley to the Westerly line of Lot 14, Auditorts Subdivision No. 6, thence Northerly along the Westerly line of sail Lot 14 to a point•7.02 feet South of the Northwest corner of said Lot, thence Easterly on a line perpendicular to the Westerly line of said Lot to a point of intersection with the Easterly line of said lot, thence Northerly along said Easterly line to the Northeast corner of said lot, thence Easterly along the Northern boundary lines of Lots 15 and 16 of said Auditoria Subdivision No, 6 to a point of intersection with that portion of the Northern boundary line of Lot 16 in the Southeast corner of Lot 11 ofsaid Auditoria Sub- division No. 6, thence Northerly on Easterly line of Lot 11, 21,97 feet to a point, thence Easterly along that portion of the Northern boundary of Lot 16 to the North. - east corner of said Lot. thence Southerly along the Eastern boundary of said Lot 16 to a point 21.97 feet South of the Northeast corner of said Lot 16, thence Easterly on a line perpendicular to the Easterly line of said Lot 16 through Lot 17 and,along the Northern boundary of Lot 18 and that portion of the Northern boundary line of Lot 19 that lies West of the Southwest corner of Lot 79 thence continuing Easterly on a line extended through Lot 7 to a point of intersection with and.perp- endicular to the Eastern boundary of Lot 7, all in Auditor's Subdivision No. 6,- -' thence SouNo therly along the,Eastera boundary line of Lot 7 to a point of iallorth r tion with the Northern.bcuadary line of Lot 20, thence. Easterly along the rthern boundary line of•Lot 20..21, and 22 to the center line of the public alley Vith__- Lot 22 on its Western_boundary'and Lots 23 end t2o5a n is ofsintereection withthe Southerly along the center"line of said alley point center line of Aurora Avenue, thence Westerly along the center line of Aurora Avenue to the intersection of Easterly line °he oe S extended t osso center Auroline of Arrora Avenue, Auditor s Subdivision Nd: 6, Avenue to the Northeasterly coraor of Lot 2, Auditor's Subdivision No, 530 and . ine of said Lot 2 line Lots 9, 8, 7, 6, to the Southeasterly comerand £ Southerly along the Easterly l said lot, thence Easterly along the Northerly line o 1, R. of Rice Street, thence South - R. F4illerts subdivision, to the Westerly lineWesterly erly along the Westerly line of Rice Street to the Intersection thence of the Southeasterly line of Rice Street with the Southerly line of Rondpoint wherehthe southwesterlyalong the Southwesterly line of Rice Street to the p lineof Rice Street intersects the Easterly line of Lot 1, Block 7, Rondo's Addition ng the Easterly line Of to the City of St. Paul, thence Southerly alohence Westerly along the said -Lot 1 to the Southeasterly corner of said Lot 19 Northerly line of Lots 10 and 9. Block 7, Rondo's Additions to a Points Addition, distant from the Easterly and Westerly lines of Lot 9, Block thence Southerly along a line equidistant from and parallel to Westerly along the Easterly and Westerly lines of said Lo 9 a distance of 50 feet, thencea line parallel to the Northeily line of said Lot 9 to the Easterly line of Lot 6, Block 7,.Rondo's Addition, thence Southerly along the Easterly line of said Lot 6 to the Southeasterly corner of said Lot,.thence Westerly along the Southerly line of said Lot 6 to the Easterly line of RavOux Street, thence across Ravoux street to the northeasterly corner of Lot 4, Block 6, Rondote said Addition, thence.Vestery along the Northerly line of said Lot 4, and along line extended across Lot 3 of said Block 6 and across Cathedral Place to the Westerly line of Cathedral Place, thence Northerly along the Westerly line of Cathedral Place to the Northeasterly corner of Lhe ot 14, uhn's Subline of divisioLotsn o139 f Block 5, Rondo's Addition, thance Westerly along_tRondo's Addition, to the Easterly 12, 11 and 8, Kuhn's Subdivision of Block 5, to the Northeasterly line of Louis' Street, thence Westerly across Louie Street, corner of Lot 13, Block 1, Bailey s Addition to Rondots Addition, thence Westerly along -the Northerly line of Lots 13, 12, 11, 10 and 9, Block 1, Baileyts�Addition to Rondo's Addition, archalong the ldortherly line of Lots 32 through 17, Block 7, Nininger's Addition to St. Paul, to the Easterly line of Farrington Avenue, thence Westerly across Farrington Avenue to the Intersec- tion of the center line of the alley in Block 2, Nininger's Addition to St. Paul with the Westerly line of Farrington Avenue, thence Westerly along the center line of said alley to the Easterly line of Virginia Avenue, thence 2, Westerly across Virginia Avenue to the 11ortheasterly line of Lot 16, Block Grace's Addition to St. Paul, thence Westerly along the Northerly line of Lots 16 through 9, Block 2, Grace's Addition, and said line extended to the center line of Western Avenue, thence Northee�rly along gnthe to center ethe reline Ofplatesof said Avenue, to the point of beginning, Elfelt, Bernheimer & Arnold's Addition to St. Paul, Chamberts AdditionCorrectetolato the City of St. Paul, i'iinnesota, Florence's Addition to St. Paul, Auditor's Subdivision. No. 6, St. Paul, iinnesota, Auditor's Subdivision No. 53, St. Paul, Hinnesota, S. ii, killer's Subdivision, Rondo's Additio to the City of St. Paul, Kubate Subdivision of Block b, errs Addition to St. Bailey's Addition to Rondo's Addition too St - Paul, and on re in the office Paul, and Gracets Addition to St. "Paul, of the Register of Deeds in and for Ramsey County, 1-innesota. UYavItLIY u ` J ❑ KEY ITT..T and ally anal ii��i:i::i;i!:3•'•ri:i:'t:i:ieii>>?i?i;iiiih' '::i•i14+Ie:iiiiii:i:ii �iiiiiiili$�i; ?; , ! e 1 TO BE VACATED riaoinriuru�rm L �' i?`•.i I "•:>' EXISTING • TO REMAIN TO WADDED i i rinn mn<n r� m f • Il::� ••••• / llll�% � � TO a/riiirnir...... ii roiiiirrrieirirrtrrr ,lf� n /llflll/ 1 %/% s � .,.,u,o... � %%//�� — _ i:iai �'ri?f �%L7G"//��i.%1/��j�//�� •'• s v NOTE n• cu. o-. :n aan n r :u � J,{s fkJRT I.LPMP[ AY/ A o.. o...m.. LLYL R :I :VR IpCALLTI�d. STREET ADJUSTMENTS Map B wn •L.. IYn uc;inul�mal Yl fmm�nn WESTERN REDEVELOPMENT AREA, UR MINNESOTA 1.2 FEBRUARY 1957 0 KEY J ❑ combined storm and sanitary sewer system w.w. 1 EXISTING SEWERS 69 TO REMAIN TO BE ABANDONED i r PROPOSED NEW SEWERS Na EASEMENT s E �i f . ' NOTE: E 1 i S rm'o• r r a r .e. ' Tili6 /Jb '.nmrtP E wr a neror Tm r,x r,c 2�. v wr. a n „PP u °m :Pm.me -"••_•_. --------------- « °`` P/JR ff.TR PMJCT PIRA PW. L� tld 11RS,1'ST A.RP W N_ •-____-«_____«_u_. °, ..: •�� ___««u __________________________ KNMCi .P .NCB IpCpYT:N. •ui.n o:mP:n vw,rt�,r _ - — — — � � ♦ 3W�. W°c9R �4L' TPS � _ � �° �ucam .Pr .rrucn . � vers rrmr� raa Tuv.v:os�. ,:�`cr ,,p T1"rTTl aPM ' - :2A II•E I.S .TPS PP. a ...::... P........,.. SEWER PLAN Map C WESTERN REDEVELOPMENT AREA, UR MINNESOTA 12 FEBRUARY 1957 _.__ J r NN�NYSIiv - KEY 1 1 wafer supply system .wo 1 EXISTING MAINS TO REMAIN 1 TO BE ABANDONED /UIIET •�--• PROPOSED NEW MAINS. E EASEMENT [rano FILL. L 1 E E . I Hart- 6'}m1 TI .I = 0 Tw MAP w Oi�OTYlIR1C. CM.T SI •NIIIOav 1 ..__..__ .. -- ..._ ti TmTtIiT✓m Ipll Ta •PrTo. � � rn.� cm taummne. _ 1 L ear v Ta noaoe Ba• nu. a wmeowmc ba saexulm ra ems viceleca. r.a m aY• relJr j 1.•.,0 •/w i„N �. •..•.� e.,,MT T/w Is. �. b Abwua,.d ........... hWwA Nn 1/W 1.+, � � � h•nr b.M•rf - � IINI •ISI. 1\rl RS.Ia'.S S.1 al'YT SI' NIOIMRI WATER SYSTEM PLAN Map D WESTERN REDEVELOPMEPR AREA, LIR MINNESOTA 1-2 FEBRUARY \ 1957 IKEY J GRouNO SUN CES I OAS �t•NAMC, E TELEPHONE E=M.w TO BE ABANDONED E E L =_-�-------- �� E +EASEMENT SI NIIIIONE NOM E E I t VUAV mlEmm d. DiLml",IEIC. .L. EDLt[m LEY ! LLiI�L HMO no vm nEL�un aILM EVPdi. EO OO DD to. O Lilo ' �► i mm s own m a LL.aL E.EA L.EEW � I.pRf o G i LF \\ LLfLLIa q M. _ �. >•"L�'-" o �. �" ��_ _ L001"ADE Y LaEtl gLaiOIOL. 0 gpmw t•�wry t�W 1+�, re L•�xn - E.:Yxy L�V/ Lw, w M dbsndpwd • .��..�.. h"opewd ra. L/ ^ lwn � hM•rr Iw.dvl PRIVATE UTILITY ADJUSTMENTS PLAN Map► '"�' "' .":M"<' "' `v'; �n"" WESTERN REDEVELOPIIAENT AREA, UR MINNESOTA 1.2 FEBRUARY 1957 ,» ST.4TEMNT OF METHOD PROPOSED FOR FINANCING THE WESTERN REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT, UR MINN. 1-29 ACCOMPANYING REDEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR THE IMSTERN REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT UR MINN- 'l-2, WEST OF THE ULMSOTA STATE CAPITOL, REVISER FEBRUARY, 1957 The Western Redevelopment Projects UR Minn. 1-2,is being financed pureuaub to a Loan and Grant Contrast entered into in Marah, 1953 by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota with Federal Govern, Ment acting through the Federal Housing and Rome Finance Adminietratbr4 This contract provides for temporary loans made or guaranteed by the Federal Government to the Authority to finance project expenditures and for a Fe3Arai grant and local grants to meet the net costs of the project. The finaacial plan for the Western Redevelopment Project called for by the approved by the Cit Redevelopment Flan as amended and app y Council on March 10, 1953 and as part of the Loan and Grant Contract with the Federal Government is summa - n rized'.elow2 Betimated Amount 1. Total Project Expenditures i $40202,860 +. 2. Local Non-Caslj Grants $1,491,171 (Including credits for Stats and local expeuditures for the Siate Capitol Approach. street improvemeats, park and school benefitting the project) 3. Gross Project Cost (Item 1 plus Item 2) $5,649,031 4. Return from Sale of Lend. � $1,560,867 5. Net Projrct Cost (Item 3 minus Item. 4) $4,133,174 6. Federal Grant $2,300,363 7. Local Grants a. Non -Cash Grants (same as Item 2) $1,491,171 b. Cash (from Redevelopmeat Tax Levy) $ 341.640 The Authority proposes to enter into an amended Loan and Grant Contract with the Federal Government based on the Revised Redevelopment Plan. The revised Contract x111 reflectcurreat, more accurate estimates of project expenditures based on actual experisuee to date, return from land sales, based on the revised plan and the resulting Federal and Local Grants. The following table reflects these now estimates and indicates the proposed method of financing the project as of the preasnt dabes Estimated .Amcna+ 1. Total Project Expenditures V -c025,000 2. Local JToa-Cash Grants 1,390,000 3. Grose Project Cost (Item 1 plus Item 2) 5,415,000 4. Return from Sale of Land 2,100,000 5. Net Project Cost (Ilam 3 minus Item 4) 3,35,000 6. Federal Grant (includee $$983,004 already paid) 1,780,000 7. Local Grauts a. Non -Cash (same as Item 2) 1,390,000 b. Cash (grant already made from Redevelopm- ; 146,000 . Tax Levy livid) 111 I i C =mDC'OTIOB AND SUPPORTING DATA 808 mvISSD RELOOATION PLAN 8olloving review.of the redevelopment plans for Projects 'CR Minn. 1-1 and UR M:.na. 1-2. the Division of Slum Clearance and Urban Redevelopment raised certain question ae to the Relocation Plan submitted. These were included in a memorandum from,Mr. J. Lawrence Duacanadated N,arch 0 20, 1952 and issued following discussion in Washington between Mr. Jorvig of our staff and Mr. Duncan. They are e++ ^ised as followee 1. Adjustment of Briggs survey data to oonform to minor revisions in the site boundaries of Project LT. Minn. 1^-2 made subsequent to the Briggs survey 2. A separate tabulation of relocation need was requested for non-white families 3. The validity of our estimates as to annual turnover wen questioned and further substantiation of our estim!. es of the number of unite that could be captured in each of the rent categories 4. Administration of the relocation plan.weA to be revised as to a. Informationalnoticeto tenants b. Eviction policy c. Expenses of Relocation. Advisory Council d. Expenditures for advertising i e. Job qualifications statements for relocation personnel The Eelocation Plan as revised in accordance with DSCUB Suggestions is submitted herewith. A summary of the changes made are as f ollowas 1. Adlnstment in Briggs survey to conform with chawe® in the boundary of vroject UR Mine. 1-2 Using as a source"1930 Vaited States Census of Housing; Block Statistics for St. Paul" an estimate was made of the number of families included within the project boundaries but excluded ftom the Briggs survey and the number of families included in the Briggs survey but not included within the revised project boundaries. This —1— estimate indicates a net loss of only 16 white families and a net gain -of 51 non-white families or a total net gain of 35 families to be relocated. Sinus the blocks adjusted are of a similar character and occupancy it would alm valid to adjust the Briggs survey by increasing the number of non—white families. by 51 and decreasing 'the.white by 16 and distributing the families by size and income in the ea>me proportions as set forth in the original survey. The original relocation plan was based on a preliminary tabu— lation by the Housing Authority prior to receipt of the final Briggs survey data, The revised relocation plan submitted herewith is further corrected using the final Briggs tabulations, Since the Briggs ej-:vey was made there have been some buildings demolished or destroyed by fire and evidence that a number of families have already moved from the redevelopment areas. Therefore it is bel=eyed that our statistical data on reloca— tion need as presented in the relocation plan indicates a maximum relocation load and that any difference between, estimates and actual relocation load will be in the direction of a decresse in the total families to be relocated. - V 2. Tabulation of Relocation road for Non—white Families Tables A and B following indicate "Non-white Families by Size of Family and Income Group" and "Gross Rent Paid by -Income Groups" respectively. These tables are based upon IBM card tsbu'sstion of preliminary results of the Briggs survey and do not reflect the increase in�non—white families brought about by the change in proilact boundaries. The tabulation of the 146 families indicated repi'esent6however.a 61% sample of the total of 238 families in the project area. Since the general economic status of the. familieca'Zh the entire redevelopment area is similar, the distribution of families by size, income and rent paying ability indicated by these tables can reasonably be applied, to the entire 238 families in the redevelopment area. Since the total number of non—white famllies is small ani St. Paul's record of racial harmony is good, it would be -unreasonable and impractical to make a new survey for non—shite families at this time. ..,2 .. ' o - Ivu�1/�l�l�ll11 - TAKE A NON WF3T"E F9IR-kL UNITS Bf SI7.E OB 9�'�IU, ND INCOME GROM Four or ITO Ono Adis: Two Adults Throe Adults Moro Adults Adults Total- 4 6 Total 0 1 2 3 4 5 9 Total 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Total 0 1 2 3 4 Total O 1 Total 3 Total 0 1 2 3 5 79 - _ Total Primary Families _ 133 73 16 15 to 8 8 3 1 1 40 24 3 4 5 1 2 1 82 41 10 10 5 6 6 3 1 10 6 2 1- 1 1 - 1 .. .. 1 1 - ---= - -u�� -- - - Multiplo Families 13.,. _- 4 5 1 1 1 1--- 5 - � 1 - 1 1 - - Sq 4114 1157731 10 621-1 1 " Total 1 75 X161199311 45 28 445121 - - Under $1500 21 3 4 1 3 1 '" -- 17 3.1 2 2 1 1- .. - - 15 9 1 2 2 1 - 1 1 - - - - - - - - - sr - Primary Families PrimiploFamilios 33 - 1 1 -^---- l - 1 --- - -•- - -- --- - Mult 3 1 1 1----- $100 -$2199 2 1 3-4-1 - 11 7 .l- 2-1 16 91 1 1 - 3-1- �iliee 28 17 2 _ _:. Multiple•Familios 3 1 2 - - - - - - - — - - $2200 i$2399 P�aryFamilies 10 5 - 2 1-2 -- 4 1 - - - 6 4 - - 1 1 - - - --^-- -- _ _ -- --- - Multiple Families 1 - --- - - <� - -11^1- - -� .- -. 1 1 - i .. -- $2400 - $2599- Primary Families 11 6. - 2 1 1 1 - - - 2 2 - - - - - 9 4 - 2 1 1 1 _ - - - - - _ x_ -tea r - Multiple Families 1 ^ $2600-$2799 Primary Families 4 - - 1 i 1 - 1 - - 1 --1--- 3 -- -- -- - - " - Multiple.Families - - - - ---^^ ---- --- -- „.,. $2800 - $2999- 3 . - A_ Primary Families 3 1 - 1 -1---^ - ---___ - -- - - - --- -- ^ -.. Multiple Families 1 - - $3000 or More_1_ 43 2110 4 52+2_1 5 3 l 2y 147 3 21-2- 8 421 - - Primary Families 2 2 - -----• - --- -- - -^ - _-- _ -- Multiple Families 3 2 1 :�:raza Not Reported Primary Families Multiplo Families -4- S; S" Fl. P k S < ti r TABLN B (ROSS RENT :]ON -WHITS PRIMARY FAMILIES Incomo Group Under $1500- $2200- $2400- $2600- $2800- $30000 & 8started T,,t l �� 2,99 2.99 799 — Under $30 59 18 71 4 7 2 1 16 • •$30 — $39 18 2 8 1 2 — 1 4 - $40 - $49 .6 2 2 - - - - 1 1 $50 - $59 3 - - - - - 3 - $6o - $69 2 1 1 - - - - $70 or More 1 - -No Repo_st 44 10 6 4 2 2 1 19 - TOTAL E 133 33 28 10 11 4 3 43 1 -4- S; S" Fl. P k S a , r change in distribution o£ White Table 0 below indicates the estimated families due to 0Ys des is project boundaries> and nos-4+hite TABLE 0 ADJUSTMENT IN NUMBER OF PANSL71 2 y0S IN RF17SWGE IN PROJECT BOUNDARIES Non-white TOTAL White Total 67 178 ill Increase Total 16 - 143 , 127 Decrease i Net Gain- 16 i51 35 or Loos history of racial harmony indicated by the fact that St. Paul has a good Paul is scattered thronghout the -shite portu.ation of St. 18% o£ the non us trpcts without soma non-white city, there being only.6 of tha 75 cens population. TABLE D CITY-wIDN DISTRIBUTION OP NON -WHIT' POPU"TI08 Tal 00 6,2!9 Total Ron -White Total Non=white 3,515 56.5 ` Tracts 35. 36 Total NOUC'Vbite 1,592 25.6 Tracts 37 — 40 Total Non-white in 1,112 17.9 Other Areas tracts where negro population is most concentrated In the two census 36% 0-1 the total ch mak there are 3,515 non-white persons whis up only population of the area.' immediately surrounding the above tracts there are an In the area only 9.3% of the total additional 1.592 non -whits persons making up population of these tracts. throughout The remaining 18% of the non-white population is scattered the city. _5 h Y r' S � ...s _ � •.j _.e �. - i F : 4. . ' ✓o Fes' � �•, -e J 6 P A. TAffi+E $ WHITE AND HCI -WHITE POPO aION — VW-W="iR W ` Tract Tract Total Total population in nco-white areas 9.518 17.109 26.627 Total Non-white in non-white areas 3.515 1.592 3.107 Total white in non-white areas 6.003 15.5-7 21.520 Percent of non-white In non-white areas 36% 9.3% 19.1% In view of this characteristic of mixed occupancy, it is not anticipated there. will be any terious problem in relocating sore 238 non-white families aboat .40% of which will be eligible for and receive priority for public housing. 3 -Validity of estimates of "annual turnover" and ealimates of the expected 6 carturine capability by redevelovment residents and relocation staff - Estimates of turnover and esttmat s of member of units to be ''captured" remadn approximately the same ani are supported by additional data from (1) the 1.050 census (2) St. Paul Post Cr..ice curvet* data (3) records of the Northern States Power Company. (4) Dwelii:g unit vacancy survey made for the local office of rent control by the Bureau of the Census in August, 1952 at the request of the City Council of the City of Ste Paul (5) Capitol Approach experience (6) records of newspaper advertisements of dwelliuz, units for rent er.3 for sale. 4,.Asim1aistration of the Relocat on lap The changes requested by DSCDR in the memorandum dated Mach 20, 1952 have been incorporated, and a more detailed statement of expense of Relocstion e Advisory Council and expenditures for advertising is included. in addition to the reviaioq,requested by DSWR. some other chanGma are incorporated. (1) It was necessary to change availability estimates for public'housing units duo to the fact that two proposed public housing projects could not proceed as planned, (2) As an aid to relocation it is proposed that the first two soothe rent will be refunded to families that relocate themselves without assistance in decent, safe and sanitary housing within 60 days after the property In which they, are living is purchased by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority. (3) "Site oconpent Relocation Record,a revised "Vacancy pile card and Inspection yormf and "Informational notice to Business Cwnere" were added- } �l` L , � � r PART I ANALYSIS OF REIACATION NEEDS A Dwelling Condition and Relocation census wus c", &wted in the designated redevelopment areas in May and June, 1951• Data was translated to I. B. M. cards, which produced the following .resvlts, Families anc. single individuals were grouped rota three relocation classes: (For Detailed Statistics on Relocation Need, see Survey "St. Paul Redevelopment Study". by Economic Research Agency dated July 25, 19510 Relocation Clasp I. Families eligible for public housings (1) Families or crib-families willing to live in separate unit, (single individuals are not eligible). (2) Must be citizens. (3) Must be residents of St. pawl one year or more. (4) Income maxima'. Families of 2 persons, income undar w2,301 3 2,501 4 2.601 5 2,901 6 3,001 . 7 3,1 g 3,201 9 3,301 10 3.401 11 3.501 Relocation Class II. The second class Is described as fol---vat (1) Families or single individuals earning leas than $3.0001.* (2) and not owning their own homes, (3) and not eligible for public housing. * $3,000 annual income was selected as the maxi:mn_for this class, because it represents rent-paying ability of abort $60 per month, which is the approximate dividing 'iine between rentals which are relatively easy to find and those which are difficult to find. noun im 11HRIM � Kon Relocation class 111. The trird class is describedZ (1) Families or single ind.i•gidnals earning over $3.000 and�or (2) Families ox single individuals ovni"Ig their Own h0ms and not eligible for public housing, TABLE I RELOCATION ANALYSIS IN REDEVELOPMENT AMU _Total b- th pro,-,-.;%� Relocation project &-I project A -Z Total Total Total Olass White &on•-Whito Total Wlate Non' -White Total White Noss -white 245 16 261 197 86 283 442 102 544 11 -92 6 98 88 37 125 180 43 223 iii 263 17 2810 477 76 553 740 93 833 600 39 639 762 149 961 1362 238 1600 In addition to the above relocation responsibility. the Authority may undertake the clearance of a 50 acre public housing site north of the Eastern Redevelopment project- it is assumed that this additional site clearance job will develop during 1953 and 1954. An analysis of the relocation status of the families now residing in this eit,e is set forth In the following table. Housing and family characteristics in t)3is area are similar to the adjacent redevelopment area, and although a family census has not been con- ducted for the purpose of forecasting the relocation problem, It is safe to assume the same percentage break -do -.m into relocation classes as found in the redevelopment pr-,J-)atG. RELOGATION ANALYSIS IN E(pEMw PUBLIC HOUSING SITE MWARANCE AREA ADJACENT TO U. R. HINN. 1-1 Estimated Percentage Class Number of White Families Moa -White Total Distribution Families in Based on Percentages Families+Based Families Based cu Each Class in Redevelopment on Perceeags-F) Redevelopment Projects in Redevetrn,. Proiecte _ ment Pro3eraa.�• 34% Class I 95 83 12 280 5 14% Class II 40 35 52�, C7 ass III 145 12 100% 280. 251 29 TABLE III MASIldUM COMBINED" REIACATION DEMAND 7,TJM REDEVELOPMENT P=,TE4T -PTXM PLUS PUMIC HOUSING SITE CLEARANCE A+ -'Ar Ei0FECTED DARING FOUR VAR PERIOD, 1953 7'O 1957 Relocation Number of Families Number of Wits Number of Noxa Class in Each Class Familieswhite Families i 639 525 1114 II 263 215. 48 r III978A 105 1,880 1.613 267 U. PART II ARLTySIS OF 1MROUSI96 AVAILABILITY Ili TSB LOCALITY The Authority coneucted studies of housing in the city and imrsdiate suburbs to determine housing availability including new housing, ,addition of apartments by conversion of a_t!.eting unite, and the turnover iri the exis..ng ho^•sing supply^ +c>talad housing data is available is St. Paul, and therefore the St. Paul picture has been studied in greater detail than the suburbs. The immediate suburbs of St. Paul are edeatively integrated with St. Paul in employment pattern and transputer tion, to an extent that makas them a part of the city. The immediate suburbs lie within a five mile radius of the center of the city. Determination of Rehouoi Availability In private Housine is the Oity The following method is considered sufficiently accurate for the purpose of forecasting housing supply over the next several years'of the relo— cation schedule. Two major sources of information were used: {1) a base map of the city, showing blo9 block average rent, I from the 1940 census, adjusted to 1950 rent levels by applying a 40% increase as indicated by the local rent control office. and B. L. S. figures for St. Paul, a showing (2) an over—lay map at the same scale as the rent map. turnover of occuvancy in existing dwelling units, and new occupancy of newly added dwelling unite. This mop.was recorded by address from local power company re^ords which indicate gas and electric meter changes in existing apartments and registry of service connections in now dwelling unite. An adequate sample of the 1951 records was taken: 25 days our of the power company?o 260 --day year, representing 10% of the yearte turnover in existing housing plus net housing addition. By laying the turnover map over the block rent map, the number of turnovers and additions in each rent level could be counted. This count disclosed rehousing volume during the 10% sample period= the annual volume is ten time that of the sample period. _lw. _ !P&VZ 17 1950 BEHOIISING AVAILABI=. Y TV ST. P.4I�.. PRIVATE HOUSING. IHDIC9TED 73Y U. S. CENSUS AEC) POWER COMPAS'r REC-=S Rent Representative Representative Percent Rehousing piss;ribation Categ=7 Availability Re wueing Rehousing of Housing In Sampla Availability in Availability Adjusted for. New by Ponti7.15;; Count t`se Year 1951 Cca�,truction and by. Rsa 1�ibzt ng�7ard Unita 0e�eeories_ $ 0-29 209 2,090 1.578 11.2 11,850 8.943 $30..59 11185 63..5 p 472 4.720 .33. 1.866 2.8.660 14.084 .10000 The above sample cou+,:, is supper' Fd by the following aynvel Pcaer Gor,,any records of transfers for. the years 1 45 through 7"951. :t i:45 13.778 2.946 14.950 1947 16.134 1948 16.475 1949 15.332 7354 18.653 1951 19.361 in determining the above turnover the following transfers were excluded* suburban, change of names commercial and nuisance orders. The above eatlmates are further supports' by 1950 c-.cas data. The 1950 census of population Minneapolis—St. Paul area indicates that 14,9% of the population of the city of St. Paul was living is a different dwelling in 1950 through than in 1949. If the Northern States Power Company turnover record data of 15.332 fAr the comparable year of 1949 Is' used the percentage turnover is 15.9%• Since the difference In the two estimates is only 14 the turnover estimates indicated above are considered to be valid. Since our estimates of total turnover include All types of dwellings: the total estimated turnover is reduced as follows �2^ t yt tt e - d i !P&VZ 17 1950 BEHOIISING AVAILABI=. Y TV ST. P.4I�.. PRIVATE HOUSING. IHDIC9TED 73Y U. S. CENSUS AEC) POWER COMPAS'r REC-=S Rent Representative Representative Percent Rehousing piss;ribation Categ=7 Availability Re wueing Rehousing of Housing In Sampla Availability in Availability Adjusted for. New by Ponti7.15;; Count t`se Year 1951 Cca�,truction and by. Rsa 1�ibzt ng�7ard Unita 0e�eeories_ $ 0-29 209 2,090 1.578 11.2 11,850 8.943 $30..59 11185 63..5 p 472 4.720 .33. 1.866 2.8.660 14.084 .10000 The above sample cou+,:, is supper' Fd by the following aynvel Pcaer Gor,,any records of transfers for. the years 1 45 through 7"951. :t i:45 13.778 2.946 14.950 1947 16.134 1948 16.475 1949 15.332 7354 18.653 1951 19.361 in determining the above turnover the following transfers were excluded* suburban, change of names commercial and nuisance orders. The above eatlmates are further supports' by 1950 c-.cas data. The 1950 census of population Minneapolis—St. Paul area indicates that 14,9% of the population of the city of St. Paul was living is a different dwelling in 1950 through than in 1949. If the Northern States Power Company turnover record data of 15.332 fAr the comparable year of 1949 Is' used the percentage turnover is 15.9%• Since the difference In the two estimates is only 14 the turnover estimates indicated above are considered to be valid. Since our estimates of total turnover include All types of dwellings: the total estimated turnover is reduced as follows �2^ for the purposes of estimating relocation availability. First, approximately 1800 new dwelling units were constructed in 1951 and Since these -are probably beyond the means of relocation occupants they are excluded. This reduces the available turnover of 19,3;7 by 1.,800 to 17,561. Secondly, the turnover includes substandard dwellings which t cannot be used for permanent relocaticn. The 1950 census indicates that 10,012 or+19.8% of the dwelling units lacked private bath or were dilapidated, Thin percentage of substandard unite ie assumed to apply uniformly to the r+ J This would reduce the total estimated available total estimated turnovers turnover by 3,477 to 144,084. These adjustments are indicated in the pre- 9 ceeding Table IV. In addition to the above major sources of information, the following additional characteristics were taken into consideration to support con- clusione made. They include trends in dwelling unit construction,census data on vacancy, and total rsatal-units by rents paid, housing availability in low -rent public housing, and suburban housing availability. Trend of Dwelling Unit Construction in City 1946 1840 Dwelling t.?.•its plus units added by conversion 1947 1165 " n u n ro n n 1948 980 " 1949 1300 " 1950 2300 n n n n n n n 1951 a 1800 n n n n n n n Total Dwelling jn_ in City 1949 93,000 3,000 1950 961000 .^ 31000 1952 98,000 - 3-000 Number of Dwelling Units for Rent in City U._S Census 195 Owner occupied units 511444 Rented units 40,715 Re -ported Vacancy in_1950 1,200 Dwelling unite; 1.2% _3„ Total of Seater-oeao and Vsxant Dwe111aR IIaits for Esatf 1950 Cerins (excluding seasoael and diiayidated vacant units) ]tuber Reporting - 38,3k'S .10 Under $10 .131 .3% $10 to $19 3?247 8.5 $20 to $29 7,619. 19.9 $90 to $39 91015 23.5 $40 to $49 8$23 22.3 $50 to $59 41845 12.6 $60 to $74 2,851 7.5 $75 to $99 1,5199 4 $100 or More 544 i.4 MEDIA'd RENT $38455 . Average Monthly Rent $40.00 T.4BIR V ESTIMArM RHHOUSING AVAILABILITY IN CITY, 0 LOW JMNT PMLIC HOUSING Supply of New New Supply i Total Annual Low -rent Public Turnover in Low—rent Year Housing Units Public Housing Vac"my__ 1953 8 108 108 1954 75 175 175 1955 100 200 200 1956 150. 250 X50 1957 175 275 f 008 The housing supply in the suburbe of St. Paul is considered an effective part of new housing availability. How+rver, reeorda on suburban housing are lose accurate than those of St. Paul. The following statistics are compiled from such housing records as are maintained by the local Lawn Clerks, from the 1940 housing census, the 1950 population census, and from estimates made by the town engineers and the St. Favi Planning Board. ;i —5— i E' 5 ' N- 2 9 j , f Horth St. Paul Number of Dwelling Unite 1,600 Rental Portion 40 r Current Annual Increase in Dwelling Units 90 Current Annual Vacanc9 10 Currant Annual Turnover plus Addition 100 South St. Paul T Number of.Dwelliag Units 4.518 Rental Portion 500 Current Annual Increase in Dwelling Unita 190 Current Annual Vacancy 20 current Annual Turnover plus Addition 200 bleat St. Pant Humber of Dwelling Units 2'291 Rental Portion 70 Current Annual Increase in Dwelling Units 180 Current Annual Vacancy 20 current Annual Turnover plus Addition 200 I—derdale w Humber of Dwelling Units 300 Rental Portion 10 Current Annual Increase in Dwelling Units 80 Owront Annual Vacancy 10 current Anausl Turnover plus Addition 90 falcon Heights Humber of Dwelling Units 1.300 Rental Portion 40 current Annual Increase in Dwelling Units 100 current Annual Vacancy 10 Current Annual Tnraover plus Addition 110 —5— i E' 5 ' N- 2 9 j , f T i V F 1 ttt E' 5 ' 2 9 j f k TABLE .i - m ESTIN;ATID 1950 REROUS3NG AVAILABILITY IN FIVE ST. PAUL SUBORBS Comi,ined Amount Combined Amount of Rent of Rental Housing Rehousing Availability Catesorx b� Rczt Cateros as by Rent Categorie_ s $x.59 330 30 $60L 330 40 The throe sosrces of rehousing availability shown in foregoing Tables IV, V, and VI are combiued in the following Table VII to indicate the complete =Ual availability, which forme the basis for the proposed relocation eche(bile, This availability represents an assumed °standard years, 19510 which may be projected ever the neat five years of the relocation schedule. Such assumption is considered safe in the normal circumstances experienced In the past five years. Temporary variation in rehousing exaitabi.lity due to fluctuation in building prices, rental changes, etc., cannot be accur- ately predicted, and therefore are of no consequence in projecting rehousing availability. It is understood that a major ehange in the local economy, due to war or depression, would of course disqualify these pre- . J diction. TABLE VII ° Colon= ANNUAL RMOUSING AVAILABILITY W ST. PAUL ARD 114MIATE SUBURBS, RASED UPON PRIVATE HCUSING AND PUBLIC SOUSING IN THE YEAR 1951 (The low -rent public housing portion will be higher in 1955. 1956. and 1957. see Table V.) Annual Rehousing Distribution of Rent availability per Percentage Rental Units ,by Percentage Rest Categories - Category Power Co. records from 19 50 CBIIana $0-29 1709 11.9% 11.045 28.69% $30-59 9044 63.0% 22.473 58.389 3603 25.1% 4,975 12.92% 14,356 loo % 38,493 100% The foregoing available figures represent the combined turnover sad addition occurring in the locality; however, it is not assumed that this represent$ the capacity which may be captured by a relocation office. That portion of the indicated housing availability which may be captured by the relocation office will vary according to the rent level sought - 6 a TABLE .i - m ESTIN;ATID 1950 REROUS3NG AVAILABILITY IN FIVE ST. PAUL SUBORBS Comi,ined Amount Combined Amount of Rent of Rental Housing Rehousing Availability Catesorx b� Rczt Cateros as by Rent Categorie_ s $x.59 330 30 $60L 330 40 The throe sosrces of rehousing availability shown in foregoing Tables IV, V, and VI are combiued in the following Table VII to indicate the complete =Ual availability, which forme the basis for the proposed relocation eche(bile, This availability represents an assumed °standard years, 19510 which may be projected ever the neat five years of the relocation schedule. Such assumption is considered safe in the normal circumstances experienced In the past five years. Temporary variation in rehousing exaitabi.lity due to fluctuation in building prices, rental changes, etc., cannot be accur- ately predicted, and therefore are of no consequence in projecting rehousing availability. It is understood that a major ehange in the local economy, due to war or depression, would of course disqualify these pre- . J diction. TABLE VII ° Colon= ANNUAL RMOUSING AVAILABILITY W ST. PAUL ARD 114MIATE SUBURBS, RASED UPON PRIVATE HCUSING AND PUBLIC SOUSING IN THE YEAR 1951 (The low -rent public housing portion will be higher in 1955. 1956. and 1957. see Table V.) Annual Rehousing Distribution of Rent availability per Percentage Rental Units ,by Percentage Rest Categories - Category Power Co. records from 19 50 CBIIana $0-29 1709 11.9% 11.045 28.69% $30-59 9044 63.0% 22.473 58.389 3603 25.1% 4,975 12.92% 14,356 loo % 38,493 100% The foregoing available figures represent the combined turnover sad addition occurring in the locality; however, it is not assumed that this represent$ the capacity which may be captured by a relocation office. That portion of the indicated housing availability which may be captured by the relocation office will vary according to the rent level sought - 6 i 2 public housing evellability is distributed on the basis of to category $0-29 and 35% to category $3&zO- Present distribution Of tenants in public housing is 44% to category uu3er $29 and 56% to category $30-59• However, there is evidence from our trends in receipt of applications that the very Law income families are not making applications. Further site fam lies in the $0.29 category l,ar0- will tend to greater aeed and will asAW priority over families in the $30.•59 category. Finally a large number of families in the $30-59 category will not be eligible for public housing„ ESTIMATED CAPTMG IN THE VARIOUS RENT I CAT.E00&IES i In the rent category 0-29 which includes Low Rent Public Housing it is estimated that the zsiaimum capturing ability is 1.:5% of the indicated private rehousing avails li.ity a-dd:,*,4 of the Public Housing availability. This assumes that 8-,: of -the total public housing will be capturod and that 65$ of the units captured will be for families in the $0-29 category. This relatively high expectation is due to the fact that the Authority also cantrole Public Housing and will give first priority to -site residents in strict accordance with Federal and State law. Further it will have the cooperation of the city Veterans4 Emergency Housing in making unite from that source available. In the $30-_15) category,which consists to a major extent of families,to be housed In the private market. It is estimated that a minimum Cf 2% of the indicated rehousing availability may be captured, based upon proposod staff using advertia2sg and positive methods of approach plaza recent o capital approach experience and rec&ds of available units for rent and for sale within the financial resources of ante ocaapante. It 18 further' estimated that 35%, of the public housing availability will be captured for this group. In the 60 ani over category it is estimated that a minimum of 5% of the total rehousing availability may captured for relocation purposes for the same reasons stated above, plus an indice.- tion from Newspaper Advertising that units in this category are much r more readily available and the fact there are a relatively large number of units for sale within the financial means of families in this category. These estimates are supported by Capitol Approach.exparieaoe. The.. original Capitol Approach development was. established in 7945• slthougis actual c1sawnum..did net ccmmence until 1949. • 7 .. 1MUiUI1iA1 Some relocation'of area tenants was being accomplished during the interim period. The bulk of relocation was done In the late pert of 1949, 1950 and 1951. The general distrlba.tlon of famillee by size'. income, and rent paying ability was r-YPrOx-*=a;'-e1y the same as in the project are" we have for clearance. Rental clacsifica- tions In both areas are approximately the same. Mot;t of the Original Occupants of these 1xUdings vacated voluutarilY and full management of the balance of the builaings was taken over by the Capp-Thomseen Company, a local Realtor. They in turn set up a plan whereby the 'tenants deeZt directly with their company instead of through an intervening landlord. It was found advisable to ret&llu temorarily two buildings :;*%r a temporary housing pool for t1lose families unable to obtain other accommodations. Not one family moved into these temporary housing buU.-L74s and all tenants moved to new quarters. It was reported that in each instance each faml.-Ly obliged to moves found better and more satisfactory housing accommodations elsewhera. with very little or not assistance. The local Realtor claims he did not make a concerted effort to find new locations fcr people in the area, but yet was able to caghwe approximately 1% of the total avail- ability. This was accompliahed without advertising and -)nly throa& rentals managt.4 by their office, wad at a time when there was a much more acute shortage of housing tha. will be the case for these projects. This realtor has also set out the fact that 60 -day notices to vacate were sent to tenants, which Is according to the usual procedure set up by the Office of Rent Stabilization. He also stated that in earl instance a copy of the notice was mailed to'thc local Office Of Rent Stabilizabion. This Realtor again states that in no instance were there any actual evictions, Althaugh the Cipit .01 Approach GonmisBIOU did not have to comply with section 105c of Public Lew 171. they also had no special relocation proce.dure,staff, or assistance provided to effectuate relocation. From the above information it is apparent that if a positive, concerted effort is put forth by the Local Relocation Office, with the h84 of advertising, and fall -time office staff doing nothing else but finding new locations, that considerably more of the available rentals will be captured. The local Realtor handling management for the Capitol Approach Commission, claims be slow can capture more than the 2% Of the availability as estimated aboveL III MENA '0 4 a r MOM -. ..... During the period of November 13. 1952 to.November,24. 1952, a record of offerings for sale and for Tent was kept for those units priced for sale and for rent within the incom re^savrcea of site occupants. only those units that had sale or rental prices stated were tabulated. yiirther all units that were indicated as requiring the sharing of bath or kitchen facilities were excluded as substandard. These totals were Further decreased by the percentage of substandard ° 19.89 The period of 10 dada -used for the .dwellings in the city. or tabulation was a low rental and sales period due to winter weather conditions at this time. For the above reasons the indicated avail- ability below is considered to be very con EC-vative. The results of the ten day record were as follows: Rental Properties NWfaer Number converted to Annual Ava3.l- a:.ility lass yab- standard Reay F $0 — 35 5 154 $35 — 50 28 728 $50 — 65 54 1544 tr $65 — 75 0 866 0 - - Total 117 3292 Sale Proverties Price Under $4000 3 79 $4000 - $6000 27 780 u $6000 — $8000 83 2397 $8000 -$10,000 .2 28z' Total 211 6085 Those units that appear for sale and particularly those that appear fzr rent indicate a ready availability and it should be expected that a large portion may be captured by an active and aggressive relocation staff. _ 9 - Based upon an assumed even rate o'k'relocation, the monthly rate of relocation need is 32'families and the annual need is 376 families. If this need is compered to the-above record of unit availability indicated by newspaper advertisements "for rent" and "for sale", our estimates of capturing ability appear to be conserva- { tive. Therefore there seems to be no question that the Authority will be able to relocate all families in permanent standard housing within the 5 year period indicated in this relocation plane The following table is developed to show what amount of housing may bo captured according to the foregoing anticipations. TAr_VIII MINIMUM ESTIMATE OF REHOUSING AVAILABILITY WHICH MAY BE CAPTURED ANNUALLY BY THE RELOCATION OFFICE Annual Rehousing Percentage of Rehousing Number of Total num - Rent availability available which may be Dwelling units ber of units Category (From Table VII) captured by Relocation of each: category to be cap- Office- which may be cap- tured annu tured by Relocar ally. Public Public tion OfficcPublib� Private Housing ,Private Housing Private Housing $0-39 1578 131 1.5% 80.0% 24 106 130 $30-59 8973 71 2.0% 80.0% 179 57 236 $64 3603 0 5.0% 0% 186 0 180 Total 14154 202 383' 163 546 4 «10- PAW III E:TRL40 BIIACATION SCBEDCI,E � Tile acquisition, clearance. and site improvement of rede-•elopment projects wi3.1 orocaed by stages The size and scheduZe of these stages will be fina7.1y determined by the interaction of th-, acgPisi— tion rate, relocation possibilities, site improvement wont, and rebuilding factors. Althorgh staging cannot now be accurately predicted on the basis of relocation alone, for purposes of this report, it is safe to assume a level rate of relocapion the redevelopment projects over the 5 year period 1953to 1957°. Added to this leve:. rate of relocation from Oto redevr?.c_1ment projects, will be the tW —year period of relocation from the public housing site, estimated to Occur during 1954 through 1956. —1— e .�TABLE IXESTIMATED RELOCATION SOBEDUIZmaximum Maximilm maximum ND. of dwelling unitsRelocation Load Relocation load combined which may be capturedYew Rent Category from Redevelop- from Public Hous— Relocation by. Relocation Office Safety MarginMont 1ro'ecte Ing Site Clear&ace load (Based on Table VIII)(Based on 7018 1) (Based on Table 11)1933 $0-29 109 0 109 130 210 45 236 191$60,1 119 0 lig 180 61Total 273 Z?31954 $0-29 109-59 45 20 65 236 171$614 119 73 192 180 —12Total Z73 4141955 $0-29 109 47 156 130 —26$30-759 45 2D 65 236 171Total 273 4121956 40-29 log 0 109 130 2100-59 45 0 45 236 191Total Z?3 2731957 $0-29 108 0 108 130 22430-59 43 0 43 i3� 193$604 117 0 117 180 63Tq�al 268 2685 Year 13240 164o 109DTotal families. have been deducted from this 41t owners in the $3000 or over class who will relocate without(Da"iatemce. See Briggs Survey Table 190 % _ ' Gr ems= TA= S MlId1 nj FSF.,MATM 06pTOH",XTY Oa MAiDIM 5 YEAR REWCdTION WAD I Rent Maximum Estimated Safet7 Ca:Gc Iaad C3ptMdb lity. Nyir $0-29 _ 639 650 3-1 $30-59 263 118Q A 917 L �t goo :,62 5 Year Yowls 191* 27'iO The significance of the foregoing tables is to indicate the general scope of the relocation job, as a basis for planning methods, staff, and costs. Relocation experience in other cities and local3j indicates that at least half of the site families may bo expected to rsioeate themselves with ve:.T`little or no assistance. Therefore, the R89.rect assistance load" is estimated to be half the number of reloeatees who remain after those eligible for public housing are subtracted. The actual direct assistance load is therefore expected to be one half that indicated in Table I%. i 3 i 3 Ei t -4- TABLE Xr IST114ATED SOMMUIE OF RELOCATION 1SED FOR VACANCIES IN PRIVATE HOUSING, AND PORTION WHICH WILL HAVE TO BE POUND BY THIS OFFICE No. of Dwlg. Units which may Rent Vacancy Need 50% Portion be captured Safety Year Categories (Based on of Vacancies (Based an Margin Tab IX) -Table VIII) 1953 $0-29 log 55 130, 75 30-59 45 23 236 213 6o,+ 119 6o 180 120 Total 273 138 546 408 1954 $0-29 157 79 130 51 30-59. 65 33 236 203 60 + 192 96 180 84 Total 414 208 546 338 J-955 $0-29 156 78 130 52 pp 30-59 65 33 236 203 6o + 191 96 180 84 Total -4- TABLE Xr IST114ATED SOMMUIE OF RELOCATION 1SED FOR VACANCIES IN PRIVATE HOUSING, AND PORTION WHICH WILL HAVE TO BE POUND BY THIS OFFICE No. of Dwlg. Units which may Rent Vacancy Need 50% Portion be captured Safety Year Categories (Based on of Vacancies (Based an Margin Tab IX) -Table VIII) 1953 $0-29 log 55 130, 75 30-59 45 23 236 213 6o,+ 119 6o 180 120 Total 273 138 546 408 1954 $0-29 157 79 130 51 30-59. 65 33 236 203 60 + 192 96 180 84 Total 414 208 546 338 J-955 $0-29 156 78 130 52 30-59 65 33 236 203 6o + 191 96 180 84 Total 412 207 546 339 1956 $0-29 log 35 130 75 30-59 45 23 236% 213 60 + 119 60 180 120 Total 273 138 546 408 1.957 $0-29 108 54 130 75 30-59 43 22 236 214 60+ 117 59 180 121 Total 268 135 546 411 1640W 826 2730 1904 (2) 240 faidlies have been deducted from this total as owners in the $3,000 or over cleas.who will relocate without assistance. See Briggs Survey Table 19. -4- I'L X k F ' f SUMMAZY A9D COBDLIISIONs The foregoing estimates of availability and capturing ability are conservative. Availability is based. upon 1950 census data and power = Compezzxy records for 1951+ This estimate is reduced for substar_dard units and new construction. Since that t"_me the housiue availability has increased, and shows evidence of continuing in this direction. `\ In August, 1952. the Bureau of the Census made a survey of the rental \ housing situation in St. Paul for the purpose of aiding the 01ty Council in making its determination as to whether rent control should remain. in effect afer oRptember 30 or be eatended.to April 30, 1953• This survey indicated that there were at that time 98.000 dwelling units in St. Paul. 2% or 1960 units were vacant 0.8% or 784 units were available for rent 0.4% or 392 units were available for sale 0.8%- or 784 units were vacantbut not available for rent or sale, or dilapidated. This survey indicates,a vacan.y ratio of 1,2% or 1176 non seasonal not dilapidated units for rent or for sale. The 1950 cencus indicated'a total of 93.359 dwelling units and a vacancy ratio of 0.6% or 560 Wa—esw rni not diladpidaUd units available for rent or for sale. These two surveys both made by the Bureau of the Census indicates that the vacancy ratio for noir-seasonal not dilapidated units has doubled between the spring of 1950 aad August, 1952' Local surveys by the Post office Department also indicate that the housing' availability is steadily incneasingr This is indicated by the following tables taken frcm the Post Office surveys dated June 7. 1949 and September 3. 19529 Posy =CE s=vEx JUNE �. 1949 HO= & AaMILIES JANE 7. 1949 WITHZ CITY LIMITS BAMILIE3 AND CITY OF SL'. PAUL WITHIN CITY LIMITS FAMILIES PULATIODT 5 30 8 Rooming Houses, Hest Homes. 18613 Insi;itutions. Etc. TOTAL, POPUI 103F 357.711 POST OFFICE SURVEY SL'7)nn@R 3. 1952 HOUSES & FAMILIES SEPTEMHEB 3. 1952 wimxa CITY LIMITS TOTALS 6Zi56 _ yon' TV PERSONS ROOMING HOUSES 1566 1t3Fii3 TOTAL HOUSES 63122 — LQ %i �G HOUSES HEST HOMES. ETC. __ __ ROCFt. X HOUSES. ETO. P iSOnS 194x9 16613 1 37?3 A� INCREA�T 4.37 � POPULATION TOTAL pgpuLATION BAMILIE3 AND CITY OF SL'. PAUL WITHIN CITY LIMITS FAMILIES PULATIODT 5 30 8 Rooming Houses, Hest Homes. 18613 Insi;itutions. Etc. TOTAL, POPUI 103F 357.711 POST OFFICE SURVEY SL'7)nn@R 3. 1952 HOUSES & FAMILIES SEPTEMHEB 3. 1952 wimxa CITY LIMITS TOTALS 71239 97151 TV PERSONS ROOMING HOUSES REST HOMES ETC 1186 9819 TOTAL HOUSES 72425 FAMILIES AND POPULATION CITY OF ST. PAUL WITHIN OITY LIMITS FAXIIIES P� Tom. 97151 Rooming Houses. Hest Homes- 9•83.9 Institutions. etc. TOTAL pgpuLATION 349.847 -6- TV ':$ `. Thaw tables indicate an increase in dwellings in proportion to family increase and definite decrease in doubling -up of families and a decrease in the number of families living in stores, garages and miscellaneous housing'quarters. A survey by the St, Paul Real Estate Board on April 13, 1951 also indicates a large availability of houses for sale within the financial resources of site occupants. This survey indicated that 82.6% of all houses sold in St. Paul were sold by members of the Real Estate Board and sold at the following pricest 259 sold under $ 5.000 G42 n fro $ 5.000 to $ 8,040 724 n n � 8,000 to $10,000 644 414,000 to $12,000 4.86 n n $12.000 to $15.000 223 n " $15,000 to $20,000 103 n far over $20,000 Ewaie prices for the first 6 months of 1950 were lower than in the same period of 1949• Prices rose 7 -to 8% in the last half of 1950 but stere still below 1948 levels. since that time prices have shown a gradual inarrase for new construction and relatively new homes, but older homes which are within the means of site occupantc have tended to decline in price. e With the acquisition of properties in these prt,ject areas a large number of families will be able to purchase other homes with the cash equity they receive from the sale of the+^.'properties. 33.4 or 495 of the parcels are owner-occapied. It is estimated that at least lt2 of the above owners will be able to purchase other homes and MWVO without assistance. It is also anticipated that a large number of persons now renting will purchase homes and relocate :'hem- selvea. These families hava been included in the total relocation load and all saimates are based upon the maximum relocation load end ml7iimun estimates of cepturability to satisfy the relocation load. The trend of increased availability indicated by the Bureau of Census survey for rent control purposes and Post Office survey data plus present high rates of new construction and conversion indicate that availability for relocation purposes will be considerably higher than that estimated in this report, and that the Authority should be able ., 7 MEN Un1'A1�i1�Y�l 17 Inni to rehouse all families within the development period estimated without undue difficulty. Our estimates in this report do not take into consideration the State law which requires that all public Housing units cannot be occupied for a period of more than 4 years. For purposes of estimating the maximum Relocation lbad, v2 estimates have been made on a maximum need with a minimum of recapturability. The incentive to relocate is very evident in both of thr: project areae. This incentive has been *created by the clearance of the Capitol Approach in the City of St. Pau].. The following are some of the experiences of the Capitol Approach Commission's Property Manager: They found that at the time notices were sent to vacate, that the people involved had been looking fora new place to live and that the majority of the pcvple bad done nothing *ut actually moving until.they knew definitely that the _ Commission was going ahead with the project. They found as the original area started to be cleared that the psychology of their neighbors leaving spread until the tenants were looking for a new place to move and moving before they had actually received any formal notices. The Local Housing Authority office has received a great M:,ber of rsquests for early appraisals and information as to when we plan to proceed, so that area occupants might start moving. A large numoa:r of regaests have been made for early appraisals by sk:e occupants as .they have in mind JR=chas- i.ng other properties. A number of the landlords have been unable to re rent vacated uhits becaase people in the City realize that this area will be cleared soon. T is, of course, is working a hardship on these laad� lords and therefore they are anxious to sell their properties to the Local Housing Authority as soon as possible. ,Relocation has been "in the air" for a +cng period of .time* and tenets and landlords are anxious to relocate as soon as possible. _8- < - «}^ » � ) \ r 2 ! < - «}^ -�- Ifin 7011m, 11111MUNI F�i��l��'� 11"WEANN WMI, ':1 T, T • PART IV ORGANIZATIONS NETIMp AND COSTS OF RELOCATION ORGANIZATION The relocation organization plan is explained in detail in ibe overall organization plan of the Housing Authority submitted with the Loan and Grant Application. it includes a relocation advisory council of lay cit I izens of one each representing various groups and professions such as social agencies, minority groups, public relations, and real estate; a relocation officer with overall authority and responsibility for each of the three phases of the relocation problem: (1) Family Assistants (2) Rehousing location (3) I—zoperty Management. Relocation Advisory Council The Relocation Advisory Council will be established as soon as official.. `review of the redevelopment plan permits the Authority to organize for site ,acquisition. Composition of this council would be broad enough to'embrace the various social and procedural problems which are anticipated. The Director and several members of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority will sit in the council, and thereby provide the policy connection bet -ween the boards. These ex -officio members will have veto power over decisions of the Relocation Council. Cciijicil members will ie appointed by the Authority to serve overlapping three-year terms, so staggered that cnly 1/3 of the membership will be subject to expiration in any one year. Council members will serve without compensation; expenses Incurred on official business will be payable by relocation accounts. Such expenses may include mailing costs, incidental costs of meetings of the council, etc., to the extent of $100 per year. $400 is estimated as the maximum for the five-year period of this plan. The functions of the council will be to establish relocation policy, within the general policy laid down by the Authority; to cultivate community support by . their representative influence, and by publicity; to review basic matters of relocation procedure and finance; to decide appeal cases; to bring into relocation procedures expert advice on special problems in which the respective members are qualified. The council will meet periodically, frequency depending upon the work load. Relocation Personnel Relocation personnel are Included in the organization plan of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority submitted with the Loan and Grant Application. This includes position descriptions of duties, responsibilities and qualifications, plus salary schedules. Personnel will include a relocation officer, three family assistants, a housing locator, and two stenographers. Field Office A field office for personnel working directly with the tenants will be set up in or near the project area is conjunction with the management field office as outlined in the Management Plan. The two offices will be housed together in an existing suitable building which is likely to be one of the last ones demolished. Supervision of thi ffice will be maintained by the central office through the Redevelopment S ervisor. GENERAL POLICY Authority P.csponsibility The Authority is responsible for providing, lo, -sting, or assisting in locating a decent, safe, and sanitary' -dwelling unit for every family that is to be dis- placed from the project area, and such dwelling units must be "not generally less desirable in regard to public utilities and public and commerc_Si facilities and at rents or 1rices within the finascisl.means of the families displaced from the pro;ect-area, decent, safes and sanitary ** equal in number to the number of and available to such displaced families and reasonably accessible to their places of employment". Certain acts committed by a family to be relocated may be construed as a rejection of aid and will relieve the Authority of this responsibility. If a family is evicted forr failure to pay ronts whe due, as outlined in the Management Plan, such eviction, after court action, will constitute relocation and will relieve the Authority of any further responsibility for relocation assistance. If a family refuses a vacancy Without valid cause, the Authority will be under no further obligation to extend relocation assistance to that family- (See Eviction Policy) Low -Rent Housing Public'housing projects now being completed will have sufficient turnover during the period of relocation and clearance to accommodate eligible site families. In addition it is anticipated that -.-da additional project of approximately 500 units will be constructed during the period. First 'priority will be given these families is strict accordancel with state and federal legislation. -2- i it e C: Field Office A field office for personnel working directly with the tenants will be set up in or near the project area is conjunction with the management field office as outlined in the Management Plan. The two offices will be housed together in an existing suitable building which is likely to be one of the last ones demolished. Supervision of thi ffice will be maintained by the central office through the Redevelopment S ervisor. GENERAL POLICY Authority P.csponsibility The Authority is responsible for providing, lo, -sting, or assisting in locating a decent, safe, and sanitary' -dwelling unit for every family that is to be dis- placed from the project area, and such dwelling units must be "not generally less desirable in regard to public utilities and public and commerc_Si facilities and at rents or 1rices within the finascisl.means of the families displaced from the pro;ect-area, decent, safes and sanitary ** equal in number to the number of and available to such displaced families and reasonably accessible to their places of employment". Certain acts committed by a family to be relocated may be construed as a rejection of aid and will relieve the Authority of this responsibility. If a family is evicted forr failure to pay ronts whe due, as outlined in the Management Plan, such eviction, after court action, will constitute relocation and will relieve the Authority of any further responsibility for relocation assistance. If a family refuses a vacancy Without valid cause, the Authority will be under no further obligation to extend relocation assistance to that family- (See Eviction Policy) Low -Rent Housing Public'housing projects now being completed will have sufficient turnover during the period of relocation and clearance to accommodate eligible site families. In addition it is anticipated that -.-da additional project of approximately 500 units will be constructed during the period. First 'priority will be given these families is strict accordancel with state and federal legislation. -2- tt a v y��ly Croupo Wily of s w��l be relocated intact) but the lnuof&r as is possible, y 9 p Authoritymay offer to relocate primary and sub,,fam Wes separately when required uired to do so by lack of ,& vacancy suitable for the family group. Such separate relocations will qot be offered it either family coxsists of less than two persons or has a separate income insufficient for its own needs, Individuals While the Authority has no legal responsibility toward single individuals under the Sousing Act. of 1949, there will be some hardship cases such as single elderly persons that,will need assistance. The 1!uthority will render assistance to those single persons that may have considerable hard- ship in relocating themselves. commercial It is contemplated that no responsibility will be assumed for -relocating commercial and industrial establishments other than making facilities for redevelopment available to those eligible for relocation within the project area and who will relocate in accordance with the Redevelopment Plan. Self -Help In spite of the assistance which the Authority stands ready to offer, families will be encouraged to find and occupy suitable housing on their own initis- tive. This policy, it is believed, will result in the most harmonious. relationships over the longest period of time and will, in a large measure, alleviate any feeling of autocratic use of power. EVICTION POLICY Residential Properties It shall be the policy of the Authority to conduct its management and relocation affairs in a manner contemplated to reduce to a minimum tha need to resort to eviction proceedings. Evictions.will be used in the following cases only: -3- .0 S tv i. k 1 r r r I A. Non.psyment-of rent after every effort has been made to induce payment; b. Refusal to accept and move to accomwodations offered for permanent relocation which when offered are decent, safe) and sanitary; within the financial meats of the tenants; and reasonably accessible to community facilities; and refusal t transportation and o accept and move to temporary relocations When essential to clearance of a portion of the site is accommodations at least ss good in nil respects as teat he now occupies; c. Continued unauthorized or illegal occupancy or nuisance created by the tehant. Business Properties . The policy in regard to eviction of business tenants will be the same as for residential tenants insofar as the same are applicable. Relocation by Eviction In trose cases when it shall be necessary to resortto eviction, said evictinns ... �tY33rb consieered to have effected relocation and the Authority shall be rel of any further responsibility so far as the relocatee is concerned. FOLLOW-UP ._..Public Housing Relocatees The records of the Authority as regards families relocated in low -rent public housing will give sufficient follow-up on persons relocated therein. 8 Private Housing Relocatees a. Permanent Relocation. A periodic call may be made on families relocated to permanent accommodations in -order that record of their whereabouts may be maintained in the interest of protection to the. Authority. b. Temporary Relocation. Continued efforts will be made to relocate these families in permanent quarters. c. Disappearance• In cases where the family relocates itself and does not notify the Authority prior to gmoving, efforts will be made to ascertain the whereabouts of the family in the interest of protection against claims against the Authority. 'These efforts, whether success- ful or not will be fully documented in the file of family records. 4 . >_. 1. r . .e RELOCATION METHODS Part III of this report schedules relocation at a uniform rate over a five year period. This was done to demonstrate the feasibility of such a schedule. Clearance stages will be decided by the central office in consideration of all elements. the acquisition rate, site improvement agd rebuilding plane, demolition and house -moving possibilities, and relocation resources. The plan for relocating families will be based upon proposed clearance schedules. However, no families will be forced to move to maintain clearance schedules unless adequate permanent or temporary dwelling units are provided. it would be impractical now to forecast the stage -by -stage relocation load. Recognizing this, the relocation rate to be assumed for purposes of planning procedure is the uniform rate shown in Table IX, Part III. Two phases of relocation activity are proposed: Phase 1, the information phase, begins immediately when the project is approved for aequisitinn. a. The file of site occupant relocation recorda from the eccomplisbe4 field survey are reviewed and any required special information is derived. b. The stage demand for a given amount of private rehousing, of given apartment sizes, at given rentals, is established and turned over to the Rehousing Locator as a basis upon which to plan his search program. c. The stage demand for public housing is established at the same time, and availability plans are worked out in conference with,the.Public Housing Teuc.nt Selection Office. d. A general letter to residents is prepared, informing them fully of project staging plo.ns, telling when relLcation is to be started, announcing the Relocation Office and its services, in- troducing the Family Assistnnts, stating the eligibility require- ments for public housing, explaining the overall reasons for the project, end appealing for their civic cooperation. The letter will be accompanied by a certificate .of receipt and will be deliYered by Family Assistants at the time the property is being purchased. The form of this letter and certificate will be'as° follows: -5- 1110,111 Relocation Office 123 Avenue Street Housing and Relevelolment Authority of the oity of St. Paul, Minnesota Office Hours; John I)Oe RelocationOfficer phone lumber: Ldg �—t�ftt-- t�Tenants Dear. Sir or Madam' articles houses in this area, As you Trobably know from the newspaper are being purchased by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority for the 'PurPOOO of demolishing them to make way for & new development' The entire Project and area bounded by Tb,"Oity will build now streets, a 9chOO1 and &- park' streets will be cleared- ' private builders for construction the rest Of the cleared lead will be sold to pr . buildings will be rented of new apartments and commercial buildings. These-riew b . ui or sold like any other private buildi I ngs and will pay thajoity substantial taxes. I od in place of the The purpose of the projects is to build g, now neighborho p-,esent,ol& one, which will be a great benefit to the,gablio. The Tawe under which redevelopment is being accomplished are City Resolutions No. . 141047 and 159030;,Minnesota Session Laws of 1947, Chapter 4B7 as amended'. and Public Law 171, Blgt Congress, 190- It is the objective of the Local Housing Authority." assist you in finding another home, which is, safe, decent and samite'ry, meeting tbarequire- r.ents of applicable City codes, State and Federal laws, which is within Your ability to P879 and is reasonably near your place Of employment' You may be eligible for a new public housing unit- You are eligible is not more then the to apply for a public housing unit if Your family income following hMounts: $2200 TWO adults with no children 2300 One adult and one minor child, approximately 2400 Two adults and one minor child, approximately 2500 Two adults and two minor children, approximately Two adults and three minor childrea 'approximately 2800 Two adults and four minor children, approximately 2900 1 Single individuals are not eligible. 6 C I v r If your income is slightly more than the amounts shown,:it may be worth your while to register, because there are certain deductions allowed that may make you eligible for a living unit. If you are in doubt about your eligibility, please come in and inquire or call our office at (no.) The house in which you live is now being purchased by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority. Following purchase of your house you will be .re- quired to pay rent to the Housing Authority until such time as you can find another home outside the project area. If you ,fail to pay your rent you may be evicted by court order. If you are evicted you will lose all your rights to help from us in finding and moving to another home. You `i4ill not be evicted unless (1) you fail to pay your rent (2) you refuse to move when other suitable housing is available to you (3) or you carry on any nuisance or unlawful activity in your home. Remembers the block in which you now live will be cleared of all buildings. All families meat be moved and relocated prior to the clearing of -these buildings. In the event you are unable to find a new location by that time it may necessary to offer you available temporary living quarters in another block within the project. This will only be temporary, and you will be required to pay rent. Temporary moving will be troublesome and expensive and therefore it will be to your best advantage to start NOW to find a permanent place 'in which to -live outside the project area. Mr. _, our Family. Assistant, will call on you to determine your needs and answer your questions. Hemaybe able -to help you. A certain amount of inconvenience to families cannot be avoided. If you wish our assistance, please cooperate, In or•_'er for you to get the most satisfactory location we ask you to start looking for a new place 'o live NOW, and try to move as soon as possible. If you find your own new location, please notify us to you may have a rent refund coming to you. You are welcome to come into our office at any time. you mr.y contact Mr. , your Family Assistant here'if you wish. Office hours are as shown on our letterhead. Please feel free to contact this office. We will try to help you. Very truly yours, Re ocation car -7- 9 To the Rousing and Redevelopment Authorit of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota Projects UR Minn. 1-1 and UR Minn. 1-2 Receipt for Information Notice to Tenants This is to certify that I am the head of the family living at - r and that I have perscnally received a copy ,of the "Information Notice to Tenants" of the Rousing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota for residents of the Projects known as UR Minn. 1-1 and UR MinL.. 1-2, and that its contents have been explained to me. I understand that the Relocation Office at is there to assist me with my relocation problems. Date; Signed; -8- r N.3 '� �:. • S � l � jtih h2 VV V V T To the Rousing and Redevelopment Authorit of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota Projects UR Minn. 1-1 and UR Minn. 1-2 Receipt for Information Notice to Tenants This is to certify that I am the head of the family living at - r and that I have perscnally received a copy ,of the "Information Notice to Tenants" of the Rousing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota for residents of the Projects known as UR Minn. 1-1 and UR MinL.. 1-2, and that its contents have been explained to me. I understand that the Relocation Office at is there to assist me with my relocation problems. Date; Signed; -8- r N.3 we we trying in this letter to avoid the impression that we will do all the work of finding a new home for the residents without their trying to assist themselves' In other words, we wish to.encourgge the residents to make every effort themselves to find a new homes It is, however, the intent and purpose of the Relocation Office of I the Local Housing Authority to assist in every way possible to Ox;edits the relocation of area occupants in finding safe, decent and sanitary living =its. a. A general letter and certificate of receipt Of the same general type as the letter to residents will be delivered to business owners in the same manner as for residents. The form of this letter and certificate areas follows: Relocation Office 123 Avenue Street Housing and RedevelopmeLyi; Authority of the Ci by of St. Paul, Minnesota John Doe Relocation Office—. Office Hours: Phone Number: Informational Statement For Business Owners Dear Sir., As you probably know from news -paper articleso buildings in this area are I purchased by the Hm.q'ng and Redevelopment Authority for the purpose of demoliabing them to make way for a new development. v&ile-the building that You occupy may not contain any poor dwellings, its location is such that it hampers complete re— development and consequently, if must be removed. The entire project area bounded by 1 and — --- 1� streets will be cleared. The City will wild now streets, a school. and a park; the rest of the cleared land will be sold'to private builders for construction Of now apartments and commercial buildings. Tbeee now buildings will be rented and sold like any other private buildings and will pay the City substantial taxes. The purpose of the project is to build a now neighborhood in,place of the present old one, which will be of great benefit to the public in general. it is the objective of the Housing and Redevelopment --luthority to assist You in relocating your business, but if you do not pay your rent or otherwise willfully obstruct the progress of demolition work, you may be subject to immediate eviction. 9 mis 10 7-1 A �J Jertaln typo of bueiaeeeee my be ellgiblo for relooatioa Within tb9 pf0�80� dreA df tlr r6d8�e�Opl�gt f dC��t�9d dr9 t� ye x01i G bo Ngdrld to pay rent to the going and 8edevelopmat Authority after the purchase of your propertyw Notice of termination of your month-to-month lease, which you will be required to sign, will be given at least 30 days in advance.of ouch termination. It will be to your advantage to start HOW to find a new location. The successful completion of this project will be of benefit to all St. Paul business and indirectly will.be of benefit to you. Please cooperate. If you have any question you are welcome to come into our office at any tics. You may contact Mr. , your Relocation Assistant, here if you wish. Office hours and telephone number are listed on our letterhead. Please feel free to contact,this office. we will try to help you. Very truly yours, Relocation Officer Ts the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the city of St. Paul, Minnesota '-ojects UR Minn, 1-1 and DE Minn. 1-2 Ba^eipt for Informational Statement for Business Owners This to to certify that I, as the owner and head of the business located a. and doing business at the (Firm game) , have personally received a copy of the Informational Statement for Business Owners from a representative of the Housing I and Redevelopment Authority of the city of St. Paul, Minnesota. I understand that the Relocation Office at is there to assist me with my relocation problems. Dates Signed" fe At the time the Family Assistant delivers the Informational Letter, he will fill out the "Site Occupant Relocation Records form. A copy of this form is as follower - lo- t 4444. `f I� ! I I i 1 1 t i 1, Jertaln typo of bueiaeeeee my be ellgiblo for relooatioa Within tb9 pf0�80� dreA df tlr r6d8�e�Opl�gt f dC��t�9d dr9 t� ye x01i G bo Ngdrld to pay rent to the going and 8edevelopmat Authority after the purchase of your propertyw Notice of termination of your month-to-month lease, which you will be required to sign, will be given at least 30 days in advance.of ouch termination. It will be to your advantage to start HOW to find a new location. The successful completion of this project will be of benefit to all St. Paul business and indirectly will.be of benefit to you. Please cooperate. If you have any question you are welcome to come into our office at any tics. You may contact Mr. , your Relocation Assistant, here if you wish. Office hours and telephone number are listed on our letterhead. Please feel free to contact,this office. we will try to help you. Very truly yours, Relocation Officer Ts the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the city of St. Paul, Minnesota '-ojects UR Minn, 1-1 and DE Minn. 1-2 Ba^eipt for Informational Statement for Business Owners This to to certify that I, as the owner and head of the business located a. and doing business at the (Firm game) , have personally received a copy of the Informational Statement for Business Owners from a representative of the Housing I and Redevelopment Authority of the city of St. Paul, Minnesota. I understand that the Relocation Office at is there to assist me with my relocation problems. Dates Signed" fe At the time the Family Assistant delivers the Informational Letter, he will fill out the "Site Occupant Relocation Records form. A copy of this form is as follower - lo- t 4444. `f Jertaln typo of bueiaeeeee my be ellgiblo for relooatioa Within tb9 pf0�80� dreA df tlr r6d8�e�Opl�gt f dC��t�9d dr9 t� ye x01i G bo Ngdrld to pay rent to the going and 8edevelopmat Authority after the purchase of your propertyw Notice of termination of your month-to-month lease, which you will be required to sign, will be given at least 30 days in advance.of ouch termination. It will be to your advantage to start HOW to find a new location. The successful completion of this project will be of benefit to all St. Paul business and indirectly will.be of benefit to you. Please cooperate. If you have any question you are welcome to come into our office at any tics. You may contact Mr. , your Relocation Assistant, here if you wish. Office hours and telephone number are listed on our letterhead. Please feel free to contact,this office. we will try to help you. Very truly yours, Relocation Officer Ts the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the city of St. Paul, Minnesota '-ojects UR Minn, 1-1 and DE Minn. 1-2 Ba^eipt for Informational Statement for Business Owners This to to certify that I, as the owner and head of the business located a. and doing business at the (Firm game) , have personally received a copy of the Informational Statement for Business Owners from a representative of the Housing I and Redevelopment Authority of the city of St. Paul, Minnesota. I understand that the Relocation Office at is there to assist me with my relocation problems. Dates Signed" fe At the time the Family Assistant delivers the Informational Letter, he will fill out the "Site Occupant Relocation Records form. A copy of this form is as follower - lo- t I� ! I I Jertaln typo of bueiaeeeee my be ellgiblo for relooatioa Within tb9 pf0�80� dreA df tlr r6d8�e�Opl�gt f dC��t�9d dr9 t� ye x01i G bo Ngdrld to pay rent to the going and 8edevelopmat Authority after the purchase of your propertyw Notice of termination of your month-to-month lease, which you will be required to sign, will be given at least 30 days in advance.of ouch termination. It will be to your advantage to start HOW to find a new location. The successful completion of this project will be of benefit to all St. Paul business and indirectly will.be of benefit to you. Please cooperate. If you have any question you are welcome to come into our office at any tics. You may contact Mr. , your Relocation Assistant, here if you wish. Office hours and telephone number are listed on our letterhead. Please feel free to contact,this office. we will try to help you. Very truly yours, Relocation Officer Ts the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the city of St. Paul, Minnesota '-ojects UR Minn, 1-1 and DE Minn. 1-2 Ba^eipt for Informational Statement for Business Owners This to to certify that I, as the owner and head of the business located a. and doing business at the (Firm game) , have personally received a copy of the Informational Statement for Business Owners from a representative of the Housing I and Redevelopment Authority of the city of St. Paul, Minnesota. I understand that the Relocation Office at is there to assist me with my relocation problems. Dates Signed" fe At the time the Family Assistant delivers the Informational Letter, he will fill out the "Site Occupant Relocation Records form. A copy of this form is as follower - lo- t Intcrviewor _ Dete of Intcrvicw UR Ainn. _ f OF M CITY LF ST. PAUL, atI; <.E ilYiA Projects UR Jinn. 1-1 and UR tfina. 1-2 SITE OCC1T2111-'.T 5ELOCATiu T RECOAD Parcel i?0. iia, of Drellirg Units RclocFtion class this family Address Type of Derclling Owner occupied Rentcd Owner's lkamc _._ Address d Phone No Tenant's ibcmc _ Phone No. Apt No. __Floor this unit is on _ List Pcrsons Living In This Unit Dame Relationship ; Sex :Age nerital Status: Placs of Employment :Annual S41arg, Other Income ; Race:Citizcn_Vcteran: In 1, Pcnsion,Rclicf, ; :of USA,,: Service 2. Etc. 3; 4. 5. 6. Housing Information Site Location=. Relocation Nced Oancr _ `Tcnant Sub—Tcnant Public Housing Contract Rent $ per _ _ ,� Family'appcars to be eligible Ycs 1i0 Utilities j per Application made Dho Case No. Gross Rent 5 per Application accepted Date Rcut rcccivsd ucr Application rejected Reason Furnished Unfurnish>d Will family accept public housing Ycs i:o Wo. Rooms l:o.Bcdrooms Lf no, state reason Ovcrerowlyd: Yc s l:o Private Housing Exclusive occupancy Does family have any plahs for r^,location by family: Ycs Privato bath: Yes lie :'fill family desire to -purchase rent' unit " Private inside toilet: Ycs_ i:o If Rental unit: Private Running Matcr: 11hat rant is family willing to pay per Hot: Yrs_No_ What utilities should this rentimclude: hcat____Zas-light�T water_ Cold: Ycs_i!o_ Should unit be furnished , £urnishcd with Private kitchen: Ycs iio If Unit to be purchased: Adequate hcatii_g:Y-s ::o What price can family pay Adequate lighting: Yes No What down -payment can family pay Ycs_ lie_ !that monthly mortgage payment can family pay Standard housing: What relocation assistance will be requested r":EtuL121f5: __ __ i SITE OCCUPANT RELOCATION RECORD (Cont.) Relocation Unit Offered Date Location Date Accepted Reason rejected Relocation Assistance Given (owner or tenant) Disposition of Vacated Unit Date to be vacated Extended Date vacated Relocated Eviction started. Evicted, a, Address to which moved purc'ns.seRental__ Temp. on site—Temp.off site_ . Unknown. Relocated by Tenant's initiative_TRelocation staff Eviction - Permanently relocates at Interview Record Date Interviewer Remarks 2. 3. 5 6. 0 C�e�d{ii�II�I�III' SITE OCCUPANT RELOCATION RECORD (Cont.) Relocation Unit Offered Date Location Date Accepted Reason rejected Relocation Assistance Given (owner or tenant) Disposition of Vacated Unit Date to be vacated Extended Date vacated Relocated Eviction started. Evicted, a, Address to which moved purc'ns.seRental__ Temp. on site—Temp.off site_ . Unknown. Relocated by Tenant's initiative_TRelocation staff Eviction - Permanently relocates at Interview Record Date Interviewer Remarks 2. 3. 5 6. 0 � ( a I I 1 I' III I I I I f i i I I r r r LL r • , Phase 21 the action phase, will begin siclultaneously with property acquisition. (a) Assignment of Imilies, The Fintls, Assistant will be assigned to epeeific families and will familiarize himself wi,,", the, characteristics of each family as described by the interview reports on filer and will set up a folder on each family in- eluding ali the iuformationrand forms to be used in processing relocation. (b) Visiting'familles. The Family Assistant will visit respective families, correcting family data records as necessary,`answeriva families' questions, and impressing them with the Family Assistant's dual responsibility to assist families and to see that relocation is acco•nplished. He will also explain other details of plan to families involved. (c) Listing vacanci.c- Meanwhile, the relocation office is rounding up vacancies by (1) having cations placed on all voluntary vacated u.its elsewhere on the project than in the first -stage acquisi- tion section, in order to capture them for temporary rehousing; (2) listing public housing current availability; and (3) listing private rental vacancies and reserving them by rent d-•-.)osits as necessary; (4) all vacancies will be described on the "Vacancy File Card and Rehousing Inspection Form" n sample of which follows: - 13 - t i 3lei I.aS � 1 7 � n �i 3t � � _ • r� 45, t` i V, A A :( J URI' Lf K, I. Nt-1 LAILI 1111 Lil, 'L-J k -J4 , - 11f 16111i IL I V'RX �'77Y 1y5my TIOUSING'AND REDEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF THE CITY OF ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA Projects UR Minn. 1-1 and UR Minn. 1-2 Relocation Office Vacancy Card il rd _snd Rehousing Inspection Form. (F&eick for dilapidation first; if dilapidated disqualify) 1. Address---------- !.-- Unit No. Floor. Type of Dwelling------. 2, 2. Name of Owner or manager phone 3- No. of rooms Y No. of Bedrooms _____Date Available L. Contract rent per Includes beat_ eleez;1--ity - water gas garage what furnishing. 5. If for sale; Sale Price Down payment $ Monthly payment $ 6. Type of lease required_ Deposit required $ 7. Restrictions ...... 8. Inspection check list .Yee Ro Private bath Private toilet Inside piped water: hot cold Private Xitchen. ' Adequate beating Adequate lighting Suitable environment Standard housing Temporary housing Unfit housing Date inspected: Signed: Record of•Referrals Date Family Referred Accepted (Date): Rejected Reason Unit not filled by Site Occupants Rea8on----- . ..... (d) Placement conferences. Placement conferences are held in the relocation office, attended by (1) the Family Asdstants f (2) the Rehousing Locator (3) the Public Housing Tenant Selector (4) the Veterans Emergency Housing Administrator, presided over by (5) the Relocation officer. Relocation demands are matched, as well as possible, by available supply, and placement assignments are made. Priorities are assigned in competing ca=ses, amounts of dire•:;t monetary ssaistanee-are decided, rents are set for temporary on-site Ylocation units, and the waiting list priority is established. Conferees take their instructions from these meetings, and coordinate their activities accordingly. The Family Assistants immediately inspect the vacancies•aad pending vacancies which have*been allocated to certain families, and record dwelling descriptions on the Vacancy File Card sad Rehousing Inspection Form with the purpose of evaluating the qualities of safety, decency, sanitation, and equality with the dwelling unit now occupied by the relocatees'. In instances of questionable dwellings, the Family Assistants will confer with the Relocation Officer to evaluate the unit. (e) Direct financial assistance to families. A loan and grant fund will be set up to provide direct monetary assist.3ce to individual families needing` it for tion, the amount in each case to be determined by the Relocat n Office in consideratimn of relative need and priority establis ed by the placement conferences. The Rebcation officer will, administer the loans and grants. Loan repayments by families will be credited to the loan fund and will thereby reduce the gross project costs.. (f) Relocation Bonus Payments. As an aid to relocation it is proposed to refund the first two months' rent as a bonus, providing the tenant relocates himself in a decent, safe and sanitary dwelling within that period. (g) Permanent relocation is the objective. The objective of the relocation staff will be permanent rehousing of all families And single individuals,in off-site dwellings satisfactory to relocatees. Particularly in the instance of families, the objective will be rehousing which is decent, safe and sanitary, and within the rental ability of relocatees. - 15 - Fortunately there will be'no minority problem because.of the very small portion of the minority relocatess and St. Paul's good record of minority acceptance. Essentially the rehousing problem will be to find decent, safe, and sanitary housing of certain rent levels. Rehousing inspection service, using the above Vacancy Fil.e Card and Rehousing Ine.ection Form will be offered to all faailies and individuals. This service will be used in screening.rehousing for those families needing a large degree of assistance. Naturally, rehousing.inspection will not be mandatory upon families who -find their oum accommodations; they will be offered this service to use if they so choose. (h) Use of temporary on-site relocation if necessary. Temporary rehousing on the project site and Veterans Emergency Housing will be used only as a last resort for difficult families. They will not be encouraged to rely upon temporary rehousing. . Moreover tewporary rehousing on the project site will not relieve the Relocation office of responsibility for ultimate relocation in permanent rehousing which is decent, safe, sanitary, and affordable. For purposes of temi:orary rehousing on the site, only those houses will be used which are, or can be made decent, safe, and sanitary. As a general policy, rents for on-site temporary housing will be established at a level fair—to the family, in consideration of previous rent, rental ability, the shortness of occupancy, the cost of moving, and work time lost. In no case will e unit be rented for more than the ceiling rent under existing -- regulations, or for more than comparable rents elsewhere in the city. Temporarily rehoused families will be given priority for permanent relocation. (i) Property Management. The maintenance and security of Authority -owned houses ^in the project will be the responsibility of the Property Manager until the houses are vacated and turned over to the demolition schedule. (See separate report on Property Management, describing the handling of vacant buildings prior to demolition.) The costs of maintenance and property management will not be charged under reloomtion accounts; therefore property management services do not appear in the Relocation Costs Summary, p - 16 - I t r Fortunately there will be'no minority problem because.of the very small portion of the minority relocatess and St. Paul's good record of minority acceptance. Essentially the rehousing problem will be to find decent, safe, and sanitary housing of certain rent levels. Rehousing inspection service, using the above Vacancy Fil.e Card and Rehousing Ine.ection Form will be offered to all faailies and individuals. This service will be used in screening.rehousing for those families needing a large degree of assistance. Naturally, rehousing.inspection will not be mandatory upon families who -find their oum accommodations; they will be offered this service to use if they so choose. (h) Use of temporary on-site relocation if necessary. Temporary rehousing on the project site and Veterans Emergency Housing will be used only as a last resort for difficult families. They will not be encouraged to rely upon temporary rehousing. . Moreover tewporary rehousing on the project site will not relieve the Relocation office of responsibility for ultimate relocation in permanent rehousing which is decent, safe, sanitary, and affordable. For purposes of temi:orary rehousing on the site, only those houses will be used which are, or can be made decent, safe, and sanitary. As a general policy, rents for on-site temporary housing will be established at a level fair—to the family, in consideration of previous rent, rental ability, the shortness of occupancy, the cost of moving, and work time lost. In no case will e unit be rented for more than the ceiling rent under existing -- regulations, or for more than comparable rents elsewhere in the city. Temporarily rehoused families will be given priority for permanent relocation. (i) Property Management. The maintenance and security of Authority -owned houses ^in the project will be the responsibility of the Property Manager until the houses are vacated and turned over to the demolition schedule. (See separate report on Property Management, describing the handling of vacant buildings prior to demolition.) The costs of maintenance and property management will not be charged under reloomtion accounts; therefore property management services do not appear in the Relocation Costs Summary, p - 16 - 114111,111,11H 9Y, 0 Upon original acquisition) 9' number of dwelling units will be selected and maintained. for use As temporary rehousing. The number of such unite will be determined by the reloca- tion'officer together with 4 redevelopment supervisor in consideration of the relocation schedule and the degree ed. of relocation success which isbeing experienc -1--.+4— n-Pfleer has general responsibility. It will be the function Of the Relocation officer to organize the foregoing activities, alter procedures -0.8 necessary, and prescribe all the incidental procedures, such as rent collection, eviction, etc. (k) He,-.6qjjsrters conferences.. The Relocation officer, Redevelop- ment Supervisor, and the. Relocation Advisory Council will meet periodically to decide appeal cases and special problems, to review basic matters of procedure and finance, and to establish POlicY- COSTS OF RELOCATION AQVVITY 1. Relocation loans. -total $14,300-00 Direct loans will be granted to hardship cases, to Pay costs and/or first Month's rent for reloct�tees. It is =ed that 520 f9mil-,es of this kind will need loans. Itis estimated that these loans will be grantad on thz! bas I is Of-&PProxjm&tely $55 per family I average. 520 x $55 $28,600 total amount to be loaned. 1'. is expected that approximately 50% of these loans will be defaulted and un- collectible. 54 of $28,600 = $14,300 uncollectible loans. 0 loss to be charged to *6,600 $1.4,300 ■ ,.$14,30 relocation expense. 2. Relocation b I onus Payments total $14,900,00 As an aid to relocation it is proposed to refund the first two mouthat rent as a bonust providing the tenant relocatea. himself in a decentp.safe and sanitary dwellingp within that period. It is estimated that a total of 373 families plan to rent or purchase other,properties See Economic Research Agency report by Briggs, page 39, This report shows approximately 25% Of the total families have pl*ns to, move. It is estimated that 8#% Of this total Will move or purchase decent, See and sanitary dwelliag 40commoda- tioAd 17 i or purchase decent, safe and sanitary dwelling accommo- dations within tpw sixty-day period allowed. 80% of 373 families a 298 familieathat. will relocate within the sixty-day period. 298 x $50'aysra&e two months rei'a $14,900, total of bonus payments - 3. "All other, costs"of relocation activity will include - --� stsff'salaries, advertising, rad office overhead. These are estimated as follows: Relocation Activities Estimated Total Salary or Cost Relocetio:k Officer $ 23,125.00 16,664.25 Family Assistant Supervisor 13,!+43.75 First Family Ass 11,352.50 Second Family Assistant 131472.00 Clerk -Stenographer 13,396.75 Rousing Locator Junior Clerk-StenogreF`_er . 7,790.00 5,0,00.00 Office Overhead Total overhead coot of purchase and 6,996.95 operation of automobiles office Rental - Relocation Office 3,840.00 Office' Telephone Janitorial services for relocation office 2,1.00.00 1 520.00 ,� 153.60 Fire and extended co-erage for office equipment , (clerical) 150.1k W rkman's compematio� insurance Wo.kmsa's compensation insurance (maintenance) 481.82 40000 I:.cidental costa of relocation council• 1,497.60 Advertising _ 112,084.36 e Relocation Loam 14,300.00 Relocation BMWs s Payments`�— Grand Total Estimated Relocation Costs $1•'+£,284.36 The above cost estimates are explained and subst)=V,atea in greater detail in the project expenditures budget of the Loan and Grant Application. r -77 { AMD TO TO THE RELOCATION PLAN A9 RVIM FOR MMUMN PROJECTS '�'5 UR MINN. 1.1 AND UR MINN. 1-2. The above Relocation Plan is revised to include the following @Y18ngeg: 1. GENERAL POLICY b The paragraph under GENERAL POLICY entitled "Authority Responsibility" is revised by adding the following paragraph: "Although the Authority is relieved of rel8cation reap uibility ae OUtliled above thane miliee eligible for public housing which are affected by the 600,11NO ' visions will continue to have priority for public -our.ing"" for a period of three years in accordance with'- icable state and federal laws and Authority policy. 'However, families hal-Ing the game priority vto are not affected by the above provisions regarding Authority ieeponsib'.lity in cases of eviction and refusal to accept a vacancy will be given first consideration for public housing units." 2. FOLLOW. -UP The paragraph under FOLLOW-UP entitled "Private.Housing Relocatees" is amended by changing paragraph a to read as follows: "a. Permanent Relocation. A check will be made by the Relocation staff of all dwelling units for jermanent rel.ocs- tion after occupancy by the relocatee to insure that the family is properly located in a standard housing unit in accordance with the provisions of state and federal law and Housing Authority policy." 3. RELOCATION METHODS A. The paragraph under RE=ATIOa bMODS entitled "Phase 2, the action phase" is mended by changing paragraph (e) to read as follows: "(e) Direct financial assistance to families. In those - cases where a family does not have tile financial Meens to pay moving costs, direct assistance will be given by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority not to exceed moving costs and first month's rent. The Relocation officer shall have the responsibility such s family •1� �{ i should Lave gush rinancisl assistance Wad J, the amount of the assis!tanee to be given. In cases of temporary relocation where the Autbority provides temporary hclseing for the relocates to expedite the clearance of any section of the sites each relocates so relocated shall be eligible for financial assistance as outlined above. In those cases where a family is in need of financial assistance to move to an available unit and where such family may not wish to _accept a direct payment the Relocation Officer may advance such funds as a loan to the relocatee.'.' B. The paragraph under reLOCATIOH MMODS entitled "Phase 2i the action phase" is amended by 'deleting paragraph M. Ho bonus payments will be made. Financial assistance will be provided only as outlined in the amendment of paragraph (e) above. Itis estimated'that the cost of direct assistance as prov3de.d'in the above amendment will approximate the same amount as originally provided for loan and grant funds and relocation bonus payments. 4. RELOCATION STAGES The ielo9ption Plan is hereby amended by adding the follOwi 9 statement as to RELOCATION STAGES: "It to the intention of the Housing and Redevelopment - Authority of the City .of'St.Pnal, Minnesota that relocation will be accomplished by stages. It is recognized that relocation cannot be effectively accomplished without.providing for a stage program of relocation.. However, an overall stage program for the entire project cannot:bd accurately determined at this time and will -be suWect to the 'later -action of acquisition rates, relocation availability, site improvement 'Mork$ and the development program of private developers. It 'is the intention of the Authority that the first stege for the Western Project will include the properties facing"on the north and south sides of the present Rondo Street and housing relocation tracts B, C and J. The purpose of determining this first stage area is to . 2 ' T 4 .• r. i ^� A y 7.7 - _ allow for the development of the Rondo Parkwsy and the establisbment of a buffe on the south of the project and to make--available relocation sited On the north of the pAjjct for those houses siithin the main bounde,rise of the project vbich are in good r coneition and can be moved. In the Eastern Project the first stage will include the PKg reserved for the proposed highway and the area for the proposed new Twelfth Street. The purpose of this first stage Is to allow for the construction of'the_proposed Twelfth Street along the south sud east boundary Of the project and to establish a buffer area. Xt is the intention that future s'':ges will proceed northward in both projects. The exact determination of these stage areasiill be dependent upon such agreements as may be made with private developers for developing -the land and their program for construction. The Authority will submit to the Division of Slum Clearance and Urban Redevelop- sent a edevelop-menta detailed plan for the first stage area including estimates of relocation load, the program of the Authority w for relocating the families, and the esti-yjdW period of operation. This first stage program wiLl be stiou tted prior to the commencement of relocation activities. Sub- sequent stage programs will be submitted to the`Division of Slum Clearance and Urban Redeyelopment for approval before undertaking relocation in tae remaining areas of the site." 5. In cases of any provisions of the original Relocation Plan' which may be in conflict with these amendments, the amendments here proposed shall govern. a January 21, 1553 +3- I I y' I i 0 d I ii 11II i i 1 i i � Y I L� i f i 1 .1 JI 16, I'll UL' MSHMNT TO REVI ED RELOCATION PLAN FOR NEDEVSIAPMW PROACT3 UR KW- 1-1 AND UR KM4 1-2 The amendment to the Revised Relocation Plan dated January 21, 1953 is hereby deleted. The Revised Relocation Plan is amended to include the following changes; 1. GENERAL POLICY The paragraph under GENERAL POLICY entitled."Authority Responsibility" is revised by adding the following paragraph: "Although the Authority is relieved of relocation responsibility as outlined above those families eligible for public housing wbieh are affected by the above We- visions will continue to have priority for public housing for a period of three years in accordance with applicable state and federal lave and Authority policy. Rovever, families having the same priority vho are not affected by the above provisions regarding Authority responsibility in cases of eviction and refusal to accept a vacancy will be given first consideration for public housing units." 2. FOLLOW-UP The paragraph under FOLLOW-UP entitled "Private Housing Reloeatess" is amended by changing paragraph a to read as follows: "a. Permanent. Relocation. A check will be made by the Relocation staff of all dwelling units for permanent relocation atter occupancy, by the relocates to insure that the family is properly located in a standard housing unit is accordance with the provisions of state and federal law and Rousing Authority policy.- 30 RELOCATION ld!'1'@DDs A. The paragraph under WMATM !SYNODS entitled "Phase 2, the action phase" is amended by changing paragraph (e) to read as follows: "(e) Direct financial assistance to families. In those cases where a family deed not have the financial means to pay moving costs, direct assistance viii be given by the Rousing and Redevelopment Authority not to exceed " moving costs and first month's rent. The Relocation officer shall have the responsibility of determining whether such a family should have such financial assistance and the amount of the assistance to be given. In cases • � ` ; a TS i i i� i iA MMMMMM �tk i': , of tmporary relocation where the Authority provides teoporsry housing for the relocates to expedite the clearance of scy section of the site, each relocates so relocated shall be eligible for financial assistance as outlined above." E'. The pswgraph under BE=RIOH HSTHODS entitled "ftse 2, the action phase"'is amended by deleting I3ragroph bonus payments Mill be aft. Finaarlel usistenee will be provided only U ;outlined !a the Mndat of pa *41k (0) above. It it estimated tbAt the eat of direct usistu" u provided in the above amendmsat will approximate the sane amomrt ane -originally provided for loan and grant !mods and relocation bonus payments. M.. 14MOCATION S'PA4ES The Relocation Plan is hereby amended by adding the following statement as to RE=A=M STAORS: *It is the intention of the Rousing and Redevelopeoent - Authority of the city of St. Paul, Minnesota that relocation will be accomplished by stages. It !s recognized that relocation cannot be effectively accomplished.vithout providing for a stage program Of relocation. Rovever, an overall st,",program for the entire project cannot be accurately determined at this time and vill be subject to the inter -action of acgniaitioa rates, relocation availability, site improvemeat vork, and the developmanb program of private developers. It In the intention of the Authority that the first stage for the Western Project will include the properties lacing on the north and mouth sides of the present Rondo Street and housing relocation tracts 8, C and J. The purpose of determining this first 'Stage area is to allow for the development of the Rondo Psrksay and the establisbment of a.buffer on the south of the project and to malts available relocation sites on the north of the project for those houses within the main boundaries of the project which are in good condition aA can be moved." In the Easters project the first stege will include the arae.reserved for the proposed highviy`y and the area �2_ _z _ .,. t° J #, for the proposed new Twelfth Street. The purpose *0 ce.,this first stage is to allow for the construction of the proposed Twelfth Street along the south and east boundary of the proJect snd'to establish a buffer, area. It is the intention tbst future stages will proceed northward in both projects. The erect determination of -.Lees stage areas will be dependent upon such agree' »cots as may be made with private developers for developing the land and their progrOm for construction. The Authority will submit to the Divisio� of Slum Clearance and Urban Redevelopment a detailed plan for the first stege area including estimates of relocation load, the program of the Authority for relocating the families, and the estimated period of.operstion. This first stage program will be submitted prior to the commencement of relocation activities.. Subsequent stege programs will be submitted to the Division of Slum Clearance and Urban Redevelopment for approval before undertaking relocation in the remaining areas of the site.' g. Tae "Information IOtice to Tenants* An hereby amended to -. read as follows: -a. LjI 1 r n i } a w 40 It Relocation Office 123 Avenue Street Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St."Psu1# Minnesota John Doep Relocation Officer • office P.4011 Number: IBIOMtion Notice to tenants x fix or � gryou pr*bly kr w froomaew�p�per ax��0�8�� U are bei g purchased by the Housing and Redevelopment Authorityibr the pnrPOBe of em to make way for n now development. The entire project desalishing tb and area bounded by streets will be cleared. The City,will build new streets, a school and a park; the rest of the cleared land will be sold to•private builders for construction of new apartments and.eommereial buildings. These new build- Ings will be rented or sold like aV other private buildings and will pay ose of the projects is to build a new the City substantiel.taxes. The perp neighborhood iz; place of the present old one, which will be a great benefit to the public. The laws under which redevelopmett is being accomplished are City Repolutioas No. 141047 and 159030; Minnesota Session Laws of 19472 Chapter 487 as emended; and Public Law 171, 81st Congress, 1949• It is the objective of the Local Housing Authority to assist you in finding another home, which is We, decent and sanitary, meeting the ept a of applicableCitycodes, State and Federal laws, which is requiremability to pay, and is reasonably near your puce of employment. within your ublic housing unit. You are eligible You W be eligible, for.* zPev p to apply Pr a public housing wit if your family income is not more than the following,a�Iounts: $2200 Tfo adults with no children 2303 One adult and one_mi�Sor child, approxims'. y 2400 ATwo adults and one minor child, approri.al3tely 2500 Two adults and tvo minor c1lildren, approximately 2800 Two adults and three minor children, erproxinately Typo adults and four minor children, approximately 2900 Sf.ngle individuals are,.not eligible. 4 4 If your income. is slightly more than the amounts shown, it may be worth your while to register, because there are certain deductions allowed that. pay male you eligible for a living unit. If you are in doubt about your' �1lgibll�tY� p��e cod q a 14 0r CIII 0V Who at q0. The house in which you live is now being purehaeed by the $ou0ing and Redevelopment Authority. Following purchase of your house you will be required to: ,,pay rent to the Housing Authority until such time as you can find another home outside the project area. If you fail to pay your rent you may be evicted by court order. if you are evicted you v111 loser all your rights to help from us in finding and moving to another hose. You, will not be evicted unless (1) you fail to pay your rent (2) you refuse to sone Idea other suitable bousing is available to you (3),or you carry on any nuisance or unlawful activity in your home. -Remember, the block in.vbich you now live will be cleared Of all v; buildings. All families must be moved and relocated prior to the clesrini of these buildings. In the event you are unable to find • new location by that time it may be necessary to offer you available temporary living quarters in another block vithin the project. This will only be temporary, and you will be required to pay rent. If it should.be necessary for you to ,move into temporary quarters, the Axithority will continue to assist you in finding adequate permsaent housing outside the project area. Mr. , our Family Assistant, viii call, on you to determine your needs and ansver your questions. He may be able to help you. A'certaia amount of inconvenience to families cannot be avoided. If you vish our assistance, please; cooperate. In order for you to get the most satisfactory location ve ask you to start looking fora new place to lire Now, and try to move as soon as possible. If you find your own nev locatioa, please notify us as you may bove a rent refund coming to You. You are velcome to come into our office at any time. You way contact your Family Assistant, here if you vish. Office bouts are as shown on our letterhead. please feel free to contact this office. we will try to bele you. very truly yours,. Re oca 5 Dstmu f lensvesy 16, M3. .; IFt t 777A � f j , i' q I I l i i it r II I, II �, i I i r i I I' I I I i l i I 1 I I M03M TO R8VM iE XA ON no FOR IMPV p��pT-PRpJRCTg UR MTNIt. 1-1 AND UR MINK. 1-2 tThe amendment to the Revised Relocation Pian dated January'21, 1953 is hereby deleted. The Revised Relocation Plan is amended to include the following changes: 1. GENERAL POLICY The paragraph.under GENERAL POLICY entitled "Authority Responsibility" is revised by adding the following paragraph:_ "Although the Authority is relieved of relocation responsibility as outlined above those families eligible for public housing Which are affec�ei by the above pro- visions will continue to have priority for' public housing for a period of three years in accordance with applicable r state and federal laws and Authority policy. However, families having the.same priority who are not affected by the above provisions regarding Authority responsibility in cases of eviction and refusal to accept :a vacancy gill be given first consideration for public housing units:" 2. FOLLOW-DP The paragraph under FOLLOW-IIP entitled "Private Housing Relocatess" is amended by changing paragraph a to read as follows: "a.permanent Relocation. A check will be made by the Relocation staff of all dwell n? units for,peftanent relocation after occupancy by the relocatee to:'2navre that the family is properly located in a standard housing unit in accordance with the provisions of state an$xfedial law and Housing Authority policy." 3- RELOCATION METHODS A. The-paragraph under. RELOCATION METHODS' entitled "Phase 2, the action pbaseN is amended by changing psragraph:(e) to read as follows: "(e) Direct financial assistance to families. I In those cases where a family does not have the financial means to pay moving costs, direct assistance will be given by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority not to exceed moving costs and first month's rent. The Relocation officer shall have the responsibility of determining whether such a family should bave •such financial assistance and the amount of the assistance to be given. In cases F E 9 ar of temporary relocation where the Authority provides temporary housing for the relocatee to e:::pedite the > clearance of any section of the site, each relocatee so relocated shall be eligible for financial assistance as outlined above." B, The paragraph under RELOCATION 16THODS entitled These 21 the action phaseo 1a vended by deleting paragraph (0- No bona Onto t will be made, liow ddsietbNdB will b� provided only as outlined in the amendment o4 pm`aBnph (e) ibove. Itis estimated that the cost of direct assistance as provided in the above amendment will approximate the same amount as originally provided for loan and grant funds and relocation bonus payments. 4. RELOCATION STAGES :F The Relocation'iplan is hereby amended by adding the following statement as to RELOCA 0K STAGES' "It is._1he intention of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority':of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota that relocation `vill be accomplished by stages. It is recognized that relocation cannot be effectively accomplished without providing for a stage program of relocation. However, an 'overall stage program'for-the entire project cannot be accurately determined at this time and will.be Subject to the inter -action of acquisition ratea,'relocation availability, site is,prove*nt work, and the development progro�of private developers. It is the intention of the Authority that the first stage for the Western Project will include the properties facing on the north and south sides of the present Rondo Street and housing relocation tracts H, C and J. — The purpose of determining this first stage area, is to allow for the development of the Rondo parkway and the establishment of a buffer on the south of the project and to make `available relocation sites on the north of the project for those houses within the main boundaries of the project which are in good condition and can be moved. In the Eastern project the first stage will include the area reserved for the proposed highway and the area _ p - Lkk" { i jj Fel ti 3 ! LL r, x H1110. IBM ti w f � i F R u of temporary relocation where the Authority provides temporary housing for the relocatee to e:::pedite the > clearance of any section of the site, each relocatee so relocated shall be eligible for financial assistance as outlined above." B, The paragraph under RELOCATION 16THODS entitled These 21 the action phaseo 1a vended by deleting paragraph (0- No bona Onto t will be made, liow ddsietbNdB will b� provided only as outlined in the amendment o4 pm`aBnph (e) ibove. Itis estimated that the cost of direct assistance as provided in the above amendment will approximate the same amount as originally provided for loan and grant funds and relocation bonus payments. 4. RELOCATION STAGES :F The Relocation'iplan is hereby amended by adding the following statement as to RELOCA 0K STAGES' "It is._1he intention of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority':of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota that relocation `vill be accomplished by stages. It is recognized that relocation cannot be effectively accomplished without providing for a stage program of relocation. However, an 'overall stage program'for-the entire project cannot be accurately determined at this time and will.be Subject to the inter -action of acquisition ratea,'relocation availability, site is,prove*nt work, and the development progro�of private developers. It is the intention of the Authority that the first stage for the Western Project will include the properties facing on the north and south sides of the present Rondo Street and housing relocation tracts H, C and J. — The purpose of determining this first stage area, is to allow for the development of the Rondo parkway and the establishment of a buffer on the south of the project and to make `available relocation sites on the north of the project for those houses within the main boundaries of the project which are in good condition and can be moved. In the Eastern project the first stage will include the area reserved for the proposed highway and the area _ p - Lkk" { i jj Fel ti 3 ! LL r, x H1110. IBM I of temporary relocation where the Authority provides temporary housing for the relocatee to e:::pedite the > clearance of any section of the site, each relocatee so relocated shall be eligible for financial assistance as outlined above." B, The paragraph under RELOCATION 16THODS entitled These 21 the action phaseo 1a vended by deleting paragraph (0- No bona Onto t will be made, liow ddsietbNdB will b� provided only as outlined in the amendment o4 pm`aBnph (e) ibove. Itis estimated that the cost of direct assistance as provided in the above amendment will approximate the same amount as originally provided for loan and grant funds and relocation bonus payments. 4. RELOCATION STAGES :F The Relocation'iplan is hereby amended by adding the following statement as to RELOCA 0K STAGES' "It is._1he intention of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority':of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota that relocation `vill be accomplished by stages. It is recognized that relocation cannot be effectively accomplished without providing for a stage program of relocation. However, an 'overall stage program'for-the entire project cannot be accurately determined at this time and will.be Subject to the inter -action of acquisition ratea,'relocation availability, site is,prove*nt work, and the development progro�of private developers. It is the intention of the Authority that the first stage for the Western Project will include the properties facing on the north and south sides of the present Rondo Street and housing relocation tracts H, C and J. — The purpose of determining this first stage area, is to allow for the development of the Rondo parkway and the establishment of a buffer on the south of the project and to make `available relocation sites on the north of the project for those houses within the main boundaries of the project which are in good condition and can be moved. In the Eastern project the first stage will include the area reserved for the proposed highway and the area _ p - Lkk" { i jj Fel ti 3 ! LL r, x a. r i for the ed new Twelfth Street. The purpose cf. this first stage is to allow for the construction of the proposed Twelfth Street along the south and east boundary of the project and to establish a buffer area. It is the intention that future stages will proceed northverd in both projects. The exact determination of these stage areas will be dependent upon such agree- ments as may be made with private developers for developing the land and their program for construction. The Authority willsubmit to the Division of Slum Clearance and Urban Redevelopments detailed plan for the first stage ares including estimates of reloestioh load, the program of the Authority for relocating the -families, and the estimated period of operation. This first stage program will be submitted prior to.the commencement of relocation activities. Subsequent stage programs will be submitted to the Division of Slum Clearance and Urban Redevelopment for approval before undertaking relocation in the remaining areas of the site." �. The "Information Notice to Tenants* is hereby amended to read as follows: _3. i. •Sy J Y 1 (j ' a. r i for the ed new Twelfth Street. The purpose cf. this first stage is to allow for the construction of the proposed Twelfth Street along the south and east boundary of the project and to establish a buffer area. It is the intention that future stages will proceed northverd in both projects. The exact determination of these stage areas will be dependent upon such agree- ments as may be made with private developers for developing the land and their program for construction. The Authority willsubmit to the Division of Slum Clearance and Urban Redevelopments detailed plan for the first stage ares including estimates of reloestioh load, the program of the Authority for relocating the -families, and the estimated period of operation. This first stage program will be submitted prior to.the commencement of relocation activities. Subsequent stage programs will be submitted to the Division of Slum Clearance and Urban Redevelopment for approval before undertaking relocation in the remaining areas of the site." �. The "Information Notice to Tenants* is hereby amended to read as follows: _3. { _J r .f Relocation Office . 123 Avenue Street Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of St. Paul, Minnesota John Doe, Relocation Officer Office Hours: Phone Number:-- Information Notice to Tenants year Sir or Madam: As you prObably know from the newspaper articles, houses in this area are be10g purchased by the Housing and Redevelopment Authorityfbr the purpose of demolishing #Lem to make way for a now development. The entire project area bounded by and streets will be cleared. The City will build new streets, a schoolanda park; the rest of the cleared land will be sold to private builders for construction of new apartments and eommercl4l buildings. These new build- ings will be rented or sold like oxy other private buildings and will pay the City substantial taxes. Tke purpose of the projects is to build a new neighborhood in place of the present old one, which will be a great benefit to the public. The laws under vhich redevelopment is being accomplished are City Resolutions No. 141047 and 159030; Minnesota Session Lays of 1947, Chapter 487 as amended; and Public Law 171, 81st Congress, 1949• it is the objective of the Tpcal Housing Authority to assist you is finding another home, which is safe, decent and sanitary, meeting the requireme*ts of applicable City codes, State and Federal laws, which is within your ability to pay, and is reasonably near yo,.r place of employment. you may be eligible for a aev public housing unit. You are eligible to apply &r a public housing Unit if your family income is not acre than the following, mounts: Two $2200 adults with no children 2300 One adult and one mi}or child, approximately 2400 Two adults and one mi;or child, approximately 2500 Two adults and two minor children, approximately 2800 Two adults and three minor children, approximately 2900 .Two adults and four minor children, approximately S;Agle individuals are..not eligible. �4_ I, i I I E .E11 a r 1 If your income is'slightly more than tie amouata ohm, it may be worth your while to register, because there are certain deductions allowed that may make you eligible for living unit. If you are in, doubt about your eligibility, please come in and inquire or call our office at no. The house in which you live is now being purchased by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority. Bolloving purchase of your house you vill be required to pay rent to the Housing Authority until such time as you can find another home outside the project area. If you fail to pay.your rent you may be evicted by.court order. If you are evicted you will lose all your rights to help from us in finding and moving to another home. You vill not be evicted unless (1) you fail to pay your rent (2) you refuse to move when other suitable housing is available to you (3) or you carry, on any nuisance or unlawful activity in your home. Remember, the block in which you now live will be cleared of all buildings. All families must be moved and relocated prior to the clearing of these buildings. In the event you are unable to find a new location by that time it may be necessary to offer you available temporary living quarters in another block within the project. This will only be temporary, and you will be required to pay rent. If it should be necessary for you to move into temporary quarters, the Authority vill continue to assist you in finding adequate permanent housing outside the project area. Mr. our Family Assistant, will call on you to determine your needs and answer your questions. He may be able to help you. A certain amount of inconvenience to families cannot be avoided. If you wish our assistance, please cooperate. In order for you to get the most satisfactory location we ask you to start looking for a new place to live NOW, and try to move ae soon as possible. If you find your own nev location, please notify us as you may have a rent refund coming to you. You are welcome to come into our office at any time. You may contact M., , your Family Assistant, here if you wish. Office hours are as shown on our letterhead. please feel free to contact this office. we will try to help you. Very truly yours, Reloca on .fYager E � 5- RESOLUTION NO. 57-20 March 27, 1957 ~ Resolved by Housing and Redevelopment.Authority of the City of Saint Paul.'Minnesota that to provide against the consequence of inadvertent error and to effect the true in- tent and purpose of said Authority in respect of the Redevelop- ment Plan. for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Minn. 1-2, West of the Minnesota State Capitol. Revised February 1957, and the approval and adoption of the sameby the Resolution of said Authority dated the 6th day of March 1957, said Redevelopment Plan, as Revised February 1957, shall be and hereby is revised and corrected by striking therefrom the words "revision super- sedes" as the same appear in the first line thereof, and by in- i serting therein in place and stead of said stricken words the following word "revises" nun* pro tuna. REDEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR TRE ASDEVELOPM T PROJECT, UR MI0. 1-2, WEST OF TRE MINNESOTA STATE CAPITOL REVISED FEERUARY 1957 This revision supereedes the Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Minn. 1-2; originally adopted by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Pati]., Minneeota, February 5, 1952, and approved by Resolution of the Covmn Council of the City of Saint Paul March 6, 1952 (Council File No. 159030) and 40 eanendments thereto adopted by the Authority February 16, 1953, and approved by the Common Council of the City of Saint Paul Mauch 10, 1953 (Council File. No. 163108). This..revision-constitutes -a-reaffizmation- and -readoptioa of the original Redevelop- -nt Plan, as amended, retaining all essential elements of said original Plan, but adjusting said Plan only in a number of minor respects to conform to refinements 0 made in the Central Area Plan and is the adjacent street and highway system. These minor adjustments have not been adopted hs a second separate Bet of amendthents to. the original Plan, but have been incorporated into a complete revision and consoli- dation of the Plan into one document to eliminate the need for reference to scattered documents which have been prepared and adopted over a period of time. All maps, chane, narrative statements, and other material heretofore submitted as part of or I= Support of the Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Minn. 1-2, as originally approved and amended, (said maps, charts, narrative statements and other material being now on file and of record in the office of the City Clerk or the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, in connection with Council File No. 159030 and 163108), are excluded from this revised Redevelopment Plan (except as and to the extent they may be expressly adopted and included herein); all such maps, charts, nexTative statements, and other material are, however, hereby established, by refer- enee, as exhibits indicating the background and history of this revised Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project. X. ITEMS INCLUDED IN TRE REDEVELOPMENT PLAN. The Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Minn. 1-2, consists of, and only of, the following items, all of which are dated REDEVELOPMENT PLAN FOR TRE Wg6j SRN REDEVELOPMENT PROJECT; UR MIM. 1-2, WEST OF TRE MINNESOTA STATE CAPITOL REVISED FEBRUARY 195 This revision supersedes the Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Mina. 1-2. originally adopted by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, February 5, 1952., and, approved by Resolution of the Common Council of the City of Saint Paul March 6, 1952 (Council File No. 159030) and amendments thereto adopted by the Authority February 16, 1953, and approved by the Common Council of the City of Saint Paul March 10, 1953 (Council File No. 163108). This revision constitutes a reaffirmation and readoption of the original Redevelop- ment Plan, as amended, retaining all essential elements of said original Plan, but adjusting said Plan only in a number of minor respects to conform to refinements made in the Central Area Plan.and in the adjacent street and highway system. These minor adjustments have not been adopted as a second separate set of amendments to the original Plan, but have been incorporated into a complete revision and coneoli- a dation of the Plan into one document to eliminate the need for reference to scattered documents which have been prepared and adopted over a period of time. All maps, charts, narrative statements, and other material heretofore submitted as part of or in support of the Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Minn. 1-2, , as originally approved and amended, (said maps, charts, narrative statements and other material being now on file and of record in the office of the City Clerk of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, in connection with Council File No. 159030 and 163108), are excluded from this revioed Redevelopment elan (except as and to the extent they may be expressly adopted and included herein); all such maps, charts, narrative statements, and other material are, however, hereby established, by refer- ence, as exhibits indicating the background and history of this revised Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project. I. ITEMS INCLUDED IN TRE RED"MMLOP:MNT PLAN The Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR Mins. 1-2, consists of, and only of, the following items, all of which are dated ` r February, 1957, except as noted. A. The Narrative Attachment 1: "Legal Description" B. The following maps: Map A: "Project Area Plan" Map B: "Street Adjustments" Map C: "Sever Plan" Map D: "Water System Plaa" Map E:"Private Utility ALjratments•Plan" Map F: "Proposed Zoning" C. The Relocation Plan, dated 1952 (as adopted by the Auahority February 5, 1952,'and amended by the Authority February 16, 1953, without subsequent amendments.) II. OUTLINE OF THE NARRATIVE STA`M-)Eiff The Narrative contains ciscuseions of the fcliowiag: A. DEFINITIONS Page 4 B. LOCATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT AREA Page 4 C. PLAN PROPOSALS 1. General Page 4 a. Relationship to Genaral Plan 4 b. Relationship to Local Community Objectives- 7 2. Specific Plan- rnposals Page 8 a. Building Requirements and Land Use Controls 8 1. Major Building Requirements 9 ii. Duration and Interpretation of Building Requirements 9 iii.'Land Use 4 10 (a) Area "A" Commercial 10 (b) Area "B" Commercial 11 (c) Area "C" Residential 12 ° -2- Ec, , a —3— (Q) " Area "D" EteaiBc (e) Area .,E., Res iaa� T3 (Y) Area „F;.. Pax -3t e3 SeooZ.. 43 (g) Area "G" 3o111 14 (h) Area "H"cpr@ s swsy Hi$LSr�-y) 14 1) ea Areas a ( . l lh ::---eir� s_ — iv. Major guildiug Req - Table I 15 • 16 V. Tine for Builaiag 16 b. Rights -of -tray and Street 16 J. Major Sheets .saza -AF=Ar� 17 11. Invernal Stree=a Sys—e�� 18 iii. Pedestrian Wsl_--uay--� 18 Site Preparation . 1. Major Streets a�m=- L 18 ii. Internal Suez -=s 19 Sewer and Wats= 19 19 ir. Lightir4& v. Private L`tilit0 s 19 20 vi. Park and Schou 20 d. Zoning Plan 20 D. RELOCATION PLAN E. OFFICIAL P.ND 1GLA17E1) ACS' i�1�L3D 20 m is == ami=�- F. DISCRIMINA,.ION APT..) S�c.G— ��C— �� 22 , G. PLAN.pDMINISTRATIUN 23 a —3— III. NARRATIVE A. DEFINITIONS A3 -used in this Narrative Statement, these terms shall be defined as follows: 1. City: The.term "City's shall mean the Minnesota Municipal Corporation, • The City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, or the physical area of the City of Saint Paul, depending on the context. 2. Authority: The term "Authority" shall mean the Housing and Redevelop- . ment Authority of. the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota. 3. State: The term "State" shall mean the Sovereign State of Minnesota, including its duly created administrative departments and agencies. 4. Code: The term "code(s)" shall mean codes, ordinances, laws, resolutions and administrative regulations of the City or State and their duly created administrative departments and agencies.. 5. Plan: The term "Pian" shall mean this Redevelopment Plan for the Western Redevelopment Project, UR 1"'S.nna 1-2, west of the Minnesota State Capitol, Revised February, 1957. 6. Project or Project Area- The terms "Project" and "Project Area" shall mean the area within the "Project Boundary" as indicated on the "Project Area Plan" Map A and as described in the legal descrip- tion, "Attachment 1." • B, IACATION AND DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT AREA The Project Area lies generally between Rice Street on the east, Univer- sity Avenue on the north, Farrington and Western Avenue on the west and the alley line between Carroll and Rondo Avenue on the south. Its bound- aries are specifically indicated on Map A, the "Project Area Plan." Its precise legal description 1s attached hereto as "Attachment 1." For all official purposes the project boundaries as described in "Attachment 1" shall be binding. C. PLAN PROPQ@ALS' 1. General This Plan provides for the redevelopment of the Project Area in accord- ance with the provisions of the Minnesota Municipal Housing and Reds- velopment Act as amended. It includes the acquisition of property • within the area, site clearance, including the demolition or removal of most of the buildings within the area, vacation and abandonment of some street areas, the dedication and widening of other street areas and the adjustment of street and utility rights-of=jay. It further provides for the consolidation of certain existing blocks and parts of blocks into larger areas, the replatting and rezoning of the land and for its disposition by sale, lease, dedication or exchange under suitable safeguards, restrictions,00venants and conditions. Various parcels are designated for residential, commercial, instit:a- tional, recreational, educational and other public uses„ All of this is more specifically described and delineated in the narrative below and in the maps which constitute a part of this Plan. a. Relationship to the General Plan The Redevelopment Plan, as revised, conforms to the General Plan of the City of St. Paul as to land use, community facilities and transportation and circulation. It is coordinated with the City�s • public improvement program and with zoning and subdivision regula- tions. The accepted City Plan for the Central Area of Saint Paul calls for development of the area immediately around the State Capitol for Capitol grounds and approach. It is to be the location of State office buildings appropriate to a State Governmental Center, The Western Redevelopment project lies immediately to the West of the Capitol grounds. The provision of limited and appropriate commercial uses on the Eastern side of the project developed in* accordance with high development standards will successfully and harmoniously provide the transition from public State use to pri- vate use. The Revised Redevelopment Plan provides for """A mall • across the commercial area connecting the Park in the center of the project with the Capitol Grounds. The residential use of the central part of the project North and South of the Park will provide apartments and rowhouse types of accommodations for families and individuals working in the State Center and the downtown area. This use provides close -in, well planned dwellings :In accordance with the Central Area plan. The location of the Park, School site and Playground is in accord- ance ante with the plans of the City for recreational open space in this area and helps -make up a serious deficiency in such areas imme- diately to the West of the Central business district and Capitol s Approach. The provision of a school and playground is coordinated with tris plan of the Saint Paul Public Schools,. the Parks and Playgrounds Department and the Planning Board for adequate comme.- nity facilities. The location of these facilities next to the facilities of an existing private community agency (The Ober Boys • Club) is. in accordance with the best thinking of both private and public agencies as to the integration and dual use of facilities wherever possible. Closing streets within the project area and developing Rondo Av- enue and the expressway planned to the South of it for heavier traffic are in accord with the transportation and circulation pinn for the Central area. The Revision of the Redevelopment Plan to -6- provide for a traffic carrying street on Louis Street connected with Marion Street will provide a needed link pro ding North— South circulation West of the Capitol Approach. b. Relatig7shia to Tn^al Community Cb.ie_tives • This Pian Is in conformity with long standing local community-ob- jeotives. It is part of a coordinated program for the removal of slum's and blight and the renewal of the City°s central area. This p, program incl:ades State and City land clearance for the Capitol Ap- proach Project and the provision of sites for State and City public buildings in additian to two Feder" Aided, Title I redevelopment projects and the Mount Airy Federally Aided Public Housing Project of the Authority. Specificalli the Plan provides for the foll^_:,ring: a. It prov_;aes.for the clearance, replanning, recorstruotion and mcderniaa*ion of a substandard area, b. It provides opp-ortunity for !:rivate enterprise in the achieve- ment of the Plan by returning cleared land to productive pri- vata use. c. It permits the benefits of nearby public improvement, including the Capitol Approach, the proposed Inter-otate Highway and Rice • Street lmprovements,•to extend over a wide area. d. It permits the highest and best use of the Project's strategic location, hoar the central business district and adjacent to the State Capitol and major transportation routes. e. It contributes to the provision of a safe and adequate street system in its vioinityo � -7- f, Through the provision of new sites for a school and playground, it contributes to the creation of these much needed community facilities. g. Through Building Requirements, it requires that adequate space • for light, air, parking, loading and landscaped setbacks be provided and maintained in connection with new construction to as to insure a continuing high standard of protection of the public health, safety and welfare. h. It is in accord with and helps to carry out the Central Area Redevelopment Plan as prepared by the City Planning Board in 1951 and as amended to November, 1956. This plan is docu- mented by a map entitled "Propos Lend and Circulation," dated January, 1952 and revised January, 957. 2. SSpecific Plan Proposals. a. Buildiaa Requirements and Land Use Controls The purpose of these Building Requirements and Land Use Controls is to insure that the several land uses will be harmonious; to provide for the proper arrangement of building, adequate open space and parking; to insure that the buildings are well designed and in harmony with -the character of the entire, project; and to prevent an adverse effect on the future development of the sur- rounding area. It is intended that these requirements supplement but not supplant official codes, ordinances and other legal con- trols of the City and State. 4 -$- �1 LL i. major LI g9gx_—ent-. The major. Building Requirements for redevelopment of the various areas within project are stated in the following Table I. The Authority may adopt additional,standards tot inconsistent with the Major Building Requirements for specific parcels or tracts of land. It the Authority adopts such addi- standards with reference t0 tional building requirements and the development of any particular parcel, it shall include a documents so that PO- statement of such standards in its bid tential developers may know the requirements which they must meet. ii; Duration and_In to retation of Buil n Re uirements to be considered minimums and (a) These requirements are may be adapted by the Authority to apply to specifio tracts or parcels of land within the Project. They shall be made binding upon all purchasers of project land, their heirs and assigns through contractual agreements, deeds, covenants and such other instruments and means as the Authority shall find desirable or 'necessary• The requirements shall be effective for a period of 40 years from the date on which this Plan is approved by • the Saint Paul. City Council. (b) In order to determine that the Building Requirements wjll1 be complied with. the Authority will require pro- spective developers to submit such plans' specifications, drawings and other information as it deems neoeasary or desirable prior to the sale of projeot land. when -9- app;,oved, these plans may be incorporated in contract agreements and othar sales documents, After sale of the a land, the Authority may require the developer to submit such plans, drawings, specifications and other iaYorm&' tion as it may find necessary in order to detBrm3.ne that the Building Requirements are being observe& is the devel- . opment. of the parcels. Representatives 1. of the Authority, the City and appropriate State and Federales shall l be permitted to -inspect the work of the deveioper at any reasonable time. (c) Where due to special. conditions, a variance From the Building Requirements is found by the Authority to be noes eery or desirable and the resulting change wi1]- result in an equal or higher standard being achieved- the Authority may authorize such variances. Where there is a conflict between any Code and these Building Reciuiremexxts, the higher standard shall apply. iii. Lan Use The Plan provides'for the following'specific 1d n►ses as illustrated and designated (on the sPro3ect Area. PXanna (8) Are "AI, of about 1.5 acres, as designated oa the "Pro- ject Area Plan", shall be used for commerce of a "local service" or "convenience " type. The commercial uses Per- mitted in this area are those intended to supply a limited variety of commodities or services primarily for the bene- _ fit of the residents in the immediate ,neighborhood. The services allowed are the following_ Other uses which are similar and compatible with those listed herein may be -10- permitted by the Authority. Dreg Store Supermarket s Offices or clinic facilities for doctors, dentists. etc.. but not a veterinary clinic Hardware (No tin work or outside storage permitted.) Bakery • Small Notion or Variety Store Barber Shop Shoe Repair Shop Cleaning, Dyer and Laundry Pick-up Stations, Tailor Shop Launderettes Beauty Shop Service Grocery Store (meat market, delicatessens, grocery, fruit and vegetables.) Gasoline Service Station (not including motor, body or fender repair vork.) (b) Areas labeled 11311 on the "Project Area Plan," totaling about 23 acres, shall be used for commerce of a general, city-wide or regional service type. In addition to the services and establishments which are listed as being per- mitted in Area "A", in the foregoing section,ethe following are to be permitted in Area "B". .Other uses which are similar to and compatible with those listed herein may be permitted by the Authority. • Retail l Food Stores Eating and Drinking Establishments General Merchandising, including Department Stores Apparel Stores -ll- purniture and App lienee Stores gardwsre' Stores Liquor Stores Entertainment Establishments Office Equipment and Business Machine Outlets photography Shops (including Photo finishing) Public or Private Parking Lots •, ion -Retail: lion -Retail shall specifically exclude any wholesale die tribution, warehousing. or light manufacturing uses. Business and Professional Offices Banks General offices Insurance, Investment, Securities offices Service and Utility Company offices Private Specialized Schools Travel, Advertising end Sales Offices Hotels Motels (c) yeas 10 on the "Project Area Plau," of about 7.5 acres, shall be used for multi -family apartments and uses ancil- lary and related thereto. A multi -family epartment_is, defined as a structure, two or more stories in height, containing three or more dwelling units, each unit struc- turally separated from others. Structures of this type exceeding three stories must have elevator service. (d) IX desimated "D° on the "Project Area Plan," including about.4 acres, shall be used for rowhouse eadlor two- -12- faioily residentl9l structures the iWee'andillery and " related thereto. A two-family structure is defined as sa structure of one or two stories in height, containing two dwelling units, each unit ,separated from the other by a common party wall- run- ning from basement to roof, and having lndividual,accese and services: • A rowhouse is defined as a structure of one or two stories in height, containing three or more dwelling units, each unit separated from others by a common party wall running. vertically from floor of basement to roof and having indi- vidual access and service. Y(e) Areas designated "E" on the „Project Area Plan," including about 5.6 acres, shall be usad for one and/or two-family residential structures and uses, ancillary and related there- to. Those structures existing in this area which are not to be acquired by the Authority, may continue in one or two family use as permitted and controlled by pertinent codes. A one-family structure is a structure occupied by a single dwelling unit. A two-family structure is defined as above, in 2.a.iii(d). For one-family structures there shall be a minimum lot size of 60000 square feet and for two-family estructures a minimum lot size of 10,000 square feet. (f) Area "E" on the "Project Area Plan," including about 11 acres, shall be used for a public park and a public school site of coordinated design. The part designated spark° will be developed by the Authority end dedicated `to the City. The part designated ,school Bite° will be acquired -13- W end developed by .the. Saint Paul Board of Fducation. (g) n*ens desienated "G" oa the "Project Area Plan," including about .6 acres, will be available for the expansion of existing, adjacent institutional land ossa. The alternate use forthe area fronting on St. Anthony Avenue to n school. The alternate use of the area fronting on Aurora Avenue is General Commerce. (h) M% g" on the "Project Area Plant" oY about 8 6 aores,t " will be sold to the State for Its use in the construction of the Inter—state Highway System. (i) Subject to the approval Of the Authority, institutional uses including, for example, churches, schools, hospitals, cultural centers, museums and libraries, will be permitted in any part of the Project. -14- n 0 Iv. uMa or Build Re uirements - Table I Areas 'of the "Proact Area Plan" MORA— Feature a AFeature n C Percent of Parcel. Cored by S+ ^uctvres r _ (maximums) - 17% One Family 2.0% 20% - - Two Family _ _ 25� 259. - " Rowhouse • Apartments _ _ - 2 - 3 stories 15� Elevator Apts- - - Dwelling units per Orel of arcel (maximums _ _ 7 - One Family - 12 12 - Two Family _ 16 16 - Rowhouse Apartments _ 22 - " 2 - 3'Stories - _ 50 - - - - Elevator Apts. - Distance between structures and at^eet rights-cf-way (in feet) (minimums) 30'(e) 30'(e) 30' 30' 20' 30� 35' One story , z 5 5 Additional stories 5' 5' ' 2 Height (in feet) 30'(f) 140'(9) 140' 30'(f) 30'(f) 50' 50 parking (b)(c) (a)(c) (c)(d) (o)(d) (c)(d) (c) (a)(c) each 1,000 square feet of gross retail (g) Thirteen (13) parking spaces for for each 1,000 square feet of gross area; plus one (1) parking space office area.feet of gross retail or (b) six (6) parking spaces for each 1,000 square office area. ublic auditoriums (c) One (1) parking space for each 10 seats of capacity in p and meeting rooms, exclusive of class roomsementary or acch 500 squarefeetof schools and churches plus one parking space for net .office area: unit. (d) One (1) parking apace for each dwelling (e) This requirement may be waived by action of the Authority for Area and that portion of Area "B" north of Aurora Avenue between Rice and Marion Streets.action of the Authority for institw (f) This requirement may be waived by tional uses �� " which is (g) Except for institutions, structures in that portion of Area H north of Aurora Avenue and between Rice and Marion Streets shall be limited to a 30' height. -15- V. Time.for Building ¢ Each redeveloper shall be obligated by the Authority to com mence and complete the building of improvements on the land within a reasonable period of time. The specific period shall be determined by the Authority after consultation with the developer for each type of use and parcel offered for sale. • b. Rights-of-way and Streets L. Major Streets and Highways: Portions of three principal transportation routes will be built within the Project. (a) One is the Street which is designated on the "Project Area Plan" as entering Project Area from the south at Louis Street and leaving the Area to the north at Marion Street. For purposes of identification in this Plan this street shall be referred to as Louis -Marion Street. This street will be built by the Authority, as a 4 -lane divided public thorofare with additional lanes for emer- gency parking and turning, on a right-of-way approxi- mately 148 feet wide. It will be designed to provide a buffer space between proposed commercial and residential land uses and to serve as a section of a major street which it is planned will circle the central portion of the City. (b) The second major transportation facility to touch the Project is an east -west section of the proposed.Federal Inter -state Highway System. This route will be a multi- lane, divided, limited access highway. It will traverse the southern edge of the Project and it and its connec- tions .and service roads will use all of the land along _16- the „southern edge of the Project below Rondo Avenue (Area "H" on the "Project Area Plan"). The City has, allocated funds to. rebuild Rondo Avenue as a parkway. However, because the construction'of this High- way System is imminent, the City has modified its plans and will, instead, build a road on the. present right-of- v;ay of Rondo Avenue to serve,the Project Area and to give access to the Highway- In order to widen Rondo Avenue, approximately 6 feet of additional right-of-way will be dedicated to the City along its south side. (c) Rice Street is the third principal street within or par- tially within the Project. It is being widened and improved along the entire length of its contact with the Project and north as far as Como Avenue. It will be 90 built as to provide access to adjacent parcels in the Project. Land acquired by the Authority, needed for the widening of Rice Street, will be sold to the City or State. The adjustments in street rights-of-way which will be made to accomplish the above described highway plans are illustrated on Map B, "Street Adjustments". 11. Local Streets: A number of internal street adjustments will be made to reduce traffic conflicts within the area and with bordering streets while, at the same time, providing adequate access to all areas within the Project and in its vicinity. To discourage through traffic, all east -west streets in the Project, with the exception of Anrora Avenue, will be vacated at some point. Likewise, all existing north -south streets are being closed and only Louis -Marion Street, which is described in the fore- -17- going section. `eb.J.A aboYe, will be opeAs& to north-South traff ic. The resulting internal street plan will permit direct and easy access to and from the major traueportatioa routes bordering the Project. et right-of-way which are needed to The adjustments in stre effect the, above described street changes are Shown on Map B aStreet Adjustments." iii. Walkway Easement: A landscaped, pedestrian walkway, averaging 60 feet in width, extending from Louis-Marion Street to Bice Street, shall be provided in-the.-area between the South right-of-way line of Central Avenue and the north right-of-way line of Puller Avenxe. The purchaser of the area Vithin which it lies shall develop and maintain t.is walkway for use by the public. Its location and design shall be approved by the Authority. This walkway will permit residents of the areas to the west direct access to the commercial end Capitol Approach areas and may be designed to serve commercial buildings as a pedestrian accaas-wad from parking facilities, 0. Site Preaarat, i. Ma or Streets: As a part of the Federal Inter -state Highway System, a depressed, limited access highway will be built by the State of ifinnesota along the southernmost portion of the Project, including additional land outside of the project bouadary. Access ramps will be cona9:ructed to connect the highway with the proposed Louie-Marion Street. In addition, a service road, on the alignment of Rondo Avenue, will be built by the City to serve properties within the Project. _18- Louis-Marion Street will be built with a capacity and design section capable of carrying'the,volumes of traffic expected its as well as those generated by aoti- to peen through the s vitios within the Project. Along the east aide of the Pro- ject, Rice Street will be widened and improved by the City adjacent State or State to better serve the Project Area and • Cepa.tol functions. • 11. Inte^nal� Streets' other streets and alleys shown on the "Project Area Plans within the Project, on either existing or proaosed rights-of-way, (except for certain portions of Aurcra, Earringtpn and Galtier which abut private property) will be built or rebuilt to City specifications for real- denti.al streets within this section of the City. Sewsrr and t wear; The general location of easements for sewer to be abandoned and wAter lines, including those existing and or provided, are shown on Maps C and D. respectively. d easements for street iv. yti�g; resisting facilities an. lighting will be eliminated and new facilities and easements created to provide a standard of lighting comparable to the sten.d.ard established in the adjacent Capitol Approach Area. v, Pria��re U`.•3?.ities: Proposed adjustments to be made in private utilities and utility easements are shown on Map E, "Private Utility Adjustments." These .rill be made without cost to the Authority, the City, or to developers, by the utility companies involved. If additional utility adjustments are desired, developers may negotiate them with -19- the appropriate utility company. vi. Park and Sc colt Appropriate partCOf the area designated for park and school use, (Area "F" on the "Project Area Plan"), will be designed and landscaped to serve the functions of a public park and a school playground. On /....._ . that portion assigned to school use, now public elementary school will be built. d. UDing Plaa The zoning classifications and plan proposed for the Project are shown on lisp F. The zone bonadaries and plan may be changed at such time as a comprehenoive revision of the City's Bwllding Zone Ordinance is made provided the, the new zoning controls do not thwart the objectives of this plan. D. RELOCATION ImsouRMS- AND PLAN The findings and proposals of the U610 cation Pfau (dated 19:2), as amended, are hereby reaffirmed. The Authority accepts its responsi- bility under the State and Federal Law for the relocation of displaced families. Assiateace will be provided to these families in order that they may find decent, safe and sanitary housing at rents they can afford. No family will be required to leave the Project until. such assistance is provided. E. OFFICIAL ACTIONS 1. Approval of this Plan by the City Council indicates acceptance by the City of Saint Paul of its responsiblliti for carrying ` out those elements of the plan requiring official City action - Primary among these are the follow -Ing: _20- r -21- A. Vacation, aeoeptencs And modifi.eatiou.Of certain streets as shown on Map B. Ia. Changing the Official lcring lt.p as it rslates to the Pro�oct so" as to pe_.etit a:.id p:.".:-tect thq ur-es pr^_ osed by this Plan. Map F iUusCrates the zoning classifications and botindar:.es proposed. c. Constcuation of a new street in the vicinity of Rondo Avenue as a•service road to the Project and as a frontage road to the proposed Inter -state Highway. d. Widen Marion Street from.the north right-of-way line of Fuller Avenue to University Avenue. 2. The Saint Paul Board of Education will provide the new school proposed in Area "F" of the "Project Area Plan" at a time when the need for such school facilities has developed. 3. The State of Minnesota will acquire such parts of Area "H" (on the "Project Area Plan") as are owned by the Authority: 4. The State of Minnesota or the City will acquire lands owned by the Authority, which are needed for the widening of Rice Strest. 5. The Authority will take action, where it has not already done so, to accomplish this Plan. Among other things it will, . a. Acquire lands necessary to carry out this Redevelopment Plan. b. Relocate residents of the Project in accordance with the Relocation Plan as necessary to accomplish this Plan. r -21- o.� Remove and/ew demolish strnc'$ures in the Project. as necessary to accomplish this Plan, d. Remove or cap eyistin; publ c utility lines wha_ h are to be abandoned. i. Build new public utili�.:y 11:es in accordance with this Plan. f. Make agreements and covenants. necessary to accomplish the purposes of this Plan, with.land purchasers and others. g. Sell and donate lands for use in accordance with this Plan. h. Build or rebuild streets within the Project, except for Rice and Rondo Avenues, and certain portions of streets which abut private property. i. Develop the part of Area "F" (on the "Project Area Plan"), which will be used as a public park, for this purpose. F. DISCRIMINATION AND SEGREGATION All conveyances and leases by the Authority shall contain a covenant running with the land and forever binding on the grantee or lessee, his successors, heirs, representatives and assigns that no dis- crimination and/or segreation against any persons or groups on account of race, creed, religion, national origin or, ancestry, shall be practiced or tolerated in connection with the sale, lease, sub -lease, transfer, use or occupancy of such land and/or its development, and that, in the event of any breach of such covenant, a legal or equitable action to enforce such covenant or to obtain damages for its breach.may be brought by the Authority or its successor or successors or any person -22- or persons segregated and/or d�scr� �� :lm violation of the covenant. G. PLAN ADHINZSTRATION 1. This Plan will be aciea-ixxist.are�i � tris AutYsorZty� Determinations as to project bound arse s �� e3C-� 3�az'�-e s '- - street, `utility and easement locations, shown osz �_ s A Yza�ou i Fs axe approximate. When exact and accurat-e dE s�r� - �3�orss ar�c3 c3-a7--a az-e available, they may be substituted for -t s zaLX_ �o�r� :tea to data -%,7-_ thout further ref- erence to the Authority or G��ty �'or approval - 2. The provisions of this the Zana uses for the Pro- ject and Building Requ3x�emexzts �p�� t-hereto shall be in effect for a period of 40 years foZo�ra = r� tt16 a$t@ <>:r approval of this Plan by the Saint Paul City Goy r c 3Z _ They m.ay be modified, amended or relaxed onI-r as t rte■ tted by State I.aw. 3. In of an inconsistezn�y �� E:ri :mss laTarrative and the Maps which constitute a part- off' this this Narrative shall govern. • oe UNIVS511Y AURORA RuuER �D ................. ....... ............................... .......................... ............. CENTRAL G-0 ST. ANTHONY RONDO H CARROLL o — ul'..R/,A, ...' I. R/w lines 1. B. Ab..d... ----------- P- d N.. R/W Lim., P1.1w, 1—d.11 PROJECT AREA PLAN map A WESTERN REDEVELOPMENT AREA, UR MINNESOTA 1-2 F E B FZ LJ -ft- F;_* 'Nr 1957 KEY -proposed land use LOCAL COMMERCE GENERAL COMMERCE MULTI -FAMILY APARTMENTS TWO-FAMILY AND GARDEN APARTMENT DWELLINGS ONE AND TWO-FAMILY DWELLINGS PARK AND SCHOOL gGE INSTITUTIONAL EXPRESSWAY PEDESTRIAN WALKWAY 1; EASEMENT (schematic) V_N NOT TO BE ACQUIRED BY AUTHORITY NOTE 2 IRDTIM ETTEORS w = EEO= BOIIImAN ARTS A PATO' a = PROi6f.T AEDTA m AD1%RR_ ARRDOR ED RTS- 6PDIRIBIIM — cEEAT,;RTS suRm IAOIRO. AND RFj)P:1F,[.01-SIENI' A1111411til'Y 1AI.1 PAD 1. IORTH I III .I- AURORA FULLER .1. All 5--E—L m/m/m/mm/3 pff Z if N RR011 6 'E..—g R/W Li.- 1. Be Ab..J ... d ----------- R";� d.r, STREET ADJUSTMENTS map B WESTER" REDEVELOPMENT AREA, UR MINNESOTA 1-2 FEBRUARY -1 f4 "" NOTE no—at Rm =Rms am PRQRCf PtumARr AER A Im . w 1PQI6CP AIRA Pw. YBE Rm -8 wo MR IIIA 8111: \\Il l.ljlP.11TllT1111R1Tl SA11T P- 2-11 KEY street and alley areas TO BE VACATED EXISTING -TO REMAIN TO BE ADDED "" NOTE no—at Rm =Rms am PRQRCf PtumARr AER A Im . w 1PQI6CP AIRA Pw. YBE Rm -8 wo MR IIIA 8111: \\Il l.ljlP.11TllT1111R1Tl SA11T P- 2-11 J _ 1 UNIVERSITY 'I rIr r I AURORA I � 1 FULLER , '••"""•' i E ( l' CENTRAL I —J ........ ..... ni n yl 7 .. ... -- _ - Er x 1 - I -- ST A--- LE i, t — RONDO—__�--_______-- ------ —--__— ') i I 1 I rl I • 7 1 CARROLL i O B O Ez:s+:ny R�W Lin -a ro R... . ---- ------ E -,.l T R W Liner 10 B. Abn.d—d ----------- Propos-d N-... R/W Li— - Prai.d Boundary SEWER PLAN! Map c WESTERN REDEN/ELOPM'ENT AREA, UR MINNESOTA 1-2 FEBRUARY 1957 ,f Ilrll-rl\'I: AND REDFAE1.111'111F:w AITIIIIIIITY —T Pa 1. _ Ml 'Al :. MRR i - KEY combined storm and sanitary sewer system L_ - EXISTING SEWERS .._ TO REMAIN TO BE ABANDONED I PROPOSED NEW SEWER'S 1 1, E EASEMENT � 1 i MOTE 1 I\, . L ,. I Tes LocATz➢n m T� _ 1 I — � BYRT@I PACILITIE� OP THIB MM I6 ➢IACPANATIC. ETACT I UICATIWI9 Alm BABHaVTB I I: � xuRT � UEf0T1I� ma T� APPPOPPWE CITY IffiAll!➢2nfR. I • ♦♦♦♦ 2 n0 UATA OP L➢a8 REQa OV38 - PBQ TTT IELT BgYm.111Y A16 A A �___uw........... \ I ART OP TBE PPOOTCT AI PLa. •9Pa19IBILPISIMPa1 No zE- ��.\-., ACamTCY IE WCO ITroR1ATI�. - 3 T� MIAA6MOLIP-PAIEf' PAUL i BATITAIa ➢n=Lm RAIE — \ A 864m1 6ABAaRl Al TBE r%% AR \ ALIOnNRT 0) tuim AETEOnY A QSl11TR1 TBE 6fEPlaIOAS -...-.__._.._..— 7- ... ... ...—\1 HTAR �A IEP6. Pal TBE TACT LOCATZOE Ano M11➢a xRls TA�PL, TORre➢r rnnP A®Cf. o ,f Ilrll-rl\'I: AND REDFAE1.111'111F:w AITIIIIIIITY —T Pa 1. _ Ml 'Al :. MRR UNIVERSITY c W EeielinR R�W knee Io Remain ----- --_-- WnlimR R/W limn ID Be Abandoned --------------poeed New R/W knee P'.i- BDOmdm WATER SYSTEM PLAN Map D WESTERN REDEVELOPMENT AREA, UR MINNESOTA 1-2 FEBRUARY 1957 :•/ ler supply system EXISTING MAINS TO REMAIN TO BE ABANDONED 71_�,ROPOSED NEW MAINS i EASEMENT NOTE 1 xae UICPTid aP xeN vPxBR slePd PPr:arPnse d xele MPP I9 DIPLMHPTIC. OGCl IACPTIdO P9D BASf»RH NII91' � ➢alER1Il® and T88 PPPP0. PRGT6 CTTY DSPARDPHPH. 2 HD MTA DA LIN® 880181 omm DP w TINAINCT.HfPHIMW = A PAi6' DC w PN0.16CT PIRA Pw. T06 AVPHdT1T A591p@0 ND Ae- NPONHIHIIITI PDN CHAIWS9 DR IH- •. PCNPACY rR Huta xlvortuxxd. 1 I'111 :R1\I: 11II IIF.IIN.I EIAII'Nt:\'I' ,11THORITI' P U CDx III AID COAI IME Scvn PAU ], rnwrl uNrvaxslTv � C O AURORA ' i FULLER 0'C r+ -- ---------- CENTRAL sT. ANTHONY RONDO - t �rnnww+w•--- - ..— CARROLL � N � O — O O a LL EilrllnR R�W liner ro Remoin """'-"' E-1., R/W hoer re Be Abandoned Propend New R/W liner - Pr^Ian 0oundary PRIVATE UTILITY ADJUSTMENTS PLAN Map E WESTERN REDEVELOPMENT AREA, UR MINNESOTA 1-2 FEBRUARY •1957 KEY Lprivate utility easements UNDERGROUND SERVICES C -- GAS ---- ELECTRIC TELEPHONE TO BE ABANDONED t E EASEMENT NOTE ILF 1 warex x�xcnxxona ARa nxABRuuxu. mace xacATxems AI0 s.�mhc Reau»mm+is hnree to mxmum tma xae APPR<PRIAT6 IRILIIY CQTAeY. i � •. 2 eo nATA al I.L� amore wesmt 1 \` 0e C P= P mMemAim AIR A PAW C T6 Ox ®R Te A8ml68 XO ... m'IIBxRI11TY NR � o DA IH_ \� ACQmILT xe euce xmr®euTEa. iY III11�1 Y1: A\11 Ith:llh:\I:Llrl'Nh:\'I' \1 TIIIIi II'Y crrr R o coca\ NWSE -t P— x. rnwN NORM a ee .PP .:Ry, .ee .eR >aR eRe ...r d �/ �tf 7- T' -'_S form is gesigrYyyeed to cover the essential. and pertinent .infornailon r"acessu_y for RHFA`hction and can be used as .a wide in preparing the documentation of "a' complete program., If the form does not permit a fua picture of the local situation, do not hesitate to include additional information. CITY OR TOWN COUNTY STATE Saint Paul Ramsey MInnesota vi POPULATION, 1950 CENSUS POPULATION, 1960. CENSUS 311.349 313,411 DATE OF ACTION THIS REVIEW OF PROGRESS WAS APPROVED BY THE GOVERNING BODY OF THE COMMUNITY ON August 23 196^ NAME AND TITLE OF THE OFFiGI AI RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING THE PROGRAM FOR COMMUNITY INPROVEAENT ACT IVIS ti.5 George J. Vavoulis, Mayor, City c_ Saint Paul 1 DECLARATION OF POLICX ' In reviewing progress under its Program for Community Inprovement, a locality is taking stock --evaluating its accomplishments and deciding on new goals for the com- ing years. This is an important process--,.ublicize it as a means of building community understanding and suD- port for community improvement objectives. Prepare a Declaration of Policy statement to be made by the chief executive officer and governing body to iiLe people of t.le community. The statement should identify and sum- marize (1) significant achievements during the past year: (2) changes or revisions in the community' Is overall ob- jectives, and (3) major goals which are set for attain- z�,ant during the coming year. (See following page.) •I nrCl AP.ATYnN.OF POLICY FOR THE PROGRAM.fO9 COMMUNITY IMPROVEMENT CITY OF SAINT PAUL O F FICE OF MAYOR f 347 Court House Saint Paul 2, Dlinnesota Dir. John P. McCollum Regional Administrator Housing and Home Finance Agency 360 North Michigan Avenue, Room 1500 Chicago 1, Illinois Dear Mr. McCollum, TheCityof Saint Paul, Minnesota hereby requests recertification for its Program of Community Improvement (Workable Program) for the year following the expiration of our current certification period. We, here in Saint Paul, believe we have entered into.an exciting time in the history of our city, and that we have finally become a city on the move. Announcement of Plans for many private and public improvements has provided the impetus and in- gredients for our expanding and growing community. To illustrate this ma ch of progress, allow us to cite the following actions as. concrete examples of. erformance, The General Ser •ces Administration has announced its selection of a site for a new eleven -million dollar Federal Office Building to be located in downtown Saint Paul. Dayton's,a large retail shopping store chain, is currently constructing a 12 -million dollar facility in the heart of our city - Sears -Roebuck and Company, nationally known, and for many years located only in Dtinneapolis, has started building a five -million dollar_ retail store adjacent to the central business district of Saint Paul. w, The Hilton Hotel Corporation, world famous for its hotel operation, will soon announce plans for the construction of a new 23 -story, ten-million•dollar hotel in our downtown area. The Saint Paul City Council has approved an application from the local Housing and Redevelopment Authority for the construction of nearly 300 additional Public Housing units to be built in three separate sections of Saint Paul. This brings the total of. (in --a addiuronai shave — .6«c= for P.ucy staten—t of .. —sary) 2 ./ %t public housing units in Saint Paul o = — o than 2250. Attention must be brought here to the improvement made in as the original allotment or plans formulated in 1949 called for t_he V> = o o£ 2000 Public Housing units in Saint Paul. . Of this total, 12 86 i. �—_ e c =_ —� ? eted prior to July 1, 1960, a period of eleven years. Since July 1. 1- SC3a — == =ver, 1014 'Public Housing units have been built or approved by the ca �y - gbody. This time element covers slightly more than two years. The St int Paul Housing and Redevo Authority has made a survey and planning application to the Fedcra z Gc—=aarnent for a 12 block downtown, Urban Renewal project, which is both e 1 3 o3 -1z> a- < renewal and which may be considered marketable. This was done after 7Ez> s lity survey was accomplished to deter- mine some of the basic unkown 3 ative to downtown renewal. The Port Authority of Saint Paul acquisition and clearance of the land in the 350 acre, sixty-five r _: 3 3 = o== dollar Riverview Industrial and Re- creatio::al Park project, located aeras Elie Mississippi River from'the Central business area of our city. Our local Housing and Redeve loprnz=1_ = sity has had approved a General Neighborhood Renewal Program for — zarea of Saint Paul"91 Here again, a survey and planning applicatiora mor==a first project in this area, has been submittc-d to the regional office o13=ban Renewal Administrator for approval. One of the main reasons for the =o mentioned above has been the excellent cooperation generated among the c3-1 r 3 e - Gb oring, and business interests in Saint Paul since our spring city e le ct i _ c>ecame quite evident at that time that the citizens of Saint Paul wantedaTz �cfl_=-ircistration devoted to progress and sound government. Because of this spirit whic% has ?o = zv 2 -z 3cd, the present administration has made every effort to push ahead wiT-1-- ==�etTa1 programs, the Riverview Indust- rial Park development, fr-etTZLY:5 � �=� W Federal Office Building and other projects greatly needed by our This combination of thinking, ha3t possible for the substantial contri- butions mentioned in the oper_irrg �� a��-ap?zs. a The Metropolitan Improvement Co=^ a citizen action group named by the Mayor on August 18, 1960, and exp 3 rs a =n detail in last year's application for recertification, has beery orae otE7 main organizations responsible in e -coediting community deve loprr_era r- deye lopment. Because this committee has expits original scope and purpose, the Mayor's office is currently ernga city-wide volunteer citizen's advisory committee as part of tea ov e x-211 future .progress of our city. 2a =i - We futher believe, that the caliber o !membership of the Saint Paul Housing and Redevelopment Authority Cvr=gym- fission has been strengthened by. the recent appointment of. two naw 73rmr::&Pznbers namely; Mr. Patrick Towle and Mr. John Greenman. Both have out rending administrative back- grounds and a keen interest in the :e .. re progress and development of Saint Paul. You will recall that in our 1961 sion, I named four committees for the purpose of improving our LJrb Renewal Program Planning. I am pleased to report that during the f z -r= year that the success of the committee's 'work, as measured by tYaa -ogress made in the various tech- nical aspect our program, warrar-i the continuation of these com- mittees. Over twenty meetings of the commit to a s or sub-4.1t:were held during the year. Some of the major acccmnp 3_3 -It-3t--rnents are the development of a Capital Improvement and a Public Improvement needs study, completion of a land subdivision ordinance, sigraaf z ^ -� t amendments to our housing and zoning codes, the help of advance in the organization and. development of the year's community rriprovement program, and the major role of helping elected officials -I•cae informed of the status of,various aspects of the Urban Renewal Prograrrt I think it is important to note x=-M-zese committees have no legal authority to develop and maintain programs, but they must work in the area of coordinating various agency r- a bureau programs that are defined in statutory and charter provisions ath financial limitations - indeed a difficult assignment. Under our zE� of government this is the most practical and soundest approach iia s -=-_ +ring a sound, long-range Urban Renewal Program. _ �ry In addition, the -Mayor's office has -c oraducted discussions with about forty community leaders, concerning mow -rent housing, with emphasis o private financing. As a result cf -t-- -a se meetings, we have appointed a committee composed of the housing cfs_ — rman of the Saint Paul Council of Human Relations, the executive chai rE r3 -- of the Saint Paul Area Chamber of Commerce, the chairman of the civic e—ornmittee of the Saint Paul Trades and Labor Assembly and the execu1Z-iva secretary of the Saint Paul Board of Realtors to study this phase of for Saint 'Paul. We further believe and subscribe t oza lasting benefits of a constructive program for community improvement program has been accelerated during the past twelve months. Wrnit further evidence in this summary and report, of our intent and program- =3 for the future along with additional documentation of our past year's pa r- o rmance . 2b We respectfully request to receive your approval "arkd recertification of the Program for Community Improvement (Workable Program) upon the expir- ation,. of .our present certification. In conclusion,, allow me to express my sincere appreciation for the support, "guidance and assistance your representatives have given to our city government in the past. ' rti Sin ely , i� orge avoulis M or i a i i a 2c OBJECTIVE: To assure adequca C e s z asadards, of health, sanitation, and safety through a comprehensivesystem of codes asaci ordinances which state the minimum conditions under which dweIiings way Zarfsz Z Zy be occupied. A. Complete column 1 for codes a Zreasdy in effect at the time . of the community's lest submission; column 2 for codes jr:a=s into effect since that time; column 3 for codes not now in effect. When mode 1 e owls are or will he used, also complete°column 4. In addition to the basic codes _—ZL , show any other codes the, community considers essential to meet its con>fmuaiZ ---.� improvement objectives. B. Has the community, as shown ab©ve wet the goals for the adoption of codes set forth in its last submission? Yes [ ] No. If "No" is checked, indicate fully what progress was made and wlF:y jWosls were not met. With the review and adoptioxx of zmmportant amendments to the Housing Code and Building Codes, the preparation of proposed land subdivision regulations, zoning changes, and plumbing code amendments, the r-� Z3r of Saint Paul has exceeded the progress anticipated in this area at the time of cw:=r last submission. Copies of the Present Housing Code and amendments to the bui.ldiag sections of the legislative code are attached. C. Briefly describe the. past.-3re•A3m_3I— s work of the group or committee established for con- tinuing codes study. See attachment "C' 3 1 2 3 4 KIND OF CODE jODEFFECT�IOUSLY co IDES N--% .9%, OE EFFECT Z V E Si NCE CODES NOT NOW 140DEL CODES THAT ARE OR WILL BE ADOPTED LAST -S Li Si?4 t ss 10N DATE ADOPTED DATE A OO f. -TED PROPOSED DATE FOR ADOPTION TITLE OF MODEL CODE YEAR PUB LISHEO BUILDING 1953 PLUMBING 1955 ELECTRICAL 1955 HOUSING 1960 196 1 Zoning 1922 See atta went "A" B. Has the community, as shown ab©ve wet the goals for the adoption of codes set forth in its last submission? Yes [ ] No. If "No" is checked, indicate fully what progress was made and wlF:y jWosls were not met. With the review and adoptioxx of zmmportant amendments to the Housing Code and Building Codes, the preparation of proposed land subdivision regulations, zoning changes, and plumbing code amendments, the r-� Z3r of Saint Paul has exceeded the progress anticipated in this area at the time of cw:=r last submission. Copies of the Present Housing Code and amendments to the bui.ldiag sections of the legislative code are attached. C. Briefly describe the. past.-3re•A3m_3I— s work of the group or committee established for con- tinuing codes study. See attachment "C' 3 Attachment "A1' A. All existing codes and ord3ri - - ces of the City of Saint Paul were completely recodified on Dec tuber 18, 1957. This entire text is entitled "The Legislative ( �e of the City of Saint Paul" and was adopted by the City Counci 2 The standards for building c—-----.=@=>nstruction are a part of the Legislative Code and include requiremeri-w-- covering structural strength. fire safety, _ plumbing, heating, electrics 3,'etc., and apply to all new construction including alterations and m _mor repairs. These requirements are con- stantly being revised and i addition they are comp lete ly reviewed periodically. The following Exhibits are attar—:k ed: Sections Ordinance No. C$0-1 Amendment to Legislativ Code 9.32 12106 C&O-2 " • 64.03 par. (m) 12233 Cf,0-3 .. .. .. .. 64.03 par. (p) 11975 C$0-4 �. .. � `1.10 & 1.11 . 20.01 d 20.02 12107 = CF�0-5 " 1.10 $ 15.01 12006 - 15.02 C$O-6 " '• •• " 22.05 12089 23..05 12149 C$0-7 Latest. Copy of Hous52ng --mmmer—ode" 12113 _ Published December 2-3 v 3a e Attachment "C" _ An amendment was made to tine tizzz 3c13ng 3x1 1961 permitting the relaxation of the exterior wall constLe x-:tz oaz oa buildings, including single and two family dwellings, which allows the �� - of some of the .new manufactured wall sheathing t was also made to that has been put on the mar%a� zn recent years. Amendmen the building code, permittizzg die use of stressed coverings for exterior walls. The 1961 community improveznerz -r- =ogram lis ted the plumbing code as last amended in 1955. Late in 136 3 a substantial amendment to the plumbing code was introduced to the Couriei 3 'Phis, plumbing code is in basic compliance with ode �� d Sze Wes tern Plumbing Code. This, in February of the National Plumbing C 1962, was referred back to a eo-==+r+L ttee to make recommendations to the City Council. The committee comp :3Le -w—=-d their hearings on June 12, 1962, and it will be --resubmitted to the COLale1 3 for their consideration. The electrical code adoptedz 3955 was changed with some substantial ode amendments in 1960. There wa ra -tit. 1s o slight revisions to the electrical c in 1961. The housing code was in of fe e -Z-- z22 1960 and was amended late in 1961. It was amended in 1961 and, as has met. approval of the Housing And Home Finance Agency. - The maj or e� �� ge in this ordinance was to include one and wo family dwellings which were excluded previously.____ The zoning law, which was ado ed in 1922. has been amended slightly in 1961. It is expected in 1962 tl-ia-t -�� a heating requirements, particularly that of steam and hot water, wi11 be revised and brought up to date and that the elevator requirements, wix:i =�-e part of the general building code, will be reviewed and brought up to 4c3a-W--- e late in 1962 ; and that following this the standards for the general es -r-ra2ct3on of buildings will be reviewed late in 1962 and completed by June Z� 6 3 The housing code enforcau'eri-r-- :..aas started early in 1961. It was very obvious, �+ .on the inception of the ariforeement program, that there is very little acceptance by the public and less exile �-�- mace 3x1 housing code enforcement than with other codes, our enforcement proaCa e3ure during 1961 confined us to training the entire staff and solving or enforces r3 violations on the basis of complaints received, and correcting conditioxzs office- has known about -for a long time, which were really substarid� -�-� L4e were assisted by the initiation of an industrial park developmari-r-- ;..T%i3ch involved the almost comrlete wrecking and removal of some five huxld�-e awe 113x19 units. comprising ap roximately 300 structures, which was st �-�^-�e - in 1961 and will be substantially completed by - 3b the middle of 1962. "Size vacation of many substandard =a area of 150 to 200 has been accomplished. Correction of -such -X:bird floor occupancy, overcrowding c.3f dwelling units in the area of 20C:� has been accomplished. For the first year, the building complaints relative to in- sufficient heat, limitations of use of �a e�ricity, deficiency or iacy of domestic hot water, and a number of were satisfactorily enforced somewhat in neighborhood of 25. ^ ~ -&-3-:L o£ this enforcement is accompli sh -C— a 1 Z of the inspectors and they are operating under the authori a rtue of the building code, the zoning ordinance, the housing code, and tea residence act of 191S. A good many of the violations that zza Z� �zr� x-tari into have been accomplished -i-rx d it develops, as of today, the vs o — fr- a s that are existing are in many cases a-:-�ti-mg-by virtue of lawsandapprovals gzvezZ which have subsequently appeared to ' be illegal. Five flagrant violatior:s o— ora or more of the above mentioned laws -m--x d ordinances have been, selected. 3zzv a s ga-r-ions and research have been completed, aazd they are now in the hands of Ilse e . oration counsel's office, and the information received indicates Ilia =a cQ laints and necessary legal papers are substantially completed and will be- sa rved ozr the affected persons in the very z-iear future. All of this leads up t o a c ation where we are attempting to secure acceptance on this e of enforcement. The position has been public tajcen by the enforcement agency, b7=� - --c= a e3apartment, that all new facilities before being occupied shall have a certi f=eM�� occupancy, and through the medium of the press, real estate agencies, and d other media, Certificates of Occupancy are being required when properties ferred. The aid of the mortgage and bora institutions, the banks and Crus eo - � axzies has been solicited and their demanding the Certificates of Occ-xpar ey -173L brought into line many properties which formerly were entirely illegal. TIz3s s z 3lustrated by one case wherein the owner died four or five months ago, and tea s awe was probated by the trust company. Xnvolved in the estate were four s-t� - c= -gyres- comprising some 70 odd dwelling units. i3pon compliance with the ordinance Sri e 7W 7x ----1 -5 r1g the housing code, this occupancy was _ reduced -to less than forty units --i-vx ci -4EM� remaining facilities met all requirements. -l'laere was recently completed a wages — ci s wary survey and a survey of assignment of titles of employees. The comp lemma survey will facilitate the enrp loyment of four additional will confine their activities eritirely to housing code and a1-13e40L orcements. This entire program has created an area of quasi accept -rice -cz-- various coded and ordinances. Bureau of Public Buildings in the neighborhood of 150 structures comprising several hundred these being completely removed. In aM1 cases, they were so substandard -X=M-z provisions of the building code were applied rather than those of izlg code.. 3c b F� Schedule for the periodic review and up -e -a ming of codes. Zf "Yes" is checked, complete the follow CC, E3c -s=VIEWED Model Codes. In each case where ' SCHEDULED DATE KIND OF CODE- Sll.:-B; i 51057 NEXT REVIEW - TO` BE COMPLETED Y E S ) NO — BUILDING I IX June 1963 PLUMBING x No r)ate — ELECTRICAL i�IY9-Data a, submit one copy of the code now in ef- HOUSING Date also submit one copy of the adopting -or- I� Zonin � o-DaLe�J i 1 wally note adoption ordinance, number and E_ s=_ -is the community met the goals for coves eview set forth in its last submission? I Xi Yes ] No. If "No" is checked, is= �cate fully what progress was made and why such g, is were not met. -rhe City of Saint Paul has exceeded ti=a ogress expected in review and changes 1n its codes. IF'_ Briefly indicate new goals that have -established for the coming year: 1. Plumbing requirements of the s -t for building construction 2. Heating requirements will be mowed 3. Standards for the general const —a_ -tion of buildings will be reviewed Supplementary material required. Sub-^= -=::- --vith this Review of Progress, the following supplementary material for each code a.�� 3�--�- - wed or revised since the last submission. (l) Model Codes. In each case where community has adopted, since the last sub- mission, a regional or state stzrsela - —i model code, submit one copy of the adopt- - ing ordinance Ad one copy of e::els �'bscqucnt ordinance amending or affecting that code. Do not submit a copy cse code itself. (2) Other Codes: In each case where z <D ee has been adopted since the last sub- mission and a model bode was not. s - a, submit one copy of the code now in ef- fect and of each amendment there a®_ _ also submit one copy of the adopting -or- dinance and one copy of each sulas- int ordinance amending or affecting that code if code itself does not spec-_ wally note adoption ordinance, number and date. (3) Submit one copy of each. revisioza o 2=- =mendment of a code in effect at the time of the last submission which has 1:ir» a adopted since that submission. 4 OBJECTIVE: The formulation arad fo r the communi ty as a who le A Manning Commission or Agency — � %. �.+;i.:a �' , fi ?1 r F 1'•'i�_ '�-i`O,,} i,��la+� � t ��+. Y I : 3�. i :fi .,•x, i rs' o I" recognifion.of a comprehensive general plan s est. lllishe!on Dlarch 8, 1918 ttoWplete column 1 for those a ? readqir. effect at the time of. the community's X ast s:lbmissioa; column 2 So r• .a - =__ s zx-3cpted or approved since that time; column 3 mor items not now in effect.. sot met. Late in 1961, tha --may o£ Saint Paul through its Planning Board partici- `I%vin Cities Aletropolitan Area Joint Land Use - ported in the drafting of a pr Progx- s¢pf.ie,,ycx 1 - ropolitan Planning Commission's application for 2 3 ITEM I DAT E I N F= SSS ?REV IOUSLY `— i WF—RE I DATE ITEMS EFFECTIVE DATE PROPOSED FOR SINCE LAST SUBMISSION ADOPTION OR APPROVAL OF through its Planning in the joint land _ ADO �~'� "7 -APP ED WERE ADOPTED OR APPROVED ITEMS NOT NOW IN EFFECT LAND USE PLAN Z Q 3959 pp I a Corprehensive Plan Interim Final attachmen "B") Sept. 1962 11as the community, as shown Interim 'nal - MAJOR THOROUGHFARE PLAN 6.0_ sot met. Late in 1961, tha --may o£ Saint Paul through its Planning Board partici- `I%vin Cities Aletropolitan Area Joint Land Use - ported in the drafting of a pr Progx- s¢pf.ie,,ycx CONINIUNITY FACILITIES PLAN ropolitan Planning Commission's application for presenting federal funds for this progra ?UBLIC IMPROVEMENTS PROGRA!A ll1Y• 1962 -that the City of Saint Paul through its Planning in the joint land Continuing study ZONING ORDINANCE �,��T -7' 1922 1 o On January 24, 1962 the Twin Metropolitan Planning Commission filed theormal 1962 official ReVlsed draft SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS 60 gra£June >rlal office of grant ire Stations 2_I N 9 i pp I a Corprehensive Plan Interim Final attachmen "B") Sept. 1962 11as the community, as shown reset the goals for the adoption or approval of the TL -items set forth in its Iasi sm-r- — $r "No,, is checked, indicate -� � Asa [ I Yes [X] .No aint progress was madeand why such goals were sot met. Late in 1961, tha --may o£ Saint Paul through its Planning Board partici- `I%vin Cities Aletropolitan Area Joint Land Use - ported in the drafting of a pr Progx- Cm January 16th, local representatives participated Transportation Planning J n the draft of ropolitan Planning Commission's application for presenting federal funds for this progra o Housing and Home Finance Agency officials in Chicago. on January 17,. 1962 the Ci1:3r c --ft- 3 of the City of Saint Paul passed a resolution Department, with the -that the City of Saint Paul through its Planning in the joint land assistance of other City Dep intends to co-operate proposed g z-ogram for the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area." use and transportation planzz�- On January 24, 1962 the Twin Metropolitan Planning Commission filed theormal 1962 official a�pplication for federal furncl, DoT- ti ->is program. On March 13, ---1ce approval together with an was received from the Chicag<z=— >rlal office of grant <- E�:!t a attachment "C") $s the community participator -�= regional, area, or metropolitan planning program? [x:1 Yes [ No. if "yes" _ c'rced, identify the program and. the participating agencies. The City of Saint Paul is in the program of the Twin Cities Metropolitan the Commission as pro- Planning Commission. The Corte for by the legis latiorv_ —a _-a = official representation on 33shing this agency, The City also participates vided financi ly through its pro -7xa are as set,_up in the statute establishing the Sae attachment "U, 5 Attachment "B" ( 1 Addendum to Land Use Plan) (2 Addendum to Community Faci.li pies Plan) W - Attachment "C" approved budget dated March 13 1962. Since this date, the participating agencies and governmental units have mer---- several times to develop the general organizational framework for the conduct of rte --a study - Participating in this study ha required substantial changes in our Work Program and the completion dates of a number z- of our projects. Many of -ti-ie findings and conclusions of this joint study could subs- axxtially affect the Land Use acid Thoroughfare elements of the City's Comprehensive P1 These adjustments are described in the following for each item. 1. Land Use Plan. - Community Plan Report #8, "Saint Paul's Preliminary Land Use Plan" was completed, approved y the: Planning Board on July 20, 1959 and published. In conjunction with the deve lo3g.- ment o£ the Comprehensive P laza , the inventory. of existing land use was up -dated 3ast year. The Land Use Plar>< has been restudied for the past six months and with a r-tain revisions will be used os an "interim final" plan until such time as the ne essary findings and conclusiorns developed by the Met- ropolitan Area Joint Land Use --transportation Planning Program can be integrated wherever necessary and the fizz - - 1 land use plan and report then completed. 'In December of 1961 the Planning Board re 1_ aced the study "Saint Paul's Population Characteristics (See Exhibit Cl -1) 1960 with F1 -==�ojections to 1970 and 1980,11 This is actually a part of the Land Use element of the Comprehensive Plan and is designed to replace the section on population in the �--original Land Use report. It :L -:s proposed to continually review and up -date this elemer� - -I-- of the Comprehensive Plan a.rx parallel with the development of the Joint Stud> In January 1962, work was started on a plan for the Central Business District. A Preliminary plan is due August 16, 1962. (See Exhibit C1-2) Additional data may be found in part (5) that follows 2. Major Thoroughfare Plan. The Preliminary Plan was completed and published as a draft in December 1960. The waft has been reviewed by other interested and affected agencies and discussions have_ been held and are continuing irn an effort to obtain all around agreement on the propo - - presented. Agreement wi v_l the City Public Works Department and Traffic Bureau A -s now within reach. As is tiz-�e case in the Land Use _ element of the Comprehensive Zan, the Turin Cities Metropolitan Area Joint Land Use - Transportation Planning Progm- -^ findings could have a major impact upon this plan. An ":interim final" plan should b available by September 10, 1962 and the policies, goals and standards it proposes wit ___ be used as a guide' until the Joint Study has been completed. 3. Community Facilities Plar-A_ - CommuLty Plan Report #9. "Saint Paul's Plan for _ Public Educational, Recreatio-3a1, and Cultural Facilities" was approved by the Planning Board in September 60 and published. The plan has been reviewed as part of the Comprehensive Plan devela-��ment program. Any major chariges in the Thorughfares in zra and neighborhood element of the Comprehensive boundaries in the Community lan .could result changes _ community aci lines Plan. The changes zrn turn could affect the Sa Sb location of schools and recreational facilities. At this time, . the need for major changes appears remote --d this element seems to be fairly valid. Community Plan Report #11, "SairxZ= Pauls Plan for Fire Stations" was approved by the Planning Board in December 1963L_ This is, actually an addendum to the Public Facilities Plan. 4. Public Improvement`s Program. A Capital Imprc==-----_sement Program and a needs study has been completed. See section ori Finance for further details. ` S. Subdivision Regulate- ions. A preliminary draft of subdivision regulations was prepared by the staff - �i December 1960. It was submitted to the City Public Works Department for-- %rlew. This review indicated a number of areas of disagree- ment between the sta.:E:E of the City Planning Board and Public Works Department. Several revised drafts -were prepared and reviewed during the past year and a mutually acceptable draft has been agreed upon. The City Counci 1 has referred this revised draft to the C-Fw ty Attorney, City Engineer and Research Bureau for a report, (See Exhibit C -S) Thies proposal was reviewed by the City Planning Board in June, 1962 and sent to the C-,5--- ty Council with a favorable recommendation. 6, Zoning Ordinance. The 'basis for the Zoning Code and Map is the Land Use Plan. Statements in previous recertification documents have indicated a complete revision of the 'Zoning Code .arid Map would be well under way by this time. The changes in the worms program and .completion time of other elements of the Comprehensive Plan also affect the Zoning schedule. During the period of time that the Joint Study is unci r way only necessary and selected amendments to the Zoning Code will be prepared - On biay 280 1962 the Planning Board approved a proposed amendment to the Zoniri Code establishing a new multi -residence district with max- imum densities somewha lower than these permitted in the present multi -family district. Another ame dment is being drafted which will provide for exclusive industrial uses in tha existing industrial districts. Still another amendment re- quested by the Planni-x-a- Board to be prepared this summer will provide similar regulation of uses in he Commercial Disitrict. Copies of these proposed amendments are attached. (See P - r 1bi.t C-6) 7.' Comprehensive Pla-T-m The completed elements of the Plan have been restudied and are being up -dated, -e :Incomplete elements have been completed to an "interim final' stage. All el*---- ---rnents of the plan will be continuously studied and adjusted in parallel with the -c=_V -evelopment of the Joint Land Use -Transportation Planning Program. In the mearx-*-- — Mme, the policies, goals, and standards proposed in the Com- prehensive Plan will used as guides for making, planning and zoning decisions. It should be pointed caw�zit that the City's planning program is so structured that each element of the p an 1s periodically reviewed by the agency or department affected during the d�—�relopment stages and thcc .final plan reflects broad -and general agreement on the pax -t of those concerned. In.this respect the Public Facilities Plan was developed wig —�+ the assistance and cocrence of thesle departments ais Sb responsible for educational, recreational,- and cult'szral facilities. The Thorough- " fare Plan reflects the thinkizlg 'of • the Public .Works asiei Traffic Engineering staffs, of the City in addition to the, critical review o£ tlia NI:Lrnnesota Highway Department Engineers. The Fire Station Plan -was developed whiz tYie -assistance of the Fire Chief and the Fire Underwriters. The subdivision Regulatzorss leave been reviewed by Public Works Department personnel -responsible £or much o£ the work required in new sub- divisions. In addition to these departmental reviews,. the City P larirting Board has also reviewed all phases of the Comprehensive Planning procedure Ttaese professional and citizen, appraisals have resulted in extending the time limits originally set for the com-, pletion of the various elements of the Plan. Zrt the lorzg run, however, it will result in a net savings in time because the completed products will have general acceptance at the time of adoption. - a Sc E. Schedule'for Che p6riedf� review and. up -dating of t e_ plan: a WERE ITEMS � HEOULE-0 DATE REVISED 5C ITEM CHECK IF CURRENT; SINCE LAST lof, ROI,PLFTED SUBMISSION? iD YESNo LAND USE PLAN x �,x,7 96 MAJOR THOROUGHFARE PLAN �- COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN , x PU ELIC IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM x ZONING ORDINANCE x CO{1_ incl 'SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS Needs EconQm ic Study x Dur1n CRF Study 1964 "IT", lation Chars - x 1964 Pl-an for Fire Stations x 1964 Comprehensive Plan x e(See attachment "E") F. Has ihe COmmunity.met the goals for plan review set forth in its last a 'so o4e and. [_A Yes [ ] No. If "No,, is checked, indicate fully what progress was Dae and why such goals were not met. Not only have the goals set in the last submission been met, but additioAdl elements have either been reviewed or completed.. G. Briefly describe the ways in which other agencies of local government hope imple- mented the plans and policies developed by the planning agency. Generally, many of the plans and policies developed by the City Planning heard have been implemented by the City Council, Public Works Departm@nt, the Dep thent Parks Recreation -and Public Buildin s the Department of,Educationl tae. Sing , , Buildings, P Stadia, the andRedevelopmentAuthority, the Department of Libraries, Museums and Saint Paul Port Authority, and the Department of Public Safety. The proposals in, the Public Improvements Program generally conform to the proposals made in the various elements of the Comprehensive Plan. StYeet and Higbwa5ite- ve- •sments, school -site locations, branch library site -locations, fire stati'ion srte� locations, and park and playgrounds -locations and improvements are being followed t (See attachment "G") .•I r Attachment "E" The several elements have been where necessary to'incorporate necessary changes in preparation fog eorzpla tion of the Comprehensive Plan. Interim final reports will be available tYizssurruxr-_r as outlined in section "B" of this submission. It is proposed to marcs eh a,—sass 3rn the Economic Study as part of the C.R.P. program, probably beginning cizzririg the 3a,;-_er_halfyof 1962. Final adjust- ments will be made'beginning.in- i9F64�� tha Joint Land Use-Transportation Planning, Program enters the plan phase. a Attachment "G" by the, respective departments. of Education recently requested three very detailed studies of pope 1 actions and pupil enrollments be made for three new elementary s chop s to s C op ies of these re orts are attached. (See Exhibits G-rand 2) The City P 3_�+rizr3d-- Soar has made reconmend'ations relative to selecting G.N.R.P. areas which amine ?floc=sd_r-&g and Redevelopment Authority has adopted. The two agencies are -t- JLy cooperating in working out initial first project boundaries in the approved -G ---I — I2_P areas. The industrial development plans of the Saint Paul Port Authority ars being carried out within the frAmework of the industrial land-use areas reconmiarncia d irz the Plan for Proposed Land. Uses. Y ^. Director of Planning Senior Planning Technician (1) Assistarz-t-- - Director Of Planning Junior Planning Technician (2) Senior P ^—mer (1) 0 Tracer (2) Assistance i;l lanner (3) Y. Describe briefly plans ( Z zo provide or (2) to increase tine present level of tech nical help, including tlz�- -z-_:ime scheetile- for putting such plass into effect. 1. Examinations have bae=3 completed at the Junior land Assistant City Planner levels. - Two Junior City Planners 1-m_ eve been hired to begin work on July 2, 1962. These. planners will be assigned o the Joint land Use-Transportation Planning Program, , (See attachment "I") J. Briefly "indicate new gosa i i--liriz Have been established for the coming year. Transmitted herewith is tri 1962 City Planning Board Work Program. A major new item- is the preparation of a p __JL for the Central Business District. The downtown business community is cooperating �_ this project and it will be completed by the end of 1962; Other major new activiti ^s anclude participat4nn in the.. Metropolitan Area Land Use- Transportation Program, Nim c3way Area Industrial Study, and the preparation of a Community renewal."prQgra-*a application. �� 3red. Submit, with this Review of Progress; the following Supplementary material re supplementary materials (1) In each ease where a Gaze. use plan, a thoronghfure plan, a community facilities plan, a public garogrum, or other special plan has been adopted or revised since the subrniission, submit one copy of the plan or revision, including; maps, tex: area oilier .related material. (2) In each case where s zo:aiazg ordinance has been adopted or amended since the last submission, submit w�- —e copy of the new ordinance or amendment, including one copy of any amended. ziing map. (3) 'In each case where -z2t community has adopted or amended subdivision regulations since tile last suhraa saora; submit one copy of the ordinance or amending ordi- nance. (4) In each case where _ �$zc community has placed in effect since the last sub- mission, a land use ala ra, a major thoroughfare plan, a public improvements program, or a coaaz —amity facilities plan, submit one copy of the evi- dence of official m- ©� z tion of such plan. Tbis evidence may be in the form ^ of minutes of the m e ing of the Planning Commission or governing booj at which such action was talcs or of a letter from the Mayor, City or Town 17•nnger, or «T Chairman of the Plass- ang Carnmissiou stating that such pian is officially recog- nized and used in' p a —sing and controlling the development of the community. (5) One copy each of arty plan reports issued since the last submission which indi- cate the progress o - -1s3.anning in the community. 7 i o - Attachment "I" 4 An Assistant City Planner will be hired 1a-T_-ex- zrz July and assigned to the Com- omprehensive prehensivePlanning Program. 2. It is planned to file an application mor gg' a'Ccmmunitylewal Program before the end of the year. This will require adcli a 3 personnel, the exact number yet to be determined. The Planning Board's tiud-ge � = aquest for -1963 also will contain a request for additional funds so that tl-ie cora staff can be increased to meet the City's obligations of the' Community Renewal i�=<>grann.. Any increases in the Plan- ning Board's budget from Council appropx—:L funds-would be effective January 1, 1963. - - 7a Q,BJcCTIVF.: A community -wide study Ito e termine what areas are. blighted or in 'danger of becoming blighted and the id4-nt if z e ion of the nature, intensi*j and E'auses,of b Z fight as a basis for the planning`, o_ r� e ighborhoods of decent homes i�ui.table Zi v ing environment. _ X--mEiicate'the states of each of the : © -M e,ing -items by completing either column 1, os columns 2 and 3, with-riespect to x3 ornt'lete analysis of all neighhorllood:s in r-ki-e. comynmity. C- Wit t tins the community made sirxce `__ ixzst suiiissi mon of the dafu assembled -.Brough the neighborhood analyses ��- =ME-E�:velop and carry ont a specific program Eor the elimination and prever_tio-_--.-. - � F- - s I.tims and blight .in any neighborhood? 'rize following is the current status a- 'urban renewal projects: Rivr eview G.N.R.P. Approved 7/14/6 X _ _--4e ghborl-iood studies are about SO% com�lbte wi _• the designation of at least 4 z% � renewal assisted. -projects and one a=7iassisted" project. Ca-t:hedral G.N.R.P.. Approved 6/2.0/6: _ `3-1ze first project Survey and Planning Rp-D11cation or this, area will be sum— - meted by July J. 1962. Fusibility Study for Central District. Approved 2/20/62. This study w� 11 Se completed 7 15 b2, an e Y pro. uct application will probably be s omitted in August. 11C e attachment. "C") 8 (CRP) g?_ 13s-1efly describe prggress made, dz= s east ,year. and indicate new goals estab-- ITEM _ - I "DATE STN I S ITEM .PERCENT DATE FOR CDMgLETION. " I WAS COMPLETED COMPLETED PF TP'IS ITEM c DELINEATION OF NEIGHBORHOOD AREAS AND SG'.__:- F21 ES 11957-59-60 g' the developnerit of the "interim final" y� a -dated 1962 -I ;V FO RMATION ON HOUSING CONDITIONS INCLUD 1 r-4 C-- �4 C��T1 ON 1955 =-Tz-_ nary 1963. up -dated 1961 .4rVD EXTENT OF BLIGHT OR POTENT AL DL GH _ f 1959 -_ II- 1955 (_-I-11ARACTERISTICSOF FAMILIES AFFECTED BY POu S I N G' 1959 . A-C)EOUACY OF COMMUNITY FACILITIES AND SERV S C- �+ -� SO TH ` 1'l1HLIC AND PRIVATE. - - - - I 2950 u -dated 1962 CAUSES L I G: -;T 956- 7-59 I IDENTIFICATION OF STEPS NEEDED TO ELIMINAT= _ ES ENT - S L i GHT. AND PREVENT FUTURE BLIGHT I Vp-dated 1962 _ - 11956-59 C- Wit t tins the community made sirxce `__ ixzst suiiissi mon of the dafu assembled -.Brough the neighborhood analyses ��- =ME-E�:velop and carry ont a specific program Eor the elimination and prever_tio-_--.-. - � F- - s I.tims and blight .in any neighborhood? 'rize following is the current status a- 'urban renewal projects: Rivr eview G.N.R.P. Approved 7/14/6 X _ _--4e ghborl-iood studies are about SO% com�lbte wi _• the designation of at least 4 z% � renewal assisted. -projects and one a=7iassisted" project. Ca-t:hedral G.N.R.P.. Approved 6/2.0/6: _ `3-1ze first project Survey and Planning Rp-D11cation or this, area will be sum— - meted by July J. 1962. Fusibility Study for Central District. Approved 2/20/62. This study w� 11 Se completed 7 15 b2, an e Y pro. uct application will probably be s omitted in August. 11C e attachment. "C") 8 (CRP) g?_ 13s-1efly describe prggress made, dz= s east ,year. and indicate new goals estab-- -5-shed for the coming year. _ Tr; November 1960, the City Planning 3 - - mrd published Community Plan Report No. 9. P? gra for Public Educational Recrea�-cam � a1 and Cultural Facilities', which bstablishbd corr_rnunity and neig bor ood boundar3as -or the entire Ctiy, These boundaries 1¢ere' -=+r:Eined and revised where necessary ms=s g' the developnerit of the "interim final" Comprehensive Plan during 1961-62._ _ = zgoal £or 1962-63 is the completion of a ae,a C-_i:Z_`,A- application by September 1962 a=3c3� - actual beginning of this program by. =-Tz-_ nary 1963. C- Wit t tins the community made sirxce `__ ixzst suiiissi mon of the dafu assembled -.Brough the neighborhood analyses ��- =ME-E�:velop and carry ont a specific program Eor the elimination and prever_tio-_--.-. - � F- - s I.tims and blight .in any neighborhood? 'rize following is the current status a- 'urban renewal projects: Rivr eview G.N.R.P. Approved 7/14/6 X _ _--4e ghborl-iood studies are about SO% com�lbte wi _• the designation of at least 4 z% � renewal assisted. -projects and one a=7iassisted" project. Ca-t:hedral G.N.R.P.. Approved 6/2.0/6: _ `3-1ze first project Survey and Planning Rp-D11cation or this, area will be sum— - meted by July J. 1962. Fusibility Study for Central District. Approved 2/20/62. This study w� 11 Se completed 7 15 b2, an e Y pro. uct application will probably be s omitted in August. 11C e attachment. "C") 8 Attaej&nt."C" Hollo;u G.N.R.P.. Application s _bnitted 12/22/61 and withdrawn in April 1962 ecause local neighborhood a—pups expressed desire for larger area than original application incompassed. 1 be resubmittedpriorto end of 1962, Seven Corners E.N. P. P. Ur_c3,�=--- study and consideration for future application 8a e 2 ng D. Ghat }t,aas, does cite corzmunity have for the I'ttrt'aer c' of such da in deve]np f r;adi Specific pro.grams or the elimination and prcvetttum of slums and h)i,hc is . ncighhorhoor? In developing its Com. nit- Renewal Program, the information and data already ' compiled will be used w erever possible, New data will be develo_oed de and existing Compilation will be up -dated wherever possible, _ See "E" below . .., •,its b. 1il;at pro;ress has beer. Hare in a mr o r. i eg of re tu'al act i;- (colic Pelf Orcenient, rel: l:ili tatmon', Li li..:.L.. .•,t! r<I,CVC IOaInt:nL, (.iC. ), tti. rli'rl�n by ltcigithorhoocl. The City Planning Board is preparing'an application for a Community Renewal e Program to be submitted during September 1962. The following is a draft of th narrative description of the proposed activities to be carried out in develo?}n" this program. ( See attachment "E") ' S::PPlemcntnry m:7�eriul required. To the .tent tltnt. such material is availab Ic ` has, hot hcca Previously submitted. � (l) S*:hmi2 c::e copy of analyses, stata5 icdl data or estimates (including m••i ,, . chary;;, on the total blight prohlem of the locality (e.g. numbers and i of si:}rs ^ulnrd snits, da 2a nn oc:.upatnc}' characteristics, etc.)(?) St:hmit o. c copy of n map showing Lite• delineation of logical residential l:orhoors r planning purpose:;. She Lean should also indicate Chose nci Locus where early action to correct cord t f :'t"" ;Lions of blight is planned , i ;::formation is known. (3) Submit one copy -of community -wide program. for renSXl[iviCios. - Attachment "El. COMMUNITY FiEN£LVAL PROGRAM APPLICATION, �iarrative Description of Proposed Activities General Go s - The City of Saint Paul, through s Bureau o£ City P larnning, proposes .to establish a full-range program of local urb an renew a 1 act i ori b as e d on the entire area of local needs and to utilize the community's fizzaacial„ _physical, andsocial re- sources and potential to undertake such renewal activities: The program is to be prepared with federal assistance administered by tize Housing and Nome Finance Agency. The program will include all of Lice documentation- such as plans, reports, maps, and other data necessary to determine and lay out the course of action the City must adopt to effectuate such a program_ Basically, the program will determine tFie following: 1. Identify slum or blighted. de to r3 orate d or de to ri orating areas in the City and the extent, nature, and trends of sueiz blight and deterioration. 2, Determine the financial, re locations I-zouszrnother resources needed to carry out renewal in these areas and" through a study of the economy of the City, determine the availability of suclz resources and their relation to urban renewal. 3. Identify potential projects and -ie titypes o£ urban renewal action,- oth 'public and private, to renew these 4. Develop a continuing long-range action program o£ urban renewal activities in terms of time, money, and public- and private action necessary to direct all available local resources to meet the total need. such program to be in con- formity with the Comprehensive Plan- of LI-ie City Provisions will be made to keep. the Community Renewal Program curreizt to- reflect changing conditions and needs. The program would also be an importar�t ad3unct to the City's Workable Program in that a number of the objectives for tie several elements of the Workable Program will be studied in considerab le depth Scope and Content of Program Due to topographical and other natural and man—made barriers, Saint Paul has been divided into 16 major areas of predominantly residential land use. These large areas br "communities" have been further subdivided into 49 sub-areas or "neighborhoods." These subdivisions have been created as Ll-ie basic structure for all. future planning and development. These units will serve as ^study area•. for the Community Renewal 9a Program:, In some "sections o£ City, these communities are separated by sub-- stantial non-residentialareas - _ uch as. industrial, districts, major trnasportation facilitieshnd natural phys'a� features. These non-residential areas will also be studied for possib le • renewa t atment. The community renewal studies utilize existing data pertinent to the studies which have already -been assemb d by -participating agencies, up -dating of this data where necessary,, and the. e— flection a of additional needed data to obtain the most accurate possible. assess - mit of the problem would be the objective of further surveys and field studies. The development of the program could: be closely related to and coordinated with the Comprehensive Community Plan. — L ne program would" -recognize such factors as policies, standards and goals of the elements of the Comprehensive Plan. -- mThe city-wide study andcanalys - s would ider"tify the areas requiring treatment, be it redevelopment, rehabilitate -33 or conservation. .The result of this phase of the study would„be the identifica-V_- vn of those neighborhoods in which general urban renewal problems exist. -Theses 3zeighborhoods would then- be rated in each of their own communities and the co*n*mam-m dies, in turn, -.:rated on a -city-wide basis. In this manner, it will be possible t:o _ sex....up--a city-wide classification and priority system. An important -element in the gram will be citizen -participation. It is proposed": to enlist the assistance` o£- neighborhdod and community groups as the program begins in each community. '1-kx grogram must have the support and backing of these citizen -groups if successful_ — adegi{ate. "conservation and rehabilitation projects �" are to be carried out. The Study Program V _ Stage I 1. Identification -of old res amential :and non-residential_ areas that are,'de- teriorating, deteriorated, b 1-W- -�hted or slums, : Thexidentification and evaluation - of such city-wide renewal: -.rhea � will be bas6d..on an analysis of currently existing - - - -- information supplemented by :C—K 1d checks. Among_the' factors -to be evaluated and classified,. are the followirig .(a) StructUL=- condition of buildings _ :(b) OecupancY =-= d -rent (c) Environm��3w- mal conditions - ,.(d) ;Inter -re --r_-ionship of land uses ` (.e) Migratiozz- - factors These data will be analyzed the purpose of rating all residential communities and non-residential areas by general types of urban renewal treatment required. In carrying out this analysis alI usable' and available data,in the Bu4au of City Planning -Housing and Redeye ��ment -Building Authority, Health- Department, Fire Preventiaf be utilized. Field Bureau, Department. rd other -official agencies will _ - 2 - 9b - Ij checks will be made wherever neces ary to complete the analysis. ,These data will be adopted to present in mapped f oi-z - Once the prelim- a city-wide ra=— z..ral needs have been determined, it will be ' -possible to.establi h priorities oz- those communitles' which should be analyzed &. in greater detai . Stage II In each community those renewal ate— :E. requiring mo'ae detailed study and inspection will be delineated and surveyed a-- orcl ng to the priorities established in`{Stage I. The following determination w113 7k=:M. 1. The nature, degree, causes �ends of blight,. and blighting factors will be _ analyzed.for each.of these reas considering such factors as deterioration of structures, over-crowding," 3ri1 onious land uses, traffic conditions, lack of adequate public facilities and factors. . 2. Recommendations made in the C -c==m-�D-rehensive Community Plan for each of these areas will be analyzed. Those o=�endations- which will contribute to the elimination of blighting conditi �_� will be noted. Recommendations which are. in co lict with the renewal progr=—= 11 be restudied so that appropriate adjustments can be. made. These recomme_nda-r_z 4c=w w:111 have an important bearing on the type and timing of renewal. action. 3. Identification of potential pX03 :cts and a determination of the-type or renewal action necessary for each area be made. For residential areas this would con- sist of redevelopment, ori, conservation, or a.combin.ation,of these. treatments. A basic determinate this stage is the proper use or re-use of the land. 4. Relocation of displaced fames- � We s - A determination must be made of the number of families which are likely to be s= f— 3 ect to relocation together with their rent- paying ability. Stage III - The goal of this final stage is � development of a continuing long-range action program in terms of time, monesy m_zx__30ti 11c, and private action .,necessary to bring all " local resources to bear on the p r�i 3em. The first portion of this stage w --X--.JL deal in depth with city-wide factors and determinations as follows: - 1. Economic and market studies e3 projections.. These studies will attempt to 4ddentify the economic trends aY-x<=L wth prospects, local policies and actions which will greatly influence decisior:s� aez the'charactet, location, and timing of, renewal action. 3 _ 9c (a) Population growth (b) Employment trends. (c) Potential community growth and economic development goals and how -renewal and related actions "can assist "in their achievement. i - (d) Present and future housing supply and dernand in numtier and types of -units and price ranges. This will form the- basis for ' determing the city's ability to absorb families displaced by urban renewal and other public'aciions. This phase will include the development of a system for maintaining an up-to-date housing inventory. (e) Determination of the city's potential rola of utilization of land cleared through urban renewal action. (f) The Economic Study of the City published by the Planning Board in 1961 will be used as a basic reference in this study and additional material Will be --developed 'as; needed. 2. Evaluation the the City's requirements ana" resources avai lab le £or urban renewal action. A. Relocation requirements (a) Existing housing inventory from (1) (d) _ (b) Total number of families to be displaced by all public action (c) Analysis of family characteristics as avai Zab le from 1960 Federal Census (d) Population trends (available in Planning Board Report #ls) (e) Migration patterns of families , (f) Develop estimates of non-residential displacements caused' by all public actions, evaluating availability- of alternate sites, buildings, etc. (:g)'Development of measures to provide sufficient and appropriate resources to meet all displacement needs. B. Financing (a) Estimated costs to Housing and Redevelopment Authority for acquistion and clearance of land and program administration - (b) Cost to City of Saint Paul for provision o£ public improvements to Capital Improvement Program; _,cost's o£ code enforcement; and - other public actions q (c) Fiscal condition of City in terms of borrowing capacity, out- standing debt, change, in. tax revenues, obligations for other o development programs and other factors which will determine rate ` at which City can carry out urban renewal (d) Potential Additions and changes in Capita -1 Improvements Program which could affect availability of Funds for, financing urban renewal. - 4 - 9d i 3. Correlation and coordination of allaY-1i yx as and studies; both on community, and city -hide levels., for a -t:iI program of inter- rela-tad public and private action. This proor-arz w11 be expressed in terms of priorities and types of renewal act:iosz coo=-diriated with the City's development .prospects and trends for a faa=; ib -3 a and seasonable future time - pe r� cxi ime-par�od. This program can be created in -3-owing manner: A_ Summarize the individual comn-iu-r _ rex al program's into 4 single city-wide program. Each indivic3ia a3 program would be reveiwed for its relationship to Liza o�z z a r programs and evaluated in terms of its role or contribution -the overall improve- ment of that community. B. Priorities will be assignedeach cow 3^uraity and adjusted as conditions and needs change. C. The administrative and legal moo? s w3 31 be examined to deter- mine their adequacy tarry out �%3a a r ars renewal program. Where deficiencies are disc me s f <= rM— roving them will be identified and recommendati adz of as proper unit of govern- ment for the necessary correctior:s _ D. The final schedule of priorit:iaz 3_-3- be made after the final community -renewal,, program has bseri . An effective community renewal prograhave wide -spread citizen- participation if it is to be successful_ T'r2a a�_ucational process must begin and citizen support must be e ry step of the way. It .is proposed to utilize citizen-participat ions a rae levels (a) Neighborhood (b) Community - (n} City-wide' Existing citizen -groups will be used already exist. This program will require special emphasis ora relocation and rehousing problems • and special attention will be given1iis problem. _a- of `�.•^:V;.' OBJECTIVE: To identify and est'ab'Z.sfx ri czclm.inistrative-responsibilityand capacity fo.r carrying out overall Program for zty Improvement activities and for. the enforcement of,codes and ordinances A_ Coordination. Describe changes since =ate $est smbmissic�n in the way`in which the - community's overall Program for Comm=_a_-`_ -x_ is being coordinated - The principle changes that . have irce the last submission are: (1) the formal appointment of an interdepar-tr_xa=m_ technical committee to plan, develop, and coordinate the Urban Renewal Progra— Together with a policy committee consisting, of the Mayor and two city councilmen.. - Ac� ---Ti increase in the number of meetings between the technical staffs of the F, -I- Board, Housing and Redevelopment - Authority, Port Authority, City s and 14etropolitan Improvement Committee and other Civic Organizations. (3) Ag -rte r -merit of. the City Council to participate in a Metropolitan Land -Use Transportatioz3 s i -x--x (Sem aeiiment "A,•) Y3_ Describe briefly progress made clznri a._ ;?est yeas ire st=_-engtheningany weal, snots -- insufficient staff, ineffective pros r -a- s - - gr_ t110 com:nLtt-itg• s administrative organ- ization for carrying out the Progrzim _ Attempts to correct weak spots in t1a= Q g� am are as follows: 1. The City to participate in a Lard i3s — "Transportation Studp for the Metropolitan area. 2. The use of `trained Building Inspe c for housing code enforceknt' Plus providing funds for the empioyr=�� -T- of four additional insptors, 3. Continue the work of a Policy and 'rea=z eat 'Committee for therban Renewal-'`- Program. (See a 13-4) C. Code Enforcement. Describe briefly C 3 y cHxa:z es sauce the last submission in code enforcement techniques and (b) plans i�x3 � gasovina tine code enforcement program, including the time schedule for Mutt �r = �c Dlans�irto egfect. We have instituted a more vigourous o£ having prospective buyers ask foi a Certificate of;Occupancy- on existing s --X=Z: ures, part cuiarilyas they pertain to residential property and have that obtaining a certificate be made a condition of sale. This has been 3rn:r> 3- -e�= tented by a ' series of talks to the real estate organizations. 10 Attachment "A" - ADMINISTRATION The City of Saint Paul since 1914 has operaW under a modified commission form 4 of government. Voters, elect a mayor, six councilmen and a city comptroller. The mayor and six councilmen have two basic duties: namely, (1) as a body, they act as -legislators and (2) individually they are, administrators, each in charge of a separate department of city government. With reference to the latter duty, the mayor at the beginning of each term assigns a councilmen to head a department. Under the charter the head of a department is 'solely responsible for carrying out the duties and responsibilities within his jurisdiction, however, in practice there is a high degree of cooperation between departments. One of the principle reasons for this is that many programs and individual actions _require the approval of the city council before they may be carried out. In these matters, the mayor functions as a co-ordinator in seeing that the best interests of the city are maintained. However, he has no authority to demand .or compel a department to carry out a certain program, action or activity. Beyond the activities of the mayor in assuming the responsibilities of his department and his relationship to the rest of the City Council, he. also appoints certain advisory committees to assist the city in various activities and studies. A listing of some of these committees which relate to planning ' and urban renewal ct, ity follows: ADVISORY BOARD ON SMOKE ELIMINATION AND AIR PURIFICATION, C TIZENS RECREATION DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE, CITY TRAFFIC COMMITTEE, HOSPITAL FACILITY BUILDING COMMISSION, MAYOR'S RIVER SAFETY, DEVELOPMENT AND CONTROL COMMISSION, METROPOLITAN AREA REGIONAL PLANNING COM- MISSION, SAINT PAUL CITY PLANNING COMMISSION, MINNEAPOLIS -ST. PAUL METROPOLITAN AIRPORTS COMMISSION, THE CITY ZONING BOARD, A METROPOLITAN IMPROVEMENT COORDINATION COMMITTEE, A CITIZENS HOUSING COMMITTEE, 'This year's Community -Improvement Program has been the joint effort of thef' following personnel: Mr. Alfred Schroeder, City Architect; Mr. Herbert Wieland, Planning Board; Mr. William Carter, Housing and Redevelopment Authority; Mr. John Connelly, Council Investigation and Research Bureau; and Mr. Duane Gratz, Publicity Bureau. e Q, 10a' n Attachment "B-4" 4. Appoint a Review Committee tosassist departments in the preparation and development of a Capital Imfrdvement,Program and a Needs Study. The responsibility for relocation planning is vested irn the office of the central relocation information service. This agency was established as a result of an agreement between the' City of St. Paul and the•Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul, whereby the authority relocation staff would provide relocation assistance to all persons displaced by any public action. Funds for this purpose are available from the relocation tax levy on real estate applied annually. 10b Attachment "C" There are two departments in the City of -Saint Paul who are basically responsible for carrying out the code enforcement program: Namely, (1) The Department of Parks. and Recreation and Public Buildings, and (2) The Department of Public Safety. The Parks and Recreation and Public Buildings Department is charged with the enforcement of all ordinances relating to buildings within the city, their planning, construction, maintenance, fire protection and'all other matters relating thereto according to the City.Charter, and the Public Safety Department is concerned with health, sanitation and fire protection laws and regulations. There is no formal machinery as yet establishetd requiring the coordination of the two departments. However, there is -and always has been a gond, cooperative working relationship between all levels of the two departments. The inspectors of the two departments are initially instructed and are continually reminded.to be familiar with and recognize violations of regulations and to report them to the proper authorities. In addition, it is common practice for representatives from the Bureau. of Public Buildings, the Bureau of. Fire Prevention and the Bureau of Health to make joint inspections of property. Both departments operate in approximately the same manner. Inspections ar6 made of all new and remodeling work for which a permit is required. Investigations are made on all complaints received'either by telepho$e, letters *or in per$on. In addition, periodic inspections are made on the initiation of the various bureaus on a routine basis. Beginning in January, 1961 through a Federal State Grant, we have inaugurated an inspection and supervision program in all Nursing Homes,'Bdarding Care Homes and Foster Homes. In these inspections we utilize the full time service of one San- itation, one Nurse, and half-time services of a Senior Clerk -Stenographer. The number of housing sinpections dealing with health and sanitation conditions made by the Health Bureau during 1961 was 5,589. Housing Code enforcement was started in January, 1961. The enforeament is under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner of Parks and Recreation and Public Buildings. During December 1960 and January 1961, the Bureau of•Public Buildings compiled lists of multi -family dwellings from such sources as the assessor's records, the City Directory, the telephone directory, reports of Bureau of Health and Fire Prevention Bureau and from their own building insyection reports. 4 All of the present inspectors in the Bureau of Public Buildings are making housing code inspections along with their own building code work. In conjunction with these housing code inspections, all inspectors were given copies of the Housing Code in December, 1960 and indoctrinational meetings were held to reveiw the requirements, the report forms and general procedures, e loc M e • � j There are two departments in the City of -Saint Paul who are basically responsible for carrying out the code enforcement program: Namely, (1) The Department of Parks. and Recreation and Public Buildings, and (2) The Department of Public Safety. The Parks and Recreation and Public Buildings Department is charged with the enforcement of all ordinances relating to buildings within the city, their planning, construction, maintenance, fire protection and'all other matters relating thereto according to the City.Charter, and the Public Safety Department is concerned with health, sanitation and fire protection laws and regulations. There is no formal machinery as yet establishetd requiring the coordination of the two departments. However, there is -and always has been a gond, cooperative working relationship between all levels of the two departments. The inspectors of the two departments are initially instructed and are continually reminded.to be familiar with and recognize violations of regulations and to report them to the proper authorities. In addition, it is common practice for representatives from the Bureau. of Public Buildings, the Bureau of. Fire Prevention and the Bureau of Health to make joint inspections of property. Both departments operate in approximately the same manner. Inspections ar6 made of all new and remodeling work for which a permit is required. Investigations are made on all complaints received'either by telepho$e, letters *or in per$on. In addition, periodic inspections are made on the initiation of the various bureaus on a routine basis. Beginning in January, 1961 through a Federal State Grant, we have inaugurated an inspection and supervision program in all Nursing Homes,'Bdarding Care Homes and Foster Homes. In these inspections we utilize the full time service of one San- itation, one Nurse, and half-time services of a Senior Clerk -Stenographer. The number of housing sinpections dealing with health and sanitation conditions made by the Health Bureau during 1961 was 5,589. Housing Code enforcement was started in January, 1961. The enforeament is under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner of Parks and Recreation and Public Buildings. During December 1960 and January 1961, the Bureau of•Public Buildings compiled lists of multi -family dwellings from such sources as the assessor's records, the City Directory, the telephone directory, reports of Bureau of Health and Fire Prevention Bureau and from their own building insyection reports. 4 All of the present inspectors in the Bureau of Public Buildings are making housing code inspections along with their own building code work. In conjunction with these housing code inspections, all inspectors were given copies of the Housing Code in December, 1960 and indoctrinational meetings were held to reveiw the requirements, the report forms and general procedures, e loc M Attachment "C•• continued The present procedure is that housing code inspections are to be made under the following conditions: 1, llhenever a housing code complaint—Is received 2. SVAenever a building code inspection is made on a family dwelling 3. When specific addresses are assigned to an inspector in accordance with the over-all pian of inspection of all firmly dwellings in the city. It is intended to give careful study to the housing code inspection methods and procedures and to the results obtained- to determine what revisions or extensions of- coverage, should ba made, if any, in order to obtain the best re- sults in the urban xe$e,wal program. A comparison of the total expenditures for personnel -engaged in enforcement, plan checking and adm§Lrzistrative activities by the Bureau of Public Buildings for 1960 and 1961 and 1962 is as Follows 1960 $401,287.06 1961 443,918,00 1962 475,888-00 The City has not only been interested in improving its code enforcement pro- cedures, it lias also -taken steps to improve the quality of the existing regulations. This has been accomplished through two methods, namely, (1) the constant review and up—dating of existing standards of building construction where needed and as the work load permits, and (2) through the appointment by the Mayor of a technical committee, which is of recent origins to study.exist- ing codes and make recommendations' for improvements to the Mayor and the City Council. - d 10d � g NOTE: If any data provided tielow.is for.Aess4han 12 months,_ g1- $ ending dates of the period actually covered. 1. Complete the following for each code already in effect: - NUMBER - O Ic �F? O c u DEP ARTMEtII'0R D I AL' RESPONSIBLE FOR a t � '� S� ��--TO RS KIND OF CODE aN I 1NSP ECTO__S =Q YO- t=GR ADMINISTRATI AND E ORCEMENT I TH! 5 Y E4R i Building i Bureau of+Public Buildings 2 7 1 37 znfr r11 opnhti-211Ming Use B Zd 2. Complete the foll-wing for codes proposed to be adopted during tine 3 enc :3E zf� >g o=x to s - ... �, r-- E> i T 20 fc.4I- K IND OF CODE DEPARTMENT OR OFFICIAL TO BE RESPONSIBLE ? ; 1-4 F25 No new codes ro osed to be adonted _ l - S the following codes already in effect, provide the da to as �Q=c3e- 3. For, each of low for the past 12 months as evidence of the community's BUILDING PLUMBING ELE CTRI CAL 1-i r-> t1 S_t h -c_- ' I ITEM CODE CODE CODE CO i�E CODE - - - } NUMBER OF PERMITS ISSUED UNDER CODE 4735 1741 X700 } -- NUMBER OF INSPECTIONS MADE Z�Z NUMBER OF VIOLATIONS DETECTED'x 2 g 192 -376 ' NUMBER OF VIOLATIONS VOLUNTARILY CORRECTEDt-4* 242 178 327 3C) 5 } ; NUMBER OF STOP ORDERS ISSUED NUMBER OF COURT CASES INSTITUTED,y } A. WON BY CITYB. LOST BY CITY_— •.v S ' C. PENDING•TRIAL D. FINES LEVIED;-(-NUMBER)— }1 E. FINES LEVIED t -1kouct.ouiy violations for which'a formal notice is issued. Multiple violations n oS nay oa a eo However, if records are mairain ed oa — o =r e i a a single = T e r - b — a- sem- use structure should be counted as a single violation. and explain below the basis upon which such figures are maintained- available figures 4Se Attachment 3* 4. Condemnation actions in past 12 ontts In connect- )n with code tJ-1f-�I-F violations - A. DWELLING UNITS CONDEMNED FOR CODE VIOLATIONS 4_ BROUGHT INTO COMPLIANCE WITH CODE AFTER BEING CONDETAN Efl s B. DWELLING UNITS C. DWELLING UNITS RAZED AFTER CONDEMNATION _ - ` d I1 � IN 3, * These are estimates. ** Basically the Bureau of Public Buildings does not resort to bringing people into Court to enforce code 'requirements but use condemnations, double fees, work stoppage, eviction, cutting service, etc. instead, 0 Ila S. Descri i:. a briefly the reslalt of any planned program of code enforcement. if areas o ::E the community have ea nerdy selected since the. last• submission for an espe 4 --sally intensive planned program of code enforcement., identify.them and descri;ue briefly the techniques to he used. D. Zoning CD_ tl - ;mance 1, By wha 0epnrtment or official is the zoning ordinance administered? .wpm s oner of Parks Plaxs nnn lc nl Pihlir RIi IAi r 2. By - department, official, or bound enc variances from the ordinance considered? (See attachment D-2) 3. By wh--mdepartment, "official, or board are cppeals from administrative decisions y cons icl cE!!!: = cc`? (See: to me D-2 4. Fur. is?s the following data for the past 12 months: ITEM N0: FILED NO. GRANTED See gttachment D- A. RE0L3 £STS FOR REZONING B. RE 0:_3 E STS FOR VARIANCES UNDER THE ZONING ORDINANCE C. AP P a ALS FROM ADMINISTRATIVE DECISIONS ON'ZONING E. Subdivis-cs--a Regulations 1. By ui_=� S cienartment or official are the subdivision regulations administered? —(S 2. Nmni a ox preliminary plats submitted during the past 12 months? App _ a -K,,; ecl: 36 Disapproved: 26 See attachment E-1 2. Nu-mheo:f final plats Approve --c1: 36 Disapproved'Withdrawn See attachment E-1 F. Describe 13,=iefly progress made and ,planned to improve (1) administrative procedures, and (2) >_ Acord keeping on administrative actions. (See attachment F) cuppleQe=2ary material required. None required under this section. 12 Attachment "D" D-1 ZONING ORDINANCES' The zoning ordinance is administered by the Commissioner of Parks, Playgrounds and Public Buildings. Applications for rezonings, appeals and special permits are heard by the Board of Zoning which body transmits its Findings and recommendations to the City Council on all matters. The Zoning division of the Planning staff provides technical advice for the Board of Zoning. The procedures.followed in processing applications in all three categories have been submitted in exhibits for previous years. D-2 Applications for rezonings, appeals and special permits are heard by the Board of Zoning, which body transmits its findings and recommendations' to the City Council on all matters. The Zoning division of the Planning staff provides technical advice for the Board of Zoning, e' C 12a 4 , E ' 9 Sir , Attachment "D-4•, sp.,vq�V ro D-4 During the period May 1, 1961` throtigit Aptil '30, 19;62, ¢ fiei oblatq, natters°were processed by thb-Board of Zoning and jh`aXitGolx�tt?1: � May 1; 1961 to Apraf 3D;"]9 Periord ZONING APPEALS ,ER 7 'TOTAL Number filed 64 65{jam y9E ti 22§ '�6 148 Granted By Council 37 41 > oe4.E 1�. 4 Denied by Council 5 6 ri 7 1 _ 0 16 ti4ithdrat,n a �3 Ir_sufficirnt 2 - 2 ar. 14 4 13 �p 19 ,1 y 46 Open a • Administrative approval 80. on which actsar tdYdl place `this, ;Matters reported "open" on pervious report and period. ZONING APT P&,aLS w PRh1T1`S TOTAL Granted by Council 11 7 Pt9w.F Denied by Council 2 Withdratln 2 1 4 a > y'u'S i l g r �. .. v �• 12b Attachment E-1 For the PeriodM. 61 through April 1962, the Plat - Commilss'ibn reviewed the following plafs; Preliminary Plats outside of Saint Paul Considered 38 ° Approved 28 Returned for revisions 2 Prelimnary, Plats in Saint'Paul Considered 3 Approved T (Inc, hold -overs from last year) . Returned for revision 3 o , 'Ihe .Plat Commission approved a total of 36 Final PSats both inside and outside of Saint Paul during this same.- period. ame-period. ' °W n r 12, Attachment F Zoning - The administrative`and•record-keeping procedures'within the framework 6rthe existing ordinance are satisfactory, . U 'IVISIon The proposed.Subdivision Control. Regulations for the City of Saint Paul, approved by the Planning Board on June 20, 1962 have -been submitted to the City Council for consideration and adoption. Adequate"administrative and record-keeping procedures are a part of this proposed „ ordinance, Financing A. aAmount °Expended or Budgeted This Fiscal Next Fiscal -source of - Funds Activity Year Year Code Enforcement Development of Comprehensive -•Plan. $40,000. $15,000 General Funds Zoning Aaministration - pl. Bd. 16,000 16,000 " Subdivision Control Ordinance 1,000 2,000 Neighborhood Analyses 12,000 25,000 *Plus Building Dept, figures - B. None Carry over from last year of approximately $14,000 which is committed to publication of Comprehensive Plan, Thoroughfare Plan and C.B.D. Plan Reports 12d OBJECTIVE:. The recognition of need by the community and the development oaf the means for meeting the costs ,of carrying "out an effeoYtiye•program for the e1•imination_ and prevention of slums and blight. A. Complete the fo`llowing'tahle. If accounts and budgets are not set. up on this basis, reasonably accurate estimates may be used. Estimate expenditures this year an a full 12-monih basis through the end of the community's fiscal 'year. ` - AMOUNT-EXPENDED OR BUDGETED SOURCE OF FUNDS e ACTIVITY - TNIS REXT {-F-ea mata! /undo- -- _ FISCAL YEAR FISCAL YEAR ate.) CODE ENFORCEMENT 35f ' dmi is ration 5 734 368 473 General .Funds DEVELOPMENT OF. COMPREHENSIVE PLAN40 DDD " Building Dept. ION ING ADMINISTRATION 88,934 92,11 General Funds P1 anning=11—A V SUBDIVISION CONTROL ADMINISTRATION . NEIGHBORHOOD ANALYSES B. List any contributions or grunts of money-or services within. the past year to the community., by private sources 'or other public sources; for the kinds af:89tivity �j •indicated in A,. above. c Tn Tcri C. -Does the e6mmtiniLy Lave a.capital improyenents budj;et or.similar program fo-• fiiton in- the fit to re provision of.scheduled" public worl.s and i.mj°rovement:ti? - i X i't .a o is cheChed, what is tile. latest fiscal year t:obcred by this program?1962-1966 If ,No,, is checked, when does the e-ommtiniLy anutenip-inti- foniatlat.int, stichanrogramor budget? 1'egiyning wifit what fiscal year? (See attachment "Co) D. III -scribe briefly any sil;nificant rhanges since the last it in the ram-. umnity's'ahility' or wil•litigness to giv/• finnncia) ,support �.t:o activities in nny' of the categories identified in Paragraph A on the, ivecedin;; page. If the' am(iuntsacunall}• expend -ed last year fat•any estew)i was ,subs L, roll} less t.ltint 1.11ar estimated in fit(- last submission, inilicate the reason therefor. . l=ei_,fly i-tul-i-cttc nuw l.oa_ls_r_V"L_lisiled, for Funds for carrying out Saint Paul's Workable Program are derived from the Real Estate and personal property taxes, Fees, Licenses and special taxes. A charter amendment adopted by the voters in November 1960, changed a per capita taxing limitation to a dollar limitation which for the year 1951 provided an increase in funds for city operating services other than schools to the extent of $1,853,555 and.also provided in 1962 and 1963 an additional $500,000 for each year over the previous year, Saint Paul has since the 1930's consistently maintained a high tax collection ratio as well as in each succeeding year an increase in funds available for City Programs, With these increases in available resources, funds for building and zoning code enforcement of health and -other regulations have been steadily increased during oast years. Although these increases have been needed to handle the increasing.work loads due to increased construction and higher salary costs, they have also been made large' enough to include additional necessary personnel required for urban renewal and related activities. (See attachment "D") E. If one or more federally -assisted Urban Renewal projects are Con tempi a ted, whatt. tentative plans, if any, have been made to provide the community' s share of project costs? Under our State enabling legislation Provision has been made for a tax levy to provide the community's share of Urban Renewal Projects. For St. Paul this amounts , to approximately a quarter of,a million dollars annually. The Redevelopment Tax Levy has been part of taxing program of the City of Saint Paul since the start of its urban renewal program. The present maximum levy is one mill. Following -'the passage of enabling legislation by the State Legislature in 1959, the City may impose an additional one-tenth of one mill levy for the purpose of -financing relocation assistance to all persons displaced by 'any public action. For relocation ' purposes, said mill levy has been budgeted in 1960 and 1961 and 1962. (Continued See attachment "E") Supplementary material required.. Suhmit one copy of capital improvements budget or ,similar program if available. 14 Attachment "Cl: FINANCING SECTION By law, each city department and special agency 'is charged with the development and implementation of a Public.Improvement Program within the scope -of its operation. Through'the years., by informal interdepartment cooperation and with the use of citizen eommi-ttees, an—extremely-high-degree_of�o9geration and success in securing voter approval of bond programs has been achieved. This is recorded in our 1928,. 1953 and 1959 bond programs. City departments and special agencies prepare an annual, and in many cases a two or , more years, Public Improvement Program.- Any improvements that affect. other depart- ments are developed jointly. In addition,•any projects that involve city departments must be approved by the City Council. It is recognized that with an increase in budget appropriations for Public Improve- ments, an increase in state aids for highway and school needs, and the fiscal in- dependence of the special agencies, that a modification of the method used in the development and implementation of a Public Improvefnent Program that will provide coordination'is not only necessary but essential in order to secure mazimum benefits iri accomplishing all elements of a Programed Community Plan, A. Public Improvement Program will be 'developed and coordinated, however, within the framework of existing law. To accomplish this the Mayor named a review and coordin- ating committee that started work in the fall of 1.961 on such a program. Under the direction of John Connelly, Council Research Bureau, and coordinated by Robert Trudeau of the -Comptroller's office and under the guidance of a review committee consisting of'.the.above two plus Mr. Herbert Wieland, Planning Director, Mr. Clemens Schleck, Chief Accountant Comptroller's office and Mr. Frank Madden, Executive Secretary 2nd United Improvement Council a Public Improvement• Program in - eluding a needs study has been prepared covering the period 1962-1966. Departments completed filling out the attached two forms (see exhibits C-1 & C-2) followed 'by - - the review committee holding several meetings with department representatives prior to the preparation of the program. It is anticipated the program will be published in September 1962. Using the experience gained in the preparation of the 1962 program the 1963-1967 program will be started in the fall of 1962. 14a Attachment "D• The 1960 charter amendment provided additional funds for'most city operations in 1962. Specifically in activities directly related to urban renewal appro- priations were increased to the following extent: 1. Public Improvements for sewer and street.projects• were increased — $300,000.00 2. uReplacement or renewal of departmental equipment. 250 000.00 (applies to all city departments) 3. City Planning Board total budget increased 8.39% 4. .Building Department Budget total increased 7.02% S. Health Bureau -total budget increased 4.99% 6. Fire Prevention total budget increased 2.88-- In .88%In addition, 1962 Council appropriation provided for a Redevelopment and relocation tax levy of Total $268,846.00 m P 14b C. A. - Cou.nci Ap-psnp.riation --- .H E R - Funds r�ceived-from the St. P 1 Housing E CITY, PLANNING BOARD OF SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA Redeva -1 opment Authority EXPENDITURES: 1955 - 1961 SALARIES OTHER EXPENSES C.A. H 6 R Total C. -A. H 6 R Total Total H E R Total C. A. GRAND TOTAL 1955 $ 41,821.34 $ 7 ,156.51 $ 48,977.85 $ 4,611.56 $ 77,54 $ 4,689.10 $ 7,234.05 $ 46,432.90 $ 53,666,95 1956 50,466.23 50,466.23 5,558.70 5,558,70 56,024,93 56,024.93 1957 48,914.2-7 22 ;089.54 71,003.81 9,928.35 1,239.27 11,367.62 23,328.81 58,842.62 82,171,43 1958 60,887.25 41,357.08 102,244.33 8,702,50 4,607.74 13,310'.24 45,964.82 69,589.75 115,554,57 1959 92,681.33 1-1 220.16 103,901.69 10,030.92 21810,32 12,841.24 14,030,68 102,712.25 116,742.93 1960 77,941.40 20,200.00 98,141.40- `7,285.56 7,285,56 20,200,00 85,226,96 105,426,96 1961 80,976,41 3-2,800.00 93,776.41 13,444,61 13,444:61 12,800.00 94,421,02 107,221,02 TOTAL C.A. $453,688. 23 $59,562.20 $513,250.43 TOTAL H b R _..- -- ---- -- - 114,823,49 - - - -- $ 8,734,87 --- - _._.-._- $123,558.36 - GRAND TOTAL $568,511.72 $68,297.07 $636,808,79 The amounts re a cai ve d from the St. Paul Housing b. Redevelopment Authority were made available from local tax levy funds for the pt -x- rp ose of bolstering_the City Planning Board's budget to, expedite the preparation of the City's Comprehensive P -L-ax-n. It should be noted that although the amounts made available by the St. Paul Housing 8 Redevelopment AiLx-t=2-iority have decreased since 1958, the City Council appropriations have increased over those of 1958 so that -th a grand total expended by the Board for any subsequent calendar year approximates the total expended in 1958. The Total 1952: C 7 -ry- Planning Board budget from Council appropriations amounts to $106,4236.00 of which the sum of $99,000.00 is da s i gnated for salaries. The size of the ;7-1- Z anning Board staff for the period of 1955-61 follows: 1955 - 9, 1956 - 10, 1957 -'14, 1958 - 17 1959 - 19,1960 17, and 1961 14, The size of the staff at present (August, 1962) is 16, 14c FINANCING (continued) Below is a record of the annual budget for building inspection paid inspectors in the field by the Department of Parks and Recreation and Public Buildings which is charged with the •responsibility 'of en- forcing the Zoning Ordinance, the Building Code., and the Housing Code. Year Salaries Total Budget 1950 $103,120 $123,220 1951 119,120 144,220 1952 119,120 144,220 1953 _ 129,120 154,220 1954 147,878 174,128 1955 209,774 239,024 1956 207,668 236,918 1957 221;668 ', 250,918 1958 228,529 257,779 1959 2281529 257,779 1960 228,529 257,779 1961 248,529 277,779 . 1962 ^' 267,257 296,507 total department budget is $475,888 which includes' inspection, o administration, plus checking, etc. Similarly, the budget for the fire prevention activities of the - Department of Safety shows an increase in the resources being used for the prevention of unsatisfactory conditions: Year Salaries Total Budget 1950 $ 43,198 $ 44,348 1951 43,200 - - 44,350 --- 1952 45;518 - 47,168 1953 46,664 48,314 1954 42,396 44,246 1955 58,671 61,521 1956 60,431 63,281 1957 60,431 63,281 1958 62,244 65,094 1959 65,979 68,829 1960 ' 68,000 70,850 1961 72,200 75•,050 1962 74,366 77,216 14d WORKABLE PROGRAM SECTION 5 The Housing and Redevelopment Authority's Preliminary estimated budget for the fiscal year 1961 based on expected income from the Redevelopment Tax Levy Fund and other sources is as follows: • QUESTION D. Financing — — - The Housing and Redevelopment Authority's preliminary estimated budget for the fiscal year 1962 based on expected income from the Redevelopment Tax. Levy Fund is as follows: Reserve Balance 1/1/62 $ 1,104,250 v Expected"Tax Levy - Redevelopment 255;000 Expected, Tax Levy - Relocation 24,000 $ 1,383,250 Appropriations Cathedral Area General Renewal Project $ 48,345 Hollow General Renewal Project 99,672 Seven Corners General Nelghborhood Renewal Project 26,983 Community Improvement Program Total Cost - 165;000 Local Share -1/3 - 55,000 1962 Portion -500 27,500 Provision for salaries, sundry 6 administrative expense 78,900 281,400 Estimated Reserve Balance for Future Projects - $ 1,101,850 - - QUESTION E. The possibility of a Downtown Urban Renewal project -and its problems relating to the financing of such an undertaking, has been explored. It will not be possible to finance this project through the receipt of annual Tax Levy funds based on a one mill rate. It will, accbrdingly, become necessary to finance this over a period of. approximately ten years by the issuance of Authority bonds to be repaid out of -the tax gain resulting from the redevelopment. This procedure is possible with our present State. Legislation. 14e i •OBJGCTIM A community program -to relocatefamilies displaced by governmental action in decent, safe, and -sanitary housing. within their means. Governmental action includes code enforcement, slum clearance, and, the construction of high- ways and other public works. A. What agency or officials have' the responsibility for. providing relocation assistance to families displaced by all types of governmental action? General relocation 'and Inf_oxmation SP, vice . (see Par F this section for further discussion,) _ Is the responsibility'for relocation planning Placed in the same agency or officials? (lj Yes C j No (See attachment "A") If "No" is checked, name the agency or Officials responsible for relocation planning. • B.I. Ontline in the table below the number of familir.s actuallydisplaced by various types of governmental action during the preceding; year. Past displacement by governmental action from -A L 1961 to Ajj7iil@62 (Pilo. and yr. )_ ( fo. and• yr. ) TYPE OF DISPLACEMENT NO. OF FAMILIES URBAN RENEWAL O HIGHWAYS 2 _ - CODE ENFORCEMENT lOS OTHER (SPECIFY) Port —Authority 200 _ TOTAL-FAMILIE�\DISPLACEO DURING THE YEAR 307 - 2.Indicate whether these families have been satisfactorily rehoused, describing; any problems or difficulties encountered in their relocation. The highway program displacees on the whole experienced little difficulty in finding satisfactory re- placement housing, The relocation experiences of families living in the area con- trolled by the Port Authority were not quite as productive, however, families (See attachment B-2) C.1.(lutline .in the table below the hitest'community plan for the relocation of families to be displaced by governmental action in the next two years. Relocation (lousing Needs. Time Period: —Apsil__l9 2__rDL_lnri 1 1964 (if.. and Yr. to k.. and Yr.) TYPE OF DISPLACEMENT NO. OF FAMILIES URBAN RENEWAL - 865 HIGHWAYS 223 CODE ENFORCEMENT 300 OTHER (SPECIFY) PortAuthority Indus 1 Park 347 ° TOTAL FAMILIES TO BE DISPLACED PUb lic ll Using 134 total, G9 - Relocation Housing Resources` expected for. same time.perio,l TYPE OF HOUSING ,NO. OF UNITS ' EXISTING HOUSING TURNOVER IN PRIVATE HOUSING 5,700 TURNOVER IN PUBLIC HOUSING .680. • NEW CONSTRUCTION PRIVATE NEW I 2,875 PUBLIC NEW 583 UNITS TO BE REHABILITATED ' TOTAL AVAILABLE TO DISPLACED FAMILIES 4517 kk.9.Xkkk OR DEFICIT OF AVAILABLE HOUSING 342 'Include only standard housing that displaced families may reasonably be expected to obtain in competition with other families in the market acd which is within their means, available to, and suitable for their occu- " - panty. Utilization.. of vacancies is to be included with turnover. *Delete above paragraph atld•insert the following (See attachment C-11� a Attachment "A" A. Relocation Planning is the responsibility of the Central Relocation agency which is a part of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority. Attachment B-2 moving from the project area have been steady and continuous with some 196 out of 347 families having been satisfactorily relocated since April'1962 in homes .meeting minimum housing standards. The Central Relocation Agency has assisted .(within its means) in this relocation. Those persons in need of relocation assistance were older citizens receiving Old Age Assistance and/or Social Security. Attachment C-1 "*Includes only standard housing that displaced families may reasonably be expected to obtain in competition with other families in the market and which is within their means. An estimate of such units that are available to and suitable for the type of families to be relocated is obtained by assuming 1011- of 00of the turnover in private housing plus an amount equal to the new public housing (100 of 5700aplus 583). An amount of 342 appears, to be a reasonable estimate of the deficit in available housing for relocation families." It is .assumed in the above that 100 of the turnover in private housing plus 75% of the new public housing, plus 750 of the turnover in public housing would be available for displaced families. It should be noted that the deficit in available housing has decreased from 850 units in 1961 to a deficit of 342 in 1962, which we feel is a substantial improvement in the local situation. 15a 2. Describe the measures being taken to make Ceitain_that this new constrzzcti.nn iniicat-1 ❑hove will take place in tllc *Volume estimated. If :Section 221 or public low -rent housing -is contemplated, what steps have been, or will lee, taken by the community to - obtain such housing. `If a deficit of available housing:shown, whcit mcas:res will he taken to overcome it? Approximately 583 public housing units are being planned or are'under construction with the expectation that additional units will be needed and approved by the City. Section 221 housing may be constructed in one of the existing redevelopment projects. Negotiations' are presently- under way in this re- gard. A housing code enforcement. program has begun which it is expected.will in- crease. the number of standard housing units at low income levels. "D. Iles a long-rerrc (beyond two years) plan "or providing housing for. displaced families been prepared or revised? [-) 'les [.) i\c If "No" is checked, by what time will it be prep.:red ami put into.effect? (See attachment "D") E. Describe any significant changes that lunve occurred since the last sidrmission in the community's ability to provide housing for displaced families, including lionsin,q for minority groups. - 1. The availability vacancy ratio has increased from a low of 1.8 in 1950 to 2.4 in 1950. 2. City Council has approved the construction of additional housing (public) units. 3. Consideration is now being given to using future portions of cleared or vacant land for additional housing and the provision of relocation housing within future renewal areas. 4. The State Legislature has approved a Fair Housing Bill, effective on December 31, 1962 which trill assist minority groups in acquiring housing in the private market. F. .Indicate progress made, or planned, is establishing working relationships between officials responsible for this phase -of the program for Community Improvement and those of all governmental programs likely -to cause family d.isplace-nent--hoth in helping plan relocation needs and resources and in helping displaced families re- locate in the housing available or to be made available. e The responsibility for relocation planning is vested inmthe office of the Central Relocation and Information Service. This agency was establfshed as a result of mn agreement between the City of Saint Paul and the Housing and Redevelopment Authority. The Authority relocation staff, 'under the supervision of the Authority's. Assistant to the, Executive Director, is required to -provide relocation assistance to all per- sons displaced by any public .action. Funds for this purpose are annually provided -by one-tenth mill Relocation Tax Levy. Since the relocation staff is part of the Authority's staff, displaced persons and families will be assisted not only in 'acquiring private housing but public 'low -rent housing as well. (See attachment "F") Supplementary material required. Submit one copy of any report or plan for the relo- cat3. of displaced families prepared since the last submission. Attachment "D" D. The information to be gathered within the Community Renewal Program will serve to formulate a complete plan for long range satisfaction of relocation. _ The results expected from the now beinS F=ormed Mayor's Committee will further assist in the stimulation of needed-- 6location housing. Attachment "P — P. A 4;ayor's committee of Civic, Business and City agencies is being formed for the purpose, among other things, of studying and promoting relocation housing and utilization of,Section 221 housing as an aid to the local housing situation. In addition to the above, one neighborhood social agency is actively participating in relocation aid. The Neighborhood House has assigned staff people to assist families to be relocated from within the Riverview neighborhood. V d16a ,iC:i t T: Ce •irlur.i i�,!<: P{'r tr{1 Lnn p...i of i(_i 1.i rit.zenn� r„Ga.i_y'1,un' '!i 1. ,. �, ��' _. .. .rru L Ld in I CC tedaren S 11 C C CS S. - z C,,;'„ ,,;,xi"v l r. r c. m: wilt. Mayor and Renresentatiwes of the Saint Paul !lousing and Redevelopment Authority, w r r t'iay _1961--- -- 2. Average of once per month, iLas= meeting was held July 9, 1962, The Comm_ttee, known as the Saint Paul rctropolitan Improvement Committee, was described in detail together with list of z:mbership in our last sub zission. This Committee held its first meeting on Friday, way 19, 1961, (Minutes of initial meeting are attached to this submission as Exhibit ), h*hile -_..is co-littee was named mainly (described in minutes) to coordinate Urban Rencwal and Redovelopmcnt in the City of Sint Paul, it has grown in statue where it has cor:.c to be responsible for many of the progressive projects mentioned in the opening paragraphs of the declaration of policy of this submission. Five subcomnittees were named at the time of the initial meeting of the committee namely, planning and survey, financial (See att chment ii. -3) „•. October 1961 --- . ,.., zc)t". �.::('; , :•{•tier.:.. Name Organization or Title Reverend Blaine Barr (Chairman) Asst. Pastor, Cathedral of Saint Paul Reverend R. 111, Langhans Pastor Redeemer Lutheran Church Daniel Jacobowski Member of the Catholic inter -racial Counsel Ernest Cooper ! Executive -director Saint Paul Urban League Raymond Rangel President, !,.eague of Latin American Citizens Carl Hennemann Momber Trades and Labor Assembly Mrs. Maxine Jasmin Member of League of women Voters Thomas Trost President, Young Christian workers Federation 2. .1 i.'IL`: If. ( �� !:�i: •, irk. ) :.:. t :: ., '(:. )' i.. . , The above,•committee has been holding regular meetings in seeking solutions to minority group housing problems, The membership of the committee is so constituted by training, experiencb, and representative of many walks of life so that the community can readily -expect fruitful results from the deliberations and work of this committee in meeting the committee's objectives and purposes. Attachment B-3 and legal, nublic information, property development and civic interest. All of these subcommittees have been active anal functioning, P_ _ .agenda of the Board of Directors meeting of the entire committee is attached t o phis submission, dated May 14, 19G2, who the committee recommonds to the � or and City Co nril the accomplishment of a Central Business District redevelop -_"'_t project, and if the land is assembled by means of Urban Renewal procedures `v ailable to the city, the i:atr000litan Improvement Committee will endeavor to produce the necessary dcveloaers, builders and tenants to carry the Project.tla rough to completion. Attadhed to this submission as supplementary material i s a brochure developed by this committee regarding the CBD project. Because of t'_ -a <_– structure of this committee, the Dlayor's office is fully aware of _the faces that we still do not have an advisory citizens committee dealing with the e 1CZ-_ r ants of the workable program. The Mayor's office, however, is at the preserr-2-- engaged in selecting: such a committee, that will be directly responsible to Mayor and Ci y Council of Saint Paul. Subcommittees will be apaointed, one f6= each element of the work ble program. -These subcommittees will be the mean- by which .the members are assigned tasks and kept busy. It is planned that t o advisory committee.will represent a good cross-section of the entire community-_ The. initialproject undertaken.by this committee will be ;to educate the 1Re__1=� a rs of the committee as r to the operation, goals, and objectives of Urban Renew .--_ Announcement of such a committee is ea'pected'very shortly. �. ?'ist any o her subeoflmittees of theC1ti 7.Pi 7'. :'tnq`u comilltten estahl ishe" or to lie rstabl'. !md,, to stmly special nroLiem:-;, s°tt ;n`; o°iici l.s ural citizen groups r; pie ^.t(td. In order to study. the city.' financial picture : d to develop a long range an program, the Mayor named in October., 1961, a la member committee from names subtnitted by major civic and citizen organizations. The mcm2)ership.to.ether with sponsoring organizations is as,follovis::. Name Organization Mrs. 11. F. Slawik (Charman) Sec. _ Town $ Country Motors 0, R. Springsted ocd ngstcd z'ennetii L. Sovereign .gado__ r Ccmnany A. L. Sedt•aick y Club _ • Vi^.al Mitchell 1;F L o C rani aticn Clifton Parks House of "'c'-'resontatives N. C. Norton C merical Clubs of Saint Paul (See^-att'achment "D") E. lescril:c briefly citizen participation carried out or i.lannod For nci�hbnr- hom;s or n.eas to he directly affected by cit•ara::ce, intensive code (nf-orcement, conservation, etc. ine Cathedral and Sa-by-dale areas of Sant P t.1 ._ planned Urban Rer.cwal are s. A citizens comdttoc, known as the Nc_ti: Central Cc:::::anity Council,'headcd by it President, LeRoy Lazenberry, has been 'harc! a_ wor:< for .. 1c, , -'iod of time e;plaining to the citizens in the affoct�d areas ,c;tatnUrban Rc-lowal is and how it works, This same organization, like others established in Saint Paul have been quick to aid and assist our local housing authority in ma':ing,d-cisions of benefit to these areas and their inhabitants. j•, Summar. zc .._•ief ly 5i;;:ii`ic at cha n;;c:; tiu:lvr... .aixn Mace yirice, tits last szihi"i.s- sion in tl.r e:!teni of ci.tizcn :sl;pport at:f! tr tin the: coo: uiL} i:: -:cn:i nt effort includi^.g si:;r.; icant activ;tiies !msis:.:;s, I'ro£rs.sional ami civic ;;roans Mid of tii:e mess, radio andto lev is in.:. .::lira tc i:r.w „pais %'or thcr co aii:;r vca:. As mentioned before, the work of the Mctropoiitan lmprovemont Committee has been responsible for r.:uch.of the new improver in the corunity and much that is. planned for the future. New projects and imp_ovc.acats are planned and many are still'in the developing stale. Radio and Telovision locally has bee^ of grew benefit as all stations have been co_ operatin^a , in Mous programs derlin� with Re- r.e:•:al and redevelop rent. Our local newspaper; the^SLint Paul Pioneer Press and Dispatch has published lengthy articles on the subject of Public Housing and Urban Renewal to -acquaint the citizens of.our community of projects and plans. Subject articles are attached to this submission as supplesentary material. This special type of cducatic:i has resulted in a nein and refreshing,spirit in our co::mtunity as evidenced by ca::_taigning done in our recent spring election. Suphlcmentary mat;:rial required. Submit aysilalil-e r'aterial, incl-nding a co>>v of hfe Citizens' 'advisory Committee report and other laically preparedAplanatorv` material, press clippings, and similar material, evMeneing citizen participation and interest since- the last snhmission. is Attachnii3nt nLn Na, z at On • Jr. ._ ..L'1 C o Realtor- Jos^p;z T, G'::, ili' .U*'icr C .:oer of Cor.MCrCC Mrs. G. cci aticn SCi:a; a0 Sonator hirs, E1_..r'ge, Jr. �_._vea ty A ..._ _ Association On jur _ ; 902, and fol lcs;inf, c s Lt dG Co unity leadc_s, D!ayo_ V._:c.:as nar„ d a coariittee sLd; ei. -rent io sin , r c _is placed on private-._ Ci:c C :':ince ,-.erred included; Jo _-chardson.,_,,man - 'c _ S._,:t P ul Coe., it �' J.-..... -, ... ha_i.., :, .�".ai..- n r.rea Cha'.iber �... - `. .__. �, t Civic 0: -Che Saint nd L,bo- Asy C. C. Ti ..cy secrctay Of the Saint Paul Board crs . Co^:...__ has held various ,.._� _ "s cc, bciappcintcd to ia::e complete to the Mayor. _ Lignin zs rof this con^.ittec are anacaed It has' further a_sin clinic" i11 culilic geared -ow-rd providing inion 't i on scale- p ccs and to re- ha3_t_ _�zi,c. and improvements by _..c_v_.cL__ ho.:easters, !ie day-night clin-ic will, be ..aid Scnte,:ber 20, 1962, -at Saint-s,omrs College _., Saint.Paul, EXHIBITS SUBMITTED WITH 1962 COMMUNITY IMPROVEMENT.PROGRAM Sections Ordinance No. + C&O-1 Amendment to Legislative Code 9.32 12106. C$0-2 64.03 Par.(m) 12233 64.03 Par.(P) 11975 C$0-4 .� ., .� .. 1.10 & 1.11 20.01 & 20.02• 12107 C$0-5 .. .. .� ., 1.10 $.15r.O1 . 15.02 12006 C$0-6 " 22.05 12089 23.05 12149 CF,O-7 Latest Copy of Housing Code 12113 Published December 23, 1961. C-1 "Saint Paul's Population Characteristics - 1460 with Projections to 1970 and 1980." Community Plan Report #12. C-2 Saint Paul's Central Business District Plan. C-3 "Saint Paul's Economic Study" Community Plan Report #10. Published July 1961. This report was not available.for submission at the time of last year's recertification and is.being submitted at this time. C-4 Public Improvements Program completed. Available September, 1962. Forms and data sent to Departments December 1961 attached. * C-5 Proposed Subdivision Regulations approved -by Planning Board June 20, 1962. C-6 Proposed Zoning Amendments: (1) Proposed C-1 Multi -Family Zone (2) Proposed revision of Industrial Zones C-7 "Saint Paul's Plan for Fire Stations." Community Plan Report #11. C-8 "Interim Final" Comprehensive Plan Currently being reviewed by Planning Board. Review completion expected by Mid -September. C-9 "Interim Final" Thoroughfare Plan approved by Planning Board on July 27, 1962. a To be available September 1, 1962. x C G-lA .Past and potential growth in the proposed Frost Lake Elementary School service area. C G- 1B Past and potential growth in the Phalen Park Community #4 as delineated in. Community Plan Report #9 and with special emphasis on the proposed Wheelock Elementary School service area. C G -1C Past and potential growth in the proposed Upper Afton and Afton -Ruth Elementary School service area. C J-1 Planning Board's 1962 Work Program. H.D.F-1 Renewal Programs as Related to Existing Housing Supply. C.P.B3-1 Metropolitan Improvement Committee - Plan.of Action. C.P.B3-2 Minutes of the first meeting of the St. Paul Metropolitan Improvement Committee. C.P.B3-3 "Capital Centre" Project. Newspaper Items: Housing. Progress and Plans Outlined. Dispatch - September 8, 1961. Public Housing Questions Answered. Dispatch - September Si 1961. Incomes Limit Public Housing Dwellers. Dispatch - September 6, 1961'. Urban Renewal Tied to Housing Need. Dispatch September 7, 1961. 4 -Urban Renewal Committees Named. Dispatch August 1961. Group to Study Rental Housing. Dispatch June 15, 1962. Moriarty to Head Housing Group. Pioneer Press June 29, 1962. St. Paul Clinic on Low Rent Housing Set. Mpls. Tribune August 11,11962. Loop Rebuilding Proposed. Dispatch — August 16, 1962. Call; p l Centre e A Project for the Central Business District of .Downtown Saint Paul 1 x<' : SAINT PAUL is a modern, progressive city, providing cannot carry its proportionate, share of the tax load, thegbome- much in the -way of advantages and opportunities for those who . owners, along with business and industry outside the loop, must =y,, liveor do business within its boundaries. There is, however, one inevitably take up the slack. x-, - note of discord in the otherwise harmonious pattern of daily life Other cities throughout America have been, or are, con- -the generally rundown condition, of the Central Business Dis- fronted with the same problems. Many have already faced up trict. This is a fact that has long been disturbing to average to them, recognizing that old, worn out sections of their Down - citizens as well �s to business interests. town district are uneconomic in relation to their city government, e Inecent years, some modernization, has taken place in as well as for private property owners. Cleveland, Rochester, "^ certain areas of Downtown. Imposing new buildings stand as Hartford, Pittsburgh, Providence and Minneapolis are but a evidence of the progress that can. be achieved by individual initia- few wherein an aroused community has taken corrective action. tive. But it hasn't been enoagh. The need for Downtown renewal, and for immediate ac- -There can be no question but that Saint Paul would, in tion on it, is generally well-recognized throughout the city. As a due course, rebuild itself over a period of a great many years. result, civic, business and labor leaders, along with government Civic pride, and faith in the future ofthe city, will not permit officials,have combined and coordinated their efforts into a major a continuing decline in the. Downtown area's usefulness and project—Capital Centre—and have united to present it. Con - value. But a dramatic speed-up must be achieved in the process . tinned cooperation and action has been assured to move it along - of renewal for the simple reason that people, right now, need as swiftly as possible through the months and years ahead. and want a better Downtown: Saint Paul thus accepts the. challenge to create a vital new A vital, unseen factor is also at work, exerting pressure Central Busines's District that will be of benefit to all who live, for faster renewal — declining property values, with consequent work or visit in the city. dedlining tax revenues to the city. This is where decay in the The plans for Capital Centre— and the program to make Downtown area hits hard at all of Saint Paul. For if Downtown it a reality—are illustrated.and described in this booklet. 1 , , C..",., CENTRE is a bold venture. In concept, it had There should be no concern on the part of business and to be large enough to create its own new environment and per- property owners in the project area over the changes that might occur. The. program to achieve Capital Centre will follow an . mit adequate replanning in relation to adjacent areas. ' P g P orderly procedure over the years and full consideration will be UUU Thelans were developed as a solution to the special P P P given to all who are, or will be, doing business in the area. � V,problems of Downtown Saint Paul and in relation to the to pography and existing structuees of the Central Business Dis- made, but there will he problems, and decisions will to be trio. As will be seen on the map at the left, the present street made but the overwhelming advantages and benefits will cer- system will be retained and integrated with new freeways and tamly more than offset the inconveniences -involved. //— future streets in the periphery of the Downtown area.' The overall concept of Capital Centre is firm. But within P P Y P 0 By no means can, or will 11 of Dow own be new. Cap- it, there is also considerable leeway for All who wish to coordi- M110, V nal Centre will be a star[ an it is that its development nate their private plans with the'pram. `\ will create the incentive for the rehabilitation of adjacent prop- Capital Centre is not a dream or a speculative venture. erties. _ It is economically feasible and, through . public and private G «� o„ " It is expected that there will be great enthusiasm for the _ partnership, can, become a reality. The Urban Renewal Pro - 0 \' Centre, as well there should, for such a development has long gram of the Federal Government, combined with united com- .. been awaited. But it must be` remembered that the changes will munity action, will make it possible. How such renewal will �- not occur overnight and that the realization of,the total plan benefit Saint Paul is illustrated and described on the following • �/ ' will carry into the 1970's. pages. RED color indicates the building areas involved in the proposed Capital. Centre project which runs from Wabasha to Jackson, and Fifth to Seventh streets. This is essentially the geographic heart of the- Central'Business District. GREEN area indicates the location - - - • - of scheduled freeway construction. u _e .- r -a..._. _w.. ..✓�sr _-wawVuv.�cr�nna::r� n,,. ,..sTxt�h ' y4 i A5 a"%' ` •�`�8.>i�i.. — - ��, :. .. - _ - � _ _ , �a:.;F� - _ �,.,. �s+,a,...�'` _ - ,sr � -_ ,,,. a �.. ,, ,,,• '�•� _•.. .,at'�* �,, .:. _ a� - .. .. `tee, .�.'" � � � ;t.�. ,�, ,s,;'� ` ,. _ moi— z':_,;,,. .,• - _'_�" ' �' �, _ t r�z~.'t r r:> ..,�y, x: k 1 , OL MOO 109�0� WM PIP _ 00 - �� :-'> :',1".' -r;Y _ :, •2e 3 ��yv - y ,, r.. _ -,� •. :-„'�,,,�� - -m.,•'."- �'s`'.�3.^:: .,,. ..:: .t�.�' E P� '� ''T�+%`"-,e�y;.4 Rsn^' k` !'g pF �.;'-.,_..�3 , � � , x} d r tj I' c �P: gru r. ;r -s$y9�a .._.:�I '_ ..; tir.r� i r- F- •ap��a�..�wr/ -- r en'' �Fx�" -� /' !& .. ... . ""�G._ , - - -_m �.• t, c ;..• i� it ,__ / .. '. '1., � � - � �,._,' _ � :e�,.a j 00 - +Y '+fix M ' .a. _� � - � - .' ” !'. d {, � of t""L• � '``�.�^ . -y. r51.. r IC V a a J1, _ _.�++ - *�^��., i � -��, ..: Ltd= r�^F .r+.�r �!: .! ' fi� "'a`�-`� } a' w `•, � ' - y. , - - F �\,. _ �+3.` �.... � 7 wit''» t it `�"�.,�+w-r'�'� ��"a �^" . a ,+• ri' �`c � � „ � 7 i .r Ll 1 1, Q RENTAL VEHICULAR F ® VERTICAL CIRCULATION g Wabasha Street Level. Dominant feature of this site plan`is the network (shown in blue) of pedestrian passageways that ties together the entire complex of both new and existing office buildings and stores. Starting at Fifth and Wabasha streets, and extending to the east, is a public open court that will be beautifully landscaped. Such an area will be most attractive and pleasing to pedestrians, and to office workers'in adjacent buildings. Yellow areas show where new buildings will be constructed. Gray areas indicate new space for private automobile parking. Red spots mark, the location of escalators and elevators for the movement of pe- destrians between levels. Cedar Street Level Capital Centre is designed to solve much of the conflict between pe- destrians and automobiles. Gray areas indicate space provided for the movement and parking of vehicles. New areas for, private automobile parking, and for the use of trucks servicing buildings, are shown in gray within the boundaries of streets. Public open space in the form of courts is shown along Fifth stteet; between Fifth and Seventh, Robert and Jackson; and along Seventh be- tween Cedar and Minnesota. Retail frontage, combined with the courts, will create a most pleasant shopping environment. The red spots mark the location of escalators and elevators for the movement of pedestrians between levels. SEVENTH Subgrade Level 3 s O The.automobile is a major factor on the urban scene—and in Cap - S I X T H ital Centre. Along with better transit, an efficient traffic system and adequate parking are important to the success of the project. To be really efficient, parking must be as near as possible to the drivers' des- tination. With high intensity development Downtown, this has usually meant that parking structures occupy valuable land, or are relegated to the periphery. F I F T N In Capi�! Centre it is proposed to "bury" the automobile when it is TI ES not in use and, as will be seen in the gray area, provision is made for expanded underground parking. WASASHA CEDAR MINNESOTA ROBERT JACKSON SECTION EAST -WEST 1�RENTAL VEHICULAR E _ VERTICAL CIRCULATION ~ SEVENTH S Wabash.a Street Level o r H e Subgrade Level Dominant feature of this site plan is the network (shown in blue) of m z pedestrian passageways that ties together the entire complex of both O The automobile is a major factor on the urban scene — and in Cap - 3 f new and existing office buildings and stores. S I X T H ital Centre. Along with better transit, an efficient traffic system and _ Starting at Fifth and Wabasha streets, and extending to the east, is a adequate parking are important to the success of the project. To be public open court that will be beautifully landscaped. Such an area will really efficient, parking must be as near as possible to the drivers' des - be most attractive and pleasing to pedestrians, and to office workers in ® tination. With high intensity development Downtown, this has usually ® ® e meant that parking structures occupy valuable land, or are relegated adjacent buildings. to the periphery. Yellow areas show where new buildings will be constructed. Gray F I F T H In Capital Centre it is proposed to "bury,'.' the automobile when it is Q areas indicate new space for private automobile parking. Red spots mark the location of escalators and elevators for the movement of pe- not in use and, will be seen in the gray area, provision is made for o expanded underground parking. destrians between levels. Cedar Street Level Capital Centre is designed to solve much of the conflict between pe- destrians and automobiles. Gray areas indicate space provided for the movement and parking of vehicles. New areas for private automobile parking, and for the use of trucks servicing buildings, are shown in gray within the boundaries of streets. Public open space in the form of courts is shown along Fifth street; between Fifth and Seventh, Robert and Jackson; and along Seventh be- tween Cedar and Minnesota. Retail frontage, combined with the courts, will create a most pleasant shopping environment. The red spots mark the location of escalators and elevators for the movement of pedestrians between levels. . r . WABASHA CEDAR - MINNESOTA ROBERT. JACKSON SECTION EAST -WEST Y2 �, a 10 t".r'Y Views of Downtown Saint Paul inFuture Yeax�s "f s��x` I J 3figa `t y s r e - ,w is recognized that the Central STs - ,YL', Z..f i HE CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT of Downtown t0- OF what might be attained but It, x IST Business District of the future Will not resemble in exact detail ; morrow will differ dramatically from what it is today. WMta rt Handsome new office buildings ... elegant, modern what is pictured. They are of particular value, though, in show - 8 retail stores ...pedestrian passages over streets ...open ing the course that plans For the future might take. In effect. • t 5-� a plazas and courts....setbacks along building lines—all they dramatize the goals that are sought in the overall plan— these changes and more will greatly affect the physical appear- the use of Public open space throughout the project ... the - separation of vehicular and pedestrian traffic ... the climate- yg ance of the area. P Just what Capital Centre will look like wcontrolled passageways and the provision for more off- iv ff- i ar when it is com- {' P pleted is somewhat difficult to visualize at this time. But the street parking. 4 t concept of it has been established, along with certain elements- There exist within the overall plan for Capital Centre a z ri�4 t#j relating to it, and on the basis of such a foundation, architects great many opportunities for private development and it is s� have made drawings of how specific areas within the Centre hoped that the presentation of this project will generate con relating appear in the years ahead. As will be seen from a study siderable activity in this respect. Civic courage and individual of them, the Central Business District will truly become an at- initiative can thus be joined together to help create the new h 'tractive and pleasant area in which to work; shop or visit. Central Business District that is so necessary to the growth and These drawings are presented to show the possibilities progress of Saint Paul. Climate -controlled. pedestrian -'passageways located above streetlevel will extend throughout Capital Centre. Here is a view of one such _ connection between buildings ,.I at Fifth and Minnesota .streets, - looking south towards the Mississippi River. _ The character that can be achieved From within the arch of the new Daytons' building, now under construction, looking eastward on Seventh street at Cedar. Note the setback of the building line at the right and how this feature helps achieve a more open feeling amid the surrounding buildings and stores 1 in the new Downtown Saint Paul of tomorrow can be seen in this view of a proposed plaza to be located at the corner of Wabasha and Filth streets. 0 From within the arch of the new Daytons' building, now under construction, looking eastward on Seventh street at Cedar. Note the setback of the building line at the right and how this feature helps achieve a more open feeling amid the surrounding buildings and stores 1 OO.A p*P*Pv for ps I* 1"Mrs poll ;00-,o - fr -00i �Mpry Poll ;00 00%, Pwwrl, 0000�00 PRF rpm PwPF Mal vir 777i . I FPrFffFff pff FRIEF I IN pffIff PFFFIF wr HIM I FIf Pf IRPIPPIPMPIP1 PWR 1 1111 TPU11114 l��MIN111111 MINIM PIN 11 1111 - 7-ir- IN 1504 oil - k_y 4ft 7� IVAN -AA JIM 110 - . ro, I '. . � R lei V. - rA.- lid- MOVII am, an j1A ;JA Ito 6 + 4 � �.�_ - �," I� 1 - � - i�!-+fid. a _ . _ •!{ 1 ;Y ,ij. , �\ I � -- � ®I ''� �� ,fir! 1� . -`• ..,. w - hl�j1�'I � ;ul�� Ij��,,'�f� lC�'.-�� I "� . � : T f � : ;wl !' 3=�;n �•'' �� `'/11 =, /','• •�j ` 11i 1, � I �' � - IIII �� :Yiiii��ll i� � 1/.,+ 1 � ice!"i• ;� '��, � ��; .� � -Fi) '� ��: • : � -�� .{��;'ice' � %;%/ 1 I, �� .�.ri�'7i♦FW;wlrrw � 'x � , ,� ' Ctt' t: ,� ,�t, �� 4 , � . 2. Yoh � { ��' :�%"�= � i� �` ��t1 • _ i i �t'% Mul - - - _ � � - _- / ` C._ `''�•,. �~� � � - � �`�1 \4i■�11�1\{i�i'� IV \1 i ; C1.,3 t� / Y 11 �./ �/�<: �, / i It MA LAND AND BUILDING VALUES AGE OF BUILDINGS ea (8 -Block Ar ). • �.� Corttrucled Structurv.� 1956 Land and Building Value S1 L333,70'_ - .. •i i. 1c(_orc 1900 ........... 56 I960 Land Value ....... . 7.016.415 19. ............ 2 _ 4 ....... 19611 Building Value . ........ 3,328,8071990'10.1-2) - �I4� -. • - - ,� .` .j i 1910-4r, ....... 3 � � 1947-55 .. ... - .. ....Dotal 87 1960 Arca Aaluauon ... . (8 -Muck total) .... )145 '"i' 1(. .•-.- 1960 Project Arca Valuation .. .... .. ............ 7,250.442 �" /1 I t ti� -• "�.. + - - u 1960 Project Area. OF VACANT SPACE Assessed Valuation 2,910,176 574.222 1 - `i, Asx.•, .. /ecent 1961 tont Real Estate es ... Total Space Vnr am the present two n u toed that 1975 tax revenues from Number .Square Fret 1958 the project arca would amount to approximately 5'-.300.000—an the amount _ - 7 ... 177,728 .............. 11.50 INCREASE of about $1.700.000 annually. r •,_ /. t� x .. 601,596 .............. 9 .. .. .. 459.248 26.97 R.'2 - - �f"r _:',. �r7 -1 .� �C L►� - " --- -.. .. . t ��_`-•l � ... ��a�d ff 10 256.171'- .... .... . 146,1. a ......... 1 I ...... .. ....... 12 83 I'_ .. '_53,187 8.14 .... .-..— 11 347,402 4.13 10.06 14 335 )( i6 .. . ... ands `f4"7 Ill) l4!!�u� F ^❑�� I _-_ lur�ul `� i � d and building i Roan Hotelhas since been raze Weya s h )ding I in n i s vacant, — _ 'J 1975 ESTIMAIED AREA REQUIREMENT ss. ARTA PROVIDED I3Y PROJECT " F (in square feet) - 1 Additional 7ond t _ z - _ 1975 De 1 1975 F'rnridcd hi Dir lured llsc P .Smith' X yuire•uu•nt Project a I ..., 837.3 305 000: 1,142,307 6�0 000 ...� - 1 crxonal Sec 2.530 Personal 50.000 � .580 50.000 Oflice 189,832 I. 565,000 754,832 1,725,000 1' IJV MoteHi I 241,50W m _41,500 Misc. CHD Uses' 856,378 128,000 984,378 -`-�•�--...-.r,2 I 1 )/ r � I�. C�9 -_.-_• �.. .. . .. TOI AI_S 1,886,097 _. 2,289,500 4,175.597 2,395,000 - II11I(✓ it...... - -""`" � Parking: Sq F1.) 2 50.039 1 I 6,700 ' _7 I .37 �;�Ot81 6901300 ` (Spaces) - 619 y _ ��--:_-__•. Underground pnrktnl; ramp ill he a feana, of Capital 'Larry Smith Economic Analysis of Saint Paul 1958. —� Cenrrr 71us akrtrh shores the rmrunu m a . propau,rI = 482 rooms at 500 sq. ft. each. -- rump he 1—wed on the north side ref Fifdr sweet. ' Includes commercial, recreational and clubs. A. Smith Inner Zone Parking Requirement ( 13,875) minus existing supply in "core" (6,256). ' a LuILL_ MT _ 7 mv" i t �,r I I G Man _ l� ■ �, ` t q1 I W K ' Facts is Rel a,'„ in Vo The Pr 1'>,ectr Area TOTALS 1,886,097 2,289,500 4,175,597 2,395,000 LAND AND BUILDING VALUES 1,377,008 690,000 AGE OF BUILDINGS 8,658 2,300 ' Larry Smith Economic Analysis of Saint Paul 1958. 482 rooms at 500 sq. ft. each. - (8 -Block Area) Year Number of Constructed Structures 1956 Land and Building Value ......... ....... $11,333,702 Before 1900 .................... 56 1960 Land Value ............................ 7,016,425 1900-19 ....................... 22 ^. Building Value 3,328,807 1920-29 ....................... 4 1960 ......................... 1930-46 ....................... 3 1960 Area Valuation 1947-58 ....................... 2 (8 -block total) ...... ................... 10;345,232 Total • 87 1960 Project Area Valuation .............................. 7,250,442 1960 Project Area PERCENTAGE OF VACANT SPACE Assessed Valuation ...................... 2,910,176 Percent 1961 Total Real Estate Taxes ......... .. ....... 574,222 Block' Total Space ' Vacant At the present time it is estimated that 1975 tax revenues from Number Square Feet 1958 the project area would amount to approximately $2,300,000 — an 377 728 7 • . • .. • • • • • • • .. "" ...... 11 50 INCREASE of about $1,700,000 annually. "8 ............... 603,596 .............. 9 .. ....... 459,248 .............. 26.97 10 ....... . 256.172 .............. 8.22 11 . 345,334 .............. .... 32.83 12 ....... 253,387 .............. 18.14 . ,. 13 .............. 347,402 ............ 4.13 � 'r`a• 14 .............. 335,066 .............. 10.06 yti -Ryan Hotel has since been razed and Weyands building 11 is vacant. 1975 ESTIMATED AREA REQUIREMENT vs. AREA PROVIDED BY PROJECT (in square feet) Additional Total 1975 Demand 1975 Provided by Use Displaced Smidtr Requirement Project Retail 837,307 305,000 1,142,307 620,000 Personal Ser. 2,580 50,000 52,580 50,000 Office - 189,832 1,565,000 1,754,832 1,725,000 Motels, Hotels 241,500, 241,500 Misc. CBD Uses' 856,378 128,000 984,378 TOTALS 1,886,097 2,289,500 4,175,597 2,395,000 Parking: (Sq. Ft.) 250,308 1,126,700+ 1,377,008 690,000 (Spaces) 1,039 7,619 8,658 2,300 ' Larry Smith Economic Analysis of Saint Paul 1958. 482 rooms at 500 sq. ft. each. - '' Includes commercial, recreational and clubs. 4 Smith Inner Zone Parking Requirement (13,875) minus existing supply in "core" (6,256). SEVENTH ST. -i - _ -- SIXTH ST. D — m O D - - Z a -- D- +-- Z W = j rn civ o - Zl F1FTi aria ,D . .j s+ Li FOURTH ST. .�� — i l U)r 7-17-1 I i L _ -- - - --4--+-+-�—f-_. - - �y �✓; .H :x W � VVV Oullinrd in blur are the hot lane, of die Wil -1 rate tial area roared _a by the Appliruri, of it,,, th,ti, lig an I Redevelopment Awl riiv of Saint Paul. Properp• nil included in the Applicaliun it chutrn in R -y. As will he .teen by contparirtg IN, reap frith It,,, aur shown in the front of lir honk, the A utl rip, area iv larger than the project arra covered by the Capital Centre proposal. I; The Urban Retie-v�, al Prog'rain .dor (Capital Centre C,nt, (FITRE will be the focus for a creative public, and private partnership: Only such a partnership can make it work. The public partner must create, through Urban Renewal, the opportunity for the private partner to invest. It is important, -therefore, to view Capital Centre as an Urban Renewal Project. Federal funds are available from the Urban Renewal Administration contingent upon meeting requirements and pro- cedmcs as set forth by the Administration. 1 he Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Sunt Paul is the organization through which the community "- will icf to utilize funds for this project Upon approval of the project by the Saint Paul City Council, the Authority will initiate actions leading to the first stake of Federal approval. Survey and planning activities will then be carried on under the direction of the Authority-, and upon it favorable con- clusion, the Authority would enter into it Loan and Grant con- tract with the hedcrtl Government for the financing of the project activities. At the present unit it is estimated that the gross project coni would be oppioximately 25 -million dollars. This would covet the cosh of land acquisition, demolition of structures, project inmprovemcnts and related costs that ate determined to he completely improvements of benefit to It* 'project. - The resale value of the land would be about 6 -million dollars, leaving an actual net cost of about 19 -million dollars to be shared by the Federal Government and the Saint Paul City Government. Two-thirds of the net cost would be paid by the Federal , Government; this would amount to approximately 13 -million dollars. 1 he remaining one-third, or 6 -million dollars — the local shine — would be financed by additional tax revenues re- sulting from the project. I he Authority will perforin essentially the following functions: I. Acquire properties and clear property titles 2.- Demolish structures 3. Pay for the relocation of people and businesses (actual moving expenses) d. Project improvements such as utility changes and street chances as are necessary and -that completely serve the project area 5. Dispose of property for the determined fair use value of the land. The land sale price is determined on the basis of recent comparable sales of open land within or near the project area 'file community will perform essentially the following functions: .I. Approve the Renewal (Redevelopment) Plan 2. Develop streets, utility systems and other public improve - 1 m merits that are ncassan for the completion uio n (f the activities of the project but are not completely of benefit to the project area as specified in the Plan 3. Pay, for it portion of the one-third share of the Net Project Cost if found necessary for a satisfactory financing program W STAFF MEMBERS _ William R Carter. Jr.. I eecum(e Director Herbert C. Wieland. Director of City Pla—mg G _ James A. Haner, Assismnt Director Burdette R. Teie, Asvivmnt Planning Director - 13. B. Chapman, D'irecmr o/ Planning William Rutz. .Senior -City Planner Raymond E. Ackerson, I inoncr Officer lames T. Hart. Stall Counsel Donald Cosgrove, l,otnnt Cur Planner f Marshall D. Anderson, Director n/ Deselopr 011 Kenneth Betz. Assiktdnl Citv Planner Saint Paul City Government Planners, both public and private, have made a bold attack on the basic problem of renewal in the Central Business District of Saint Paul. The proposed project merits the most serious considera- tion and action. This is certainly a worthy start and it should be an inspiration for similar actions in other parts of the City. The experience gained from it will be exceptionally helpful in guiding and expediting future Urban Renewal projects. The Governmental officials, and agencies and the business groups and civic leaders who have worked so effectively in bringing the project to its present stage are to be commended. Such unity dramatically reflects the great strength of our community. George J. Vavoulis, Mayor St. Paul Area Chamber of Commerce We are extremely happy with the redevelopment project for Downtown Saint Paul and feel that it will have a decided influence on the future of our community. The Chamber advocates such a project, because it is an imperative step toward revitalization of Saint Paul. On behalf of our 3200 Chamber members I would like to compliment the City Council, the City Planning Board, the Housing and Redevelop- ment Authority and the Metropolitan Improvement Committee for their diligence in setting forth some challenging and, needless to say, foresighted objec- tives. They are assured of our complete support. Henri G. Foussard, President St. Paul Building And Construction Trades Council Organized labor in Saint Paul has historically supported programs designed to contribute to the City's progress. The urban redevelopment plan proposed by the Metropolitan Improvement Com- mittee in cooperation with the Housing and Re- development Authority and the City Planning Board has been outlined to the Executive Board of the Saint Paul Building and Construction Trades Council. Our Board.has enthusiastically endorsed this program and we believe that it should merit the support of every segment of the community. Richard C. Radman, Jr., Secretary City Government—Saint Paul; Minnesota Housing and Redevelopment Honorable George J. Vavoulis _. Authority of the City of Saint Paul : .. Mayor City Planning Board of Saint Paul Honorable Robert F. Peterson I he Commissioners of the Housing and Redevelopment Honorable Severin A. Mortinsou - Commissioner of Public Safety FAuthority of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota, have watched Honorable Milton Rosen Commissioner of Public Works The Cite Planning Board is vitally interested in the future Iq tile formation and development, of the Metropolitan Improve- _ the Central Business District and has studied this arca for merit Committee with a great deal of interest and anticipation. and Public Buildings of several years. The Board has just completed a Plan for. this Ej This is a step that in our opinion, c:n,only accelerate the cco- intense City Comptroller entire area.. -file Plan is based on an over-all approach which entire ?j 'i noetic and civic growth of our City. The extreme and interest of these Downtown businessmen to actively formulate P arch element in balance and related to each of the other �"'- design plans for aDowntown Project undoubtedly has provided elements. a the impetus for the much needed ent of p growth and developm In the development of its plans for a selected number of Downtown Saint Paul. The Commissioners of the Housing and Redevelopment blocks in the Central Business District, the Metroopolitan Im- Authority, realizing full well their responsibility to all the provemcnt Committee has worked closet, with the City Plan- o Ic of Saint Paul are most anxious to implement the design P nine Board so that its project plans would he co-ordinated with � and development of urban renewal projects throughout our City. an • �- is co-operative approach the this over -:dl plan. As a result of th . p pp We are in.full concurrence with the idea of a Downtown Project M.I.C. Plan cicarly recognizes the variousrelationshipswhich and we applaud and appreciate the attitude of cooperation that exist between location and function of uses. the Metropolitan Improvement Committee has displayed in working with the public agencies of .our City. - The Planning Board is very happy to endorse and support Speaking on behalf of the Conunissioners of the Housing - this plan of the M -LC and sincerely hopes that this is only the -. and Redcyclopnicnt Authority, (plulec full support and all the first of mane such project plans for the Central Business District services within the realm of our operation to the expediting apd accomplishment of a Downtown Project. We believe most sin - Joseph L. Shiely, Jr., Chairman ceryl, that the type of cooperation displayed by all agencies involved will lead to many urban renewal projects within our STAFF City limits. Harold J. Moriarty, Chairman Joseph L. Shiely, Jr.. Chairman Judson D. Hiltont Archibald G Bush. Vice Chairman Alex Icslie Janes COMMISSION C -RS Alfred Adam -Floyd Masa,, Jr. (Rev.) Harold J Moriarty, Chairman Patrick rICk J. t(,f A,,,,] (llrry Dchdoprnrnt. Joseph Cohen George McPartlin Executive Secretary, .Sr. Poul Assn. St. II r n/ A( Ile e St. (.urns gr Donald DeCoster (Mrs.l John Slusser ti o/ Plrunbrng. He' �( A1echnniad John W Greenman. Assuuwt Serrewry man, - John Fischer Philip J. troy k Con irnclors Afanater. Arcade hit cQ Hent Carl Cummins, Jr.. Vice Chairmm� Fiank H. Delaney, 7reavurer , Donald S. Haarstick Albert H. Truro, Sr. o Y�' Anorney at-l.aw Retired Rand President STAFF MEMBERS _ William R Carter. Jr.. I eecum(e Director Herbert C. Wieland. Director of City Pla—mg G _ James A. Haner, Assismnt Director Burdette R. Teie, Asvivmnt Planning Director - 13. B. Chapman, D'irecmr o/ Planning William Rutz. .Senior -City Planner Raymond E. Ackerson, I inoncr Officer lames T. Hart. Stall Counsel Donald Cosgrove, l,otnnt Cur Planner f Marshall D. Anderson, Director n/ Deselopr 011 Kenneth Betz. Assiktdnl Citv Planner Saint Paul City Government Planners, both public and private, have made a bold attack on the basic problem of renewal in the Central Business District of Saint Paul. The proposed project merits the most serious considera- tion and action. This is certainly a worthy start and it should be an inspiration for similar actions in other parts of the City. The experience gained from it will be exceptionally helpful in guiding and expediting future Urban Renewal projects. The Governmental officials, and agencies and the business groups and civic leaders who have worked so effectively in bringing the project to its present stage are to be commended. Such unity dramatically reflects the great strength of our community. George J. Vavoulis, Mayor St. Paul Area Chamber of Commerce We are extremely happy with the redevelopment project for Downtown Saint Paul and feel that it will have a decided influence on the future of our community. The Chamber advocates such a project, because it is an imperative step toward revitalization of Saint Paul. On behalf of our 3200 Chamber members I would like to compliment the City Council, the City Planning Board, the Housing and Redevelop- ment Authority and the Metropolitan Improvement Committee for their diligence in setting forth some challenging and, needless to say, foresighted objec- tives. They are assured of our complete support. Henri G. Foussard, President St. Paul Building And Construction Trades Council Organized labor in Saint Paul has historically supported programs designed to contribute to the City's progress. The urban redevelopment plan proposed by the Metropolitan Improvement Com- mittee in cooperation with the Housing and Re- development Authority and the City Planning Board has been outlined to the Executive Board of the Saint Paul Building and Construction Trades Council. Our Board.has enthusiastically endorsed this program and we believe that it should merit the support of every segment of the community. Richard C. Radman, Jr., Secretary City Government—Saint Paul; Minnesota Honorable George J. Vavoulis _. : .. Mayor Honorable Robert F. Peterson Honorable lames J. Dalglish Honorable Severin A. Mortinsou - Commissioner of Public Safety Commissioner of Finance Commissioner of Libraries, _ _ Auditorium, Museums and Stadia Honorable Milton Rosen Commissioner of Public Works Honorable Bernard T. Holland Commissioner of Public Utilities Honorable Frank L. Loss Commissioner of Parks, Recreation and Public Buildings Joseph J. Mitchell Alfred H. Schroeder Eugene V. Avery City Engineer. Ronald V, Power County Assessor City Comptroller City Architect - Meer( T'()�3t7�.:1�.an ii?'1S)1CG-�lE'Y'x1� alt »iommittee OFFICERS Robert F. Leach, President Wilfrid E. Rumble, First Vice -President Walter G. Seeger, Second Vice -President Philip H. Nason, Treasurer Robert F. Van Hoef, Secretary MEMBERSHIP Earl Almquist, Editor ebfirmesota Union Advocate Robert G. Bertholf, General Manager Dayton's H. William Blake. President Northwestern National Bank John M. Budd. President Great Northern Railhrav Co. Norris K. Carnes, Manager Central Livestock Association, Inc. Lawrence A. Carr, Chairman of the Board American National Batik - George L. Cobb, General Manager Brown & Bigelow Harold 1. Cummings, President The Minnesota Mutual Life Insurance Co. Albert H. Daggett, Chairman of the Board Gould -National Batteries, Inc. William Davidson, President Davidson Company Walter V. Doric, President .Northwestern State Bank Joseph C. Duke, Executive Vice -President Minnesota Mining & Manufacturing Co. E. E. Engelbert, Sr., President Sr. Patti Book & Stationery Co. Elmer R. Erickson, President Northwestern Refining Company Roland J. Faricy, Attorney at Lase Faricy, Moore, Costello & Hart Henri G. Foussard, President A4cdel Cleaners & Launderers Reuel D. Harmon, President Webb Publishing Conhpany M. J. Heldridge, Northern Division Manager Northwesicri Bell Telephone Co. Louis W. Hill, Jr., President Hill Family Foundation Russell Hunsinger, President The Emporium A. B. Jackson, President St. Paul Fire & Marine insurance Co. James E, Kelley, Attorney at Law Bundlie, Kelley & Torrison Roger Kennedy, Vice -President .Northwestern National Bank Robert F. Leach, Attorney at Lasv Oppenheimer, Hodgson, Brown, Baer & Wolff Lloyd L. Leider, First Vice -President First National Bank of St. Paid Robert Macfarlane, President Northern,Pac'iftc Railwav Co. James MacKenzie, Business Manager St. Paul Plumbers & Gas Finers, Local # 34 Richard A. Moore, Attorney at Lasv Faricy, Moore, Costello & Hart, John M, Musser, Vice -President Weverhaeu.ser Company Architectural Advisory Committee John F. Nash, President American National Bank Philip H. Nason. President First National Bank of SL Patti Richard Ordway, President Crane & Ordway Company V James F. Owens, Jr., Vice -President Northern States Poster Company Joseph Paper, President Paper Calmen.son Conhpany Bernard H. Ridder, Jr.. Publisltrr Northive.st Publications. Inc. Dr. A. E. Ritt, President Midway NatioriiI Bank Wilfrid E. Rumble, Anorney at Law Doherty. Rumble & Butler Paul A. Schilling, President & Treasurer Waldorf Paper Products Co. Paul M. Schutte, Vice-president Maurice L. Rolh,schild-Young Quinlan Co. Walter G. Seeger. Chairman of the Board Whirlpool Corporation Thomas Shanley, Jr., Pre.vident Police Union # 985 Lee H. Slater, President Weir Publishing Conhpgnv Philip J. Troy, Executive Vice-Premderu Donaldson's Golden Rude . Seymour VerHey, President & Secretary Arthur I-. fVilliarns, Inc. John J. Verstraete, Jr., Director of Communications 31inru•sotn Mining & Mmiufacnbing Cn. Architectural Design Team Louis Lundgren, Chairman Cecil Tammen - Henry Steinhardt Earl Lindstrom Haarvick-Lundgren Associales Cerny Associates Lawrence Anderson Milo Thompson Grover W. Dimond Brooks Cavin John Wiste Bert Shacter Grover Dinhond Associates Car in & Page Len Anderson Robert Bell OFFICE Metropolitan Improvement Committee Robert F. Van Hoef, Secretary 1002 Minnesota Building Saint Paul 1, Minnesota 9 01 THE Metropolitan Improvement Committee is a non-profit corporation comprised of business, labor and civic leaders, who have joined together for the purpose of advancing a community -wide renewal effort in metropolitan Saint Paul. Capital Centre is the first project to be developed and presented under the auspices of the Committee. This action follows the pattern set in many other cities throughout America -wherein an initial major renewal effort is applied to the Central Business District which, in turn, stimulates additional renewal activities throughout the community. The Committee has applied the funds, the time and the energy of its members, to help create Capital Centre as a proj- ect to be integrated with the objectives of the City Planning Board of Saint Paul, the Urban Renewal Program of the Fed- eral Government, and the procedures and practices of the Saint Paul Housing and Redevelopment Authority. The progress that has been made in bringing the project to its present stage would not have been possible without the cooperation of a great many civic leaders, property owners within the area, and city and other governmental officials. Such help was indispensable and, in this instance, serves as a fine example of what can be accomplished when the total resources within a community are mobilized to meet common objectives. The Metropolitan Improvement Committee will main- tain a continuing interest in moving Capital Centre to'comple- tion. To the extent that it is needed, and within the scope of its functions, the Committee will work with the official agencies involved, and will assist property owners and businessmen in integrating their private plans with the overall program. Good Evening ST., PAUL 4\D VICINITY " Mosth faittonight and Friclap. Lou' tonight 52 high Friday 75 Flow 5 6 1 6 8 10 tl 13 1 2 Temp. - 58 58 58 61 65 67 70 73 73 74' 1''nofficial. Year Vo high t19, low 6:3. 95th YEAR—NO. 93 40 PAGES C NEW JUNGLE LIFELINE mday, s Pioneer ` 1 n, Press 3 -- - TELEPHONE PRICE 7 CENTS ...._,...�--..-__.: GA 25011 PAY NO MORC ST. PAUL, 1�II1\\.. "!�lil,��I �1.:1L;C'US'P 16, 196 r �-: �- � A ; rw ^+ 01 . �; WN eh ,could have a major impact on the downtown `. THE CITY planning board ^res,?O.t�d' WW „master area tan for develo meut aC the cen rai',fiusme$d district. Deportations P p n lim�This is intended to be a I n; -range guide for the area. i Vis: Details Told In capsule form, here is what the proposals Other stories, photos pod drawings on Pages 3, 4 aad•24. Gov, Andersen today cast,- amounted to:Page4. gated Louisianans res Pis- g y Metropolitan Improve- 0� 13Y STEPHEN ALNES Presentation' of two down - "shameful for the "stiameful de or- meet;committee, agency, theQarmdown arts of THE HOUSING ant r development authority asked Staff 'Writer town improvement programs P - --- talion of reverse freedom proposed tearing P the council to approve is request to the urban re- A dramatic plan to rip out the. buildings in a major por-! at the City Council session to- . r" riders to Redwood Falls. blocks of buildings in thg, heart of downtown and re- newal.administr•ation for ]units for a survey and plan- tion of a nine -block area 1n downtown St. Paul and replace „ placing them with 63 million dollars worth of new struc,- them with. 63 million dollars in new construction was un• day whipped up a growing nag study leading to i urban renewal project m In a letter to Louisiana tures. veiled before the Cit enthusiasm as the details rt.nue. Gov. Jimmie Davis today, downtown. Tho autlioritc is the agency which could get y Council today by the Metropolitan The MIC said it would het to find private. develo federal funds and use t c right of. condemnation to Improvement' committee, were outlined and brought re- . Andersen said Minnesota P P pealed bursts of applause welcomed the Negroes to the already has some builders interested. lstin buildin s and re -s II the land to developers. a dream or a speculative venture." P ers for the land once it is cleared, and it hinted it acquire ]are tracts o] I din the Loop, demolish ex- The MIC said its project, called Capital ital Centre, "is not state but deplores the man- Y g g p'. from a crowd which filled the - _ tier and method in which they i "It is economically feasible and, through public and pri chamber. occurred. ,ate partnership, can become a reality," the MIC said in a! Climax of the meeting P / JFK to Speak brochure containing numerous pictures of the project. p - The letter Dints out the R p 1 'came when, after -all ex lana - Negroes were led to believe Gouge Charges 'Baloney, o n e y .. The MIC, a private organization composed of 45 top tions were made and the that jobs awaited them in leaders of business and labor, .was one of agencies 'speakers had all finished, the -- Redwood Falls; that the A Pierre m appearing before the council today with proposals affecting would be met at the bus depot �'y� Tells.' D [ 1'1t 1 �e! I e Dal I I the future of downtown. y p P g !council, by two roll calls, pal -- ...- -- H u 1 1 1 p h rey ■ ells. ■ r b e r s7 Y planning P p �their stamp of approval on �- and put to work immediately. Dispatch News Service The cit lannin board resented its master plan for the two projects.. i) "They were -given a one- P downtown, which is designed to be a guide to development y gg p pp p banks are directly nude WASHINGTON - President of the area for many years to come. FIRST ROLL CALL was on like excess baggage," Antler- WASHINGTON -George NL below the current market. control of the secretary n Kennedy will arrive at The housing and redeveloping authority presented for adoption of a resolution pre- - way ticket and put on buses Dispatch Wire Services war, was supplied at rices �, sen wrote. "All the while the g the treasur council approval its a pared eo le of Redwood Falls had Humphrey told investigating THE GOVERNMENT got I y' Pierre, S. D., at 10:30 a. m. PP application to the federal urban renewal! P ed in advance .and con- people on- P p senators today that charges all its money back; with in- Humphrey recalled that i c Friday for the opening of the administration for funds to conduct a planning study for an: cermng the housing and ve- no intimation. They had none he and his interests made un- terest, on its other Datta s in s e n a t e finance commut a Oahe dam on the Missouri urban renewal project in the 'downtown area. development authority's re- theiwahe buses were well on fair or improper profits from the arrangement, and yalso knew of his holdings when t river. The MIC brochure contained letters from both the plan-! appticat ouest for no to rssion to undertake Gall y' got a domestic supply source ! approved him for the cabin t ning board and.lhe housing and redevelopment authority. ur government nickel contracts post on Jan. 19, 1953. 1lis visit, by plane, is part - banrenewal study covering He said no trick is so are just baloney."for the strategic metal. of a non-political trip the Joseph Shiely Jr., chairman or the planning board, 112 blocks in the downtown cruel as one which leads 8 Showing traces of anger at; "The committee in char c pi-esident is making to the said, "The planning board is very happy to indorse and ',area. to of the treasury also i some points, and occasional) of it sand I shouldn't (sell " West for dedications and in- support this plan of the MIC and sincerely hopes that this aw unsuspecting p e o p l e far The vigorous former secre- _ from home. he testified. "I abided I c is only the first of man such project Tans for the con- Vote to adopt the resolution flatly disputed Barber testi- popping up with answers be I spections of large irrigation Y P ]. P "No word twisting, no sly mony that M. A. Hanna Co. fore questions were complet- ,their decision.' and reclamation projects. He tial business district." was unanimous of wiall mem- - arguing can mask the bar- records important to the sen- ed, Humphrey stressed that Humphrey told the subco 'ill go to Colorado and Cali- Harold J. Moriarty, chairman of the ]rousing authority,, absentee, Frank L. Loss.. _ bens resent, but with one I barism which had led people ate stockpile inquiry had been the contract was signed in mittee it was the. gover . forma from South Dakota, said, I pledge full support and all the services within the into deportation from their destroyed early this ear. ment, not his mine compan At Pierre, he will 'Din a realm of our o expediting p NEXT ROLL CALL was homes," Andersen said. The Cleveland industrial- ist at on a d theunegotiat ons that insisted on "crash a motorcade to Oahe dam and ment of a downtownlprojeol the ex editin and accomplish-! adoption an a motion, made let left that firm to be- were well under way long be- tion" to sign a 111-milhu - will be met there by Thomas The MIC promised to maintain a continuing interest in - fore Commissioners Bernard T. Meanwhile, a destitute Ne- 1 fore he even thought of join- moving Holland and Milton Rosen " gro family`of five, who arriv- come a member, of the 1 dollar stockpile contract fi a Bonar, president of the Mid• g Capital Centre to completion." almost simultaneously, that _ < -- Dwight D. Eisenhower ing the successor cabinet. days before he took office. `nest Electric Consumers as- ' Capital Centre lies within an area bounded by Cedar,! the council approve the d Redwood Falls Sunday, cabinet from 1953-57 and is The subcommittee In sociation and head of the Seventh, Jackson. Fifth, Wabasha and Sixth streets, with a PPCap- today were to make a final He said he had little per- p -'tial Centre plan for improv - decision on whether to stay now back as honorary sonally to do with the 98 -mil- heard charges that the 11 welcoming party, and George pendages running across Fifth street into the area behind,ing nine blocks as presented r " or move on to Detroit. Put lion -dollar deal, - chairman of the board. being occu- A. Hanna Co., which Huni McGovern, South Dakota's the Northwestern National bank building and into the south- by the Metropolitan Improve- .,-.•_.,....-�,_.__,,,�_,.._:,;,b up at a local hotel, fed and He testified as a volunteer pied with a much bigger iron phrey headed, milked ih Democratic candidate fol the west corner of Fifth and Robert streets. (Map on Page 3J Iment committee,,and the �-- ---- ' provided recreation by Red- witness before a senate ore operation. government on stockpil senate and former head of the Within this 13.9 -acre area, it is proposed that only the Planning board'central wood Falls citizens were Bet- armed services subcommit- I contracts. food -for -peace program. American National bank structure, Cardozo's, Twin City (business district plan. ty Beal, 21; her youngsters, tee studying the stockpile And he vigorously. defend- Humphrey said that Mu a Federal Savings & Loan association and the Superameriea situation, with these main I ed his action in holding onto President Kennedy will tour The roll call was had on Linda, 6, Alberta, 3, and Cur themes: his Hanna stock while he (treasury secretary he hssu d the dam and then speak there building (which is the old Minnesota Mutual structure) be the motion, but it was agreed -- -� tis, 8 months, and her sister, served in the government. a "flat order never to bei - at 11:30 a. m. After a tour left standing. a formal resolution would be Barbara, 16. well as the compT as anies an'1es I owned that volved in any manner titre t- of the power plant, he will re - "I other structures would be razed. They would be re- adopted later, when prepared, p stack," he g P laced with 11 ma' g ranging in size from 2 stories to provide complete and for. ~ Noah S. Rosenbloom, made gains from the nickel said. "I couldn't burn it up. Turn to Page 2, Col. l turn to Pierre at 12:10 m. L major buildings ran m ._r. ' L' .30 for Pueblo, Colo. There would be one each of 18, 16, 10, 9, 5, and 4 stories and 2. chairman ofs a local to Y _____ ____ gild is scheduled to leave at 26 stories. Two would be 21•stor structures, and there l mal approval. purchase contract. j I couldn't bur it ... It I for the reverse freedom rid- THF. NICKEL, urgently sold it I would beta sub- I he will see the site of a new of 2 stories. After several persons had gym. _ needed during the Korean) stantial bank depositor and 'Fine Weather I her explained details en the plan, ens, hailed the governor's _._. - .. _- _. - � heater project approved by These major structures would contain 1,766,000 square,a number of citizens steppedt ' y letter when informed of it. congress but not yet started. feet of offices ace. Other structures would contain 670,0001forward and voiced P personal e,.—: - "The governor did not For Golfing In California, he will par- square feet of other rental space for a variety of uses such approvals. They included Freedom Nears For ticipate in groundbreakin as retailing, eating, offices and service sho s I'James F. Owen Jr., vice overstate the case one it, Details on Pae 39 g P $ q parking I - �..�. Turn to Page 2, Col, 3 POLLEN TOTAL 54; UP II dollarro project f ederaSanate we- constructed, or enough for 2, 10 cars, of which 1,558 could'Power nt of Northern McMahon, 9 ceremonies for 400 -million- There would, be 924,000 square feet of arkin s race j g Power Co.; Ray McMahon, �^sts - 5 Held by Laos' Reds 1 7 urs. be parked underground. president of the St. Paul Mostly fair skies are pre- P g ;Trades and Labor assembly; Today's Index dieted for Minnesota tonight -- - - - -- All of the structures would be connected with pedes- A. B. Jackson, president, St. PP and Friday. trian walkways at the second level, which would also lie - � VIENTIANE--aUPII-.Free• I quarters of the leftist farmer Amusements .... • • • „ • .22 away a todaare or only hours i rebel ]casts five Americans Seasonally cool weather 4 Die in Gunfight, Capital Centre into the surrounding buildings, Substantial Turn to Page 4, Col. 1 Comics ... .......26 Y Y will continue, forecasters 'TEGUCIGALPA, HONDU- areas would be set aside for plazas. Editorials ... 14 missing in the long Laotian said. Daytime high of 75 are BAS -NPI( - Troops were The MIC emphasizes that the e - Financial ...........31.32 held by Communist forces micivil war are known to be expected for the 'Twin Cilias'P P pictures and designs pre•', �(DQialV S Grin Sic ifs page 28-31 Laos. Laos' to Communist alive aad in Communist area, with a low tonight of 52 stolrea order Wednesday. n the town rbf eventually wiin its ll like.re not necessarily what the project's ' ' The first Adam - Sports p hands. About,a dozen others l Lows through the ,slate tq- Juhcalpa, where four per- "Just what Capital Centre will look like when it is com• splitting gave us Eve— hi----•- ••••_' " TV ...................39 keeps s word, the prisoners, have been listed as missing night should ran a from 42 sons had been killed and two a force man has never Vital Statistics .. ..32 will arrive here Friday from ( for months and their fate is I to 52, and highs Friday, 68 to wounded in a gunfight, it was lrleled 1s somewhat difficult to visualize at this time. But the i been able to control. Women's News ......15-I8 the Plaine des Jarres head- unknown. 178. reported today. Turn to Page 3, Col. I 1— WASHINGTON -IO- EK -Secretary of treasury disclaims A -'When George M. Ham- connection with 1953 nickel contract.. ar -becante:secretary.of :, I 2 * ST. PAUL DISPATCH - 1 Thurs., Aug. 16,'62 y burned Car Is'. Main.Clue'in old -Up BOSTON -(M - A burned were vague descriptions of William F: Gdllette, 63 of parently carefully plallne Massachusetts state police sbdan was the chief known clue today to a slick mob of two men known only as "Tony" "and "Buster," even Somerville, who would have been riding guard aboard the stickup. Police showed interest in a aid one of the wanted men the one who in a. police- _,._... machine gunners who looted less for the woman. and al. most none for the other men, truck except that his vaca- tion started less than 24 hours second stolen car that burned in the West Roxbury section an's uniform flagged the ruck down on the highway YA ^dye,•,--- 'a mail truck of 1.5 million _ - Chief Postal Inspector earlier. iof the city but could not con- econds before the' others dollars -tapping the 1.950 Henry B. Montague, 50, head William F. White, chief nect it with the robbery. The �"� lased in with sub machine $rink's job as the nation's of the nation's oldest investi- gating service - which postal inspector for New Eng- land, said, "This is a disas• truck crew -drive Patrick R. Schena, 36, of uns-was called "Tony.".He r r --biggest cash haul. boasts a record of 99 per cent ter. It's been 30 ears since Everett, and guard William as described as about 40, +` Massachusetts state police inoadcast an alarm for five convictions for cries in. volvingthe mails, flew to the post office department has been hit b a big holdup." y B' P• F. Barrett, 51, of Mansfield both World war fI veterans eighing 200 pounds and 6 eat tall. « ,_ } i h1C.n and one woman. There Bostoto take personal com- P mand. Investigation head- The burned sedan, a spent hours• studying photo• graphs of known criminals A second man, Buster,. was 5 feet 7, middle aged, - - �� a f!/an hie Calls quarters was switched to Bos- ton. stolen 1960 brown and white Oldsmobile, was found on unpaved street in the Wednesday and faced more of the same chore today. stocky, with dark hair. The woman -seen In a se - an following the truck in - 3a M p J Washington promised that Mattapan section of Boston. Inspector White sand andolph, where it was aban• charge Baloney if need be the post office department's entire force Of 1,000 inspectors would Its trunk held seven high• way detour signs such as the holdup gang used to Schena and Barrett are not; under suspicion. The two men led investi a g oned-was pimply faced and ad short heli. The car, a ew Chevrolet, bore New t; be put to work to crack the block the northbound lane tors over the route , their ork or Pennsylvania + --- Continued from Page I case. A post office department of rte. 3 in Plymouth while they ambushed the truck et truck took from Barnstable on Cape Cod. The truck car. fates. There were no descriptions - r, ing .a company in which he spokesman said -the truck sometimes carried as 8 P• m. Tuesday. rigid cash from cape banks consigned to the federal re- or -the other three, except hat one was stocky and mid- _-- ryas financially interested." Humphrey testified that it much as 3 million dollars on Its from Cape Cod to Bos- runwas p Capt. Michael J. Culliname, chief of state pollee detec• fives, said he believes the serve bank of Boston. - Postal inspectors checked le aged. The nation's previous big- f .. _T___. ___.•� _, established legal piece- :Dept going back to the days :,of Andrew Mellon that owner- ton. "The robbers must have had inside information," car was held by the gunmen- one of possibly eight cars every cape post office for de • scriptions and valuations of every piece of registered mail est cash robbery was the 1,219,000 looting of the rinks, Inc., strong room in ' POLICE INSPECT BADLY BURNED AUTO WHICH THEY THINK WAS USED IN ROBBERY. ship of stock by the secretary said used in a smooth, quick, ap• in the pouches. oston 12% years ago. ' W -the treasury could not be 9iiterpreted as engaging hl base 1 / Governor Raps' Deportations State E 10 -e Offers �° �} •-•- �--- " said : He said the treasury da- TED ------->------ : partment is not a contracting agency. He, suggested that Continued from Pae I Page POUCH VASE --- stock holdings involved less possibility of a conflict of in. Rosenbloom said. "Te people now realize 'ththey since Sunday, although the segregationist Freedom Fre Rid er- B ood Farm • Home FILLED WITH rarest than converting the y were tricked into coming 40 club there said more w111 be � . Sweetheart Roses stocks to cash or to overn• g • merit bonds. here. I wish you could hear - sent. A bus from the Twin Cities arrives at Redwood A Minnesota state employe p with 11 children and a 180• pace tem raril but we temporarily eve to change that," jiffs children range in age g from 2 to 15 years. IN PINK OR GARNET RED Whatever its farm, he de- clared, no private Interest could have influenced his Miss Beal re eat over and P over again, 'Why would they do me like this?' Ap- Falls at 9:30 p. m. today and could contain more. Six Negroes acre tree farm at Forest Lake has offered a home to plans a said. lie indicated. the family is WOman Me Be Next Y Th1, n.. hued; .,.Nd ..,. m.h.� .. a. ei ^,hVe.y.�• O,i, , „ $500 actions as treasury secre. tary. parently she can't believe have been sent to the Minnesota com• reverse freedom rider -Betty Beal and her brood of fpur. fanning an addition to the ix house but in the in Space, Says Editor b,iRh,-A. d.y. ei ,hu,.. M-6. _ "I wouldn't let that influ• encs me one dot," he assert• such treatment even at the hands of white segrega. tionleta." munity so far. The first, a man, since moved to the Theodore Thomas, a re• search analyst with the Min- -room centime there is aribther uilding which could be used DETROIT -til)- "Don't be surprised," said Executive PHONE YOUR ORDER—CALL ed., Hum hre recalled that he p y He said several job offers Southwest. Redwood Falls is the home town nesota department of em- ployment security, said: 'With or sleeping quarters. ' It was when we came to Editor Lee Hills of�the De• troll Free Press in a speech CA 2 - FLORIST have bsen made to Miss of Richard K, Parsons, 11 children, we (he and he farm," Thomas said. Wednesday, "!f the next Rus• ¢ Mi C(t 14 gave u corporate salaries P P . totalling $300,000 a year to ac- Beal, some locell and some y a justice department attar• his. wife, Edith, a re istered 'There were two families Stan cosmonaut is a woman." W.. 1'.y,,„,,...y„h.,. V -•••- --• - ce t the v2,500 -a- ear tress- P $` y from other parts of the Northwest. But, he said, the ney who helped Negroes ob- tain voting rights in Louis. nurse at Gillette State hos-. pital) can use some help. It', ere then." Thomas said his family has - Hills, recently home from a' DOWNTOWN STORE GREENHOUSE 20 West fifth street 139 Duke St.. (Off Plee.ent). ury post. "I took a terrific financial family of five refuse, to be split up, complicating the iana. Gov.' Anderson's fact -find. would be a two-way deal." Thomas said he would like lot of clothing of the kind I hat accumulates when you month in Soviet Russia with a party of American editors loss by being n Washington," „matter. he said. 1'd do it again to m g committee met with to. to have Betty y Beal. at least ave as many children as he and publishers, made the ob- „,. c. v..'o.::o .:. ' ::: ..... .. .:.:...: .::...0 ..... help under the circum- No more reverse freedom cal officials Wednesday night and probably will spend to. try it for a week. "We might be cramped for oes, which also would be elpful. servation in a talk at the De - troit Athletic club. P- r stances." �dence, riders from Lake Provi- day there before reporting -- -;:. _ * La., have arrived back to the governor. i :Humphrey ry Tou Are Invited To The Grand 0 anin Of The. 1IVas Heav p _ " nvester 1n H ' _ i ......arena Firms B FRANK CORMIER ;, WASHINGTON -IO- EK -Secretary of treasury disclaims A -'When George M. Ham- connection with 1953 nickel contract.. ar -becante:secretary.of :, I .. 0, vited the senate to take no- Sues ons. with that bank in one way . Humphrey had ' or another. Would you put Aicb of a government nickel contract- That same con- nt at least ck indirect interest I.. t n in the nlekel contract. Even it in government bonds? If tract brings him to Wash- as secrptary of the trees- so, there is nothing that the ington today. Ironically, not a single airy, fie retained a sizable stock interest in Hanna Coal secretary of the treasury could so i�gfluence by his question. was asked when Humphrey mentioned the &Ore Corp. Also, be kept a conduct as government ® Background contract ata senate finance lar a block of stock of the g M. A. Hanna Co., parent bonds." gy coincidence, three committee firm of Hanna Coal & Ore. firms in which Humphrey of the hearing on his And, M: A. Hanna listed. has important financial in- NEWS nominatidn. him on its books as an em- - terests are in the news. On That hearing, ploye on leave, so he could .Monday, the United Mine on Jan. 19, 1953, marked protect his pension rights- Workers announced a strike Iiumphrey's last appear- Humphrey's stock hold- against two anthracite ance as a private citizen ings in Hanna -connected mines owned by M. A. Han- Wore any- congressional companies were very large. na. The union claimed the committee—until today. He told the senate commit- mines had not paid royal- . The Cleveland industrial- to they accounted for al- ties due the UMW welfare --"`°aaasss � ist, now 72, did answer a most all of his securities— fund. And on Tuesday, Sen. great many questions and his net worth was esti- Estes Kefauver, D -Tenn., -raised by the. finance com- mated at 20 million dollars. said he would seek con- -mittee. He told, for in- Besides owning shares in tempt -of -congress citations stance, about his long-time the two firms named Han- against National Steel and X16 r _connection with the Hanna had major interests three other steel producers - mining interests, about his in National Steel Corp. and in at for withholding cost data vast stock holdings, about Pittsburgh Consolidation from .the senate antitrust .his conservative views on Coal Co. and subcommit- of public policy. ® matatters ters Nickel mfn!ng was not Explaining hi s holdings, .monopoly tee. When Humphrey ]eft the mentioned until the com- chairman asked if Humphrey testified that he might be. suspect regard- Eisenhower, cabinet in 1957, mittee Humphrey himself bad any- thing to add before the less of what he did with his money. He said: "For in- he became board chairman of National Steel.. At Pres - hearing record was closed. stance, suppose I sold every- Ent he is a director and a member of the executive "I have one thing," Hum- _ p'hrey replied. "I would not thing that I had ... would you leave it in cash in the committee of the firm, in Nant to leave this meeting bank? If so, would you then which he helped create 1929, is honorory board _ without referring to one be under the compulsion of and and director of thing that really is not ger- perhaps favoring in some chairman mane to the subject at all way that bank because, of Hanna. ''but it has been mentioned , —- in the newspapers and I _:. i (' r _ , :. s tFsink it should be brought 94 EAST FOURTH ST 4T • TELEPHONE CA 2.2581 z==•=W�-s=Lt > out here before you." - Humphrey went on to t that the Hanna Coal �; �ii �►i Rice and University FRIDAY a:r ! ,SATURDAY A NEW Bank .in St. Paul The Sl41MIT: NATIONAL- BANK -the first National Bank to open in St. Paul in thirty-five years. SUMMIT NA- TIONAL BANK offers you the newest concept in banking.' SUMMIT NATMNAL'r location ,is ideal -on itke fringe of the loop. You bank for enough out to avoid congestion; near enough in for easy access to downtown business. And SUMMIT NATIONAL's. banking hours were established to give. you the ultimate in service. Open Monday and Fridays 9:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m.—SPECIAL SATURDAY HOURS 9:00 d.m, to 1:00, p.m.—Tues- day through Thursday 9:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. Coffee and free [[Crescent" Double Dip, free HOISum Doughnuts Ice Cream Cones Come In—Select A Key Five Hundred Dollars Free You may be one of the ten lucky winners! Just come in=select a key of your choice. If it unlocks the Treasure Chest, you receive a $50.00 sav- ings account. EACH LUCKY KEY WINS $50.00 ®frim -- <-xto.�7 •• n0 a en Gu/�rn(s�n, I - & Ore Corp. had just BACK TO SCHOOL WITH �Omeln�stalBOND, ` la► signed a contract—in the 111 Le H RobertM. closing days of the Truman ' - a administration— to mine Bass Wee�uns nickel ore for the govern- "' " ment in Oregon. "I just want to bringFOR MEN.and WOMEN . it ''- -` Tia u he added. "As I say. P�" A ' it has no connection with Smart looking, smooth fitting r; %me except that it is a thing casuals for indoors or out"- that has beer in the news_ Finest quality leather, mas• Euge-T Vllaumc, \Id,rI R. F.It I, A.A.M,Cue, (..T.Schunema papers and I think it should - •---�•••�•• i ter -crafted in genuine mac......... '+ r c m,a�.,o,„ r•r,,,,,r•.,,. b mentioned I have no , ,_ F -rd-, r�sr��a SUMMIT F- NATIONAL W BANK 19 U141VERSITY AVE. N : W• U Across from the Capitol Meet Twin Personalities Come In And Meet F; } Harmon' Killebrew Between 10;3 1 .1-- 1'2100 noon ' Fridaycome In - MV s 3 And Meet Earl \„E Fz -- Battey Between r� 9:00 a.m. 10:30 a.m. lk. 1F . Saturday, AND Miss St. Paul Open 1962 Adrienne Stork Friday, Between 3:00-Sf00 p.m. ecastcradles —”` connection with it what- e construction, i your foot in comfort from ever." - e e •.::-..-+.=va..."•' heel to tae. O l BANK -BY -MAIL �-- —�-••=eve ft-7ftttll piapitlrlj{6 Mens.brown or black. - l Women'sbrownonly. To:SUMMIT NATIONAL BANK, Rice and University, St. Paul P bllsh¢tl tlaIIV except SUntlayy by +n¢ o i Please start an Insured Savings Account (amount enclosed) $_ Norm eStreeL115t IOPaul hoc., Mlnnesote; Second a cnu Ponaaa Pala at St. Paw, Women's $1295 Pair Please start a checking account (amount enclosed) $� 'Minnesota. Men's1695Pair I NAME PHONE SUBSCRIPTION RATES av MAIL i I ADDRESS _•;. Were Cartier env S_lce Is Not North Guaranteed Bank Interest etl m Mmnaao a,. and sm, I TOWN AND STATE o kola, so�e,ro°iiena.°3Me,.. ewka. I - • »; ME nlnP $11.00 51.80 50.90 st.2o SPECIAL SPORTS EQUIPMENT Compounded Quarterly 1 If joint account is desired, write name of second party Sunda' 1Y lo.do sea 2.6c .eo MemberF,D:hC. ..uauw, Mb a' l yr E'"Irni 10.00 6.50 2.00 ALL OTHER STATES Insures Accountsto$10,000, - You will receive a receipt and signature yard by return mail �..:...;.., MEvnmoOolY $10.00 $610 J.SS $1.00 -...— su5'acl;. ,,,do ay j - MornlnP or Even Ir 6 SUntlav •7120 15.60 7.A0 2.40 r r ThuFa ST: PAUL DISPATCH - CAPITAL CENTRE plan proposed today by the Metro- fects on the heart of the Loop. Proposed results of the Mississippi. There would be I l major structures, Tne ran- _.. .•• ...... Page 24. •-- - politan Improvement committee would have startling ef- plan are shown at left in a view looking northeast from the est 26 stories high: At right is the same area today (out- foreground. Ofher pictures on Master. Plan for -Downtown Given to Counci• The city planning board to- tion of whether the CBD strutted along the western and poses how they should be re. ing and distribution opera- land for a walk-up housing lie buildings, a u t o m o bile head pedestrian walls end day presented to the Cit must be rebuilt, but of how southern edges of the CBD tions. Many of the existing development, a small con- agencies and used car lots, I Ing at an upper level pedes day g developed. They are: P trian plaza along the Council a master plan de- it is to be accomplished. via the Sixth street hill route 1. The core; bounded h St. buildings could be retained venience - shopping a r e a, wholesale electrical and auto southern edge of the Audi- signed to serve as a guide This is s suggested design and Shepard road to com• Y if renovated and restored. plazas, play area and off- parts shops, rooming houses torium. for development of downtown plan, Intended to illustrate plate the freeway ring start' Peter, Eighth, Jackson and P Kellogg blvd., with the retail In the blocks fronting on street parking. and hotels. At pedestrian walk also 4 - St. Paul for'many years into the major elements in ac- ed by the interstate system area on Seventh street and the south side of E. Seventh Between a new street' The proposal: The major would connect the Auditorium the future. complishing this — that is, which will skirt the area on street, it is. proposed that new with the Ninth change here. is to provide complex to a new tract north H. C. Wieland, cit plannin proposals for thoroughfares the east, north and, to some the main office area on Fourth aligning P y g street and the hole ii the buildings be constructed to street freeway bridge and housing. The vacations of of the St. Paul Insurance director, told the council that and land use. extent, the west. dou hnut" in between. house manufacturers' sales 1, eventh street, a motel several streets and realign- Companies' , building which the -Capital Centre project "The design plan is intend- A second inner ring would g branches, sales offices or development is proposed. ments of others would provide would contain a "new and ex- The proposal: Total rebuild - proposed by the metropolitan ed to suggest a pattern and be formed by Kellogg bou- other small offices of a na- Rest of the Jackson -Sibley several ,large tracts west of panded theater - restaurant ing in the "hole in the dough- improvemetlt committee and intensity of land use and: its levard,.:which. would .be nut" with a combination of tore requiring adjacent ware- arterials and between the St. Joseph's. The one immedi- center." the urban renewal study rec- attendant vehicular circular realigned In a portion of house facilities. The southern core and the freeway is an ately adjacent to the hospital This area also would get retail facilities at the lower ommended by housing and tion: "It is not meant to the area, Jackson and Sib• portion of these blocks would area the board describes as could be used for walk-up a proposed annex to the City level and office towers above, P redevelopment authority to• dictate that this is the only ley streets, which wotild be be used for the warehouse "an ideal Testi a site" for housing, some of which could vL pedestrian promenade at the p g. g•.. Hall and Courthouse, which day are well within the scope way the CBD can be rebuilt set up to for tion as a one- function. the ocation of ome office be specifically intended for would be built between the I second level, off-street park- h of the master plan. or that it must be replanhed way pair, and Eighth and in and service areas Timor- - 3. East of St. Peter and buildings. hospital -related residents. A telephone building and t h e "There is no conflict at all," and rebuilt in pr Ninth streets, which also g A ex(ending generally north of second tract would be devoted ily at the basement level, new A tWo•block area between Women's City club t.nd front - he said in an interview be- manner. would work as one-way federal office buildin at Rob- ?Eighth street to the freeway St. Peter and Wabasha from to a high-rise development. Ing on Kellogg blvd. Vacation Ultimately it will be the pair. g Described as an area of low y of St. Peter street between fore the council session. "Our ert and Jackson, new hotel the freeway south to end 5. Bounded b Auditorium, plan is a long-range guide to desires and wishes of the . Alh or parts of several at Kellogg and \Vabasha and intensity development, many change street is recommend- St. Peter, Kellogg and Ninth Fourth and Kellogg would per. Y_ _ development of the entire residents of the city, the in• streets would be vacated, in- new high-rise, high -rent apart- surface parking.lots, some fn• ed as a site for a medical this area is dominated by pub- mit a mall area uniting the vestors and the businessmen cludin Seventh from St. Peter dustry, some retail shops, p annex with the courthouse. Ire is more Capital Cen• g YWCA b either side of the college. Also recommended lie and semi• ublic land uses, Ire is a more immediate and that will determine how the c Kellogg, Sixth from Ex• ytyCA buildin . some wholesaling, some for the third area are several such as the Auditorium, Fed • Wieland said the board is specific prosect for a portion CBD will be rebuilt. This pro change to Interstate freeway 2, Bounded' b churches, public buildings and new buildings for use by semi- eral building, public library convinced that; if the plan is of the area. The urban re- poral is more a concept than 35E, Fifth from the eastern Y Kellogg, rooming houses. Jackson, Seventh and Broad- public agencies such as the and others. accepted as a conceptto guide newal,'nro¢ram, is a, means a, plan at this stage It wlll side, I the Auditorium,to the The proposal: The portion P The proposal: Through the developmeet .,f the central _.__wav- neserihad a< .,, awn i,. ____ _a a'u-To._ Red Crass agencies such a al in- ire is a more immediate and that will determine how a to Ke ogg, rom specific project for a portion CBD will be rebuilt. This pro- change to Interstate freeway Yvv churches; u g " of .the area. The., urban re• posal'is,more a concept than 35E, oarea f from the, eastern 2• BOilSeveded by : 1{ellegg, rooming houses, bulldfn sand new buil" d gs or use by semi^ oral buildien public,, library 1e s Jackaoa,.Seventh and Broad- newal; program is a means a plan at ,this stage. It will side of the Auditorium to-the way; Described es a run-down " The I'Soposel; The; portion Public agencies such as the and others. g,. P Y convinced that] if the plan is be further refined and adjust* mdustriai and wholesale ware- f accepted as a cone of Implementing the'plans.,, d1 freeway, Fourth from iWash- • o the cion east of the Sack- Bed Cross or. International fn- pt to garde ed when necessary. in Y o The proposal Through the development .f the central Wieland emphasized that gtonto Seventh; Ninth from son Si61e arterials is intend- stitute "t " extend into the P house. area. street vacations and realign- --•-----^--- "the objective of thi+'central The master plan, based .Auditorium street to freeway ed for housing: The northern central business district the business district, its major ob= menta, usable tracts of land business district (CBD) plan on years of study and draft- 35E and from Jackson to free- The proposal; This is en- segment., •fronting on the characteraof the Capitol ap- would be assembled. On lectives can be accomplished ' is to suggest a desirable en- Ing by the planning board way 94, Tenth from St. Peter visioned as an area servic- freeway and overlooking the proach area." "to make downtown a vironmental goal for the en. In p' pp new tract adjacent to the thriving, exciting center of staff, would make these down- to Wabasha and between g and supporting thea. it Capitol f approach, is "an ideal 4. From St. Peter street , west end of the, Auditorium the city and trade area -< " •--.,. -<'< fire central business district 9or changes in the down• Robert and J^ckson, Eighth tions of the core area. It site" for high-rise units. Im- southwest to Seven with corners a new convention center-ex- a high degree of accessibility town area of it were to be from Wacouta to freeway 94, would house service nidus- mediately to the south, street and northwest of Auditorium hibition hall would be pro. and interior circulation who and to .act as the coordiaat- Y tries, such as the Y ing guide for the many neces• carried out in detail: Smith from Kellogg to, Elev- graphic vacations would permit as- street.. Contains St, Joseph's vided. It would be linked to people will want to shore sary and diverse actions re. IMPROVEMENT IN TRAF- enth, Main from Kellogg to arts, wholesaling, warehous- sembly of a large tract of hospital and other semi-pub- the Auditorium b an over. work and visit." P, - -- -- - etuired to bring about the re- FIC circulation into and with. Ninth, Exchange from Kellogg y newal of the total CBD, in the central %business di to Ninth, all of 'Auditorium _ -- "It is no longer a ques- trict„A freeway-vdould be cons: and St. Peter from Kellogg to • • -- - - - __-- Fourth, Convenient, Attractive Downtown is The plan also proposes Goal Rebuilding Plan Bared grade separations at Seven corners to ease, traffic move. The architects who _Ie- � ment and restriction of por- veloped the, design or the way we live. Our idea of the Loop's topographical amama Continued from Page Itons of Seventh street, Fourth Capital Centre were see ung was, instead of fighting the features -the slope from i street and Robert street to to make downtown so at ac- car, to bring it downtown Wabasha street down toward J concept of it has been established, along with certain ele• use be pedestrians and buses, five and convenient that )eo. `.. and make the driver feel Robert street-can be used to ments relating to it, and on the basis of such a foundation but onlyafter the Jackson le will want to conic t it, right at home.” P separate the car from the -- - the, architects have made drawings of how specific areas Sibley and Eighth-Ninth pairs. according to Louis Lund en, Capital Centre would pro- pedestrian traffic. The street within the Centre might appear in the years ahead," the are working. chairman of the architectral vide parking for 2,310 cars, of level can be used for vehicu- brochure says. HEAVY REBUILDING of counseling committee of the which 1,558 would be stored lar traffic whsle the second "These drawings are presented to show the possibilities the so-called "hole in the St. Paul chapter of the f s underground. Parking must level can be bridged with of what might be attained, but it is recognized that the cen- doughnut" area of low inten- American Institute of .. hi- be an integral g !m g tral business district of the future will not resemble in exact city development in the area tects. g part . the pedestrian walkways connect. _ project, Lundgren says. ung all of the major strut- , Lundgren Dimond Cavin Tammen. "We can do better than the tures in, the center of the - "" •"� detail what is pictured," it says. between Seventh and Fourth "The new freeways tha are - - streets downtown, replacing coming here will make it os- Grover Dimond Jr., a mem- in into it. Ever bol has shopping center," Dimond city. f They are orparticular value, though, in showing the existing structures with retail sible for tremendous m• her of the committee, says, been trying to getythe auto- says. "We can bring that car The enclosed walkways course that plans for the future might take. In effect, they y ' right in to the base of a build- also are a dramatize the goals that are sought in the over-all -plan- facilities at the lower levels bets of people to cone wn The only way the downtown mobile out of downtown. part of one of the and office toweus above the if they want to," Lund ren becomes a live part of the "But that isn't what made ��Anotheror r committee mem- Center features of Capital the use of public open space. and pedestrian the project .. • retail level and providing say's. e -.a "climate-con. the separation of vehicular and edestrian fraffic ...the Y community is by people mov_ shoppin P large amounts of open space g centers. That isn't her, Brooks Cavin, says one trolled" atmosphere for climate•controlled passageways ...and the provision for 'Tor walking, meeting, rest- -- -- more off-street parking," the MIC says. Ing, talking, pausing, lookingworking and shopping, dCaaara. The MIC contends that the "one note of discord in the and in general becoming CAPITAL CENTR A GIANT` FACELIFTIN G— Lundgren says it will cost otherwise harmonious pattern of daily life in St, Paul is part of the life of the city." I only about $500,000 addition- "the generally rundown condition of the central business The board says, "it is in- _ at for the extra heating and os� district." tended that this area become f • a air conditioning facilities to t -- "This is a fact that has long been disturbing to average the heart of the city and, Here's B I o e k- "climate-control" the entire 'citizens as well as to business interests; 'the brochure says, therefore, the land should be Y� B I O C k D es C r' p �' o n area. - -- - "In recent years some modernization has taken place in reused at a high intensity." This would give St. Paul the certain areas of downtown. Imposing new buildings stand as.A pedestrian prome n a of e Capital Centre em i ions complete rebuilding of four la: gest such area in the world i 'evidence of the .progress that can be achieved by individual above street level is sus- blocks in downtown St. Paul and substantial rebuilding -f �J L� . �J L and give it "something unique t initiative. But it hasn't been enough. Bested for a large part of the of five others. SEVENTH ST and worth coming to rather "There can be no question but that St. Paul would, in CBD running from Wabasha While it was not th( Metropolitan Improvement com- than just a bunch of new - due course, rebuild itself over a period of a great many to Robert or Jackson street. mittee's intention to spe out in detail at this time exactly 1 S buildings." DEVELOPMENT of ark how a downtown rebuil ng project should be carried out, J s Capital Centre provides Wim, t years. Civic pride and faith in the future of the city will not areas. P the group and its arch` ectdral design team did offer a ❑ E4 considerable space for plazas. permit a continuing decline in the downtown area's useful- The plan envisions clearing design concept and bw mg schemes which ft considers sixTH Buildings are set back from Hess and value. But a dramatic speed-up must be achieved ST. of the block between Smith economically feasible. the street, says Cecil Tam- in the process of renewal for the simple reason that people, ° men, the fourth member of park and Union depot to pro- Here is a block-by-b ck rundown of the major design > o = o `> right now, need and want a better downtown." vide a mall effect and "a features: T 1 'v 2 m y a N the committee, to get rid of rr __ .. The MIC calls the urbah renewal program of the fed- Block bounded b Wabasha, Fifth, Sixth and Cedar J> o 1 i the "canyon-like effect" so - ^^ oral government the "key to the development o[ Capital dramatic fbcus for Union de- li g Y P p pot and a source of fres"ir streets,-Three budding of 21 stories, 16 stories and 2 obvious in many cities, Centre." FIFTH ' 'ST. Tammen says -'- and sunlight for the large stories, totaling 412,000 quare feet and $10,000,000. An- ys . Capital " Under this program, the city's housing and redevelop• buildings surrounding this other 60,000 square feet f rental area for $1,500,000. Park. a Centre looks outward upon 48. ment authority would acquire the land and buildings, de- park space." Ing for 350 cars at $630, . Large corner plaza. " 9 the rest of the city rather ' looking inward u _ molish the buildings and prepare the sites for construction. Around Rice park, the pies- 2, Block bounded y Fifth, Sixth, Cedar and Minne- E g pon itself _ r The sites then would be resold to private or governmental ent federal building would be sofa-A Z6-story buildin with 565 000 square feet as is sometimes the c developers. con 4 et costing ase p converted into a museum, $14,000,000. Another 10 600 square feet in rental space at FOURTH ST with major projects. The MIC says it will help find developers to buy the the Auditorium would be pro. $2,565,000. Parking for 0 cars at $1,152,000. Small plaza. He says the plazas,,*' addi- land and erect buildings which are in keeping with the de- vided with an entrance fac- .6, Block bounded by Robert, Jackson, Seventh and tion to providing places of j, Black bounded by Seventh, Sixth, Cedar and sign concept expressed in Capital Centre. Ing the park and remodeling Sixth-Two-story shopping center of 105,700 s beauty and relaxation, also ,S The MIC cautions that "it must be remembered that of the St. Paul' hotel and c tin $1 F,000.. ory 1 rent with 62,500 square feet, for $2,642,000 and a 10-story office buildin of 93 500 s uare can be functional, They can v � the changes will not occur overnight and that the realiza- parking facilities is suggested g $ .500.000. Olh r rental space of 106,000 square feet to be built for 2 337 000. Parking for 525 cal s at be used as outdoor meeting feet at $2650,000. $ , _ - across the street from the $945000. places or perhaps for civic a tion of the total Alae will carer into the 1a70s. ark. 4. Block bounded 5' Seventh, Sixth, Minnesota and functions like the Winter f There should be no concern on the part of business and p Robert-No major new structures planned. This block 7. Block bounded by Robert, Jackson, Fifth and Carnival. And they will also property owners in the project area over the changes that DEVELOPMENT of apart- contains Cardozo's and American National bank, both of Sixth-The Superamerica buildingremains. Nine-Story serve the ver simple role might occur. The program to achieve Capital Centre will ment projects in and near the office building with P e e of follow an orderly procedure over the years and full cons immediate Loop. which•would be retaine . Pedestrian bridges would con- g th 143,000 square feet casting $3,675,0 p providing space for the ion of a home nett them to the rest the project. New construction Is planned along with 102,805 square feet of other rental creased number of downtown atlon will be given to all who are, or will be, doing business office building complex, a would include'59,900 sq re feet of rental space at a cost' space at $2,570,000. Parking for 400 cars at $720,000, workers to enter and leave in the area. Obviously there will be problems and decisions convention center and exhibit of $1,485,000 and parkin for llllcars at $198,000. 8, -Northwest corner of block bounded by Fourth, their buildings and stores or will have to be made, but the overwhelming advantages and Block bounded y- Minnesota, Robert, Fifth ani Fifth, Minnesota and Robert-A two-story office building wait for buses. benefits will certainly more than offset the inconveniences hall, and a new theater and $. entertainment section of the Sixth streets-Two buil ngs, one of 18 floors and the other with 58,000 square feet for $1,450,000 and rental area of Committee members do- _ involved, city. of 21, with 374,000 sq rc feet of space and a cost of 30;400 square feet for $760,000. Hated their time. The actual mlim The over-all concept of Capital Centre is titin. But The master plan divides the $9,350,000; 62,250 squa feet of other rental space "at 9• Jackson street side of the block bounded b design team of nine archi- within it-there is also considerable leeway for all wlu.wish central business district into $1,631,000 and parking or 285 cars at $513,000. Plaza. Fourth, Fifth, Robert and Jackson bounded office tects hired by the Metropoli to coordinate t>jeir private plans with the program,' the five main section, describes Twin City Federal Saci gs R, Loan association building to 'structure of 58,000 square feet for $1,450,000 and 37,700 in tan was heImprovement ded be Henn Stein. MMIC says. ,. Ra I them as they exists and pro. remain. A other )'ental space for $945,000. Y y hardt. - 4 ** Counc The St. Paul housing and - -- redevelopment authoity today asked the City Council to ap- prove an application to the federal govermmnet for $305,- "� 1 000 to conduct a survey and planning study for a down -town urban renewal project. The area proposed for the _ study includes the section of the Loop which the Metropol• ® itan Improvement commit- tee hopes will become Capital C e n t r e, a 63 -million -dollar complex of new buildings, �za and the Kellogg boulevard site selected for the new fed. Brat court building. The housing and redevel- opment authority offers the u tools through which land can' be acquired and pre- pared for projects such as Capital Centre and the pro- „ posed federal building. These tools are federal dol- lars and eminent domain, Thurs., Aug. 16, 'Be ST. PAUL DISI' (Il 1 ' Funds, :1- i I Asked to OK Rquest for Federal_J I'led investi enn before the urban the taxes which would be paid Buildings built` prior to There are 18 d 34 thatngs t h a t 11 finance detailed gallon n' I When the property is redevel- SEVEHTH and planning for urban re neral administration would P Y 1900 accounted for 72 per are vacant and 34 that are t, newal in an area bounded by loped. Kellogg, Minnesota, F i f t h, ate 100°ey available. The area in the MIC Ca r- cent of all physically dete• per cent or more v a c a n t, i ■ ❑ The housing and redevel- p riOrated or deteriorating Moriarty said. Imith, a, son, Cedar, Sev-, pnI,,, authority estimates tat Centre project now re- enth, Jackson, Fourth and turns $605,965 to the city in structures and 69 percent of Of the 212 buildings iwere 611 1 o Sibley. at its project cost taxes each year. If Capital all structures with lour or sively examined, rit were L] quht be about $25,606,000 found to be deficient in off- e The authority previously Centre is built substantially more in ettbnal deficien• street service for delivery ve- :EKUr,ba],nRenewal Area a g. acquire the land, demo(• as planned, it is estimated had been ranted $50,000 in tithe structures and pre- cies, he said. hides and an 48 have L I federal funds for a study of a it would yield $2,380,995, an One out of every six build- alleys of inadequate width, he FIFTH somewhat larger area o[ the art the sites in the urban increase of $1,775,030 a ,. - a W retell area. The figure in- lags in the area, or about 16 said. There are 104 structures downtown which determined year. L. a it, administrative and er cent, was found to be with inadequate. access for o that it would be eligible for W. R. Carter, director of p 0 0 Ger costs connected with more than 50 per cent vacant. fire vehicles. x � i z urban renewal and a project' a ac,luisiliou and prepara- the housing authority, said 3 Z FOURTH would be feasible. , - every effort would be made D The study Proposed Into. an. during the survey and plan - are request is called a fhen the sites are pre- ring period to be sure 'the_ 8 a survey and planning study, 1> ed. they would be resoldI L1 redevelopment plan will re - per It would seek more de° It private or governmental fleet the Metropolitan Im- NELLoeO BLVD. tailed information on the (( in the case of the federal rovement committee pro- P P 486 WABASXA Free ParklnB iaRear et Store. CA 4.8901 LmcE area and come up w Lt h '.h Iding or other public facili• Tan GOOD more epeeific plana for or- 'ti i developers who would Harold J. Moriarty, author• GOOD QUALITY BEEF ban renewal action. a cc to redevelop in keeping , the right to acquire the land council approval before it can If the urban renewal ad. rr h the redevelopment plan. fly chairman, ete the ed the GUARANTEED TENDER, FLAVORFUL, LEAN g 9 P study which determined the and the existing buildings in be submitted to the federal ministration grants the re is estimated that the net area to be eligible for.urban the public interest. u r b a n renewal administra- quested $305,WW for t h e pl ject cost, which is the renewal, covered the section Your Choice STEAK n Today's request requires tion. It asks for funds to study, the next step after its!g oss figure minus the bounded by Kellogg, Waba- ROUND 19 _ completion would be for the'al cunt returned through sale sha; Eleventh, Jackson, Tenth SIRLOIN Lb, authority to enter into aeon-lof he land, would be $20,306, and Wacouta. CUBE tract with the urban renewal 00 . It was found that 44 per administration under which it n a two-thirds, one-third cent of the structures in the WELL TRIMMED- NO FAT would receive federal funds to Is[ i frith the federal govern° match St. Paul money, prob- m t. St. Paul's share would area were built prior to 1900 e B ably on a two-for-one basis, be .769,000. The housing an- and 31 per cent were built be- club Steak t6, 69 Chuck Steak tb. 5 to carry out the urban renew-Ith my says it is feasible to tween 1900 and 1919, Moriarty BEST CUTS—TENDER al plan, assuming that federal,ra c this money through sale said. p o funds are available and that of onds by the authority withI About 70 per cent of the RUm Roast Ls. 39" Beef Roast the proposed program meets lh pledge that the bonds belbuildings, m• 238, were in- EXTRA FANCY federal approval.' pa I off with the difference spected and 212 were studied in The City Council w o u I d be rcen the taxes now paid intensively, both inside and PORTER HOUSE STEAK 89� have to approve, the redevel-Ion the affected property and Iout. _ — ---- 'HE FURINITURE BARN IHY.In"T�� CIVIC LEADERS JAM THE CITY COUNCIL CHAMBERS TODAY.—Staff Photo. We bought entire remaining inventory from Acme Furniture Co., a, Furniture Crowd Cheers Rebulldin 9Discount Store previously at University -&. Fairview in the Griggs Midway Continued from Page IIan appeal for immediate dents there "are vanictims of - - anof an' urban re- discrimination" d added R Paul Fire & Marine Insur- newal program for Its that the group, "after ex. Bldg• It consists of mostly Bedroom-&- Livingfr•oom Suites &Sofas, Chars, OC ante Co.; Richard C. Rad- area, which was d'cecrlbed hausting all our efforts at man Jr., secretary of the St. as the district within Rice, the local level, is more than; . ers and Odd Bedroom Pieces. We bought entire •remaining stock at a low one.. Paul Building and Construe- Lexington, University and ever determined to secure tion Trades Council, and Jo- Selby. redress from some other seph C. Duke, executive vice Mrs. James Taylor, 1354' branch and ] a of gecith r price bid and intend to. Wilt out completely in ivst a few days,, president of Minnesota Min- Thomas ave:, member.. of the ment ' !I ing &Manufacturing Co. council and program dir0c Another group, repre-, rte,- .r +1,„ .Ylaana o. Hrnwn .... , e�arr.� �e�i t e.�. '3GHZTi: �x president of Minnesota Min• !Thomas -ave.,. member{of the I ment fng &ManufacturingCo.e council and program direc- -- Another g roup ', entre- for at the Hallie Q. Brown senting the North Centrale house, said, the community Chamber _Backs Community .council, also council indorsed the down - voiced Its approval of the - town project but urged "the downtown'plan, but added. same swiftness" for their 1 -- - —i.neighborhood urban renewal. Do11it1io�/n. Pian `Ar Loop Renewal., Rev. Floyd Massey tis Downtown 11 pastor of Pilgrim Baptist church and a planning board "We are extremely happy Meeting Slated member, sent a telegram with the proposed redevelop- ; saying it would be tragic ment project for downtown negligence if the same or- St. Paul," Henri G. Foussard, First public meeting on the ganizations (that brought (president of the 'St. Paul Metropolitan Improvement about the downtown proj-.Area Chamber of Commerce committee's downtown re- ects ) did not also publicly I said today. newal project will be held at j indorse the Selby -Lake urban "We feel that it will have noon Monday in the Hotel St. rerlewal. a decided influence on the Paul. ! Another message was read future of our community. LO The plans for renewal of the from L e r o y Lazenberry, The chamber advocates such AT, downtown business district � president of the North Cen- a project because it is an Lm y will be outlined by Louis tral Community c o u n ci 1, Iterative step .toward revital Lundgren, chairman of the which ' also expressed sup- ization of our community," architectural advisory com- port for downtown but said, he stated. mittee for the renewal prof- I "our interests are being ig- On behalf of our 3,200 ect. Lundgren is a member nored," charged the resi- chamber members," said of the St. Paul architectural I _. .—I Foussard, "I would like to firm of Haarstick-LundgrenI Dies at Wife's Tomb iCompliment the City Council, . associates. the city planning board, the Sponsoring the luncheon I PEDOSA, ITALY — NPU — housing a n d redevelopment SO meeting is the downtown St. Ferruccib Marconi, 84, went authority and the 'MetropoI'- AT Paul department of the St. to the cemetery here to say tan Improvement committee Paul Area Chamber of Com- Jprayer at his wife's tomb. for their diligence in setting coerce. Reservations for the ust as he finished, he was forth some challenging and, luncheon may .be made by stricken by a heart attack needless to say, foresighted calling the Chamber of Com- and fell dead in front of the objectives. They are assured merce office, CA 2.5561. tomb, of our complete support." THESE AREA FEW MAMPt.ES` l Actual Photographs taken righton the display floor. You'll find them at the address indicated on each picture. Dozens more to choose from at both Barns. Most covers are of fine quality Nylon Matelasse or Nylon Frieze. SOFA—BROWN .., 45 Men in Varied Jobs` FOAM BACK SOFA & CHAIR—BEIGE ..$145 AT 2880 Bent on Modernizing Citd Forty-five men from all low; Harold J. Cummings, First National Bank of St. y^ walks oft. Paul civic, busi- president of The Minnesota Paul; Robert Macfarlane, nessand professional-lifecom- Mutual Life Insurance Co.; president of Northern Pacific pose the Metropolitan Im- Albert H. Daggett, board Railway Co.; James MacKen- provement c o in TTI ittee, a chairman of Gould -National zie, business manager of St. x* group bent on modernizing Batteries, Inc.; William Da. Paul Plumbers & Gas Fit - downtown St. Paul. vidsop, president of David- ters, local No. 34; Richard TUFTED BACK TRADITIONAL—GREEN ....... $117 Officers are Robert F. son Co.; Walter V. Dorle, A. Moore, attorney at Faricy, AT 28so; Leach, president, who is an president of Northwestern Moore, Costello & Hart; John a attorney with Oppenheimer, State bank; Joseph C. Duke, M. Musser, vice president of A .F . Hodgson, Brown, Baer & executive vice president of Weyerhaeuser Co. q' Wolff; Wilfrid E: Rumble, Minnesota Mining & Manu John F. Nash, president of first vice president, an attor- facturing Co. American National bank; ney with Doherty, Rumble & E. E. Engelbert Sr., pees Richard Ordway, president of Butler; Walter G. Seeger, ident of St. Paul Book & Sta. Crane &Ordway Co.; James s' P F. Owens Jr., vice president . ' second vice president, who is tionery Co.; Elmer R. Erick- .._..,� $ OF. Northern States Power { board chairmab of Whirlpool son, president of Northwest- Corp.; Philip H. Nason, treas- ern Refining Co.; Roland J. Co.; Joseph Paper, president over, who is president of the Faricy, attorney at Faricyof Paper Calmenson Co.; , Bernard H. Ridder Jr., pub- LARGE MODERN SOFA & CHAIR—TOAST ..... $138 First National 'bank of St. Moore, Costello & Hart; Hen- usher of Northwest Publica Paul; Robert F. Van Hoef, ri G. Foussard, president of Ar 2aao secretary of the committee. Madel Cleaners &Launder- bons, Inc. p. Other committee members ers; Reuel D. Harmon, presi- Paul A.as Schilling, president Pa - are dent of Webb Publishing Co.; and as of Waldorf Pa- } r Earl Almquist, editor of the M. J. Heldridge, northern'di- per Products Co.; Paul M. ! r 3 Minnesota Union Advocate; vision manager of Northwest. Schutte, vice president of 1 , { 1 1 i Robert G. Bertholf, general ern Bell Telephone Co.; Louis Maurice L. Rothschild -Young y manager of Dayton's; H. Wil- W Hill Jr., president of Hill Quinlan de Thomas Shanley A i Jr., president of Police Union Liam Blake, president of Family foundation. _ local No. 985; Lee H. Slater, Northwestern National bank; Russell Hunsin er, John t.'. nt of. J. Norris KBCarnRailw roger Paul Fire president of St. vicepressiid' Troy,executive3-CUSHION TRADITIONAL—TOAST..,,,,..,,SI33 Great Northern Railway president o.; of dB.e Jackson, ur- Gold mour of Central Livestock associ- ance Co.; Jammees E. Kelley, hey, president and secretary ation, Inc.; Lawrence A. attorney at Buddlfe, Kelley 8 of Arthur F. Williams, Inc., . Carr, board chairman of Torrison; Roger Kennedy, and John J. Verstraete Jr.,�iL American National bank; vice president of Northwest- director of communications, 1 Georggp L. Cobb, general ern National bank; Lloyd L. Minnesota Mining & Manu-: I I manager of Brown & Bige- Leider, first vice president of facturing Co. BEIGE.... .5129 - ., — • • ar TRIPLE DRESSER BEDROOM. Large Large 624-11, Triple Dr.'s., with Framed Mirror, Large Matching Chest and � ' Do,. -,r Type Cutaway Back Panel Bed. Fine Hand$175{ Rubbed Walnut. At 2880 Barn ................... r, a r �a s, WALNUT 2 -PC. BEDROOM. Double Drover, Mirror Bed. Good Quality 52� nth, 6 Drawer 52-inch, LONG TUFTED BACK SOFA B ROWN Dreyer, Till. Landscapa Plate Mirror. AI Born .......... . $131 Y $�5 3 -PC. BEDROOM. Flossie Top Double Dresser Large Tilting M,rrar, Matching Chest and Bad. Beautiful 9 A7 y r (AmericanWalnut orTonMohcgany :OnaEachat2880 ..............' _ o: t $145 P p i�rn DCHESTS—BEDS. MapleorWalnut,ManySixes.Someweredd from Suites. An Assortment on Display al Both BarcoPLE 4 -DRAWER CHEST. ...... 25 •CUiLSHI1O:-N' SOFA—BEIGE WALNUT 4...;.............. `..$126 3 1 ,3 BOOKCASE BEDS ............................. $11 + PANEL BEDS............. $1O ............. .... 3•PC. CHERRY BEDROOM. Large Triple Dreuer, Framed Mirror, Matching Chest of Drowse tv S and Bed.; Beautiful Hand Rubbed lustre Finish. Use in nporHig Modern, Danish or Contemporary Selling. One Each ofor$135 Bath Bns............... 3 -PC. WALNUT BEDROOM. Alln,cli,. Dark Oil W.I. - nu1 Finish. Large Size Triple D-- with Tall Framed Mirror, FOAM BACK SOFA & CHAIR—BEIGE : Matching Chest and Bed E-',. Fire Qu -lily. At $ 2880 Barn ............. $175 , �..r,-' .. $155 "+� r� .°•y,7, p`'� „.� ,. ,... , ,,, ..t AT' 3-PC. WALNUT BEDROOM. 52 inch Double Dreyer wish d F,aing Plate Glass Mirror. 4 Drawer Chest & Bed. $125 Curved Front—Good Quol ty. At 195 Born ........ LY sT d 3 -PC. SHADED GREY BEDROOM. Usually o high very Armed brand. D bl Dresser with Mirror, Matching k� $145 Chest and Bed. Allt Grey -Block Fin'sh.At 195Barn '�' 3•PC. TRIPLE DRESSER BEDROOM. Rich Walnut with: -'.:gt t a r �' ` long wood drawer pulls. Triple Dreuer, Mirror, Chev E.�• ' >-* I'd led. A1195 gar. ...........:.............. $1 offer 1-P0. CORRELATED GROUP. largei olnul l2 Dr.w.r NARROW ABM MODERN—CHAMPAI6NE Triple Ore , Matching 44.inch 1?D ower Chet Bed and Corner Desk Chess. Very fin. Ou�lily, Bea hfully $ Finished with Plastic Tops. Al 195 Bare .............: 111 ...-„$127 .�. x ` ' ” '�'AT 1 i v% D0111/N ALANCE ON LOW TERMS. t OP ITURE BARN 2880 Stillwater Rd. NIGHT ge I t/. mile East Di $QT. Sl. Paul on Hiway 212 t •.$152 M , by the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul, Minnesota e May 15, 1962 P RPOSE This zeport is intended to outline the renewal programs contemplated in Saint Paul and, further, relate this information to an- .existinV. g . Some of the reported information, as contained in the housing eupply. ' is contained herein also in older that 1960 housing census reports, the actions contemplated can be readily correlated with census infor- mation. As the 1960 census reports refer to "housing units" and the previous census reports of 1950 and 1940 refer to "dwelling units", the terms may be considered interchangeable in this report. DEFI_ NITONS Id order that all majox terms are clear, certain terms are defined within the following pages. - 1 - PURPOSE This report is intended to outline the renewal programs contemplated Po P 9 P in Saint Paul and, further, relate this information to an existing housing supply. Some of the reported information, as contained in the 1960 housing census reports, is contained herein also in order .hat the actions contemplated can be readily correlated with census infor- mation. As the 1960 census reports refer to "housing units" and the previous census reports of 1950 and 1940 refer to "dwelling units", the terms may -be considered interchangeable in this report. DEFINITIONS In order that all major terms are clear, certain terms are defined within the following pages. - 1 - 1960 CENSUS OF HOUSING D E F I N I T I O N$ Special Reports for Local Housing Authorities - Saint Paul, Minnesota - Housino unit -.A house, an apartment or other group of rooms, or a when. it is. single room is regarded as a housino.unit , separate living occupied or intended for. occupancy as the occupants do not live and quarters, that is, when eat with any other persons in the structure and there is either (1) direct access from the outsideorthrough kitchen or cooking equipment foi a common hall or (2) a the exclusive use of the occupants. Occupied Hous- A housing unit is "occupied" if it is the usual place living ina Unit of residence for the person or group of persons Included are units in it at the time of enumeration. occupied by persons who -are only temporarily absent (fox example, on vacation) and units occupied by per- sons with no usual place of residence elsewhere. Sound Housing his defined as that which has no defects, or only slight during the course defects which axe normally corrected Examples of slight defectsin- of regular maintenance. lack of paint, slight damage to porchor clude: roken gut- cacks in tex, Or yorbdoorsills. terssmall orTdownspouts;l slights wear"on floors DPterioratina needs more repair than would be provided in the course more defects of Hoisinq of regular maintenance. It has one or that must be corrected if.the , ` an intermediate nature is to continue to provide safe and adequate shel- unit ter. Examples of intermediate defects include: shaky cracks, or miss- or unsafe porch or steps; holes, open the floors, ing materials over a small area of or roof; rotted window sills or frames; pear on floors, stairs, or doorsills; broken or loose stair Such defects indicate neg- treads or missing balusters. deteriorating or damage if lect which leads to serious not corrected. Di"nidated does not provide safe and adequate shelter. It has one has a combination of inter- Housing or more critical defects; or defects in sufficient number to require extensive mediate or rebuilding; or is of inadequate original con- repair struction. Critical defects result from continued neg- to lect or te include: holesamage , structure. Exampleair of ccrriticaladefectsoino - 2 - DEFINITIONS - continued open cracks or missing materials over a large area of the floors., walls, roof, or other parts of the structure; sag - ging floors, walls, or roof; damage by storm or fire. In- adequate original:constructRion includes structures built of makeshift materials and inadequately converted cellars, sheds, or garages not originally intended as living quar- ters. "Vacant. avail- able for.rent— units are on the market for year-round,occupancy, are.in. either sound or deteriorating condition, and are offered "for rent" or "for rent or sale". "Vacant, all other".. unit's comprise units which are for sale only, dilapidated, seasonal,'or held off the market for various reasons. Color Occupied housing units are classified by the color of the head of the household. The color group designated as "nonwhite" consists of such races or nationalities as the Negro, American Indiap, Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Korean, 'Asian Indian,` and Malayan races. Persons of Mexican birth or descent who are not definitely of In- dian or other nonwhite race are classified as white. f . Tenure A housing unit is "owner occupied" if the owner or co- owaer lives in the unit, even if it is mortgaged or not fully paid for. All other occupied units are classified as "renter occupied". whether or not cash rent is paid. Examples of units for which no cash rent is paid include units occupied in exchange for services rendered, units owned by relatives and occupied without payment of rent, and units occupied by sharecroppers. CONTEMPLATED RENEWAL AREAS -•; Three segments of the City are presently under study with the intent to initiate the necessary renewal actions.n. Neighborhood renewal planning is in progress in the Riverview General Neighborhood Renewal Area, Minn.- R-4(GN). A feasibility survey is in process in the Downtown Area of Saint Paul, known as the "Downtown Feasibility Survey, Minn. R-16(FS)". The Authority recently commenced neighborhood planning in the Cathedral Neighborhood Renewal Area, Minn. R-17(GN) and Federal approval and funds for the study are expected at a very early date. RIVERVIEW GNRP Our neighborhood planning, to date, serves to reveal five logical renewal project activities. Planning has progressed to a point that a reasonably accurate estimate of removals can be determined. Project I bounded generally by Wabasha Street,'the Bluff, the High Bridge and the Floodwall. Planning to date on this segment of the neighborhood serves to reveal that the area should.be renewed for all ° residential or all industrial use. Market informa- tion, yet to be gained, will serve to solidify the proposed action in this segment.of the neighborhood. It appears that the degree of dilapidation is such that all housing units should be removed. This segment of the neighborhood contains approximately 151 housing units. -4- Proiect bounded generally by Wabasha Street, the Fioodwall, Robert Street and Wood Street. Planning to date serves to indicate that this area should be developed primarily for industrial use, thereby re- moving all residential structures. This segment of the neighborhood presently contains 41 housing units. Proiect III bounded generally by Wood Street, Robert Street, Concord Street and Wabasha' Street. This segment of the neighborhood appears to be eligible for total residential clearance. Redevelopment ` would produce land primarily for commercial use in accordance with the Preliminary Land Use .Plan of the City PlanninglBoard. Such action would require the removal of approximately 184 housing units. Project IV bounded generally by Concord Street, Robert Street, the Chicago Great Western trackage and the proposed Highway #52. This segment of the neighborhood presently contains 772 dwelling units. In order to rearrange neighborhood streets, allow space for the expansion or developmept of community facilities, and remove structures which are beyond. economic repair, approximately 425 housing units will be removed through renewal action. New con- struction may slightly 'increase the number of stan- dard housing units in this segment in the future. -5- Proiect V bounded generally by the Chicago Great Western trackage, Robert Street, the Floodwal.l and a .hg Airport. The neighborhood contained approxi- umately 580 housing units, most of which would be acquired and demolished within. an unassisted pro- ject in; the neighborhood area. Removal is present- ly1being'performed by the Port Authority of the City of Saint Paul for the development of an Indus- tiial Park. The housing units to be removed within this segment are not reflected in the tabulation pf this ction. TH RA N A EA Al {ough neighborhood planning has only recently commenced, certain information presently gathered serves to give an in- dication of the probable number of housing units to be removed through renewal action. Approximately 39235 occupied housing units presently exist in the neighborhood. As neighborhood planning is in a very early stage, the information contained below must be considered as very preliminary: Proiect I Technical High Proiect bounded generally by Cathedral Place, Dayton Avenue, Arundel Street and the Freeway. A project in this segment of the neighborhood would include the acqui- sition of approximately 350 housing units for the development of the pfesently defined Technical High School site. Additional acquisition within this 6 0 defined project limit may require the acquisition. of an additional 502 housing units, or a total of approximately 852 housing units within this segment of the neighborhood. Pro.iect II bounded generally by Arundel Street, Marshall Avenue, St. Albans Strioet,and the Freeway. Presently, this segment of the neighborhood con- tains 685 housing units. It is expected that 50 to 55 per .cent of the housing structures would be removed by renewal action, or a total housing unit removal -of approximately 350 units. Proiect III bounded generally by Wyton Avenue, Summit Avenue, Maiden Lane, Holly Avenue and Arun- „ del St*eet. A project in this location may presently' contain approximately 1,550 housing units. It is assumed, at this time, that approximately W per- cent, -of the housing unitswouldbe removed by clear - 9 pp _. ante through renews actioni or a removal ofa rox- imately 300 housing units. New development is ex- petted to slightly increase the ultimate number 'of housing units in this segment after the renewal is completed. I- DOWNTOWN FEASIBILITY SURVEY AREA _-N Bounded generally by Kellogg Boulevard, Wabasha Street, Eleventh Street, Jackson Street, Tenth Street, Wacouta Street. The limits A - 7- of renewal projects in the Downtown Area have not, as yet, been defined. This segment of the community presently con- tains 248 housing units. In the event that a renewal pro- ject ...._: _ ject is initiated in the vicinity of Fourth and Jackson Streets,, it is assumed that such renewal action may serve to,/ remove less than 100 housing units. Three additional neighborhood renewal areas have been delineated, how- ever, no planning applications are pending within these neighborhoods. The three areas contemplated are as follows. HOLLOW GNRP Bounded by Western Avenue, St. Anthony Avenue, Grotto Street, University Avenue. SEVEN CORNERS NEIGHBORHOOD �1 Bounded generally by Hill Street, the St: Paul, Minneapolis and Omaha trackage, Wilkin Street, Sherman Street, the Plea- sant Avenue Freeway, Fifth Street, Exchange Street, Fourth i Street and Washington Street. The City Planning Board has proposed -a general neighborhood planning a;ea bounded generally by University Avenue, Grotto Street, the Interstate Freeway, St. Albans Street, Selby Ave- nue and Lexington Parkway. Consideration is being given to a study of this area in conjunction with the above mentioned Hollow neighborhood. -8- m Neighborhood renewal action (excluding the actions of the. Port Authority.) may cause the removal of housing units within the.. next ten, years in the following amounts: Riverview neighborhood 801 housing units Cathedral neighborhood 1,819 housing units 100 housing units Downtown project Total in contemplated renewal project area 21720 housing units n -9- COMPILED INFORMATION FROM THE 1960 CENSUS REPORT ' Preliminary and final factual census information has been published subsequent to the 1960 census ,surveys. Reports issued to date are as follows: melt 1. HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS - MINNESOTA (Advance Report March, 1961). 2. CITY BLOCKS - SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA 3. SPECIAL REPORT FOR LOCAL HOUSING AUTHORITY, SAINT PAUL 4. FINAL POPULATION COUNTS, MINNESOTA (Advance Report 3/8/61) Further information is expected to be available in the summer of 1962. In reference to the above mentioned reports, factual information rela- ' tive.to numbers 1; 2 and 3 listed above is presented on the following pages. a 1960 CENSUS OF HOUSING A DVAN""C"E REPORT S Housing, Characteristics March 1961 Subject Saint Paul Alt ho uaina units 102_310 Tenure, Color and Vacancy Status- ta ucOccupied Occupied 98,704 Owner Occupied_ 59,553 White 58,377 Nonwhite 1,176 Renter Occupied 39,151 White 37,727 Nonwhite 1,424 Vacant 3,606 Year round 3,296 Sound or deteriorating 2,988 Available for sale only 308 Available for rent,. 2,108 Balance 572 Dilapidated 'i r 308 Seasonal 310 Condition and Plumb'ii54"1?"' All units 102.310 Sound 88,694 With all plumbing facilities . 82;14,3 Lacking only hot water 266 Lacking private toilet or bath or running water 6,285 Deteriorating 10,813 With all plumbing facilities 8:066 Lacking only hot water 203 Lacking private toilet or bath or running water 2,5,4/ Dilapidated 2,803 Owner Occupied sa ' 59,553 Sound 54,776 With all plumbing facilities 53,921 Lacking some or all facilities r 855 Deteriorating 4,063 With all, plumbing facilities 3,685 Lacking some or all facilities 378 Dilapidated 714 Renter Occupied 39,151 Sound 31,340 With all plumbing facilities 26,•258 Lacking some or all facilities 5,082 Deteriorating 6,063 With all plumbing facilities 3,985 Lacking some. or all facilities 2,078 Dilapidated 1,748 HOUSING CHARACTERISTICS - continued Subject Saint Paul Vacant available for sale 308 With all plumbing facilities 297 Lacking some or all facilities 11 Vacant available for rent 2,108 With all plumbing facilities 1,370 Lacking some or all facilities 738 Rooms Median: All occupied 4.8 Vacant available for sale 5.3 Vacant available for rent Persons 3.0 Median: All occupied 2.6 Value Median (dollars): Owner occupied 13,700 Vacant available for sale 15,700 Contract Rent Average (dollars): Renter occupied 66 Vacant available for rent 66 Condition and plumbing for Ho 'no Units with Nonwhite Household Heads All occupied units 2.600 Owner Occupied 1,176 Sound 918 With all plumbing facilities 893 Lacking some or all facilities �5 Deteriorating 220 -- With all plumbing facilities 207 Lacking some or all facilities 13 Dilapidated 38 Renter Occupied - 1,424 Sound 786 786 With all plumbing facilities Lacking some or all facilities log 148 Deteriorating 482 With all plumbing facilities 328 q Lacking some or all facilities 154 Dilapidated 156 SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA CHARACTERISTICS OF HOUSING UNITS, FOR THE CITY: 1960 Subject Number Par. Cent _ --- - All housing units 102.326 100.0 Condition and Plumbing Sound88,712 86.7 With all plumbing facilities 1- -:! 82,161 80.3 -lacking-some or all facilities 6,551 6.4 DeterJ4rating 10,814 10.6 With,}'all p%umbing facilities 8,067 7.9 Lacklhg 06 or 6,11' facilities 2,747 2.7 With flush toilet 3,638 2.6 No "flush toilet lQq 0.1 Dilapidated 2,800 2.7 Occupied Housing Units 28,726 100.0 Tenure Owner Occupied 59,574 60.3 Renter Occupied 39,152 39.7 Color White 96,126 97.4 Nonwhite 2,600 2.6 Persons Per Room 1.00 or less 90,126 91.3 P 1.01 or more 8,600 l 8.7 Average Number of Rooms Owner Occupied 5.7 Renter Occupied L 3.6 'Value and Rent Average -value' - dollars 14,800 Average contract rent - dollars 66 SOURCE: U. S. CENSUS OF HOUSING: 1960 Series HC(3)-225 �'- CITY BLOCKS - Saint Paul, Minnesota m t a i " '°33� a s SPECIAL REPORTS FOR LOCAL HOUSING AUTHORITIES SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA HC(Sl)-75 U.S. CENSUS OF HOUSING:-- 1960 OCCUPANCY AND TENURE BY COLOR OF OCCUPANTS Subject Total White Non-white Total Housina Units 102 310 Ok 2.6o0 Owner Occupied 59,553 58,377 1,176 Renter Occupied 39,151 37,727 1,424 Vacant, Available for Rent 2,108 Vacant, All Other 1,498 _ Occupied Substandard 10,870 1036 Owner 1,954.' 1;878 76 Renter 8,916 " 8,458 458 - j4 .r 6 r � , FACTORS RELATING TO HOUSING SUPPLY Information as gathered from the Bureau of, Public Buildings relative to the additions and subtractions in the housing stock. A total of 17,232 housing units were added to the local housing supply from 1950 through 1961. A total of 1,775 housing units were removed from the housing supply from 1958 through 1961. A recapitulation of this in- formation indicates, generally, the following: Av.•erage annual increase 1,436 housing units per year \. Average annual decrease 4" housing units per year \\ Net Increase 992 housing units per year v' HOUSING NEID The census information as revealed in the various census reports and as reviewed in conjunction with the 1950 census reports, reveals a much im- proved housing situation over the past ten year period. The vacant avail- able housing units for rant or for sale amounts to 2,416 housing units, which represents 2.36 per cent of the total housing units in the City. In comparison with this figure, .it should be noted that the vacant non- seasonal, non -dilapidated for rent or for sale housing units in Saint Paul in 1950 represented approximately 0.6 per cent of the total units in Saint Paul.. The vacancy ratio in Saint Paul has substantially in- creased; however, it has not as yet gained to a point that would allow a desirable rental mobility situation. Mobility of families within the housing supply should be accomplished when the vacancy of standard, available housing units reaches at least 3 per cent of the total housing - unit supply. 15 - It is expected that a portion of the,_spahe,provided through the renewal programs contemplated, as defined in this report, will be utilized for the development of new housing units. The, three forms of housing that appear to be necessary include private housing of the one and two fam- ily or apartment type, relocation housing at a rental scale which will assist in the relocation of families from renewal areas, and public housing. The Authority is operating, constructing, or is presently designing a total of 1,869 public housing units. It appears from infor- mation gathered to date that public housing construction will be neces- sary over and above the total amount contained in the first reservation of 2,000 public housing units. The development of private housing units for rental purposes will be stimulated and promoted by the Authority and space for such units will be provided within the renewal areas contem- plated. 16 j� 16 TABIZ I CITY PLANNIN4 tOARD Or SAINT PAUL l 1915 Courthouse May 3, 1962 708 Dr. Hanson nm N. C. Wieland Sti8.1ECTr Pest and potential gr wtk in the proposed frost Lake elementary sobeol aaviw ares. Is response to your request, the Plaaniwt Board staff has made a study of tM 4sral as" of ria proposed Ptest Laks Elsnsatery School. The study sn area is bounded as rim Nor* bjP Lrrpsstear Avesuei on the east by White Mer ANswi as the seed' by the "Chicago and Northwestern Railroads and an' the west by Johnson ftA way, the Northern Pacific Railroad, and Phalen Park. As pop tea Plasis4 bard's Community plan Report B9, this area would comprise two neighborhood mite and, thus two elementary school ear vine aresa. The proposed dividing line to Arlington Avenue which would be a eolLotor street, and tM ,witting Prosperity Hiaghts School would cors* the area south of Arlington. Avenue, while the proposed Trost Lake School would save the area to the north. Pitures used in the following analysis are those of the 1950 and 1960 De consul Censure Manning Board housing unit counts and population estimates for 1957 and 1960, and Planning board housing unit and population estimates for, 1962 and for ultimate development. Trends and outlook for each area are summarized as followst Frost Lake Arden Invaded on the north by Larpenteur Avenue.' on the east biSi3%Tearus, on the aonth by Arlington Avenue, and an the west by Phalan hrk. TABIZ I The followisg ecsalueleas relating to the Prost Lake area may be derived lroa-Table It Pea`envTho area growat a raft of about 83 .housing -units per Your IIL=m 0 MING 1957 sad than slowed seaawhat to about 50 hous- Ing mite per year between 1957 and 1960. The 1960 Census showed 917 hour- Lag mitt and 3.473 perae -a within the area at that tine. Present Ravel out Basod on the 1957 to 1960 growth rate, the area should now costa IN a su 6090 heeling waits and have a population of about 4.085 persons. Using a rating derived froze 1960 Carious and school enrollsent - figwrse, of Ms everap of 12.1 public school 14-6 pupils per 100 population fes• thi iiasel Park arm, the rrbst Lake area should contain about 492 pub - lin school K-6 pupils at this Lisa. /� Devolopamt in the area will likely proceed at an uneven Pa" Sou at so overall rete that is somewhat slower than the 50 housing units per year of the 1957 to 1960 period. lobe ultimate potential of 1.350- 1,500 housing mite sad 6,725-5,250 parsons will likely be malls" about 197Or. If the owrnnt high ratio of public aMheel K-6 pupils per 100 popu- lation is assured, theMew .ssould have S72-635 public school KG pupils at eltisste developaat. . !ra ri � - louaded on the north by Arlington Avenue, on the Owes �. r aa, as .the Beath by the Chicago and Northwestern Rail- road tracks, sad so the seat by Johnson Parkway and the Northern Pacific Baileesd trucks. TABU II "wing Units Population 19So Census 687 1957 Planning Mrd 1,251 1960 Ceasws 1,414 5.299 1960 PIMSIng Board 1,451 S,441 (eat.) 1962 Plawriag Board 1.577 (out.) 5.914 ( est . ) U1tiMte Plaguing Board 2,350-2,500 (est.) 7,638-6.125 (est.) The following cauclusias raletiy to the Prosperity Heights area nay be derived frau 70bla U. ?rat Growth Pattern - The area grow at a somewhat higher rate between 1950 d between LOST {std 1960. This w prlsarily due to the construction of the Roosevelt Paelie Dewing Project during the 1950-1957 period- The 1957-1960•growth rap was about 53 housLop units per year. -2- Present Dow o sent - based as the 1957-1960 growth rete, the, area should &It preoeet contain about 1.577 bussing Malta and have a population of about S,91w persons. Apia using tbo 1960 ratio of 12.1 public school K-6 pu- piis per -400 population for the whole Basel Park 'Areat and applying it to tbs Mtisoted 1862 popelatfes for Abs Prosperity Heights area. indicates ass* 716 K-4 public sabool pupils at present. future Tlavelaodft lbs area abould continue to develop jut an uneven pace andoo a�iirate aaaowhat Las tban that of the meant past.. The ultimate potential of 2,30.2,500 bussing malts aid a population of 7.640- 6,125 persons aheuld be iwilmob sometime between 1975 and 196o. A fairly Leo above of tutwse bswlwg asiO are expected to be In walk-up apart- eNote, besever, Gad pvGbab YI viii sat contribute ,any potential public school Pupils. With this In ,lade it $0005 likely tbat the ultimate public school 1h6 ooplation Will be abwt 900.999 pupils. Is summary, bath areas abasld presently be sapobls of aapperting a full - seals elementary sebeel with grades W,-&. As additional 100-150 pupils in the frost Lake Area and 190+200 Pupils in the Prosperity Hieghte area will likely •Ned to be sorest by the time the area ewoh their ultimata dove lop - seat, around tbe.sid-1970x. Ma alud! we sods at this time of the area east of White.bear Avenue, but it L aaaued that the Insisting MaydM HeightsElementary School will be able to ser" that arse satishatovlly it the pupils west of White bear Avenue Presently Gwmd by that "bQGI aro divided between Prosperity Hbights and the new rorst Lake 9ahool. S/7/624W a, 77 r CITY FLANNING BOARD OF 1,AIt17 ?A!)- 1315 Courthcuse .o MEMORAMDIl1 T0t Dr. Nasaon FROMI Herbert C. Yielaad SUBJECT: Past and potential growth is the Phalen Park Community %4. as deline- ated in Coity PIM Report /9, and with special emphasis on the propped Wheelock Elementary School service area. In response to your request, the Planning Board staff has made a study of the general area of the .proposed nue Wheelock Elementary School. 'Hwever,, since con - community Plan Plan Report /9 suggests rather have akeave rthesllberty otexisting makingca at++dy ditic:v in the Phalen Park Ceeunity, The one excepted is the of four of the five neighborhoods within the oomM+nity. P Lincoln School neighborhood. The area of study is generally bounded by Larpenteur. Phalan Park, Johnson Parkway, Chicago and M.Y. Railway and Northern Pacific Rail- way tracks, Mississippi Freeway, and the Soo.Line tracks. For purposes of identification, the four neighborhoods and proposed school service districts will be designated as follows Wheelock. EYrneworth. Harrison. and Southwest. These neighborhoods are ft fined by barriers to pedestrian travel ?<; such as railroads and major streets as designated in the Thoroughfare Plan and thus are logical elementary school service areas. Figures mood in the analysis ars those of the 1950 and 1960 Decennial census, Planning Board housing for1962and +, count of 19579 and Planning Board bouaiag unit and popeestimate pus for ultimate development. �e Trends and outlook for each area are summarise .as follows: _-:Yheeleckt Donned on the north by Larpintour Avenue, on the east by Phalan Park ' > (Arcade treat) and Payne Avenue, an the south by Arlington and Maryland Avenues. Z'.: and on the west by the Mississippi Strest,riwway (Interstate f35E) and the Soo Line tracks. TABLE I Ho"IN its, It Population 1950 Census 1957 Planning Board 1,082 1960 Census 1,307 4,254 1962 Planning Beard 1,470 (est.) 4,780 (est.) Ultimate Planning Boatel 2,000-2,200 (est.) 6,500-7,.150 (est. Tba fa33Minf acnclwIgw relating to the Yhealack area say be derived from Table I. Pest Growth Patters - Tae area grew at a rats of about 36 housing -units par year year period between 1950 Gad 1950- However, the rete for the Us t three years of that period (1957-1960) was 92 honing -units per year. The 1960 Census showed 1,307 bousiag-smite and 4,2S4 persons within the area at that time. Present Development - The high rate of growth between 1957 and 1960 was due to a great extent to a large development that was built north of Wheelock Park- way and west of Edgerton Street. This development was essentially complete by 1960 and it is, therefore, reasonable to assume that the growth rete was some- what lower between 1960 and 1962 than during the 1957-1960 period. For this reason a somewhat arbitrery-figure of 90 bowing -units per year was used to arrive at the 1962 estimate of 1,470 housing -units. using the 1960 ratio of pirscas per housing -unit of 3.25 provides an estimated 1962 population of about 4,780. The 1960 ratio if K -S school pupils per 100 population was about 9.9 for tbel arsa wast of Arcade Street. Applying this ratio to the estimated 1962 p*ulAtion indicates a public school K-6 population within the Wheelock area of about 470 pupils. Future Dowel t - Development in the -area should proceed at a steady and fairly rep Psea to the ultimate potential of 20000-2,200 housing -units and a total populatlaa of 6,500-7,150 persons. Assuming the 1960 ratio of public school K-6 pupils per 100 populatiaa would indicate that 640-710 pupils will have tobe served by public aiseeaIM school at ultimate development. It is felt that full development will ooaar sometime between 197S and 1990. It could conceivably be sooner, however... Southwest - Bounded on the north by Marylsad Avon", on the east by Arcade Street, cn We—south by the M.P. and Chioago and N.Y. Railroad tracks, and on the west by the Mississippi Street Meway (Interstate /3SE). TABU II. NdWir4i Units Population�� 1950 Cesews 3.087 1957 Planning Board 3,018 1960 Cease 3,191 9,810 1962 Plawimg Beard 30280 (est.) 9,920 (est.) Ultimate Planning Board 3,590-3,500 (est.) 10,250-110,750 (est.) «2-- The following conclusions' relating to the Southwest Neighborhood may be derived .from Table II. Past Growth Pattsm • This ares appuently had a growth rate of. about. 56 housing- units per year between 1957 and 1960. ?his, after a drop in number of housing- units between 1950 and 1957, probably due to acquisition for the freeway. The 19E0 Census reports 3,191 bowing-units and 9,610 persons within'the area for a pamons-per•housing-unit ratio of 5.07. Present Dewl eat - The relatively high growth rate between 1957 and 1960 was probably , to soros extent, to rsplaoement of housing-units lost to the free- way and is not likely to have Continued mints 1960. Therefore, a somewhat arbi- trary figure of 20 howiag-uaits per yea! Mab used to arrive at the estimated 1962 figures of 30230 housing-units and 9,920 persons. Applying the 1960 'ratio of 9.9 public school K-6 pupils per 100 population to the 1962 population estimate Indi- cates that there are about 960 such pupils in the area at this time. Future Dewlopsent - Future development in the area will likely be-sporadic due iso a cuLZ as of most of the remaining vacant land. The ultimate potential is estimated at from 3,350-3,500 housing-units and 10,280-10,750 persons depending on what proportion of new housing-units are in multi-family dwellings. Again, because of the nature of remaining vacant land, it seems reasonable to 4"ums that quite a number of apartment units might be built. About 1,020-1,070 public school K-6 pupils,at ultimate development is indicated by application of the 9.9 pupils per 100 populatisn to the ultimate population estimate. However, miens sucb of the future development is likely to be in apartments which will not contributor greatly to lbN child population, actual public school k-6 population will probably not exceed the 1962 estimate by any great extent. There ars presently three elements" schools locatod within the areas as delineated. They are Phalea, built In 1903 amt, built in 1667; and Ericsson, built in 1890. It is likely that all of these 'schools will be due for replacement in the not too distant future. It is suggested that they be replaced by a single new facility to serve the area as delineated, an an adequate *its mediately across Edgerton Street fres the existing Ericsson School and adjoining the north edge of Wilder Playground. Such a facility would require about 34 classrooms, would be central to the pro- posed neighborhood service ares, and would form a joint-use facility with Wilder Playground. Farnsworth Area - Nowded on the north by Arlington Avenue and Phalen Park, on the mot by aes ark, on the south by Maryland Avenue, and on the west by Payne Ave. T"Em" I Units Population 1960 Census =Cdo 1957 Planning geed 1,329 1960 peomm 1,502 4,142 M Pleasing hoard 4400 (est.) 4,240 (est.) Ultimate Planning good 1,400-1,450 (est.) 4,240-4,390 (est.) The following oonaluaions relating to the ruoawortb area sway be derived frac Table III. Past Crawtb ratter • This am grow at a rate of about IS bousiaga mita per year • een and 1960 sad bad se overall 1950-1960 growth rate of 16 housing_ units per year. The 1960 o•asus $wow" 1.362 bauing-units end 4,166 persons in .the area at that tie•. Present Dsrelset_ • Baead on an extinatad grower rate of 10 housing -unite per year'sioce 191 O• C arae is wtieatad'to bar• about 1,400 housing -units and 6,240 persons witblm its boundaries at precast. The ratio of public school K-6 pupils to total population is about 7.5par 100 for this area. Applying this vatic to the estlaatsd 1962 pcpulatiae rosalts in a figure of about 320 public •]a ,scary school pupils at We ties. iUtur• cove stet • This arca is expected to show little. if any .growth in the u w. 02 eaxiaue that cosld.0a Weactod would be 1,450 housing -unite and 4,990 persons. These figures Heald multg�l, In an ultimate ttateo 192�has 16aclass- of about 330 pupils. The present ravnarortb t or Schools futbuilt need in serving 6 c rooms or four in excess of aetieipatsd pawsn f area as delineated. gotb site and building are considered adequate to serve the avow for saes time to cams. ilarrlaan Area ey - Bounded oa the north by Maryland Avenue, on theast by Phalan Jornsoc Parkwq sod the N.P. hailroad tracks, on the south by the N. P. and Cblsags and M.Y. railroad track, and OR the nest by Arcade -Street. TOLL IV NOaa� is population�� 1950 Comm i,riB 1957 Plavming Hard 1e90 1960 000se 2,047 6,357 1962 Plaaaiag 19ard 2,066 (•at.) 6,500 (est.) ultiMto P3aaatog Board 2,240-2,400 (est.) 6.970-7,460 (est.) The following amob •ides relatie{ to the Nanism area may be derived from Table I1v Past growth Patters - The was had a 1057-1960 p4m b rate of 34 housing -units per year as over -x11 10 -year 1f50 -1s" growth rate of .13 housing -units per andyear. The 1960 C•ses$ reported 2,047 hewing -mite and 6,357 persons in the area at that ties. Thio results is a pgm s-p•r-hoasing-unit ratio of 3.11 Pres"t Darelc meet - ASOMINg 4 19WIM graanb rate of 20 housing -units per war would result is a 1962 sstlmste of 2.090 housiag=units and 6.500 Persons. lased an a ratio of 7.3 pirhlis sohsol K-6 pupile per, 100 population. this would Indicate some 460 snob papUs is the one at this time. Fetors Dswlo meat - Thio ata is bot, expected to see such fature graft and mss e a ose eager will libly a is apartment units which do cot contri- buts a great deal to school popaUties. At ultimate development, which should ocanr about 1970, the area will ppdably have. 2.240-2.400 horsing -unite sxd 6.970-7,40 peramme TraeiLtod into 1( 6 school population, this would mean A potential ultimate earollmsnt of S10-530 pupils. This enrollment will rsQuirs 17-19 classrooss, or 2-4 sore thsn.are available at this time. Community Plan Report f9 reccema►ds that the Harrison site and Lockwood Playarand be enlarged sod joined to form a Joint -use core facility for the neighborhood. A summary in terms of cl@saroam needs for the four neighborhoods is sham in Table V. TABLE V Now Available Now Needed ultimate, Nhewlock Area 41 16 22 -24 - Southeast Ara 36 ( 3 oid school@)* 33 34-36 farsawoeth Area 1s u 12 NWIIM Ara 1f 15 17-19 Mxalem, cwt, and Lpimssem Typed - iS . 5/21/62 41•' 1 Tot Dr. Kamm rroms Herbert C. Vielamd subjects Past and potential growth In the proposed Upper Afton and Afton - Ruth sleawstary school service areas. The Planning Board staff has studied these areas per your request. We have used, with a minor exception. Areas "A" and "B" as delineated 1n tris Bureau of risld Studies Report 117 datod Deessbor 1956, as assured Attendance areas. The exception is that the land bounded by White Bear Avenue, Upper Afton Road and Battle Croak has been included In Area "A" rather than in Area ":f" as per the Bureau of Field Studies report. Figures used in the following analysis are those of the 1950 and 1960 Decen-nial Census. Planning Board housing unit counts and population estimates for 1957 and 1960. and Planning Used hawing unit and population estimates for 1962 and for ultioats development. Trands atA outlook for each area ars sumarisad as followss AREA "A" Tabes I Housisg Units Population 1950 Gnaws 210 1957 Plansiag Board 400 1960 Censor 497 1,253 1960 Plasniog Beard 442 1,292 (est.) 1962 Planning Board 470 (est.) 1.359 (est.) ;< Ultimate Planning Board 900-1,000 (est.) 3,000-3,300 (est.) The following conclusions slating is Area "Ar say.be derived fro. Table I. Past Growth pattern • Rapid growth betrw.s 1950 and 1957. then slowing to . o ice" mita per year between 1957 and 1950. Present Developsost - Msed an the 1957.1960 Reert\ rate. the ane should at prww acro chose 470 bossing units and have . population of sass 1.360 persona. rature D•velopsent Dowlepsset is the new will likely proceed at a rate of 150-zu ns g wits per year to an ultimato total of 900-1.000 housing wits in about 1995. Total papulation at altisste deeelopeent will be 2.700-39000 persons. This Seth ate excludes Lads currently being thought of for.futara park expansion aced for other nor -residential uses. If these plans fail to materialise, the figures for ultiaat• deve'lopsmt will be savewhat higher. So tar as is knows, there are no large scale develop- sonts contemplated in the ane .tbat would tend to accelerate the develop- sant rate for short periods of ties. AMU "3" Table II Messing Units Population 1990 emovs 31 1957 ploolog 6wrd F 1960 Canons' 177 559 1940 rimaiss bard M 1.112 (wt.) 1962 pLniss XW4 so (set.) 1.660 (get.) " Vitisate phoning °Nord 1,500-29000 (est.) 5.2W7.000 (sat.) It will be noted that the 1940 bond" unit asset of the Bureau of the. Comm and that of the Planning Bossd differ sharply for Area "3". Then is a good reason to M1ien that the emove'tigure is in error and, thore- fare, the planning board count will be wed is determining the 1957-1960 growth rate. The following emoluslass relating to Area 050 cry be derived frac Table 2. Pit Growth Pattens The area grow slowly between 1950 and 1957, but then the r. • sharply MUM* My cad 1960. The 1957-1960 rate was about 64 howl" units per year. PM48t Dewlo set - Based 00 ON 1957-1960 growth rate, the area should at Pewwt Costa f 'about S00 knowing units cad have a Population of about 19860 persons. Short -Rea future Outlook - 7441rs ars a I MAN of large-scale developments s sr under way or ag OTpsted in LAe arer within the next few years. The" could have the effect of fmrthw increasing the growth rate. The rate and extent development in a give period will. of course, be determined by markt factors that are difficult te foecmae. Newever. the experience of the moat active batildsr 10 00 area at rile time mew to indicate an active markete at lent for the pautoe. Mtiamtd Dew to t - The extent Of the ultimate development of Area "B" I* difficult to aetemLso within a marrow range since existing de"lopment is got extensive am"$% to give a good Glum u to the density trend. However, It would sew that ultimate development would be from 1.S00 to 2.000 housing unite and a "elating of from $9300 to 7,000 persons. Somewhere to the middle of this rang wesll gena the meat likely poseibliity. If the 1957- 1960 rate Gwtlgaw, ultimate davflopwat would occur about 1980. These estimates exoledo leads currently considered for perk exPanslon. thorough- fare right-ofway and Gtbor am-rssidestial mase. Is smeary, both areas are new abset even to awbor of housing units and .In Pepwlatiw. Area olm will 111101y develop at a maeb faster, rate than will Area es "A"9 and habout twine as ultimate potential of Area "B"/ Proiect 1., Thoroughfare Plan 2. Ccmprehenaive Plan S. C.B.D. Plan PLANNING BOARD WORK PROGRAM FOR SECOND -HALF of 1962 _ Target Dates Staff . An Staf n s Board Review - Rn 1; cation Date 1 Planner June and first half of August 1, 1962 - Publish report as "Proposed 2 Tech. (part time) July - Last meeting no Plan for Thoroughfares" - 100 dittoed I.Typist (part time) later than July 16 with off -set maps bound in report form 1 Planner June and first half Aug. 1, 1962 - Published report with text 1 Tech. (part time) July fi .graphics (To be "interim final report") 1 Typist (part time) 2 PlannersPeriodical - July thru Dec. 31, 1962 - Preliminary Report including 2 Tech. (part time) December 1962 the up -dated inventory and analysis, state - 1 Typist (part time) ments of goals, objectives, and policy, and h Ls. Community Renewal Director fi Asst. Program Application Director 5. Metropolitan Area 3 Planners Land Use -Transportation l Technician ,'Study 1 Typist ( part time) Admin. Supervision - Dir, fi Asst. Dir.. (part time) 6.. Midway Area Study 1 Planner (part time) i Tech. (part time) 1 Typist (part time) 7. 'Zoning Amendments Asst. Dir. (part time) Study of Commercial 1 Typist (part time) zones with permitted uses S. Current Zoning and Planning Dir. fi Asst. Dir. (part time) 1 Planner (part time) 1 Technician 1 Tech. (part time) Clerical (I full time and 1 part time) the refining of two-dimensional plan wit desirable perspectives on architectural concepts and other graphics Sept. and Oct. 1962 Dec. 31, 1962 - H.H.F'.A.'approval and certification (This -is a three-year program) Progress reports to Bd. InVantory and analysis phase to be completed as program developes. 'by mid -1963 (This is a three-year program) Bd. review as necessary November or December Initiate Study. Development of goals, objectives, policies. Inventory fi analysis. Study to continue and be firmed up in 1963. October -and November Submit report and recommended amendments to. City Council by December 31, 1962 Zoning Board Review - Twice a month Planning Board Review - as required. FS -6/11/62 Comments on Planning bard's 1962 Work Program The publication dates for the Thoroughfare Plan 'and the Com prehensive Plan have been changed to August 1, 1962 in the program for the second -half of the year because they will now be published as "interim final" reports. This was made necessary because of the Metropolitan Area Land Use Transportation Planning Program more fully explained elsewhere in this submission. • _rqm 6 - agenda 1/12/62 PLANNING BOARD WORK PROGRAM FOR FIRST HALF Of1962 Staff Cost Est. Prelim. Board a+.zct tissianrrants to 7/l/6 Plan Review Final Plan Review Tho.oughfare Butz Techn $7,000 Completed Completed Feb. 28 ,March 9 I;pa. '2.0 :'issn A.- vomprehensive Plan Empey tr Tech. 7,5000 March 30 April 13 M" 1 June 8 Aug. ';.b.D. Plan Cosgrove, Betz 12,500 See Attached Detailed Work Program Tech. SuIldivisiort Control Teig 6; Tech. 11200 Feb. 16 Feb. 23 March 16 April 13 3M ey i?_ J-cil na nc e �c.nanunity Renewal Wieiund 1,400 Anticipated H.H.F.A. approval cartific&tion by July 1 1962 P ogrt m Application This is a three year program Matropolitart Area Wieland, Teig 4,000 This portion of program will be devoted entirely to in ve-.iLory land Use-Tains- Butz e, Tech. and analysis. ;This is a three-year programs potation Study Oapital improvements Wieland, Teig 2,000 This program is being prepared by a special committee appointed Progrnrn Analysis Butz by the Mayor for this purpose. Will be presenters to the Pl&nning Board for review, probably in early spring. ;krreaz Zoning Wieland, Teig, 11.,000 Zoning Board Review .v Twice a month rt Planning johoson, Irish Planning Board Review - As required ec . part time Clerical Schirmer -MacDonald 4,700 d Serv4ce 63t Supplies - 3,100 $54,460 D ,a u nor. include vublication i...;(:',l�S i. 'v' vs -J r J F'r_'�fLt��.Z� S✓itaC2C_h" s .� sA..1 I POUCY TRAFFIC {± LMP -GSE i f+.._S1li' v r'uJln iJj.i wC.; C}L;L i�T!v:,j IIII _ :;. (�ii�!J(�.rJ�'i r f\tt-ao,.,✓�� 1! � PLAt•- -CMPL F_-rE i",;,;D-USE- Uj}- lfmim,, i � _j PEVELOiP !OORDWATC, - s I E:AM!"J AJ.ib VPD^Ta W:;c`�'E I R I{ C;ctJ�RAL L1WD-U5G I Co NSU _j-A.Tl--Q LWT :,(W_NU5. I A Q D C. u.��, P.. - ., •�- .!J o RL A'jlfXc To CF F?c U LAP nti 1 SCILIDiFY P;.ELIMILWE-N FOLrGY V+)F� eeaN4rpf f ADDI`jF¢7f AL 3r'TA REL,AT!06i i� ti T"aFFIC AQD CoJGEPTS, FU Ori,, _--c GPS tY rlmoitJGS rew-: ,O 00 OF TSG t� �. Cir -CUL TI10J, PELIQEATO A01.1 ft;P-o0G!-f AL-Ga4FTECTUrZAL el -=[)DC-_ '� 'PLr.U. � ! { w� COFJSIDEP_IFJr-f ik Pal$.TI-tai , - j x 7EELvP TIatiCF Sl.3iETAIL sI AovEMCTop i { AIiAL`�7E VteaTo i:'cjG2,;AlUt+ X11' PP!Ac5Tk"A!41 PLAAI iiNi�LF�EtJT.�i11DiJ N1E-('ia0�?5, r=�LCi}., �. ''..�'.•.: LAQID- USE. T-6UN; S!QCS W .r MA5S ! =AOSIT, I i AU7- U5C5, tt 1157, . OAL-YZE TRCJD5 a i Pe1VATE 1 ?GLATIQc, WOeIZC ACgl5A5Lc . [ ne�eLo�ec F:>_©u1 �_HAfjcES s"4 Ao-fo, A00 GILcUL.6,11c 1 1+J oTHeR. Iu'jeD2y- lP4Aj'ia Co>•MEMC'(AL. PATTEV05. (ia WEF_t/5 COIJTAIPJcD FFJ c.:s.D, Pi5POET TRAFFIc, AFJD AbVi"s"100AL" PA -TN 2 r �OR�Lji GOl1EG�iG;>. d (0!weEV6) gEyiEW_ (6 (Z WEED -S) 2 o f UV.O: - N (iw1�JKEF=S� n t9A��i t (1�'2V1N5.) j;'Zt4SCOOCL P_E�QUJtZGMsl?L$ 2 PL AkWEES G mooTA5 EACtd i f TEn-(P'GiAi,) 4 T1ou7iFt ADMi'QjTeAT(gF �5UPEG!\I!e_,oj2y t GS5'j. DIRECTOR - .2 fv[0Q*ft-t-_ .-..�....__ - -' •` ,, ae�e��4.c,..-..,.mss '',tU \i\ rJC"F-�,:s �... V— - JANUARY 1=EP,UA::t.'Y , MRCH APRIL i11.°.' S-12 15'i922.26z9-2 5-9 i2-16 192326-2 5`l 12.15 192326r3o 2-o R13 tb2A 23-x7304 7-!I 14.13 21.25 29-i 4-18 !! 15 !3••L22527 . X113 i. ^ 6c f 643- 2PO - r ,^ ti jl13.1" HEl �\u ``a� y '\t." �•,.��' � '�� / ,,ff`� �� f � / •��` �%/JJ/�� / /, r :" ' ' `i i . i� _ � - yentory kalysis Develop Preliminary Comprehensive P an Develop Rnal PlankTaxt�/Ar'fwor�, Frelaar:�nr t ,[ !�G a,s 1 __ { i , i. ' View C•i°'. &FOrt'. °1$ �`I I�u1i �o�e%�,et' zwa ao-oMiyla§v axis+• llq lus 4 Piav, der t3ea�d revie4a o� a� Iola �t vs its ` c';'' - ,d Prel,tiv,,Thoroiare Play\ pian, 2lev,esl?4 (L.U,; (o,++�,.4 aa.� Fire sh.), 1:s. Vlossal \y rekwm -k� &arA wAd have tyy a ` Uir ack sio,,,Oicaw+S§amd- I" cAlpn wick develop%iew+of &iwal May I\. for Ph®+c. awl 'Policies. Aciiu5�r Tl'lOrO�drE 1'lar, O,tiial t,QarA. 2,c$!ori Marciz Siac4 -Ac-Ai and 1nave rqor ` C aNYh,1`f iler �. ar,s 1.0 grew covali io"S. < 9) and C. &. D. Platy, seg . l�1r��2 �Qecs o k l i _vlew Comp-el e'ASWe Pla;,S 6 a d revie v o; Pre\iw,1�aMY Lo�,�• 5'ra<� F woe �: s®r l�icl. r ofbter cities as-1•o-for,v. Piave Ie 0'v,1y) A`,613, o r? x2view o'�i>1ai �1�� anA (4 weeles� j .:1QCQV:YeN'. (gaaeelts� - iex Juv,e g. ara Tsvision ofd rldsations a,nd I :e>asi�y s�aadards• � I POW43 w i'i.a�rste�- 097 w£t9lm tm msof= flln 0 O E300 rs Cmr� � .. .� %AKICiaK #f i a c �:�lizielar� �2 , - ; � tee, s•. , '*�'�, =� 1/ 7DYAL PR0J r- TIME-. 35, 12lA,:s-.'ikz mo n N-5 Pl ah t f o .1,(e -m &,A kvc /\civa0 'iaiiSSv,voCveniex 27 wteks TI-CL t ,rtIal`m S G a f n FNli l i�ne mss-„ Tivheormore m®tea Ta'tal Ps-ojpc Goy} l~5t '�11Doti L.es5%,1" % tike n� 0 , _ _ CITY PLANNING BOARD.OF SAINT PAUL, MINN. Prospectus of Estimated Cost of Completed C.B.D. Plan Expended to Jan. 1, 1962 (From City Planning Board Budgets) Saint Paul's Central Cusiness District, Report #7 Downtown Committee Study (Butz time 1960-61 Circulation Study) Up -dating Inventory of C.B.D. Report #7 Sub -Total $12,600 w 4,200 3,Q00• Anticipated Expenditures Jan I -July 1,1962 (From City Planning Board 1962 Budget) Preparation of 2-dimensional Preliminary Plan 12,_S00 Sub -Total 12;300 Antieioated Additional Expenditures From all sources) Refining 2-dimensional Plan 5,000 Preparation of 3-dimensional presentation 18,000 (Architectural, eons6lting, model building, and architectural and artist concepts) Publication of Final C.B.D. Plan in Report Form SL000 Sub -Total 28,000 Total Cost Estimate of Project Typed 1./12/62 -FDS -2- Prepared by The City Planning Board of Saint Paul Saint Paul, Minnesota November, 1961 ,4�&-zz 0 CITY PLANNING BOARD OF SAINT 'PAUL 1315 CITY HALL AND COURT HOUSE SAINT PAUL Y, MINNESOTA phone Co- 4.4612 Ezi.251 November, 1961 Honourable Mayor George Vavoulis and Members of the City Council City of Saint Paul, Minnesota The City Planning Board is pleased to submit the eleventh in its series of Community Plan Reports. Saint Paul's Plan for Fire Stations includes an inventory, analysis, and a Plan and program of action. It tests the .City as to the adequacy of fire -station distribution in relation to the fire -protection services re- quired to meet the needs of the citizens The Plan recommends correc- tion of deficiencies and inadequacies and proposes priorities for budget- ing to accomplish the recommendations for the retention, rebuilding, consolidation, and relocation of existing fire stations, and the construc- tion of stations at new sites. The staff of the Planning Board prepared this report and the data, analy- sis and recommendations contained herein have been carefully studied and reviewed by the Planning Board, Fire Chief Frank E. Oberg of the Saint Paul Fire Department, and William C. Freitag, ,Chief Engineer of the Fire Underwriters' Inspection Bureau for the district comprised of Minnesota, North Dakota and South Dakota. The Board is deeply appreci- ative of the assistancerendered in the assembly and analysis of the data contained herein and of the interpretation of the data into a Plan and pre- pared program of action. Respectfully submitted, Judson D. Hilton, JDH: FS Chairman ABOUT THIS REPORT This study presents a Plan and a suggested program of action to provide optimum fire -station coverage and services to all areas of the City at a minimum cost to the tax -payers. The program of action includes a schedule of abandoning certain sta- tions; retaining, consolidating, rebuilding, or relocating others; and constructing new stations at new sites. The report, dealing with one phase of the public services provided by a city for the welfare of its citizens, is a part of the Plan for Community Facilities. The Plan for Community ,Facilities is, in turn, an element of the Comprehensive City Plan, a document intended to help direct city growth in the areas of land -use, thoroughfares, capital improvements, as well as community facilities. The first, and major, element of the Community Facilities Plan is the Plan for Pub- lic Educational,' Recreational, and Cultural Facilities, published by the Planning Board in November 1960. This report dealt with the city's need in the closely re- . lated areas of public schools , parks , playgrounds , athletic. fields , stadia, librar- ies, etc. The second element is considered herein, and deals with the city's needs relative to an adequate number of properly located fire stations. The fire stations provide the basis for the fire -prevention and fire -fighting service of the City, and their proper location is essential if the Fire Department is to operate effectively. Other aspects of fire -fighting service to the City, such as equipment requirements, training procedures, personnel, etc, are properly the concern of the Fire Depart- ment and the City Council, and are dealt with only where necessary in this report. les In addition to its role in the development of the Comprehensive City Plan, this re- port should prove useful in two other areas. One is in regard to the National Board ' of Fire Underwriters' grading of cities for fire insurance rate purposes. This is dealCwith in Chapter I. The other area is in the formulation of a Capital Improve- kIN ments Program for the City of Saint Paul. New fire -station buildings are another qe capital expenditure item for which the City must provide funds if the Fire Depart- ment equipment and personnel are to be properly located and continue to operate? effectively. The study was prepared under the general direction of Herbert C. Wieland, Planning Director, and Burdette R. Teig, Assistant Director, who also edited the report. 4K The preliminary draft of this report was prepared by C. Allan Blomquist, formerly Senior City Planner of this agency. In charge of the preparation of revisions and the final Plan and report was Donald Cosgrove, Assistant City Planner, who was assisted by Kenneth Betz, Junior City Planner. Other staff members who partici- pated in the preparation of the report are: Eugene Barlow, Junior Planning Tech- nician, who prepared the art work assisted by Frank Hogrefe and Adrian Brown, Junior Planning Technicians; Frances D. Schirmer, Senior Clerk -Stenographer, who typed the preliminary and final drafts., Herbert C. Wieland, Director of City Planning r TABLE- OF CONTENTS Page Chapter I - INTRODUCTION ................................. 1 A. Purpose, Scope and Methodology ....................... 1 B. Higher Rating and Lower Rates .......................... 1 TABLE 1 - Relative Values and Maximum Deficiency Points ......................... 2' TABLE 2 - Relative Grading of Municipali- ties in Fire Defenses and Physi- cal Conditions ............................ 2 TABLE 3 - Deficiency Points .........:............... 3 C. Goals and Standards .................................... 5 D. Fire Prevention ........................................ 6 E. Fire Fighting ..............................:.......... 7 TABLE 4 - Personnel of the Fire Department ............ 8 TABLE 5 -Inventory of Fire Stations and Ap- paratus Assigned ...... :................... 9 TABLE 6. - Inventory of Fire -Fighting Appara- tus....................................... 10 Chapter II - EVALUATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS ............ 12 A. Inventory ............................................12 B. Hazards and High -Value Areas ..........................13 CHARTS 1 through 8 - Map Series of Existing Fire -Fighting Service ....... 14 to 29 Chapter III - PROPOSED PLAN FOR FIRE STATIONS ............... 30 CHARTS 9 through 13 - Map Series of Planned Fire -Fighting Service ....... 32 to 41 TABLE 7 - Plan for Fire Stations .......... . ............ 42 Glossary..................................................43 1E I. Introduction A. Purpose, Scope, and Methodology The purpose of this study is to find a way in which to provide complete fire -station coverage of all parts of the City with a minimum number of stations, and to make it possible for the appropriate authorities to schedule abandonments and capital improvement projects so that each stage of the long-range program will bring im- proved fire protection throughout the entire City. The scope of the study is primarily oriented to the question of a plan for sites for fire stations, but necessary data on land use, structural quality, water, streets, special hazards, operations, manpower, costs, and facilities also have been in- cluded. The methodologyused has included a number of standard city planning map analyses and research procedures, and procedures recommended by Mr. William Freitag of the Fire Underwriters' Inspection Bureau. The help and advice of Fire Chief Frank Oberg and his staff were very helpful in the preparation of the study. The study of fire -station locations has been developed simultaneously with the de- velopment of the Thoroughfare Plan. While the Thoroughfare Planis still in the pre- liminary stages, many of its major proposals are expected to remain intact. By developing these Plans simultaneously, it has been possible to co-ordinate the fire -station site proposals with the proposed major street system, and to eliminate any conflicts that may have arisen. B. Higher Rating and Lower Rates The average citizen usually is more directly concerned with the fire -insurance rate on his home or business structure than he is with the details of the total fire- fighting system. "He normally is interested in the latter only to the extent that it affects his tax rate and that he receives adequate fire protection. However, his insurance rate depends, to a considerable extent, on the effectiveness of the fire- fighting system, and this can be only as good as tax revenues permit. Saint Paul is presently a Class 3 City under the National Board of Fire Underwriters' I 1 TABLE 1 grading system, and should strive to reach Class 2 status. The Underwriters'; P rw RELATIVE VALUES AND MAXIMUM DEFICIENCY POINTS grading system is based upon a maximum of 5,000 deficiency points distributed as National Board of Fire Underwriters' Grading Schedule shown in Table 1. - Per Cent Points A city is examined and the deficiency points assigned on the basis of numerous, detailed factors under each of the above categories, and the penalty points are Water Supply 34% 1,700 assigned and totaled. The fire insurance. "class" is then assigned as shown in Fire Department 30 11500 Table 2. Fire Alarm ' 11 550 ,.r Policpartment 1 50 The class is important to owners of commercial and industrial property in that a Fire Prevention 6 300 change dpward from Class 3 to Class 2 on the grading scale by Saint Paul could .�..,.... Building Department 4 200 mean a five to ten per cent saving on insurance costs to the individual property Structural Conditions 14 700 owner. Residential property already gets the lowest rates because these are ob- t tained when a city reaches Class 4 status. The last comprehensive survey of Total 100% 5,000 Saint Paul by the National Board of Fire Underwriters was done in 1952 and the re - suiting deficiency scores and gradings are shown in Table 3. Source: Standard Schedule for Grading Cities and Towns of the United States with Reference to their Fire Defenses TABLE 3 and Physical Conditions. National Board of Fire Under- Under- writers, 1956. DEFICIENCY POINTS National Board of Fire Underwriters' Grading Saint Paul, 1952 '7 TABLE 2 Potential St. Paul's RELATIVE GRADING OF MUNICIPALITIES Deficiency Deficiency IN FIRE DEFENSES AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS Points Points Classification National Board of Fire Underwriters' Rating Schedule Water Supply 1,700 362 3 Points of Relative Class Fire Department 1,.500 344 3 Deficiencv Of Municipality Fire Alarm 550 95 2 Police Department 50 0 1 0 - .500 First Fire Prevention 300 59 2 501 - 1,000 Second Building Department (laws) 200 92 5 1,001 - 1,500 Third Structural Conditions 700 315 5 1,501 - 2,000 Fourth Climatic Conditions - 86 2,001 - 2,500 Fifth 2,501 - 3,000 Sixth T Total 5,000 1,353 3 ^� 3,001 - 3,500 Seventh 3,501 - 4,000 Eighth 4,001 - 4,500 Ninth Source: Fire Underwriters' Inspection Bureau, Minneapolis Office. Over - 4,500 Tenth u` A study was made in 1950 and Saint Paul received 1,586 deficiency points which Source Standard Schedule for Grading Cities and would have caused it to drop to Class 4. However, a number of fire trucks were Towns of the U. S. with reference to their Fire De- on order for delivery in 1951, so the classification was not lowered. The City was ,..,., fenses and Physical Conditions, National Board of restudied in 1952 after the new apparatus had been delivered, and the Class 3 sta- I 100 Fire Underwriters, 1956. tus was retained. 2 3 „ Since 1952, a new Building Code has been adopted, old buildings have been torn down, extensive improvements to the water system have been made, three new fire stations have been built, the number of fire -department personnel has been increas- ed from 378 to 459, fire -fighting methods have been improved, a start has been made toward improving the training program, 19 pieces of new equipment have been purchased, and the total population has remained fairly constant. These are all "plus" factors, to one degree or another.* However, in the same time -period, traffic congestion has increased, buildings have aged, new high-value business and industrial buildings have been built, and the fire -fighting apparatus has aged. Thus, the net effect may be no change in the classification; at best, the deficiency points may have been decreased enough to enable the City to come very close to a Class 2 classification. With a 1952 total of 1,353 deficiency points, Saint Paul must do away with a mini- mum of 353 points to attain Class 2, and it is essential that points be reduced further in order to assure a comfortable margin within that classification. A new National Board of Fire Underwriters' Survey was completed in Minneapolis in 1960, and Saint Paul is due for another survey in 1962. The three principal areas in which the most points might be eliminated are: (1) the water supply (362) , (2) structural conditions (315) and, (3) Fire Department (344) categories. The water supply sys- tem has undergone considerable change since 1952, and more improvements are scheduled. Area 2, structural conditions, would seem to have been influenced con- siderably by the redevelopment and Capitol Approach projects. Future urban renew- al projects should have an even greater impact upon obsolescence. However, most of the deficiency points did not accrue to Saint Paul for structural conditions in the predominantly residential areas in which redevelopment and urban renewal projects are located. The bulk of the deficiency points accrued because of structural con- ditions in the 201 -acre "Congested Value District," which includes most of the Cen- tral Business District. Two blocks in this area were identified by the National Board of Fire Underwriters as "Block in Which Conflagration Hazard is Marked." One was bounded by Wabasha, Seventh, Cedar, and Sixth. This block is to be cleared for the new Dayton's store. The other block is bounded by Robert, Seventh, Jackson, and Sixth. Another block, that in which the Civic Auditorium is located, *Certain qualifications may determine the degree to which these are "plus" factors in classification considerations. (1) The value of the Building Code is dependent upon its comprehensiveness and its enforcement. (2) The extensive water system improvements have been designed to alleviate past domestic consumption shortages, and only the water supply in excess of over-all consumption can be credited for fire -fighting classification. (3) Many of the new fire -station buildings are re- placements for old structures and, by themselves, do not materially increase the fire -fighting potential of the Department. (4) Personnel increases are not the sole criteria; rather, it is the number of actual men on duty and immediately available for fire -department response that is important. (5) Most of the nineteen pieces of new equipment are replacements for obsolete equipment. Since 1951, only 3 pump- ers and 3 ladder trucks are additional equipment: was identified as having "excessive areas" unsprinklered and/or non -fire-resistant. With respect to these and the other blocks in the congested -value district, the Nat- ional Board of Fire Underwriters' report says, "In many blocks in the congested - value district, weak construction lacking fire -resistive features makes severe group to block fires probable, and which, under favorable conditions, could readily cross the streets of only fair width, and involve adjoining blocks. However, with over one-half of the built -on area, of fire -proof construction or sprinklered, fairly good fire -fighting facilities and powerful outside aid available, such fires should not in- volve considerable portions of the district." While the deficiency points awarded because of water supply and structural condition inadequacies are serious matters, the concern of this report is the exploration of means to reduce the number of deficiency points awarded in area 3, the Fire Depart- ment. . In the detailed grading of the fire department category which cost the City 344 deficiency points in 1952, the big losses (159' points) came because the Depart- ment was undermanned; it only had 109 men per shift instead of the required 197 men, a shortage of 88 men. Apparatus were manned by three to four men instead of six to seven men as required. Additional points were lost because the City had 23 hose or pumper companies instead of the 28 required and was short two ladder trucks. C. Goals and Standards . Saint Paul tax -payers deserve the best possible fire protection, and the lowest possible insurance rates. The capital costs of adequate protection need not be high if over the next 20 years a continuous program for the replacement of fire stations and a better distribution of companies proceeds according to a plan which can achieve complete coverage with a minimum number of stations. Such a plan was prepared in Providence, Rhode Island in 1943. A $1,750,000 bond issue was ap- proved in 1947, and by 1951 Providence had built nine new stations, retained seven existing stations and abandoned 23 old stations. They reduced the number of sta- tions from 30 to 17 and gained 84 men to distribute to under -staffed companies. 1. Service Radius - The critical factors in the planning of a system of fire stations are the National Board of Fire Underwriters' requirements that there be a first -due company (engine, hose or engine -ladder) within 1-1/2 miles in built-up residential areas, and within 3/4 mile in high-value districts. A ladder company should be within one mile of high-value districts and within two miles of built-up residential. areas. Application of these standards is made difficult by virtue of the fact that many of the existing stations are poorly located with respect to these requirements. Thus, in Saint Paul, there are a number of "unserved" areas and an even larger number of areas of "over -lap" served by two or more stations. The problem is one of both increasing the coverage and reducing the over -lap. Because of the distri- bution of the existing stations and since many of them have aged sufficiently to be t replaced, they should be replaced at new locations which meet the service -area standards., It costs Saint Paul about $160, 000 for.salaries and overhead each year to operate a two -company station.1 A new station would cost $135,000 to $175,000. Thus, the really significant savings over the years from a system of fewer stations at prime locations is not in site and construction costs, but in the yearly cost of overhead and salaries saved if unneeded, poorly -located stations are eliminated. A plan calling for a minimum number of stations consistant with coverage require- ments causes the greatest savings by a better utilization of personnel. There is no change_.actually_ta-ceAuce__ttLe_.tRta1_petFonnel._....S nc2_com_panies_ are presently undermanned with only three and four men instead of six and seven per company as required by the National Board of Fire Underwriters. The big gain lies in the better utilization of the men. 2. Site Size and Location There are three costs that make it important that sta- tion locations meet the above area -service standards: capital costs, operating costs, and insurance costs. The capital cost includes three items: site, build- ing, and major equipment. Of these., only the site cost is a major variable, and it is on this item that many cities have attempted to save money in the past, but with the very opposite results.. Two or Three Thousand Dollars might be saved on a site, but resulting additional operatip costs over 20 years could approach $3,000,000. An illustration of this falseeconomy is the building of three stations served by six companies on relatively inexpensive and inadequate sites instead of acquiring two adequate sites possibly at more cost to serve the same area with two stations and four companies. This hypothetical planning and cost problem is magnified in a city of Saint Paul's size where there are so many older stations and new ones may be built only one or two at a time while maintaining complete cover- age at all times. As a rule, the average two -door fire -station site need only measure 120' x 150' as a minimum, the size of two or three standard residential lots. A corner location.. off but near one or more major streets with considerable continuity is desirable so as to assure a flexible system of direct radials to all points in the service district. The site should not be at a signalized intersection where the stacking of vehicles would block egress from the station. While the "service district" is the`atea f primary coverage, all stations must be prepared to cover second fires in adjacent service districts when the companies from the stations in these districts are al- ready at a fire. In addition, they must be prepared to assist on multiple -alarm fires (almost all fires get response from two or three different stations) in adjacent service districts. Therefore, it also is important that the site should be located near primary or secondary streets leading into the adjacent service districts. D. Fire Prevention Primary responsibility for fire -prevention activities lies with the central Fire Pre- vention Division. It uncovered 4,756 ordinance violations in 1959. Periodic in - 1 1961 data, Saint Paul Fire Department, spection of all premises. within the service district is also a responsibility of sta- tion personnel, both'�Ls-'a device to uncover and eliminate hazards and as a means to acquaint the firerri, with their service area and its streets and buildings. Be- cause of two-way radio, companies can be away from the stations on inspection trips and still -be on call to go to.fires. As a further responsibility, 'station per- sonnel pahicipate in fire -prevention programs, fight -blight programs, clean-up pain -up campaigns, and other programs which bear directly or indirectly on fire pzhevention within the service district. Since such programs are frequently con- ducted in conjunction with existing organized local citizen -groups, fire -station service districts should correspond as much as possible to the "communities" iden- tified in the "Proposed Plan for Educational, Recreational, and Cultural Facilities," Community Plan Report Number 9, and the "Preliminary Land Use Plan," Community Plan Report Number B. If this can be accomplished, organized citizen -participation will be mobilized more readily on behalf of fire -prevention efforts within the ser- vice district. Probably the most significant existing fire -prevention Hetivity is the recently in- augurated bi-annual spring inspection of all residential`,',lpremises in the City by fire department personnel, and the effort of obtaining voluntary compliance with good fire -prevention practices. For example, the 1960 inspection involved 61,064 residential structures and 6, 171 defects were found. Potential benefits to fire - prevention activity will accrue through the urban renewal programs of Area Redevel- opment, Rehabilitation, and Conservation. Two other potential fire -prevention tools are a new zoning ordinance prohibiting the mixing of residential and indus- trial uses and a more adequate housing code requiring proper maintenance of all existing residential structures. E. Fire Fighting BasicAo fire fighting is the need for an adequate supply of water with sufficient pressure at hydrants at all points in the City. This report will not consider this factor since it does not relate directly to fire -station site locations. As an indi- cation of its magnitude however, there are approximately 6,000 fire hydrants with- in the city limits. Fire runs are hampered in several instances by traffic congestion, absence of streets, poor condition of streets, topography, flood potential, and railroad cross- ings at grade. These factors will be discussed later in the report as they apply to each planning recommendation. They cost the City 33 deficiency points in the 1952 study, with railroad grade -crossings being the principal factor. They are import- ant to this study in that they relate directly to city planning, as it affects sub- division, street, highway, public facility, and urban renewal designs. As shown in Table 4, the Fire Department is staffed by a complement of 459 paid personnel. It operates on a two -platoon, average 60 -hour -per -man -per -week basis. Its budgeted operating cost for 1961 is $3,133,621. In 1961, it operated 20 sta- tions and a total of 62 pieces of mobile equipment. Administratively, there are 1h TABLE 4 PERSONNEL OF THE FIRE DEPARTMENT Saint Paul, 1950-61 *Includes District Chiefs who properly could be grouped with the Fire Fighters. . Source: Saint Paul Fire Department, 1961. five districts, and within each of these administrative districts there are five to eight companies. As shown in Table 5, the 30 companies are housed in the 20 sta- tions and a station contains one to three companies. A number of the stations also houses reserve and special equipment. There is one company of men for each piece of fire -fighting apparatus in regular use; 12 pieces of older apparatus are on reserve and 6 pieces of specialized equipment are on stand-by status. The inventory of apparatus in Table 6 is arranged with the oldest apparatus at the top of the list and the newest at the bottom. Study of the data shown reveals that even though much new apparatus has been purchased since '1950; a large proportion of the apparatus is extremely old. Most of the older apparatus is in "reserve" sta- tus. When the manned companies are at a fire, off-duty firemen are called in to man the reserve apparatus and it becomes "active" and goes to any new fire or to the existing fire if required. However, if it an antiquated piece, it gives anti- quated service when modern service is needed. Fortunately, so far, the older re- serve pieces have not had especially heavy duties to perform, but with each pass- ing year the chances of heavy duty and of failure increase. Another problem relating to fire -fighting is that of the distribution of different types of apparatus. On the basis of the Fire Underwriters' present grading system, engine Fire Bldg. Fire Year Administration* Prevention Repairs Fighters Total 1950 23 10 2 358 393 1951 24 10 3 347 383 1952 23 9 3 343 378 1953 24 9 3 335 371 1954 26 12 5 361 404 1955 28 14 5 367 414 1956 27 14 5 375 421 1957 24 13 5 374 416 1958 22 15 6 426 469 1959 18 15 6 423 462 1960 18 15 5 405 443 1961 19 15 5 420 459 *Includes District Chiefs who properly could be grouped with the Fire Fighters. . Source: Saint Paul Fire Department, 1961. five districts, and within each of these administrative districts there are five to eight companies. As shown in Table 5, the 30 companies are housed in the 20 sta- tions and a station contains one to three companies. A number of the stations also houses reserve and special equipment. There is one company of men for each piece of fire -fighting apparatus in regular use; 12 pieces of older apparatus are on reserve and 6 pieces of specialized equipment are on stand-by status. The inventory of apparatus in Table 6 is arranged with the oldest apparatus at the top of the list and the newest at the bottom. Study of the data shown reveals that even though much new apparatus has been purchased since '1950; a large proportion of the apparatus is extremely old. Most of the older apparatus is in "reserve" sta- tus. When the manned companies are at a fire, off-duty firemen are called in to man the reserve apparatus and it becomes "active" and goes to any new fire or to the existing fire if required. However, if it an antiquated piece, it gives anti- quated service when modern service is needed. Fortunately, so far, the older re- serve pieces have not had especially heavy duties to perform, but with each pass- ing year the chances of heavy duty and of failure increase. Another problem relating to fire -fighting is that of the distribution of different types of apparatus. On the basis of the Fire Underwriters' present grading system, engine 9 8 d � N 4U1I�rrwr C � •Z CO N N ° X ❑,ro a - xo ro ti mvmaZ w v� aZ wwNM am a� -144 a04 N N N 04 7 N N N N 01 N t0 N • x �F d' zaa El ro Q U O A Q Q w z rD F � N s` E A "'• E ro I 6 v Z C N a zro NU � Ow la a H F N H T • � omo omoom moo oo�m.Inommc rn 0.' •I O t0 N O N O O C O `t0 O m 1� N U a m oco o.00 om �chono 0 ooNtoocom0 �._. z N X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X > z ip '� m m N th m M M ✓J m m � ,--� O M O h N h N .y to "' 1; ro vvC Or -0* ro °O 'a o� `° ro w`�w� ❑ .A aro G a - m y o o m roE ro .°c cn m> v � N� >= w cvmmx4•� � Y d Y �U m e roU � m .ca a 2 O N L O ..C. ro L?' C °O >.>+>' Oi C N n N W o o N C •a C °y O ro -Km b u1 N C t0 gQcrr'mamwa �w]wrnwC y v v ro O (n z N N - # Cn 9 8 TABLE 6 INVENTORY OF FIRE -FIGHTING APPARATUS Saint Paul, 1961 • Acquired and rebuilt in 1959, on 1946 GMC Chassis S-- Saint Paul Fire Elepartment 10 companies should be distributed so that there is one wfthin 1-1/2 miles of all resi- < .,_.-.,.-r dences and within 3/4 mile of high-value areas, with a minimum of 12 within 3 miles of the Central Business District. A ladder company should be within 1 mile of any high-value district and within 2 miles' of residences. A fire boat Should be provided where there is an occupied wharf frontage of at least one mile. Additional fire boats are required to permit an unobstructed response distance of not more than 1-1/2 miles to additional occupied wharf frgntages. There are further requirements for the assignment of hose wagons, reserve apparatus, and other specialized equip- ment. Most of these requirements are dependent upon variable factors affecting fire department organization but do -not affect station locations except in a few in- stances. The net effect of the various criteria is that the requirements relating to engine and ladder companies are the ruling factors affecting station locations. The other regu- l�stions may affect the size of the station but not its 'location. The emphasis in this report is on the location of stations. Such things as size, type of construction, exact site, and timing are properly the concern of the Fire Department, the National Board of Fire Underwirters, and the City Council. Placed Booster Manual Companies Inv, In Company' Sta. Cap. Runs Made Runs Made No. Type Apparatus Service Assigned No. Make. Capacity In Gal. 1958 1959 I Seagrave Tower Type P 1918 l4alertower 81 4 S—rave Standpipe - - - Ext. 65' 2 Cnglne 1920 Reserve 30 9 Mrens-Fox 150 GPM - - - l Cng ine 1920 Reserve 34 6 Ahrens -Fox 750 GPM 40 - - 4Service ladder 1920 Res. lad. 12 4 Seagrave 75' Aerial - - - 5 Cnglne 1923 Reserve 316 ] ,Vire ns -Fox 750 GPM - - - 6 Cnglne 1923 Reserve 35 9 Ahrens -Fox )50 GPM - - - 7C19l1e 1923 Reserve 31 2Z Ahrens -Fox 750 GPM - - - 8 Hose Wagon 1926 Hose 44 20 Ahrens -Fox 1500'-3" 9 Engine 1924 Reserve 25 20 Ahrens -Fox 750 GPM 40 10 Cnglne 1925 ,,,"e 21 14 ,V,re ns -Fox 900 GPM - - - 11 Cnglne 1925 Reserve Z9 4 ;.hr, ns -Fox 1,000 GPM - - - 13 Cngi ne 1911 Reserve 21 1 A 11 France 1,000 GPM 150 - - 14 1111, Wagon 1932 1111, =1 1 Leverne- 15 Cnglne 1933 Reserve 26 Shop Leverne 150 GPAt 145 - - 16 Aerial Sadder 1935 ladder a6 20 I'eter Plrsh BS' Aerial - 118 118 la Aerial Ladder 1938 Ladd,, i9 5 Peter 1111Aa5' Aerial - 33] 393 19 Packard 8 1939 Salvage al. 4 Packard - - - - 20 Cnglne 1919 Cnglne 4131 13 Butlalo 1,000 CPM - 124 10) 21Cnglne 1943 Cnglne 819 19 6fac k-1-1,000 GPM 200 262 262 22 Cnglne 1944 Engine 44 4 Am I'Prance 1,250 GPM - 246 236 23 Engine 1945 Cnglne 49 9 Mack-Inl. 750 GPM 200 56 246 24 Be,. ladder 1946 Res, ladder 44 11 Gen. Service - 200 - - 25 Ladder 1946 Res. Wdder #9 18 Gen. Service - 200 - - Z. 26 Ser, Ladder 1946 Rea. Wdder 811 19 Clty Service - - - - 27 Engine 1949 Engine 410 IO Ward-Iz Prance 1,000 GPM 200 213 245 28 Engine 1999 '144 '1 Engine 41] 17 Ward -le Rance 1,000 GPM 200 330 259 29 Engine Lnglne 418 IB Mack -Int, . 1,000 GPM, 200 590 674 30 Coach 1951 Re flet Chief 8 Ford - - - - 31 Rescue Squad 1951 Squad 42 14 Mack -Int. - 175 397 726 32 Cnglne 1951 Engine #1 1 Mack -Int. 1,000 GPM 200 385 450 l3 Engine 1951 Engine 43 3 Mac Y. -Int. 1,000 GPM 200 33B 371 34 Cnglne 1951 Engine 45 - 5 Mack -Int. 1,000 GPM 200 511 529 35 Cnglne 1951 Engl ne #6 6 Mack -Int. 1,000 GPM 200 264 222 36 LnglneCnglne k) 7 Mack -Int. 1,000 GPM 200 312) 281 32 Engine 1951 Engl ne 411 11 Mack -Int. 1,000 GPM 200 3113 302 31, Cnyl ne 1951 Cng the 814 14 Mack -int. 1,000 CPM 200 377 46] 39 Cngi ne 1951 Cng ine 415 15 Mack -In[. 1,000 GPM 200 253 275 40 -Engl ne 1951 Engine 420 20 Mack -Int. 1,000 GPM - 200 184 198 41Engine 1951 L.9-424 24 M.k-Int. 1,000 GPM 200 403 340 42 Aerial ladder 1951 Ladd., x1 1 Sadgrav, 100' Aerial - 104 398 43 Aerial ladder 1951 Wdder 42 8 Seagrave 100' AB,W - 265 297 44 Aerial ladder1951 udder 410 14 Seagrave 65' Aerial 100 237 312 45 Demon stra _ Truck 1951 Flre Pre V. 4 Ford-Vanette - - - - 46 Service Truck 1953 Supply BI- St, Ford 1 -ton pick-up - - - Shop 47Service Truck 1953 Supt. Bitlg. Pep. 10 Ford, 1 -ton Spec. Body - - - 40 Engine 1955 Engine #B 8 ilowe-Int. 1,500 GPM - 29] 286 49 Sedan 1955 Asst. Chl,l B Olds. 88 - - - - 50 I.-19531 Ch'' a Chrysler 6 -Pa's seder - - - 51 Aer lal {udder 1957 ladder 47 7 Seagrave a5' Aerial - 310 271 52Aer lal Ladder 1957 ladder 45 6 Seagrave 85' Aerial - 175 144 53 Rescue Squad 1 958 Squad a38 Di a mond T - 100 1,186 1,226. 54 Ranch Wagon 1958 Dlat. Chlel 4l' 8 Ford - - - - 55 anch Wagon 1958 Dlst. Chlel 44 a ford - - - - 56 Run ch Wagon 1958 Dls[. Chlet 42 la PON - - - - 57 Ranch 1Va91n 1950 Dlst. Chief 43 11 Ford - - - 58 Cnglne 1958 Cnglne 823 - 2] Ward -la Rance 1,000 CPM 200 1)6 IBS 59 Hose Wagon 1951, Hose 48 8 Chevrolet 900'-J" Hose 150 - 60 ,Aerial ladder 1958 Ladd,r 43 22 Seagrave 85' Aerial - 214 271 fit "271958 Engine 422 22 Ward -la Rance 1,000 GPM 200 302 431 62 Tanker 1959• Tanker 41 24 GMC -Cont. 1,500 GPM - - 63 Ranch Wagon 1960 Dl st. Ch1,( 20 Ford - - - - 64 Ranch wagon 1960 Res. Dist, Ch. B Fard • Acquired and rebuilt in 1959, on 1946 GMC Chassis S-- Saint Paul Fire Elepartment 10 companies should be distributed so that there is one wfthin 1-1/2 miles of all resi- < .,_.-.,.-r dences and within 3/4 mile of high-value areas, with a minimum of 12 within 3 miles of the Central Business District. A ladder company should be within 1 mile of any high-value district and within 2 miles' of residences. A fire boat Should be provided where there is an occupied wharf frontage of at least one mile. Additional fire boats are required to permit an unobstructed response distance of not more than 1-1/2 miles to additional occupied wharf frgntages. There are further requirements for the assignment of hose wagons, reserve apparatus, and other specialized equip- ment. Most of these requirements are dependent upon variable factors affecting fire department organization but do -not affect station locations except in a few in- stances. The net effect of the various criteria is that the requirements relating to engine and ladder companies are the ruling factors affecting station locations. The other regu- l�stions may affect the size of the station but not its 'location. The emphasis in this report is on the location of stations. Such things as size, type of construction, exact site, and timing are properly the concern of the Fire Department, the National Board of Fire Underwirters, and the City Council. II. Evaluation of Existing Conditions . A. Inventory Following is a series of. chart studies and explanatory text designed to illustrate the optimum fire -fighting service zones of the Fire Department as they now exist. These charts are numbered 1 through 8. In Chapter III, Charts 9 through 13 illus- trate the optimum fire -fighting service zones that could be achieved through a planned relocation of some of the existing stations coupled with the construction of several new ones. The term "optimum" is used in describing these service zones for a good reason. The service zone is the area of the City for which a particular fire -fighting company normally provides protection. For optimum protection, an engine company should have to go no further than 3/4 of a mile from the fire station to reach a fire in high- value property.* This then, is the optimum service zone, the area within 3/4 mile driving distance from the fire station, referred to in this report as the "service zone." In an ideal situation, there should be enough well located fire stations so that all property within the City would be within a service zone (as just defined) and there would be no overlapping of service zones. However, the cost of build- ing and maintaining such a fire -station network would be prohibitive. Because the existing fire -station network is naturally short of this ideal, in practice fire depart- ment companies answer calls beyond the optimum service areas of their fire station. However, the object of this report'is to aid in the attempt to approach the ideal situation described above; therefore, the charts following are drawn in terms of the optimum conditions. Areas of the City outside of the service zones, desig- nated "unserved areas," are unserved only in the sense that they do not receive optimum fire -fighting service. It is the object of the inventory series following to identify these "unserved areas" and, in Chapter III of the report, to present a plan for future fire -station location that would reduce to the greatest extent practical the anticipated unserved areas based on the best available estimate of future land use. * This distance varies depending on the type of property (residential or high-value) and the apparatus called for (engine company or ladder company) . For other dis- tances, see page 8, paragraph 3. B. Hazards and High -Value Areas once a city has achieved Class 4 status, the principal insurance rate benefits from improved fire -fighting and fire -prevention activities accrue to the owners of institutional, public, commercial, and industrial properties. Residential property gets improved protection, of course, but the insurance rates are not affected. In most instances, the above-mentioned four types of property also represent the most potentially hazardous type of land use, and would incur the greatest personal and property losses from a fire. This is particularly true for commercial and indus- trial properties which constitute the "high value areas" noted in the charts. In considering the location of fire stations in the City, it is desirable that they be located so as to maximize the amount of commercial and industrial property within 3/4 mile of engine companies and within 1 mile of ladder companies. As stations are relocated and rebuilt in the future, if this can be done with cognizance of anti- cipated land -use patterns, the chances for less fire loss and for achieving lower rates for commercial and industrial property will be increased. The location of hazards and high-value areas can be found in Community Plan Re- port 8, "Saint Paul's Land Use Plan," prepared by the City Planning Board. They include those commercial and industrial areas shown on Charts 22, 23, 24; the railroad building areas on Chart 25; some of the vacant land on Chart 28; some of the public and semi-public uses shown on Charts 26 and 27; and some of the apart- ment structures shown on Charts 20 and 21. The high-density areas identified on Charts 31 through 38 give some indication where loss of life might be expected be- cause generally crowded living conditions prevail. Each of these small-scale charts 'in Community Plan Report 8 was taken frdm the larger, more detailed work - maps (1,000' scale, 42" x 60") on file in the Planning Board office. 12 13 Chart 1 ° Existing Fire Station Location Chart 1 shows the location of the 20 fire stations now serving Saint Paul. The Fire Department number- ing of the stations is shown, along with the year in which the station was built. The fire -station buildings are all two-story brick structures, and almost all are "double houses;" that is, they have double doors and are capable of hous- ing two fire companies. This is necessary if both an engine company and a ladder company are to oper- ate from the same station. The only fire stations in Saint Paul that are not "double houses" are Fire Sta- tions #3, #17, #23, and #24. Each fire station houses an engine company, whose primary function is fire -fighting. Eight of the sta- tions also house ladder companies , whose primary function is rescue work. Other equipment housed in the various fire stations is shown in Table 5. The following charts will consider the locations of the fire stations and their companies on the basis of the adequacy of distribution of service areas; that is, the fire -fighting coverage which the locations afford. Aside from this consideration, it is apparent that many of the buildings have reached an age which war- rants replacement. Only 11 of the 20 stations are less than 50 years old. The high yearly cost of re- pairing and ma ping old buildings, coupled with a building design the years have rendered in- efficient and obsolete, calls for replacement of many of these old buildings. M 1}f{\ I O 9LP i 93 g98 � 22-L - Z L ..Q ., sl I 20 L I IAI a is . _ r 114 9W i. ... _ i9sa i -.-- / CHART 14TH EXISTING FIRE STATION LOCATIONS i - � - SAINT PAUL, 1961 h FIRE STATION LOCATION, NUMBER, AND YEAR BUILT STATIONS B W N9G HOUSING DTE ALL STA DOSE ExD xE <D LRDLLoNESP9wN YAN TNENuxRLADDER [DMPAE . \ : _ Chart 1 ° Existing Fire Station Location Chart 1 shows the location of the 20 fire stations now serving Saint Paul. The Fire Department number- ing of the stations is shown, along with the year in which the station was built. The fire -station buildings are all two-story brick structures, and almost all are "double houses;" that is, they have double doors and are capable of hous- ing two fire companies. This is necessary if both an engine company and a ladder company are to oper- ate from the same station. The only fire stations in Saint Paul that are not "double houses" are Fire Sta- tions #3, #17, #23, and #24. Each fire station houses an engine company, whose primary function is fire -fighting. Eight of the sta- tions also house ladder companies , whose primary function is rescue work. Other equipment housed in the various fire stations is shown in Table 5. The following charts will consider the locations of the fire stations and their companies on the basis of the adequacy of distribution of service areas; that is, the fire -fighting coverage which the locations afford. Aside from this consideration, it is apparent that many of the buildings have reached an age which war- rants replacement. Only 11 of the 20 stations are less than 50 years old. The high yearly cost of re- pairing and ma ping old buildings, coupled with a building design the years have rendered in- efficient and obsolete, calls for replacement of many of these old buildings. M M Pt�f}ttlllf[l�#1�� Chart 2 Location of Fires and Fire Districts Building fires of $50.00 or higher loss in the repre- physical barriers, both natural and man-made such major streets, discontinuous sentative year of 1960 are widely scattered through- heavier concentrations of as bluffs, railroads, streets, etc. Often, the fire stations are not cen- out the City. However, fires are evident in certain areas, notably the Down- ng trally located in the districts necessitating long town and fringes, the older, more populous residen- runs in some directions. tial areas, some of the strip commercially developed Consideration of the district boundaries, together with areas, and some of the industrial areas. the existing fire -station locations and the location is directed to the of fires gives rise to possible relocation of several Earlier in this chapter, attention as differentiated from the fire fire stations and subsequent redistricting. The fol - optimum service zones the Fire Department works. lowing charts appraise the adequacy of the present - districts with which in Chart 2, are the fire -station locations on the basis of optimum ser These fire districts, as shown of fire -fighting responsibility of each of the vice zones, rather than the existing fire for fire, areas engine companies, and vary widely in size and form. with an aim toward formulating proposals relocation, consolidation, or retention. In many instances, these districts are delineated by station Pt�f}ttlllf[l�#1�� 1 Chart 3 Existing Engine Companies 3/4 -Mile Service Zones and Unserved High -Value Areas "high-value" zones of the city's 20 en- otherwise noted, are color -keyed in this same man - The service are shown by the light red, color in net. gine companies Chart 3. These are the limits of the optimum dis- There exists side-by-side areas of unnecessary tante that an engine company should have to go to overlap and lack of optimum service to many high - reach a fire in a high-value building. The medium areas. Large portions of the downtown area red indicates where the high-value service zones of value covered by three or more engine companies. two engine companies overlap-, and the dark red are Much of the midway industrial area is covered by shows overlap by; three or more engine companies. the 3/4 two companies while most of the midway commercial Areas of high-value development beyond development is outside of the service areas. mile service zones ("unserved areas") are shown in grey. The other charts following, except where {, o �) f S ti :iF� it �{ £f T. c E ix + - CHART 4 ` EXISTING ENGINE COMPANIES 1-1/2 MILE SERVICE ZONES & UNSERVED RESIDENTIAL AREAS FIRE STATION LOCATION \�ay SERVICE ZONES n p single c verogrr doable coverage t,ipie or greater coverage- ��`�__, .-.: UNSERVED RESIDENTIAL AREAS �S Chart 4 Existing Engine Companies Mile Service Zones and Unserved Residential Areas and Highwood areas, is completely unserved, and The optimum distances that each engine company a fire in residential pro- esses farther south, the distance from as one progresses While should have to go to reach is shown in Chart 4. Unserved residential the nearest fire station becomes excessive. is, at fairlyreason perty areas and several other non -high value properties pesent, intense de elopment ably antric anticipated thatrmoderatelyent are shown as well. will occur in at least the northern half of this area N The Como Park area and the northern portions of the imum in the next decng, de or warea of landn suchtas thise s Highland area are highly developed residential areas vice to a long, narrow difficult problem. Except under emer- that are beyond the 1-1/2 mile residential service not among the older an especially gendy conditions,Fire Deoa tment of go be - zones. Fortunately, these are was shown in Chart 2, ipal undaries.The logical located so areas of the City and, there is not a high incidence.of fires in these areas. tiould be a jointly operated fire station, both this area -of Saint Paul However, these areas age, it can be expected as to serve efficiently the adjacent area of Maplewood. The joint,op- ,as that residential fires will become more frequent, and and a eration principle suggested also would be applicable it will become increasingly important that adequate in providing service to any municipal boundary area, coverage be provided. such as the north Como Park area, or the Phalen The area south of Hudson Road in the Battle Creek area. F" k ' 1{ 1 :� p w O FIRE STATION HOUSING LADDER COMPANY L� FIRE STATION NOT HOUSING LADDER COMPANY SERVICE ZONES p single my rage d � dguele coverage , Iriple or greater coverage ® UNSERVED HIGH VALUE AREAS Chart 5 Existing Ladder Companies 1 -Mile Service Zones and Unserved High -Value Areas Ladder companies are housed in eight of the twenty fire stations in the City and are shown by the black fire -station symbol, along with their 1 -mile service zones. Fire stations not housing ladder companies are shown by the grey symbol without, of course, any service zones, since the concern of this chart is only with ladder company service. The only area of appreciable ladder coverage overlap occurs in the Downtown. Many important high-value areas are inadequately served by the present -number and distribution of lad- der companies. Much of the commercial and indus- trial development along West 7th Street, University Avenue, and Payne Avenue is beyond the service areas. The commercial and industrial areas of the east side of the City and Highland are equally un- served. However, optimum service to all high-value properties is difficult to attain, particularly because of the scattered location of many of the small retail store groups. P I Nl��lilil� ® 'dole o. g...... C .nge UNSERVED RESIDENTIGL !REPS Chart 6 Existing Ladder Companies 2 -Mile. Service Zones and Unserved Residential Areas N The two-mile residential service zones of the ladder area, portions of the Phalen Park Community, and companies result in large areas of overlapping ser- much of the east side of the City are without opti- vice, as shown by the darker red areas of Chart 6. mum coverage. Since the primary function of ladder However, the, inadequacies of number and distribu- companies is to perform rescue work, it is impera- tion of the ladder companies result in many large tive, from a life-saving standpoint, that residential areas of residential development beyond the opti- areas receive adequate ladder company protection. mum service zones. The Highland area, the Como r ;s hk CHART 7 EXISTING ENGINE COMPANY COVERAGE OF FUTURE LAND USE /4 MILE S 1-1/2 MILE SERVICE ZONES 8 UNSERVED AREAS FIRE STATION LOCATION EXTENT OF 3/4 MILE SERVICE ZONES EXTENT OF 1-1/2 MILE SERVICE ZONES UNSERVED EXISTING AND ANTICIPATED HIGH VALUE AREAS UNSERVED EXISTING AND ANTICIPATED RESIDENTIAL AREAS POTENTIAL PIGS EYE -HIGH VALUE DEVELOPMENT FREEWAY BARRIER TO CROSS TRAFFIC Chart 7 Existing Engine C ��nT I _ Company Coverage of Future Land Use Patterns _15p 3/4 -Mil 2 Mile Service Zones and Unserved Areas Chart 7 is a composite of Charts 3 and 4, show- the overlap of service noted on Charts 3 and 4 re- ing the extent of boththe 3/4 mile high-value ser- mains unchanged., However, additional large areas vice zone (dark red) and 1-1/2 mile residential ser- of probable high-value and residential development vice zone (dark red and light red combined) of the beyond the service zones are apparent. , The large existing engine companies.' (For clarity, the out- commerical concentration in the Midway that has al lines of the individual zones and resultant overlap- ready developed, and which will probably. continue ping areas of service have been omitted.) However, to ' develop beyond its present limits, is beyond the a major difference has been made in determining un- existing service zones. Additional high-value con- served areas. In the chart considerations up to this centrations beyond present service zones also may point, a study has been made of the adequacy of ser- be expected to develop along Hudson Road, west vice to existing land uses. It must be realized that Seventh Street, and in the industrial Midway area. changes in land use will occur, and additional de- The Pig's Eye area also presents many possibilities velopment of land must be anticipated. Therefore, for large-scale industrial development that will be Chart 7 considers the adequacy of existing coverage in need of adequate fire protection. Future residenti as it would relate to an estimate of future land -use al development beyond present service . zones is development, most apparent on the east side of the City, and the anticipated residential growth indicates the need for, Since the service zones are unchanged, naturally additional fire protection in this area. -i> IIL Proposed Plan for Fire Stations Many of the preceding considerations lead to the conclusion that a plan for replace- ment and future location of fire stations in the City is necessary. As has been noted, many of the stations are very old; others are inefficiently located resulting in unnecessary duplication of service to some areas and inadequate service to other areas of the City. .[Many additional residential areas will develop beyond Present service zones. However, it is not necessary at this time to evaluate in detail each fire station structure as to site, its functional sufficiency, and its life expectancy, though this should be done before final priorities for replacement are determined. It is sufficient to know that one is 93 years old and that nine are 50, or more, years of age. The important problem at this time is to identify those locations which will, if developed by 1970 or 1980, provide Saint Paul with an adequate distribution of companies and permit its Fire Department to move toward Class 1 status. Once such a plan has been thoroughly evaluated as to its merit as an ultimate proposal, it then can be studied for purposes of scheduling priorities and questions of detail, such as how equipment and manpower are to be assigned ultimately as well as dur- ing the time -period in which only parts of the Plan are accomplished. The recom- mendations on Table 7 include preliminary estimates of desirable timing, and they are given as suggestive only. I There are 8 new fire -station buildings proposed, which would take the. place of 11 existing stations which are either antiquated or poorly located. There would be a total of 17 engine companies in place of the present 20. It is proposed to add 2 additional ladder companies, bringing the total from 8 to 10. Additional proposals call for the construction of a fire station in the .Pig's Eye area at such time as the proposed industrial development warrants fire protection; also proposed is a joint - use building at the Riverto house a training school, shops, a fire boat, dispatchers' office, and the alarm center. It is suggested that one station be built immediatelv in 1962, with seven more to be built by 1969, at an average rate of one each year. In addition, two stations now 76 and 60 years of age should be replaced at, or near, their present sites. Seven additional stations now existing would ;)e retain- ed; the oldest of these would be only 58 years old in 1980. The plan for future fire -station location is shown in Chart 9, with accompanying data contained in Table 7. The chart series continues with Charts 10 through 13, which present the service that would be available to future land -use development. 30 LW At ultimate development,. there would be a total of 18 stations (including the sta- tion at Pig's Eye) and the joint trainingshop- fireboat center-sho fireboat station. Achieve- ment of this goal by 1980 could be scheduled according to the time -table' in Table 7 if bond -issue financing were to be used. If; however, an additional $135,000 were to be appropriated each year for the operating budget of the Department, the construction of one new or one replacement structure could be accomplished each year, and in approximately 15 years the Plan, as identified in Table 7 and Chart 9, could be achieved without a single dollar being expended on interest charges. This Plan, if carried through to fulfillment, will provide Saint Paul with the neces- sary fire stations to enable the Fire Department to provide optimum fire protection " to all parts of the City. Of course, the fire stations themselves are useless with- out adequate fire -fighting equipment and personnel. Attention must be given to necessary programming for all aspects of fire protection. if Saint Paul is to attain Class 2 by the time the next survey is made by the Nat- ional Board of Fire Underwriters. n 31 z Chart 9 Plan for Fire Station Location The location of the proposed eight new fire stations together with the nine locations that are -to be re- tained, are shown in Chart 9. Precise sites for new stations are not shown, other than to indicate gen- eral areas, or a particular intersection near which the station should be located. Timing for implementation of the plan is not fixed, other than the suggested. priorities contained in Table 7. However, in terms of the immediate fut- ure, the replacement of Stations #1 and #3 by a new station at Seventh and Walnut is urgent because Station 41 lies within the right-of-way of the Inter- §tate Freeway and loss of this station would seri- ously hamper fire defense in the Downtown or con- gested -value district. The Seventh and Walnut site has the approval of the Planning Board, the Traffic Engineer, and the National Board of Fire Underwriters. Second priority should be given to the replacement of Station #6, now 74 years old. The building of a new station at George and Humboldt would provide better service to the hilltop portions of the West Side. If yearly financing is utilized, a new East Side station. should be constructed in 1964 at White Bear and Conway, on a site already in Fire Depart- ment ownership. This station would replace Sta- tion #24, reduce the overlapping coverage from #9 and #24, and provide coverage for the rapidly de- veloping areas near Hudson Road. In addition, #24 is a "single" station, and is not built so as'to accommodate a ladder company as well as the en- gine company. The next logical step in implementing the Plan would be simultaneous replacement of Stations #14 and #18, to provide better service to the Highland and Mid- way areas. Consolidation of Stations #7 and #11 could be achieved through construction of a new station in the vicinity of Arcade and Margaret, and Stations #13 and #20 should be consolidated with a new station at or near the Baker school site. The exact location of the new fire -boat -training center site should be determined through the joint efforts of the Fire Department and the Saint Paul Port Authority. This building also should contain a new alarm center and dispatchers' office to re- place the existing inadequate one in.the Public Safety Building. w,. Chart 10 Plan for Engine Companies 3/4 -Mile Service Zones and Unserved High -Value Areas Engine company high-value service zones for the 17 Except for the Downtown, areas of overlapping ser - engine companies that would be operating upon im- vice have been reduced or eliminated. In addition, plementation of the Plan are shown, along with the more adequate service is afforded to the commercial anticipated high-value property that would remain development in the Midway.area, the West Side, beyond the service zones. Chart 10 may be examin- and the Hudson Road -East Side areas of the City. ed with Chart 3 for comparison of the change in ser- At the same time, through a better distribution of vice zones; and with the dark red and dark grey por- the fire stations, it has been possible to reduce the tions of Chart 7 for comparison of present service to number of engine companies from 20 to 17, with a future land -use patterns with 'the planned service resultant potential saving in capital and operating zones. costs. Chart 11 Plan for Engine Companies 1-1/2 Mile Service Zones and Unserved Residential Areas w The residential coverage afforded by the 17 planned age would be made in the Hudson Road area of the a engine company locations would provide more ade- East Side where it is expected much newresiden- quate service than the existing 20 locations, in tial development will occur in the near future. A spite of the additional areas of residential develop- new fire station built near White Bear and Conway ment anticipated. Much of the unserved residential would provide service to this area. At the same areas in Highland, as shown in Chart 4, would be time, adequate service for the highly developed, served by the proposed fire station near Randolph older residential areas has been retained while and Fairview. The largest gain in residential cover- improving efficiency of operations. e UNSERVED EXISTING AND ANTICIPATED RESIDENTIAL AREAS D FREEWAY BARRIER TO CROSS TRAFFIC � a j Chart 12 Plan for Ladder Companies 1 -Mile Service Zones and Unserved High -Value Areas More intensive development of high-value areas is Midway District and the east side of the City. The anticipated in the future land -use pattern than that commercial areas of the Midway would be well ser - CO which exists today. This anticipated high-value de ved, and better service to the Highland district is velopment would be served to the greatest degree provided. Existing and future development in the now practical by the ladder company distribution east side of the City would receive better service. shown in Chart 12. The Plan proposes two addition- Some overlapping of services in the Downtown, a al ladder companies, which are intended to serve the congested -value district, is necessarily retained. Chart 13 Plan for Ladder Companies 2 -Mile Service Zones and Unserved Residential Areas From a life-saving standpoint as well as from pro- on the basis offuture lamlp-use patterns rtThe plan- pey considerations, adequate ladder company Ser- ned location of ladder anies, as shown in Chart vice to residential property is essential. Large 13 provides optimum service to almost all of the residential areas beyond present service zones are existing and anticipated residential areas of the apparent in Chart 6. Chart 8 indicates the even City, with the exception of several areas at the greater inadequacy of coverage that can be expected city limits. TI TUIV T 23 , Z� CHART 13 PLAN FOR LADDER COMPANIES 2 MILE SERVICE ZONES 8 UNSERVED RESIDENTIAL AREAS FIRE STATION LOCATIONSSERVICE ZONES tooling Isaac, company '01 ho,liq ladder C01PInY D single coverage ,posed location Is -sting location teamed UNSERVED EXISTING AND ANTICIPATED RESIDENTIAL AREAS FREEWAY BARRIER TO CROSS TRAFFIC P..' C"' Pa"- v d o 'O Q E rn m m m m m m E'. .. ... -e ...... .. ro U r � o o v b v c O O E v t v ro (n N y w w y > > F ro m m n a c 330 ��vm m °w°w wv mro .-�. O .� Oa F U C C N i0 N m o 3 3300E Qao° ° o mmEUxE " m °n ~ �.00wao 3 3 3 N U YI � N e na °m FF�'cm as o°E oroN0 o ooo) U (.Ui U ¢ U ' �v m 4 m o a B ro Ed v v o v v w v wro d i i v w m x 0 U U U U U U U U U U U 0 U U U U U 0 0 0 22 z a a° z a I A C b O 7 0 9 E c v Q v$vmy m]ro�Ep wmox v �KQWpin oOmvn�% � a`� w 4�� aw�aia x C + 6 v m m m m m m ro cv ] 42 o m m N c c C C 0 0 � o O A 3 cw ro E .. v m m m y ti W c a ,. rn w � m d �Y 0 GLOSSARY National Board of Fire Underwriters The National Board of Fire Underwriters is a nation-wide educational, engineering, fact-finding, service organization main- tained by over 200 capital stock insurance companies. The Executive Committee and 13 standing committees (composed of executives of member companies) direct all major activities of the National Board. Among other activities, the National Board of Fire Underwriters conducts surveys in over 500 municipalities, aimed at determining the degree of existing fire hazards and the adequacy of fire -prevention and protection facilities maintained in the City. The resultant grading is used by rating boards'and bureaus in the various states in establishing fire insurance rates for individual properties. high-value district - comprised of commercial and industrial areas, both existing and anticipated, including the Central Business District,, or "congested -value dis- trict." residential district - those properties not included in this high-value district. service zone - area encompassed by a specified driving distance from a fire sta- tion, as measured along existing or proposed streets. These zones represent the recommended distance limits for first -due service., and are as follows: engine companies:' 3/4 mile for high-value, districts 1-1/2 miles for residential districts ladder companies: 1 mile for high-value districts . 2 miles for residential districts Fire Department Apparatus 1. engine - truck that functions to boost hydrant water pressure; equipped with a pump, hose, 24' extension ladder, roof ladder, and miscellaneous fire -fighting tools. 2, ladder - carries portable ladders ranging from 10' to 50', rescue equipment, and miscellaneous fire -fighting equipment. 3. aerial ladder - carries identical equipment as carried on ladder; in addition, mounted is an extension aerial ladder (from 65' to 100') equipped with a high- capacity hose and nozzle. 4. hose wagon _ carries additional lengths of hose and one or two mounted turrets - no pumping apparatus. 5. watertower - turret mounted on a 65' boom, spring raised, operated fromtruck chassis. 43 `.0 6. tanker - 1,250 gallon capacity water carrier, used in areas not serviced by hydrants. CITY PLANNING BOARD OF SAINT PAUL 7. rescue squad - carries special rescue and life-saving equipment and apparatus' EX -OFFICIO MEMBERS George J. Vavoulis Mayor Joseph J. Mitchell Comptroller Commissioners: Mrs. Donald M. DeCourcy Severin A. Mortinson Bernard T. Holland Robert P. Peterson Frank L. Loss Milton Rosen Robert J. Swords - Corporation Counsel W. LaMont Kaufman - Supt. of Parks Eugene V. Avery - Chief Engineer CITIZEN MEMBERS 4. Judson D. Hilton - Chairman Archibald G. Bush - Vice-chairman D. Donald Daly - Secretary Alfred Adam Arnold Imsdahl, Jr. George McPartlin Mrs.. Donald DeCoster Alex Leslie Janes, Jr. J. L. Shiely, Jr. John A. Fischer E. A. Knutson John W. Slusser Donald S. Haarstick Rev. Floyd Massey, Jr. Albert H. Truso, Sr. TECHNICAL STAFF Herbert C. Wieland - Director Burdette R. Teig - Assistant Director William R. Butz - Sr. Planner Eugene F. Barlow Jr. Planning Tech, Richard B. Empey - Asst, Planner Adrian T. Brown Jr. Planning Tech. Donald W. Cosgrove - Asst. Planner Frances D. Schirmer- Sr. Clk. Stenographer Kenneth E. Betz - Jr. Planner Florence G. Irish. Sr., Clk. Stenographer— Earl M. Johnson - Sr. Planning Tech. Mary F. MacDonald - Clerk Typist Frank T. Hogrefe, Jr. - Jr. Planning Tech. 44 OFPICE*OP. THE MAYOR. CITY OF SAINT PAUL EXECUTIVE DEPARTMENT George J. Vavoulis Mayor Q c -* 347 City Sall and Court House Saint Paul E, Minnesota In order for the city of Saint Paul to qualify for federal urban renewal funds, a community improvement program must be presented each year. If the federal government finds th4 satisfactory progress has� been made in meeting minimum established goals, the city iso recertified, which qualifies us to receive federal funds for urban renewal during the next year. At the time of our last recertification, we were told that we were in danger of loosing our certification unless a tentative draft of a long range Capital Improvement Program would be presented with our request for recertification in 1962. As the Mayor is charged with the responsibility of submitting the ComiRiunity Improvement Program, I am hereby requesting that each department and each special a ncy assign one person who will provide liaison with my officd and shall have the responsibility of completing the attached forms -pertaining to the agency's Capital Improvement Program. In order to evaluate the matter, the complete forms must be returned to Mr. Robert Trudeau in the Comptroller's office not later than December 15, 1961, so that detailed work may be started in the preparation of the city s Capital. Improvement Program. The city of Saint Paul will be required. to submit such a program each year with our request for recertification. C The development of this program is an essential part of a long range financial plan, which good planning dictates the city should prepare and review annually. R If any questions occur during the preparation of this material, would you kindly have them directed to Mr. Trudeau or Mr. John Connelly. I know I will have your cooperation in thi's important project. Sin* ely Wo GEORGE J VO is MAY R CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM Letter of Instructions There are submitted herewith forms to be filled out by each department,cover- ing construction projects which are requested for a 5 -year program of Capital Improvements. Include in your department program only such projects as are; in your opinion, required during the next 5 years (1962 - 1966, inclusive). These forms should be filled out and returned as promptly as possible to Robert W. Trudeau, City Comptroller's office, not later than December 15, 1961. Information should be submitted on Forms A and B; four copies of each are to be made. The original and two copies are to be delivered to the Comptroller's Office, and one copy is to be retained for the department files. Where space provided on the form is not sufficient for a complete answer, please expand on a separate page. All projects are to be shown on the maps enclosed for your convenience, with the following colors designating the proposed atarting year of construction: 1962 — green 1964 - red 1966 — yellow 1963 - purple 1965 - pink DESCRIPTION OF FORMS' Form A: This form is to be used as a summary for recording capital projects. Capital projects consist of construction projects and the equipment necessary for their function. They are to include but not be restricted to the following: 1) Land 2) Grading and development of land 3) Major alterations and major repairs of. existing capital improvements 4) Equipment and furniture for building construction projects 5) Engineering or architect fees. DO NOT RECORD as a capital project ordinary repairs and maintenance. Each project described on this form should be supported, as required on Form B; please fill out all columns. "Date submitted" means the date that the department returns the completed forms to the City Comptroller's office. ✓ Use Column I to give each project a number for reference purposes. Column II is self-explanatory. A proposed method of financing should be designated in Column III, using abbre- viations as shown at the top of Form A. CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM - Letter of Instruction Page 2 Columns IV, V, VI and VII deal with dollar amounts and should be shown in thousands of dollars only; that ia, do not show the last three zeros. Column IV should include the total estimated cost of the project. Column V identifies the amount of money needed during the 5 -year period 1962-1966, inclusive. Use the Column under VI to identify the period in which expenditures have been or will be made. "Prior" figures should be the sums of money that have already been expended for projects which are overlapping into the 5 -year period. "Later" figures should show the sums of money that will be needed after the 5 -year period, providing, of course, the project is started during the 5 -year period. It is particularly important to fill in Column VII showing the additional annual operating costs wherever a project will involve such items. These will constitute a continuing annual expense which may constitute a serious burden on the city and must be carefully considered. The status of the project as of December 15, 1961 should be determined as closely as possible, and indicated in Column VIII, using the numerical code shown at the top of the form. Column IX is to be utilized in drawing attention to any pertinent matter not elsewhere considered, such as anticipated operating income or savings as a result of the proposed project. Form B; This form is for recording the more detailed information as to costs and supporting reasons for each project entered on the summary sheet, Form A. Fill them out fully, but make the descriptions and supporting reasons as brief as possible. Question 3-a should give the project name, and street address, or approximate lo- cation, or the fact that the site has not been chosen. The length, size, number of units, etc. should be given where applicable. Please indicate pictures, drawings, etc. of the project or similar projects which may be available for use. Question 4 should include information justifying the project, and should be as brief as possible. Question 5 should show, if known, the relationship to any other project and the needed facilities or utilities (i.e. sewage, water, power, streets, sidewalks, etc.) yet to be coordinated with the project. Also list other agencies, groups or organizations (Federal, State or Local) which are concerned or associated with the project. FORM B INDIVIDU4 PROJECT ESTIMATES FOR FIVE-YEAR CAPITAL.IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM Jan. 1, 1962 - Dec. 30, 1966 Project No. CITY OF SAID PAUL, MINNESOTA Date 19— 1. ..Department 2. Division of 3. Description of project -- St Future burden resulting from project a. Name, location, physical descript.- (Thous.) a, Annual 'cost: Mainten., repair and operation b. Number of additional employees b. Shown on map attached c. -Annual estim. cost of (Yes or No) new staff required d. Future expend. for addit. ' c. Available illustrations equip. not included in project cost 9. Status of plans and 'specifications -- (Place check mark opp. proper status) 4.` Purpose and need for project (Use separate sheet if necessary) — 0 Plans not needed — 1 Nothing done except this report 2 Preliminary Plans — 3 ,Preliminary order 4 Final order — -5 . Plans approved 5. Relation to other projects,where applicable 6 Contractawarded 10. Proposed manner of construction q - Contract. Force. 6. :`Estimated cost (Thous.) A. Planning and Construction Supervision 11. Project expenditures by years (Thous.) (totals a, b, c) a. Architects 1962 1963 1964 services b. Engineering 3965' 1966 c." Inspection B. Land ENDORSEMENT (Questions 12 13 -to be filled a. Site is secured in by Department Heads) b. Tobe secured 0. Construction 12, Year construction to start D. Miscellaneous equipment Time required to construct (totals a,b) Year land acquired a. Egdipment b. Furniture 13, Recommended financing: (Thous..) E: Other CA County Aid $ ` FA Federal Aid TOTAL ESTIMATED COST GOB Gen.0bl.Bds. LIA Loc.Improve.Aid F. Cost prior to Jan. 1, 1962 MSA Mun.State Aid (included above) 0 Other RB Revenue Bds. ' ESTIMATED ADDITIONAL POST SC Service Chges. SP. Spec. Assess. SR -Special Revenue Fds. 7. >Income from project (Estimated annual,. direct: And ,indirect);: S5# Sppq.State• Agmt. V Unknotan UR Utility Revenue WC Working Cap. Fds. Total $ FORM A ESTIMATES FOR FIVE-YEAR PROGRAM OF CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS 1962-66 Recommended Financing CA County Aid SC Service Chges FA Federal Aid SP Spec. Assess. GOB Gen. Obl. Bds. SR Spec.Rev. Fds. LIA Loc. Improve. Aid SSA Spec.State Agmt. MSA Mun. State Aid U Unknown 0 Other UR Utility Revenue RB Revenue Bds WC Working Cap. Fds. Page of pages CITY OF SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA Summary Sheet of Dept. Division of Date Submitted I II III IV V VI Name & Location w Total Es- Total Year in Which Expenditure is Needed (Thous.) of o timated for 5 y°, z° Project c 4j.- Cost Years w w : (Thous.) (Thous.) Prior 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 Later VIIVIII Add it. "a 0 Ann1.Op. Co ata (Thous.) m o M a. tatus of Proiect D Plans not needed 1 Nothing except this report 2 Prel. plans 3 Prel, order 4 Final order 5 Plans approved 6 Contract awarded IR Remarks FORM A (Continuation Sheet) ESTIMATES FOR FIVE-YEAR PROGRAM OF CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS 1962-66 ]?age _ of pages x a II III IV V VI VII VIII I% Name & Location w Total Es- Total Year in Which Expenditure is Needed (Thous.), Addit. w, Remarks of a timated for 5 Annl.Op. ° u 0 o Project q u Cost Years. Costs :J w (Thous.) (Thous.) Prior 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 Later (Thous.) u N M a PROPOSED SUBDIVISION CONTROL ORDINANCE Prepared by City Planning Board in Cooperation with Department of Public Works Saint Paul, Minn. June, 1962 D 6 R�ivised .Tuns, I'?;5i SUBDIVISION CONTROL ORDINANCE An ordinance establishing rules and regulations for the design and de- velopment of new subdivisions and of re -subdivisions and procedures for preliminary and final approval of all subdivision plats, providing for changes and amendments hereto, and providing for the enforcement of these regulations, THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAINT PAUL DOES ORDAIN: SECTION I - PURPOSE AND DEFINITIONS Ao PURPOSE: it is deemed necessary to adopt certain minimum standards regulating the design and development of new, subdivisions so that exist- ing and future development will be protected, so that new subdivisions will conform to the Comprehensive City Plan, will adequately provide water, sewer, streets, and other public improvements, and will otherwise promote the pub -- lie health, safety, and general welfare. Bo DEFINITIONS: For the purpose of this ordinance certain words used herein are defined as follows: 1. Subdivision: The division of a parcel of land into two (2) or more lots or parcels for the purpose of transfer of ownership or of building development, or, if a new street is involved, any division or development of a parcel of land, provided that a division of land into lots or parcels of more than' two and one-half (2-1¢2) acres in area and one hundred fifty (150) feet in width shall not be deemed a subdivision. The term shall be construed to include re -subdivision or re=arrangement of heretofore platted land, and where appropriate to context shall relate to the process of subdividing or to the land subdivided-, provided, however, that the. sale or exchange of small parcels of platted land to or between adjoining property owners shall not be considered as a subdivision. 2. Streets and Alleys: The term "street" shall -mean a way for vehicu- lar traffic, whether designated as a sheet, highway, freeway, express- way, thoaoughfare, parkway, throughway, road, avenue, boulevard, lane, place, or however otherwise designated. a) Major streets and highways are those which are used primarily for fast or heavy through -traffic and include freeways, express- ways, trunk highways, arterial, and collector streets as desig- nated on the Thoroughfare Plan. b) Feeder streets are minor streets which Carry traffic from the system of minor streets to the system of arterial streets and include the principal entrance streets of a residential development and important streets for circulation within such a development. -1- c) Local streets are minor streets used primarily for access to abutting properties. d) Marginal access streets are minor streets which abut major streets, highways, or railroads and which provide access to abutting properties on one side of said marginal access streets. e) Alleys are vehicular ways open to public travel which afford generally a secondary means of vehicular access to abutting pro- pdrty and which are not intended for general traffic circulation. 3. Plat: A map, drawing, or chart on which the Subdivider's plan for a subdivision is presented, and which he submits for approval and intend£ 1n final form to record, and, when appropriate to context, relates to the land to which the map, drawing or chart refers. 4. Block: A•numbered unit of a subdivision for purposes of land description and recording, and usually divided into two tiers of lots and bounded on all sides by streets. 5. IA2L- The smallest unit of a subdivision individually numbered or designated on the plat for purposes of description, recording, conveyance, and taxation. 6. ',treat Width: The full perpendicular distance of a street right- of-way between abutting property lines. 7. Roadway Width: The full perpendicular distance of the surfaced portion of a street between its curb lines. 8. Buildinp, Line: A line on a plat between which lire and the nearest street or alley no building or structure may be erected or placed. 9. Planning Board: The City of Saint Paul Planning Board. 10. Planning Board Staff: The -professional staff of the Planning Board. 11. City: The City of Saint Paul, Minnesota. 12. Comprehensive City Plan: The current long-range plan, prepared and approved by the City Planning Board, including the compilation of policy statements, goals, standards, and maps for guiding the physi- cal, social, and economic development, both private and public, of the City; it includes the Thoroughfare Plan, Plan for Community Facili- ties, the Land Use Plan, and a program for putting the Comprehensive City Plan into effect 13. Thoroughfare Plan: The current long, -range element of the Compre- hensive City Plan setting forth the plan for major streets and highways, as prepared and approved by the City Planning Board, including, the -2- compilation•of policy statements, goals, standards, maps; and action programs for guiding the development of the major street and highway system of the City. 14. Plat Commission: The Ramsey County Plat Commission for review of plats in Ramsey County and the City of Saint Paul as created by the Minnesota State Legislature in an Act of 1881 as amended by Chapter 108 of the Special Laws of Minnesota for 1887. 15. Subdivider: A person or persons who submits a plat for the division of a parcel of land for the purpose of building development or trans- fer of ownership. 16. City Council: The duly elected common council of the City of Saint Paul. 17. City Engineer: The Chief Engineer, Department of Public Works, of the City of Saint Paul. -3- d SECTION II - PROCEDURES A. PR"- PROCEDURE: The purpose of the "Pre -Application Pro- cedure" is to afford the Subdivider an opportunity to avail himself of the advice and assistance of the Plat Commission, and to consult early and informally with the Planning Board and Department of Public Works staffs before preparation of a Preliminary Plat and before formal appli- cation for its approval, in order that certain basic agreements may be reached, thereby effecting a savings of time and money at the later, stages of the subdivision procedure. 1. Previous to the making of a Preliminary Plat and the filing, of an application for conditional approval thereof, the Subdivider shall submit to the Plat Commission plans and data as specified in Section V-A of this Ordinance, for the purpose of review by and consultation with the Planning Board staff and Department of Public Works. This procedure shall not require formal application, fee, or filing of a plat with the Plat Commission. 2. Upon receipt of said plans and data, the Plat Commission shall consult with the Planning Board staff and the Chief Engineer, Dopart- ment of Public Works in regard thereto; and shall within fifteen (1.5) days after receipt of such plans and data inform the Subdivider that said plans and data as submitted or as modified do or do not meet the provisions of these regulations, the Comprehensive City Plan, and the current plans and standards of all City Departments. When the Plat Commission finds the plans and data do not meet said provisions, it shall express its reasons therefor, and the Subdivider shall make the necessary modifications to said plans and data and shall incorpor- ate such modification in the Preliminary Plat. B., PROCEDURE FOR CONDITIONAL APPROVAL OF PRELIMINARY PLAT 1. After reaching conclusions and agreement informally as set forth in Section II -A above, regarding his general program and objectives, the Subdivider shall cause to be prepared a Preliminary Plat,' together with improvement plans and other supplementary material of such form and containing such information as specified in Section V -B of this Ordinance. 2. The Subdivider shall submit to the Ramsey County Plat Commission seven (7) copies of said Preliminary Plat and supplementary material specified, along with written application for Conditional Approval thereof. 3. The Ramsey County Plat Commission shall review said Preliminary Plat and other material submitted for conformity thereof to the Comprehensive City Plan, to the engineering standards and specifications of the City, and to these and other regulations applicable thereto; and shall negotiate with the Subdivider on changes deemed advisable and the kind and extent of improvements to be made by said Subdivider. F -4- 4. The Plat Commission shall within thirty (30) days after receipt of application for Conditional Approval of the Preliminary Plat, act upon said Preliminary Plat as submitted, or modified; and shall certify its approval or disapproval thereof. In the event of dis- approval, the Plat Commission shall give its reasons therefor., and in the case of approval, it shall certify its approval as Conditional Approval and shall state the conditions, if any, of such approval. In either case such reasons or conditions shall be furnished the Sub- divider and the City Council in writing. ,one certified copy of the Preliminary Plat as approved shall be filed with each member of the Ramsey County Plat Commission, one with the Saint Paul Water Depart- ment, -one -with the County Auditor, one with the, Secretary: of the Plat Commission, and one with the office of the City Clerk. At the time of filing one copy with the City Clem , the subdivider shall deposit with the City Clerk a fee of to cover the cost of publication.of public notice. S. After the Plat Commission has considered and taken action upon the Preliminary, Plat, said Commission shall file with the office of the City Clerk one copy of the Preliminary Plat together with its re- commendation and report as outlined in paragraph 4 above. Upon re- ceipt of the Preliminary Plat and the Commission's report, the City shall cause notice of a public hearing to be givec in the official paper of the City. Such hearing shall be held by the,City Council within thirty (30) days of receipt of the application for approval of said Preliminary Plat. At such hearing all persons interested therein may be heard, and the City Council may thereafter approve or disapprove the plat. Such approvpil or disapproval shall be given not more than sixty (60) days after receipt ofapplication for approval of the Pre- liminary Plat by the Plat Commission. The grounds for ,any refusal to approve a plat shall be set forth in the proceedings of the Council and reported to the person or persons applying for such approval. - 6. Conditional Approval of a Preliminary Plat shall not constitute approval of the Final Plat nor shall it constitute acceptance of the subdivision by the City. Conditional Approval of a Preliminary Plat shall be deemed an expression of approval to the proposals submitted. on said Preliminary Plat and to which the Final Plat shall substantially conform. Said Final Plat shall be submitted for approval and for recording upon fulfillment of the requirements of these regulations and of the Conditional Approval, if any. C� PROCEDURE FOR APPROVAL OF FINAL PLAT: 1. The Subdivider shall cause two (2) copies of the Final Plat and other exhibits required for approval to be prepared in a manner as specified in Section V -C of this Ordinance, except where property is both Torrence and Abstract in which case four (4) copies shall be pre- pared, and such Final Plat and other exhibits shall be submitted to the Plat Commission within six (6) months after approval of the Pre- liminary Plat; otherwise such approval shall become null and void un- less an extension of time is applied for and is granted by the City Council. -5- I 2. Application for approval of the Final Plat shall be submitted to the Plat Commission and shall be accompanied by the followinp fees: ten (10) cents for each lot or parcel of land contained within the boundary of each subdivision submitted having, thirty (30) or more lots or parcels, or Tnree (3) Dollars for each sub- division having less than thirty (30) lots or parcels. 3. The Final Plat shall conform substantially to the Preliminary Plat as approved, and, if the Subdivider so desires, it may con- stitute only that portion of the Preliminary Plat which said Sub- divider proposes to record and develop at the time, provided that: such portion conforms to all requirements of these and other regu- lations applicable thereto, and to the conditions of the Conditional Approval of the Preliminary Plat, if any. Provided further, that each successive portion of the Preliminary Plat shall be approved as a Final Plat, recorded, and developed in one or more contiguous sections as approved by the Plat Commission and City Council, and that the entire Preliminary Plat shall be approved and recorded Pas a Final Plat within three (3) years from the date of Conditional Approval of the Preliminary Plat; otherwise such Conditional Ap- proval shall become null and void as pertaining to such portions of the Plat as yet unrecorded upon expiration of said period of time'. The unrecorded portions of the Preliminary Plat shall be re-examined and the proposals shown thereon shall be checked for continued validity in view of changing conditions. If a finding is made that the Pre- liminary Plat is still valid, the Plat Commission and City Council shall recertify said plat for an additional three (3) years. If the proposals for said unrecorded portions of the Preliminary Plat are no longer valid, the Plat Commission and City Council may require the Subdivider to make.such changes in the Plat as deemed necessary. When such changes are made, the City may then recertify the Pre- liminary Plat for an additional three (3) year period. 4. It shall be the duty of the Plat Commission to check the Final Plat for conformity to the Preliminary Plat as approved, and to the conditions of the Conditional Approval of said Preliminary Plat, if any, and to these and other regulations, standards, and specifications, applicable thereto. S. The Plat Commission shall then act on the Final Plat and shall. recommend approval or disapproval of said Final Plat, and, in case of disapproval shall state its reasons therefor. The Plat Commission shall then forthwith submit the two (2) or four (4) copies(whichever is required) of said Final Plat to the City Council along with a• signed statement of its recommendations. 6. The City Council shall then vote its approval or disapproval of the Final. Plat and in case of disapproval shall furnish the Subdivider with its reasons therefor in writing. In case of approval, the City Council shall certify to one copy of said Final Plat as the original. Plat and shall certify its approval and acceptance of said Plat there- on and shall certify to the other copy or conies as a true copy or copies of said original plat. -6- 7. All plats and maps which have been accepted by the City Council, shall after the same have been duly published in the official pro- ccedings of said Council, be delivered to the City Engineer; who shall make a true copy thereof for filing in his office, and shall see to the filing of said plats and maps for recording in the office of the Register of Deeds or Registoji,%6f Titles of .Ramsey County. n -7- e SECTION III - DESIGN STANDARDS A. STREETS 1: The arrangement, width, grade, location, extent and character of all major streets shall conform in general to the Thoroughfare Plan and to the current plans, specifications, and standards established by the Department of Public Works and shall be considered in their relation to existing and planned streets, to the public convenience and safety, to topographical conditions, and in their appropriate re- lation to the proposed uses of the land to be served by such streets. 2. Where such are not shown on the Thoroughfare Plan, the arrange- ment of major streets in a subdivision shall either: a) Provide for the continuation or appropriate extension of prin- cipal streets in the surrounding area; or b) Conform to a plan for the area approved or adopted by the City to meet a particular situation of topography or,other conditions which make continuance or conformance'to existing street patterns impracticable or undesirable. 3. Feeder streets and minor streets shall be so laid out that by virtue of their location, alignment, width, and degree of continuity, their use by through -traffic will be discouraged. Such streets shall be so arranged that they lead local traffic toward neighborhood activity cen- ters and the arterial street system 4. Where a proposed subdivision abuts or contains an existing or proposed arterial street, the following provisions may be required by the Plat Commission and the City Council:. marginal access streets, double front- age lots with screen planting contained in non -access reservation along the rear property line, deep lots with rear service alleys, or such other treatment as may be deemed necessary'for adequate protection of residential properties and,to afford separation of through and local traffic. 5. Where a proposed subdivision borders on or contains railroad right-of-way, the following provision may be required by the Plat Com- mission and the City Council; a street approximately parallel to, and on each side of such right-of-way,,at a distance from such right-of- way suitable for the appropriate use of the intervening land, as for a park strip in residential districts, or for commercial or industrial use in appropriate districts. Such distances shall be determined with due regard for the requirements of approach grades and future grade separations. 6. Reserve strips controlling access to streets shall be prohibited except where their control is definitely placed in, and under con- ditions approved by the City Council. 7,. Street jogs at intersections with centerline offsets of less than one hundred twenty-five (125) feet shall be prohibited. S. A tangent at least one hundred (100) feet long shall be intro- duced between reverse curves on major and feeder streets. 9. When connecting street center lines deflect from each other at any one point by more than ten (10') degrees, they shall be connected by a curve with a radius from the inner street line of at least three hundred fifty (350) feet for collector streets, at least two hundred fifty (250) feet for feeder streets, and at least one hundred (100) feet for minor streets; or of such greater radii as determined by the Commissioner, Department of Public Works.' 10. Streets shall be laid out so as to intersect as nearly as possible at right angles, and in no case shall any street intersect any other street at an angle of less than sixty (60) degrees. Exceptions to this standard may be made by the Plat Commission, the Commissioner, Danart- ment of Public Works only in deference to considerations of topography or to the greater over-all design of the subdivisions. 11. At street intersections, rounded property lines with a radius of not less than ten (10) feet or comparable cut-offs or chords in lieu of rounded corners may be required where deemed necessary by the Plat Commission and the Commissioner, Department of Public Works. 12. Street right-of-way widths shall be as shown in the Comprehensive Plan and where not shown therein shall normally be not less than as follows: STREE�TYPE ROW WIDTH IN FEET Arterial 100* Collector 86 Feeder 70 Minor, for row -house and multi- 66 family residence areas Minor, for other residence areas 60 (for permanent dead- end streets - 50') Minor, for industrial areas 80 Marginal access 40 *Additional right-of-way may be required and any right-of-way in excess of 100 feet may be acquired in accordance with Section. II - F 13. Half streets shall be prohibited, except where essential to The reasonable development of the subdivision -in conformity with other requirements of this Ordinance and where it is practicable to require the dedication of the other half of such street when the adjoining pro- perty is subdivided. Whenever a half street is adjacent to a tract to be subdivided, the other half of said street shall be platted wit't.in such tract. 14. Dead-end streets, designed to be so permanently (cul-de-sac), shall be not longer than five hundred (500) feet and shall provide at -9- the closed end a turn -around area having an outside roadway dia- meter of not less than seventy (70) feet and a street property line diameter of not less than one ,hundred (100) feet. 15. No street names shall be used which will duplicate or be con- fused with, either phonetically or by spelling, names of existing streets. Street names shall be subject to the approval of the City Council. The name of an extension or continuation of an existing street shall be the same as that of the existing street. 16. Street grades shall not exceed the following with due allowance for reasonable vertical curves as approved by the Commissioner, De- partment of'Public Works. Street Ty= Maximum Grade (Per cent) Arterial 5% Collector 5% Feeder 7$ Minor, Residential g$* Minor, Industrial 3%. *Gveater maximum grades may be permitted for short distances. 17. No street grade shall be less than five tenths (o.5) per cent. B. �yl�sS 1. Alleys shall be discouraged in single-family residential areas ex- cept in cases where such are needed to provide service and garage access to lots fronting on arterial streets or where topography or other con- siderations make service and garage access from local streets impractic- able. Alleys may be required in two-family residential areas as is. deemed necessary by the Plat Commission and the City Council. 2. Multi -family residential, commercial, and industrial areas shall have definite and adequate provision for service access, such as off- street parking, loading, and unloading, whether by provision of alleys or by other approved devices. 3. All alleys shall be twenty (20) feet:In_`Lwidth in residential areas. Alleys in commerical or industrial area's"shall be least twenty (20) feet in width or of such greater width as may be deemed necessary, for adequate handling of service functions. All alleys shall be paved in a width of at least 16 feet. h. Alley intersections and sharp changes of alignment shall be avoided, but where such are unadvoidable corners shall be cut with sufficient radius to permit safe and easy vehicular movement. -10- Sa Generally, dead-end alleys shall be prohibited, but, where un- avoidable shall be provided with adequate, turn -around facilities, as may be determined by the Plat Commission and the City Council: C. EASEMENTS 1. Utility easements shall be provided where necessary and shall. be centered on rear or side lot lines and shall be at least ten (10) feet in width. Utility easements across lots other than on the lot lines sba.tl be prohibited. Except where unavoidable, overhead utili- ties shall be prohibited in street ROW and along front lot lines. 2: Where a proposed, subdivision is traversed by a water co ,�se, drainage way, channel or stream, there shall be provided a sfiorm- water easement or drainage right-of-way conforming substantially with the lines of such water course, and such'further width or construction, or both, as will be adequate for the purpose. Parallel streets, park- ways or park strips may be required in .....inection therewith. D, S44SKS 1. The length, depth, and shape of blocks shall be determined with due regard to: a) Provision of adequate building sites suitable to the special needs of the type of use and developman, proposed. 0) nequlrements of this Ordinance and the 'honing Code as to lot sizes and dimensions. c) Needs for convenient access, circulation, control, and safety of vehicular and pedestrian traffic. d) Limitations and opportunities of topography. 2. The long dimension of a block, measured from street center-lineq, in residential areas shall not exceed one thousand three hundred twenty (1,320) feet, nor be less than five hundred twenty (520) feet. _ 3. Blocks having a single tier of lots, such as those backed on an arterial street, shall have a minimum depth of,one hundred forty (140) feet exclusive of street right-of-way. 4, Pedestrian cross -walks may be required near the center of blocks over eight hundred (800) feet in length to provide access to schools, churches, parks, playgrounds, shopping centers, etc. Such cross- walks shall be not less than twelve (12) feet wide and shall be sur- faced with concrete to a width of at least six (6) feet, and shall be constructed at the Subdivider's expense. -11- E. LOTS 1. The size, width, depth, shape, and orientation of subdivision lots, and the minimum building setback lines shall be appropriate for the lobation of the proposed subdivision and for the type of development and use contemplated. 2. Minimum lot dimensions and sizes shall be as follows: a) Lots for single:family, two-family, and multi -family residential use shall be of sufficient size to satisfy standards of build.ir$ coverage and dwelling -unit density ratios and requirements for9yoff- street parking as set forth in the Zoning Code. b) Depth and width of properties to be used for commercial and industrial uses shall be adequate to, provide for the off-street service and parking facilities required by the Zoning, Code for the type of use and development proposed. 3. Corner lots for residential use shall have extra width to.permit appropriate building set -back from and orientation to both streets. 4. The subdivision shall be so arranged as to provide each lot there- in with satisfactory frontage on a public street, such frontage to be of sufficient width as to provide a lot width at the building setback line to meet the standards established by the Zoning Code. S. Double frontage lots shall be avoided except where essential io provide separation of residential development from traffic arteries or to overcome specific disadvantages of topography and orientation; in which case a planting screen easement of at least ten (10) feet shall be provided along the lot line or lines abutting such traffic artery or other disadvantageous use or condition. 6. Side lot lines shall be perpendicular or radial to street lines. F. PUBLIC SIM. AND OPEN ,SPACES 1. During the time'of the pre -application procedure for a proposed subdivision, the City may require the reservation of lands for pub- lic use for schools, parks, playgrounds, or other public purposes; such lands to be of a size and location as to be consistent with the contemplated public use or uses. 2. The City shall have option, by virtue of a condition to approval of the Preliminary Plat, to purchase said lands; such option to be effective for a period not to exceed twelve (12) months from the date of filing for conditional approval of the Preliminary Plat. During said period if the City exercises its option, it shall pay to the Subdivider the fair raw land price as determined by the City Council., and said lands shall be conveyed to the City to be used for the pub- lic purpose or purposes_ intended. -12- 3. In the case of a subdivision subject to such option of the City, the Subdivider shall submit his Final Plat omitting such reserved lands from said Final Plat. If the City decides not to exercise its option or, fails to act thereon within said twelve (12) month period,4'the Subdivider may proceed on the basis of the Preliminary Plat as approved and may submit his Final Plat for the reserved land consistent thereto, and under conditions for submission of successive portions of a plat as stated in Section II - C, para- graph 3 of this Ordinance. -13- SECTION IV - RE IED IMPROVEMENTS A. MONUMENTS: Iron monuments shall be placed at all corners, angle points,.and points of curvature on all exterior and interior boundary lines. and at such intermediate points as may be required by the Plat Commission. Monuments shall be iron stakes at least fifteen (15) inches in length, and one and one-half (1-1/2) inches in diameter. B. ZONING: If the zoning of all or part of the proposed subdivision is not correspondent to the proposed use or uses, the Subdivider shall be required to take proper steps tcward causing said subdivision, or parts thereof, to be re -zoned properly for the contemplated use or uses. This shall apply when zoning is less restrictive than the proposed use as well as when it is more restrictive. C. UTILITY AND SIBEET IMPROVEMENTS: Utility and street improvements shall be provided ineach new subdivision in accordance with standards and requirements set forth in the following schedule,;: 1. The Standards and Specifications for each general type of de- velopment shall be as follows: a) For apartment, row -house., and similar residential types with three (3) or more dwelling units per structure, improvements shall be in accord with STANDARD A. b) For one- or two -family -dwellings with typical lot w'dths of 60 :eat or less, improvements shall be in accord wiih SINNUARD B. c) For one -family detached dwellings with typical. lot width,- greater idth,greater than "b" above, improvements shall be in accord with STANDARD C. d) For commercial, industrial, and other types, improvements shall be determined by the Commissioner, Department of Public Works. D, C HFnJJ FgOF R HTRr.D JITTI TTTFR AND STREET ZMPROVFM NTS Standard A B C X ,x x 1. Public Water x x .x* 2. Public Sewer x x x 3. Major Streets: Cross-sections in accordance with the Compre- hensive City Plan and as determined by the Commissioner, Depart- ment of Public Works 4. Feeder Streets: x* a) 110 ft. R.O.W., two 26 ft. pavements, 25 ft. median strip, 5 ft. sidewalks. x, X x b) 70 ft. R.O.W., 40 ft. pavement,, 5 ft. sidewalks x** c) 66 ft. R.O.W., 36 ft.,pavement, 5 ft. sidewalks 5. Local Streets: x a) 66 ft. R.O.W., 36 ft. paveme>at, 5 ft. sidewalks x X b) 60 ft. R.O.W., 32 ft. pavement, 5 ft. sidewalks x**x** c) 50 ft. R,O.W., 30 ft. pavement, 5 ft. sidewalks 6. Marginal access streets: x x* a) 50 ft. R.O.W., 36 ft. pavement, 5 ft. sidewalk x x b) 40 ft, R.O.W., 26 ft. pavement, 5 ft. sidewalk x x x 7. Streets along subdivision boundaries, and streets connecting subdivision with existing improved street system, cross-section as determined by the Commissioner, Department of Public Wor'(o xn x* X* 8, Alleys" paved to minimum width of 16 ft. x x x 9,. Grading and center -line gradients: per plans and profilcs approved by the Commissioner, Department of Public Works. x x x 10. Storm sewer system and other drainage improvements: per plans approved by the Commissioner, Department of Public. Works 11. Curb and Gutter: X x* a) Integral, concrete, per City specifications x*x* I b) Rolled, Concrete, per City specifications 12. Pavement.Base: X x x a) Gravel, per city specifications :c*xtx* b) Crushed stone, per City specifications X*X* c) Concrete, per City specifications 13. Wearing Surface: . X x x a) Asphaltic concrete plant mired per City specifications x.*x*x* b) Por'Und Cement Concrete, per City specifications X x x 14. Driveway approaches: Portland Cement or asphaltic concrete per City specifications x x x* 15. Sidewalks: Concrete, per City specifications X x u 16. Street Trees: size, spacing and species per City specifications X x x 17. Planting Strips: Seeding or Sodding X Usual required improvements X* May be required by City in certain cases x** May be allowed by City in certain cases S' Tym V - PLATs �1LO pAIA A. PR£ -APPY CATION{N,g ANA DATA - The Subdivider shall submit the follow- ing exhibits for the purpose of pre -application procedures: 1. A_LQaa ion Mao showing the relationship of the proposed subdivision to existing community facilities which serve or influence such pro- posed subdivision. Such map shall be at a readable scale but shall be at a scale of at least one thousand (1,000) feet to the inch, and shall show the location of the proposed subdivision,; existing m,-Iin traffic arteries; public transportation routes; shopping centers., pub- lic schools, parks and playgrounds; principal places of'employmcnt; other community features such as railroad tracks, stations or .lards, V airports, hospitals, and churches; development name; title; scale; north arrow; and date. 2. A sky r -Ch P1w,of the proposed subdivision on a topographic survey which shall show in simple sketch form the proposed layout of streets; lots, blocks, and other features in relation to existing site conditions. The sketch plan may be a free-hand pencil drawing made directly on'a print of the topographic survey which survey shall be a.: a scale, of not less -than five hundred (500) feet to the inch and shall include th:; existing data listed in paragraph B-1 below. B„ PLATS AND DATA FOR CONDITIONAL APPROVAL: The Subdivider shall S--abmit the following exhibits for consideration in the procedure for Conditional Approva_ of the Preliminary Plat. 1. Data required as a basis for the Preliminary Plat, in paras>,r=;nh 5-2 below, shall include the gxiL2J1Ds conditions as follows exccpt ohen othenrise specified by the Plat Cc:c:,i ; io:•.. a) Boundary Lines: Show bearings and distances on all staa_nht lines, angles at all angle points, and central angle and radii and are length for all curves. b) Easements: Show location, width,,and purpose. c) Streets on and adjacent to the tract: Show name, right --o.7-way width and location; type, width, and elevation of surfacing; any legally established center -line elevations; walk's, curbs, gutters, culverts, etc. d) Utilities on and adjacent to the tract: Show .location, size, and invert elevations of sanitary, storm, and combined sacaert:, location and size -of water mains; location of gas liana, fi.r, hydrants, el-ectric and telephone poles, and street lights. water mains and sewers are not on or adjacent to the direction and distance to, and the size of the nearest sash facilities, and invert elevations of sewers shall be sac.an, -17- e) Ground elevations on the tract: show contour intervals of two (2) feet, except in cases where land has a slope of two (2) per cent or less, in which case contour intervals of no more then' one (1) foot shall be shown. All elevations shall be based on a datum plane approved by the Commissioner, Department of, Pub - lie Works. f) Sub -surface. conditions on.the tract, if required by the Plat Commission: show location and results of tests made to ascertain sub -surface soil, rock, and ground -water conditions; depth to ground water unless test pits art dry to a depth of six (6) feet; location and results of soil percolation tests if individual sety- age disposal systems are proposed g. Other conditions on the tract: show water courses, rivers, streams, lakes, ponds, swamps, marshes, rock out -crop, wood^r_ areas, isolated preservable trees eight (8) inches or more it dia- meter, all buildings and structures, and other significant features. h, other conditions on adjacent land: show approximate di_roction and gradient of ground slope, including any embankments or retain- ing walls; character and location of,buildings, railroads, nowr:r lines, towers, and any other nearby non-residential land uses or adverse influences; owners of adjacent unplatted land; For a(I acent platted land refer to subdivision plat by name, recordation date., and number, and show approximate per cent built-up, typical lot size, and dwelling -unit types. i) Photographs, if required by the Plat Commission: show camera location, direction of views and key numbers. j) Present zoning on and adjacent to the tract. k) Proposed public improvements: show highways or other major improvements planned by public authorities for future construction on or near the tract. 1) Key map at a scale of not less than one thousand (`1,000) feet to the inch: show location of the tract in relation to adjacent tracts and nearby major streets. m) Scale, north arrow, datum, benchmarks, certification oP registered surveyor and date of survey. 2. Preliminary Plat shall be at a scale of two hundred (200) feat to the .inch or larger (preferred scale of one hundred (100) feet to %e inch). It may be drawn directly on the topographic survey, B-1 above, or may be on a separate sheet whichever results in the clearer presentation. In either case the Preliminary Plat shall shoe all proposals including the following: a) Streets: proposed names, right-of-way widths; approxi.matc grades and gradients; similar data for alleys, if any. b) Other rights-of-way or easements: location, width, and nur- -18- pose of such rights-of-way or easements. c) Approximate location of utilities: including, sanitary sewers, storm sewers, combined sewers, water mains, gas lines, electric and telephone lines if not shown on other exhibits. d) Lot lines, lot numbers, and block numbers. e) Sites, if any, to be definitely reserved or dedicated for parks, playgrounds, schools, or other public uses. f) Sites, if any, for multi-family dwellings, shopping centers;' churches, industry, or other non-public uses exclusive of sinple- family detached, dwellings. g) Minimum building setback lines if same are greater than would be required under the provisions of the Zoning Code. h) Site data: including number of residential lots, typical log: size, and dimensions, smallest and largest lot size and dimensions; and acres in parks, playgrounds and other public sites, and of a'.1 non-public sites exclusive of lots for single -family detached dwellings. i) Legal description of tract, title under which proposed sub- division is to be recorded, names and addresses of owners, s tate• ment of total acreage, certification of registered surveyor, title, scale, north arrow, and date. 3. Qther Preliminary Plans - The following exhibits may be required at the discretion ofthePlat Commission: In cases of severe local relief on or adjacent to the tract, a contour map showing proposed finished topography for the property being platted which the Plat Com- mission shall study with view toward preservation of steep slopes, bluffs, and other potentially dangerous erosion areas; profiles showing exist- ing ground surface and proposed street grades, including extensions into undeveloped areas for a reasonable distance beyond the limits of the proposed subdivision; typical cross-sections of the proposed grading, roadway, sidewalks, curbs, and putters; and preliminary plans of proposed sanitary and storm sewers, and water mains, with oradas and sizes indicated. '4. If the subdivider proposes to protect the proposed development 1>y protective covenants, a draft of same shall be submitted. C� PLATs AND DATA POR FINAL APPROVAL 1. The :inal Plat shall be on heavy white paper, such as produced by the Lithoprint Company of New York, and each sheet small be t,',nty- two (22) inches wide by thirty (30) inches long and shall be at a scale of two hundred (200) feet to the inch or larper (preferred scale of one hundred (100) feet to the inch). Where necessary, such Final R /l -19- Plat may be on several sheets numbered consecutively, and accompanied by an index sheet at a smaller scale showing the entire subdivision. In case of large subdivisions to be developed in stages such Final Plat may be submitted for approval progressively in contiguous , sections satisfactory to the Plat Commission and under conditions specified in Section II -C of this Ordinance and each section show- ing only that portion of the subdivision to be recorded. and developed at that time, The Final Plat shall clearly and, accurately show the following: a) The location, name, and right-of-way 'width of all thorouph- fares; the location, purpose and dimensions of all land dedicated for other public use, b) Indication that durable iron monuments have been set at each angle and curve point on the outside boundary lines of. the plat, and at all block corners and at all intermediate points on the block lines indicating a change in direction of such lines. c) The outside boundary lines of the plat correctly designated by a dashed line in red ink and showing bearings on all straight lines, or angles at all angle points, and central angle and radii and arc length for all curves; and showing all letters and figures needed to describe or having reference to saidoutside boundary lines, also in red ink„ The outside boundary lines of the plat shall close by latitude and departure with an error not to exceed one (1) foot in seven thousand five hundred (7,500) feet, and a copy of the computations of latitude and departure shall be fur- nished the Ramsey County Plat Commission - d) All dimensions and distances shown to the nearest hundredth (.01) of a foot. Right-of-way lines of streets, easements and other rights-of-way, and property lines of residential lots and other sites;•with accurate dimensions, bearings, or deflection angles; and radii are lengths, and central angles of all curves. e) All survey and mathematical information and data necessary to locate and retrace any and all interior and exterior boundary lines on the plat., f) All lots shall be numberec progressively, by the block in which they are situated. All blocks shall be numbered -3rogressively. p,) All rivers, streams, creeks, lakes, ponds, swamps, and all public highways and thoroughfares laid out, opened, or traveled (existing before the platting) shall be correctly located and plainly shown and designated on the plat. h) The record name and adjacent boundary lines of adjacent platted lands shall be dotted on the plat and in case of a rearranpcment or re -subdivision of heretofore platted land the original platting and name shall be dotted'on the plat. -20- Q i) Ditto marks shall not be used on the plat for any purpose. j) Certification by a registered Land Surveyor as specified by the State of Minnesota. k) Instrument of dedication by owner containing a full and accu- rate description of the land platted and setting forth what parts n of said land is dedicated, and also to whom, forpur- pose such parts are dedicated. 1) Title, scale, north arrow, and,date. 2. Detailed Construction Plans_ as prepared under the direction of the Commissioner, Department of Public Works or as approved by him. Such plans shall be in accords2�cce with the provisions of this ordinance as set forth in Section 311 ereof. 3. A Certificate by the Commissioner of Public Works certifying that the subdivider has complied with the following: a) A petition has been signed and filed with the Public Works Department and the Water Department for the construction of all required improvements, or a sub-divider has made application through a letter to the Commissioner of Public Works to make the improve- ment at his own cost and expense through an ordinance granted by the City Council, except•on such streets as he may have only dedi- cated half-width, the other half not being under his ownership, and on other streets not being necessary at this time as deter- mined by the Commissioner of Public Works. Such improvements shall.be completed within two years from the time of the comnle tion lic Works tment noticefthereofbfromethe bDepartmentDof Public'and tn plans smtai Workstothe or sub- divider. 4. Protective Covenants appearing on a separate instrument shall be made reference to on the Final Plat. 5.Qt�lgr Data: Such certificates, affidavits, endorsements, or de- ductions as may be required by the City in the enforcement of this Ordinance. -21- A. HARL5,jijp: Where itis found that extraordinary hardship may result from' strict compliance with this Ordinance, the City Council may vary the regulations upon the recommendation of the Plat Commission, so that substantial justice may be done and the public interest secured; pro- vided that such variations shall not have the effect•of nullifying the intent and purpose of the Comprehensive City Plan or of this Ordinance. B. j,�C�_SC{�T3£�„QEVf�QgMEN1: The Standards and requirements of this Ordinance may be modified by the City Council in case of a plan and pr6gram for the development of a complete community, a neighborhood unit, or a large urban redevelopment project, which in the judgment of the City Council pro- vides adequate public space and improvements, and for the circulation, recreation, light, air, and service needs of the tract when fully de- veloped and populated; and which also provides such covenants or other legal provisions as will assure conformity to and achievement of said large-scale plan and program. C. CONDITION'; In granting variances and modifications to this Ordinance, the City Council may stipulate such conditions as will, in its judgment, secure substantially the objectives of the standards or requirements so varied or modified. SECTION VII - VALIDITY A. If any section, sub -section, paragraph, sentence, phase, or clause of this Ordinance is held to be unconstitutional, such decision shall in no way affect the remaining portions of this Ordinance. B. It is not intended by this Ordinance to interfere with or abrogate or annul any. existing easements, covenants„ or other agreements between parties; nor is it intended by this Ordinance to repeal, abrogate, annul or in any way impair or interfere with any existing provision of laws or ordinance or any rules, regulations or permits previously issued; provided, however, that where such relate to the subdivision, platting and development of land and are in conflict. with this Ordinance, that the provisions of this ordinance shall govern. -22- SECTION VIII - ENFORCEMENT AND REVISION A. . ENFOR�NTt The penalties and provisions.for enforcement, of this Ordinance are as follows.. I. No plat shall be recorded unless it is accompanied by a certified copy of the resolution of the City Council approving such plat as being in accord ,with all plans or regulations of the City applicable thereto. 2. No conveyance of land in which the land conveyed is described by metes and bounds or by reference made to a plat which has been pre- pared after -Ehe effective date of this Ordinance and which plat has not been approved as specified by the provisions of this Ordinance shall be made or recorded if the parcel described in the conveyance is less than two and one-half (2-1/2) acres in area and one hundred fifty (150) feet in width unless such parcel is a separate lot of record at the time of the effective date of this Ordinance, or unless an agreement to convey such smaller parcel has been entered into prior to the effective date of this Ordinance and the instrument shdatng the agree- ment to convey is recorded in the office of the Register of Deeds: or Registrar of Titles of Ramsey County within one year after the effective date of this Ordinance. 3. Any owner or owners' agent who conveys a lot or parcel in violation of these provisions shall forfeit and pay to the City a penalty of not less than One Hundred ($100.00) Dollars per lot or parcel so conveyed. 4. No utility, municipal service, or improvement may be constructed on any street, highway, alley, or other public way until said public way has been approved by being designated on a duly approved plat as here- in provided, or properly indicated on a map of the City as proviced by law. No building permit shall be issued for construction of any build- ing unless it is located on a duly approved and accepted street or, highway giving access thereto, and unless it conforms to a building line established on a street of the City as projected into the plat or to lines established within such plat. No building permit. shall be issued for construction of a building on any lot or parcel conveyed in violation of Section VIII -A, paragraph 2 of this Ordinance. B. REVISION; Amendments and revisions to this Ordinance may be made by such amendments or revisions being approved by a two-thirds (2/3) vote of the City Council; provided that such amendments and revisions have been studied and recommended upon by the Plat Commission and the City Planning Board, and that a public hearing by the City Council has been held relating thereto .prior to said vote of the City Council on such amendments or revisions. -23- DECLARATION.OF POLICY, FOR THE PROGRAM FOR COMMUNITY IMPROVEMENT CITY OF SAINT PAUL OFFICE OF MAYOR 347 Court House Saint Paul 2, Minnesota Mr. John P. McCollum �> Regional Administrator Housing and Home Finance Agency 360 North Michigan Avenue, Room 1500 Chicago 1, Illinois Dear Mr. McCollum, The City of Saint Paul, Minnesota hereby requests recertification for its Program of Community Improvement (Workable Program) for the year following the expiration of our current certification period. We, here in Saint Paul, believe we have entered into an exciting time in the history of our city, and that we have finally become a city on the move. Announcement of plans for many private and public improvements has provided the impetus and in- gredients for our expanding and growing community. To illustrate this march of progress, allow us to cite the following actions as concrete examples of performance: The Genexal Services Administration has announced its selection of a site for a new eleven -million dollar Federal Office Building to be located in downtown Saint Paul. Dayton's, a large retail shopping store chain, is currently constructing a 12 -million dollar facility in the heart of our city. M Sears -Roebuck and Company, nationally known,, and for many years located only in Minneapolis, has started building a five -million dollar retail store adjacent to the central business district of Saint Paul. The Hilton Hotel Corporation, world famous for its hotel operation, will soon. announce plans for the construction of a new 23 -story, ten -million dollar hotel in our downtown area. The Saint Paul City Council has approved an application from the local Housing and Redevelopment Authority for the construction of nearly 300 additional Public Housing units to be built in three separate sections of Saint Paul. This brings the total of (Insert additional sheet or sheets for policy stateoent if Accessary) 2 public housing units in Saint Paul to more than 2250. Attention must be brought here to the improvement made in this area, as the original allotment or plans formulated in 1949 called for the building of 2000 Public Housing units in Saint Paul. Of this. total,' 1286 'were completed prior to July, 1, 1960, a period of eleven years. Since July 1, 1960, however, 1014 Public Housing units have been built or approved by the city governing body. This time element covers slightly more than two years. _ The Saint Paul Housing and Redevelopment Authority has made a survey and �t planning applicafion to the Federal 'Government for a 12 block downtown, Urban Renewal project,, which is both eligible for renewal and which may be considered marketable. This was done after a feasibility survey was accomplished to deter- mine some of the basic unkown factors relative to dotiwntown renewal. The Port Authority of Saint Paul has started acquisition and clearance of, the land in the 350 acre, sixty-five million dollar Riverview Industrial and Re- creational Park project, located across the Mississippi River from the Central business area of our city. Our local Housing and Redevelopment Authority has had approved a General Neighborhood Renewal Program,£or the Cathedral area of Saint Paula Here again, a survey and planning application for the first project in this area, has been submitted to the regional office of the Urban Renewal Administrator for approval. One of the main reasons for the progress mentioned above has been the excellent cooperation generated among the civic, laboring, and business interests in Saint Paul since our spring city -election. It became quite evident at that time that the citizens of Saint Paul wanted an administration devoted to progress and sound government. Because of this spirit which has prevailed, the present administration has made every effort to push ahead with urban renewal programs, the Riverview Indust- rial Park development, freeways, the new Federal Office Building and other projects greatly needed by our community. 0 This combination of thinking, has made it possible for the substantial contri- butions mentioned in the opening paragraphs. ,% The Metropolitan Improvement Committee, a citizen action group named by the Mayor on August 18, 1960, and explained in detail in last year's application for recertification, has been one of the main organizations responsible in expediting community development and redevelopment. Because this committee has expanded from its original scope and purpose, the Mayor's office is currently engaged in selecting a city-wide volunteer, citizen's advisory committee as part of the overall future progress of our city. 2a We futher believe, that the caliber, of membcrship of the Saint Paul Housing and Redevelopment Authority Ccm'iriissioD has bean strengthened by the recent appointment of two neva mcmbers namely; Mr. Patrick Towle and Mr. John Greenman. Both have outstanding administrative back- grounds and a keen interest in the future progress and development of Saint Paul You will recall that in our 1961 submission, I named four committees for the purpose of improving our Urban ..a:ral Program Planning. I am pleased to report that during the first ycLr that the success of the - committee's work, as measured by the prcc�ress made in the vavious--Lech- w nical aspects of our program, warrants the continuation of these'com- mittees. Over twenty meetings of the committees or sub -committees were held during the year. Some of the majo_^ agcc•:aplis::::r_-pts are the development of a Capital Improvement and a Public Ir:prove:.ient needs study, completion of a land subdivision ordinance, siE;nific-unt amendments to our housing and zoning codes, the help of advance plar:r.inin the organization and development of the year's community im_rovement program, and the major role of helping elected officials keep informed of the status of various aspects of the Urban Renewal Program. I think it is important to note that these committees :ave no legal authority to develop and maintain nro?rz-s, but they must wort: in the area of coordinating various agency an,i r:ureau programs that are defined in statutory and charter provisions, with financial limitations - indeed a difficult assignment. Under cur form of government this is the most practical and soundest approach in securing a Sound, long-range Urban Renewal Program. In addition, the Mayor's office has ecnducted discussions :._,.. about forty community leaders, concerning lc.: -rent housing, with emphasis on private financing. As a result of these meetings,we have appointed a committee composed of the housing chairman of_the Saint Paul Council of Human Relations, the executive chairman ca` the Saint Paul Area Chamber of Commerce, the chairman of the civic co=.Ittee of the Saint Paul Trades and Labor Assembly and the executive -secretary of the Saint Paul Board of Realtors -co study this phase of housing for Saint Paul. R We furthar believe and subscribe to the las-zing benefits of a constructive program fo.^ cc:amunity improvement. This program has been accelerated during, tae past twelve months. ,Ie submit further evidence in this summary and report, of our intent and program for the future along with additional documentation of our past year's performance. x 2b We respectfully request to receive your approval, and recertification .of the Program for Community, Improvement (Workable Program) upon the-expir- ation of our present certification. - In conclusion, allow me to express my sincere appreciation for the support, guidance and assistance your representatives have .given to our city government in the past. i Sin ely , VVI e orge avoulis M or i OBJECTIVE: To assure adequate standards of health, sanitation, and safety through a=comprehensive system of codes and ordinances which state the minimum conditions under which dwellings may lawfully be occupied. A. Complete column 1 for codes already in effect at the time of the community's last submission; column 2 for codes put into effect since that time; column 3 for codes not now in effect. When model codes are or will be used, also complete column 4. In addition to the basic codes listed, show any oiher codes the community considers essential to meet its community improvement objectives. a B. Has the community, as shown above, met the goals for the adoption of codes set forth in its last submission? [x] Yes [ ] No. If "No" is checked, indicate fully what progress was made and why goals were not met. With the review and adoption of important amendments to the Housing Code and Building Codes, the preparation of proposed land subdivision regulations, zoning changes, and plumbing code amendments, the City of Saint Paul has exceeded the progress anticipated in this area at the time of our last submission. Copies of the Present Housing Code and amendments to the building sections of the legislative code are attached. C. Briefly describe the past year's work of the group or committee established for con- tinuing codes study. 1 See attachment "C' 3 1 2 3 4 CODES PREVIOUSLY CODES MADE CODES NOT NOW KIND OF CODE IN EFFECT EFFECTIVE SINCE IN EFFECT MODEL CODES THAT ARE OR WILL BE ADOPTED _ LAST SUBMISSION DATE ADOPTED DATE ADOPTED PROPOSED DATE FOR ADOPTION TITLE OF MODEL CODE YEAR PUB LISHEO BUILDING 1953 PLUMBING 1955 ELECTRICAL 1955 HOUSING 1960 1961 Zoning 1922 See atta ment "A" B. Has the community, as shown above, met the goals for the adoption of codes set forth in its last submission? [x] Yes [ ] No. If "No" is checked, indicate fully what progress was made and why goals were not met. With the review and adoption of important amendments to the Housing Code and Building Codes, the preparation of proposed land subdivision regulations, zoning changes, and plumbing code amendments, the City of Saint Paul has exceeded the progress anticipated in this area at the time of our last submission. Copies of the Present Housing Code and amendments to the building sections of the legislative code are attached. C. Briefly describe the past year's work of the group or committee established for con- tinuing codes study. 1 See attachment "C' 3 Attachment 'W' A. All existing codes and ordinances ,of the City of Saint Paul were completely recodified on Dedenber 18, 1957. .This entire text is entitled "The Legislative Code of the City of Saint Paul" and was adopted by the City.Council. The standards for building construction are a part of 'the Legislative Code and include requirements covering structural stnall new construction fire plumbing, heating, esafety, lectrical, etc., apply . including alterations and major repairs. These requirements are con- stantly being revised and in addition they are completely reviewed periodically. The following Exhibits are attached. " Sections ordinance No. C$0-1 Amendment to Legislative Code 9.32. 12106 C40-2 64.03 par. (m) 12233 „ . C$0-3 64.03 par.(p) 11975 1.10 $ 1.11 C$0-4 20.01 & 20.02 12107 CCO-s " . '• " 1.10 $ 15.01: 12006 15.02 22.05 12089 C$0-6 � 23.05 12149 C$o-7 Latest Copy of Housing Code" 12113 Published December 23, 1961. 3a Attachment "C" An amendment was made to the building in 1961 permitting the relaxation of the exterior wall construction on buildings, including single and two family dwellings, which allows the use of some of the new manufactured wall sheathing that has been put on the market in recent.years. Amendment was also made to the building code, permitting the use of stressed coverings for exterior walls. Y The 1961 community improvement program listed the plumbing code as last amended in 19SS. Late in 1961, a substantial amendment to the plumbing code was introduced to the Council. This plumbing code is in basic compliance with the National Plumbing Code and the Western Plumbing Code. This, in February of 1962, was referred back to a committee to make recommendations to the City Council. The committee completed their hearings on June 12, 1962, and it will be resubmitted to the Council for their consideration. The electrical code adopted in 1955 was changed with some substantial amendments in 1960. There were also slight revisions to the electrical code in 1961. The housing code was in effect in 1960 and was amended late in 1961. It was amended in 1961 and, as amended, has met approval of the Housing And Home Finance Agency. The major change in this ordinance was to include one and two family dwellings which were excluded previously. The zoning law, which was adopted in 1922, has been amended slightly in 1961. j It is expected in 1962 that the heating requirements, particularly that of steam and hot water, will be revised and brought up to date and that the elevator requirements, which are part of the general building code, will be reviewed and brought up to date late in 1962; and that following this the standards for the general construction of buildings will be reviewed late in 1962 and completed by June 1963. 1 The housing code enforcement was started early in 1961. It was very obvious, on the inception of the enforcement program, that there is very „little acceptance by the public and less experience in housing code enforcement than with other codes. Our enforcement procedure during 1961 confined us to training the entire staff and solving or enforcing violations on the basis of complaints: received, and correcting conditions which the office has known about for a long time, which were really substandard. We were assisted by the initiation of an industrial park development, which involved the almost complete wrecking and removal of some five hundred dwelling units 'comprising approximately 300 structures, which was started in 1961 and will be substantially completed by - 3b the middle of 1962. The vacation'of.many substandard units in tie area of 150 to 200 has been accomplished. Correction ofsuch items as third floor occupancy, overcrowding of dwelling units in the area of 200 corrections has been accomplished. For the first year, the building department received complaints relative to in- sufficient heat, limitations of use of electricity, deficiency or lacy of domestic hot water, and a number of these were satisfactorily enforced somewhat in the neighborhood of 25. All of this enforcement is accomplished by all of t,he•i-nspectors and they Y! are•operating under the authority and by virtue of,the building cod ordinance, the housing code, and the e, the zoning (' restrictaed residence act of 1915. A good many of the violations that we have run into have been accomplished and it`develops, as of today, the violations that are existing are in many cases existing by virtue of laws and approvals given which have subsequently appeared to be illegal. Five flagrant violations of one,or more of the above mentioned laws and ordinances have.been selected, investigations and research have been completed, and they are now in the hands of the corporation counsel's office, and the information received indicates that the complaints and necessary legal papers are substantially completed, and will be served on the affected persons in the very near future. All of this leads up to a situation where we are attempting to secure public acceptance on this broad phase of enforcement. The position has been taken by the enforcement agency, building department, that all new facilities before being occupied shall have a certificate of occupancy, and through the medium of the press, real estate agencies, and groups and other media, Certificates of Occupancy are being required when properties are transferred. The aid of the mortgage and loan institutions, the banks and trust companies has been solicited and their demanding the Certificates of Occupancy has brought into line many properties which formerly were entirely illegal. This is illustrated by one'case wherein the owner died four or five months ago, and the estate was probated by the trust company. Involved in the estate were four structures comprising some 70 odd dwelling units. Upon compliance with the ordinance including the housing code, this occupancy was reduced to less than forty units and the remaining facilities met all requirements. There was recently completed a wage and salary survey and a survey of assignment of titles of employees. The completion of this survey will facilitate the employment of four additional inspectors who will confine their activities entirely to housing code and allied code enforcements. This entire program has created an area of quasi acceptance of the various coded and ordinances. The Bureau of Public Buildings has condemned in the neighborhood of 150 structures comprising several hundred dwelling units, these being completely removed. In all cases, they were.so substandard that the provisions of the building code were applied rather than those of the housing code. 3c D. Schedule for the periodic review' and up -dating of codes. If "Yes" is checked, complete the following: CODE REVIEWED SCH EDD LED DATE SINCE LAST I NEXT REVIEW I BIND OF CODE SUBMISSION TO BE COMPLETED BU I L D I NG X 1,7une lyo� IL..TING FX _I Nb_f)dte.-------I ELECTRICAL X IIN O�D HOUSING No Date Zoning E. Has the community met the goals for code review set forth iroits last wassmadesaadn� [X] Yes [ ] No. If "No" is checked, indicate full what progress why such goals were not meta The City of Saint Paul has exceeded the progress expected in review and changes in its codes. F. Briefly indicate new goals that have been established for the coming year: 1. Plumbing requirements of the standards for building construction 2. Heating requirements will be reviewed 3. Standards for the general construction of buildings will be reviewed supplementary material ired. mit w of rog the ng supplementary material forueach code �h adoptedorrevisedesince therlast submission. nce he sub - (1) Model nodes. In ealhorastatese estanre dardomodeltco es submit �one lcopytof the tadopt- mission, dopt- m irg ordinance and one copy of each subsequent ordinance amending or affecting tt:at code. Do not submit a copy of the code itself. (2)Other Codes. Xn each case where a code has been adopted since the last sub- mission and a model code was not used, submit one copy of the code now in ef- fect and of each amendment thereto. Also submit one copy of the adopting or- dinance and one copy of each subsequent ordinance amending or affecting that code ce code itself does not specifically note udoption ordinance, number and date. n effect at (3) Submit the lasthbmissionwhichsamendment has been ofadopted sincecthatlthe time submission. 4 OBJECTIVE: The formulation and official recognition of a comprehensive general plan for the community as a whole. A. A Planning Commission or Agency was established on . March S. 1918 B. Complete column 1 for those items already in effect at the time of the community's last submission;.column 2 for items adopted or approved.since that time; coLimn'3 for items not now in effect.. . 1 2 3 . ITEM DATE ITEMS PREVIOUSLY DATE ITEMS EFFECTIVE DATE PROPOSED FOR IN EFFECT WERE SINCE LAST SUBMISSION ADOPTION OR APPROVAL OF ADOPTED OR APPROVED WERE ADOPTED OR APPROVED ITEMS NOT NOW IN EFFECT LAND USE PLAN July 20,.19S9 Tnte0 pp nal MAJOR THOROUGHFARE PLAN 10,192. COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN Sept- 9- 1960 PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM July, 1962 _ Continuing study ZONING ORDINANCE July 9122 and revi5!Qn___L_ - Revised draft SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS P Ian for Fire Stations Nov. 1961 Comprehensive Plan Interim Final (See attachmen "B") Sept, 1962 C. Has the community, as shown above, met the goals for the adoption or approval of the items set forth in its last submission? `[ ] Yes [X] -No If "No" is checked, indicate fully what progress was made and why such goals were not met. Late in 1961, the City of Saint Paul through its Planning Board partici- pated in the drafting of a proposed Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Joint Land Use - Transportation Planning Program. On January 16th, local representatives participated in presenting the draft of the. Metropolitan Planning Commission's application for federal funds for this program to Housing and Home Finance Agency officials in Chicago. On January 17, 1962 the City Council of the City of Saint Paul passed a resolution "that the City of Saint Paul, in and through its Planning Department, with the assistance of other City Departments, intends to co-operate in the proposed joint land use and transportation planning program for the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area." On January 24, 1962 the Twin Cities Metropolitan Planning Commission filed the formal application for federal funds for this program, On March 13, 1962 official notice was received from the Chicago regional office of grant approval together with an (See attachment "C") ` D. Is the community participating in regional, area, or metropolitan. planning program? [X] Yes [ ] No. If "Yes" is checked, -identify the program and the participating agencies. The City of Saint Paul is participating in the program of the Twin Cities Metropolitan Planning Commission. The City has official representation on the Commission as pro- vided for by the legislation establishing this agency, The City also participates financially through its pro rata share as set up in the statute establishing the (See attachment "D") 5 Attachment "B" (1 Addendum to Land Use Plan) (2 Addendum to Community Facilities Plan) Attachment "C" approved budget dated March 13, 1962.. Since this date, the participating agencies and governmental units have met several times to develop the general organizational framework for the conduct of the study. r Participating in this study has required substantial changes in our Work Program and the completion dates of a number of our projects. Many of the findings and conclusions of this joint study could substantially affect the Land Use and Thoroughfare elements of the City's Comprehensive Plan. These adjustments are described in the following for each item. 1. Land Use Plan. - Community Plan Report #8, "Saint Paul's Preliminary Land Use Plan" was completed, approved by the Planning Board on July 20, 1959 and published. In conjunction with the development of the Comprehensive Plan, the inventory of existing land use was up -dated last year. The Land Use Plan has been restudied for the past six months and with certain revisions will be used as an "interim final" plan until such time as the necessary findings and conclusions developed by the Met- ropolitan Area Joint Land Use -Transportation Planning Program can be integrated wherever necessary and the final land use plan and report then completed. In December of 1961 the Planning Board released the study "Saint Paul's Population Characteristics (See Exhibit C1-1) 1960 with Projections to 1970 and 1980." This is actually apart of the Land Use element of the. Comprehensive Plan and is designed to replace the section on population in the original Land Use report. It is proposed to continually review and up -date this element of the Comprehensive Plan in parallel with the development of the Joint Study. In January 1962, work was started on a plan for the Central Business District. A preliminary plan is due August 16, 1962. (See Exhibit C1-2) Additional data may be found in part (5) that follows. 2. Major Thoroughfare Plan. - The Preliminary Plan was completed and published as a draft in December 1960. The draft has been reviewed by other interested and affected agencies and discussions have been held and are continuing in an effort to obtain all around agreement on the proposals presented. ' Agreement with the City Public Works Department and Traffic Bureau is now within reach. As is the case in the Land Use element of the Comprehensive Plan, the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area Joint Land Use - Transportation Planning Program findings could have a major impact upon this plan. An "interim final" plan should be available by September 10, 1962 and the policies, goals and standards it proposes will be used as a guide until the Joint Study has been completed. 3. Community Facilities Plan. Community Plan Report #9, "Saint Paul's Plan for Public Educational, Recreational, and Cultural Facilities" was approved by the Planning Board in September 1960 and published. The plan has been reviewed as part of the Comprehensive Plan development program. Any major„changes in, the Thorughfares element of the Comprehensive -Plan could result in changes in, community and neighborhood boundaries in the Community Facilities Plan. The changes in turn could affect the Sa location of schools and recreational facilities. At this time, the need for major changes appears remote and this element seems to be fairly valid. Community Plan Report #11, "Saint Paul's Plan for Fire Stations" was approved by .the Planning Board in December 1961. This is, actually an addendum to the Public Facilities Plan. 4. Public Improvements Program. A Capital Improvement Program and a needs study has been completed. See section on Finance for further details. S. Subdivision Regulations. A preliminary draft of subdivision regulations was Y' prepared by the staff in December 1960. It.was submitted to the�City Public 11orks Department for review. This review indicated a number of areas of disagree- ment between the staffs of the City Planning Board and Public Works Department. Several revised drafts were prepared and reviewed during the past year and a mutually acceptable draft has now been agreed upon. The eecity Council chhas surereferred this au for a report. revised draft to the City Attorney; City Eng (See Exhibit C-5) This proposal, was reviewed by the City Planning Board in June, 1962 and sent to the City Council with a f avorabie recommendation. 6. Zoning Ordinance. The basis for the Zoning Code and Map is' the Land Use Plan. Statements in previous recertification documents have indicated a complete revision of the Zoning Code and Map would be well under way by this time. The changes in the work program and completion time of other.elements of the Comprehensive Plan also affect the Zoning schedule. During the period of time that the Joint Study is under way only necessary and selected amendments to the Zoning Code will be prepared. On May 28, 1962 the Planning Board approved a proposed amendment to the Zoning Code establishing a new multi -residence district with max- imum densities somewhat lower than thase permitted in the present multi -family district. Another amendment is being drafted which will provide for exclusive industrial uses in the existing industrial districts.Still another amendment re- quested by the Planning Board to be prepared this summer will provide similar regulation of uses in the Commercial District. Copies of these proposed amendments are attached. (See Exhibit C-6) 7. Comprehensive Plan. The completed elements of the Plan have been restudied and are being up -dated. The incomplete elements have been completed to an "interim final" stage. All elements of the plan will be continuously studied and adjusted in parallel with the development of the Joint Land Use -Transportation Planning Program. In the meantime, the policies, 'goals, and standards proposed in the Com- prehensive Plan will be used as guides for making, planning and zoning decisions. It should be pointed out that the City's planning program is so structured that each element of the plan is periodically reviewed by the agency or department affected during the development stages and the final plan reflects broad and general agreement on the part of those concerned. In this respect the Public Facilities Plan was developed with the assistance and concurrence of those departments. Sb responsible for educational, recreational, and cultural facilities. The Thorough fare Plan reflects the thinking of the Public Works and Traffic Engineering staffs of the City in addition to the critical review of the Minnesota Highway Department Engineers. The' Fire Station Plan was .developed With the assistance of the Fire Chief and the Fire Underwriters. The subdivision Regulations have been reviewed by Public Works Department personnel responsible for much of the work required in new 'sub - divisions. In addition to these departmental reviews, the City Planning Board has also reviewed all phases of the Comprehensive Planning procedure. These professional and citizen appraisals have resulted in extending the time limits originally set for the com- pletion of the various. elements of the Plan.. In the. long run, however, it will result in a net savings in time because the completed products will have general acceptance at the time of adoption. Sc pnnulation Char X 1964 Plan for Fire Stations X 1964 Comprehensive Plan X 1964 (See attachment "E") F. Has the community met the goals for plan review set forth in its last submission? [ � Yes. [ ] No. If "No" is checked, indicate fully what progress was made and why such goals were not met. Not, only have the goals set in the last submission been met, but additional elements have either been reviewed or completed. G. Briefly describe the ways in which other agencies of local government have imple- mented the plans and policies developed by the planning agency. Generally, many of the plans and policies developed by the City Planning Board have been implemented by the City Council, Public Works Department, the Department of .Parks, Recreation, and Public Buildings, the Department of Education, the Housing. and Redevelopment Authority, the Department of Libraries, Museums and Stadia, the Saint Paul Port Authority, and the Department•of Public Safety. The proposals in the Public Improvements Program generally conform to the proposals made in the various elements of the Comprehensive Plan. Street and Highway improve- ments, school -site locations, branch library site -locations, fire station site - locations, and park and playgrounds locations and improvements are being followed (See attachment "G") 6 E. Schedule for the periodic review and up-dating of the plan. WERE ITEMS REVISED SCHEDULED DATE ITEM CHECK IF CURRENTSINCE LAST NEXT REVIEW IS - 'SUBMISSION? TO DE COMPLETED YES NO LAND USE PLAN X X 196 MAJOR THOROUGHFARE PLAN. COMMUNITY FACILITIES PLAN X x 1064 PUBLIC IMPROVEMENTS PROGRAM x 1963 . ZONING ORDINANCE X COntinul nIz SUBDIVISION REGULATIONS ._ ..__1— pnnulation Char X 1964 Plan for Fire Stations X 1964 Comprehensive Plan X 1964 (See attachment "E") F. Has the community met the goals for plan review set forth in its last submission? [ � Yes. [ ] No. If "No" is checked, indicate fully what progress was made and why such goals were not met. Not, only have the goals set in the last submission been met, but additional elements have either been reviewed or completed. G. Briefly describe the ways in which other agencies of local government have imple- mented the plans and policies developed by the planning agency. Generally, many of the plans and policies developed by the City Planning Board have been implemented by the City Council, Public Works Department, the Department of .Parks, Recreation, and Public Buildings, the Department of Education, the Housing. and Redevelopment Authority, the Department of Libraries, Museums and Stadia, the Saint Paul Port Authority, and the Department•of Public Safety. The proposals in the Public Improvements Program generally conform to the proposals made in the various elements of the Comprehensive Plan. Street and Highway improve- ments, school -site locations, branch library site -locations, fire station site - locations, and park and playgrounds locations and improvements are being followed (See attachment "G") 6 Attachment ;'E" The several elements have been restudied and revised where necessary to incorporate necessary changes in preparation for completion of the Comprehensive Plan. Interim final reports will be available this summer as outlined in section "B" of this , submission. It is proposed to make changes in the Economic Study as part of the C.R.P. program, probably beginning during the later half of 1962. Final adjust- ments will be made beginning in 1964 as the Joint Land Use -Transportation Planning Program enters the plan phase. Y Attachment "G" by the respective departments. The Department of Education recently requested three very detailed studies of population projections and pupil enrollments be made for three new elementary school sites. Copies of these reports are attached. (See Exhibits G-1 and 2) The City Planning L oar has made recommendations relative to selecting G.N.R.P. areas which the Housing and Redevelopment Authority has adopted. The two agencies are currently cooperating in working out initial first project boundaries in the approved G.N.R.P. areas. The industrial development plans of the Saint Paul Port Authority are being carried out within the framework of the industrial land -use areas recommended in the Plan for Proposed Land Uses. 6a It. Does the PlanningCommission receive technical help in its planning activities: 1: On a consulting basis? [ ] Yes [x]. No 2 From resident staff employed to serve the Commission? [X) Yes ( IN, If "Yes" is checked for either item, indicate specifically the.kind of technical help provided at this time, including the number and types- of technical employees. Professional Sub -Professional Director of Planning Senior Planning Technician (1) Assistant Director Of Planning Junior Planning Technician (2) Senior Planner (1) Tracer (2). Assistant Planner (3) I. Describe briefly plans (1) to provide or (2) to incrense tae present level of tech- nical help, including the time schedule for putting such plans into effect. 1. Examinations have been completed at the Junior and Assistant City Planner levels. Two Junior City Planners have been hired to begin work on July 2, 1962. These planners will be assigned to the Joint Land Use -Transportation Planning Program, (See attachment "I") J. Briefly indicate new goals that have been established for the coming year.• Transmitted herewith is the 1962 City Planning Board Work Program. A major new item is the preparation of a plan for the Central Business Distract. The downtown business community is cooperating in this project and it will be completed by the end of 1962.' Other major new activities include participat'nn in the Metropolitan Area Land Use - Transportation Program, Midway Area Industrial Study, and the preparation of a Community renewal program application. Supplementary material required. Submit, with this Review of Progress, the following supplementary material: (1) In each case where a land use plan, a thom roughfare plan, a cocnnity facilities plan, a public improvements program, or other special plan has been adopted or revised since the last submission, snbnit one copy of the plan or revision, including maps, text,, and other related material. (2) In each case where a zoning ordinance has been adopted or amended since the last submission, submit one copy of the new ordinance or amendment, including one copy of any amended zoning map. (3) In each case where the community has adopted or amended subdivision regulations since the last submission; submit one copy of the ordinance or amending ordi- nance. (4) Yn each case where the community has placed in effect since the last sub-' mission, a land use plan, a major thoroughfare plan, a public improvements program, or a community facilities plan, submit one cony of the evi- dence of official recognition of such plan. This evidence may be in the form of p:inutccs of the meeting of the Planning Commission or governing body at which such action was taken, or of a letter from the Mayor, City or Town Manager, or Chairman of the Planning Commission stating that such plan is officially recog- nized and used in planning and controlling the development of the community. (5) One copy each of any plan reports issued since the last submission which indi- cate the progress of planning in the community. Attachment "I" An Assistant City Planner will be hired later in July and assigned to the Com- prehensive Planning Program. • 2. It is -planned to file an application for a Community Renewal Program before the end of the year. This will require additional personnel, the exact number yet to be determined. The Planning Board's budget request for 1963 also will contain a request for additional funds so that the core staff can be increased to meet the City's obligations of the Community Renewal Program. Any increases in the Plan- ning Board's budget from Council appropriated funds would be effective January 1, 1963. 7a .OBJECTIVE: 'A community -wide study to determine what areas are blighted or in danger of becoming.bZighted and the identification of the,nature, intensity; and causes of blight as a basis for the planning of neighborhoods of decent homes in a suitable living environment. . A. Indicate the status of each of the following items.by completing either column 1, or columns 2 and 3, with respect to a complete analysis of all ne,ighhorhoods in the community. R. Briefly describe progress made during this last year and indicate new goals estrb- lished for tLe coming year. In November 1960, the City Planning Board published Community Plan Report No. 9. Plan for Public Educational, Recreational and Cultural Facilities, which established . community and neighborly hoodboundaries for t e entire Ctiy. These boundaries were refined and revised where necessary during the development of the "interim final' m Coprehensive Planlduring 1961-62. The nes:: goal for 1962-63 is the completion of a CRP application by September 1962 and the actual beginning of this program by January 1963. C. - What has the community made since the last submission of the data assembled through the neighborhood analyses to develop and carry out a specific program for the elimination and prevention of slums and blight in any neighborhood? The following is the current status of urban renewal projects: Riverview G.N.R.P. Approved 7/14/61. Neighborhood studies are about 80% complete with tirdesio ation of at least 4 urban renewal assisted projects and one unassisted project. Cathedral G.;,.R.P. Approved 6/20/62. The first project Survey and Planning Application =or this area will be submitted by July 1, 1962. Feasibility Study for Central Business District. Approved 2/20/62. This study will be completed 7/15/62, and the first pro uct application will probably be submitted in August. (See attachment "C") Z 3 ITEM DATETHIS ITEM PERCENT DATE FOR COMPLETION WAS COMPLETED COMPLETED OF THIS ITEM DELINEATION OF NEIGHBORHOOD AREAS AND BOUNDARIES 1957-59-60 up -dated 1962• INFO Rh1AT ION ON HOUSING CONDITIONS INCLUDING LOCATION I 1955 ll dated 1961 p AND E%TENT OF BLIGHT OR POTENTIAL BLIGHT 1959 - 1955 CHARACTERISTICS OF FAMILIES AFFECTED BY POOR HOUSING 1959 ADEQUACY OF COMMUNITY FACILITIES AND SERVICES. BOTH PUBLIC AND PRIVATE. 1960 u -dated 1962 CAUSES OF BLIGHT.! 956-57-S9 IDENTIFICATION OF STEPS NEEDED TO ELIMINATE PRESENT BLIGHT AND PREVENT FUTURE BLIGHT , up -dated 1962 1956-59 R. Briefly describe progress made during this last year and indicate new goals estrb- lished for tLe coming year. In November 1960, the City Planning Board published Community Plan Report No. 9. Plan for Public Educational, Recreational and Cultural Facilities, which established . community and neighborly hoodboundaries for t e entire Ctiy. These boundaries were refined and revised where necessary during the development of the "interim final' m Coprehensive Planlduring 1961-62. The nes:: goal for 1962-63 is the completion of a CRP application by September 1962 and the actual beginning of this program by January 1963. C. - What has the community made since the last submission of the data assembled through the neighborhood analyses to develop and carry out a specific program for the elimination and prevention of slums and blight in any neighborhood? The following is the current status of urban renewal projects: Riverview G.N.R.P. Approved 7/14/61. Neighborhood studies are about 80% complete with tirdesio ation of at least 4 urban renewal assisted projects and one unassisted project. Cathedral G.;,.R.P. Approved 6/20/62. The first project Survey and Planning Application =or this area will be submitted by July 1, 1962. Feasibility Study for Central Business District. Approved 2/20/62. This study will be completed 7/15/62, and the first pro uct application will probably be submitted in August. (See attachment "C") Attachment "C" Hollow G.N.R.P. Application submitted 12/22/61 and withdrawn in April 1962 ecause local neighborhood groups expressed desire for.larger area than original application incompassed. Will be resubmitted prior to end of 1962. Seven Corners G.N.R.F. Under study and consideration for future application 8a D. 111hai plans does the community have for the further use of such data in developing specific programs for the climina tion and prevention of slums and blight in each ne.ighhorhood? In developing its Community Renewal Program, the information and data already compiled will be used wherever possible. New data will be developed as needed and existing compilations will be up -dated wherever possible. See "E" below. r PIbaL progress 1:as been made in ccm;uur.ity-tri lc programming of renewal activities (code. enforcement, rehabilitatio-n, c?carc:<:c:c and redevelopment, etc.), neighbor::ood by neighborhood. The City Planning Board is preparing an application for a Community Renewal Program to be submitted during September 1962. The following is a draft of the narrative description of the proposed activities to be carried out in developing this program. ( See attachment "E") Supplementary material required. To the extent that such material is available and has not been previously submitted. (1) Subnit o.ee copy of analyses, statistical data or estimates (including r..aps and charts) on the total blight problem of the locality (e.g. numbers an, locations of substandard units, data on occupancy characteristics) etc.) (2) Submit one copy of a map shoving the delineation of logical residential neigh- borhoods for p.lannipg purposes. The man should also indicate those neighbor- hoods where early action to correct conditions of Might is planned, if such information is known. (3) Sui)mit one copy of community -wide program for renewal activities. 9 Attachment "E" COMMUNITY RENEWAL PROGRAM APPLICATION Narrative Description of Proposed Activities General Goals The City of Saint Paul, through its Bureau of City Planning, proposes. to establish a full -range program of local urban renewal action based on the entire area of local needs and to utilize the community's financial, physical, and social re- sources and potential to undertake such renewal activities. The program is to be prepared with federal assistance administered by the Housing and Home Finance Agency. The program will include all of the documentation such as plans, reports, maps, and other data necessary to determine and lay out the course of action the City must adopt to effectuate such a program. Basically, the program will determine the following: 1. Identify slum or blighted, deteriorated or deteriorating areas in the City and the extent, nature, and trends of such blight and deterioration, 2, Determine the financial, relocation, housing, and other resources needed to carry out renewal in these areas and through a study of the economy of the City, determine the availability of such resources and their relation to urban renewal. 3, Identify potential projects and the types of urban renewal action, both public and private,. to renew these areas. 4. Develop a continuing long-range action program of urban renewal activities in terms of time, money, and public and private action necessary to direct all available local resources to meet the total need, such program to be in con- formity with the Comprehensive Plan of the City, Provisions will be made to keep the Community Renewal Program current to reflect changing conditions and needs. The program would also be an important adjunct to the City's Workable Program in that a number of the objectives for the several elements of the Workable Program will be,studied in considerable depth. Scope and Content of Program Due to topographical and other natural and man-made barriers, Saint Paul has been divided into 16 major areas of predominantly residential land use. These large areas or "communities" have been further subdivided into 49 sub -areas or "neighborhoods," These subdivisions have been created as the basic structure for all future planning and development. These units will serve as "study areal for the Community Renewal 9a Program. In some'sections'of the City, these communities are separated by sub- )stantial non-residential areas such as industrial districts, major trnasportation facilities and natural physical features. .These non-residential areas will also be studied for possible renewal treatment. The community renewal studies would utilize existing data pertinent to the studies which have already been assembled by participating agencies, up -dating of this data where necessary, and the collection of additional needed data to obtain the most accurate possible assessment of the problem would be the objective of further surveys and field studies. The development of the program would be closely related to and coordinated with the Comprehensive Community Plan. The program would recognize such factors as policies, standards and goals of the various elements of the Comprehensive Plan. The city-wide study and analyses would identify the areas requiring treatment, be it redevelopment, rehabilitation or conservation. The result of this phase of the study would be the identification of those neighborhoods in which general urban renewal problems exist. These neighborhoods would then be rated in each of their own communities and•the communities., in turn, rated on a city-wide basis. In this manner, it will be possible to set up a city-wide classification and priority system. An important element in the program will be citizen -participation. It is proposed to enlist the assistance of local neighborhood and community groups as the program begins in each community. The program must have the support and backing of these citizen -groups if successful and adequate conservation and rehabilitation projects are to be carried out. The Study Program Stage I 1. Identification of old residential and non-residential areas that are.de- teriorating, deteriorated, blighted or slums. The identification and evaluation of such city-wide renewal needs will be based on an analysis of currently existing information supplemented by field checks. Among the factors to be evaluated and classified. are the following: (a) Structural condition of buildings (b) Occupancy and rent (c) Environmental conditions (d) Inter -relationship of land uses (e) Migration factors These data will be analyzed for the purpose of'rating all residential communities and non-residential areas by the general types of urban renewal treatment required. In carrying out this analysis all usable and available data in the Bureau of City Planning, Housing and Redevelopment Authority, Health Department, Fire Prevention Bureau, Building Department, and other official agencies will be utilized. Field - 2 - 9b checks will be made wherever necessary to complete the analysis. These data will be adopted to present in mapped form. Once the preliminary city-wide renewal needs have been determined, it will be possible to establish priorities for those communities which should be analyzed in greater detail. Stage II In each community those renewal areas requiring more detailed study and inspection will be delineated and surveyed according to the priorities established in Stage I. The following determination will be made: 1.: The nature, degree, causes and trends of blight and blighting factors will be analyzed for each of these renewal areas considering such factors as deterioration of structures, over -crowding, inharmonious land uses, traffic conditions, lack of adequate public facilities and other factors. 2. Recommendations made in the Comprehensive Community Plan for, each •of these areas will be analyzed. Those recommendations which will contribute to the elimination of blighting conditions will be noted. Recommendations which are in conflict with the renewal program will be restudied so that appropriate adjustments can be made. These recommendations will have an important bearing on the type and timing of renewal action. 3. Identification of potential projects and a determination of the type or renewal action necessary for each area must be. made. For residential areas -this would con- sist of redevelopment, rehabilitation, conservation; or a combination of these treatments. A basic determination at this stage is the proper use or re -use of the land. 4. Relocation of displaced families. A determination must be made of the number of families which are likely to be subject to relocation together with their rent - paying ability. Stage III The goal of this final stage is the development of a continuing long-range action program in terms of time, money, public, and private action .,necessary to bring all local resources to bear on the problem. The first portion of this stage will deal in depth with city-wide factors and determinations as follows: 1. Economic and market studies and projections. These studies will attempt to identify the economic trends and growth prospects, local policies and actions which will greatly influence decisions on the character, location, and timing of renewal action. - 3 - 19c (a) Population growth (b) Employment trends (c) Potential community growth and economic development goals and how renewal and related actions can assist in their achievement. (d) Present and future housing supply and demand in.number and types of units and price. ranges. This will form the basis for determing the city's ability to absorb families displaced by urban renewal and other public actions. This phase will include the development of a system for maintaining an up-to-date housing inventory. (e) Determination of the city's potential role of utilization of land cleared through urban renewal action. (f) The Economic Study of the City published by the Planning Board in 1961 will be used as a basic reference in this study and additional material Will be developed as needed. 2. Evaluation the the City's requirements and resources available for urban renewal action. A. Relocation requirements (a) Existing housing inventory from (1) (d) (b) Total number of families to be displaced by all public action (c) Analysis of family characteristics as available from 1960 Federal Census (d) Population trends (available in Planning Board Report #13) (e) Migration patterns of families (f) Develop estimates of non-residential displacements caused by all public actions, evaluating availability of alternate sites, buildings, etc. (:g) Development of measures to provide sufficient and appropriate resources to meet all displacement needs. B. Financing (a) Estimated costs to Housing and Redevelopment Authority for acquistion and clearance of land and program administration (b) Cost to City of Saint Paul for provision of public improvements to Capital Improvement Program; costs of code enforcement; and other public actions (c) Fiscal condition of City in terms of borrowing capacity, out- standing debt, change in tax revenues., obligations for other development programs and other factors which will determine rate at which City can carry out urban renewal (d) Potential Additions and changes in Capital Improvements Program which could affect availability of funds for financing urban renewal. q _ 9d 3. .Correlation' and coordination'of all analyses and studies, both on community and city-wide levels, for a time -phased program of inter- related public and private action. This program will be expressed in terms of priorities and types of renewal action, coordinated with the City's development prospects and trends for a feasible and seasonable 'City's This program can be created in the following manner: A. Summarize the individual community renewal programs into a single city-wide program.° Each individual program would be reveiwed for its relationship to the other programs and evaluated in terms of its role or contribution toward the overall improve- ment of that community. B. Priorities will be assigned each community and adjusted as conditions and needs change. C. The administrative and legal tools will be examined to deter- mine their adequacy to carry out the urban renewal program. Where deficiencies are discovered means for improving them will be identified and recommendations made to the proper unit of govern- ment for the necessary corrections. D. The final schedule of priorities will be made after the final community renewal program has been completed. 4. An effective community renewal program must have wide -spread citizen- partici6ation if it is to be successful. The educational process must. begin and citizen support must be obtained every step of the way. Itis proposed to utilize citizen -participation at three levels: (a) Neighborhood (b) Community (c) City-wide Existing citizen -groups will be used where they already exist. This program will require special emphasis,on relocation and rehousing problems and special attention will be given this problem. 5 _ 9e ui� -OBJECTIVE: To identify and establish the administrative responsibility and capacity for carrying out overall program for Community -Improvement activities and for the enforcement of codes and ordinances. A. .Cordination. Describe changes since the list submission in the way in which the community's overall Program for Community Improvement is being coordinated. o The principle changes that .have occurred since the last submission are: .(1) the formal appointment of an interdepartmental technical committee to plan, develop, and coordinate the Urban Renewal Program together with a policy committee consisting of the Mayor and two city councilmen. (2) An increase in the number of meetings between the technical staffs of the Planning Board, Housing and Redevelopment Authority, Port Authority, City Departments and Metropolitan Improvement Committee and other Civic Organizations. (3) Agreement of the City Council to participate in a Metropolitan Land -Use Transportation study, (See attachment "A") B. Describe briefly progress made during the past year in strengthening any weak spots -- insufficient staff, ineffective procedures --in the community's administrative organ- ization for carrying out the Program. Attempts to correct weak spots in the Program are as follows.: 1. The City to participate in a Land Use -Transportation Study for the Metropolitan area. 2. The use of trained Building Inspectors for housing code enforcement' Plus providing funds for the employment of four additional inspectors. 3. Continue the work of a Policy and Technical Committee for the Urban Renewal Program. (See attachment B-4) C. Code R.nforcement: Describe briefly (a) any changes since the last submission in code enforcement techniques and (b) plans for improving the code enforcement program, including the time schedule for putting such plans into effect. We have instituted a more vigourous program of having prospective buyers ask for a Certificate of Occupancy on existing structures, particularily as they pertain to residential property and have recommended that obtaining a certificate be made a condition of sale.' This has been implemented by a series of talks to the real estate organizations. 10 F• Attachment "A" ADMINISTRATION The City of Saint Paul since 1914 has operated under a modified commission form of government. Voters elect a mayor, six councilmen and a city comptroller. The mayor and six councilmen have two basic duties: namely, (1) as a body. they act as legislators and (2) individually they are administrators, each in charge of a separate department of city government. *With reference to the latter duty, the mayor at the beginning of each term assigns a councilmen to head a department. _ Under the charter the head of a department is solely responsible for carrying out the duties and responsibilities within his jurisdiction, however, in practice there is a high degree of cooperation between departments. One of the principle reasons for this is that many programs and individual actions require the approval of the city council before they may be carried out. In these matters, the mayor functions as a co-ordinator in seeing that the best . interests of the city are maintained. However, he has no authority to demand or compel a department to carry out a certain program, action or activity. Beyond the activities of the mayor in assuming the responsibilities of his department and his relationship to the rest of the City Council, he,also appoints certain advisory committees to assist the city in various activities and studies. A listing of some of these committees which relate to planning 1. and urban renewal activity follows: ADVISORY BOARD ON SMOKE ELIMINATION AND AIR PURIFICATION, CITIZENS RECREATION DEVELOPMENT COMMITTEE, CITY TRAFFIC COMMITTEE, HOSPITAL FACILITY BUILDING COMMISSION, MAYOR'S RIVER SAFETY, DEVELOPMENT AND CONTROL COMMISSION, METROPOLITAN AREA, REGIONAL PLANNING COM- MISSION, SAINT PAUL CITY PLANNING COMMISSION, MINNEAPOLIS -ST. PAUL METROPOLITAN AIRPORTS COMMISSION, THE CITY ZONING BOARD, A METROPOLITAN IMPROVEMENT COORDINATION COMMITTEE,.+ CITIZENS HOUSING COMMITTEE, This year's Community Improvement Program has been the joint effort of the City Architect; Mr. Herbert Wieland, following personnel: Mr. Alfred Schroeder, Planning Board; Mr. William Carter, Housing and Redevelopment Authority; Mr. John Connelly, Council Investigation and Research Bureau; and Mr. Duane Gratz, Publicity Bureau. l0a Attachment "B-4" 4.. Appoint a Review Committee to assist departments in the preparation . and devel9pment of a Capital Improvement Program and a Needs Study. The responsibility for relocation planning is vested in the office of the central relocation information service. This agency was established as a result of an ' agreement between the City of St. Paul and the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of the City of Saint Paul, whereby the authority relocation staff would provide relocation assistance to all persons displaced by any public action. .Funds for this purpose are available from the relocation tax levy on real estate applied annually. 10b Attachment "C" d There are two departments in the City of Saint Paul who are basically responsible for carrying out the code enforcement program: Namely, (1) The Department of Parks and Recreation and Public Buildings, and (2) The Department of Public Safety. The Parks and Recreation and Public Buildings Department is charged with the enforcement of all ordinances relating to buildings within the city, their planning, construction, maintenance, fire protection and all other matters relating thereto according to the City Charter, and the Public Safety Department is concerned with health, sanitation and fire protection laws and regulations. There is no formal machinery as yet established requiring the coordination of the two departments. However, there is and always has been a good, cooperative working relationship between all levels of the two departments. The inspectors of the two departments are initially instructed and are continually reminded to be familiar with and recognize violations of regulations and to report them to the proper authorities. In addition, it is common practice for representatives from the Bureau of Public Buildings, the Bureau of Fire Prevention and the Bureau of Health to make joint inspections of property. Both departments operate in approximately the same manner. Inspections are made of all new and remodeling work for which a permit is required. Investigations are made on all complaints received either by telephone, letters or in person. In, addition, periodic inspections are made on the initiation of the various bureaus on a routine basis. Beginning in January, 1961 through a Federal State Grant, we have inaugurated an inspection and supervision program in all Nursing Homes, Boarding Care Homes and Foster Homes. In these inspections we utilize the full time service of one San- itation, one Nurse, and half-time services of a Senior Clerk -Stenographer. The number of housing sinpections dealing with health and sanitation conditions made by the Health Bureau during 1961 was 5,589. Housing Code enforcement was started in January, 1961. The enforcement is under the jurisdiction of the Commissioner of Parks and Recreation and Public Buildings. During December 1960 and January 1961, the Bureau of Public Buildings compiled lists of multi -family dwellings from such sources as the assessor's records, the City Directory, the telephone directory, reports of Bureau of Health and Fire Prevention Bureau and from their own building inspection reports. All of the present inspectors in the Bureau of'Public Buildings are making housing code inspections along with their own building code work. In conjunction with these housing code inspections, all inspectors were given copies of the Housing Code in December, 1960 and indoctrinational meetings were held to reveiw the requirements, the report forms and general procedures. loc Attachment "C" continued The present procedure is that housing code inspections are to be made under the following conditions: 1. Whenever a housing code complaint is received 2. Whenever a.building code inspection is made on a family dwelling 3. When specific addresses are assigned to an inspector in accordance with the over-all plan of inspection of all family dwellings in the city. It is intended to give careful study to the housing code inspection methods and procedures and to the results obtained to determine what revisions or extensions of coverage should be made, if any, in order,to obtain the best re- sults in the urban renewal program. A comparison of the total dxpenditures for personnel -engaged in enforcement, plan checking and administrative activities by the Bureau of Public Buildings for 1960 and 1961 and 1962 is as follows: 1960 $401,287.06 1961 443,918,00 1962 475,888.00 The'City has not only been interested in improving its code enforcement pro- cedures, it has also taken steps to improve the quality of the existing regulations. This has been accomplished through two methods, namely, (1) the constant review and up -dating of existing standards of building construction where needed and as the work load permits, and (2) through the appointment by the Mayor of a technical committee, which is of recent or: to study exist- ing codes and make recommendations for improvements to the Mayor and the City Council. lod NOTE: If any data, provided below is for less than 12 months, give the beginning, and ending dates of the period actually covered. HOUSING OTHER 1. Complete the following for each, code already in effect: CODE DEPARTMENT OR OFFICIAL RESPONSIBLE FOR NUMBER OF NUMBER OF INSPECTORS INSPECTORS HIND OF CODE ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT PROPOSED FOR THIS YEAR NUMBER OF VIOLATIONS DETECTED-!/ * 288 192 376 NEAT YEAR NUMBER OF VIOLATIONS VOLUNTARILY CORRECTED 4 242 178 327 1 305 18 I i 2. Complete the following for codes proposed to be adopted during the next 12 months. KIND OF CODE I DEPARTMENT OR OFFICIAL TO BE RESPONSIBLE I ADDITIONAL INSPEECTORSCTORS 3. For -each of the following codes already in effect, provide the data indicated be- low for the past 12 months as evidence of the community's enforcement activity. ITEM BUILDING PLUMBING ELECTRICAL HOUSING OTHER CODE CODE CODE CODE NUMBER OF PERMITS ISSUED UNDER CODE 73$ 1741 370 NUMBER OF INSPECTIONS MADE 1?(1;q 519V 5869 1242 NUMBER OF VIOLATIONS DETECTED-!/ * 288 192 376 347 24 NUMBER OF VIOLATIONS VOLUNTARILY CORRECTED 4 242 178 327 1 305 18 NUMBER OF STOP ORDERS ISSUED NUMBER OF COURT CASES INSTITUTED* A. WON BY CITY B. LOST BY CITY C. PENDING TRIAL ** ** ** ** $ D. FINES LEVIED (NUMBER) E. FINES LEVIED (AMOUNT) 1/Couut only violations for which a formal notice is issued. Multiple violations of any one code in a single strocture should be counted as a single violation. However, if records are maintained on another basis, use available figures and explain below the basis upon which such figures are maintained. SSe Attachment 3* 4. Condemnation actions in past 12 on is in connects n with code NUMBER A. DWELLING UNITS CONDEMNED FOR CODE VIOLATIONS 43 B. DWELLING UNITS BROUGHT INTO COMPLIANCE WITH CODE AFTER BEING CONDEMNED 6 C. DWELLING UNITS RAZED AFTER CONDEMNATION � 11 3, * These are estimates,' ** Basically the Bureau of Public Buildings does not resort to bringing people into Court to enforce,'code requirements but use condemnations, double fees, work stoppage, eviction, cutting service, etc, instead. Ila 5. Describe briefly the results of any planned program of code enforcement. If areas of the community have been newly selected since the last submission for, an especially intensive planned program of'code enforcement, identify them and describe briefly the techniques to be used. D. Zoning Ordinance I. By what department or official is the zoning ordinance administered? _Commtccinner of Parkas Pln ,grnnnrlc and Pnhlir R,i lAin g 2. By what department, official, or board are variances from the ordinance considered? (See attachment D-2) 3. By what department, official, or board are appeals from administrative decisions considered? —(See attachment D-2) 4. Furnish the following data -for the past 12 months: See attachment, D- ITEM NO. FILED ND. GRANTED A. REQUESTS FOR REZONING B. REQUESTS FOR VARIANCES UNDER THE ZONING ORDINANCE C. APPEALS FROM ADMINISTRATIVE DECISIONS ON ZONING E. Subdivision regulations 1. By what department or official are the; subdivision regulations administered? _(See attarm-n F-1) ° 2. Number of preliminary plats submitted during the past 12 months? Approved: 36 Disapproved: 26 See attachment E-1 2. Nnmber of final plats- Approved:- 36 Disapproved: Withdravn See attachment E-1 F. Describe briefly progress made and ,planned to improve (1) administrative procedures and (2) record keeping on administrative actions. (See attachment F) ,t Supplementary material required. None required under this section. 12 Attachment "D" D-1 ZONING ORDINANCES The zoning ordinance is administered by the Commissioner of Parks, Playgrounds and Public Buildings. Applications for rezonings, appeals and special permits are heard by the Board of Zoning which body transmits its findings and recommendations to the City Council on all matters. The Zoning division of the Planning staff provides technical advice for the Board of Zoning. The procedures followed in processing applications in all three categories have been submitted in exhibits for previous years. D-2 Applications for rezonings, appeals and special permits are heard by the Board of Zoning, which body transmits its findings and recommendations to the City Council on all matters, The Zoning division of the Planning staff provides technical advice for the Board of Zoning. 12a 12b P Attachment "b-4" D-4 During the period 'lay 1, 1961 through April 30, 1962, the following City Council. matters were processed by the Board of Zoning and the Periord May 1, 1961 to Anril 30, 1962 • ZONING APPEALS PE.—ITS TOTAL Number filed 64 65 96 225 Granted By Council 37 41 70 .148 Denied by Council 5 4 q 13 6 7 3 16 Withdrawn _ 2 Insuffici^nt 2 - . 14 13 19 46 Open Administrative approval 10 "open" on report and on which action took place this Matters reported pervious period. ZONING APPALS PERMITS TOTAL Granted by Council 11 7 19 37 ' Denied by Coundil 1 l _ 2 2 1 '1 4 Withdrawn 12b For the Period May 1961 through Apri4 1962, the Plat Commission reviewed the folloiaing plats: -___......__................. _... _..... ___..__._.___..._____.._..-..-._. _..._ ......_--- Preliminary Plats outside of Saint Paul Considered 3-8 .Approved 28 Returned for revisions 23 Prelimnary Plats in Saint Paul Considered 3 Approved 8 (Inc. hold -overs from last year) Returned for revision 3 ie Plat Commission approved a total of 36 Final Plats both inside and outside of Saint Paul during this same period. m 12, Attachment F y Zoning - The administrative and record-keeping procedures within the framework of the existing ordinance are satisfactory. Subdivision Regulations The proposed Subdivision Control Regulations for the City of Saint Paul, approved by the Planning Board on June 20, 1962 have been submitted to the City Council for consideration and adoption. Adequate administrative and record-keeping procedures are a part of this proposed ordinance. Financing A. Amount Expended or Budgeted This Fiscal Next Fiscal Source of Funds Activity Year Year Code Enforcement Develonnent of Comprehensive Plan $40,000 .$15,000 General Funds 'Zoning Administration - Pl. Bd. 16,000 16,000 " Subdivision Control Ordinance 1,000 2,000 " Neighborhood Analyses 12,000 25,000 " Plus Building Dept. figures B. None Carry over from last year of approximately $14,000 which is committed to publication of Comprehensive Plan, Thoroughfare Plan and C.B.D. Plan Reports 12d OBJECTIVE: The recognition of need by the community and 'the development of the means for meeting the costs of carrying out an effectivd program for the elimination and prevention of slums and blight. A. Complete the following table. If accounts and budgets are not set"up on this basis, reasonably accurate estimates may be used. Estimate expenditures this year on a full 12 -month basis through the end of the community's fiscal year. ACTIVITY • AMOUNT 'EXPENDED OR BUDGETED SOURCE OF FUNDS (Fees, ge ne�el lends, Ot°•! TMIS - FISCAL YEAR NEXT FISCAL YEAR CODE ENFORCEMENT administration $355,734 $368,473 General Funds DEVELOPMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE PLAN 40-000 D Building Dept. ZONING ADMINISTRATION 88,934 92,118 General Funds SUBDIVISION CONTROL ADMINISTRATION 1.000 2 General Funds— ' NEIGHBORHOOD ANALYSES 12-000 i -au ?q,nnr - General Funds B. List any contributions or grants of money or services within the past year to the community, by private sources or'other public sources, for the kinds of activity indicated in A, above. 'ACTIVITY CONTRIBUTED BY AMOUNT OR ESTIMATED VALUE OF SERV CES . Carry over from last year of a iy S 14,000 which is co itted to ublication of Comprehensiyg C. hoes file community have it capital improvements budget or simil:u• program for Fin;inr- ing the future provision of scheduled public• works and improvements? !xiS'cs .0 If "Fes" is checked, what is the latest fiscal year covered by this progrnm?1962-.1966 If "1o" is checked, when does the romnIII ity coI)teIII! laLt. formulating such ll progrom or till dret? Peginning with what, fiscal year? (See attachment "Co) D. Ilescribe briefly any significant changes since the last submission in the cont- utttnity''"s ability or willingness to give financial support to activities in -.Illy of for categories identified in Paragraph ;k on the ;,receding; page. If Lite amounts actually expended last year for :utc rategory was substantially less than that estimated in the last submission, indicate for reason therefor. _ Criefly indicate new goals established fill Cite coming year. Funds for carrying out Saint Paul's Workable Program are derived from the Real Estate and personal property taxes,, Fees, Licenses and special taxes. A charter amendment adopted by the voters in November 1960, changed a per capita taxing limitation to' a dollar limitation which for the year 1961 provided an increase in funds for city operating services other than schools to the extent of $1,853,555 and also provided in 1962 and 1963 an additignal $500,000 for each year over the previous year. Saint Paul has since the 1930's consistently maintained a high tax collection ratio as well as in each succeeding year an increase in funds available for City Programs. With these increases in available resources, funds for building and zoning code enforcement of health and other regulations have been steadily increased during past years. Although these increases have been needed to handle the increasing work loads due to increased construction and higher salary costs, they have also been made large enough to include additional necessary personnel required for urban renewal and related activities. (See attachment "D") E. If one or more Federally -assisted Urban Renewal, projects are contemplated, what tentative plans, if any, have been made to provide the community's share of project costs? Under our State enabling legislation Provision has been made for a tax levy to provide the community's share of Urban Renewal Projects. For St. Paul this amounts to approximately a quarter of a million dollars annually. The Redevelopment Tax Levy has been part of taxing program of the City of Saint Paul since the start of its urban renewal program. The present maximum levy is one mill. Following the passage of enabling legislation by the State Legislature in 1959, the City may impose an additional one-tenth of one mill levy for the purpose of financing relocation assistance to all persons displaced by any public action. For relocation purposes, said mill levy has been budgeted in 1960 and 1961 and 1962.. . (Continued See attachment "E" Supplementary material required. Submit one copy of capital improvements budget or similar program if available. H Attachment "C" FINANCING SECTION By law, each city department and special agency is charged with the development and implementation of a Public Improvement Program within the scope of its operation. Through the years, by informal interdepartment cooperation and with the use of citizen committees, an extremely high degree of cooperation and success in securing voter approval of bond programs has been achieved. This is recorded in our 1928, 1953 and 1959 bond programs. City departments and special agencies prepare an annual, and in many cases a two or more years, Public Improvement Program. Any improvemfits that affect other depart- ments are developed jointly. In. addition,. any projects that involve city departments must be approved by the City Council, It is recognized that with an increase in budget appropriations for Public Improve- ments, an increase.in state aids for highway and school needs, and the fiscal in- dependence of the special agencies, that a modification of the method used in the development and implementation of a Public Improvement Program that will provide coordination is not only necessary but .essential in order to secure mazimum benefits in accomplishing all elements of a Programed Community Plan. A Public Improve6ent Program will be developed and coordinated, however, within the framework of existing law. To accomplish this the Mayor named a review and coordin- ating committee that started work in the fall of 1961 on such a program. Under the direction of John Connelly, Council Research Bureau, and coordinated by Robert Trudeau of the Comptroller's office and under the guidance of a review committee consisting of the above .two plus Mr. Herbert Wieland, Planning Director, Mr. Clemens Schleck, Chief Accountant Comptroller's office and Mr. Frank•Madden; Executive Secretary 2nd United Improvement Council a Public Improvement Vrogram'in- cluding a needs study has been prepared covering the period. 1962-1966. Departments completed filling. out the attached two forms (se'e exhibits C-1 8 C-2) followed by the review committee holding several meetings with department representatives prior to the preparation of the program. It is anticipated the program will be published in September 1962. Using the experience gained in the preparation of the 1962 program the 1963-1967 program will be started in the fall of 1962. 14a h Attachment "D" The 1960 charter amendment provided additional funds for most city operations in 1962. Specifically in activities directly related to urban renewal appro- priations were increased to the following extent 1. Public Improvements for sewer and street projects 300,000.00 were increased . 2. Replacement or renewal of departmental equipment 250 000.00 (applies to all city departments) 3. City Planning Board total budget increased 8.39% 4. Building Department Budget total increased 7,02% S. Health Bureau total budget increased 4.99% 6. Fire Prevention total budget increased 2.881 In addition, 1962 Council appropriation provided for a Redevelopment and 'relocation tax levy of Total $268,846.00 14b C. A. - Council ,p..p.ropriation H 6 R - Funds received from the St. Paul Housing E CITY PLANNING BOARD OF SAINT PAUL MINNESOTA Redevelopment Authority ' EXPENDITURES: 1955 - 1961 SALARIES OTHER EXPENSES Total Total GRAND C.A. H 6 R Total C..A H R R Total H 6 R C: A. TOTAL 1955 $ 41,821.34 $ 7,156.51 $ 48S'977.85 $ 4,611.56 $ 77.54 $ 4,689.10 $ 7,234.05 $ 46,432.90 $ 53,666.95 1956 50,466.23 50,466.23 5,558.70 5,558.70 56,024.93 56,024.93 1957 48,914.27 22,089.54 71,003.81 9,928.35 1,239.27 11,167.62 23,328.81 58-842.62 82,171.43 1958 60,887.25 41,357.08 102,244.33 8,702.50 4,607.74 13,310.24 45,964.82 69,589.75 115,554.57 1959 92,681:33 11,220.36 103,901.69 10,030.92 2,810.32 12,841.24 14,030.68 102,712.25 116,742.93 1960 77,941.40 209200.00 98,141.40 7,285.56 7,285.56 20,200.00 85,226.96 105,426;96 1961 80,976.41 .12,800.00 93,776.41 13,444.61 13,444.61 12,800.00 94,421.02 107,221.02 TOTAL C.A. $453,688.23 $59,562.20 $513,250.43 TOTAL H 6 R $114,823.49 $ 8,734.87 $123,558.36 GRAND TOTAL $568,511.72 $68,297.07 .$636,808.79 The amounts received from the St. Paul Housing S Redevelopment Authority were made available from local tax levy funds for the purpose of bolstering the City Planning Board's budget to. expedite the preparation of the City's Comprehensive Plan. It should be noted that although the amounts made available by the St. Paul Housing E Redevelopment Authority have decreased since 1958, the City Council appropriations have increased over those of 1958 so that the grand total expended by the Board for any subsequent calendar year approximates the total expended in 1958. I The Total 1962 City Planning Board budget from Council appropriations amounts to $106,236.00 of which the sum of 0$99,000.00 is designated for salaries. i The size of the Planning Board staff for the period of 1955-61 follows: 1955 - 9, 1956 - 10, 1957 - 14, 1958 - 17 1959 - 19, 1960 - 17, and 1961 - 14. The size of the staff at present (August 1962) is 16. 14c FINANCING (,continued) Below is a record of the annual budget for building inspection paid inspectors in the field by the Department of Parks and Recreation and Public Buildings which is charged with the responsibility of en- forcing the Zoning Ordinance, the Building.Code, and the Housing Code, Year Salaries Total Budget 1950 $103,120 $123,220 1951 119,120 144,220 1952. 119,120 144,220 1953 129,120 154,220 1954 147,878 174,128 1955 209,774 239,024 1956 207,668 236,918 1957 221,668 250,918 1958 226,529 257,779 1959 228,529 257,779 1960 228,529 257,779 1961 248,529 277,779 1962 267,257 296,507 total department budget is $475,888 which includes inspection, administration, plus checking, etc. Similarly, the budget.for the fire prevention activities of the Department of Public Safety shows an increase in the resources being used for the prevention of unsatisfactory conditions: Year Salaries Total Budget 1950 $ 43,198 $ 44i348 1951 43,200 44,350 1952 45,518 47,168 1953 _ 46,664 48,314 1954 42,396 a 44,246 1955 58,671 61,521 1956 60,431 63,281 1957 60,431 63,281 1958 62,244 65,094 1959 65,979 68,829 1960 68,000 70,850 1961 - 72,200 75,050 1962 74,366 77,216 14d WORKABLE PROGRAM SECTION 5 The Housing and Redevelopment Authority's Preliminary estimated'budget for the fiscal year 1961 based on expected income from the Redevelopment Tax Levy Fund and other sources is asofollows: QUESTION D. • Financing The Housing and Redevelopment Authority's preliminary estimated budget for the fiscal year 1962 based on expected income from the Redevelopment Tax Levy Fund is as follows: Reserve Balance 1/1/62 $ 1,104,250 Expected Tax Levy - Redevelopment 255,000 Expected Tax Levy - Relocation 24,000 $ 1,383,250 Appropriations Cathedral Area General Renewal Project $ 48,345 Hollow General Renewal Project 99,672 Seven Corners General Neighborhood Renewal Project 26,983 Community Improvement Program Total Cost - 165,000 Local Share -1/3 - 55,600 1962 Portion -50% 27,500 Provision for salaries, sundry 6 administrative expense 78,900 $ 281,400 Estimated Reserve Balance for Future Projects - $ 1,101,850 QUESTION E. The possibility of a Downtown Urban Renewal project and its problems relating to the financing of such an undertaking, has been explored. It will not be possible to finance this project through the receipt of annual Tax Levy funds based on a one mill rate. It will, accordingly, become necessary to finance this over a period of approximately ten years by the issuance of Authority bonds to be repaid out of the tax gain resulting from the redevelopment. This procedure is possible with our present State Legislation. 14e OBJF.CTIVF.: community program to relocate families displaced by governmental action in decent, safe, and sanitary housing within their means. Governmental - - action includes code enforcement, slum clearance, and the conistruc4ion of high- . ways and other public works. r A. What agency or officials have the responsibility for providing relocation assistance to families displaced by all types of'goverr:mental action? General relocation and ' In£osmaSa on Service (see Par. P this section for further discussion.) Is the responsibility for relocation planning placed in the same agency or officials? [YJ Yes [ ) No (See attachment "A") If "No" is checked, name the agency or officials responsible for relocation planning. 11.1. Outline in the. table below the nnmher of families actually displaced by various types of governmental action during the preceding year. Past displacement by governmental action fromApril 1961 to A T'1 67- tlo. and yr.) ( Ho. d yr.) TYPE OF DISPLACEMENT NO. OF FAMILIES '.URBAN RENEWAL - (1 HIGHWAYS CODE ENFORCEMENT - 105 OTHER (SPECIFY) part Aulh_Qrity inn TOTAL FAMILIES DISPLACED DURING THE YEAR 7()7 2.Indicate whether these families have been satisfactorily rehoused, describing any problems or difficulties encountered in their relocation. The highway program displacees on the whole experienced little difficulty in finding 'satisfactory re- placement housing. The relocation experiences of families living in the area con- trolled by the Port Authority were not quite as productive. However,.families (See attachment B-2) C.1.Outl.ine in the table below the .latest community plan for the relocation of families to he displaced by governmental action in the next two years. Relocation [lousing Needs. Time Period: _Apzi 1 6 o Apxi 1964 (Mo. and Yr. to Mo. and Yr.) TYPE OF DISPLACEMENT. NO. OF FAMILIES URBAN RENEWAL 865 HIGHWAYS 223 CODE ENFORCEMENT 300 OTHER (SPECIFY) Port Authority Induatriij Park 347 TOTAL FAMILIES TO BE DISPLACED Public Housing -134 'I'ota 1,869 Relocation housing Resources* expected for same time period TYPE OF HOUSING NO. OF UNITS EXISTING HOUSING TURNOVER IN PRIVATE HOUSING 5,700 TURNOVER IN PUBLIC HOUSING 6 80 NEW CONSTRUCTION PRIVATE NEW 2,875 . PUBLIC NEW, 583 UNITS TO BE REHABILITATED TOTAL AVAILABLS E TO DISPLACED FAMILIES17 �.V'9X.tgg OR DEFICIT OF AVAILABLE HOUSING 342 'Include only standard housing that displaced families may reasonably be _ - expected to obtain in competition with other families in the market acd ' which is within their means, available to, and suitable for their occu— pancy. Utilization of vacancies is to be included with turnover. *Delete above paragraph and ihsert the following (See attachment C->1) Q Attachment "A" A. Relocation Plahning is the responsibility of the Central Relocation agency which is a part of the Housing and Redevelopment Authority. Attachment B-2 _ • moving from the project area have been steady and continuous, with some 196 out of 347 families having been satisfactorily relocated since April 1962 in homes meeting minimum housing standards. The Central Relocation Agency has assisted (within its means) in this relocation. Those persons in need of relocation assistance were older citizens receiving Old Age Assistance and/or Social Security. Attachment C-1 "%Includes only standard housing that displaced families may reasonably be. expected to obtain in competition with other families in the market and which is within their means. An estimate of such units that are available to and suitable for the type of families to be relocated is obtained by assuming 10% of the turnover in private housing plus an amount equal to the new public housing (100 of 5700 plus 583). An amount of 342 appears to be a reasonable estimate of the deficit in available housing for relocation families." It is assumed in the above that 100 of the turnover in private housing plus 750 of the new public housing, plus 750 of the turnover in public housing would be available for displaced families. It should be noted that the deficit in available housing has decreased from 850 units in 1961 to a deficit of 342 in 1962, whir -we -feel is a substantial improvement in the local situation. ) 15a Describe the measures tieing taken to make certain that the new construction indicated above will take place in the volume estimated. if Section 321 or public low -rent housing.is contempli_ted, what steps have been, or will he, taken by the community to obtain such housing. If a. deficit of available housing; is shown, wilat neasures will. he' taken to overcome it? Approximately 583 public bousing units are .being planned or are under construction with the expectation that additional units will be needed and approved by tfle City. Section 221 housing may be constructed in one of t e existing redevelopment projects. Negotiations are presbntly under way in thi re- gard. A housing code enforcement program has begun which it is expected will in- crease the number of standard housing units at.low income levels. D. Has a long-range (beyond two years) plan for providing housing for displaced families Leen prepared or revised? [ ) Yes, i l NO If "No" is checked, by what time will it he pr, -pared and put into effect? See attachment "D") E. Describe any significant changes that have occurred since the last submission in the community's ability to provide housing; fna• displaced families, including housing for minority groups. 1. The availability vacancy ratio has increased from a low of 1.8 in 1950 to 2.4 in 1960. 2. City Council has approved the construction of additional housing (public) units. 3. Consideration is now being given to using future portions of cleared or vacant land for additional housing and the provision of relocation housing within future renewal areas. 4. The State Legislature has approved a Fair !-lousing Bill, effective on December 31, 1962 which will assist minority groups in acquiring housing in the private market. F. Indicate progress made, or planned, in establishing working relationships between _ officials responsible for this phase of the Program for Community Improvement and those of all governmental programs likely to cause family displacement --both in helping plan relocation needs and resources and in helping displaced families re- locate in the housing; available or to lie made available. The responsibility for relocation planning is vested in the office of the Central Relocation and Information Service. This agency was established as a result of an agreement between the City of Saint Paul and the Housing and Redevelopment Authority. The Authority relocation staff, under the supervision of the Authority's Assistant to the Executive Director, is required to provide relocation assistance to all per- sons displaced by any public action. Funds for this purpose are annually provided by one-tenth mill Relocation Tax Levy. Since the relocation staff is part of the Authority's staff, displaced persons and families will be assisted not only in acquiring private housing but public low -rent housing as well. (See attachment "F") Supplementary material required. Submit one copy of any report or plan for the relo- cation of displaced families prepared since the last submission. 16 Attachment "D" D. The information to be gathered within the Community Renewal Program will serve to formulate a complete plan for lo:l:g range satisfaction of relocation. The results ea-pected from the now being-•`ormed Mayor's Committee will further assist in the stimulation of needed relocation housing. Attachment 'T' F. A Mgor's committee. of Civic, Business and City agencies is being formed for the purpose, among other things, of studying and promoting relocation housing and utilization of Section.221 housing as an aid to the local housing situation. In addition to the above, one neighborhood social agency is actively participating in relocation aid. The Neighborhood House has assigned staff people to assist families to be relocated from within the Riverview neighborhood. 16a URJIiL!IPE; Co r, m, mli ty-wide f, u r t i Ci p uti'. ur. pari of indit u•I:; u;... rrt,rr";'�. .. iIC Citi: ens organizetions r'tich. :;i:t ':cL o prl, l cratly and ira selected nr eas,' i pp o t. t.ne atn'sn r y- tp success. - I {)fiict ,t l i rc4�,i,l.i e tor aLc%l'-, (""wil nlity T p uv vin;-tli.. Mayor and Representatives of the Saint Paul Housing and Redevelopment Authority. ...i`.. Ir—e May Average of once per month. Last meeting was held July 9, 1962 -' is is 1','.�:., l .. ,. `,:. ... �'.' I:'. :'::: !:..-:' :.. i'. :'. •.: ':.: . The Committee, known as the Saint Paul Metropolitan Improvement CO:,,r tee, was described in detail together with list of membership in our last submission, This Committee held its first meeting on Friday, May 19, 19.61. (Minutes of initial meeting are attached to this submission as Exhibit +I ). While this committee was named mainly (described in minutes) to coordinate' Urban Renewal and Redevelopment in the City of Saint Paul, it has grown in statue where it,has come to be responsible for many of the progressivb projects mentioned in the opening paragraphs of the declaration of policy of this submission. Five subcommittees were named at the time of the initial meeting of the committee namely, planning and survey, financial C I (See attachment B-3): ( is iil i.i ;;rl I i;o,rtii i;, �,ul6la r October 1961 in n:•ev t .5 Nanta Or,anization or Title Reverend Blaine Barr (Chairman) Asst. Pastor, Cathedral of Saint, Paul Reverend R. W. Langhans Pastor Redeemer Lutheran Church Daniel Jacobowski Me-,.rber of the Catholic inter -racial Counsel Ernest Cooper Executive -director Saint Paul Urban League Raymond Rangel President, League of Latin American Citizens Carl Hennemann Member Trades and Labor Assembly Mrs. Maxine Jasmin Member of League of Women Voters - Thomas Trost President, Young Christian Workers Federation 2. Still" 41, The above committee has been holding regular meetings in seeking solutions to minority group housing problems. The membership of the committee is so constituted by training, experience, and representative of many walks of life so that the community can readily expect fruitful results from the deliberations and work of this committee in meeting the committee's objectives and purposes. Attachment B-3 and legal, public information, property development and civic interest. All of, these subcommittees have been active a -d functioning, An agenda, of. the Board of Directors meeting of the entire comilittce i attached to this submission, dated May 14, 1962, wherein the committeo recommends to the 'dayor and City Council the accomplishment of a Central Business District redevelopment project, and if the land is assembled by means of Urban. Renewal procedures available to the city, the Metropolitan Improvement Committee ,;i11 endeavor to prbduce the necessary developers, builders and tenants to carry the project tarough to completion. Attached to this submission as supplementary material is a brochure developed by this committee regarding the CBD project, Because Of the structure of this coimnittee, the Mayor's office is fully :are of the fac-c that we still do not have an advisory citizens committee dealing with the elements of the workable program. The Piayor's office, however, is at the present engaged in selecting such a committee that will be directly responsible to the Mayor and City Council of Saint Paul. Subcom*ittees will be appointed, one for each element of the workable program. These subcommittees will be the means by which the .;e hers are assigned tasks and kept busy. It is planned that the advisory committee will represent a good - cross- section of the entire community. The initial project undertaken by this committee will be to educate the members of the committee as to the operation, goals, and objectives of Urban Renewal. Announcement of such a committee is expected very shortly. 17a K D. List any other subcommittees of the citizens advisory committee established, or to be established, to study special Problems, showing officials and citizen groups represented. In order to study the city's financial picture and to develop a long range financial program, the Mayor named in October, 1961, a 13 member committee from names submitted by major civic'and citizen organizations. The membership together with sponsoring organizations -'is as follows: N ame Organization Mrs. H. F. S"lawik (Chairman) Sec. Treas. Town g Country Motors 0. R. Springsted Moody and Springsted, Senneth L. Sovereign Waldorf Paper Company A. L. Sedgwick Midway Civic Club Vinal Mitchell A.F.L. Labor Organization Clifton Parks House of Representatives N. C. Norton Commerical Clubs of Saint Paul (See attachment "D') E. Describe briefly citizen participation programs carried out or planned for neighbor- hoods or areas to he directly affected by clearance, intensive code enforcement, conservation, etc. The Cathedral and Selby -dale areas of Saint Paul are planned Urban Renewal areas. A citizens committee, known as the North Central Community Council, headed by it President, LeRoy Lazenberry, has been hard at work for a long period of time explaining to the citizens in the affected areas what Urban Renewal is and how it works. This same organization,. like. others established in Saint Paul have been quick to aid and assist our local housing authority in making decisions of benefit to these areas and their inhabitants. F. Summarize briefly significant changes that have taken place since the .lost submis- sion in the extent ofcitizen support and participation in the community improvement effort including, significant activities of business, professional and civic groups and of the press, radio and television. Indicate new goals for the coming year. As mentioned before, the work of the Metropolitan Improvement Committee has been' responsible for much of the new improvements in the community and much that is planned for the future. New projects and improvements are planned and many are still in the developing stage. Radio and Television locally has been of great benefit as all stations have been cooperating in various programs dealing with Re- newal and xedevelopment.. Our, local newspaper, the Saint Paul Pioneer Press and • Dispatch has published lengthy articles on the subject of Public Housing and Urban Renewal to acquaint the citizens of our community of projects and plans. Subject articles are attached to this submission as supplementary material. This special type of education has resulted in a new and refreshing spirit in our community as evidenced by campaigning done in our recent spring election. Supplementary material required. Submit available material, including a copy of the Citizens' Advisory Committee report and other locally prepared explanatory material, press clippings, and similar material, evidencing citizen participation and interest since the last submission. 18 Attachment "D" . Organization Name R. H. Tnomssen, Jr. Saint Paul Board of Realtors T. O'Neill Saint Paul Junior Chamber of Commerce Joseph Armand T. Vice President Waldorf Paper Co. Arthur Boyden League of Women Voters Mrs._ Parent Teachers' Association Mrs. G. T. Mitau State Senator H. W. Schultz University Alumni Association Mrs. Thomas Ellerbe, Jr. n June 15, 1962, and following discussion with about 40 community leaders, O Mayor Vavoulis named a committee of four to direct a study of lora-rent housing, with emphasis placed on private financing. The Committee named included; Organization Name Mrs. Joseph Richardson Housing chairman of the Saint Paul Council of Human Relations Executive Chairman, Saint Paul Area Chamber Jehn Hay of commerce btartin O'Donnell Chairman of the civic committee of the Saint Paul Trades and Labor Assembly Executive -Secretary of the=Saint Paul Board C. C. Tierney of Realtors. This committee has held various meetings since being appointed to make a complete study and report n. the has°furt erNewspaper a "housings of clinic" for thecommittee public geared attached to this submission. primarily toward providing information for large-scale projects and to clinic habilitation and improvements by individual homeowners. The day -night clinic will be held September 20, 1962, at Saint Thomas College in Saint Paul - 18a EXHIBITS SUBMITTED WITH 1962 COMMUNITY IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM Sections Ordinance No. C&O-1 Amendment to Legislative Code 9.32 12106 CF,O-2 " 64.03 Par.(m) 12233 G$0-3 j'" 64.03 Par.(P) 11975 C$0-4 1.10 $ 1.11 20.01 & 20.02 12107 CF,O-5 1.10 $ 15.01 15.02 12006 C$0-6 " " 22.05 12089 23.05 12149 C&O-7 Latest Copy of Housing Code 12113 Published December 23, 1961. C-1 "Saint Paul's Population Characteristics - 1960 with• Projections to 1970 and 1980." Community Plan Report-#12. C-2 Saint Paul's Central Business District Plan.. C-3 "Saint Paul's Economic Study" Community Plan Report #10. Published July 1961. This report was not available for submission at the time of last year's recertification and is being submitted at this time. C-4 Public Improvements Program completed. Available September, 1962. Forms and data sent to Departments December 1961 attached. C-5 Proposed Subdivision Regulations approved by Planning Board June 20, 1962. • C-6 Proposed Zoning Amendments: (1) Proposed C-1 Multi-Family Zone (2) Proposed revision of Industrial Zones C-7 "Saint Paul's Plan for Fire Stations." Community Plan Report #11. C-8 "Interim Final" Comprehensive Plan Currently being reviewed by Planning Board. Review completion expected by Mid-September. C-9 "Interim Final" Thoroughfare Plan approved by Planning Board on July 27, 1962. To be available September 1, 1962. C G-lA Past and potential growth in the proposed Frost Lake Elementary School service area. C G=13 Past and potential growth in the Phalen Park Community 714 as delineated in Community Plan Report N9 and with special emphasis on the proposed Wheelock Elementary School service area. C G-IC Past and potential growthin the proposed,Upper Afton and Afton-Ruth Elementary School service area. C J-1 Planning Board's 1962 Work Program. . H.D.F-1 Renewal Programs as Related to Existing Housing Supply' C.P.B3-1 Metropolitan Improvement Committee - Plan of Action. C.P.B3-2 Minutes of the first meeting of the St. Paul Metropolitan Improvement Committee. C.P.B3-3 "Capital Centre" Project. Newspaper Items: t Housing Progress and Plans Outlined. Dispatch —September 8, 1961. Public Housing Questions Answered. Dispatch - September S. 1961. Incomes,Limit Public Housing Dwellers. Dispatch September 6, 1961. Urban Renewal Tied to Housing Need. Dispatch September 7, 1961. 4-Urban Renewal Committees Named. Dispatch August 1961. Group to Study Rental Housing. Dispatch June 15, 1962. Moriarty to Head Housing Group. Pioneer Press June 29, 1962.. St. Paul Clinic on Low Rent Housing Set. Mpls. Tribune - August 11, 1962. Loop Rebuilding Proposed. Dispatch - August 16, 1962. _J ,,Urban, enewal By R. J. R. JOHNSON Stoff Writer Can,a city have urban re- newal without public 6, -04, 4 .......... 41 Ing? bav The ans wer, ccording to ....... the,St. Paul housing and re- development authority is _7 "Yes 2 "no', in in theory practice. ban housing is tied to renewal if the renewal Involves ss of home s ple of 10% .me and if there t�4, -4 Is no available standard (safe, sanitary and decent) housing within, their eco. ........... nomic reach on the private market. In Practice, urban renewal Is, generally aimed at clear- h Ing Slain- residential areas, which means loss of homes to low-income families. The local housing authority his demonstrated to the sat-, isfaction of the federal gov- ern cut that there is a lack in t Ofs tandard housing within the means of oese people. The Eastern and Western redevelopment projects in St- Paul and Glenwood in Minneapolis dislodged many families whd were "i" Z. A qualified for and wantedt POIle housing. The - ro. 1111111111 Tied to� Housun g, Nee posed Riverview redevel- K; NS ;Z Opulent here will do the same. k5 . ....... . �- V, In contrast, only E 'Ilk about 10% 5, per cent of the families who Jed their W" homes when Upper N hefee was n I'Wg_ in St 91T. cord M� author3ty. The current head lire -grabber in Minneapolis— the Galciv.31, p,ojr ,ct,ost only a few families a place - rUTUPE RENEWAL Th. S--- C.—, Ji,firi locking for sites—there was —Staff to live, according to the T,Iin- the U. S. Public housing ad- fensive face-lifting that will include some clearance, rehabilifation and resforafin real101is housing authority, ministration telling it -to stop photo by Don Spayin. When Glenwood was cleared no more money in the kitty. (work that started in 1955) This situation lasted - Until Two new factors have en- steps are taken, the request 'he 'Minneapolis housing an. March 1960, according to the tered the Public housing site is deposited with the cit reasonably related to existing hority built public housing authority. S y or future use of a large part on the land, as Well as at. rl 11 election business. The hous- clerk. It is referred to the tracting commercial u . At that time ingot, approval Clog of the community. It does not it. users to u authority now seeks City commissioner pf finance, who mean rezoning of 40 acres. to look for more Possible Sites fore approval Val Of site- S be checks the validity of the pe - submit � to them Actually, the rezoning could, and in April submitted 20 lo- 9. for tition and reports to council. depending on the specificipro- This was not done here, al- cations These were approved era' approval, instead of the then goes to the zoning posal, affect one block or the' federal government in reverse. The City Council can It board for stud though�prelient plans call for by the ' be d dY and recorn� a high-rise apartment build- May and went efore7 the City now. initiate rezoning pro. mendation. whole city, Ing for senior citizens in the Council for action. . cedures. Eastern Redevelopment ion After the zoning board re. Second, the council's rezon- .Area. ing proposal must go to the The noise stirred up by The first is a procedural turns the petition to council, city planning board for Study The housing authority gi !hose Proposals Still is echo- change that should make for a date is set for -a public Public hearings and recoln' two reasons for this: ves ing around City Han. ',Resi. hearing, Two-thirds of the niendations. Then, it's back to dents in the neighborhoods'of council must approve the re. council for more public hear. THE ORIGINAL federally the sites selected protested e zoning to pass it. ings card another two-thirds and,locally approved plans , L" The housing authority aiso for the areas Called for pre vote is needed to make the - receives a lot of criticism In 1957 2; the request of dominately private develop. I n the Rams; rezoning. (In St. Paid, this most and no reason was seen about the length of time the .: ;!! — - Ramsey county delega. means five of the seven coun- tion, the state legislature to I change. this. e Western Redevelopment area K M�, cil votes.) .3 1� amended the Ialv governing stood empty. It blames this w, . I 111LIF TWO BIG PUBLIC housing on court action that zoning and rezoning first The procedure outlined t held up ,n class citie projects (Roosevelt and Me• disposition of the land for �s (St. Paul, Min. here was used rece'utly-by neapolis and Duluth). The Council to rezone Donough) were going up at two Years. Because the ]ill. the % Site. Pe time. gation (particularly that Paul amended law permits the , I public housing at - cities to initiate rezoning Neill school and the Hollow. And, even if a mistake was aimed at the Sears store site fewer hard feelings and less without the consent provi Theinew law, according to .made back in those pi was testing the constitution. paper work. The second is a dality of the authority's work, Sion. James Hart, attorney for the. said James it little more complex. housing authority, was intro- Haner assistant director of brought everything to a Minneapolis under the new the 211' a0s halt, Haner said, because it Land often must be rezoned la duced to. give the city some authority, good was done. construction ned w created new "use" dis. way Of conforming to its pre. tied the authority's hands fi� to permit I tricts. It now has two com. Uminary. land use plan -::.an from bee e nearly every family nancially. multiple -unit housing — 0 those distressed areas pub- mercial classifications one ideal for the city that could moved into standard housing. - "Even pla h n i n g costs lie or Private. Machinery for for downtown, the other, for not have been.effected under McDonough and Roosevelt money," he said. doing this has been in ex. the rest of the city. Duluth the old In It was not a the fall of 1951.- St Paul's Istence here since 1922. Until used the new law to draw up "housing auillority,bill," he homes adialitted tenants in The legal difficulties were this year, it always had to a comprehensive new zoning said. third public considered almost luevi- be initiated housing project, Wed by Property own. ordinance. Hart said the consent ap. Mt- Airy, was complete table in housing circles and ors in the area to be rezoned. In S proach was the original idea d in helped smooth the way for t. Paul, the City Council ' 1059. There was nothing else other urban renewal in Now the council can Initiate used the new law to amend of how rezoning should be on the drawing boards al- Minnesota. rezoning on 1922 zoning ordinance in though the city had 700 boards, its own. the handled and was widespread 'It was bound to come this way: at one time. It has proved left to build under its 1949 This is how the standard, impractical, he said, and agreement with the federal somewhere, some time," said The council may now . Robert T. Jorvig, executive Procedure , by a many,states have done away government. for.. rezoning two-thirds vote, decide to with it, to replace it with director of the Minneapolis works: start According to the housing housing authority. A suit was -rezoning or adopt a new something similar to. the authority staff, it S The Owners of 50 per cent comprehensive zoning code present Minnesota law. began started over the Gateway or more of the Property to be without the consent of the The new procedure as used looking for sites for these project while St. Paul was I rezoned must present a nearby landowners if certain here units in 1957. This continued involved in difficulties Over "Valid seems to have a solid through 1953, with the fed. the Sears Roebuck site, Jor- Petition asking' the council provisions are f,ulfifled. legal basis, according to the efal government for the rezoning. The written may be city attorney, Robert Swords, refusing wig said. This was carried to sentrez n rust, the rezoning to approve any of the sites the supreme court and de• con of two-thirds of the initiated only when amsurvey who hold in a recent opinion proposed. tided in favor of the Minne- property Owners within loo of the entire city or an area that g rezoning powers - are In April, 195 apolis housing authority, feet of the affected property of at least 40 acres surround- delegated directly to the 9, the local with iority, uthori,�y t a letter from the St. Paul decision must be obtained. ing the proposed rezoning has council from the legislature. �9 ft been made. This is to as _ep Friday: What has and n art he ez n Id is N, wi e posed Riverview redevel- K; NS ;Z Opulent here will do the same. k5 . ....... . �- V, In contrast, only E 'Ilk about 10% 5, per cent of the families who Jed their W" homes when Upper N hefee was n I'Wg_ in St 91T. cord M� author3ty. The current head lire -grabber in Minneapolis— the Galciv.31, p,ojr ,ct,ost only a few families a place - rUTUPE RENEWAL Th. S--- C.—, Ji,firi locking for sites—there was —Staff to live, according to the T,Iin- the U. S. Public housing ad- fensive face-lifting that will include some clearance, rehabilifation and resforafin real101is housing authority, ministration telling it -to stop photo by Don Spayin. When Glenwood was cleared no more money in the kitty. (work that started in 1955) This situation lasted - Until Two new factors have en- steps are taken, the request 'he 'Minneapolis housing an. March 1960, according to the tered the Public housing site is deposited with the cit reasonably related to existing hority built public housing authority. S y or future use of a large part on the land, as Well as at. rl 11 election business. The hous- clerk. It is referred to the tracting commercial u . At that time ingot, approval Clog of the community. It does not it. users to u authority now seeks City commissioner pf finance, who mean rezoning of 40 acres. to look for more Possible Sites fore approval Val Of site- S be checks the validity of the pe - submit � to them Actually, the rezoning could, and in April submitted 20 lo- 9. for tition and reports to council. depending on the specificipro- This was not done here, al- cations These were approved era' approval, instead of the then goes to the zoning posal, affect one block or the' federal government in reverse. The City Council can It board for stud though�prelient plans call for by the ' be d dY and recorn� a high-rise apartment build- May and went efore7 the City now. initiate rezoning pro. mendation. whole city, Ing for senior citizens in the Council for action. . cedures. Eastern Redevelopment ion After the zoning board re. Second, the council's rezon- .Area. ing proposal must go to the The noise stirred up by The first is a procedural turns the petition to council, city planning board for Study The housing authority gi !hose Proposals Still is echo- change that should make for a date is set for -a public Public hearings and recoln' two reasons for this: ves ing around City Han. ',Resi. hearing, Two-thirds of the niendations. Then, it's back to dents in the neighborhoods'of council must approve the re. council for more public hear. THE ORIGINAL federally the sites selected protested e zoning to pass it. ings card another two-thirds and,locally approved plans , L" The housing authority aiso for the areas Called for pre vote is needed to make the - receives a lot of criticism In 1957 2; the request of dominately private develop. I n the Rams; rezoning. (In St. Paid, this most and no reason was seen about the length of time the .: ;!! — - Ramsey county delega. means five of the seven coun- tion, the state legislature to I change. this. e Western Redevelopment area K M�, cil votes.) .3 1� amended the Ialv governing stood empty. It blames this w, . I 111LIF TWO BIG PUBLIC housing on court action that zoning and rezoning first The procedure outlined t held up ,n class citie projects (Roosevelt and Me• disposition of the land for �s (St. Paul, Min. here was used rece'utly-by neapolis and Duluth). The Council to rezone Donough) were going up at two Years. Because the ]ill. the % Site. Pe time. gation (particularly that Paul amended law permits the , I public housing at - cities to initiate rezoning Neill school and the Hollow. And, even if a mistake was aimed at the Sears store site fewer hard feelings and less without the consent provi Theinew law, according to .made back in those pi was testing the constitution. paper work. The second is a dality of the authority's work, Sion. James Hart, attorney for the. said James it little more complex. housing authority, was intro- Haner assistant director of brought everything to a Minneapolis under the new the 211' a0s halt, Haner said, because it Land often must be rezoned la duced to. give the city some authority, good was done. construction ned w created new "use" dis. way Of conforming to its pre. tied the authority's hands fi� to permit I tricts. It now has two com. Uminary. land use plan -::.an from bee e nearly every family nancially. multiple -unit housing — 0 those distressed areas pub- mercial classifications one ideal for the city that could moved into standard housing. - "Even pla h n i n g costs lie or Private. Machinery for for downtown, the other, for not have been.effected under McDonough and Roosevelt money," he said. doing this has been in ex. the rest of the city. Duluth the old In It was not a the fall of 1951.- St Paul's Istence here since 1922. Until used the new law to draw up "housing auillority,bill," he homes adialitted tenants in The legal difficulties were this year, it always had to a comprehensive new zoning said. third public considered almost luevi- be initiated housing project, Wed by Property own. ordinance. Hart said the consent ap. Mt- Airy, was complete table in housing circles and ors in the area to be rezoned. In S proach was the original idea d in helped smooth the way for t. Paul, the City Council ' 1059. There was nothing else other urban renewal in Now the council can Initiate used the new law to amend of how rezoning should be on the drawing boards al- Minnesota. rezoning on 1922 zoning ordinance in though the city had 700 boards, its own. the handled and was widespread 'It was bound to come this way: at one time. It has proved left to build under its 1949 This is how the standard, impractical, he said, and agreement with the federal somewhere, some time," said The council may now . Robert T. Jorvig, executive Procedure , by a many,states have done away government. for.. rezoning two-thirds vote, decide to with it, to replace it with director of the Minneapolis works: start According to the housing housing authority. A suit was -rezoning or adopt a new something similar to. the authority staff, it S The Owners of 50 per cent comprehensive zoning code present Minnesota law. began started over the Gateway or more of the Property to be without the consent of the The new procedure as used looking for sites for these project while St. Paul was I rezoned must present a nearby landowners if certain here units in 1957. This continued involved in difficulties Over "Valid seems to have a solid through 1953, with the fed. the Sears Roebuck site, Jor- Petition asking' the council provisions are f,ulfifled. legal basis, according to the efal government for the rezoning. The written may be city attorney, Robert Swords, refusing wig said. This was carried to sentrez n rust, the rezoning to approve any of the sites the supreme court and de• con of two-thirds of the initiated only when amsurvey who hold in a recent opinion proposed. tided in favor of the Minne- property Owners within loo of the entire city or an area that g rezoning powers - are In April, 195 apolis housing authority, feet of the affected property of at least 40 acres surround- delegated directly to the 9, the local with iority, uthori,�y t a letter from the St. Paul decision must be obtained. ing the proposed rezoning has council from the legislature. �9 ft been made. This is to as _ep Friday: What has and n art he ez n Id is N, wi 'now 'ttg; .n`,,! `)F"' is p:_6_r4— 44, 6, t96i Limit. Public, viousgng DweHer By R. J. R. JOIViSON t,7: r Staff Writer "We seem inevitably in dis- cussion is cussion of public housing to h .�, end up talking about two dif a , Y r ferent kinds of people the acceptable and the unaccept able." .. - This is from Joseph FTlt Gabler. chairman of the St d� r v r t Paul housing and redevelop j^ ex , meat authority. He referred i to •a widely held view that i� �' ;, there is something not quite 7,771 Tr right about people who live_ In gublic housing. PIN That attitude was expressed#ecentty by a spokesman for av q' t xt "ycrr,m yhe "United Citizens league' a�3 4 s �3Mt + �✓ ��y' > moi"�>� \yt r �t who said: g r b } t� t .:t •,: $: lt` l 1, "We're all for a man of rt x: 1 as.t# .,_` st` t7 >^..�'�'z. d+u 3 /r' `�! rr�ll f� ' y race or. creed or color w < J ;building or buying a home wherever he can. We're against public housing as such because we think 'the 4 more you 'give 'am, the worse they get' r 7# Who are „they,:_the people x A oa s g t N r Y t s sd itho live. iii public housings ft4y�� First and foremost, said Frani; Gordon,- director of management for the housings t ,y r +it ate E Y y authority, they, are persons F "� r 4 g y F of low income. (The housing authority's income limits for admission to public housmg s 3 r w c e were discussed in Tuesday's article.wc Specifjeally, Gordon was t asked: gt i, - 4 .� fi �Z #" ��`Stis,%y G 4 •c+y t "*.�' I. How much money can a family make and still stay in public housing? L x "The income limits for con- tinned on tinned occupancy are higher than for admission to public housing, although the limit of M ; $3,000 in assets "remains un - 4. How much rent do "An average family of people pay? SENIOR CITIZENS AT HOME. Mr. and Mrs,nddll Bain relax in their apartment m tfid Mt. Aary high rise budding, Size and rent are tailored to fit their needs and income --Stat four' persons; : for - example -. _ ' ". —;Tentsare based • on m- � � • -Photo by Bennis Magnuson: - � • - - r t J) ��' come -usually about 20 per over occupations listed for district is 34,139 there are clubs and are active in them. cent The average rept-is the wage earner we find: 1,151 in the project. They take pride in their around Sia month, sonic iThe railroad crafts, cab families pay y as little as $25; .drivers, construction labor, "The ponce department re- homes and do a lotto a few big families pay as packinghouse workers, ele- Poi<!did not include minor them attractive. Housing much as $98. 'We actually vator operators, car washers, calls, but records of these managemeui also makes pe commission sales people, calls.are kept by the project riodic inspections to assure . ICtI Iffl can rent as low as $19, but locker room attendants, dish- managers. They include. in- that homes are kept in good . ' P bid no one is in that category washers and janitors, sales .. I Paul now. The apartments we clerks, nurses, waitresses, furies, vandalism, drunk and shape. rent vary in size from no.' landscape labor, married stu- disorderly calls. Injuries' (158) "Other community' Agin - may have an income up to _ bedroom efficiencies to five dents, interns and orderlies, and larcenies .from auto or cies work with the tenants. 54,200 for admission to pub- bedrooms. The biggest single auto mechanics, plant guards, yard (110) accounted for just " These include Capital Com- lic housing. It may not earn grocery clerks and service- about half of all the once r • group is two-bedroom units. P mumty services, the city more than 54,880 and still "McDonough brings in men.' calls made from the three playgrounds de stay in public housing. about $19,900 a . month, parks and la Continued occu ane lim-. 8. It often has been skid housing projects List year, artment, Ramsey count P Y Roosevelt $11,600 and Mt. P Y y. its were set higher than for Airy $16,122" that the housing projects • _ "'There is nothing in the welfare, Catholic charities entrance because we believe are great producers of study to indicate how many and veterans organizations:'. a family should have a little 5, What happens to project residents are involved breathingspace; that it crime and delinquency. Is with the lice away from P people who don't p a y this true?' p0 Y 10. What. rental pr - should be able to better h. their rent?. home." : , :-rangements do you have self while living here with. "Not in St. Paul. A study out being evicted as soon as "They are evicted! The was just completed of crime 9• Don't you have many with Ramsey county wej- income goes up. usual procedure is to first rates within the three proj of what the social service fare? 3at"The income limits are re- send an overdue notice. If ects compared .to the police people call problem fami- The board is charged for ed to llowed are $3,200 family year for r this siis x -day a evictionit Is onoti e- Patrol districts in which they lies living in public Nous- the actual cost of mainte- Y P Y Y lie. The study covers reports nance and administration of son, , $4,8 for two, $4,4$5 for If necessary, we can get a made during 1960. The police ing1, the unit rented. In June we three, e, $5, for four, $5,200 court order to collect rent records of major crime in Gordon: "Since such fami- had 161 families who were for five, $5,400 for six, $5,500 _ owed." each project and its sur- ties (actually a small num- _getting some welfare assist - for seven and $5,mo for fain- rounding district break down ber) are of low income, the dies of eight or more." b. Are most of you"r fen Y ance. Welfare contract rents this way:do" get, into ,public housing. avers ed I Does anyone ever ants broken families? g $37 and the total. leave public housing? Gordon: "The annual turn- over, is about 30 per cent. Inst year, 340 families moved out of St.. Paul pub- % lie housing." 3. How do you keep financial track of families in public housing? "We ate required to re- examine each family's in• . come at least once a year to determine whether it is eligible to remain in public housing. This is done and also forms the basis for de- termining any change in rent or size of quarters. Each family being re•ekainined mustgive proof of all in- come. If it is do longer eli. gible to stay, the family must more." "No. We are working on a census of all three projects now. So. far, Roosevelt and Mt. Airy homes have been covered. The patterns shown there are not expected, to _ change much when McDon. ough homes are included. "Of the 765 tenants sur- veyed, 19L were widows or widowers, 94.were divorced and 69 were separated; 411 were living with their spouse. We found, too, that the 765 included 252 veterans or servicemen." 7. What do your tenants do for a living? "Many senior citizens are,. retired and living on pensions or social security. (The aver- age annual income of the senior citizens in Aft. Aiy is around $1,400.) Looking Mceonao9e -11—S alfinQ Protect Murder ROOOyelt names Mt. Ad Home Olafrid Proiact ekhlef ProIM •... .1 0 Manslaughter i 0 4'. 0 by negligence : 2 0 2 0 3 0 Rape .......... 0 1' 0 Ir 4 1 Robbery ........ 8 0 Aisault :.....:.. 1 -' 7' 8 2 35 b 0 3r . 9 6 Burglary :.......145 1 65 •- 2 208 1 Larceny 316 32 365 '. 12 494 35 - Auto theft ...... 43 0 4B' 0 80 0 Totals ..........516 41 488 20 837 49 (° means investigation only.). , Note: The totals for the district dd not include those for the housing -project it includes. "The population of the dis-We try, to work with them .` trict that includes Mt. Airy and we think we are able to is 9,227; there are 2,006 per- help. For one thing, they get sons living in the project. The a chance to see how other population of McDonough's families live and this hasa district is 22,822; there are profound effect on the kids. 1,965 persons in'the project. "Public housing families The population of Roosevelt's form their own block -booster for the month was $5,900. At the time same, welfare was; paying $33,000 rent for' clients in private housing, at, an average rate of $46.45. "Welfare rent is are one of th es items in the board's budget -4536,000 last. year. Rent averages in pub- lic housing are 26 per cent, lower than in thd private. market and there is no guar- antee that, the private hous- ing is safe, decent 'or ,sani. tary-, "The welfare people tell us, too, that there are many marginal families in public . housing who would be on the welfare rolls if their cost of living were to be increased by higher rents. Thursday-. Urban renewal, public housing and how they work. . By R. J. R. JOIENSON Staff Writer The constant and diverse criticism of public housing and urban renewal ill St. Paul was likened recently to the feathers scattered about by a man shaking the stuffing out of a pillow. "And we're expected to chase down each and every feather," said William E. Carter Jr., director of the St. Paul housing and rede- velopment authority. The criticisms. fall into two general categories: THOSE AIMED atthe housing authority and its operations. THOSE SPECI'FICALLY- anti-public housing. The sec- ond group - of critics and questioners are most often heard front. Much of the criticism of the programs has beet: blamed oil a failure of the housing authority to keep the people informed of its work and of its plans and tine rea- sons for them. In recent years an effort has been made to enlarge the public relations activities -of the authority. "But," said Carter, can't answer questions unless they are asked. We can't stand on the .street corner passing out information." housing authwity offers to send speal.crs out to vartons civic groups have been gen- crolly i stored, he said. Isere are scone of the ques- tions most often n�kcd about lu: t., hou i J ho ; -,C rs - are .supplied .l'y carter and his staff. public housing? "The idea is that every American family has a right to decent, safe and sanitary housing—what we call stand- ard housing—within ability to pay. If this housing is not available for low income families on the private mar- " _ ket, then public housing is the answer. r "Also; there is both a legal and moral responsibility to provide standard housing for persons who lose theirliomes because of public action, This includes not only urban re- newal _Clearance, but high- way acquisition, enforcement of housing codes and any other governmental action.' 2. Isn't there enough housing available on the private market? "No. At least not enough standard housing for people with low income. We consider as substandard housing that is obviously dilapidated and housing that lacks proper plumbing and hot water. "There, are 20,000 substand- ard dwelling structures, hous- ing some 70,000 persons, in St. Paul. "The housing authority now has approximately 1,700 qmd- ified applicants for public 1 housing. Of these,approxi- mately 700 are senior citizens. The 1,286 public housing units now n 4he city are filled and those qualified applicants must wait their 'turns for apartments. In the mean- time, they are, -by and large, hiving in substandard housing. "Public actions contem- plated for the next several years twill displace thousands of families—a percentage of whom will request and be qualified for public housing. "Unless there is an unfore- seen drastic change in the private rental market, we may assume that there will not be standard housing for c � ",` f� ,�� !�; C- # 11 L i _..� Lnz.xJ tl L (j �7 C .1 \..1 U1 `✓ % ,J CI,Y KIDS at play, 1951, lett, in a neignh,,.)'ood noa 1961, in Roos:velf homes on ihe'East sed_.—fiocsinq Ari cleared as past of the Easier,, Redevelopment proleci, aria' ihoriiy Phoio and Staff Photo by Dennis Magnuson. these families unless it is blighted oulsirle appearances, "Itlejrlentally, housing, man- usually for .11) a r f, 'fire public housing." lack of hot ruhning water or agement is by budget and averago cross income of till. 3. Hove much adequate bath facilities. the federal government beeps tenants t � -0) a year i-. 1 publico housing will St. Paul ulti- these rental uni!s charge and get then same or little more it close eye on the budgets for any expense it mighEcon- tire avcrg2 9u'1_ i r o u_ $2 MS• Thr.c figures are lOr.`';;' mately need? rent than is charged in public sider unjustifiable." because of the very small, . a Say authority o:[ictal Ins 7. Is untie housing lux- P incomes of many son, Citi- ` is a rather difficult question If St. Paul had an ade- _ quote number of public haus- – ury"Iiving? tens, but even when the senior citizens are excluder2;i because the answer depends to a great extent on the pri- ing units the demand for "No. It is clean, it is safe, the averages remain low. vate rental. market, the eco- slum property would dimin- it is sanitary and it is not "A recent study of incomes nomy of the city and the pub- ish to a point where it would overcrowded. Living space is in. 114t. Airy showed that the lic actions that might be have to go out of existence. allocated on the basis of fam- 174 senior citizens had an taken. We are in competition with ily size. average gross income of $1, - "However, on a national - rental units that are sub- "It is true that we do not 411 and an average net in. average it is, fond that for standard and we will continue to be." - have families living in one- room apartments., We do not come of $1,400 a year. The 271 wage earner families had .e v e r y 100,000 population, 1,000 units of public housing 5. Whopy a s for public regard this as wasted space, an average gross .income of can be built without endan- housing? but as breathing space. We consider overcrowding to be $3,155 a year and an average net income of $3,073. geeing the private standard rental market and adequate- "'Public housing is paid for one of the major factors con- 9• Can you be more see- ly serve the needs of the city. 100 per cent by federal in- tributing to undesirable Nous - "On this basis alone, St. come taxes: No local tax ing conditions. In fact, over - "criterion Paul would need a total of moncy is spent on public crowding is one for "First, no one is eligible some 3,000 units of public housing. Of an individual's determining whether an ap. who has assets, exclusive of .housing. As indicated, how- federal income tax dollar, plicant is living tinder sub- personal and household ef- ever, this is just a rule of about 1/10 of one cent goes standard ho@sing conditions. fects, worth more than $3,000. thumb and all other factors to public housing for the en- ' "There have been mini- The income limits for admis- considered could raise or tire nation.' mon and maximum 'occu- sion are these: lower the number." "If St. Paul does not get pancy' standards for dairy "One person, $2,800 a year; 4: Isn't the housing au- its public housing egnstnic- lion, some other city in the cattle for years. Only re- cently has anyone tried to do two persons, $3,200; three per - sons, $3,800; four persons, $4, thority in competition with country will get the money as much for people." 200; five persons,. $4;400; six Me private rental market? for the same purpose. Actu-8 How does a f . amily persons, $4,600; seven per- "No. however, when we ally, you might say the city et into public housing? g P 9 sons, $4,700; eight or more $4;800. say this we are speaking of standard housing. Lt no way is getting back a portion of its federal income taxes. "The person or family ap• persons, "Families who are dis- does the housing authority "After a housing project is plying for public housing placed by any public action compete with good; sanitary Quilt, the administration, must first rove low income. p may be admitted with these housing units. Within the city maintenance and payments This is theincomes: basic require- Oneerson, $3,- P the standard housing units to the city in lieu of taxes are men!. We have a scale of 200 a year; two persons, $4,. are renting for prices out of raid for entirely from the 1 y maximum incomes that 000; three, $4,400, and four or the reach of low income fam- Tents charged the tenant." varies with the size of the more, $4,880." ilies. 6. What does the city family. Standards are not as 10. What, besides in - "The housing authority is get directly out of public strict for displaced persons come, do ou consider in y definitely in competition with housing? as for regular applicants. There also are limits to how r determining eligibility? substandard or blighted rent- al, units—slums. Owners of Carter: "Aside from the much income a family may "We give preference to dis- these properties are, by and fact that it gains better hous- Have and remain in public placed persons and "second large, absentee landlords who ing, there is money involved. housing. These continued oc• priority to veterans or serv- milk the slum properties for Construction of the three cupany limits are higher than ice men. Generally a person all they can possibly get, present housing projects, Mt, those for admission, must be living in unsafe, un - charging as. high a rent as Airy, Roosevelt and Mc- "In determining family in- sanitary o r overcrowded the traffic will bear and in Donough homes, involved come we use, only—but all family quarters. Or, Ire may be with - out, housing, to some cases, varying the rent from family to family, spending more than 17 mil- lion dollars here. Next year, of—that money -the actually gets. This means ,due causes other than his own fault, or "They pay lose taxes, do about $600,000 will be spent that some expenses are de- about to be evicted for rea- liltle or nothing to improve on upkeep and improvements ducted before "net income" sons beyond his control. their property and, in some at the projects. is determined. These include "There is a six-month city cases, rarely see the tenants"Also, the housing author- union dues, when paying residency requirement \which or property. ' ity, which operates all public them is a condition of em -i; applies to everyone except "These properties are ex- housing in St. Paul, pays to . ployment, social secilEfx... otherwise eligible (low in- " k tremely expensive to the tax- the city 10 per cent of the 1 y pporC p.•ri2t payments and support come) families of intern.; or f, payers in terms of police and rent collected (minus utility to another family. ,Income resident doctors in St.Paul fire protection, health and costs) as"payment in lieu taxes withheld are figured as hospitals." safety costs. These are prop- of taxes." This amounls'to part of net income. 11'educsdav sYlispatch: The erfies substandard in nature about $55,000 a year from the. "There tiro figures—gross people who live, in public c; because of their obvious three projects. and net income—are not housing, ys MAN By R.:J. R. JOHNSON Staff Writer Hammers as,well as voices ar! ringing on the urban re- newal scene ut St. Paul to- day and dtaftcmtn noAo arc busy With public housing plans. '-"Here is an outline of w'11n1— has been done in St. Paul With two federally supported proerstns and what plans there are for the inunediate future. St. Paul has completed clearance and preparatory work on the three city re- newal projects it began in 1.52 and .1958. Construction has started on one, the West- ernRedevelopment area. ]cost of the land on the sec - end, the Eastern Redevelop- ment area, is committed. The Upper Levee awaits develop- ment. In atitiftfml,.the city hous- ing authority, is operating 1,286 units of public housinr, and. has 586 more units in the development stage. A n balance of 128 u i t s re- nlafns under a 1949'agree- ment with the federal gov- ernment to built) 2,000 units here. " Minneapolis now has 1,409 units of occupied public hous- ing and is committed to build 1,056 more. The new housing, on seven sites, will all be for senior citizens. When it is completed, Minneapolis will have filled its federal allot- ments. The Minneapolis hous- ing authority also operates 464 units it took over as a completed project. . The St. Pm 1 public hmtsing —built or on the way—rept. sents nearly 27 million dollars spent here. Buildings planned or under construction in the, Eastern and Western Re- development areas will mean an investment of around $32,- 500,000, according to esti- mates by the St. Patti hous- ing and redevelopment au- thority. Ip a closer look at St. Paul: Western Redevelopmenf Area The area is divided be- tween private housing and a commercial nsos. I;uildings Mth ;ut estimated value of $13,806,000 either are being built or at planned fur file � J I")—� - r gg MODERN APARTMENTS go up on slum land. Privatcly- I- G -f! built rental units rise out of filo Wcstern Redevelopment arca. SeVC11 0[ the 72 parcels {'+ arca, on lend once crowded with rundown housing. of land }tate been sold. The "ITI ( ` t .LJ� —Saff Photo 6y Don Sra in. houniug authority' is puLting m streets, lighting, water mains and a park. i ;a Of the five remaining par- cels, one is dedicated to the �at - re committed orpark, twoco sale and two are in negotia- tion. Building; in the area that has not already started is scheduled to begin this y'em• or in 1962. When the redevelopment is finished, the area will hold four office buildings, the, .Sears Roebuck store con- struction slated to begin late this year or early next), a motor hotel,` a high-rise apartment building, a church, " athletic field, other apart- ments, a small shopping center and parking spaces. The housingauthority sold the land for $1,624,568. The.tax return on the land is expected to increase ten- fold, from $40,000 a year to something over $400,000. The federal government usually pays two-thirds of the cost of city renewal proj- ects and the local authority one-third. Improvements to the land in and around the redevelopment area count toward the city's share. In the Western -Redevelop- ment area the entire local authority share was in the form offmprovements— streets, lights, water, park— valued at around $500,000 in the area. The city also was given credit for improve- ments in the capitol ap- proach and the Rondo dis- trict. Eastern Redevelopment Area ' This month the city -county Hospital facility Building commission is expected to buy a tract in this area for a new hospital. The housing authority will build a 200 -unit high-rise . apartment building for sen- for citizens. The housing is expected to cost more than 2 million dol- lars and the hospital around 16 million. A park is planted for one Other section. It will be dedi- cated in 1962. The remain- ing parcel has not been sold. The housing authority will Put in new streets, lighting and water mains soon., Upper Levee Profec'f This land has .been cleared and sewers instated. The housing authority intends the land for industrial use. The authority may sell it on its own, or it may still negoti- ate the sale with the port authority. This has not yet been settled. All three of these areas, with a total of more than 140 acres, were largely residen- tial before they were cleared. According to a housing authority report, the eastern area contained 333 buildings that housed 456 families plus 101 individuals. About 65 per cent of the dwelling units were substandard. The western area contained 473 structures housing 608 families and 152 individuals Who -ere householders. About 55 per cent of the dwelling units were sub- standard- The ub- standard The Upper Levee contained 74 residential buildings. There were 69 families and individuals living there. About 55 per cent of the dwelling units were substand- ard. Punlic and private hous- Ing butt or plumed In the area around the Capitol ahnosd equals in number that Which was demolished there,. according to housing authority figures. What happened to the peo- ple .who lost thein homes in these redevelopments? llousiog at1th0rily stUdies show that, of a total of slight - JY _ more than, 1,000 families, 77 moved out of the city — most of them to the suburbs or to Blinneapolis and 9,13 - stayed in St. Paul. Of these, 391 bought homes elsewhere, 434 rented privately and 123 moved into public housing. (Thirty-nine other families were dissolved, through death or some other cause.) Nearly all the families im- proved their. living condi- tions. Pulilic'Housing, The St. Paul housing and redevelopment authority op- erates three big projects, Dot. Airy, Roosevelt and McDon- ough )tomes. These have a total of 1,286 units, or apart- ments. Sites for 586 units have been approved both lo- cally and by the federal gov- ernment. The planned proj- ects are: AleDONOUGII HOi1IES — Ann addition of 42 family row house units. Will cost -$623,- 000. Construction to begin this month. HOLLOW PLAYGROUND and Rondo district — A 143 - unit, high-rise apartment building for elderly citizens and 44 family units in du- . plexes. work is "to begin in December and the total cost will be $2,934,688. EASTERN REDEVELOP- MENT ARCA — A 200 -unit high-rise building for°the eld- erly. Total cost $2,100,000. Construction due to start late this fall or early spring. N E I L L SCHOOL -NEST SIDE = High-rise with 141 units, for senior citizens, and 16 family. duplex units. Con- struction to begin next Jim - nary or early spring. Cost, about $2,082,000. The -iota] cost of these four jobs is expected to be around $7,739,778, t h e housing .au- thority said. This figure is what American taxpayers ac - Wally spend for the Art; - includes all costs involiv developillt the fro e _just construction• ": The 'St.- Paid housing ani' - i edevc7op"rent atit7terity, h ep been in and now apparently: is out of a big urban rgnewali program for the Riverviewi district. It is planning renew-) it programs in the lIollow,, Cathedrar and Seven Corners) neighborhoods. - P These last three jobs will not necessarily involve .large -scale clearance, but are aimed at saving border-, line neighborhoods from slipping over the line -into slums, . They are conservation and; rehabilitation .programs that, i along with slum clearance; are phases of urban renewal. and so are federally sup ported. Although only preliminary - work has' began, the housing : authority does not regard these plans as nebulous. "We know what Ave Avant to do," said William R. Carter Jr., executive director of the authority. The federal government is noAv studying the authority's proposals for the three prof ects. The work that has been done in St. Paul on these. two related but not identical programs —.urban renewal and public .housing—has,fol lowed a rocky course, been subject to much criticism and has often come close to being hung up for good. 'file story, according to lo. cal housing authority offi cials, is one that is repeated' in other cities throughout the country. Perhaps the criticism has not been as vocal or well organized else- where, or the publicity given it as great, they concede. To tell what these pro- I grams mean and to answer some of the often raised questions about them has s been the purpose of this series of articles. ' ®Iii MA CnTHEDRAL AREA FUNDS. ASKED E f'\ f� {•, r, � � 6,, Aioc H i "! 'Ae St. Paul housing and ning to renew oneopart of the; ants; based on a recompute- new schedule, the commis- redevelopment a u t h o r ity district tion of the .cost of operating sidners were told. elected Harold J. Moriarty This part of the Cathedral;each rental unit. There will be a ground - !chairman and area is bounded on the north! Tlie $23 minimum charge breaking ceremony for Cen- 1Carl Cummins by the Rondo -St. -Anthony;- lir. vice chair freeway, on the west by St.1for efficiency and one •bed- trot apartments at 9 a. M. ;man during Albans St., on the east bylroom apartments will not be Monday at the old Hollow a Cathedral 1 The southern i changed. Rents to be charged playground site on Kent St. • Yegularmeehng „, P' ,the welfare department for between Central and St. An - Wednesday. boundary follows the alley, bio apartments P Other new of- -', between A:larshall and Day- crelowill d- thony ayes. ficers are Fran]:; - ton aves from St. Albans to increased as follows: 2bed- The next authority meeting • Arundel, then follows Dayton i room, from $31 to $32; 3 bed, will be held at 2 p. m. July baloney, trees- ; room, $35,to $47; 4 bedroom, urer; Pat Tow- ave. to Cathedral pi. bo in the Ramsey county le, secretary, t... _ . _ Several parties have es- >46 to $63, and 5 bedroom, board room. Bids will be and John Green- Moriarty 1 Pressed interest in this di' I $54 to $78. opened for housing construe man, assistant secretary. trict, including the St. Paul � The Ramsey county wel• I tion on the Neill school and i Speaking of recent appoint- school board, which is con- fare board has agreed to the west Side sites, . ments to fill out authority sidering a new vocational i c o m m i s s i o n membership, high school for the area.-, (Moriarty s a i d in accepting RENTS REVISED his job: "We now have a The autrity also ap- complete commission of cap- proved ho a new schedule of able and dedicated men. 1ve I rent charges for welfare tell - have, I think, an authority 1. staff that is both competent land industrious." Moriarty noted that "ours) lis a civic assignment — not a political one. It shall be," he said, "my intent and pur- pose at all times to work, to serve and to act exclusively �in the best interest of all the 'citizens of St. Paul." Moriarty's immediate pred- ecessor was Joseph Gabler, w h o resigned as chairman after being defeated in a bid to become mayor of St. Paul. HOUSING INCREASE The authority commission- ers passed two resolutions— one dealing with the federal government and the other with the city council — re- questing permission to build ' 2,250 public housing units in, St. Paul, rather than lite 2,C00' units agreed upon in 19;9. , The need for the addi- itional 250 units, it was ex- plained, comes because of a decision to build a public housing project in Dunedin terrace, on the west Side. Two steps were taken to improve the Cathedral dis• . trict. One permits the au- thority to spend $14,000 for general planning; the secoM is a request to the federal government to permit spend. mg $155,000 for detailed plan. VXVOULIS P ICICS 14 Gi o NEED MCPE-ASING :Sr . i ll -u _ U cJ I A th eo m..nrbct nunicipal' Commissioner Severin Mor- I [ ' _� 0 RU committee was named Fri-Itinsoq, a 1Vest,Side resident day by Alayor Vavoulis to as- vrho has shown special. inter- ' 1 olio+ :n, grant here, and three tpro- discussion gnh:of 2,000 pubic housing units, sist the urban renewal pro -i est in the Riverview indus- aUent 0 cmnmunity Icsders,!all but i20'have been builLor �llavor vavoulis naaud a�iare under construction. ill, cal committees were appoint- trial park plan, and the may coruniticc of fora Thursday! added that need for more low.ed to assist. - �1or. jal'ternoou to direct -a study�rent housing, whether public The top, committee will be This group is to assist, of lov: ; eut housing, withiior private, is ,evidenced by made up of Commissioner uide.and improve the urban 1 cr,ll;hasis on private financ-,the fact that the city will ,rank Loss, representing the renewal progrmu, directed by ing. shortly lose more than 1,100 public buildings department; �� the St. Paul housingand;re- '1• h e committee - includes'.existing units in the River- - ! \lrs. .Joseph li i c h a r d s o n, vuew district, at sites where 'development authority. housing chairman of the St.�the board of education ex - One technical committee, Paul Council of Iluman Rcla-'Pects to build,. and in some nanuq to work oil the general , ' downtown areas. r} tions; .To.m Ila.),, executive) program, includes John Con- chair roam of the St. Paul AreaThe authority has about nelly, city research director, IChamhcr of Commerce; filar -11,000 active and qualified ap- as chairman, and 1Villiam tin O'Donnell, chairman oflplications for housing on file, Carter, housing authority cx- Ithc civic committee w the St. �Iadding to the demand, he ecutive director; Herbert 'I Inc Trades and Labor as -is Wieland, city planning direc_ said. tor, and Alfred H. Schroeder, scmUly, and C. C. Tierney,1 Mrs. Richardson reported executive secretary of the St.! on the needs for housing of .city architect. (Paul Board of Realtors. Noi Another, to deal with city fautilies with re income and codes and ordinances, has j chairman Twas named. i inIsati a survey recently made I Schroeder as chairman. The I Ti:e mayor told the group it i indicates that many families other members are Robert ., will have a Tree hard to make face quoting into small and nlctc study, - to add! inadequate places because of. Swords, city attorney; Nie" a comland, Boris Levich of the city, members, and to call on such the current situation. health department;') toward help as is needed. R. W. Buskirk, deputy di - Scannell, chief of the fire ! The session, held in the city', rector of the federal housing, prevention bureau; Connelly, council chamber, was called! administration, here, told the and a representative of arch,- to discuss private ilivestmentj group there are several pro- tects and another of St. Paul for low cost or co-operative I grams by -which builders can contractors, both still to be housing. liayor vavoulis coll-I get federal help. He said his named. ducted the session. At his re -office stands ready at all A third committee, to deal quest these reports wereltipics tb work out -such pro - with coordination of public made: _ I grams. improvements, lists Connelly 11,filliam Carter Jr., execu- Hay 'said the chamber has as chairman and includes tive director of the St. Paul studied tl role of private. ClemensSchleck, chief ac- housing authority, reported investors in low -rent housing. countant in the comptroller's that, of an original allotment) The goal is to get information office; Eugene Avery, city -- —.Ito people to encourage them engineer; Wieland, Carter, to undertake such develop - Lyle Iiiavig, managm• of the ment or to form' non-profit • port authority, and Leonard cooperatives to enter into C Thompson, general managerfank uch programs. of the water department. ht g e n e r a l discussion, Marzitelli, executive vice president of the St. Paul port authority, cautioned against expecting that organ- ization or the state highway department to provide land at low cost for private devel- Iopment. He said those agen- cies lack legal authority for such moves. Herbert Wieland, city plan- Ining director, said his agen- Icy is working on a new pro - i gramain tell, it is expected, will gextra federal funds for additional low-cost or low - rent housing here,,, -�r!✓j'i1N� --- �� IY.GC, c3. St. Paul Clinic on Low Rent Housing Set A St. Paul citizens commit- tee studying the practicality of private investors and builders entering the low -rent housing field in the city will hold a "housing clinic" Sept. 20 at St. Thomas College, it was annqunced Friday. John T. Hay, executive vice president of the St. Paul Area Chamber of Commercep and chairman of the comma - , tee, told a meeting of the group that the clinic's day- time session will be geared primarily toward providing information for large-scale projects.. An evening session will be ,geared to rehabilitation and 4improvements by individual i homeowners. t James Bent, president of t the Hartford, Conn., Federal Savings and Loan Associa- tion and chairman of a pri- vately financed urban renew- al progrem in Hartford and B. Warner Shippee, assistant director of a privately fi- nanced housing program in Pittsburgh, Pa., will be among the speakers.. The housing committee was formed by St. Paul Mayor George J. Vavoulis . last June. Its members in- clude representatives of -the � St. Paul Council of Human ` Relations, the Trades and Labor Assembly, the Board of Realtors, Home Builders .Assn. and United . Citizens . League. m e -�r!✓j'i1N� --- �� IY.GC, c3. St. Paul Clinic on Low Rent Housing Set A St. Paul citizens commit- tee studying the practicality of private investors and builders entering the low -rent housing field in the city will hold a "housing clinic" Sept. 20 at St. Thomas College, it was annqunced Friday. John T. Hay, executive vice president of the St. Paul Area Chamber of Commercep and chairman of the comma - , tee, told a meeting of the group that the clinic's day- time session will be geared primarily toward providing information for large-scale projects.. An evening session will be ,geared to rehabilitation and 4improvements by individual i homeowners. t James Bent, president of t the Hartford, Conn., Federal Savings and Loan Associa- tion and chairman of a pri- vately financed urban renew- al progrem in Hartford and B. Warner Shippee, assistant director of a privately fi- nanced housing program in Pittsburgh, Pa., will be among the speakers.. The housing committee was formed by St. Paul Mayor George J. Vavoulis . last June. Its members in- clude representatives of -the � St. Paul Council of Human ` Relations, the Trades and Labor Assembly, the Board of Realtors, Home Builders .Assn. and United . Citizens . League. Ordinance No. 12106 Sections 9.32 - 39.14 Date 12-9-61 Exhibit CFIO-1 SECTION 2 Council File No. 264898—Ordinance No , That Section 38.34 Wood Frame Con - 12106 --By 12100 --By Frank L. Loss— of the Saint Paul Legislative the An ordinance amending. Chapter Code is hereby amen dad by deleting the word "ten" az the maximum width of the Saint Pau Le Illative CodI -roof sheathing boards in item "n" pertaining to Buildingo Construction. onf ��' Shea and This is an emergency rdlnance n• tivered ne sary for the preservation atlding5e'twelve'ction in lleu thereoRoo f £ the public peace, health and safety. SECTION 3 The Council of the City of Saint Paul This ordinance is hereby declared to Does Ordain: be n emergency ordinance rendered SECTION 1 necessary for the preservation of the public peace, health and safety. That Chapter 9 of h the Saint. Paul i Legislative Code s hereby amended SECTION 4 by adding Section 9.32 Toilet, Bath . This ordinance shall take effect and and Shower Room Construction, which' reads as follows: be 1n force upon .Its passage,' approval and publication. "9.32 Toilet, Bath and Shower Room Construction - Passed by the Council December 7, I. General 1961. Floors, walls• ceilings, etc. of toilets, Yeaz—Councilmen DeCourcy, Holland, bathrooms and shower rooms in every building hereafter erected or altered Loss. Martinson, Peterson, Rosen, Mr. President (Vavoulis)-7. except single and two family dwellings - Nays -0. Shall be constructed as hereinafter pro- vided. Approved December 7m 1961. i 2. Floors, Walls and Ceilings a. Floors of all toilet -o".. bath- GEORGE J. VAVOULIS, Mayor. rooms• slop sink ""apartments, etc. - Shall be of material which is Sniper- Attest: AGNES H. O'CONNELL, vious to and easy to clean, City Clerk. such a Mamie, glazed dr quarry Mamie, (December 9, 1961) tile, crete. or other approved material All bases shall extend at least two (2) inches above the floor -- and shall be coved., - Floors under showers installed above useable Spaces in any building shall be lined and made water tight with - sheet lead weighing not less than four (4) pounds per square foot or other waterproofing membrane approved by the Bureau. b. Walls and ceilings of every toilet room, bathroom, shower room, slop sink compartment• etc.. shall be completely covered with a smooth bricant or gypsum plaster, glazed k, tale or other smooth • l imper- vious materiaapproved by the Bureau. Each individual water closet install- ationhaving more than o- water closet shall be separately enclosed. Doors may be o fitted 'from stalls in schools and Institutional buildidgs. ' Where doors are required or provided• they shall be of substantial construction the ddoorar otheall", bertltions. The ot less than four (4) feet six (8) Inches above the Ndor and the bottom shall of be e than one (1) foot above the floor. Toilet partitions shall be of impervious ma- terial approved by the Bureau. Each toilet room hall be enclosed - and pazated from the adjacent areas by walls extending from floor to ceiling constructed of material meeting the requirements of this code." Exhibit C$0-2 Council FBye Nank11111 Oss—fiance No. Ordinance No. 12233 An prddna.ce amending Zoning Code, Chapters 66 to 64. inclusive, of the Section 64.03 foiusPaul DisVi is�aHeight°Dish ss1n�na Date 7-21-62 n-�,.., ane and er mbut special use per - n the City of Saint Paul, as amenaea. Phis Is an emergency ordinanceen- Pr, servation of the public peace, ecessartorh alth, and safety. o The Council of the. City of Saint Paul Does Ordain: SECTION.1 That the Zoning Code, Chapters 6C to 64. inclusive, of the Saint Pau] f Saint raw, as the same hereby is further a the following particulars, FM Purpose V-eareec - •• "C" Reusidence District, o parcel of land embracing .ed lots or equivalent area, •d lots or equivalent area, tted lots or equivalent area, y or save for the inter - P a iflpIn e ubUc alley adyoin1, ^lassed el Com- lstrict or a Light Industry r actuaRly i employed eior r i pe[mit y be granted for the eX- anslon f the Commercial District Light Industry District use oVe[ the mtire plot as necessary for the subject 1pecial Purpose OR -Street Parking Fa e'ity use in conjunction with any established Commercial District or Light Industry Dlstrict.we on the remainder of the plot:' SECTION 2 This ordinance is hereby declared to be an emergency ordinance rendered necessary. for the preservation of the public peace, health, and safety.= SECTION 3 This ordinance shall take effect and be in force upon its passage, approval. and publication. -- — Passed by the Council July 18, 1962. Yeas--Counlsh, Holland. Loss cilmen Dalgi, =Rose., Mr. President (Vav Nays—O, Approved _ July 18, 1962. GEORGE J. VAVO- Mayor. Attest: AGNES H. O'CONC E ty Clerk. (July 21, 1962) Council File No. 202042—Ordirmore No. 11975 --By Bernard T. Holland, by request— An ordinance amending Zoning Code. Chapter 64 of the Saint Paul Legis- lative egis- 1 tive Code and providing for limit- ations and extensions of same in regard in certain special permits granted upon appeals under the Zoning Code. This is an e rgency ordinance rendered v for the Preservation of the publi ca pea ce. health, and safety. The Council.of (he City of Saint Paul Does Ordain: SECTION 1 That Zoning Code, Chapter 64. of the Saint Paul Legislet ice Code, as ended, be and the s e heteby i further ended n the following particulars amended t Thatparagraph (p) of Section 64.63 of said Chapter 64 of said Saint Paul Legislative Code be and the said para- graph Ip) hereby is amended to read follows: a"Thatany subsisting permit hereto - for granted and any permit here- after granted, upon any such appeal. by a such resolution of the Council providing for any such variation n[ theprovisions of the Zoning Code mid authorizing the construction' a intenance and a of any building structure in. any district or dis- tricts shall lapse unless the subject bull,'ing o structure shall be sub- stantially constructed and completed within the period of two (2) years ext after the official publication of the applicable Council Resolution, or within such additional period as the Council may by Resolution allow therefore such additional periotl, i case. to exceed a (1) year. That the Council while any such permit shall subsist ,nay by its Reso- lution extend the time for the c - struction and completion of the s b - that t bush timeosha 1t1not he extended beyond the period of three (3) years next after the official publication of the original Resolution of the Coup-. cit gra ntutg such permit.' SECTION 2 This ordinance is hereby declared to be aergency ordinance rendered emergency for the preservation of the public peace, health, and ,safety. SECTION 3 This ordinance shall take effect and be in force upon its passage. approval, and publication. Passed by the Council May 26, 1961. Yeas—Councilmen DeCourcy, Loss, Me rliesmiPeterson, Rosen. Mr. Pres- ident tvavoUhs)-6. Nays -0. Approved May 26, 1961, GEORGE J. VAVOULIS, Mayor. Attest: AGNES H. O'CONNELL, City Clerk. (May 27, 1961) Exhibit C$0-3 Ordinance No. 11975 Section 64.03 Date 5-27-61 Council Pile No. 204889 -Ordinance No. 12107 -By Frank L. Lom-- An ordinance amending Cho ryter, i and 20 of the Saint" Pa. Legislative Code pertaining to Building Construe - t10 tle ed necessary forgthe preservation ofnpublic peace, health and safety. The Council of the City of Sant Paul Do SECTION 1 Th t Section 1.10 of the Sant Paul Leglslative Code 13 hereby amend nv aeletng Items g, h, and 1 of secto1, Certificates oP Competency, Which reads as follows: stelli g and epairr. and HeatinGeneral WorkSheet Metal Work. "h. Ventilation Work, installing and ;;.Prpair, and G kir. Sheet Metal k. Sheet Metal Work Involving the fabrication and erection of gutters, downspouts, valleys, metal trim and thishings." d substitute the following in lieu thereof: "h. Ventilation Work, WMa-i-ra titers Warm Air Heating and Ventila- on Work, journeymen" SECTION 2 That Section "'of the Saint. Paull Agislative Code is hereby a nded 3 a dsdeleting Examme- 7fs°Of subsection 3 Adm nistration. I. General, which reads asifollows: d substitute the following In lieu thereof: "(7) Board of Examiners for Warm Air Heatng and Ventilation In This Board hall be posed f the City Architect as Chairman ad four (4) appointive members of whom one (1) shall be a Mechanical Engi- neer, two (2) shall be certified and licensed Warm Air Heating and Ven- tilation Contractors, and one (1) shall be a certified. Journeyman in- staller holding a Certificate of Com- petency." SECTION 3 That Section I.10 o£ the Saint Paul Leglslative Code is hereby amended Zby deleting Items -g, h d 1 f sub- tion 4 Certificates of Competency - Fees for, which reads as follows: al]er.........�3.00 Irk Installing and sat Sheet Metal : .. 5.00 ...... 3.00" Ordinance No. 12107 Sections 1.10 -1.11 -20.01 - Date 12-9-61 tl substituting the following in lieu thereof: "g. Warm Air Heating Work Master Inteller...............$5.00 "h. VenWgtion Work Master Installer ..............$5.00 "i. Warm Air Heating and Ventilation Work rn yman Installer ........$3.00" SECTION 4 That Section 1.10 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended of Certificate. f ° Competency ncy andion e5 an Sing the letter headings a through hr in ubsection 5. SECTION 5' That Section 1.10 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended by deleting the following: "Warm Air Heating, Ventilationd Sheet Metal, Installing or pair" sin the first and and ,lines of subsection 7 Registra- tiod of Card of Competency and sub- ' stltuting the following in lieu thereof: "Warm Air Heating and Ventilation, installing or repair" SECTION 6 That Section 1.11 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code Is hereby mended by deleting items k,' 1, and m of s bsection 1. Licenses-Regulred For, whlch reads as follows: "k. Warm Air Heating Work, in- stalllng_and repair, and General Sheet and substituting the following In lieu thereof: "k. Waml Air Heating Work, install- ing an pati ' 1. V tllati0n Work, installing and epair' I and change the letters for the last two items to "m and "n . SECTION 7 That Section 1.11 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended by deleting Item d of subsection 2. Regulations for Lfcens(ng Persons. eraPtld hangga.e theinletterr " oor d- In the last paragraph of Subsection 2. SECTION 8 That Section 1.11 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended by deleting item 1 of subsection 5 Licenses -Fees For, which reads as follows: "1. Warm Air Heating, Ventilation and General Sheet Metal Contractor ....................$25.00" and substitute the following in lieu thereof: "I. Warm Air Heating and Ventila- tion Contractors ..............$25.00" SECTI ON 9 That Section 1.11 f the Sant Paul hick reads as follows: "Wherever a mater certificate of competency or license for Warm Air Heating , Ventilation, or General Sheet Metal, mstal11. or repair, is required by the terms of this code, any appli- cant for such master license who has and presents a valid and sub - any ver uparry m of Minnlcnesota, which has re - vents for a license and card if Sant Pa Wei aa. oto nsite be deof e ted by the Clty Architect may the a permlt to carry on his trade r i Heating, i Exhibit C&O-4 2Q.02 Contractor by regtare- +'Lha offlce and rd of compet"of 1n f the C!ty Architect and paying therefor zee of $5.00• SVeh V t may be Issue fareed the hlffe odof the license held by the applicant " thereof: stltute the following In lieu "Wherever aaster certificate of petencyd license for Warm Atr Heating anVentilation, installing or pair, is required br ante terms h thinner code license ho haz d°P�esents mos lid and subsisting license -a d rd £ competency from toy muni- cipality in the State f mne3ois, which has requlremenfs for a license those °Hfdthe City oft Saint Paul, to shall be determined by the City Architect, may receive a permit to carry on his trade Or occupation as a Warin Airy Heating' nd Ventilation his license and and of competency gin the office P the C)Ty Architect nd paying therefor a tee f $5.00. Such permit ay be issued fore pacific oerlod f time not to exceed the life t the license of the applicant" SECTION 10 That Section 20.01 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is .hereby amended iby deleting the title to the section hic hreada as follows : "20.01 --Certificates of Competency for Master a d Journeyman Warn Air Heating, Ventilation and Sheet Metal Installers" and add in lieu thereof the following: "20.01 -Certificates of Competency for Master and Journeyman Warm Air Heating and Ventilation Installers." SECTION it That Section 20.01 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended by deleting items a, b, and c of sub- section 1. Master and Journeyman In- tatler's Certificates, which reads as follows: . For the pu oose of strolling the quality of r' anshlp In the installation and repair of 211 warm r heating, ventilation and sheet metal Work within the limits` of the City of Saint Paul, and by so doin to sJ,auard life_ limb and nm!_g business of constructing, installinog, repairing, ry ring or lterng f air hnotng. tllation d sheet tai work ithin the limits Of the City of Saint Paul shall first obtain a Master Installer's Certificate of Competency from the Bureau as herein provided. "c. Journeyman Installer's Certificate: Any person destring to engage in or conconstructing, erform the vin tallinork vgolvedep the siring lternga of warm it heating, ventilation d sheet metal work shall first obtain a Journeyman Installer's Certificate f Competency from the Bureau as of provided and he shall be required to Work under the direction and supervision of a duly licensed Master Installer." and substituting the following in lieu thereof: "a. For the purpose of controlling the quality of workmanship in the installation and repair of warm air heatinglimand ventilation work within the its of the City of Saint' Paul, and by so doing to safeguard life, limb d property, it is regulred that al] persons performing auch warm it heating and entilation work shall obtain a Certificate of competency for a Mater or Journeeyy- Warm Air Heating and Von ti - lotion .Installer. "b. Mater Installer'soCertificate: Any person desirng to Main a license to engage 1n o arry on the busi- ness`of c instructing, on re- pairing, servicing. altering of warm ire heating °rd ventilatton work (thin the 'limits of the City of Saint Paul shall first obtain a Master Installer's Certificate Of Com- petency from the Bureau as herein Provided. - Journeyman Installer's Certifi-. cafe: Any person desiring to engage in or perform the work involved In the constr%etngg ntanng, re airing, servicing or elterin¢ of wa air n supervision of a- duly. licensed Mater Installer." SECTION12 That Section 20.02 of ,the Saint Paul ed by deleting the tive Code tle to the asection, Which reads as follows: "20.02 License Requirements- f o r Master Warm Air Heating, Ventilation and Sheet Metal Installers" and add the following in lieu thereof: "20.02 License Requirements for Mas- ter tion. Warm Air Heating And Ventila- SECTION 13 'That Section 20.02 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended by deleting subsection 1. Requirements, which reads as follows: ;Any person, firm or corporation de - ring to engage in the business of ootam it,, the Bureau a license authorizing him or them to engage In such business." and add the following in lieu thereof: "Any person, firm or orp ration de- lrl g to en in the business of nstaling, epaalrnga, servicing altering of = it heating and entilation work shall first obtain a license from the Bureau of Public Buildings authorizing him or them to engage In such business." SECTION 14 This ordnance shall take effect, and be in farce upon Its passage, approval. and publication. Adopted by the Council December 7, 1961. Yeas -Councilmen DeConrcy, Hol- land, Loss, Mortinson, Peterson, Rosen, Mr. President (Vavoulis)-7. Nays -4. Approved December 7, 1961. GEORGE J. VAVOULIS, Attest: - Mayor. AGNES H. O'CONNELL, City Clerk, (December 9 , 1961) Council File No. 202752 --Ordinance No. 32005—By Frank L. Loss— Anrdinance amending Chapters 1 d 35 of the Saint Pau] Legislative a Code Pertainingr to Building Construc- tion. Thisls emergency ordinance rendered necessary for the preservation of the public peace, health .and safety. The Council of the City of Saint Paul Does Ordain: , SECTION 1 That Section 1.10 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code Is hereby amended by deleting item a of sub -section 1, Certificates of Competency, which reads as follows: "a.Electrical Work" and rearrange the letters from a through J for the remaining items under sub -section 1. SECTION 2 That Section 1.10 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended by deleting item d of sub -section 2, which reads as follows: "d. Examination Fee Applications for a Certificate of to Pas. the examination or his failure appear ppear far'the second examination when so directed by the Board." and substitute the following in ]leu thereof: "d. Examination Fee Applications for a Certificate of Competency hall be acepmpanied by an examination fee payment at, Y Five Dollars ($5.00). Such examination fee shall not be refunded In case the Inat ion orlicant ffalls?to passnr for the exam - the examination when taken." SECTION 3 That Section 1.10 of the Saint Pau] Legislative Code Is hereby amended' by deleting item (9) f sub-ctlon 3, Board of Exmnlners—Administmtion, a General, which rends as follows: tri (9 Board of Examiners for Else. TMs Board shall be composed of the City Archttect as Chairman, entl four (4) app.I= members of Whom e (1) shall be the City Utilities Engineer, two (2) hall be cSrtiflcd, licensed Master Electrical Contractors. and one (1) Shan be a certified'Jour- neyman Electrician holding a Certifl- cote of Competency." SECTION 4 That Section 1.10 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended by deleting Item a f sub -section 4, Certificate of Competency—Fees for, which read. as follows: "a. Electrical Work: Master Electriclan—Class A and Class A-1 ..........;$5.00 Journeyman Electrlclan—Class B and Class B-1 .. ...$3.00" and arrange the lettere from a through j for the remaking Items under sub -section 4. Ordinance 12006 Sections 1.10 - 15,01 - 15.02 Date 7-13-61 SECTION 5 That Section 1.10 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended by deleting from sub -section 7, Registra- tion of Card of Competency, the second paragraph, which reads as follows: "Any Journeyman holding valid card Y o)npeteney for electrical in- stalting or repair, from any other municipality of the State of Minnesota which has requirements for such card f competency equal to those of the City of Saint Paul, as shall be deter- mined by the City Architect of the City of Saint Paul, _Sy carry n his cupathm as such Journeyman in the Citrin hisy ycard ofof acompet ncyint Paul bwithethe ,City Architect" SECTION 5 That Section 15.01 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended by deleting the entire section which reads as follows: "15.01—Certificates of Competency for Electricians LMaster and Journeyman Electri- cis Certificates a. For the purpose of controlling the quality of workmanship In all electrical work done within the limits of the any pens, A or Cl. license to "Belting. electrical the City The J tific.is of Exhibit C&O-5 2. Method of Obtaining Certificates of Competency. a. Every SO for the Master Electrician's Certificate of Competency hall furnish a certificate from the Minnesota State Board of Electricity, stating that he has passetl the exami- nation for Master Electricians as pre- scribed by said Board. b. Every said for a Journeyman Electrician's Certificate of Comshall petency (Clash Bator e from Class the MinnesotaaState Board of Electricity stating that, he has passed the examination for Jour- neyman Electricians as prescribed by sold Board. The procedure in obtaining. these Certificates f Competency hall be, a5 Stated in Chapter I—Administration. e3 General Regulations Pertaining to Certificates of Competency. a. All regulations and information pertaining to' Certificates of Comope- tency Includingthe method of b- taining said certificates, applications, fees for certificates, expiration, re - and revocation shall be as given In this code in Chapter I—Administra- tion." SECTION 7 That Section 15.02 of the Saint Paul Legislative Code is hereby amended by deleting item b f b -section 1 Licenses for Master Electricians, which r cads as follows: "b. The licenses for Master Electri- cians will only be issued (1) to persons iff Electrician's Co petencyand the name of suchoquallfied person must appear es the Master on the license." and substitute In lieu thereof the following: "b. The licenses for Master Electri-�i cians will only be Issued (1) ta persons possessing a valid and subsisting State Holders of the Class B Certificates of Competency may perform all types shall furnlstt ceruncate from the State Board ofElectricitystating that Ofelectrical work on y premises he has passed the examinatlon for within the limits of the City of Saint Paul. All holders of the Class B Certi- Master Electrician prescribed by said Board." fkate of Competency must perform such work under the supervision of SECTION 9 Cduty licensed Master Electrician— This ordinance is hereby tleclored lass A or Class A-1, to be an emergency ordinance rendered (2) Journeyman Electrician's Cern- ficate o[ Competency—Class B -l. Holders of the Class B-1 CertiFlcates necessary for the preservation of the r public peace, health and safety. of Competency may perform work as SECTION 9 Journeyman Electrician only on This ordinance shall take effect and maintenance and repairs to existing be In force upon its passage, approval only bestems , perforwirimed oa thework premues and publication. Specifically designated on the Certificate passed by the Council July 13, 1901. t 1 cert etency. Holders of the Class H-1 Certlflcale may change the prem- yeas—Councilmen DeCourcy, Holland, ises on which he may perform work by notifying the Bureau. bio addltionai Loss, Martinson, Peterson, Mr. Vice fee charge shall be made for this President (Rosen) -5. Nays -0. change of premises. ( Upon written nottfi of the Jul 13, 1991. Approved July Bureau, au, any holder of Class s B eor Class B-1 Cartlficate of Competency y MILTON ROSEN, ay Change id regtstratlo¢ to Class Acting Mayor. B-1 r Class B respectively without additional fee while Such certificate Attest: It nit! 8. O'CONNELI., is in force. City Clerk. (Jtay 15, 1951) THE. ST. PAUL HOUSING CODE C. F. No. 204998 Ord. No. 12113 Passed by the Council December 19, 1961 Pubiished, December W1961 23 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page No. SECTION 1 -DECLARATION OF POLICY 6-12 54.01. Purpose of Ordinance ......... _....... _ ...................................6 54.02 Legislative Finding of Fact .......... ................. .................. 6 54.03. Applicability and Scope.. ......... ............. . ......................... 6-7 54.04 Pre-existing Dwellings and Multiple Dwellings..............7 54.05 Short Title of Ordinance- ....._.... _........... . _.. _............7 54.06 Existing Remedies.............................................._.........._.7 54.07 Definitions.......................................................................... 7-12 SECTION 2- 54.08 Exterior Property Areas.. ..12 1. Sanitation ........................................................................12 2. Grading and Drainage ..12 3. Free from Noxious Weeds............................................12 4. Insect and Rodent harborage ...................................... 12 5. Accessory Structures.................................................... 12 54.09 Exterior Structure.............................................................. 12-14 1. Foundations, Walls and Roof ...................................... 12-13 2. Stairs, Porches, and Railings........ _........................... 13 - 3. Windows, Doors and hatchways ............ .......... ... ....... 13-14 4. Screening_.................................................................... 14 54.10 Interior Structures ............. ................... ............... ..... .... 14-15 I. Free from Dampness...................................................... 14 2. Structural Members........................................................ 14 3. Interior Stairs and Railings .......................................... 14-15 4. Bathroom Floors............................................................ 15 5. Sanitation ....-...............................................................15 6. Insect. and Rodent Harborage ...................................... 15 54.11 Basic Facilities.................................................................15-17 1. Water Closet................................................................. 16 2. Lavatory_..._................................................................. 16 " 3. Bathtub or Shower ............ .................... ................. ...... 16 4. Kitchen Sink.._.........................._.................................. 16 5. Connected to Water and Sewer System ........................ 16 6. Water Heating Facilities .............................................. 16 7. Heating Facilities........................................................ 16 8. Operation of Heating. Facility and Inci-rator......_..17 9. Rubbish Storage Facilities .......................................... 17 10. Garbage Storage or Disposal Facilities .................... 17 11. Sharing Sanitary Facilities -Limitations .................... 17 54.12 Installation and Maintenance ............................................ 17-18 1. Plumbing Fixtures......................................................... 17 2. Plumbing Systems.. ........................................................ i i 17-18 3. Heating Equipment........................................................18 -25 4. Electrical Outlets and Fixtures .................................. 18 5. All Facilities and Equipment ...................................... 18 54.13 Occupancy ....................... ....... ............. ....... ............ ...... ......18-19 1. Minimum Ceiling Height ................................................ 18 2. Required Space in Dwelling Units .............................. 18 - 3. Required Space in Sleeping Rooms ............................. 18-19 4. Habitable Rooms in Cellars ........................................ 19 5. Access Limitation of Dwelling Unit to Commercial Uses ...................................................... 19 6. Location of Barb and Second Sleeping Room............ 19 7. Occupancy of Dwelling Uni'tss Below Grade .............. 1.9 IV 54.14 Light and Ventilation. ....................................... I............... 19-21 1. Natural Light in Habitable Rooms .............................. 19 2. Natural Light in Non -habitable Rooms ......................19 3. Light in Non -habitable Work Space ............................19 4. Light in Public Halls and Stairways ........ _................ 19 5. Electric Outlets Required ............................................ 19 6. Adequate Ventilation.. ............... _ ........................ ....19 ..27 7. Ventilation and Light in Bathroom andwater Closet.......:..............................................21 27 54.15 Minimum Standards for Safety from Fire ........................ 21 I. Exclusion of Residence Building from Storing Flammable Liquid ........................................ 21 2. All Requirements of the Building Code as to Exits shall be complied with .................................21 3. Wood Frame Multiple Dwellings .................................. 21 4. Cooking and heating Equipment ................................. 21 54.16 Responsibilities of Occupants Relating to the 21 - Maintenance of Dwelling Units.. .................................. 21-22 1. Cleanliness.................................................................21 2; Disposal of Rubbish ........ ............................................ 21-22 c� 3. Disposal of Garbage ...................................................... 22 4. Use and Operation of Supplied Plumbing Fixtures ..22 5. Installation and Care of Plumbing Fixtures Furnished by Occupant .......................................... 22 54.17 Rooming Houses................................................................ 22-23 1. Water Closet, Hand Lavatory and Bath Facilities.... 22 .. 2. Minimum Floor Area for Sleeping Purposes ............... 22 3. Bed Linen and Towels ................................................ 23 4. Shades, Drapes, etc.....................................................23 5. Sanitary Maintenance of Walls,Floors,Ceilings, etc.23 6. Location of Water Closet, Flush Urinal, Lavatory Basin and Bathtub or Shower..................23 ....................................................... 54.18 Enforcement .......... .... ...23 -25 1. Enforcement Officer 23 2. Inspection of Dwellings.....23-24 3. Access by Owner or Occupant....:...............................24 4. Service of Notices .... .............. ............. :.........................24-25 54.19 Condemnation of Dwellings or Multiple Dwellings as Dangerous Structures or as Unfit for ' Human Habitation ..... ......... ................. ....... .... ..............25-27 1. Dangerous Structures -Condemnations.........._ ...........25 2. Condemnation of Dwellings or Multiple Dwellings as Unfit for Human Habitation ............................. 25-26 3. Placarding of Condemned Dwellings or ' Multiple Dwellings..................................................26 4. Service of Notice of Condemnation............................26-27 5. Vacation of Condemned and Placarded or Dwelling or Multiple Dwelling ...._ ........................27 6. Condemned Dwellings and Multiple Dwellings are not to be Occupied Until Defects are Eliminated................................................... _.......... 27 7. Placard to be Removed only by Enforcing Officer ..27 S. Report of Condemnation of Chief Health Officer _ and Chief of the Fire Prevention Bureau ............ 27 SECTION 3- 54.20 Conflict with Other Ordinances........................................27-28 SECTION 4- 54.21 Severability............,............................................................28 SECTION 5- 54.22 This Ordinance is a part of the Saint Paul Legislative Code.......................................................... 28 SECTION 6- 54.23 Effective date of this Ordinance ...................................... 28 SECTION5.24Administrative Liability ............28 SECTION 8- 54.25 Penalty for Violation ................................................. """28-29. SECTION 9- 54.26 Chapter 54, Ordinance 11783, Repealed ........................29 SECTION 10- 54.27 Saving Clause....................................................................29 SECTION 11 - EffectiveDate...............................................................:..............29 An ordinance regulating the maintenance, use and occupancy of dwell- ings and multiple dwellings, their structures and premises in the City of Saint Paul to protect the public health, safety and welfare by estab- lishing minimum standards governing basic equipment and facilities, physical condition, maintenance, and occupancy and use of such dwellings and multiple dwellings, their premises and structures; pro- viding for regulation of such dwellings and multiple dwellings, provid- ing for administration, enforcement and penalties for violation thereof; and repealing prior ordinance provisions, Chapter 54, Sections 54.01 through 54.26, as amended, of the Legislative Code of the City of Saint Paul (Ordinance No. 11783) adopted July 14, 1960. THE COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF SAINT PAUL DOES ORDAIN: SECTION 1. Declaration of Policy 54.01 the purpose of this ordinance is to protect the public health, safety and welfare by enacting a Housing Code which: (1) Establishes minimum standards for basic equipment and facilities; for light, ventilation, space heating and sanitary fa- cilities, for safety from fire; for space use and location; for safe and sanitary maintenance; for cooking equipment of all dwell- ings and multiple dwellings now in existence or hereafter in existence.--" (2) Determines the responsibilities of owners, operators and occupants of dwellings and multiple dwellings. (3) Provides, for administration, enforcement and penalties. 54.02 The Council finds: There exist in -the City of Saint Paul structures used forhuman habitation, which are now, or may become in the future, sub- standard with respect to structure, equipment, or maintenance and further that such conditions together with inadequate pro- vision for light and air, insufficient protection against fire hazards, lack of proper heating, unsanitary conditions, and overcrowding constitute a menance to public health, safety, and welfare of its citizens. It is further found and declared that the existence of such conditions, factors, or characteristics adversely affect public health and safety and lead to the con- tinuation, extension and aggrevation. of urban blight. It is further found that adequate protection of public health, safety and welfare therefore requires the establishment and enforce- ment of minimum housing standards. 54.03 Applicability and Scope Every portion of a building or premises, used or intended to be used for residential purposes, except hotels, motels, rest homes, convalescent homes, and nursing homes, shall comply with the provisions of "this ordinance, irrespective of when. such building shall have been constructed, altered or repaired, except as hereinafter provided and that any alterations thereof or changes of use therein, which may be caused directly or in- directly by the enforcement of this Code,. shall be done in accordance with applicable sections of the Building Code and Zoning Code. 54.04 Pre-existing Dwellings and Multiple Dwellings Further, buildings built under and in full compliance with the codes in force at the time of construction or alteration of the building and that have been properly maintained and used for only such use as originally permitted, shall be exempt from the provisions contained herein pertaining to: (1) room, space, and window area dimensions less than required by this Code, (2) exists required; (3) room arrangements. This ordinance estab- lishes minimum standards for the initial and continued occu- pancy of all buildings and does not replace or modify standards otherwise established for the construction, repair, alteration, or use of building equipment or facilities except as provided in this Section 54.04. 54.05 Short Title of Ordinance This ordinance shall be called the Minimum Housing Standards Ordinance for Dwellings and Multiple Dwellings and may be cited as the Housing Code. 54.06 Existing Remedies Nothing in this ordinance shall be deemed to abolish or impair existing remedies of the City of Saint Paul or its officers or agencies relating to the removal or demolition of any buildings which are deemed to be dangerous, unsafe, or unsanitary. 54.07 Definitions a. Unless otherwise expressly stated, the following terms shall, for the purpose of this Code, have the meanings indi- cated in this Section. b. Words used in the present tense include the future; words in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter; the singular number includes the plural and the plural the singular. - c. Where terms are not defined in this section and are defined un der Chapter 2 of the Legislative Code, they shall have the meanings ascribed to them as in the Building Code section of the Legislative Code. t d. Where terms are not defined under the provisions of this or- dinance or under the provisions of Chapter 2 of the Legisla- tive Code, they shall have ascribed to them their ordinarily accepted meanings and/or such as the context herein may imply. - Saint Paul, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Parks And ' .Approved Approved as applied to a material, device, or method of construction Recreation And Public Buildings and his authorized representatives shall mean approved by the enforcement officer under the provisions to enforce the provisions of this ordinance. of this ordinance, or approved by other authority designated by law Extermination to give approval in the matter in question. Extermination shall mean the control and elimination of insects, ro- dents or other pests by eliminating their harborage places; by re - Basement mean that of a building partly. below grade but moving or making inaccessible materials that may serve as their Basement shall portion located that the vertical distance .from grade to the floor is now food; by poison spraying, fumigating, trapping; or by any other recog- so than the vertical distance from the grade to the ceiling. Pro- nized and legal pest elimination methods., greater vided, however, that if the vertical distance from the grade to the Family ceiling, is five (5) feet or more, such basement shall be counted as Family shall mean a group of persons related by blood, marriage, or a story. adoption within and including the degree of first cousins. Boarding Care Home Garbage This type of use is licensed and regulated by other City and State Garbage shall mean the animal and vegetable waste resulting from laws. For purposes of this Code, a Boarding Care home shall be the handling, preparation, cooking, and consumption of food. defined the same as contained in the regulati6ns of the State Board Grade of health. The grade shall mean the natural surface of the ground, or surface Building Codeground after completion of any change in contour. The Building Code shall mean "The Saint Pau) Building Code," Gross Floor Area (Legislative Code, Chapters 1 through 53.) The gross floor area shall mean the total area of all habitable space. Cellar Cellar shall mean the lowermost portion of the building partly of Habitable Room A habitable room shall mean a room occupied by one (1) or more per - totally underground having half or more of its height, measured from sons used or intended for living, cooking, eating or sleeping pur- clear floor to ceiling, below the average finished grade of the poses, but does not include bathrooms, closets, water closet com- adjoining ground. partments, laundries, serving and storage pantries, corridors, Dwelling__ cellars, and spaces that are not used frequently or during extended Dwelling means a building occupied exclusively for residence pur- periods. poses and having not more than two (2) apartments, or as a boarding Hotel or rooming house serving not more than five (5) persons with meals - This type of use is licensed and regulated by other City and Stale or sleeping accommodations or both. (NOTE: Compare with defini- laws. hotel shall be defined the same as found in Chapter 335 tion of "residence building".) of the Lea gislative Code of the City of Saint Paul Dwelling Unit Infestation Dwelling unit shall mean a room or group of rooms located within a Infestation shall mean the presence, within or contiguous to a multi - residence building and forming a single habitable unit with facilities for living, ple dwelling, dwelling unit, rooming house, rooming unit, or premises, which are used or intended to be used sleeping, cooking, - of insects, rodents, vermin, or other pests. and eating. Motel Exterior Proggarty areas on the and This type of use is licensed and regulated by other City and State Exterior prbperry areas shall mean open space premises laws. For purposes of this Code, a motel shall be defined thesame on adjoining property under the control of owners or operators of as a hotel. (See Chapter 335 of the Legislative Code of the City such premises. .. of Saint Paul.) ,. Enforcement Officer Pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Charter of the City of 1 Multiple Dwelling Multiple residence dwelling or multiple residence shall mean any residence building containing three (3) or more dwelling units, and including rooming houses. Nursing Home This type of use is licensed and regulated by other City and State ,f laws. For purposes of this Code a nursing home shall be defined X the same as contained in the regulations of the State Hoard of Health. .Occupant An occupant shall mean any person over one year of age (including owner or operator) living and sleeping in a dwelling unit or having .actual possessionof said dwelling or rooming unit. Operator An operator shall mean any person who has charge, care or control of a multiple residence or rooming house, in which dwelling units or rooming units are let or offered for occupancy. Owner An owner shall'gean owner or owners of the freehold of the premises or lesser estate therein, a mortgagee or vendee in possessions, assignee of rents, receiver, executor, trustee, lessee, or other per- son, firm, or corporation, in control of a building. Openable Area The openable area shall mean that part of a window or door which is available for unobstructed ventilation and which opens directly to the outdoors. Person A person shall mean an individual, firm, corporation, association or partnership. Plumbing Plumbing or plumbing fixtures shall mean water heating facilities, water pipes, gas pipes, garbage and disposal units, waste pipes, water closets, sinks, installed dishwashers, lavatories, . bath tubs, shower baths, installed clothes washing machines, or other. similar equipment, catch basins, drains, vents, or other similarly supplied fixtures, together with all connections to water, gas, sewer, or vent lines. Premises Premises shall mean a lot, plot, or parcel of land including the build- ings or structures thereon. Residence Building A residence building except when classified as an institution under the Building Code, shall mean a building in which sleeping accommo- dations or sleeping accommodations and cooking facilities as a unit are provided. Rest Home For purposes of this Code a rest home shall be defined the same as contained in the Regulation of the State Board of Health. Rooming House .A rooming house shall mean any residence building, or any part thereof, containing one or more rooming units, in which space is let by the owner or operator to six or more persons who are not husband or wife, son or daughter, mother or father, or sister, or brother of the owner or operator. . Rooming Unit A rooming unit shall mean any room or group of rooms forming a single habitable unit used or intended to be used for living and sleeping, but not for cooking or eating purposes. Rubbish iiubbl'sh shall mean combustible and non-combustible waste ma- terials, except garbage; and the term shall include the residue from the I,urning of wood, coal, coke, and other combustible materials, paper, rags, cartons, boxes, wood, excelsior, rubber,. leather, tree branches, vent trimmings, tin cans, metals, mineral matter, glass crockery and dust and other similarNaterial. _ Supplied Supplied shall mean installed, furnished or provided by the owner i or operator. i Workmanlike Thenever the words "workmanlike state of maintenance and repair" are used in this Ordinance, they shall mean that such maintenance and repair shall be made in a reasonably skillful manner. Thenever the words "multiple dwelling," "residence building," "dwelling unit," "rooming house," "rooming unit," or "premises" are used in this Ordinance, they shall be construed as though they were followed by the words "or any part thereof." Yard Yard shall mean all ground, lawn, court, walk, driveway or other open space constituting part of the same premises as a residence building. Ventilation - - Ventilation shall mean the process of supplying and removing air by natural or mechanical means to or from any space. 'Ventilation, Mechanical Ventilation, mechanical, shall mean ventilation by power -driven devices. Ventilation, Natural Ventilation, natural, shall mean ventilation by opening to outer air through windows, skylights, doors, louvres, or stacks without wind driven devices.. SECTION 2. 54.08 Exterior Property Areas No person shall occupy as owner -occupant or let to another for occupancy any dwelling unit for the purpose of living therein, or premises,which does not comply with the following requirements: (1) Sanitation All exterior property areas shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition free from any accumulation of rubbish or. garbage. (2) Gradings and Drainage All premises shall be graded and maintained so as to prevent the accumulation of stagnant water on said premises, or within any building or structure located thereon. (3) Free from Noxious Weeds All exterior property areas shall be kept free from species of weeds or plant growth which are noxious or detrimental to the public health as indicated in Chapter 456 of the Legislative Code of the City of Saint Paul (4) Insect and Rodent Harborage Every owner of a dwelling or multiple dwelling shall be re- sponsible for the extermination of insects, rodents, vermin, or other pests in all exterior areas of the premises. Whenever in- festation exists in the shared or public parts of the premises, extermination thereof shall be on the responsibility of the owner. (5) Accessory Structures All accessory structures including detached garages shall be maintained structurally sound and in good repair. 54.09 Exterior Structure No person shall occupy as owner -occupant or let to another for occupancy any dwelling or multiple dwelling, dwelling unit, rooming house, rooming unit, or portion thereof for the purpose of living therein which does not comply with the following re- quirements: (1) Foundations, Walls and Roof Every foundation, exterior wall, roof, ,and all other exterior surfaces shall be maintained in a workmanlike state of main - 12 tenance and repair. (a) The foundation elements shall adequately support the building at all points. (b) Every exterior wall shall be free of holes, breaks, loose orrotting boards or timbers, and any other conditions which might admit rain, or dampness to the interior portions of the walls or to the exterior spaces of the dwelling or multiple dwelling.. (c) The roof shall be tight and have no defects which admit rain, and roof drainage shall be adequate to prevent rain water from causing dampness in the walls. (2) Stairs, Porches, and Railings (a) Every outside stair, every porch, and every appurtenance attached thereto shall be so constructed as to be safe to use and capable of supporting a load as determined in the Build- ing Code; and shall be kept in sound condition and good repair. (b) Every flight of stairs, which is more than two risers high shall have hand rails which are to be so located as.deter - mined by the Building Code; and every porch which is more than two risers high shall have hand rails so located and capable of restraining a horizontal pressure as determined by the provisions of the Building Code. (c) Every hand rail and balustrade must be firmly fastened and must be maintained in good condition. (3) Windows, Doors and Hatchways Every window, exterior door, and basement hatchway shall be substantially tight and shall be kept in sound con- dition and repair. (a) Every window shall be fully supplied with window panes which are without open cracks or holes. (b) Every. window sash shall be in good condition and fit reasonably tight within its frame. (c) Every window, other than a fixed window, shall be capable of being easily opened and shall be held in position by window hardware. (d) Every exterior door, door hinge, and door latch shall be in good condition. (e) Every -exterior door, when closed, shall fit reasonably well within its frame. (f) Every window, door, and frame shall be constructed and maintained in such relation to the adjacentwall construction as completely to exclude rain, and substantially to exclude wind from entering the dwelling or multiple dwelling. (g) Every basement hatchway shall be so constructed and 13 maintained as-io prevent the' entrance of rodents, rain, and surface drainage water into the dwelling or multiple dwelling. (h) Every door available as an exit shall be capable of being opened from the inside, easily and without the use of a key. (4) Screening Screens shall be supplied to the following extent: (a) Every basement or cellar window which is openable shall be supplied with a screen or hardware cloth of not more than 16 mesh per inch which fits tightly and is securely fastened to the frame, or with other material affording equivalent pro- tection against the entry of rodents, including storm windows. (b) From June'lst to October 15th of each year every door opening directly from any dwelling or multiple dwelling to the outdoors, and every window or other outside opening used for ventilation purposes, shall be supplied with a screen of not less than 16 mesh per inch and every screen door shall have a self closing device in good working con- dition: lloweverono such screens shall be required for a dwelling unit on a floor above the fourth floor. 54.10 Interior Structures No person shall occupy as owner -occupant or lento another for occupancy any dwelling, multiple dwelling, dwelling unit, rooming house, rooming unit, of portion theregf, for the purpose of living therein which does not comply with the following re- quirements: (1) Free From Dampness In every dwelling, multiple dwelling, dwelling unit, rooming house, and rooming unit, cellars, basements- and crawl spaces shall be,maintained reasonably free from dampness to prevent conditions conducive to decay or deterioration of the structure. (2) Structural Members The supporting structural members of every dwelling and multiple dwelling used for human habitation shall be main- tained structurally sound; that is, showing no evidence of deterioration. and capable of bearing imposed loads in ac- cordance with the provisions of the Building Code, (3) Interior Stairs and Railings (a) All interior stairs of every structure used for human habi- tation shall be maintained in sound condition and good repair by replacing treads and risers that evidence exces- sive wear or are broken, warped or loose. Every inside stair shall be so constructed and maintained as to be safe to use. and .capable of supporting a load as, determined by theprovisions of the Building Code. - (b) Every stairwell and every flight of stairs, which is more than two risers high, shall have hand rails or railings SA, located in accordance with the provisions of the Building Code. (c) Every hand rail or railing must be firmly fastened and must be maintained in good condition. Properly balustraded railings capable of bearing normally imposed loads as de- termined by the Building Code shall be placed on the open portions of stairs, balconies, landings, and stairwells. 4. Bathroom Floors Every toilet room floor surface and bathroom floor surface shall be constructed and maintained so as to be substan- tially impervious to water and so as -to permit such floor to be easily kept in a clean and sanitary condition. 5. Sanitation The interior of every dwelling and multiple dwelling used for human habitation shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary condition free%wom any accumulation of rubbish or garbage. Rubbish, garbage, and other refuse shall be properly kept. inside temporary storage facilities as required under Section 54.11, Paragraphs 10 and 11. 6. Insect and Rodent Harborage (a) Every owner of a dwelling or multiple dwelling shall be responsible for the extermination of insects, rodents, vermin,. or other pests whenever infestation exists in two, (2) or more of the dwelling units, or in the shared or public parts of the structure. (b) The occupant of a dwelling unit in a dwelling or multi- ple dwelling shall be responsible for such extermination within the unit occupied by him whenever his dwelling unit is the only one infested. (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this sub- section, whenever infestation of rodents is caused by failure of the owner to maintain any dwelling or multiple dwelling in a rodent proof condition, extermination of such rodents shall be the responsibility of the owner. 54.11 Basic Facilities No person shall occupy as owner occupant or let to another for occupancy any dwelling unit for the purpose of living, sleep- ing, cooking, or eating therein which does not comply with the following requirements: 14 1 15 (1) Water Closet Every dwelling unit shall contain within its walls, a room, separate from the habitable rooms, which affords privacy and which is equipped with a water closet. (Except as provided in item 11.) (2) Lavatory - - .Every dwelling unit shall contain a lavatory, which, when a closet is required, shall be in the same room with said water closet. (Except as provided in item 11.) (3) Bathtub or Shower Every dwelling unit shall ,contain a room which affords pri- vacy to aperson in said room and which is equipped with a bathtub or shower. (Except as provided in item 11). (4) Kitchen Sink Every dwelling unit shall contain a kitchen sink apart from the lavatory requirement in Section 54.11, paragraph 2, (5) Connected to Water and Sewer System Every kitchen sink, laboratory basin, bathtub or shower and water closet required under the provisions of Sections 54.11 (1) to 54.11 (5) inclusive, shall be properly connected to either a public water and sewer system or to an approved private water and sewer system and supplied with hot and cold running water. (6) Water Heating Facilities Every dwelling unit shall have supplied water beating facilities which are installed in an approvQd manner, prop- erly maintained, and are properly connected with hot water lines required under Section 54.11, paragraph 6 and which are capable of heating water to such a temperature as to permit an adequate amount of water to be drawn at every re- quired kitchen sink, lavatory basin, bathtub, shower; and laundry facility or other similar units at a temperature of not less than 130 degrees Fahrenheit at any time, needed. (7) Heating Facilities - Every dwelling and multiple dwelling shall have heating facilities and the owner of said heating facilities shall be .required to see that said heating facilities are properly in- stalled, safely maintained and in good working condition, and that said facilities be capable of safely and adequately heating all habitable rooms; bathrooms and toilet rooms lo- cated therein, to a temperature of at least an average of 70 degrees Fahrenheit with an outside temperature of —20 de- grees Fahrenheit.. The owner shall maintain a minimum average :room temperature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit in all habitable rooms including bathrooms and toilets when rented at all times on the basis of —20 degrees Fahrenheit outside. 16 (8) Operation of Heating. Facility and Incinerator , Every heating or water heating facility and incinerator must be installed and must operate in accordance with the re- quirements of the Building Code. (9) Rubbish Storage Facilities Every. dwelling, multiple dwelling and dwelling unit shall be supplied with approved containers and covers for storage of rubbish and.the owner, operator or agent in control of such dwelling or multiple dwelling shall be responsible for the removal of such rubbish. (10) Garbage Storage or Disposal Facilities Every dwelling or multiple dwelling,and every dwelling unit shall be supplied with an approved garbage disposalfacil- ility. There may be installed and maintained therein an adequate mechanical garbage disposal unit (a mechanical sink grinder) in each unit or an incinerator unit to be approved by the City Architect in the structure for the use of the occupants of each dwelling unit, or an approved out- side garbage can. (11) Sharing Sanitary Facilities—Limitations The occupants of not more than four dwelling units which are located in the same structure may share a single water closet, a single lavatory basin, and a single bathtub or Shower if the total number of occupants sharing the facility does not exceed eight. 54.12 Installation and Maintenance No person shall occupy as owner -occupant or let to another for occupancy any dwelling, multiple dwelling, dwelling unit, rooming house, or rooming unit for the purpose of living, sleeping, cooking, or eating therein which does not comply with the following requirements: (1) Plumbing Fixtures In every dwelling or multiple dwelling every water line, plumbing" fixture, and drain shall be properly installed, connected and maintained in working order and must be kept free from obstructions, leaks and defects and capable of performing the function for which it was designed. All repairs and installations must be made in accordance with the provisions of the Building Code. (2) Plumbing Systems In every dwelling or multiple dwelling every stack, waste and sewer line shall be so installed and maintained so as to function properly and kept free from obstructions, leaks and defects to prevent structural deterioration or a health hazard. All repairs and installations must be made in ac- cordance with the provisions of the Building Code. (3) Heating Equipment Every space heating, cooking, and water heating device lo- cated in a dwelling or multiple dwelling shall be properly installed, connected, maintained and capable of performing the function for which it was designed in accordance with the provisions of the Building Code. (4) Electrical Outlets and Fixtures Every electrical outlet and fixture, as required in Section 54.14 (4), shall be installed, maintained and connected to the source of electric power .in accordance with the pro- visions of the Building Code. (5) All Facilities and Equipment (a) All required equipment and all building space and parts in every dwelling and multiple dwelling shall be constructed and maintained so as to properly and safely perform their intended function in accordance with the provisions of the Building Code. (b) All housing facilities shall be maintained in a clean and sanitary_ condition so as not to breed insects and rodents or produce dangerous or offensive gases or odors. 54.13 Occupancy No person shall occupy or let to another for occupancy any dwelling unit for the purpose of living therein which does not comply with the following requirements. (1) Minimum Ceiling Height In calculating the floor area of habitable rooms only those portions of the floor area of a room having a clear ceiling height in -excess of five (5) feet may be included. At least half of the floor area of any habitable room shall have a :+ clear ceiling height of seven (7) feet or more. However, nothing inthis subsection shall be construed to permit dwelling units above the second floor of a frame building contrary to the provisions of the Building Code. (2) Required Space in Dwelling Units Every dwelling unit shall contain a minimum gross floor area of at least 150 square feet for the first occupant, at least 100 square feet for each of the next two occupants, and at least 75 `square feet of gross floor area for each occupant thereafter, the floor area to be calculated on the basis of the total habitable room area. (3) Required Space in Sleeping Rooms In every dwelling unit of two or more habitable rooms, every 18 room occupied for sleeping purposes by one or two adult occupants shall have a minimum gross floor area of at least 90 square feet. Every room occupied for sleeping purposes by three or more adult occupants shall have a minimum gross floor area of 45 square feet per occupant thereof. (4) Habitable Rooms in Cellars No space in any cellar shall be used for habitable purposes. (5) Access Limitation of Dwelling Unit to Commercial Uses No habitable room, bathroom or water closet compartment which is accessory to a dwelling unit shall open directly into or shall be used in conjunction with a food store, barber or beauty shop, doctor's or dentist's examination or treat- ment room or similar room used for public purposes. I` (6) Lation of Bath and Second Sleeping Room Noocresidence building or dwelling unit containing two or more sleeping rooms shall have such room arrangements that access to a bathroom or water closet compartment in- tended for use by occupants of more than one sleeping room can be had only bygoing through another sleeping room; nor shall room arrangements be such that access to a sleeping ` room can be had only by going through another sleeping room or a bathroom or a water closet compartment. (7) Occupancy of Dwelling UnitsY Below Grade No dwelling unit partially below grade shall be used for living purposes unless: (a) Floors and walls are substantially watertight. (b) Total window area, total openable area and ceiling height are in accordance with this code; and (c) Required minimum window area of every habitable room is entirely above the grade of the ground adjoining such window area. 54.14 Light and Ventilation No person shall occupy as owner -occupant or let to another for I, occupancy any dwelling, multiple dwelling, . dwelling unit, rooming house or rooming unit for the purpose of living therein which does not comply with the following requirements: I (1) Natural Light in Habitable Rooms Every habitable room shall have at least one window of approved size facing directly to the outdoors or to a court. Minimum total window area measured between stops for every habitable room shall be 10°7 of the floor area of such room. Whenever walls or other portions of like structures face a window of any room and such like obstructions are located less than 3 feet from the window and extend to a 19 0 level above that of the ceiling of the room, such a window shall not be deemed to face directly to the outdoors and shall not be included as contributing to the required minimum total window area. (2) Natural Light in Non-Ilabitable Rooms Every room, other than a habitable room, used or occupied by persons, except rooms with infrequent occupancy, shall be provided with one or more windows opening directly on a street or on a court or ventilating skylights conforming to requirements of this article; or such rooms shall be provided with an approved means of mechanical ventilation. (3) Light in Non -Habitable. Rork Space Every laundry, furnace room, and all similar non -habitable work space located in a dwelling or multiple dwelling used for human habitation shall have one (1) supplied electric light fixture available at all times. (4) Light in Public Halls and Stairways Every public hall and inside stairway in every dwelling or multiple dwelling shall be adequately lighted at all times with an illumination of at least five lumens per square foot+� in the darkest portion of the normally traveled stairs and passageways. (5) Electric Outlets Required Where there is .electric service available in the building or structure, every habitable room of a dwelling or multiple dwelling shall, contain at least two (2) separate and remote outlets and one of which may be a supplied ceiling or wall - type electric light fixture. In kitchens :three (3) separate and remote wall -type electric convenience outlets or two (2) such convenience outlets and one (1) ceiling or wall -type ` electric light fixture shall be required. Every public hall, water closet compartment, bathroom, laundry room or furtiace room shall contain at least one (1) electric light fixture. In addition to the electric light fixtures in every bathroom and laundry room; there shall be provided at least one electric outlet. (6) Adequate Ventilation Every habitable room shall have at least one (1) window which can be easily opened or such other device as will adequately ventilate the room. A total operable window area in every habitable room shall be equal to at least 50% of the minimum'window area size required in Section 54.14 (1), except where there is provided mechanical ventilation in accordance with the provisions of the Building Code. 20 (7) Ventilation and Light in Bathroom 'end Water Closet Every bathroom and water cloice` ,compartment shall comply with the light and ventilation requirements for habitable. rooms contained in Section 54.14 (1) and (5), except that no window shall be required in bathrooms or water closet com- partments equipped with an approved ventilation system. 54.15 Minimum Standards for Safety from Fire No person shall occupy as owner -occupant or shall let to another far occupancy any dwelling, multiple dwelling, dwell- ing unit, rooming house, rooming unit, lodging house or lodging unit which does not comply with the applicable provisions of the Fire Prevention Ordinances of the City of Saint Paul and the following additional standards for safety from fire: (1) Exclusion. of _ Residence Building from Storing Flammable Liquid No residence building or roo ingunit shall be located within `1 a building containing any establishment handling, dispens- ing or storing flammable liquids with a flash point of 110 degrees Fahrenheit as defined by the National Board of Fire Underwriters. (2) All requirements of the Building Code as to exists shall becomplied-i+ith. r (3) Wood Frame Multiple Dwellings., No wood frame dwelling or multiple dwelling shall. be occupied above -the second floor for living or sleeping pur- poses except where the original construction provided for such type of occupancy. (4) Cooking and Heating Equipment All cooking and heating equipment, components, and ac- cessories in every heating, cooking, and water heating de- vice shall be maintained free from leaks and obstructions, - and kept functioning properly so as to be free from fire, health, and accident hazards. All installations and repairs shall be made in accordance with the regulations of the Building Code. 54.16 Responsibilities of Occupants Relating, to the Maintenance of Dwelling Units (1) Cleanliness Every occupant of a dwelling unit shall keep in a clean and sanitary condition that part of the dwelling unit and premises thereof; which he occupies, controls, or uses. (2) Disposal of Rubbish Every occupant of a dwelling unit shall dispose of all his- 21 rubbish in a clean and sanitary manner by placing it in the rubbish containers required by 'Subsection 54.11 (10) of this ordinance. (3) Disposal of Garbage Every occupant of a dwelling unit shall dispose of his garbage in a clean and sanitary mannsr by placing it in the garbage disposal facilities or if such facilities are not available, by removing all non -burnable matter and securely wrapping such garbage and placing it in tight metal garbage storage containers as required by; Subsection 54.11 (11) of this ordinance. (4) Use and Operation of Supplied Plumbing Fixtures Every occupant of a dwelling unit shall keep the supplied plumbing fixtures therein clean and sanitary and shall be responsible for the exercise of reasonable care in their proper use and operation. (5) Installation and Care of Plumbing Fixtures Furnished by Occupant Every plumbing fixture furnished by the occupant shall be properly installed and shall be maintained in good working condition,shall be clean and sanitary,and free from defects, leaks or obstructions. 54.17 Rooming (louses No person shall operate a rooming house or shall occupy or let to another for occupancy any rooming unit in any rooming house, except in compliance with the provisions of every section of this, ordinance except as follows: (1) Water Closet, Band Lavgtory, and Bath Facilities At least one water closet, lavatory basin, and bathtub or shower properly connected to an approved water and sewer system and in good working condition, shall be supplied for each four rooms within a rooming house wherever said facil- ities are shared. All such facilities shall be located within the residence building served and to be directly accessible from a common hall or passageway to all persons sharing such facilities. Every lavatory basin and bathtub or shower shall be supplied with hot and cold water at all times. (2) Minimum Floor Area for Sleeping Purposes Every room occupied for sleeping purposes by one or two "persons shall contain at least ninety square feet of floor area, and every room occupied for sleeping purposes by three or more persons shall contain at least 45 square feet of floor area for each occupant thereof. (3) Bed Linen and Towels - The operator of every rooming .house shall supply bed linen and towels therein at least once each week,and prior to the letting of any room to another occupant. The operator shall be responsible for the maintenance of all supplied bedding in a clean and sanitary manner. (4) Shades, Drapes, etc. - Every window of every. rooming unit shall be supplied with shades, drawn drapes, or other devices or material which, when properly used, will afford privacy to the occupant of the rooming unit. (5) The operator of every rooming house shall be responsible for the sanitary maintenance of all walls, floors, and ceil- ing, and for the sanitary maintenance of every other part of the rooming house; and he shall be further responsible for the sanitary maintenance of the entire premises where the en- tire Structure or building within which the rooming house is contained is leased or occupied by the operator. (6) Every water closet, flush urinal, lavatory basin and bath - cub or shower required by Section 54.17, Paragraph I shall be located within the rooming house- within a room or rooms which: (a) Afford privacy and are separate from the habitable rooms; (b) .Are accessible from a common hall and without going outside the rooming house. 54.18 Enforcement Officer: Inspection of Dwellings and Premises; Service of Notices. (I) Enforcement Officer: Pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Charter of the City of Saint Paul, it shall be the duty of the Commissioner of Parks and Recreation and Pub - lie Buildings and his authorized representatives to enforce the provisions of this ordinance. No provision of this or- dinance shall be construed so as to prohibit the Commission- er of Public Safety, the City Architect of the City of Saint Paul, the Health Officer or Chief of the Fire Department, or the authorized representatives of any of the foregoing -city officers from enforcing any of the provisions of this or- dinance. (2) Inspection of Dwellings: The enforcement officer shall be authorized to make or cause to be made inspections to de- termine the condition of dwellings, multiple dwellings, dwelling units, rooming houses, rooming units, and premises in order to safeguard the health, safety, morals, and welfare of the public. The enforcing officer or his designated repre- 22 23 sentatives, shall be authorized to enter any dwelling, dwell- of suitable age and discretion who shall be informed of ing unit, multiple dwelling, rooming house, or premises at the contents thereof, or by sending a copy thereof by mail -, any reasonable time for the purpose of performing his duties - to his last known address, or, if the letter with the copy - under this ordinance. The owner, operator, or occupant of is returned showing is has not been delivered to him, by every dwelling, multiple dwelling, dwelling unit, rooming posting a copy thereof in a conspicuous place in or about - unit, or the person in charge thereof, shall give the enforce- the dwelling affected by the notice. ment officer free access to such dwelling, multiple dwelling, case such order is not i , complied with, the dwelling unit, rooming unit on which it is located at all ' est they Counsel enforcement officer may request the a reasonable times for the purpose of such inspection, ex- r proceeding 'to institute an appropriate action or proceeding at law amination and survey. .. or in equity against the person responsible for said _ It shall be unlawful for any person to refuse entrance• or im- violation ordering him (a) to restrain, correct or remove pede an inspector or officer of the Building Department, such violation or the execution of work thereon; (b) to ' Fire Department, or Health Department in the performance of restrain or correct the erection, installation, or alteration their duties and every such inspector or officer shall have the of; (c) to require the removal of; or (d) to prevent the right to enter, examine, and survey all premises, grounds, occupation or use of said building, structure, or part structures, dwellings, and multiple dwellings and every part thereof erected, constructed, installed or altered in vio- thereof in the City at. all reasonable times upondisplayof lation of, or not in compliance with the provisions of proper identification: this code, or in violation of a plan or specification under (3) Access by Owner or Occupant which approval, permit or certificate was issued, or (e) Every occupant of a dwelling unit or rooming unit, shall ------ to enforce the penalty provisions of Section VIII of this • give the owner or operator thereof, or his agent or employee, Code. .access to any part of such dwelling unit, rooming unit, or - 54.19 Conoemnation of Dwellings or Multiple Dwellings as Dangerous its premises, at reasonable times for the purpose' of effect- Structures or as Unfit for Human Habitation. ing such inspection and maintenance, making such repairs, (1) Dangerous. Structures—Condemnations or making such alterations as are necessary to comply with the provisions of this ordinance. If the all or part of any building or structure (including among others a fence, billboard or sign) or the equipment for (4) Service of Notices the operation of said building or structure (including among Whenever the enforcement officer determines that there has others the heating plant, plumbing, electric wiring, moving been a violation, or that there are reasonable grounds to be- stairways, elevators and fire extinguishing apparatus) shall, lieve that there has been a violation, of any provision of in the opinion of the enforcement officer be found to be in this 'ordinance, he shall give notice of such violation or an unsafe condition—dangerous to life, limb, or property, he alleged violation to the person or persons responsible - shall proceed to have the same condemned pursuant to the therefor. Such notice shall: applicable provisions of the Legislative Code, Section 1.07, (a) Be in writing; - pertaining to dangerous structures. (b) Include a description of the real estate sufficient for (2) Condemnation of Dwellings or Multiple Dwellings as Unfit identification; for Human Habitation (c) Specify the violation which exists and the remedial Whenever the enforcement officer finds that any dwelling or - action required; multiple dwelling constitutes a hazard to the health, safety (d) Allow a reasonable time for the performance of any ac[ or welfare of the occupants or to the public because it lacks it requires; (e) Be served upon the record owner; provided, that such maintenance, or is dilapidated, unsanitary, vermin -infested be deemed to be properly. served upon such in_ or rodent -infested or because it lacks the sanitary facilities - notice shall delivered to him personally orequipment orotherwise fails to comply with the provisions owner if a copy thereof'is of this ordinance but the same have not yet reached such _ or if not oby leaving a copy [hereof his usual state of complete disrepair as to be proceeded against by. n place of abbodde,e, in the presence of someone in the family 25 24 ::mm••mmrun. ct n tonin-:nus trtru,=ut eA 2C:e mfcre:ro- said notice in placard form in a conspicuous place on the • ^rtr•t.,m. aa•• unemr ,mci: tiw•�iiltur• m qtr-•ts. - 3vaLci¢g condemned, premises. u:. unit it, tmmun tmivarlm:. (5)Vacation-of Condemned and Placarded Dwelling or Mul- 1 n nwe!tmp v: murnre 0wr.1uy .r L� is tiple Dwelling s_c t" n c }n. il�s -, Any dwelling or multiple, y welling which has been con- u w n cr =Upmrt iia;rt is <irance. demned and placarded as unfit for human habitation by the y em_-rar ec osrutuca'. vmtinerr _- _ -, such be a nr,r:inu v mutau;t awc_inti ma-L 4c arcv�rc enforcement officer shall vacated within reasonable ae crticcuem_•m n=:..xr urns c.eusc sorb dell- time as required by the enforcement officer, and is shall be ::ructur.-.mrr unlawful for any owner or-o)Serator to le[ to any person for .0 It »e c:,cutcc. rta:. im un_5 u c: arm= :rc=:r such "ac, human habitation dwelling, multiple dwelling or dwell- ciw:::Lnt htri'"r. cc i:t ,.Tm,urtm:. es -be r— has said and no. shall occupy any dwelling or multiple u:ar nnrzu =; :uui— iv-tie iuv unit; person unit which has been condemned and placarded by the en- - 7•iu::tariru :,' C.uum-mte,ii zr, i11a :i; ;r T_"e::iag forcement officer after the date set forth in the placard v -1-i u: m"i :NFIT of condemnation. alacard (6) Condemned Dwellings and Multiple Dwellings are not to be W tnuicmnur ;n. em:e:e:m::a o'rta. i ::acard of ` Occupied until Defects are Eliminated c muLvmrar_rnr via.- n:junt =it: Jcei m'cnr, - Mme of Cin No dwelling or multiple dwelling which has been condemned cn: runic n' is atr_iur-•^r. a::,t:�r�er.: ;4zz_Fi•`.�sciction: - and placarded as unfit for human habitation shall again be _b:- ,z3M_:r =3c. which it used for human habitation until written approval is secured at :cat zt= Zt!=n•.+c__ni m —:1,: a d-elling - from the enforcement officer. Enforcement officer shall re- v;ict -:zrurrr mu_ x=•uusr racer: ztrd: v :zrr_sions of the move such placard whenever the defect or defects upon which ;r,:v_ ur. r:mr,5ne wig arc bi :r,3rz n macaze is aith- the condemnation and placarding action were based have dirt 7ma: xie r -,-:. _.--con3er:natton is been eliminated. t_:•ti: `i n ;:er,rmas^ tr.' ;ist :+: aal:z. ftt :.;facing or re- 'm:,�c, (7) Placard to be Removed only by Enforcing Officer No person shall deface or remove the placard from any dwell- ;. i.. rr.c__ .r: ?: rz•-r :r, rnienrnaLre, ing or multiple 'dwelling which has been condemned and C'ren:vim:•=h. vmcr:fine .- zdifi __z its condemned a dwelling placarded as unfit forhuman habitation. Such placard shall m mui=rru: caz iic as ,,_.El f it h,.—n habittion, he shall only be removed by the enforcement officer; sxi con3emi ation and placard- (g) Report of Condemnation to Chief Health Officer and Chief inttui-'.c 3veliin: as unfit for human of the FirePreventionBureau m,,-t s'=:: fa' be in writing; (b) include - The enforcement officer shall furnish a copy of each con- e zh, sai rs=t sufficient for identification; demnacion notice to the Chief Health Officer and the Chief n,c?uic a xason ti reasons why it is .being of the Fire Prevention Bureau. mprove- zL '• irc v6r a -r c-: vee. of the repairs and improve- 1 SECTION 3 t s ti. �ndesned dwelling or multiple 7, ^rovrsions of this ordi- 54.20 Conflict with other Ordinances nnncr c a sat;•mem; of rtnt m correct the conditions; (f) a Conflict with other ordinances except as provided in Section s;rr:ene•n: at r.mc mhem a:r_vrts r. cat vacate the dwelling 54.04. In any case where a provision of this ordinance is car.3eratation shall be as follows: found to be in conflict with a provision of any zoning, building, leaving the fire, safety, or health ordinance or code of this City existing at le of Sr owner with a per- on the effective date of this ordinance, the provision which snc =ion. m establishes the higher standard forthe promotion and protection .nr r::a a aft i Pict Office the notice of the health and safety of the people shall prevail. In any s d.•ti z ar.:hr. ni._:ares u iiirt�.�;•i r., rhr ou•n:: n: As ;as: 'knoa:^. a33ress w-irb post- case where a provision of this ordinance is found to be in con- . •. ;v:>n rt m,r. kc.t+mc ?'s xd fm 2- encs a cops of 27 - condemnation as a dangerous structure -as hereinbefore pro- said noticein placard form in a conspicuous place on the vided, he may condemn such, dwelling or multiple dwelling condemned premises. _ as unfit for human habitation.- - (5) Vacation of Condemned and Placarded Dwelling or Mul- If any dwelling or multiple dwelling or any part thereof is - tiple Dwelling Any dwelling or multiple dwelling which has been con- occupied by more occupants than provided by this ordinance, demned and as unfit for human habitation by the demned r is erected, altered or occupied contrary to law, such .placarded officer shall be vacated within a reasonable dwelling or multiple dwelling shall be deemed an unlawful .enforcement by the enforcement officer, and it shall be structure and the enforcement officer may cause such dwell- - time as required unlawful for any owner or operator to let to any person for ing to be. vacated. It shall be unlawful to again occupy such - -human habitation said dwelling, multiple dwelling or dwell - dwelling until it or its occupation, as the case may be, bas unit; and no person shall occupy any dwelling or multiple been made to conform to the law. • unit which has been condemned and placarded by the en (3) Placarding of Condemned Dwelling or Multiple Dwelling forcement officer after the date set forth in the placard Any dwelling or multiple dwelling condemned as "UNFIT of condemnation. FOR HUMAN HABITATION" shall be posted with a placard (G) Condemned Dwellings and Multiple Dwellings are not to be of condemnation by enforcement officer. - The placard of Occupied until Defects are Eliminated condemnation shall include the following: (a) name of City; No dwelling or multiple dwelling which has been condemned (b)the name of the authorized department having jurisdiction; and placarded as unfit for human habitation shall again be (c) the chapter and section of the ordinance under which it used for human habitation until written approval is secured is issued; (d) an order that the dwelling or multiple dwelling from the enforcement officer. Enforcement officer shall re - when vacated must remain vacant until the provisions of the move such placard whenever the defect or defects upon which. order are complied with and the order to vacate is with - the condemnation and placarding action were based have drawn; (e) the date that the placard of condemnation is been eliminated. - posted; (f) a statement of the. penalty for defacing or re- (7) Placard to be Removed only by Enforcing Officer moval of the placard. No person shall deface or remove the placard from anydwell- (4) Service of Notice of Condemnation - ing or multiple dwelling which has been condemned and Whenever the enforcement officer Inas condemned a dwelling placarded as unfit for human habitation. Such placard shall or multiple dwelling as unfit for human habitation, he shall only be removed by the enforcement officer. give notice to the owner of'sucit condemnation and placard- (g) Report of Condemnation to Chief Health Officer and Chief ing of the dwelling or multiple dwelling as unfit for human of the Fire Prevention Bureau ' habitation. Such notice shall: (a) be in writing; (b) include The enforcement officer shall furnish a copy of each Ion- a description of the real estate sufficient for identification; demnation notice to the Chief Health Officer and the Chief (c) include astatement of a reason or reasons why it is being of the Fire Prevention Bureau. issued; (d) include a description of the repairs and improve- ments required to bring the condemned dwelling or multiple dwelling into compliance with the provisions of this ordi- / 54.20 Conflict with other Ordinances nonce (e) a statement of time to correct the conditions; (f) a ,/. Conflict with other ordinances except as provided in Section statement. of time when occupants must vacate the dwelling 54.04. In any. case where a provision of this ordinance is unit-, (g) service of notice of condemnation shall be as follows: found to be in conflict with a provision of any zoning, building, (1) By delivery to the owner personally, or by leaving the fire, safety, or health ordinance or code of this City existing notice at the usual place of abode of the owner with a per- on the effective date of this ordinance, the provision which son of suitable age and discretion, or establishes the higher standard forthe promotion and protection (2) By depositing in the United States Post Office the notice of the health and safety of the people shall prevail. In any addressed to the owner at his last known address with post- case where a provisionof this ordinance isfound to be in con - age prepaid thereon, or (3) By posting and keeping posted for 24 hours a copy of 27 26 flict with a provision of any other ordinance or code of this City existing on the effective date of this ordinance which establishes a lower standard for the promotion and protection of the health and safety of the people, the provisions of this ordinance shall be deemed to prevail, and .such other ordi- nances or codes -are hereby declared to be repealed to the extent that they may be found in conflict with this ordinance. SECTION 4 54.21 Severability. If any section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause or phrase of this ordinance would be declared invalid for any reason whatsoever, such decision shall not affect the remain- ing portions of this ordinance, which shall remain in full force and effect; and to this end the provisions of this ordi- nance are hereby declared to be severable. SECTION 5 54.22 This ordinance shall be deemed a part of the Saint Paul Legis- lative Code, and shall be incorporated therein and given an appropriate chapter and/or section number at the time of the next revision of'said Legislative Code. SECTION 6 54.23 This ordinance shall take effect and be in force thirty days after its passage, approval and publication. SECTION 7 54.24 Administrative Liability No officer, agent, or employee of the City of Saint Paul shall render himself personally liable for any damage that may accrue to persons or property as result of any act required or permitted in the discharge of his duties under this ordinance. No person who institutes, or assists in the prosecution of, a criminal proceeding under this code shall be liable in damages therefor unless he acted with actual malice and without reason- able grounds for believing that the person accused or prose- cuted was guilty of an unlawful act or omission. Any suit brought against any officer, agent, or employee of the City of Saint Paul, as a result of any act required or permitted in the discharge of his duties under this ordinance, shall be defended by the Corporation Counsel until the final determination of the proceedings therein. SECTION 8 54.25 Penalty for Violation Every person, firm, or corporation who shall violate any pro - 'vision of this ordinance shalt be guilty of a misdemeanor, and upon conviction thereof shall be punished by a fine not toex- ceed $100.00 or by imprisonment for not to exceed 90 days. Each days continuance of the violation ofthis ordinance after due notice has been served in accordance with the terms and provisions of Subsection. 54.18 of this ordinance shall be deemed a separate offense. SECTION 9 54.26 Chapter 54, Sections 54.01 through 54.26, as amended, of the Legislative Code of the City of Saint Paul, Ordinance No. 11783, passed by the Council on July 14, 1960, is hereby re- pealed. SECTION 10 54.27 Saving Clause TFis ordinance shall not affect violations of any other ordi- nance, code or regulation of the City of Saint Paul existing prior to the.effective date of this ordinance and such violation shall be governed and shall continue to be punishable to the full extent of the law under the provisions of those ordinances, codes, or regulations in effect at the time the violation was committed. SECTION 11 This ordinance shall take effect and be in force thirty days fromandafter its passage, approval and publication. Passtd by the Council December 19, 1961. Yeas—Councilmen DeCourcy, Holland, Loss, Mortinson, Peter- son, Rosen, Mr. President (Vavoulis)-7 Nays -0 Approved December 19, 1961. GEORGE J. VAVOULIS Mayor. Attest: AGNES H. O'CONNELL, City Clerk. (December 23, 1961) 28 29 Section Page. - Condemnation of Dwellings ..............................................54.19 25 INDEX Condemnation of Dwelling Unfit for Human Habitation..54.19 25 -- Condemnation of Multiple Dwelling ........... A....................... 54.19 25 — A �. _ Condemned Multiple Dwelling, Vacation of ....................54.19 26 - .Section Page Condemned Multiple Dwelling, Use of .............................. 54.19 27 Access for Inspection....._........ ..... _............ .54.18 24 Conflict with other Ordinances .................._. ................. ....54.20 27. Access Limitation of Dwelling Unit to Commercial Use _..............................._....................54.13 19 _ D°— AdAnistrative Liability....__.... .......................54.24 28 ' Declaration of Policy .................................. ........................ 54.01 6 Applicability and Scope_........... ....................... ..._ ....54.03 6 Definitions. Approved Material, Definition of ......................................34.07 8 _ Approved....................................................................54.07 R Basement....................................................................54.07 R _ B — - Boarding Care Home.... ................................. ......... . 54.07 8 Basement, Definition of......................................................54.07 8 Building Code............:. ..............................................54.07 R Basic Facilities for Occupancy.........................................54.11 15 Cellar ............................ .............................. ................ 54.07 8 Basic Facilities - Dwelling 54.07 8 Bathtub or Shower ......................................................54.11 16 Dwelling Unit.................................:..........................54.07 R Connection to Water and Sewer. ...... .... .... . ..... 54.11 16 Enforcement Officer............... .::.... r - 54.07 R Garbage Storage or Disposal Facilities ................54.11 g 8 P 17 Exterior Property Areas.......................................... 54.07 R Heating Facilities.....:...............................................54.11 16 Extermination .......................... ................................... 54.07 9 Kitchen Sink...............................................................54.11 16 Family..........54.07 9 Lavatory......................................................................54.11 16 .... Garbage ............:.....................................................54.07 9 Operation of Heating Facility and ............ . ....... .......... Grade........................ . ....................54.07 9 Incinerator...........................................'................;54.11 17 Gross Floor Area ............. .......................................54.07 9 Rubbish Storage Facilities......................................54.11 .17 Habitable Room...... I...................................................54.07 9 Sharing Sanitary Facilities—Limitations ................54.11 17 Hotel .................................................................... :....... 54.07 9 Water Closet..............................................................54.11 16 Infestation ............................................................ :.....54.07 9 Water Heating Facilities..........................................54.11 16 Motel ...................... ........................ .... ...... ....... ............. 54.07 9 Bath Facilities, Required for Rooming Houses ..............54.17 22 Multiple Dwelling- ..................54.07 10 Bath Location......................................................................54.13 19 Nursing Home ................... x......54.07 10 Bathroom and Water Closet, Light and - Occupant...................................................................54.07 10 Ventilationin..................................................................54.14 21 Operator ...................................................................... 54.07 10 Bed Linen, Required for Rooming }louses .....................:..54.17 23 Owner .......................................................................... 54.07 10 Boarding Care Home, Definition of... ............... ................ 54.07 8 Openable Area............... .............................................54.07 10 Building Code, Definition of.........................................— 54.07 8 Person....................................................: ............. .. .. ..54.07 10 - Plumbing....:...............................................................54.07 10 — C — Premises, ....................... _.. ....................... . .. _54.07 10 Cellar, Definition of............................................................54.07 8 .................................................. Residence Building54.07. 11 Cellars Not Habitable..........................................................54.13 19 RestHome ............................ ....................... ...............54.OZ 11 ' Cooking and Heating Equipment, Fire Safety Rooming House..........................................................54.07 11 Standard for., ..................... .. . . . ......... ... . ..... . ........... 54.15 21 Rooming Unit..... ....................................................... 54.07 11 Cleanliness, Occupants Responsibility for. ...... . ... ..... . 54.16 21 Rubbish......................................................................54.07 11 Cleanliness of Rooming (louses........................................54.17 23 Supplied...............:...................................................... 54.07 12 Condemnation of Dangerous Structures ...54-19 25 Verftilation .................................................................. 54.07 11 ' Sc-ctivr Paf,,e Page ' Habitable Rooms, Definition of.............................54.07 9 Heating Equipment, Installation and Maintenance .........54.12 lcntti uuc. \ntircu! ._ 5µ.(,-. 7i 16 Heating Required . ...... .... . .. .. ........ . . ..... . . - .......54.11 1 t .0 ant 1: } v-ih_iln ,.ii', - Alsro.�a', a � u rRr 'll d1i 2i IllSna.�:l: n. F,at,nlst:. 1r u11}Lallt� 1...1 a1 1ISt1 . Br..va_Ccudr F.equiicmeul: Inspection of Dwellings....., - 54.18 1r++'clinl} :nuc. Installation and Care of Plumbing Fixtures i T° Uwcliul} .nu.. 'ir.?u.. _lvr: ui Installation and Maintenance of Facilities and Equipment ......................... ................54.12 21 17 Interior Structures Bathroom Floors ........... ......... ............54.10 ant \Jonlrcoatt: Free from Dampness ........ . . ... .... . .........54.10 i-.niar:rntcn' Insect and Rodent Harborage ..................................54.10 :-.nror..,.n n lac •� m,nut n __ ._._.. Interior Stairs and Railings ....................................54.10 _ .,,tni, Occupancy of ......... ......... ............ .54.10 li:•quvcm..n o- ....-. Sanitation ....... ...................... .. .............54.10 f'.x ccrla. 1'TOPC:^. '•T= -LLQ . 54.10 14 -L- Lavatory, Required for Rooming }louses ......................... 54.17 22 Light and Ventilation..........................:...............................54.14 ir. r: n [ T ntl_n Light and Ventilation in Bathroom....... ........ ..........54.14 21 Light in Non -Habitable Work Space ............ ........54.14 20 Light in Public hall and Stairways............ ...................... 54.14 ntrauor.._ :err l:tur.. ' Mechanical Ventilation, Definition of ................. ......54.07 3111, l.nni -: Minimum Area for Sleeping Rooms for Occupancy ..........54.13 18 -- Minimum Ceiling Height for Occupancy ............................54.13 k: r�^nut• .___ .:,.D'_ -' an, ....................... Rooming House ......................... .......54.17 Ti mdnr,,,. I,nn.. va: fl cr i,o. m•e - ;.•_C `, .I-!cilntntn. n' _.... __.. Minimum Light and Ventilation for Occupancy. ............... 54.14 t•.c<-iiva•• ;to, i oatnmrn:. Irstnlmnnr ar" -. Minimum Standards for Safety for Fire..............................54.15 t M.,:nreninr: -J_ [' raa.i l- llrftnulnl. Multiple Dwelling, Definition of... .....54.07 Altnrmltn.I Iolill:':- to-- -�i [ t.r8n. )1 IInIrIM J_ .:.r F l,mc 1 i rr. .•tor not ! - H - .. Section Page ' Habitable Rooms, Definition of.............................54.07 9 Heating Equipment, Installation and Maintenance .........54.12 18 Heating Facilities .............. I.................................................54.11 16 Heating Required . ...... .... . .. .. ........ . . ..... . . - .......54.11 16 Hotel, Definition of .............. ............... ......54.07 9 Infestation, Definition of . ......... .... .......... ..... 54.07 9 Inspection, Access for ........................................................54.18 24 Inspection of Dwellings....., - 54.18 23 Installation and Care of Plumbing Fixtures by Occupant ......... ....: .........54.16 22 Installation and Maintenance of Facilities and Equipment ......................... ................54.12 17 Interior Structures Bathroom Floors ........... ......... ............54.10 15 Free from Dampness ........ . . ... .... . .........54.10 14 Insect and Rodent Harborage ..................................54.10 15 Interior Stairs and Railings ....................................54.10 14 Occupancy of ......... ......... ............ .54.10 14- Sanitation ....... ...................... .. .............54.10 _ 15 Structural Members ............. ....... ........ 54.10 14 -L- Lavatory, Required for Rooming }louses ......................... 54.17 22 Light and Ventilation..........................:...............................54.14 19 Light and Ventilation in Bathroom....... ........ ..........54.14 21 Light in Non -Habitable Work Space ............ ........54.14 20 Light in Public hall and Stairways............ ...................... 54.14 20 ' Mechanical Ventilation, Definition of ................. ......54.07 12 -: Minimum Area for Sleeping Rooms for Occupancy ..........54.13 18 -- Minimum Ceiling Height for Occupancy ............................54.13 18 .'i Minimum Floor Area for Sleepink. Room, ....................... Rooming House ......................... .......54.17 22 Minimum Gross Floor Area for Occupancy ........................54.13 18 Minimum Light and Ventilation for Occupancy. ............... 54.14 19 -. Minimum Standards for Safety for Fire..............................54.15 21 Motel, Definition of............................................................54.07 - 9 Multiple Dwelling, Definition of... .....54.07 10 —E — Section Page Mechanical .......................................:..54.07 Electric Outlets Required ....................... .12 Ventilation, Natural.................................................. 54.07 12 Ventilation, 54.07 11 Workmanlike................................................................ 54 06 11 Yard......................... ...........................:.......................54.07 Disposal of Garbage, Occupants Responsibility ............54.16 Exit Requirements of Building Code ..................... 22 21 Disposal of Rubbish, Occupants' Responsibility .............54.16 54.10 .Accessory Structures................................................54.07 Dwelling Unit, Below Grade Requirements 54.13 19 for occupancy .......................................... 54.08 8 Dwelling Unit, Definition of ..............................................54.0,' Noxious Weeds ._ .............................. 54.08 —E — Section Page 54.14 Electric Outlets Required ....................... 9 Electrical Outlets and Fixtures, Installation 54,12 - and Maintenance.— ...................................... ... 54.18 ..... Enforcement Officer ..................... ............................... 54.07 Enforcement Officer; Definition of ............. 54 06 .........::............ Existing Remedies .......................... L15 ` Exit Requirements of Building Code ..................... ...........5 Exterior Property Areas 54.10 .Accessory Structures................................................54.07 Definitionof.............................................................. Grading and Drainage................................................54.08 54.08 Insect and Rodent Harborage ............... .................... 54.10 Noxious Weeds ._ .............................. 54.08 Occupancy of..............................................54.08 .............. 54.08 Sanitation.. _.......................... Exterior Structures Foundation, Walls and Roof .............................. ..., 54.09 -`�- Light and Ventilation in Bathroom. ..... . .............. .... 54.09 ancy of ........................................................... Occupoccupancy .......54.09 Screening ................. 54-.09 Stairs, Porches and Railings ... .... ....... .... ......... Windows, Doors and Hatchways... ... .... ............54.09 Extermination, Definition of ............................. ................. 5 4.07 . —F — - Facilities and Equipment, Installation and 54,12 Maintenance .... ..... . Family, Definition of .................... ..................................... 54.07 Fire Safety, Minimum Standards for ..................................54.15 —G— Garbage, Definition of ........................................................54.07 Grade, Definition of .................................................... ........54.07 Gross Floor .Arca, Definition of ................................ ........54.07 20 IS 23 8 17 21 12 8 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 14 13 13 9 18 9 21 9 9 9 - H — Section Page .. Habitable Rooms, Definition of .................... ... ... .............54.07 Inspection of Dwellings ......................................................54.18 9 Heating Equipment, Installation and Maintenance .... ...... .54.12 18 - Heating Facilities................................................................54.11 Installation and Maintenance of Facilities 16 Heating Required..................................................................54.11 16 - Hotel, Definition of .......54.07 9 Infestation, Definition of ................................................... .............................. 54.07 Inspection, Access for ........................................................54.18 Inspection of Dwellings ......................................................54.18 Installation and Care of Plumbing Fixtures byOccupant..................................................................54.16 Installation and Maintenance of Facilities andEquipment................................................................54.12 Interior Structures BathroomFloors ........................................................54.10 Free from Dampness, ...................................... 54.10 Insect and Rodent Harborage ..................................54.10 Interior Stairs and Railings ....................................54.10 - Occupancy of ................................54.10 Sanitation.................................................................... 54.10 Structural Members ...................................................54.10 _L_ Lavatory, Required for Rooming Houses .......:.................54.17 Light and Ventilation..........................................................54.14 -`�- Light and Ventilation in Bathroom. ..... . .............. .... . ..... 54.14 `-' Light in Non -Habitable Work Space ..................................54.14 Light in Public Hall and Stairways ..................................54.14 —M— Mechanical Ventilation, Definition of ..............................54.07 Minimum Area for Sleeping Rooms for Occupancy ..........54.13 Minimum Ceiling Height for Occupancy .— ........................54.13 Minimum Floor Area for Sleeping Room, 54.17 Rooming House ................................. Minimum Gross Floor Area for Occupancy ........................54.13 Minimum Light and Ventilation for Occupancy..... ........... 54.14 Minimum Standards for Safety for Fire...........................:..54.15 Motel, Definition of.......................54.07 ..................................... Multiple Dwelling, Definition of .......................:.................54.07 9 24 23 22 17 15 14 15 14 14 15 14 22 19 21 20 20 12 18, 18 22 18 19 21 9 10 - 'Section Page ' N Rooming House, Definition of ..:......... .... .................54.07 11 Natural Light in Habitable Rooms .. ..................... Section 54.14 Page - 19 ''•� Rooming House, Requirements for ....................................54.17. 22 Natural Light in Non-habitable Rooms............... ...............54.14 20 Rooming Unit, Definition of................................................ '` 54.07 11 Natural Ventilation, Definition of ....................................54.07 12 Rubbish Definition of.......................................................... 54.07 11 26 Rubbish, Occupants Responsibility for Disposal of ......54.16 21 Notice of Condemnation, Service of..................................54.19 Notice of Violation, Serving of. .................. . ... .. .... . .... 54.18 24 ''i — S — Nursing Home, Definition of ..............................................54.07 10 SavingClause ............................... ......................................54.27 29 — 0 — .. Screening................................................................................54.09 14 Occupancy, Basic Facilities for ........................................ 54.11 15 Service of Notice of Violation............................ .....54.1R 2'4 Occupancy of Exterior Property Areas..............................54.08 '12 Severability ............................. ................................... ........... 54.21 28 Occupancy of Exterior Structures......................................54.09 12 '_ Shades or Drapes, Required for Rooming House..............54.17 23 Occupancy of Interior Structures......:.................................54.10 14 '' Sleeping Rooms, Area Required in Rooming douse........ " 54..17. 22 Occupant, Definition of ......................................................54.07 10 Storing Flammable Liquids not Allowed .............. .............. 54.15 21 Occupants Responsibility in Maintenance .`.t Sub-Standard Structures ...................................................... 54.02 6 of Dwelling Units .........................................................54.16 21 ;.: Supplied, Definition of ........ .................................... ............ 54.07 12 Openable Area, Definition of..............................:...............54.07 _. 11 .•.-. Operator, Definition of.. . - - - .... .................. 54.07 10 — T — Operator Responsibility for Sanitary Maintenance ,�:�t Table of Contents................................................................ 3-6 of Rooming House.....'.....................................................54.17 23 ';;. Towels, Required for Rooming Houses ............................54.17 23 Owner, Definition of............. _......... ................. ..... ...... .... ....54.07 10 _H_ P Use and Operation of Supplied Plumbing Fixtures.......... 54.16 22 _ Penalty for Violation ........................ ...............................54.25 29 ':;,; Use of Condemned Multiple Dwellings ............................54.19 27 Person, Definition of...........................................................54.07 10 V Al Placard, Removal . 54.19 27 — — Plumbing, Definition of .. 54.07 10 Vacation of Condemned and Placarded Multiple •: Plumbing Fixtures, Installation and Care by Dwellings...............................................................54.19 27 22 Ventilation and Light in Bathroom and Occupants............................................................... .........54.16 Plumbing Fixtures, installation and - ...... Water Closet.......... ...............................................54.14 21 Maintenance of........... .... ..... ......... ...... ...54.12 17 Ventilation, Definition of...................................... ........54.07 11 Plumbing Fixtures, Use and Operation Re- Ventilation, Mechanical, Definition of .. ................54.07 12 :...... 54.16 23 _. Ventilation, Natural, Definition of....................................54.07 12 qutre• ....................... mcnts... ...... ............. Plumbing Systems, Installation and Ventilation Required •54.14 20 Maintenance of................................................................54.12 Maintenance 17 '; Violations, Penalty for ...................... ........ .................54.25 28 Pre-existing Dwellings and Multiple Dwellings.. 54.04 7 '.i Violation, Service of Notice for ........................................54.18 ,.. 24 Premises, Definition of ......................................................54.07 10 :S!, _ef_ Privacy, Rooming House .............. _...... ................................ 54.17 23 .; Water Closet,. Required for Rooming houses ..................54.17 22 _ R Wood Frame Multiple Dwellings ........................................54.15 21 Removal of Placard .......................... ......._.....................54.19 26 Workmanlike, Definition of.................................................. 54.07 11 Required Space in Dwelling Units for Occupancy ..........54.13 lA — Y — Required Space in Sleeping Rooms for Occupancy.......... 54.13 18 Yard, Definition of 11 Residence Building, Definition of ....................................54.07 11 ..............................................................54.07 Rest Home, Definition of ....................................................54.07 C/-/ rt POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS i96o WITH PROJECTIONS TO 1970 AND 1980 Saint Paul, Minnesota Community Plan Report Number 12 Prepared by The City Planning Board of Saint Paul Saint Paul, Minnesota December, 1961 CITY PLANNING BOARD OF SAINT PAUL 1315 CITY HALL AND COURTHOUSE SAINTPAUL 2, MINNESOTA phone Co -4.4612 bi.251 L� December, 1961 Honourable Mayor George Vavoulis and Members of the City Council City of Saint Paul, Minnesota The Planning Board is pleased to submit the twelfth in its series of Community Plan Reports. This report is titled "Saint Paul's Population Characteristics - 1960." This publication constitutes one of the research reports that provide in- formation and data upon which long-range and current planning work is based. It contains an analysis.of the 1960,census data, and also pre- sents population projections to 1970 and 1980. The report is a sequel to Community Plan Report Number One, published in July, 1955, which was based on the results of the 1950 census. This publication was prepared by the Planning Board staff from data con- tained in advance reports of the 1960 Decennial Census and, in the case of population projections, from source material in the Planning Board office. The material presented in this report was reviewed by the Planning Board and released for publication at a special meeting of the Board on October 2, 1961. Respectfully submitted, Judson D. Hilton JDH:FS Chairman .ABOUT THIS REPORT The primary reason for the preparation and publication of this report is to provide a compilation and analysis of the 1960 Decennial Census data as it pertains to Saint Paul, and -through comparison with 1950 data, to determine the changes that have taken place in the composition and locational aspects of the City's popula- tion during the past decade. This report does not attempt to present a complete. compilation and analysis of all census information, but rather, concentrates on those characteristics of.the popu- lation which are of greatest general interest and utility, and on those character- istics which most likely will have the greatest impact on both public and private planning activity in the future. During the past decade, very significant changes have taken place in the composition of the population by age groups; therefore, this report goes into considerable detail in identifying the changes -and their impli- cations. The report also presents population projections, by census tract, to 1970 and 1980. m Saint Paul is currently undergoing dynamic changes in its population make-up and many of'these changes have far-reaching implications. It is, therefore, essential for both government and private enterprise to understand these changes and the forces behind them. This is true because nearly all activity in Saint Paul is de- pendent, in one way or another, on the people who live in Saint Paul. For this reason, it is hoped that this report will not only provide background for the com- prehensive planning activity of the City, but will serve as a convenient source of information for all who require knowledge of the population composition of Saint Paul. e� This study was prepared under the general direction of Herbert C. Wieland, Dir- ector of City Planning and Burdette R. Teig, Assistant Director. Richard B-. Empey, Assistant City Planner, was in charge of the preparation of the report. Others of the staff participating in the preparation were: Eugene F. Barlow and Adrian T. Brown, Junior Planning Technicians; Frances D. Schirmer, Senior Clerk -Steno- grapher; and Mary F. MacDonald, Clerk Typist. Herbert C. Wieland, A.I.P. Director of City Planning TABLE OF CONTENTS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL 30 ABOUT THIS REPORT 31 Table 1 .. Population of Sint Paul and Comparison Areas by Census . i N TABLE OF CONTENTS 31 Table 2 „Population 1930, 1940, 1950, and 1960; Population Change INDEX TO APPENDIX TABLES , 32 y SUMMARY Of SIGNIFICANT FACTS AND FINDINGS . , , . , . , , , , , 1 1960 CENSUS DATA - CHARTS AND DISCUSSION General Characteristics - Numbers, Distribution and Change 33 Chart 1 - Rate of Population Growth, 1860-1960. 4 Chart 2 - Population Distribution by Census Tract 5 ... Chart 3 - Population Density by Census Tract . : 5 Chart 4 -Average Number of Persons Per Household by Census Tract 8 Chart _ 5 - Non -White Population by Census Tract8 36 Chart 6 - Unrelated Individuals by Census Tract . 9 I Chart 7 - Unmarried Persons by Census Tract 9 I Chart 8 - Population Change by Census Tract 12 Chart 9 - Relative Population Change by Census Tract . 12 i Analysis by Age Groups Chart 10 -Age-Sex Distribution 1940, 1950, 1960 13 Chart 11 - Persons Under 5 Years of Age by Census Tract, 16 Chart 12 - Persons Under 5 Years of Age, Change by Census Tract. 16 Chart 13 - Persons 5-17 Years of Age by Census Tract 17 Chart 14 - Persons 5-17 Years of Age, Change by Census Tract 17 Chart 15 - Persons 18-44 Years of Age by Census Tract 20 Chart 16 - Persons 18-44 Years of Age, Change by Census Tract . . . . . 20 Chart 17 - Persons 45-64 Years of Age by Census Tract . , 21 Chart 18 - Persons 45-64 Years of Age, Change by Census Tract . . 21 Chart 19 - Persons 65 Years of Age and Over by Census Tract: . . . . . . 24 Chart 20 - Persons 65 Years of Age and Over, Change by Census Tract. 24 POPULATION PROJECTIONS, 1970 and 1980 26 Physical Influences Chart 21 -Anticipated Physical Influences on Future Population Changes 25 Projections - Numbers, Distribution and Change Chart 22 -Projected Population Change by Census Tract, 1960-1970 . . . 25 Chart 23 -Projected Population Change by Census Tract, 1970-1980. . . 28 Chart 24 - Projected Population Distribution by Census Tract, 1980. . . . 28 Projection Method and Implications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 INDEX TO APPENDIX TABLES APPENDIX A: GLOSSARY OF TERMS , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 30 APPENDIX B: 1960 CENSUS DATA AND COMPARISON WITH PREVIOUS YEARS . 31 Table 1 .. Population of Sint Paul and Comparison Areas by Census . Dates, 1860-1960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • 31 Table 2 „Population 1930, 1940, 1950, and 1960; Population Change 1950-1960; Acres of Land in Residential Use; and Popula- tion Density - Saint Paul 1960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Table 3 .. Total Population, Population by Sex, Population by Type of -Residence, and Persons per Household - Saint Paul, 1960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .m . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Table 4 .. Non-white Persons, Unrelated Individuals, Persons 14 Years of Age and Over, and Marital Status - Saint Paul, 1960 . . . . 34 Table 5 .. Median Age of Population and Population by Age Groups - Saint Paul', 1960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Table 6 .. General Housing Data Saint Paul, 1960 . . , , . , , . 36 APPENDIX C: PROJECTIONS TO 1970 and 1980 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , 37 Table 1 .,Projected Population, Population Change, and Occupied Housing Units - Saint Paul, 1970 and 1980, . . . . . . , . . . 37 APPENDIX D: CENSUS TRACT MAP. OF SAINT PAUL . . , . , . , . , , , , , 38 P SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT FACTS AND FINDINGS AS RELATED TO THE 1960 CENSUS 1. The period of a steady and healthy natural rate of growth for Saint Paul and Minneapolis has been interrupted. The 1960 census shows a slight population gain for Saint Paul and a substantial loss for Minneapolis. Many families now prefer to live in the suburban communities. If the centrale city once more is to become a popular place in which to live and raise families, it must make itself more competi- tive with the suburbs in this respect. 2. Saint Paul had a population increase of 2,062 persons or 0.7 per cent between 1950 and 1960. Only 29 of the 76 census tracts showed population increases while 47 had a loss. The areas recording the greatest gains were the northern and east- ern edges and the Highland Park area of the City, while the greatest losses occur- red in and around the Downtown. Had in -migration and out -migration been fairly equal, Saint Paul would have gained about 51;000 persons in the past decade, purely through natural increase (excess of resident births over resident deaths) . However, the City had a net out -migration of about 49,000 persons and hence was able to record only a small gain for the period. 3. The population distribution in Saint Paul has evened out considerably since 1950. There are now fewer persons and lower population densities in the central parts of the. City and more persons ,and higher densities in the outlying areas, particularly on the northern and eastern edges of the City. 4. The average number of persons per household declined from 3.25 to 3.08 be- tween 1950 and 1960. This is indicative of the trend for Saint Paul to become less popular as a place in which to raise a family. 5. The non-white population of Saint'Paul increased by nearly fifty per cent be - mi. 1950 and 1960. This segment constitutes a little less than three per cent of the total population. 6. The number of persons not living with any relative (unrelated individuals) has increased by some 7,800 persons between 1950 and 1960. Such persons now repre- sent 12. 1 per cent of the total population. The number of unmarried (single, widow- ed, or divorced) persons dropped by some 4,000 in the past decade but the propor- tion represented by this group of the total population, 18 years of age and over, in- creased slightly. Persons in this category are now slightly over 1/3 of the total population 18 years and over. 7. Probably the most significant finding of this report results from the analysis of a what has taken place within the various age -groups as related to population change and trends. Between 1950 and 1960 Saint Paul had a decrease of over 25,000 persons 18 to 64 years of age, which represents a 12.9 per cent decline from 195,0. Some of this is due to past levels of the birth rate cycle but more importantly it seems that most of it is the result of out -migration, particularly in the 25 to 44 year range. Within this age -group falls most of the present and future. civic leadership, most of the home owners, a major source of municipal revenue, the persons engaged in family formation and family -raising, and most of the wage-earners and consumers of the community. At the same time, the City had an increase of 20.4 per cent, or nearly 18,000 persons, in the 0 to 17 age -group and an increase of 35.7 per cent, or nearly 10,000 persons, in persons 65 years of age and over. By contrast these latter groups have a greater demand for governmental services in relation to their contribution toward provision of such services, generally have comparatively little wage- earning,and purchasing power, and as a rule, do not contribute a great deal in the way ofcivic, business, or social leadership. It seems certain that if these trends continue they will have serious economic, social, and political implications for the City of Saint Paul. AS RELATED TO POPULATION PROJECTIONS FOR 1970 and 1980 1. Saint Paul is now in an unprecedented period of physical upheaval due to the freeway program, urban renewal, and projects of private enterprise. This fact, plus the interruption of past trends revealed by the 1960 census, makes the use of standard demographic methods of population projection impractical. Therefore, a more empirical approach was taken, based on information and data derived from studies of the Planning Board and other sources, in determining the future outlook for each census tract 2. Projections, based on certain assumptions, indicate that Saint Paul could ex- pect a population of about 320,000 persons by 1970. This. would be an increase of some 6, 500 persons or a growth of about 2 per cent. The general pattern of areas of loss and gain will be very similar to that of the past decade. 3. Projections for 1980 indicate that a population of about 332,000 persons may be expected. This would be an increase of about 12,000 persons over the 1970 pro- jection or a gain of 3.8 per cent. It is expected that a continuing redistribution will result in an almost even distribution of the population over the residential por- tions of the City by.1980. This would result in a substantial change in the inten- sity of demand for public and commercial services in various areas. I - 1 2 ! !n OF ■ 1960 CENSUS DATA General Characteristics- Number, Distribution and Change GROWTH RATES Chart 1 indicates the rate of population growth over the past ,100 years of Saint Paul and comparison areas. These areas include Minneapolis, the S.M. S.A. 1, Twin City suburbs, suburban Ramsey County, Minnesota, U. S. Urban, and the United States as a whole. It will be noted that both Saint Paul and Minneapolis had rapid growth rates prior to 1900, and that the rates of population growth for both cities have slowed down steadily and have been roughly correspondent since that time. However, during the past decade Saint Paul has had a slight increase in population (2,062 persons) while Minneapolis suffered a 'substantial loss (38,846 persons) . Between 1900 and 1950 the growth rate of both cities had been similar to'those for the Twin City Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (S.M.S.A.)1, the State of Minnesota, and the United States as a whole. The population growth rate curves for the Twin City suburbs and for Ramsey County (excluding Saint Paul) have shown nearly the opposite characteristic. These areas grew slowly up to about 1920 and the rate has been increasing steadily and sharply since. It is interesting to note that the S.M.S.A. curve has become more and more a reflection of the suburban growth rates since 1940 and less sensitive to the growth rates of the central cities. This is an indication of the increasing influence of the suburban areas in the population make-up of the S.M.S.A. This trend to- ward an increasing proportion of the S.M. S.A. population in suburban areas is ex- pected to continue in the foreseeable future. In fact, according to Metropolitan Planning Commission projections,by 1970 there will be more of the S.M. S.A. popu- lation living outside of the central cities than will be living in the central cities. I See glossary of terms, Appendix A. 3 -4-- CHART 1 RATE OF POPULATION GROWTH, 1860 - 1960 Saint Paul and comparison areas MILLIO UNITED STATES UNITED STATES URBAN------- THOUSA MINNESOTA ..................................._.. TWIN -CITY S.M.S.A.------- TWIN-CITY SUBURBS ------ SAINT PAUL -� RAMSEY COUNTY. EXCLUDING ST. PAUL MINNEAPOLIS-•-•-•�• �•� NOTE THE TWIN -CITY S.M.S.A. (STANDARD METROPOLITAN STATISTICAL AREA) INCLUDES ANOKA, DAKOTA, HENNEPIN, RAMSEY AND WASHINGTON COUNTIES. THE TWIN -CITY SUBURBS INCLUDE THE ABOVE COUNTIES WITH THE POPULATION OF MINNEAPOLIS AND SAINT PAUL SUBTRACTED. SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS 4 1960 CENSUS DATA ..Iso General Characteristics - Number, Distribution and Change CHART 1 RATE OF POPULATION GROWTH, .1860-1960 Saint Paul and comparison areas - MILLHH ' GROWTH RATES 5. UNITED STATES __.. Chart 1 indicates the rate of population growth over the past 100 years of Saint 2.5. a Paul and comparison areas. These areas include Minneapolis, the S.M. S.A. 1, )s Twin City suburbs, suburban Ramsey County, Minnesota, U. S. Urban, and the' UNITED STATES URBAN ------- United States as a whole. It will be noted that both Saint Paul and Minneapolis had rapid growth rates 750 prior to 1900, and that the rates of population growth for both cities have slowed down THOUSAf 500 steadily and have been roughly correspondent since that time. However, during the past decade Saint Paul has had a slight increase in population (2,062 persons) while Minneapolis suffered a substantial loss (38,846 persons). Between 1900 l and 1950 the growth rate of both cities had been similar to those for the Twin City i loo Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (S. M.S.A.)1, the State of Minnesota, and the United States as a whole. MINNESOTA .... ........................... The population growth rate curves for the Twin City suburbs and for Ramsey County 25 (excluding Saint Paul) have shown nearly the opposite characteristic. These areas TWIN -CITY SM.S.A.-'-- grew slowly up to about 1920 and the rate has been increasing steadily and sharply i since. It is interesting to note that the S:M.S.A. curve has become more and more 10. a reflection of the suburban growth rates since 1940 and less sensitive to the TWIN -CITY SUBURBS ------ a growth rates of the central cities. This is an indication of the increasing influence of the suburban areas in the population make-up of the S.M. S.A. This trend to- ward an increasing proportion of the S.M. S.A*. population in suburban areas is ex- SAINT PAUL I pected to continue in the foreseeable future. In fact, according to Metropolitan Planning Commission projections,.by 1970 there will be more of the S.M.S.A. popu- lation living outside of the central than i cities will be living in the central cities. i RAMSEY, COUNTY. EXCLUDING ST. PAUL l ... �o�n inm MINNEAPOLIS ...... �•�•- I See glossary of terms, Appendix A. 3 25 7.5 5. __.. 2.5. _ )s __.... 000 750 500 250 i loo - 75 25 .... -.I... i i 10. 7.5 5 i i 2.5.. l ... �o�n inm .. Inion IR9a 19i 1930 1940 1950 1960 NOTE: THE TWIN -CITY S.M.S.A. (STANDARD METROPOLITAN STATISTICAL AREA) INCLUDES ANOKA, DAKOTA, HENNEPIN, RAMSEY AND WASHINGTONCOUNTIES. THE TWIN -CITY .:_DURBS INCLUDE THE ABOVE COUNTIES WITH THE POPULATION OF MINNEAPOLIS AND SAINT PAUL SUBTRACTED. SOURCEU.S. CENSUS 4 CHART 3 POPULATION DENSITY BY CENSUS TRACT Persons per net residential acre - Saint Paul, 1960 PERSONS PER ACRE CITY AVERAGE 28.4 LESS THAN 10 10-19.9 4,• 20-29.9 30-39.9 40-499 50-79.9 . 200 OR MORE DISTRIBUTION AND DENSITY Charts 2 and 3 indicate the population distribution and population density2 patterns for Saint Paul as of the 1960 U. S. Census. The following observations are made: (1) With the exception of certain areas along the northern and eastern edges where there is considerable vacant land, the distribution of the population is fairly even throughout the residential areas of the City. The 1950-1960 decade witnessed an evening -out process with the central areas of the City now having fewer people and the outlying areas more people than was the case in 1950. (2) The highest density exists in the three downtown area Tracts (41,,.42, and 43) with the next highest densities being in the areas adjacent to and mainly to the west of the Downtown. This is generally the same pattern which existed in 1950. However, these areas have lower densities -over-all than they did in 1950. By the same token the outlying portions of the City, particularly on the east side, have seen an increase in density over the past 10 years. (3) The phenomena of the evening -out of population distribution and density over the 1950-1960 decade is a most. important and significant finding as it re- flects one of the major reasons for Saint Paul's very small population growth as opposed to a healthy increase in occupied housing -units (O. H.U.)3 over the past 10 years. It simply indicates that the supply of new housing has reached the point where the "doubling up" that occurred during and after World War II has been relieved and is reflected in a population loss in the older areas of the City and a corresponding gain in the newer areas and in the sub- urbs. This loss in the older areas is mainly in families with children, while the elderly and young single adults continue to live in the older areas of the City. (4) The "high density" areas of Saint Paul are not high by general urban stan- dards , tan -dards, particularly by those of the eastern United States. It is rather a ques- tion of the type of area in which these densities exist. A good illustration of this point is seen in Tract 29 in which most of the residential land -use is re- presented by the Mt. Airy public housing project. The population density here is roughly equivalent to that of those tracts immediately west of the Downtown (Tracts 27, 36, 37, 39, and 40). But where. the Mt. Airy project was designed for these densities and is quite livable, the density in, the other tracts has been imposed upon areas occupied by, what was originally, low-density de- velopment. The relative appearance, livability, and amenability of the two areas is apparent. High urban density is not in itself bad, but rather it is the manner in which it frequently occurs. 2 In persons per net residential acre. 3 See Glossary of terms, Appendix A. 5 6 PERSONS PER HOUSEHOLD AND NON-WHITE POPULATION Chart 4 shows the average number of persons per household4 (family size) in 1960. The over-all City average of 3.08 persons per household represents a drop of 0.17 -" persons from the 1950 figure of 3 .25 persons per household. This drop „again re-, Elects undoubling as described previously and the movement of young families—to the suburbs. With the exception of Tract 29 ( public housing) the highest ratios, occur in the newly built-up areas on the east and north edges of the City which are suburban in character and contain a high proportion of young families. The lowest ratios occur in the central and other older areas of the City in which reside many single persons and older persons whose children have left home. It is in these :. older areas, generally with ratios of 2.50-2.99, where the immediate challenge lies. Within the next ten to twenty years many substantial older homes will be passing from their present owners into new hands. Through application and effectu- ation of sound planning and urban design, these neighborhoods can be made attrac- tive to new young families and remain a credit to the City. However, experience has shown that with inaction the homes will likely fall onto the rental market; many may be converted into improperly designed and over -crowded multiple -dwellings. '- Such a process very easily can result in a blighted area or slum. Chart 5 indicates the numbers and distribution of the non -whites population of the City. The non-white population in Saint Paul has increased by 3,098 persons,, or by nearly 50%, in the past ten years. However, it still constitutes less than' 3% _01* of the total population. Some non-white persons are found in nearly every census tract in the City, but the vast majority (about 75%) live in Tracts 35, 36, -38, 39, and 40. Tracts 29 and. 37 also have a high proportion of non-white population. While the concentrated nature of this segment of the population continues, there seems to be a greater degree of dispersion than was evident in 1950. 4 See glossary of terms, Appendix A. 5 See glossary of terms, Appendix A. 7 CHART 4 AVERAGE NUMBER OF PERSONS PER HOUSEHOLD CENSUS TRACT BY CENSUS, TRACT Persons per occupied housing unit PERSONS PER OCCUPIED HOUSING UNIT Saint PCIUI, 1960 - " CITY AVERAGE 3.00 a i LESS THAN 2.00 2.00-2.49 2.50-2.99 3.00-324 3.25-3.49 •.�/�/"y 'ik.y /' 3.50-3.99 6 L•�L '. . 4.00 OR MORE '--_----- -- � ----- xoT q. o o N0U9 IO 1 C1 UN Ts .`" SOURCE U S CENSUS, 1950 CHART 5 NON-WHITE POPULATION BY CENSUS TRACT Number and distribution - Saint Paul, 1960 CITY TOTAL 9,317 , „ TO u I 1 EACH DOT REPRESENTS , x LT � r APPROXIMATELY , r 1 1 1Jn. 10 PERSONS �v , Iq ix x I° ��" I „ '\ IIENON-RESIDENTIAL i 4NO ---- CENDOS'NTHiCv Onq Es .� . CFx5U5 TgACT NUM5Eg5 .1TN NT,.E x9E PoTEOT,AL SOURCEU 9 CENSUS, --_I: 8 _ CHART 6 UNRELATED INDIVIDUALS. BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of total census tract population - Saint Paul, 1960 ' J PERCENT N CITY .AVERAGE 12.1 -.- --------T, - T1 ------ --- ----------------- r I I LESS THAN 5.0 i —_ F, N 100 - 149 .. .. u v • 200-29.9 � N / > 300-39.9 � �✓ � ' 60.0 OR MORE-� IREINDMINANTLYNON RESIDENTIAL Le NG ' CENSUS TRACT BOUx0ARE5 CENSUS iRecT NUMBERS ?7 x0i vrnG w TNGRE60E.TALADUSE ICIEHTIAL _ N. REL. l SOURCE, U S CENSUS. 1960 ------ CHART 7 UNMARRIED PERSONS BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of total census tract population 18 years of age and over PERCENT Saint Paul, 1960 CITY AVERAGE 33.0------------------- ------------------------- LESS - -------- LESS THAN 20.0 -- 1 k..-. .V�. wl� 20.0-29.9 I� y•; vk 300-399 h� 90.0-99.9 50.0-59.9 L IMEDOMIANTLY NON + 70.0 AND OVER / --- - TRACT BWxDARRESIDENTIAL LAxD ES xT aL •• ' CENSUS TRACT NUMBERS ' IIEDCADNIITI IIIINI LAND NOTE THE UNMARRIEDUNMARRIEDcaTEOORo INCLUDES I w TH RESIDENTIAL USE PoTENTIAL SINGLE, 11HOCAMED, AND ORCED I RERSON,. _ SWRCE U.S CENSUS, 1160 ---------- 9 -- 9 UNRELATED INDIVIDUALS AND UNMARRIED PERSONS Unrelated individuals6 are defined as persons not living with any relative. Such persons represent 12.1 per cent of the 1960 population as compared to 9.7 per cent in 1950. This constitutes an increase of some 7,800 persons in this category dur- ing the past decade. Unmarried7 persons are those persons 18 years of age, or over, which have never been married, are widowed, or divorced. There is a great deal of correlation between Charts 6 and 7 and, indeed, many persons are in both categories. It will be noted that the heaviest concentrations in both cases occur in and around the downtown area of the City and in tracts containing, or adjacent to, colleges. The reason for the concentration in the tracts near colleges is that the students, most of whom would fall into both categories, tend to live close to their schools. In the areas in and around the Downtown, the reasons are avail- ability of low-cost rooms and small apartments and nearness to the employment and service center represented by the Central Business District. Both types of area are characterized by high mobility8 and large numbers of rooming -house and apartment structures. The Downtown and fringe areas exhibit characteristics of blight such as high density, sub -standard dwellings and factors of social malajust- ment. Itis interesting to note that one-third of all persons in Saint Paul over 18 years of age are unmarried, which is one indication of a trend, supported elsewhere in this report, for Saint Paul to become less and less a "family", City and more and more a City of young, single and older, retired persons. It is quite likely that these trends will continue and accelerate, simply because as the total population of the country increases, persons in these categories will in- crease proportionaly, and persons in these categories are attracted to the central cities rather than the suburbs. They must be properly housed and provided with services. Housing in sub -standard dwellings must be avoided if the spread of blighted areas is to be arrested. 6 See glossary of terms, Appendix A. 7 See glossary of terms, Appendix A. 8 Frequent changes of place of dwelling and general population turn -over. �10 v POPULATION CHANGE In Charts 8 and 9, population change between 1950 and 1960 is shown in absolute numbers, represented by dots, and as a per cent of the 1950 population. Over-all, Saint Paul gained only 2,062 persons in the past decade for an increase of slightly less than 0.7 per cent. During this period Saint Paul had a net out -migration of Es.nfir some 49,000 person's.9 Had out -migration and in -migration been fairly equal, the City would have had a 1960 population of about 362,500 persons based on natural increase (excess of resident births over resident deaths) . fir+ Of the 76 census tracts in Saint Paul, only29 showed population increases be- tween 1950 and 1960 while 47 showed losses. The areas of greatest gain were along the northern and eastern edges and in the Highland Park section of the City. The areas of greatest loss occurred in and around the Downtown. This further points up the "undoubling" of families in the older central areas of the City and the movement to the new outlying sections and. to the suburbs, as was first men- tioned in connection with Charts 2 and 3. The greatest absolute population gain +i1 was 6,251 persons in Tract 7, while the greatest loss was 3,526 persons in Tract s 37. As for relative change, Tract 76showed the largest gain, 124.9 per cent, and Tract 28 showed the greatest loss, 65.3 per cent. The losses in sometracts are partially attributable to public action such as urban renewal and right-of-way acquisition for freeways. This is particularly true of Tracts 28, 29, 34, 35, 36, and 37. However, most of the tracts which experi- enced population losses were not greatly affected by any such action and such losses simply reflect the decline of these areas as desirable places for family liv- ing. The reasons for this decline are many and varied and range from nuisance factors such as heavy auto traffic, railroad tracks and yards, and encroachment by non-residential uses, to the more concrete aspects of inadequate public facilities such as schools, parks, andplaygrounds, and the general deterioration and blight of residential structures themselves. But whatever the reasons, ;;,hese areas can be revitalized through sound planning and diligent effectuation of such plans by both public and private interests. 9 Twin Cities Metropolitan Planning Commission: "Metropolitan Population Study, Part II. 11 CHART 8 POPULATION CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT Number and distribution - Saint Paul, 1960 CITY TOTAL 2,062 GAIN - _ -- 1 __ E. EACH 00T REPRESENTS A CHANGE OF APPROXIMATELY \ - i' 25 PERSONS' �n • GAIN LOSS ------ PREDOMINANTLY NON ROUDENTAL LAND . CENSUSCT BOUNDARIES TRAIT Nx11E16 esoe..iAusAE POTENTIAL1ITN R 6ouRCF' U S CENSUS, 1960 �----- ' `-----"' CHART 9 RELATIVE POPULATION CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of 1950 population Saint Paul, 1950 - 1960 PERCENT CITY AVERAGE 0.7 . 100.0 AND OVER GAIN 50.0-99.9 20.0-49.9'O` k 5.0-199 ti LESS THAN 5.0 GAIN t. LESS THAN 50 LOSS U R tk , i 5.0-199 - ' 1� PREOOANANTLY N011 -RESIDENTIAL LAND 200-49.9 i N ! CENSUS TRACT BOUNDARIES 1 x CENSUS TRACT NUMBERS R PRE�RI.A. VACANT LA 50 0 AND OVER LOSS 11TH IAL E PoiENTWL Bs.iu SOURCE IE CENSUS, 1960 12 .....• _ �r CHART 10 AGE - SEX DISTRIBUTION 1940, 1950,1960 dsi PERCENT OF TOTAL POPULATION IN FIVE YEAR AGE GROUPS BY SEX 1940 1950 1960 AGE MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE T5 AND OVER TO -T4 65-69 60-69'i 55-59 50-54 45-49 40-44 35-39 30-34 25-29 20-24 15-19 10-14 5-9 0- 4 -- -- -' ---- -- -- - --- 6 5. 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 PERCENT PERCENT PERCENT PERCENT OF CHANGE BY AGE GROUPS 1940-1950, 1950-1960 TOTAL POPULATION 0-4 YEARS 5-19 YEARS 20-39 YEARS 40-59 YEARS 60 YEARS + Analysis By Age Groups AGE AND SEX DISTRIBUTION Chart 10 indicates the age and sex composition of Saint Paul's population for 1940, 1950, and 1960, and the changes that occurred in the composition between those years. The population pyramids at the .top of the page indicate some significant changes since 1940: Probably: the most important is the much smaller proportion of persons in the 20 to 50 year age -groups in the 1960'population. This is partially due to past levels of the birth-rate cycle but more importantly reflects the movement of these age -groups out of the City. As was mentioned in connection with Charts 8 and 9, there was a net out -migration of some 49,000 persons between 1950 and 1960 and apparently the bulk of that number was made up of persons in the 20 to 50 year age -group. Persons in this age -range represent the bulk of the home -owning, family -raising, tax -paying segment of the population and are the major wage-earn- ers and consumers of the community. Therefore, the movement of this segment of the population to the suburbs and elsewhere has serious economic, social, and political implications for the City in the future. At the same time, the proportion of younger and older persons has been increasing rapidly. The greater number of children is due to the increasing birth rate since World War II and the increase in older persons is because of greater longevity due to medical advances. If these trends continue, the City will be left with more persons needing schools, recreational facilities, social and welfare services, and other municipal services, but with a smaller proportion (and quite possibly a smaller number) of wage-earning, tax -paying persons to provide such services. 13 14 THE PRE-SCHOOL AGES Chart 11 indicates the proportion of the total population that is under' S years of age in each census tract. The highest proportion of pre-schoolers is found in Tract 29, (24.3 per cent) followed by Tracts 5, 73, 76, 30, and 61 in that order. Tracts having the smallest proportion of their population in this age -group are 42 (with only 1.8 per cent), 41, and 43. The rest of the City is either in the city-wide average range or just below, with most of the tracts east of Lexington Parkway be- ing about average and most of the tracts west of Lexington being just below the average. All in all, the ratio of pre-school age children to total population is rela- tively consistent throughout the City. Chart 12 shows the relative change between 1950 and 1960 in numbers of children under 5 years of age for each census tract. Exactly half of the 76 census tracts showed a loss in this age -group., One tract, number 23, showed no change, and the rest recorded gains. The heaviest gains were recorded along the northern and eastern edges of the City and in the Highland Park area, and the heaviest losses occurred, for the most part, in and around the Central Business District. The pat- tern here shows considerable correspondence with over-all population change shown in Chart 9, reinforcing the statement that many persons Of family -raising age are moving to the suburban areas. It shows even greater correspondence with Chart 16, dealing with the 18-44 age -group within which the young families who might have borne children within the past 5 years would be located. The trends indicated by these changes will be helpful in planning for future educational and recreational facilities and for other services oriented to children. Im CHART 11 PERSONS UNDER 5 YEARS OF AGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of total census tract population - Saint Paul, 1960 PERCENT CITY AVERAGE n.b _ - LESS THAN 5.0 MEN ' J. ... 100-14,9 I50-19.9 rr � 1 20.0 OR MORE � }*�f�t:� k+ ' „ r , -- ~ PR EOOMNANHOM RES OENi AL LARD TRACT CSUSMA ENTRACT NUMBERS - / %///�j/�/ wir�R4sm[xriALA psE PorERriAL CHART 12 PERCENT CITY AVERAGE 5.9 N 100.0 AND OVER GAIN 500-99.9 20.0-49.9 5.0-19.9 LESS THAN 5.0 GAIN LESS THAN 5 0 LOSS 50-199 200-A9 9 500 AND OVER LOSS SOURCE us CERSu5,19R0 PERSONS UNDER 5 YEARS OF AGE, CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of total age group 1950 population - Saint Paul, 1950 - 1960 �~::':.` 16 _ r CHART 13 PERSONS 5-17 YEARS OF AGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of total census tract population - Saint Paul; 1960 PERCENT - CITY AVERAGE 22.2 __ _ ___ _ _ _----- ----------- LESS ____ __-__LESS THAN 10.0 i i ` 10.0-14.9 15.0- 19.9 20.0-29.9 L `s"•5C OF __.; ."• 30.0 OR MORE yj �E CEISUS TRACT NUM9ERs "CIE <-• 1\ ry wTx RESDENTeL D ExT1eL SOU„.a...o REE U s CENSUS. 1 _--- CHART 14 PERSONS 5-17 YEARS OF AGE, CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of total age group 1950 population PERCENT Saint Paul, 1950 -.1960 CITY AVERAGE 29.5 -------- __ ----------- _ v . 100.0 AND OVER GAIN 500-99.9 20.0-49.9 • *.t iii! '.�'V �/ / a 5.0-19.9 L.. w� a•6 ,.' LESS THAN 5.0 GAIN LESS THAN 5 0 LOSS o u x kyt. 5.0-199 20.0-499 1, w+Eoou x4xTLx Awxxox xcs DENneL uxo T CENSUS T oeR¢s xUxRERs '• 50wT .0 AND OVER L059 D0,l xexTLT ve xo-1 E9 DExTIeL UsµE PoTENTIet - \ SOURCE: U.S. CEI?US, 1960 ------- ,a 17 6 THE SCHOOL AGES Charts 13 and 14 continue the analysis by age -,groups in showing the 5-17 year range as a proportion of total population in 1960 and the relativechange in numbers in tk svgroup during the past decade. Chart 13 indicates that Tracts 29, 47, and 61 have the highest proportion of school- age children in their populations. The downtown tracts, Tracts 40, 55,, and 58 just west of the Downtown, and Tracts 21 and 34 in the Midway District have the smallest proportion of persons in this age -group. The remainder of the City falls into the city-wide average range or just below that range. The city-wide gain of 29.3 per cent in the 5-17 year range is the second largest increase of all age -groups and is primarily a result of the large number of pre- school children reported in the 1950 census and to a continued high birth rate through the past 10 years. The areas of greatest increase are again the northern and eastern edges of the City and the Highland Park area which are the major areas of general growth in the recent past. Only 16 of the 76 census tracts showed - losses in this age -group. The gain in this age -group accounts for the increased pressure on school enrollment in spite of the insignificant over-all population in- crease for Saint Paul since 1950. 18 YOUNG ADULTS AND FAMILY FORMATION AGES Chart 15 indicates that the distribution of the population in the 18-44 age -group is fairly consistent throughout the City,most census tracts being in the average range dr just below. Tract 43 is the exception in being considerably lower than the city average and Tracts 1, 21, 34, and 51 are exceptions in being considerably higher than the city average. It should be noted that all of the latter contain, or are adjacent to, colleges which would account for their having a greater than nor- mal number of persons in the lower ranges of the 18-44 age -group. Chart 16 is perhaps the most significant in this report in giving an indication of current trends and of their future implications. It will be noted that 63 of the 76 census tracts lost population in this age -group, most of the losses being quite large. The city-wide loss of 17.6 per cent or 22,106 persons was the largest for any age -group. A city can ill -afford to lose its good citizens in any age -group but it can least afford to lose them in this one. This is the segment of the population that provides most of the present and future, civic leadership, pays a substantial share of the local taxes, and requires less in municipal services in relation to their contribution to the support of such services than does any other. Some of the loss can be attributed to past birth-rate cycles, but most of it is due to the movement of families, particularly young ones, out of the Central City and into the suburbs. This trend must be arrested since a balance in its population make-up is vital to the health of any municipality, and when related to the Central City, or cities of our urban area, it is vital to the welfare of the entire urban area. The future of the suburbs is inexorably tied to the future of -the -Central Cities because the relative health and reputation of the Central Cities is the factor upon which the magnitude of future metropolitan growth will be determined. 19 CHART 15 PERCENT CITY AVERAGE 33.0 LESS THAN 200 ti 20.0-29.9 300-399 . 40.0 OR MORE CHART 16 PERCENT CITY AVERAGE -17.6 qqpp 100.0 AND OVER GAIN q( 50.0-99.9 20.0-49.9 5.0-19.9 - LESS THAN 5.0 GAIN LESS THAN 5 0 LOSS 50-199 200-499 pQ 50.0 AND OVER LOSS SOURCE'- US CERSUS, 1960 PERSONS 18-44 YEARS OV AGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of total census tract population - Saint Paul, 1960 PERSONS 18-44 YEARS OF AGE, CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of total age group 1950 population Saint Paul, 1950-1960 20 d'"i�4i'�• .v; Yv CHART 17 PERSONS 45-64 YEARS OF AGE BY CENSUS TRACT sb....r As percent of total census.tract pobulation - Saint Paul, 1960 PERCENT CITY AVERAGE 21.9 _ LESS THAN 10.0 ---- if ht 10.0 - 19.9ON —7!r,l 0 150- 19 9 20.0-299 ® 30.0 OR MORE nJr • % �� y ' PRED01111xTLT NON RESIDENTIAL i N O No RI D1111U, TRACT/ { , _US TRACT nuNRERS I. ES wI IOENTIAL�`USAT LAND E POTENTIAL SOURCE U 5 CENSUS. ",A '-----Y , ------- CHART ----_CHART 18 PERSONS 45-64 YEARS OF AGE, CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of total age group 1950 population Saint Paul, 1950-1960 " PERCENT CITY AVERAGE - 9.6 ------ - . 100.0 AND OVER GAIN E, - ,r 50.0-99.9 1 r 20.0-49.9 5.0-19.9 L i /i��/�/f LESS THAN 5.0 GAIN 7 E LESS THAN 50 LOSS 50-199 I 200-49.9 PREDOU NAxTLT "I" RESIDENTIAL LAND 5 CENSUS TAT E.L.DARIES, CENSUS TRACT NUNDERS ' 500 AND OVER LOSS 1171 RESIDENTIAL V xND RESDENT A L ISET POTENTIAL SOURCE. O S. CENSUS, 1960 21 THE MATURE ADULT AGES Chart 17 shows a rather even distribution of the 45-64 age -group throughout the City, with most tracts being in the city-wide average range or just below that range. The heaviest concentration of tracts in the range just below the city-wide average is along the eastern edge of the City. The tracts with the heaviest pro- portion of their populations in this age -group are numbers 41, 42, and 43 in the central area and numbers 62 and 66 near Highland Park. Tracts well below the average are numbers 5 and 29. Chart 18 shows a similar pattern of change for the 45-64 age -group as did Chart 16 for the 18-44 age -group, except that the change was not as'great nor as widespread. Fifty-three of the 76 census tracts lost population in this age -group and primarily for the same reasons as stated in connection with Chart 16, namely, the flow of the wage-earning family persons to the suburbs. The tracts with the greatest growth in this age -bracket were largely those of the greatest over-all growth (see Chart 9) that is, the northern and eastern edges of the City and the Highland Park area. The areas of greatest loss were the Downtown and surrounding area, Tracts 34, 35, and 36 just south of University Avenue, and Tracts 50 through 53. The implications of the loss patterns shown here are much the same as those for Chart 16 in the 18-44 age -bracket; loss of leadership, a primary source of municipal re- venue, and wage-earning and purchasing power within the City. S 22 THE RETIREMENT AGES Chart 19 indicates that there is a greater variation in the, distribution of persons over 65 in the various parts of the City than in any other age -group with the ex- ception of the pre-school ages. The pattern is almost the reverse of that for the pre-school ages (see Chart 11) . There is a smaller proportion of persons in this age -group along the northern and eastern edges of the City and the Highland Park area, which are the areas of greatest general growth. The highest proportion of persons over 65 occurs in the central area and in a strip of tracts on either side of St. Clair Avenue. , Chart 20 shows some interesting changes in the past decade that have taken place in the number of persons over 65 years of age. This group, with a 35.7 per cent increase in the past decade, represents the greatest relative increase of any age - group. Numerically, its increase (9,801 persons) is second only to that in the 5- 17 year bracket. Nearly all tracts (67 out of 76) showed gains in this category, the greatest gains being in the area of gieatest general growth although, as was men- tioned above, these areas still have relatively small proportions of persons over 65. Tracts showing a loss of persons in this category are mainly in and around the central area. Implications of this change are exactly opposite of those for the 18 to 44 and the 45 to 64 age -groups (see Charts 16 and 18). That is, a greater pro- portion of persons are residing within the City who often need special services. Many of these persons do not contribute greatly to the tax base and have limited earning and purchasing power.. An example of a result of this change is the cur- rent concentration on provision of low-cost housing for the elderly. 23, CHART 19 PERSONS 65 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER BY CENSUS J TRACT As percent of total census tract. pbpulotion - Saint Paul, 1960 PERCENT r CITY AVERAGE 11.9, _ —sk ro ,�, _ LESS THAN Tr 5.0 �N� - .1� 10.0-14.9 NIAN 15.0- 19.9 �� i. N4 a t,ti,� 'k.1. 'LT�h °y 4�• 1i'� y. 20.0-29.9 30.0 OR MORE / e CHART 20 PERSONS 65 YEARS OF AGE AND OVER, CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of total age group 1950 population PERCENT Saint Paul, 1950 - 1960 CITY AVERAGE 35.7 " . 100.0 AND OVER GAIN , A" ' {Qt 50.0-99.9 r � ` 20.0-499 °t 5.0-19.9 .t LESS THAN 5.0 GAIN � LESS THAN 50 LOSS I n 50-199 i 20 0 AND OVER L055 r" I , ,,,,.._..,....._.. . C 24 d CHART 21' ANTICIPATED PHYSICAL INFLUENCES ON FUTURE POPULATION CHANGE LEGEND Saint Paul, 1960 - 1980 CONTRIBUTING FACTORS TO POPULATION ---- - --- T ---- -- -- �-� ---------%� .e GAIN - _ 1' iI ' -. URBAN RENEWAL - POSSIBLE '' + ,\N CLEARANCE AREAS; ' RESIDENTIAL RE -USE -�'r.. PUBLIC HOUSING- (f PLANNED OR PROPOSED4—M \ I ` ° x 1 _ . MAJOR RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION ,.� UNDERWAY OR PROPOSED � h I n MAJOR AREAS OF FUTURE X RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT r CONTRIBUTING FACTORS TO POPULATION u ( n y�.�� LOSS—._C- .. STREET AND HIGHWAY ACOUSITION -T P f URBAN RENEWAL POSSIBLE A ` CLEARANCE AREAS; NON RESIDENTIAL RE -USE URBAN RENEWAL - POSSIBLE vF -- REHABILITATION AREAS PR —ART IDERTIAL LARD SOURCExxx TA HwAY_RT.., RITY CEISIS TRACT ROVIDIRIES UT / T PAUL CITY PLAINII4 90ARD /- � CExSUS TRACT 1U19ER5 LOw T" RES.E.TALA USE Ppi ENTIAL CHART 22 PROJECTED POPULATION CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of 1960 population - Saint Paul, 1960 - 1970 PERCENT (projected city total, 1970 - 320,000) CITY AVERAGE 21 j, 100.0 AND OVER GAIN' 50.0-99.9 200-499 5.0-19.9 1.0 -4,9 GAIN C LESS THAN LO GAN OR LOSS 10-49 LOSS 50-199 200-499 500 AND OVER LOSS 25 PROJECTIONS - 1970 AND 1980 Physical influences ANTICIPATED PHYSICAL INFLUENCES ON POPULATION CHANGE Chart 21 indicates some of the anticipated physical conditions which are likely to result in gains or losses in living quarters in given areas, and thus have an influ- ence on future population changes. It will be noted that these influences have been classified as factors contributing to population loss and factors contributing to population gain on the Chart. These relate to the initial effect on the population in the specific areas involved, but, in some cases the long-term effect or the ef- fect on a city-wide basis may be quite the opposite. For instance, an urban re- newal rehabilitation project usually results in about a 3 per cent population loss in the project area. However, the renewal of such an area could stimulate develop- ment in adjacent areas and thus have the effect of stimulating population growth on a city-wide basis. The most certain influence shown on the Chart is that of acquisition of property for street and highway construction because this is definitely programmed and well under way. It is expected to cause the removal of more than 2,000 housing units from rights-of-way in the next 10 years. In addition, there likely will be other projects of this nature undertaken as time passes, the routes of which are not de- finitely established at this time. The influence of other factors is somewhat more nebulous. The effect of urban renewal will depend onthe speed and extent of such a program and this. has not been definitely determined as yet. The extent of development of existing vacant land will depend on the market and the general eco- nomic climate in the future, and on how successfully the City is able to compete with the suburbs as a desirable place in which to live. Projections - Numbers, Distribution and Change POPULATION CHANGE, 1960-1970 Chart 22 shows the population change, by census tract, expected between 1960 and 1970, as a per cent of the 1960 population. It will be noted that the result of the empirical analysis, as described on Page 29, is very similar to the 1950-1960 situation on Chart 9 insofar as the general gain and loss pattern is concerned. There is quite a difference, however, in the mag- nitude of anticipated change in a number of tracts, particularly those with pro- jected gains. Also, the number of tracts where large gains are anticipated are much fewer than was true in the 1950-1960 decade. The almost complete elimin- ation of Tracts 41 and 61 as residential areas, through urban renewal and freeway construction activity, can be noted and the expected strong comeback of two other urban renewal areas, Tracts 29 and 37 which showed substantial losses in the 195-0-1960 period, is also indicated. Detailed figures for the 1970 projection appear in Appendix C 26 POPULATION CHANGE, 1970-1980 AND DISTRIBUTION, 1980 Chart 23 indicates the change in population expected between 1970 and 1980, by census tract, and as a per cent of the projected 1970 population. The changes reflected in this Chart were again derived under the set of assumptions and con- ditions listed on Page 29. Again, it will be noted that the general pattern of change is similar to that of the previous two decades (Charts 9 and 22). However, it is anticipatedthat fewer tracts wilPexperience gains and a greater number will experience losses or will have little or no change. In spite of this, a greater over-all gain is expected be- tween 1970 and 1980 than in the previous two decades. The reason is that it is anticipated that the greatest period of upheaval caused by freeway construction and drastic urban renewal measures will have passed and a period of relative nor- malcy will have set in. Therefore, large gains that occur in certain tracts will have a.greater effect than to merely offset large losses as the result of public ac- tion in other tracts. The large percentage gains shown for Tracts 59 and- 6jO, ad- jacent to the Downtown, would be the result of urban renewal clearance late in the 1960 to 1970 decade and the rebuilding of those tracts in the 1970 to 1980 period, The expected .loss of population in Tracts 19, 28, 31, and 34 would be the result of expansion of non-residential uses within the area, either by natural growth of these uses through private enterprise or as a result of clearance through the urban renewal program. It is anticipated that Tract 74 will experience a large gain in population resulting from development of vacant land; and the gains for Tracts 4, 5, and 6 largely will be due to the development of previously passed -over vacant land.. Chart 24 shows the population distribution, and provides an idea of the relative densities, that may be expected in Saint Paul by 1980. When compared with Chart 2, the continued evening -out trend is apparent. A slightly higher concentration still will occur in the tracts around the Downtown as compared with the rest of the City, but the difference likely will not be as great as exists at present. Many areas, along the northern and eastern edges, will have been developed and the concentrations will be slightly lower than the older portions of the City. This Chart shows dots in all areas delineated as major existing areas of vacant land and which were excluded on all previous maps. This was done to give a more accurate picture of the distribution pattern since the projected 1980 population of 332,000 persons was based on nearly all of the presently vacant land being put into use by that time, Detailed figures for the 1980 projection may be found in Appendix C 27 CHART 23 PROJECTED POPULATION CHANGE BY CENSUS TRACT As percent of projected 1970 populdtion - Saint Paul, 1970 - 1980 PERCENT (projected city total, 1980 = 332,000) CITY AVERAGE 3.8 qq.¢¢ 100.0 AND OVER GAIN yaK 50.0-99.9 20.0-49.9 5.0- 19.9 1.0 - 4.9 GAIN LESS THAN 1.0 GAIN OR LOSS 1 0 - a 9 Loss 50-199 200-499 500 NO OVER L055 S. Persons Per Household - For the purposes of this report this is the ratio obtain- ed by dividing the'total number of persons in households in a given area, such as While the re -distribution of population in Saint Paul is only a part of the whole a census tract, by the total number of occupied housing units in the same given trend toward dispersion of the population of the metropolitan area, it nontheless area. has serious ramifications' where the City of Saint Paul is concerned. One of the implications of this shift arises in the srpaling of public facilities and services. 6. Non -White Persons - Persons classified as "non-white" are those of such races This will involve planning for an increasing demand for most of these facilities as the Negro, Indian, Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Korean, Asian Indian, and and services in the outlying areas and a diminishing demand for them in the central Malayan. Persons of Mexican birth or ancestry who are not definitely of Indian or part of the City, The same will be true for facilities and se vices provided by pri- other non-white race are classified as white. vate enterprise, such as shopping centers and certain utilities, It is not only a Persons of mixed racial parentage are classified according to the race of the question of size of facilities and services, however, but also of type. Demand non-white parent and mixtures of non-white races are classified according to the for facilities and services geared to the needs of the elderly and the unmarried race of the father, with the following special exceptions: Persons of mixed Indian population, for instance, is expected to grow at a faster rate in the central area and Negro parentage are classified as Negro unless the Indian blood very definitely than in the outlying portions of the City. In any case, careful check should be predominates or unless theAndividual is accepted in the community as an Indian. kept on population trends during the next decade, and plans for long-term improve- Persons of mixed white and Indian blood are classified as Indian if the proportion ments of both public and private nature should give these trends full consideration. of Indian blood is one-fourth or more, or if they are regarded as Indian in the com- munity, 29 30 APPENDIX A � Glossary of Terms Projection Method and Implications 1, Twin City Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area (S.M.S.A.) -,Defined by the Bureau of the Census as consisting of the counties of Anoka, Dakota, Hennepin, „1 Ramsey, and Washington. -7 METHOD 2. Housing Unit - A group of rooms or a single room is regarded as a housing unit when it is occupied or intended for occupancy as separate living quarters, that is, �T777 Due to the marked disruption of previous trends revealed by the results of the 1960 when the occupants do not live and eat with any other persons in the structure, and census, and to the unprecedented re -shaping of the City through the free -way pro - when there is either (1) direct access from the outside or through a common hall, � gram, urban renewal, and private action, standard demographic methods of popu- or (2) a kitchen cooking equipment for the exclusive use of the occupants. lation projection could not logically be applied. Therefore, empirical analysis, A housing unit t is occupied if a person or group of persons was living in it at based on information and data derived from studies of the Planning Board and other the time of enumeration or if the occupants were only temporarily absent, for ex- sources, was used in determining the future outlook for each census tract. It ample, on vacation. However, if the persons living in the unit have their usual ,„ ...::.-� should be emphasized that the city-wide population estimates are the maximum place of residence elsewhere, the unit is classified as vacant. considered attainable based on the following set of assumptions: (1) there will be 3. no major war or other natural or man-made catastrophe, (2) the general economic Household - A household includes all of the persons who occupy a house,an condition will continue its.upward trend, (3) the rate of natural population increase apartment or other group of rooms, or a room which constitutes a housing unit. (excess of resident births to resident deaths) will continue at least at its present (See'#2 above for definition of housing unit). level, (4) that needed urban renewal will be accomplished speedily and effectively 4•' Group Quarters - All persons who are not members of households are regarded, and that steady progress will be made toward the.goals of the Comprehensive City by the Bureau of the Census, as living in group quarters. Group quarters are liv-" Plan, (5) that some decrease in the rate of out -migration will take place due, to -. .... ing arrangements for institutional inmates or for groups containing five or more per- �r sons unrelated to the person in charge whose quarters are not divided into housing units, They are found most frequently in institutions , lodging and -boarding houses, military and other types of barracks, college dormitories, fraternity and sorority houses, hospitals, homes for nurses, convents, monasteries, residences for clergy, ships'and vessels. IMPLICATIONS S. Persons Per Household - For the purposes of this report this is the ratio obtain- ed by dividing the'total number of persons in households in a given area, such as While the re -distribution of population in Saint Paul is only a part of the whole a census tract, by the total number of occupied housing units in the same given trend toward dispersion of the population of the metropolitan area, it nontheless area. has serious ramifications' where the City of Saint Paul is concerned. One of the implications of this shift arises in the srpaling of public facilities and services. 6. Non -White Persons - Persons classified as "non-white" are those of such races This will involve planning for an increasing demand for most of these facilities as the Negro, Indian, Japanese, Chinese, Filipino, Korean, Asian Indian, and and services in the outlying areas and a diminishing demand for them in the central Malayan. Persons of Mexican birth or ancestry who are not definitely of Indian or part of the City, The same will be true for facilities and se vices provided by pri- other non-white race are classified as white. vate enterprise, such as shopping centers and certain utilities, It is not only a Persons of mixed racial parentage are classified according to the race of the question of size of facilities and services, however, but also of type. Demand non-white parent and mixtures of non-white races are classified according to the for facilities and services geared to the needs of the elderly and the unmarried race of the father, with the following special exceptions: Persons of mixed Indian population, for instance, is expected to grow at a faster rate in the central area and Negro parentage are classified as Negro unless the Indian blood very definitely than in the outlying portions of the City. In any case, careful check should be predominates or unless theAndividual is accepted in the community as an Indian. kept on population trends during the next decade, and plans for long-term improve- Persons of mixed white and Indian blood are classified as Indian if the proportion ments of both public and private nature should give these trends full consideration. of Indian blood is one-fourth or more, or if they are regarded as Indian in the com- munity, 29 30 7. Unrelated Individuals - Persons not living with any relative. 8. Unmarried Persons --Persons who have never been married or who are widowed �rwYd or'divorced. - 9. Age - The age classification is based on the age of the person in completed years as of April 1, 1960. Source: U. S. Bureau of the Census and Saint Paul City Planning Board. W i� APPENDIX B 1960 Census Data and Comparison With Previous Years Table 1 ... Population of Saint Paul and Comparison Areas by Census Dates, 1860-1960 YEAR AREA AND PAPULATION Notes: (a ... Anoka, Dakota, Hennepin, Ramsey, and Washington Counties. (b ... Above five counties less population of Saint Paul and Minneapolis. Source: U. S. Bureau of the Census. 31 Tablr Bopula In on 1910, 1911•, 195 and ! ) t`+;:.:la,io C 1+a n0� 1961 It - ..c« s of Lund m acs dr , al 1' and rope , D -s- amt N, -.I. 1966 ... CONS US St. Paul Mpls. S.M.S.A.(al Suburbs b Minnesota I U. S. Urban U. S. Total 1860 10,401 2,564 RCS, USEk- - 172,023 6,216,518 31,443,321 1870 20,030 13,066 86,712 53,616 439,706 9,902,361 39,818,449 1880 41,473 46,887 156,965 68,605 780,773 14,129,735 50,155,783 1890 133,156 164,738 380,206 82,312 1,310,283 22,106,265 62,947,714 1900 163,065 202,718 459,748. 93,965 1,751,394 30,159,921 75,994,575 1910 214,744 301,408 620,832 104,680 2,075,708 41,998,932 91,972,266 1920 234,698 380,582 728,327 113,047 2,387,125 54,157,973 105,710,620 1930 271,606 464,356 882,266 146,304 2,563,953 68,954,823 122,775,046 19'40 287,736 492,370 967,367 187,261 2,792,300 74,423,702 131,669,275 1950 311,349 521,718 1,151,053 317,986 2,982,483 88,927,464 150,697,361 1960 313,411 482,872 1,482,030 685,747 3,413,864 125,268,750 179,323,175 Notes: (a ... Anoka, Dakota, Hennepin, Ramsey, and Washington Counties. (b ... Above five counties less population of Saint Paul and Minneapolis. Source: U. S. Bureau of the Census. 31 Tablr Bopula In on 1910, 1911•, 195 and ! ) t`+;:.:la,io C 1+a n0� 1961 It - ..c« s of Lund m acs dr , al 1' and rope , D -s- amt N, -.I. 1966 ... CONS US po"Lr TION POPULATION CHANGErICIIE5 OF - i'CR.S O NS TRACT 1950-1960 L\ND IN I'CRNCT NUMBER RCS, USEk- C ZI.Ib RES. ACRO - 1930 1940F95202- 1'160 Number f er Cent 1 1 4,328 1,291 5.212 382 7.9 232.3 22.4 2 4,312 5.1396,87225.52833 1,973 2.4]17571 1, 74U 29..9 36824 947 977'2,937 1,294 7H.H 171.9 165 1.7441,8341,592 2,433 112.7 127.1- 3�.1,007 3,336 5,585 1,561 38.9 296.8 B 7 2.523 2,894 5.383 11,n 34 6,251 116.1 624.0 IS.ti 8 4,682 4,658 4,91] q, 931 14 0.3 IN1.9 27.1 9 3,731 ),600 3,575 3,771 199 5.6 125.5 10.1 . 10 5,153 5,031 4,994 4,811 _Idl -3, 7' 121.7 39.3 11- 3,722 3,235 1,111 1,265 '91 2.2 159.6 26.5 i2 2,8,34 2,807 2.938' 3.510 572 19.5 1717.0 30.0 Il 3,127 1,424 3,44ti 3,032 -414 -12:0 '40.2 14 4.124 4,157 1,062 3,]56 -246 -6.1 101.7 36.9 IS 1.224 1,511 4,146 1,060 -386 -8.7 19.3 45.5 16 3,910 3,0]3 4,287 3, H7U -417 -9.7 122.3 11.6 17 4,063 4,289 4,509 6,305 1,796 39.8 2]0.3 23.3 i8 3,797 4,095 1,914 8,125 3,211 65.3 351.2 23.1 19 1,950 2,111 052 1,690 -372 -I8 1 45 7 36.8 20 -21-- - 2,990 _ 3.328__ 3,428 3,476 4H -1 1 123 5 28.1 -_],544 •526 _ 4,017 - - 9 9 - ---86 9 42.4 3,681 406 22 3,524 3,681 3,179 3,1]8 901 -10 6 108.6 31.2 23 4,150 4,399 4.377 4,111 -80 -1.8 140.8 28.9 24 2,872 2,870 2.828 3,003 1]5 ti.2 97.1 114.9 25 4,887 4,961 4,819 a,522 _ -32] -6.7 110.7 40.8 . 26 4,948 4,947 4,972 4,13] -635 -12.1 92.0 47.1 27 3,606 3,733 3,621 3,258 -363 -114.0 63.6 51.2 28 4,993 5,345 5,047 1,]53 -3, z 94 -65.3 35.1 a9.1 29 3.336 3,834 3,841 2,147 -1,694 -44.1 37.9 56.5 30 -___.-._ 2,669 _ _-__ 2,697 2,630 -264 -10.0 45.3 52.2_ 31 3,585 x,689 _ .__ 1,466 _2,366 2,438 53.0 _ _.__.. 46.0 _.__. -1.628 _.. _-_ -29.7 32 3,400 3,702 3,797 3,413 -384 -10.1 92.0 31.1 33 4,525 4, 6a3 5,020 4,590 -422 -8.4 140.7 32.7 34 3,]62 3,908 1,616 3,131 -485 -13.4 72.0 43.5 35 4,676 4,752 4,990 3,939 -1,051 -21.1 100.4 39.2 36 3,]60 41428 4,528 2,412 -2.116 -46.7 50.7 47.6 37 5,139 5;582 5,595 2,069 -3,526 -63.0 27.8 7a.4 38 2,839 2,9fl0 2,994 2,848 -146 -4.9 63.8 44.6 39 3,408 3,709 3,980 3,353 - -627 -15.8 60.9 55.1 _ 40 _ 4,424 4,540 3,657 -885 -19.4 4].5 ]].0 _3,]91 4,159 11 5,052 4,996- - ---1,62] _ -2,169 -47.7 - - ---11.1- -236,7 42 2,541 2,202 2,294 1,521 -773 -33.7 1.0 1,521.0 43 2,139 2,467 2+055 988 -,1, 061 -51.9 3.8 260.0 44 3,356 3,623 3,560 3,227 -331 -9.4 77.4 41.] 45 4,872 5,065 5,119 4,896 -223 :4.4' 146.3 33.5 46 3,342 3,651 4,048 1,757 2,709 66.9 306.3 22.1 47 1,591 1, 224 3,127 5,931 2,210 59.3 437.1 13.6 48 2,220 2,196 2,166 2,605 439 20.3 122.6 21.2 49 4,4]5 4,184 4,521 4.551 30 0.] 139.2 32.3 50 q, 020 1,952 3,931 3,842 -89 -2.3 ]16.0 33_1__ 51-3,401 1,106 J,89J - 31.1 3,941 48 1.2 ]26.7 52 - 4,911' 4,.918 4.722 4,611 -Ill -2.4 167.5 27.5 51 5.371 5,425 5,580 5,408 -172 -3.1 169.5 31.9 54 4,181 4.387 4.623 4,328 -295 -6.4 82.2 52 J 55 1.415 4,712 5,069 4,516 -sv -10.9. 64.0 70.6 562,793 2,713 2,820 2,623 -197 -7.0 72.3 36.3 57 3,975 ],845 3,550 3, 12P -22 -0.6 125.7 28.1 58 3,021 4,040 •i, 545 3,997 -548 -12.1 112.6 35.5 593,357 3,777 4,115 2,919 -1,196 -29.1 51.6 56.6 60 3,487 966 2,647 _ 1,710 4,677 3,914, 3,740 4,985 a,B99 2.739 �-1,03] 5,252 -1,001 -],449 353 -26.7 47.8 51.3 46.7 23.3 61 62 -12.3 7.2 65.0 225.6 63 2.791 3,173 I, 445 1, 516 121 2Of- 138.4 33.0 61 4,45ti 4,942a.90 1 '13 -125 -2.5 193.3 26.9 VS 3.471 •1.005 4,650 .1 223 4.8 173.3 28.1 66 3,223 4,628 •11524 1,809 285 6.3 211.4 21.5 n> 4,513 1,6:11 9.966 5,350 389 7.7 223.3 24.0 68 4.020 3,003 4,01,1 3.533 -528 -IJ.O 105.0 33.6 6`l 4,N3N 1,940 4,575 a,IIU -165 -10.2 99.6 41.3 71 72 103 U7> 761 1 6.014` 351.2 29.4 7 7 73 3, 3,161 3,271 2,193 -301 -10.4 '3.9 71 632 767 I, OU5 I,L60 655 65.2 3]4.4 1.4 75 76 314N 1,119 924 1,411 3,509 3,355 6,211 7,545 "2,]04 4,190 7].1 124.9 3)9.2 291.2 16.4 25.6 CC"1 271 , b N, 2147,736 311,344 1313,111 2,062 14.7 11,057.6 211.1 Id-Iloor . d d nuln 1i,de s 1, th+n9 a apart me ns over 11 +stor .. t r + c d 1 r-spcc ally +n o,.nto dTracts.;) 12 and 43 due to ncl +es do nt+al a Cres tbei eel based on yr ,u nd-floor u..e. mot rc+, I �, Burea+ i the C. s.,., and C+ly Pla 1n ny Beard of Sa nt t`aul. 32 Tab le 3 ... Total Population, Papulation By Sen, Population by Type r,f Resident,, and Prrsons per 1lousehald $al nt Paul, 1960 ... CENSUS PERSONS BY RESIDENCE PERSONS(a TfL\CT I Tota! _ \fa le Pem ale In Iloureholds�� In Group pua rt ers (a _I PER 1 5, 212 1 2 OJ 19.7 2 609 a0.1 4 654n9,7 / of total 558 umfler nl /, of total 2 bN 3 67 19.7 1 2U 5 1.1 979 79 a 709 10.6 3. p9 w J 571 3 (7 aH, 3 995 1.1 ) �S9 99.8 12 0.2 3,43 1 9 7 1 a(» SU.O 1 A,ry 50.0 929 99.ti 13 0.4 3,72 > 1 >J2 1 2 Ila 47. 2 a:N 2.] 472 1C1 .0 - - 7.70 [j( 585 2 744 .19.1 'I 0 .9 4I6 9I.S 179 2.5 1.11 7 II 631 5 1 -I 19. - >0 _0,3 2,763 70.5 390 8,7 8 N 931 2 151 40, 1 2 >45 51.6 1 N96 _ 99.3 35 0.7 3.75 9 3,774 1 818 i9. 1,956 51.9 1,71A 99. ,7 10 0.3 3.37 -__-1?_ 11 4 811 ''_,-2 , 20> 199 45. _ 2,62.2 1.5_. 41H11 _ M1 i _ _. - 7.04 _.-._.. 12 a 3 ]0 1 970 I ]1 - 46. 49.1 2,275 179 1i.2 >r.7 4 115 7 SIt1 9 S 1 100 0_._ 20 p,5 J.0) 3.44 Il c 3 03- 1 4f1 aN.t I, 571 51 9 J O2) 99 9 5 0 2 3.30 I9 3 156 1 9 ] 1.1 I,a79 5( 0 { "I5 IUO.O _ 3.60 I5 1 160 3.9 N.2 2,102 1.1 OSi 99.9 ! 0.1. 7.25 16 1, 9)U 19 49.1 1,9oe1 �.9 3,Na1 99 3 2b 0.7 3.24 IJ 6.105 2 9:.9 47.429J 6.0 4,099 A79 21,4 99 P ''. 12 0.2 3.IH IB 8,125 3 J 6 .N.B lig 11 2 125 66,1 74.0 512 12,5 20 F O,a I IP,2 IO.A 1 39 11 9 I >4 98.> 2f 1.5 3.14 2P 3 418 1 ) 43.: I �0 1.9 l 171 IOL.4 22 - 3.09 21 3 n81 1 4' -- O3n .3 3 Ila M. a 537-- 1.0 464 0.2 17,1 22 3 379 I P7 1 791 .( 3,221 95 3 151 4,7 3.11 23 4,297 2 015 Iv .9 2. 2 25 4,237 I,U.G 1 - 3.20 24 3 03 I J 2 45 I [51 2A >81' 9 N 1 7.2 3.16 25 522 1 2 1 7 47.1 39i 1.1 737 0.] 409 4,4a7 99.2 3 0.8 2.99 26 4 317 2 IA 19 2 19 5.9 i 323 99 7 71 0.3 3.19 27 3 59 157) a. L I of 1 0 i IJI 97 3 1 HJ r,J 3.26 28. 1 753 10 4 .fi 953 i 1 i)N 911.0 175 IJ.O 2.63 29 2 147 994 4'.) I,I53 3 ) 2 747 Irl 0 16.3 - a.al 30 2, 36e 1 1 7 I,6 1,2)9 _2 4 351 99.4 IS 0.n 3.49 JI,43° 2.572 942 ! 36.6 497 1.749 55 1 2,11 , )4 .6 131 5.q _ 2.9.1...-- - 32 3.a 13 1 X19 97,4 1,)94 5. J,2N5 96.1 129 3.8 2.AH ]3 4,59H 2,092 45.'. 2.526 51.9 I,47I 97.2 12] 2.8 2.9H 34 3,111 1,376 43.9 1,755 56.1 2.69e 5 ++ 445 19.2 2.)0 JS 3,939 1,851 4).0 .2,089 53.0 3,835 97.4 104 2.F 3.07 36 2,112 1,169 48.5 1,243 51.5 2,383 99,8 29 1.2 3.31 17 2 069 907 93.N !,162 Sb 2 1,998 1 96.6 71 3.4 2 57 38 7 840 1 749 a1.a 1,499 52 6 2,820 99.0 28 1.0 3.21 39 3 353 1 1 6b 46.1 1.79] 3.3 l 2f, 97 ,5. AS 2.5 2.55 40 41 ] 657 2,621 •._--� 1 31 142 -47.i 41.9 2 129 (..__ >A..I _. 3 505 _ -- 95.8 _ `--- 152 4,2 2.12 42 1,521 1 036 6N.1 485 195 56.5 71.9 2 257 1,156 85.0 76.0 374 365 IJ.2 24.0 1.50 1.19 43 44 998 663 67,1 325 32,9 567 57,4 421 I 42.6 1.56 45 J,22J 1,544 47,5 1,691 52.2 3 Ifi9 9P.2 SN I.e 3.04 46 4,996 6,757 11 2,344 3 266 4).9 49.3 2,552 3,491 52.1 4 9" 99.8 8 0.2 1,39 47 5 977 2,921 51.] 6 161 'a 6 96 1.4 1.40 48 49 2,605 . 1,387 49,2 53.2 3,016 1,218 50.8 4fi.9 5,924 2,215 99.B 1 15,1 ! 17 790 1 0.2 15.0 3.85 2.89 50 4 551 2 326 1 726 51,1 2,225 2,116 48.9 5.1 4,101 1 90.1 X450 9.9 3.12 51 _3,842 3 941 ---1 1,.44.9 764 44.8 2,17) 55.2 1 805 3,761 99.0 83.9 _ 37 610 4 1.0 16.2 __3.31 2.9]_--- 52 4,611 2 006 43.5 1 2,605 56.$ 1,53) 98,4 1 74 1.6 2.94 53 54 5,408 2 342 43.3 3,066 56, 7 S 193 99.7 IS 0.3 '2..06 55 9,328 4,516 2 010 L 999 46,4 2,31H 1 53.6 1 258 1 98.4 I 70= 1.6 3.03 56 2,623 141 4a.J 2,51) 11,]7 4 a13 07„i 113 2.5 2.05 5] 7,528 I, 41.2 1,593 18.9 2 496 95.2 127 . 4.8 2.51 S8 3,99] 551 I,SSL I.b12 44,0 - 1,977 56.1 3, 441 r 97,5 J 8] 2.5 3.10 59 1 2 919 1,413 40.3 49,4 2,195 59.] 7,617 90.9 )64 9.1 2.17 60 2,)39 1,285 3,684 e)3 1,506 1, 45a 51.6 53.1 2,993 2 555 98.8 93.3 36 1.2 2.54 61 3,037 = 1,560 _41.9 51.9 I 1,4)) 49.6 3 Ol] 100.0 - +I 194 ------ 6.7 7.05 62 5,252 2,431 96,3 2,121 53,1 5,252 IU0.0 1 1 7 12 --0.2 778 0.2 306 347 3.)6 2.91 63 64 4.566 I, 771 19.9 2,)95 LI.2 1,821 13.7 745 IG 3 3.05 65 4,930 2,290 96.5 2,640 53.5 9.1190 1 99.2 40 0.8 2.99 66 a,873 2,271 46,6 2.602 53.4 4,7)9 98.1 94 1 1,9 2.87 67 4,919 5.350 2,272 2,569 47.2 49.11 2,531 52.9 4,903 99,9 G 0.1 3.11 68 3,53] 1,684 114),7 76 2,]82 I, BV9 52.0 52.1 5,350 3.519 1 100.0 99.6 - ! 14 0.1 3.20 3.28 69 JO 9 110 1 706 1,927 46.9 2,18) 53.2 1,f 34 Fl9.5 1 974 II.S 3.06 - 71 _{ -4 994 1 1,]19 2,432 46.1 a9. ) 1,987 �.. 2,562 53.4 3,6]0 '�, 99.0 36 I 1.0 7.20 -3.26 72 6,026 2,899 48.1 J, 127 51.7 51.9 1 945 99.0 1 491,0 73 2,893 1,410 a8.] 1, 4H12,977 6,113 99,N I3 0.2 3,35 74 1,560 1 889 57,6 711 4fi.'1 1,594 99.4 16 0.6 3.60 75 fi,213 2,990 41,0 1,217 52.0 fi,199 96.0 99.9 66 4.0 3.51 7F 7,545 1 3,496 16.9 _.1, 1;a9 57.7 7.113 99,5 19 112 0.2 1.5 3.30 3.17 Cay )13,411 148,396 41.3 ' 165, 015 52.7 103,703 96.9 9,70,1 1'1 1.1 3.09 ,ores Ia , Por d,flnl,lon 01 41 llou-Wd r•rnup 11,-- " ant Persons nir 111u Behold' ,re Append lx A. S. B11eau nl the Census, 33 Table 4 ...Non -White Persons, Unrelated Ind -duals, Persons -14 Years of Age and Over, and Marital Status -Salo[ pawl, 1960 ... CENSUS TRACT Non-N9tlte PERSONS NS (a Unrelated Ind (a PERSONS 14 YEARS OL AGE AND OVER V u T- ' St ng le Married WW NUMBER umber Y of total' number / of total umfler nl /, of total umber n2,309 "/.-of total ed n u b 0r Divorced Y, of total 1 2 87 27 1.7 1,083 20,8 3,99; 261 31.6 57.8 _ 424 10.4 3 0,3 1,154 17.3 5,25- I, 459 27.8 3,171 60.3 625 4 G 122 0.1 230 3.0 5,409 I, IJB 21.8 3, 811 71.4 368 11.9 6.8 . 5 189 4.2 116 4.1 147 3.9 1,922 401 20.9 1,393 72.5 12N 6.6 6 6 0.1 351 7.2 2,769 610 21,7 1,910 65.4 359 12.9 7 21 0.2 213 6,3 I.N 3,920 I 811 20.8 2,763 70.5 390 8,7 8 60 1.2 279 4.tl 7,299 1,273 IJ.S 5, 610 76.9 905 5,6 9 2 U.3 249 6,6 3 490 795 2,588 22.0 2,294 65.7 401 11.5 _ 10 7 0.1 391 3 fl.l '99 1 23.I 1,721 66.5 269 10.4 11 .- 0.1 61 -fi.. 2. _. 2,490 _ _ 786 - 3,191 736 _ 22.5 -_ _. � 2,254 ..__- __. 44.1 450 12.9_ 12 2 U.1 1.14 •1.1 2,363 456 21.1 2,115 66.3 340 _ 10.6 IJ IS 0.5 IIA 5.9 2,140 a69 19.3 21.9 1,672 70,9 235 9.9 14 51 1.4 ISH 4,2 2,461 559 1,366 63.8 705 14.1 23 22.7 1,636 66.5 266 10.8 IG 0.1 242 2 751 1 iRS 21.4 7A5 :S46 63.2 354 12,5 17 SA 0.9 179 6.0 4,099 A79 21,4 2,]08 47.1 316 11.5 IN 19 ) l3.l 3024 3.7 5•,51 984 IR.S 4,032 66,1 74.0 512 12,5 20 F O,a I IP,2 IO.A 1 23N 1 339 ! r 27.4 791 63.9 435 850 --- 21 -_-__ 13 11 0.4 274 -0.3 ` 7.9 I -30-.4 - - 2,570 I Sfi5 I 22,0 1_]55 68.3 I0N 250 8.7 22 34 l,l le 3, OlO 1,114 39.0 - _ - -1 460 - 48.5 -64.7 376 9.7_ 12,5 23 Ifi 1.0 464 0.2 17,1 316 19,4 3.219 799 24.8 - 2 011 339 ]0.5 25 46 1.0 31N 2 2 37 26 2A 0.G 376 I 8.7 3, 386 1 736 3,084 '736 21,7 23.9 2,207 65.263-a 443 13,1 27 2A 76 12 1.1 737 0.] 409 10.3 23.7 2,355 612 1.397 26.0 ! 1,932 1,426 62.4 60.6 416 I 31] 13.5 13.4 29 359 16.7 124 5.9 433 953 31.2 711 51.3 243 17.5 _ _30 - _ 21 0.9 Iab I 6.2 177 1564._ 342 18.6 21.9 120 65.0 156 16.4 11 9 0 ^ 407 11,7 _ 1,770 _ - 117 _ 21.5 - ] 028 - 65.7 - ---56.2 _ 194 ____.. 12.4 ._- -. ._-. 72 ] 0.2 617 18.1 2,536 705 27,8 994 1,955 289 16.3 3J 34 9 19 0,2 773 I6.N �,. 794 1,080 31,8 1,841 57.4 54.3 376 14.8 35 2,608 0.6 921 66,2 556 24.2 2.572 942 ! 36.6 1,307 50.8 4]3 323 13.9 12,6 36 1,389 57.6 338 14.1 14.0 2,013 617 1,589 21,9 1,117 61,1 479 17.0 37 '201 IU.O 411 19.9 769 1,561 456 27.2 29.2 935 58.9 285 17.9 78 1,19441.9 310 109 1,983 492 24.8 828 1,240 53.0 277 17.8 39 40 1,228 541 542 JG.6 762 22,.7 2,501 I_ 588 23.5 1,9]3 62.5 54.9 251 12.7 _- _ 41 14,8 1,165 _.__-.. r 31,9 2,924 ! 877 30.0 _ -4]. 1,351 --661' _ 46.2 540 696_ 21.6 23,8 2,4 1,690 Ii 62.4- 2,461 1,159 1 45.8 333 26.9 641 _ -26.0 42 64 4.2 1,266 177.2 1,496 685 43 44 33 3.3 ]24 ! 73.3 921 325 35,3 239 22.3 25.9 478 33.9 45 17 0.5 372 11,5 2,294 601 26.2 1,369 59.7 357 38.8 31 0.6 371 6.0 1,418 835 24.4 2,182 324 14.1 46 22 0.3 1 362 S.9 4,689 I, 1129 21.9 3,321 43.9 401 11.7 47 4A 6 0.1 150 2.5 3,705 692 Ie.] 2,799 70.9 75.5 339 214 7.2 49 P 14 11,3 620 Z1.8 2,053 753 36.7 1,086 52,9 214 5,8 50 9 0,3 I 841 0.2 .18.5 3,482 1,277 36.] 1,890 52.8 365 10.4 10.5 51 _ 2l 437 0.6 1,029 11.4 26.1--- 2.725 817 --3,059 30,0 --41.0 ----1,513-- •1,565 5].4 - 343 1'1.5 52 1S 0.7 596 12,7 1,253- 1,490 931 49.4 _ -293 -_--9.6 SJ 11 " 0.2 721 13.3 4,061 1,156 26.6 29,5 2,0]3 59.4 987 14.6 54 11 0.3 560 12,9 3,070 826 26.9 2,287 56.3 618 15.2 55 41 0,9 1,411 71,2 3,635 1,099 70.2 1,805 1.725 58,8 439 14.3 56 5] ,12 0.5 621 23.7 2,099 735 35.0 I, 049 47.5 50.0 All 22.3 58 5 26 0.1 499 14.1 2,579 763 29,6 1,482 57.5 314 334 15.0 59 51 0.7 1,449 1.7 582 76,1 3,41 G'- 1.234 36.1 1,539 45.1 643 12.9 18.8 60 6 0.2 472 -_._ -- -- - - 4.6 238 19,9 17,2 7.8 2 192 609 1,997 564 _ _ I, 186 511 27,8 28.3 _ 1,120 1, OOI ---1 51.1 50.1 _---59.8 463 432 _ 21.1 21.6 61 141 62 8 0.2 445 8.5 4,169 1,025 27.1 24 6 128- 247 13.1 63 10 0.2 1,034 22.fi 3,110 1,505 40.6 2 739. 65.6 470 g,8 64 2 - 387 7.B 3,786 845 22.3 1 903 2,458 51,3 302 65 12 0.2 454 9.3 3.806 857 22.5 2,527 64.9 483 12.8 66 2 - 254 5,3 3,684 e)3 22.6 2,486 66.4 422 11 1 fi7 68 5. 0.1 300 S.G 3,894 888 22.0 2,631 67.5 67.6 365 69 4 56 0.1 217 1.4 6.1 2,517 600 23.8 1,622 64.5 375 295 9.6 70 7 12 --0.2 778 0.2 306 347 18.9 B,3 6.B .3,086 863 2,612 546 J, 539 847 20.0 __ 20.9 23.9 1,733 I.fi98 56,1 65.0 490 368 - - - 11.7 15,9 79,1_ 71 )2 19 0.3 350 5.8 4,194 921 22,0 2,309 65.3 383 --_ 10,8 - 73 21 '0.7 191 6.6 1,870 449 24.0 2,822 67.3 10.7 74 17 1.0 120 7,2 1,103 226 20.5 1,219 65.2 202 10.8 75 12 0,2 724 5.2 4,767 899 20.6 797 7,120 ]2.1 AO 7.2 76 26 0.3 650 9.6 5,037 890 17,7 3,606 � 71.4 ]1.6 348 541 8.0 10.7 ,• CItY 9,317 3.0 37,850 12.1 226,795 58,515 25.8 1411,185 e1. B_ ! 28,095 12.9 ._ .. . _. 11, --1-- ano tore la trd Indly dua l.s Bre A. SourceU. .S, Bureau of th, C-- 34 Ta blc 5 ... \Icdlao :, tc of Popu tattoo and Population .,y Aye Groups - Bei aul, 1910 ... cI,"SUS MEDIAN HOUSING UNITS(- AGE GROUP NUMBER OF HOUSING UNITS TRACT TRACT ACE(a 0-4 Yrs. 5-13 1•rs. IJ -1'! 1'rs. 18-24 Yrs. 25-44 Yrs. 45-14'Vr s. US, Yrs, NU%IRER 'of 1 'K ofr,7 3 x of Over 4 ". of /, of 1.01 Pers. G of 1960 .x of per cent "S of umber total umber' tat pars, tat um.ler tat �m ber total ,,1ber total umber- total umber tat 1 29.7 490 9.J 486 17.9 262 5.11 142224.2 2 1,]56 1,9U 915 17,6 714 1331.7 26 1.3 529 T.913.5]2.6911 360 303 351 137 3 I4 .5 7,392 2U.1 1,644 24.6 926 11.1.8.8 1.7 129 697 932 435 19.) 539 7.1 468 - 1,171 24,2 1,992 26.3 579 1,64 54 27,5 3722.7 - 151 246 21.9 201 7.0 1826.2.68207IG5 696 121.9 1,240 17.9 27 2,1 129 289 211.8 791 17.2 216 22.5 117 6.8 394 1.1 I,U33 22.5 475 I4.) 353 )] t.lb635 317 366 11.4 7 18.7 362 1,611 3H1 1.9 1.142 24.0 1,297 „27.2 533 - 9.L ]24 963 1 B 1,721 1,{98 12) A.3 1,462 97,6 36 2.4 156 457 289 193 P 31.2 540 II.0 lUi IH.3 313 6.3 398 B.1 1,114 22.6 1,121 22.7 544 i1.0 9 27.5 489 I3.V 697 IH.S 219 5.7 1]9 10.0 825 21.9 769 20.4 402 10.6 10_ 11.2 514 _ 124 747 15.5 297 5.1 i0fi 10.5 1,036_ 21.5 1,017 X1:2 684 14.2 -- 11 37.i 360 _11.9 8.0 657 15., 210 6.2 332 7.9 920 21.9 1,0)0 25.4 609- 979 12 27.L 514 14.6 133 In,t 211 1.0 27B 1.9 889 25.3 6]I 19.1 114 9.G -13 29.0 359 11.8 533 17.1 19L L.5 306 10.1 162 21.1 674 22.2 302 IO.0 14 24.0 i43 11.5 5.5 231 260 1.9. 375 IV.1, H19 21.B 692 18.4 315 tl.4 15 21.3 521 '12.8 112 17,5 262 1.5, 415 11.7 115 21,3 175 19.1 450 11.1 IL 30.1 475 11.2' 114 17.7 231 1.0 1N2 9.9 935 21.1 951 22.1 149 Il. li 17 24.P 919 IA.6 1,287 21.4 384 6.1 577 9.1 1,474 23.4 1,100 17.9 SIB 9.0 IB 29.4 I,U24 12.6 1,650 20.1 459 .6 i39 6.1 2,248 27.7 1,603 19.7 102 ],4 19 27.9 192 11.1 251 14.9 109 b.i 215 12.11 {10 24.4 342 20.4 162 9.L 20 11.G 792 11.3 - 514 14.9 ` 199 1 a.4 4V7 11.6 772 22.2 BIB 24,1 368111, 361 21 28.4 _ 295 9.0 - -3 TL IV.2 13) J.> 988 24.1 ]IB 19.5 716 21.1 491 13.3 22 32.5 275 8.2 416 14.1' 200 5,9 qA0 44.2 659 19.5 811 24.0 471 14.1 23 )5.2 371 N.6 7U7 I/.S 2a5 1.1 361 1.4 924 21.5 1,111 25.9 53B 12.5 29 li.; 315 10.5 Ole 14.4 219 7.31 295 9.A 679 22.6 ]43 24.7 314 10.5 25 32.9 496 11.0 6411 14.2 240 5.3 410 10.2 1,011 22.5 1,049 23,2 619 13.7 26 28.7 509 11.7 744 1).2 2tl1 1.i 473 10.9 897 20.6 975 22.5 410 IU,6 2> 31.3 l8A 11.9 515 15.1 191, 113 325 10.0 617 20.5 720- 22.1 453 13.9 2H l 4 7 IB 4 10 .7 IRI 10 4 A3 4 I Ill 13.1 314 20.9 452 25.8 257 1 ' 4.v 29 12.1 522 j 24.1 172 31.1 102 4.a 111 5.2 412 Z0.1 113 5.3 195 9.4 30 24.4 361 1 15.4 479 iA.6 111 5.5 275 II.L 561 23.7 374 15.8 216 9.1 31 70.6 113 12.8 35i 14.6 115 4.7 271 ll.l SOA 20.8 590 22.1 336 13.8 32 21.N 409 12.0 468 13.7 145 J.2 492 14.4 815 21.9 678 19.9 4U6 11.9 33 30.0 477 10,3 ]ll 15.9 244 5.7 . 595 12.9 979 21.3 945 20.6 611 11.7 34 29.3 257 8.2 302 9.6 114 3.6 751 24,2 611 19.2 686 21.9 _ 413 13,2 35' 32.3 136 11.1 690 1).5 217 5.5 319 8.1 921 23.5 859 23.A 492 12.5 36 27,7 - 340 14.1 483 20.0 109 4.5 201 1,3 548 22.1 473 IA,6 258 10.7 37 lJ.) •194 9.4 314 15.2 107 5.2 241 11.6 418 20.2 528 25.5 267 12.9 38 27.4 759 12.6 506 17.8 112 5.) 702 10.6 664 23.3 514 20.5 271 9.5 39 32,] 796 ll.fl 456 13.6' 141 9.2 366 10.9 BIS 24.3 ,H2 20.4 497 14.8 40 38.9 345 _ 9.4 388 10.6 130 3.1 _399 10.9 78] 21.5 973 26.6 635 44 41 47.4 11 2.77 96 3.7 43 1.6 515 19.6 497 11 803 70.6 603 _17.4 22.9 42 52.2 9 0.1 16 1.1 I1 0.] 128 8.4 173 24.5 598 39.3 386 25.4 43 60,6 21 2.1 46 4.7 13 1.3 20 2.0 116 13.8 360 36.4 392 39.1 44 26'.1 399 12.3' SJ4 16.5 188 S.B 423 13.1 fi93 21.5 590 18,3 400 12.4 45 27,2 626 12.8 852 167,4 344 7,0 519 10.6 1,056 21.1 911 20.2 512 10.4 41 29,5 837 12,4 1,231 18.2 400 5.9 54] 1.1 1,124 25.5 1,487 22.0 531 ],9 47 26.1 799 17.5 1,433 24,1 159 6.0 295 5.0 1,774 29.9 988 16.6 286 4.8 48 14,0 1)8 6.8 374 19.4 131 5.0 171 14.2 602 23.1 628 24.1 321 12,3 49 29.9 466 6.9 663 14.6 256 5.6 794 17,4 897 19.7 910 20.0 625 Ii.7 50 _ 30.4 422 11.0_ 695 18.1 202 5.3 397 10.7 783 20.4 791 20.6 552 14.4 51 25.0 376 9.5 506 12.8 160 4,1 _ 974 24.7 _ ]17 19:2 731 18.6 477 12,1 52 36.1 417 9.0 ]04 15.3 262 i.7 399 8.7 981 21.1 1.079 23.4 769 16.7 53 35.7 536 9.9 "1 15,0 III 5.1 442 8.2 1,144 21.2 1,2)1 23.5 930 17,2 54 29.0 507 11,7 751 17.4 219 5.1 •191 11.3 950 22.0 878 20.3 532 12.1 55 3),I 465 10.3 411 9.2 142 1.1 59N 13.2 96.1 21,1 1,085 24.0 847 IB.9 56 31.3 202 7,7 323 12.3 106 4.0 311 12.8 555 21,2 668 25.5 432 16.5 57 34.5 359 10.2 590 16.) 209 5.9 212 7,7 711 20.7 819 23.2 548 15.5 SB 37,5 296 7.4 285 7.1 121 3.0 142 I1 ..I 928 23.2 989 24.7 736 18.4 59 37.1 302 10.4 425 14.6 143 4.9 250 8,6 624 21.4 660 22,6 515 17.6 60 33.2 323 11.8 419 _15.3 161 5.9 258 9.4 491 16.1 602_ 22.0 480 1,663 61 22. 3 460 15.2 691 22.a 219 7.2 240 7.9 679 21.0 548 _ iB.B 240 _.17.5 - 67.9 62 39.9 367 6.9 720 IJ.7 362 6.9 438 A.1 1,0376 20.5 1,630 31.1 663 12.6 667 34.) 272 6.0 514 12,8 211 5.N 717 17.2 714 17.2 1,177 25.8 696 15.2 64 38.1 401 P,.1 743 15.1 219 1,337 150 ].1 1,043 21.2 1,349 27.4 765 15,5 65 40.3 367 7,5 700 IA,4 271 1:17, 422 8.7 945 19.4 1,435 29.5 '737 15.0 66 38.11 }B6 '9.0 719 15.4 315 6.6 361 7.5 9N5 20,5 1,460 30.4 S61 11.] 17 32.7 550 111.3 906 16.9 155 h.8 9437 5.4 1,241 23.2 1,219 23.9 512 10.7 68 31.1 404 11.4 612 17.3 196 5.5 312 8.9 7)3 21.9 74j 21.1 490 13.9 69 32.5 445 10.1 579 14.1 '225 5.5 988 11.9 A,3 19.8 971 22.6 629 1$.3 70 30.A ... 449 12.1 64i 17.4 205 S.5 306 9.3 ]8B 21.3 789 21.3 524 14.2 Jl 29.1 140 12.tl 115 16.3 275 i.5 407 _.._ 9.9 1,13] 22.81, 075 _ 20.7 605 _ 12.1 72 29.0 738 12.2 1.094 19.2 358 5.9 602 10.0 1,156 22.5 7,269 21.I 609 10.1 737 23.0 462 16.0 511 19.4 190 fi,6 1167 11.0 659 22.8 490 16.9 214 7.4 ]4 26.11 231. 13.9 326 19.fi 111 7,0 107 6.4 456 27.5 304 ifl.J JS 3A.) SJN 9.) 1.3 8 21,1 390 I , 341 5.6 1,55fi 25.0 1,565 25.2 SOI 8.2 76 27.8 I, 175 15.6 1.337 17.7 275 3.6 519 f1,2 21378 11.5 1,211 16.1 City 30.8 34,637 11.0 51,9]9 16.6 17,519 5.6 32,152 1 10.7 1 ]1,2'22 22.7 68,6L1 21.9 37,241 11.9' .. of e: (, ... Median A•te is th!value which div Ides the age dls tr it,uti�n Imo two equal pans -one-half of the rases la Ili nil bolow Ih is 7o lue and one -ho 11 of tOc eases exce c,:i n9 this ea lu t. 35 Table 6 .:. General Housing Data - Saint Paul, 1960 ... CENSUS HOUSING UNITS(- NUMBER OF HOUSING UNITS TRACT Total 1950-1960 Gccu pied Vacant Occupted By With Over 7' of 'of 1 2 3 4 Over 4 NUMBER Change 1.01 Pers. 1950 1960 umber per cent umber total umber total pars, pars. Pers. pars, per,. Per Room �1 1,132 1,531 199 14.9 1,991 97.4 90 2.6 207 486 280 204 314 , 104 2 1,]56 1,9U 204 11.6, 1,936 98.7 26 1.3 213 709 360 303 351 137 3 1,717 2,223 506 29.5 2,207 99.3 16 1.7 129 697 932 435 514 150. 4 452 797 345 76.3 786 98.6 11 1.4 54 200 135 - 151 246 114 5 .571 1,21] 696 121.9 1,240 17.9 27 2,1 129 289 211 243 361 216 6 1,119 1,668 549 99.1 1,629 97.1 39 2.3 135 50) 304 317 366 111 7 1,489 3,100 1,611 108.2 3,05] 98.6 43 .1.4 136 677 55] ]24 963 431 B 1,371 1,{98 12) A.3 1,462 97,6 36 2.4 156 457 289 193 167 157 9 1,0]2 1,155 8J J.7 1,118 96.8 3] 3.2 174 296 195 167 266 128 1,559 1,610 51 3.2 1.583. 97.1 47 2.9 2]4 491 298 214_ 306 _132 _._10 11 1,255 1,379 _ 124 9.9 1,361 98.7 IB 1.3 160 494 255 214 238 ]1 12 842 1,042 200 23.8 1,019 97,8 23 2.2 98 310 166 182 263 106 13 979 953 -26 -2.7 916 96.1 3] 3,9 118 271 180 141 206 109 14 1,129 1,0]8 -51 -4.5 1,043 96,8 35 3.2 118 282 187 160 296 159 IS 1,118 1,321 3 0.2 1,249 94.5 72 5.5 231 342 199 171 300 156 i6 1,211 1,227 14 1.2 1,185 96.6 42 3.4 153 36] 232 1]9 259 115 17 1,311 1,910 599 46.] 1,862 97.5 le 2.5 255 507 333 309 458 220 IB 1,456 2,414 978 67,2 2,357 96.8 77 3.2 202; 672 434 ^453 596 269 19 585 546 -39 -6.7 527 96.5 19 3.5 84 156 9] 87 103 49 20 1,048 1,152 104 9.9 1,129 98.0 23 2,0 146 400 206 163 214 70 21 1,172- 1,24A ]] 6.6 1,213 9].1 36 2.9 338 423 769 115 168 72 22 986 1,050 64 6.5 I,OJ416 1.5 135 361 177 156 205 56 23 1,304 1,351 49 3,8 1,743 99.3 ]0 0.7 162 441 231 220 283 82 24 114 884 110 14.2 876 99,1 0 0.9 82 306 182 137 169 75 25 1,507 1,523 16 1.1 1,503 98.7 ,20 1.3 235 514 274 224 256 108 26 1,445 1,409 -36 -2.5 1,358 96,4 51 3.6 245 387 246 184 296 163 17 1,054 1,004 -50 -4.7 9]3 96.9 31 3.1 148 282 177 179 227 117 20 1,045 627 1,218 66,0 600 95.7 27 1 175 191 9A 56 '84 55 29 1,018 493 -525 -51.6 487 9R.8 6 1.2 113 64 24 52 234 119 39 ]4A ]25 - 19 - 2.6 6]3 92.8 52 7.2 85 169 131 116 112 31 1,023 846 -177 -17.3 794 93.9 52 6.37 190 249 113 105 13] 86 72 1,060 I, IR7 127 11.6 I, IJ. 96.3 44 3.7 259 344 208 124 204 101 33 1,445 1,544 99 6.9 1,502 97,3 42 2.7 373 439 240 152 -298 97 34 1,032 1,052 20 1.9 996 94,7 56 5.3 200 315 115 107 129 41 35 1,439 1,294 -IAS -10.1 1,250 96.6 44 3.4 233 409 207 153 241 106 31 1,392 773 -569 -42.4 721 93.3 52 6.7 148 209 111 71 175 109 37 1,134 827 -1,007 -54.9 7]7 94,0 50 6.0 269 251 85 57 115 84 38 951 915 -36 -3.8 878 96.0 37 4.0 148 247 179 104 200 84 39 1,393 1,368 -25 -1,8 1,281 93.6 B] 6.4 461 342 182 109 187 139 40 1.863 1 826 -37 2,0 1,.657 90.7 169 9.3 790 451 104 142 162 1,028 317 _1170 94 39 41 2,022 1 660 -362 1].9 1,111 90.4 159 9.6 23 16 42 290 1 035 745 256.9 973 94,0 62 6.0- 839 105 I6 7 6 50 43 391 461 72 11.4 364. 78.6 99 21.4 271 57 14 7 15 29 44 1,098 1;087 -IS -1.4 1,041 96.1 42 3.9 229 291' 171 140 210 113 45 1,445 1,512 67 4.6 1,464 96.8 48. 3.2 219 406 287 202 350_ 141 46 I, 154 2,046 892 77.3 1,959 95.7 87 4,3 191 565 371 358 467 - 195 , n7 1,016 1,575 559 55.0 1,539 97.7 111 2.3 71 344 214 335 505 208 X19 621 779 151 25,4 769 98.7 ]0 1.3 156 281 98 89 136 15 99 1,295 1,329 34 2.6 1,316 99.0 13 1.0 222 428 230 115, 261 - 57 50 1,157 _-.. 1,176 .___-.. 19 1.6 1,151 97.9 25 2.1 187 365 109 141 269 77 220 __. 362 _ 194 135 51 1,096 1,129 37 3,0 I, 110 98.3 19 I.] _._..__.___. 199 79 52 1,526 1,562 16 2,4 1,543 98,8 I: 1.2 301 559 221 174 286 58 53 1,]73 1,919 146 8.2 1,083 98.1 36 1.9 455 595 306 204 323 83 54 i, 446 1,517 69 4.B 1,407 92,7 110 7.3 335 402 215 166 289 118 55 2,1]5 2,380 205 9.4 2,150 90.3 230 9,7 1,061 538 228 161 162 210 56 992 1,028 36 3,6 993 96.6 35 3.4 317 332 145 86 113 JI 57 1,118 I, 131 20 1,8 1,109 97.5 29 2.5 237 300 201 124 247 28 SP 1,757 1,]75 IB 1.0 I, 671 94.5 97 5.5 653 55B 228 126 113 BS 59 1,416 1,271 -165 -11,5 1,134 89,2 137 10.8 439 275 154 107 159 150 60 1,157 903 -254 -22.0 838 92.8 65 7.2 219 214 119 107 111 61 1,151 571 -280-24.3 BOJ 92,7 64 1.3 157 178 98 112 _179 ' 2 --179 62 1,515 1,839 324 21,4 1,805 98.2 34 1.8 283 646 319 273 2862 9 45 63 I, i95 1,263 68 5.7 1,251 99.0 12 1.0 174 439 218 186 234 40 64 1,569 1,655 86 5.5 1,635 98.8 20 1.2 236 582 284 245 288 44 65 1,429 1,683 254 17,8 1,663 98.8 20 1.2 238 661 278 235 251 66 66 1,306 1,5]0 269 1,546 98.5 24 1.5 146 5]37 291 276 296 63 67 1,398 1,665 267 19.1 1,633 98.1 32 1.9 180 504 313 259 37] 120 61 1,156 1,106 -50 -4,3 1,0]2 96.9 34 3.1 147 340 180 143 262 103 69 1,337 1,249 -98 -6.1 1,189 95.2 60 4.8 221 369 214 151 234 ]29 70 1,137 1,159 22 1.9 1,146 98.9 13 1.1 175 349 200 252 B7 71 11517 I,113 66 4.4 1,517 95.1 66 4.2 229 449 282 _170 214 _ 343 -160 ]2 1,]56 1,85] 101 5.8 1,]91 96.8 60 3.2 229 527 3134 272 415 219 I3 925 852 -]J -7.9 799 93.8 53 6.2 104 209 125 116 245 151 74 266 465 199 74.8 454 97.6 Il 2.4 674 122 90 95 113 44 )5 1,076 1,900 824 76,6 I, 179 98.9 21 1.1 206 569 311 352 939 54 71,132 2,495 1,663 199.9 2,3]7 95.3 118 4.7 353 680 939 434 471 2037 City 93,359 102,310 8,951 9.6 1 98,704 96.5 1 3,606 3.5 18,772 29,577 16,477 13,884 20,034 8.597 Note: (a ... For deflnlllon of "Housing Unit" IL•e Appendix A. sri oe: U. S. Bureau of the Census. 36 p APPENDIX C Projections to 1970 and 1980 Table 1 ... Projected Popglat,on, Populat,on Change, and -.P d HI -11g Units - Sa,nt Paul, 1970 and 1980 ... -CONS US TMGT NUMBER I- Gen 1970 Pro tl POPULATION 1960-1910Cha n9c mber Pett 1980 projection 1970-1980 Change number OGCUPICD HOUSI 19)0 Pro)ectlan' NGUNITSta 1910 Ptolee 1 5,212 5.120 201 4.0 3,475 55 1.0 1,620 1,700 2 5,687 ),8tl0 1.193 V.8 8.305 azs 5.4 2,310 2,165 1 7,571 ).535 -36 -0.5 ),a15 -120 -1.5 2,230 2,215 4 2,931 4,010 1,073 36.5 5,1)5 1,164 29.0 1,060 1,410 5 4,592 5,)25 1.133 24.7 7, i2D 1,695 29.fi 1,540 2,140 6 5,585 6,500 915 16.4 X,2)0 1,770 2�-2 1,930 2,530 J 11,634 13.170 1.111 13.2 11 113 970 7.4 3,510 3 855 S 4,931 5.145 214 4.3 5 515 '310 7.2 1,560 1 710 9 ],774 4,080 305 B.1 �t 280 20C 4.9 1,240 1,390 10 4.n11 4 800 -11 /l 2 a 745- -55 -1.1 1.610 1.625. -- 11 - i,ios a z3s io "o.i a If zo d. s- 1,390 1 415 12 3.510 3.575 65 1.9 I,buU BS 2.4 1.010 1,120 IJ 3.032 2,765 -261 -X.8 Z,]55 -410 -14.0 865 765 14 3.156 3.470 -2X6 -).6 3,050 -420 -12.1 995 920 IS 4.D60 3,834 -225 -5.5 3,685 -150 -3.9 1,220 1,200 16 3.X70 1,770 -IOD -2.6 3,fi55 -7115 -3.1 1,180 1,1)0 17 fi.305 7.1]5 1,030 16.1 9,085 150 10.2 2,210 2.510 ld 9.125 9 570 1.445 17,1 10,500 930 9.J 2,X10 3.165 19 1,69 C• 1 370 -310 -IH.S 29i -I, O15 -18.5 454 105 20 3,476 3,535 IIII 59 1.7 1,5400.1 1,170 _ _1,200. _ -21 _ 3, 611 - 3,615 _ -76 -2.1 3.160 -145 -4.0 1,225 1,205 22 3,3)X 3,260 -IlX -l.5 3,145 -95 -2.9 1,055 1,065 23 4,297 4,265 -32 -0.7 4,240 -25 -C.L 1,380 1,405 24 3,00] 3,035 l2 1.1 3,050 IS 0.5 940 975 25 4,522 - 4.440 -82 -1.0 51.3501,510 1,515 2fi a, 337 4,120 -217 -5.0 1.965 -155 -3-X 1.]25 1,300 27 3,25N 3.050 -199 -6.1 2.915 -175 -5.7 945 925 28 1,)53 1,120 -633 -36.1 IAD -340 -10.4 400 100 29 2,147 2,605 458 21.3 2,595 -10 -0.4 615 695 30 - 2.,366 2 115 -251 -10.6 2 255 150 - 7.1 625 _725 31 2,430 1,940 -49N -20.9 1,620 -]20 -16.5 645 545 32 3.413 2,620 -793 -23 2 2 125 -495 -18.9 890 740 31 4,598 4,230 31H -8.0 4.1101 -150 -3.5 1,40E 1,370 34 3,111 2,810-10.3 2.Ifi0 -ESO -23.1 925 725 35 3,939 9,025 Xfi 2.2 3,990 -35 -D.9 1,300 1,]20 36 2,412 2,500 Be' 3.6 2,470 -30 -1.2 770 790 37 2,059 2.820 751 36.3 2.875 55 Z.0 1,025 1, OJS 38 2,848 2,860 12 0.4 2.945 -15 -O.S 870 870 39 3,353 3,320 -33 -1,0 3,360 40 71.2 1,270 1,210 40 3,657_ 3,310 -3-J 9:_5 3 IIO -200 -6.0 1,510 1,455 _ _ _ 2,63) -1,2NJ - 1.14) -571.1 750 -s30 -41.4 800 500 42 1,521 1,020 -401 -32.9 720 -300 -29.4 710 555 43 988 660 -328 -13.2 410 -180 -27,1 265 215 14 3,227 3,110 -117 -3.E 2,690 -220 -7.1 1,020 970 45 4,891 4,7)5 -121 -2.5 4,6E5 -110 -2 .3 1,995 1,520 46 6,757 >, ))i 1,018 15.1 ,,445 970 11,2 2,28U 2,605 47 5.937 7,390 1,453 29.4 R.570 1,180 15.0 1,9]0 2,390 412,605 2.765 160 5.1 2.1135 70 2.5 140 880 q 9,551 4,550 -1 0.0 a, 114 -65 -1.4 1,340 1,]50 50 342 3,>50 -92 2.4 3-,700 -50 -1.3 I, 155 51 3,941 3,910 -11 -O.i 3,NPO -50 -1.l 1,125 1,135 52 4,611 4.555 -SE -1.2 4,500 -55 -1.2 1,575 1,595 53 5,408 5,375 -33 -0.6 5,235 -80 -1.5 1,925 1,945 59 -9.328 4.095 -233 -i.4 3,170 -225 -5.5 1.365 1,35.5 55 4,516 4,]15 -201 -4.5 4,1)5 -140 -3.2 2,160 2,160 56 2,621 2,515 -108 -4.1 2.975 -40 -1.5 1,010 1,020 57 - 3,520 3, 455 -63 -1.9 3.390' -75 -2.2 1,120 1,140 SB 1,99) 1.785 -212 -5.3 1.620 -165 -4.•3 1,650 1,590 59 2,919 2,430 -489 -716.0 4,255 1.82.5 75.1 900 1,530 60 2,)39 2,240 --150 -499 -16.2 3,400 1,160 51.9 700 1,085 61 1,034 -I,111- -88.5- 39, - -55 -IS.�-- -- - -10� 62 5,252 5,760 SOB 9.7 5,)55 -5 -0.1 2,025 2,075 63 4,566 4,610 44 1.0 4,615 5 0.1 1,310 1, 33U 64 4,930 51020 90 71.1 4,955 -65 -1.] 1,675 1,695 65 4,8)3 4.930 51 1.2 J, AfiS -65 -1.3 1,710 1,695 66 4,X09 4,810 1 0.0 4,195 -25 -0.5 1,61. 1,615 5.150 5,250 -100 -1.9 E,010 760 14.5 1,670 2,020 69 3,533 3, 255 -268 -7.6 ],000 -185 -5.7 1,020 1,000 69 4,110 3,610 -400 -12.2 3,165 -145 -12.1 11080 1.030 70 _ 3,706 .3,700 -6 -0.2 --6 3,645 -55_ ---95 -1.5 ----- 1,175 1,185 ---1,705 71 4,994 5,740 345 .9 5,245 -1.8 1,695 72 6,026 6,035 6,065 30 0.5 1.855 1,920 73 2,893 2.510 -313 -11.2 2,570 20 0.8 700 730 )4 1,660 6,515 1.X55 292.5 11,9)5 5,460 X3.8 1.755 3.450 JS 6,21] 6,515 372 6.0 6,645 60 0.9 2,030 2,1" 71 7,Sa5 X,145 400 8.0 8,6C0 455 5.6 2,625 2,845 City 313,411 320,000 6,589 21 112,000 12,000 3.X 102,000 ION, 000 Note (a F d 1 I„on of C ,.-d ilousing Unit ,,, ,Append,, .A. Source. Sa Ant Paul Glty Ple nnln9 Board 37 38 0 CITY PLANNING BOARD OF SAINT PAUL EX -OFFICIO MEMBERS George J. Vavoulis - Mayor Joseph' J. Mitchell - Comptroller Commissioners: Mrs. Donald M. DeCourcy Severin A. Mortinson' Bernard T. Holland Robert F. Peterson Frank L. Loss Milton Rosen Robert J. Swords - Corporation Counsel W. LaMont Kaufman - Supt. of Parks Eugene V. Avery - Chief Engineer CITIZEN MEMBERS Judson D. Hilton - Chairman Archibald G. Bush Vice -Chairman D. Donald Daly - Secretary Alfred Adam Arnold Imsdahl, Jr. George McPartlin Mrs. Donald DeCoster Alex Leslie Janes, Jr. J. L. Shiely, Jr. John A. Fischer E. A. Knutson John W. Slusser �— Donald S. Haarstick Rev. Floyd Massey, Jr. Albert H. Truso, Sr. TECHNICAL STAFF Herbert C. Wieland - Director` Burdette R. Teig - Assistant Director William R. Butz -Sr. Planner Eugene F. Barlow - Jr. Planning Tech. ` x Richard B. Empey Asst. Planner Adrian T. Brown - Jr. Planning Tech. Donald W. Cosgrove -Asst. Planner Frances D. Schirmer - Sr. Clk. Stenographer Kenneth E. Betz -Jr. Planner Florence G. Irish - Sr. Clk, Stenographer Earl M. Johnson -Sr. Planning Tech. Mary F. MacDonald - Clerk Typist Frank Hogrefe, Jr. -Jr. Planning Tech. �kY 4 .4i. b _ CITY PLANNING BOARD OF SAINT PAUL EX -OFFICIO MEMBERS George J. VovoulJs m a y o r Joseph J Mitchell comptroller Mrs. Donald M. DeCourcy Severin A Mort nson Bernard T. Holland Robert F Peterson Frank L. Loss Milton Rosen commissioners Robert J. Swords corporation counsel W La Mont Koulmon supt. of parks Eugene V, Averµ chief engineer CITIZEN MEMBERS Judson D Hilton chairman A. G. Bush. E. A. Knutson Donald S Hoorsock. D. Donald Daly Rev Floyd Massey, Jr John W. Slusser Alfred Adorn George McPori hn J L. Shiely, Jr. Arnold Imsdahl,Jr. John A. Fischer Albert H. Truso, Sr Alex Leslie Jones, Jr Mrs Donald DeCoster TECHNICAL STAFF Herbert C Wieland director Burdelte R. Teig Kenneth E Betz Adrian T Brown Haluk H Torhan ' Donald W. Cosgrove Philip B Aus C. Allan Blomquisl ' Earl M. Johnson Frances D Schumer William R. Butz Frank J. Hogrele Florence G Irish Richard B. Empey Eugene F. Barlow Mary F MacDonald • RIrl{rt11e 480 Community Plan Report Number 10 CITY PLANNING BOARD OF SAINT PAUL 1315 CITY HALL AND COURT HOUSE SAINT PAUL 2, MINNESOTA phone Co`4.4612 Ext 251 But This lepori til e• k July, 1961 ;: Honourable Mayor George Vavoulis and Members of the City Council City of Saint Paul. Minnesota The main purpose of the Economic Study, as part of the Comprehensive City Plan, is to C w4 -� furnish useful and necessary guides for the organization and control of the future growth and development of the City of Saint Paul The City Planning Board i8 pleased to submit the tenth in its While no two cities are alike in economic circumstance and social background, they all ^ ` series of Community Plan Reports. share one common purpose. That is to provide for the physical, economic, and social well-being of its residents. The accomplishment of this purpose may be most readily This report 19 titled, ','Saint Paul's Economic Study" " and includes expedited through the establishment of equitable and effective organization and, contro an inventory, analysis, and general projection of future growth of the growth and development of the City. of the eCOilOmiC Structure of the Clty. A Comprehensive City Plan provides an effective guide by which the City can work to- ward the fullest attainment of its purpose; such a Plan is essential in guiding and con- This report provides basic and necessary information which has trolling the futuregrowth. and development of the City. The City of Saint Paul,recog- nixing the importance of such guides and controls, is now committed to the objective of 2 "" been Utilized in the development of the elements of the Compre- developing a Comprehensive City Plan and a program of Urban Renewal to aid in imple- hensive City Plan. It is also intended to aid the community in menting this Plan. These commitments are spelled out in the "Workable Program," determining such economic objectives as the encouragement of through which the City qualifies for Federal financial assistance under the Urban Renew - further industrialization. These economic objectives are de- at Program. To fulfill a major requirement of the Workable Program, the Comprehen- sive City Plan is being prepared by the City Planning Board of Saint Paul with a budget pendent upon a larger area than the political boundaries Of Saint appropriated by the City Council from general tax funds. Supplementary funds from the Paul and for that reason the scope of the report includes data Author- Redevelopment Tax -Levy Funds were provided by the Housing and Redevelopment Author - on the aMetropolitan area, the State, and the trade area where ity of Saint Paul to finance part of the preparation of the Comprehensive City Plan. This element of the Plan, the Economic Study, was financed to a substantial degree by these ltsrti pertinent.Me w supplementary funds from the Housing and Redevelopment Authority. z •�. a The staff of the Planning Board prepared this report and the facts, The Economic Study is intended to have two major uses: (1) to provide an inventory, anal - figures, and conclusions contained herein were carefull y studied yais, and projection of future growth of the economic structure and functioning of the City within the context of the political andeconomic units of which the City, is a part and, and reviewed by the Planning Board over a period of many months, (z) to provide basic data which may be utilized in developing other elements of the Compre- Selected sections of the report were reviewed by prominent local hensive City Plan. citizens participating in their respective areas of the economy.-- -01 - `In dealing with the first of these uses, the p sition of Saint Paul as one of two central - cities in the Metropolitan area necessitated extending the scope of research and analysis ltd' ' The Board is deeply appreciative of the assistance rendered by beyond the City itself. A study of the economy of Saint Paul alone would have been dis- all agencies and individuals at all levels of government and the torted by the many inter -relationships existing between the central cities of the Metropoli- various areas of private-eme rprise in the assembly of the data tanarea, and would. have failed to yield a satisfactory analysis of the Saint Paul economy. presented in this report. Data and analyses contained in the Economic Study will be utilized in many ways, includ- ing the following: Respectfully submitted, I. Future Population Estimate - If the economic structure of a city possesses the ,Y I vitality and potential to supply increasing employment opportunities, the city will not only support the existing population and the natural population increase at a high liv- ing standard, but will attract new residents and experience an in -migration of new Judson D. Hilton Chairman JDH:FS w people. Thus, the Economic .Study will be useful in estimating the number of poten- TABLE OF CONTENTS tial jobs .and the number of persons that can be supported by these jobs in. the City. _ . 2. An Estimate of Land -use Requirements - One of the primary elements of a Com - Letter of Transmittal < +fits prehensive. City Pian is the determination of a desirable pattern of future land use since all other planning (such as for public services and facilities, circulation, ur- About This Report - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -� t ban renewal, redevelopment,, etc. ) is dependent upon the requirements generated by land use. Since land -use requirements are affected by population growth, and popu- Table of Contents - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ lation growth in turn is affected by opportunities for employment, a study of the eco- Ysss+l�T nomic factors which produce employment o opportunities and land -use needs is one of pPP List of Charts .- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ vii the basic methods of developing a proper land -use plan as a part of the Comprehen- siveCity Plan. - List of Tables• - - _ _ _ _ - _. - - - - - - - - - - - - viii 3. A New Zoning Ordinance - The Zoning Ordinance provides one of the major means List of Appendices - - - - -. - - - - - - - - - - - - - xi of implementing the Comprehensive City Plan, particularly the Land -use Plan. The Economic study, in addition to its effect on the determination of land -use require- Introduction - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 ments, will provide basic data for the formulation of an effective, up-to-date Zoning Ordinance. - Summary and Conclusions - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 3 - 4. Assistance will be provided in the determination of needed municipal services ' and facilities, and a capital improvements program, as well as a municipal tax-baseI. THE REGIONAL SETTING - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17 �sY study. Historical Background - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17 r 5. The Economic Study will provide data to guide individuals in the expansion of The State and the Area - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 17 existing industries and businesses. - Saint Paul - - - - - -. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18. n ,- 6. Data Contained in the Study will be useful, in encouraging new industry to locate in the City. The Region _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ Delineation of the Region - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 18 18 Population of the Region - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 19 The Economic'Study was initiated in late 1957. The original cut-off date for much of the Regional Population Change - - - - - - - - - - - - - 21' data was the end of 1957. However, as work on the Study progressed, more recent data Growth Factors - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -.- - - 21 were included -where it was feasible to do so. As results of the 1958 Census of Business Regional Population Characteristics - - - - - - - - - 23 and 1960 Census of Population became available, they were incorporated into the Study. Minnesota Population - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 27 " Since the years 1947 or 1948 were used as the starting point for much of the chronologi- Population Projections - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 30 cal data in the Study, the past decade is the approximate time -period forming the back- ground for the trends considered. Exclusion of data prior to 1947 reduces the possibility Economic Character of Minnesota - - - - - - - - - - - - 32 of including distorted trends that may have resulted from the post-war economic readjust- Industrial Diversification - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 32 ment. Natural Resources - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -. The Locational Factor- 32 35 The Planning Board wishes to express its appreciation and thanks to all agencies and indi-' viduals who helped make this report possible. Many agencies provided the Planning Board - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Manufacturing - - - - -,.- - - - - - - - - - - - - - 35 q.l staff with a great deal of information, and in some instances, utilized their own staff time Wholesaling - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 36 for collecting and tabulating special data and aiding in the analysis. Special recognition Transportation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 37 is due the St. Paul Chamber of Commerce-, Minnesota Department of Employment Secur- ity, Minnesota Department of Taxation, the Ninth District Federal Reserve Bank, Twin City Area Transportation Study personnel, the First National Bank of Saint Paul, North- ` II. .POPULATION AND INCOME - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 39 ern States Power Company, the Hill Reference Library, Great Northern Railway Company, Minnesota Association of Railroads, the City Comptroller's office, the City Architect's Population _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 39 office and the Housing and Redevelopment Authority of Saint Paul. Metropolitan Area Growth - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 39 Saint Paul Growth _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 41 „ The study was prepared under the general direction of Herbert C. Wieland, Planning Di-- Components of Population Change_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 41 rector and Burdette R. Teig, Assistant Director who also edited the report. Income _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 43 Professor John Borcherts, Robert J. Holloway, and Philip M. Raup of the University of Minnesota faculty served as consultants in the preparation of -the queetionnai.res for the Pea Capita : Per le Income - - - - - - - - - Income and P P� 46 " , survey of Manufacturers and Wholesalers. Occupational Income Per Capita - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ 48 In charge of the preparation of this report through July 1960 was Haluk H. Tarhan, Senior City Planner and formerly of this agency. Donald Cosgrove, Junior City Planner assisted in a research capacity from July 1959 through July 1960 and then assumed direct responsi- III. LABOR FORCE AND EMPLOYMENT _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 51 s�- bility for the final writing and preparation of the graphic material. James Minnoch and Edward Maranda, formerly of the staff, assisted in the early stages of the study. Kenneth - Labor Force - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - a 51 Betz, Junior City Planner assisted .in the final stage of the work. Other staff members Minnesota and the United States - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ 51 who participated in the preparation of this report are: Eugene F. Barlow, Junior Planning - Saint Paul _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 52 Technician; Adrian T. Brown, Junior Planning Technician; Philip B. Aus, Tracer; Frances D. Schirmer, Senior Clerk -Stenographer; and Mary F. MacDonald, Clerk -Typist. Herbert C. Wieland Director of City PlanningWE _ E- ..Employment -------------- 55 'n.�.w.... -Number Employed - - - - - - - - - - - - - 55 nt Distribution _ _ _ _ _ 56 Metropolitan Area Employme Inter-Area Employment Exchange- - - = - - - _ - _ - 58 �rrs�erW Employment Structure - 60 IV, MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES --- - - - - - - - - - - 63 Manufacturing Classification Used in This Chapter - - - - - 64 Locational Standards and Factors - - - - - - - - - - - - 65 Relative Importance of Factors - - - - - - - - - - - 66 Evaluation of the Locational Factors - - - - - - - - - 69 Growth Rates - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 71 Estimate of Export Employment ;n_ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ 72 -'' Industrial Concentration - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 73 Sensitivity of the Industry to Cyclical Changes _ _ _ _ _ _ 76 Value Added by Manufacture - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 77 Financial Characteristics of Principal Manufacturing Firms ESaint Paul - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 82 Employment 83 Establishments - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 89 Distribution of Firms by Size of Employment _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 91 Manufacturing Industry Survey - - - - - - - - - - - - - 91 V. WHOLESALE TRADE - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 141 The Wholesale Market Area _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 142 - Wholesale Structure _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 145 Wholesale Changes _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 150 Establishments _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 150 Employment - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 150 ,. Sales - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 152 Locational Factors --- _- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 152 y, Site Selection Factors _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 154 Wholesale Firm Expansion _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 156 ll- VI. RETAIL TRADE _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 161 Retail Trade Area _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 161 Trade Area Delineation - - _ _ _ _ - - - - - - 162 .... Trade Area Analysis - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - 162 Retail-Strbcture - 167 i^ Retail Establishment Structure - _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 167 -- Retail Employment Structure - _ _ - _ _ _ _ - - - 168 Retail Sales Structure - _ _ - _ - - - _ - - 169 Retail Structure Summary_ _ _ _ _ _ - _ - - - - 170 iv r Establishment Size - - - - - - - - - - - - 170 Twenty -City Retail Structure Comparison - - - - - - - 17.2 Retail Sales Changes - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 173 Sales Changes - Totals _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 176 Sales Changes - By Retail Group - - - - - - - - - - 177 Per Capita Sales - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 180 Establishment and Employment Changes - - - - - - - - - 183 Total Change - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 183 Retail Group Changes - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 184 VII. FINANCE - INSURANCE - REAL ESTATE - - - - - - - - 187 Employment - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 187 Finance - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 187 Commercial Banks - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 187 Correspondent Banking - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 191 Savings and Loan Associations - - - - - - - - - - - 193 Investment Banking - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 194 Credit Unions - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 194 Small Loan Companies - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 194 Mortgage Banking - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - 196 Insurance _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 196 Life Insurance - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 196 Fire and Casualty Insurance - - - - - - - - - - - - 197 Real Estate - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - - 197 Development and Outlook - - D - - - - . - - - - - - - - 198 VIII. CONSTRUCTION - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- 201 Structure - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 201 Development _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 201 Construction Valuations by Type - - - - - - - - - - - 202 Employment - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 205 Employment Levels - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 205 Employment Trends - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 208 Cost of Labor _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 208 Outlook - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - - - -- 208 IX. TRANSPORTATION - - - - - - - - - - -.- - _ _ _ _ 211 Transportation Industry Employment - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 211 Air Transportation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 213 Rail Transportation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 219 Employment - - - - - - .. - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ 219 Rail Tonnages - The State _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 220 Railroad Carloadings - Saint Paul _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ .220 Freight Rates _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 223 Truck Transportation _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 223 State Trucking Operations _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 225 Truck Freight Rates - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 227 v E Water Transportation - - --- - - - - --- - - - - - - 228 LIST OF CHARTS Pipelines - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 231 X. SERVICES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z33 1 The Ninth Federal Reserve District Boundaries- - - - - - 19 - - 7 2 Average Annual Per Cent Population Changes - - - - - - 20 Selected Services - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 233 3 Per Cent Change in Population, Ninth District by County 24 Growth 233 4 Annual Rate of Population Per Cent Increase Over Preced- Total - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - - Selected Services Structure - - - - - - - --- - - - E35 ing Year - - - - - - - - - - - I- - - - - - - - - - - 26 Selected Services Component Changes - - - - - - - - 236 5 Birth and Death Rates by Year - - - - - - - - - - - - - 28 30 Future Growth Patterns - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 240 6 United States Population, with Projections to 1975 - - - - 7 Twin Cities Standard Metropolitan Area - - - - - - - - - 34 Professional Services 240 8 Major Manufacturing Concentrations - - - - - - - - - - MMf 35 - - - - - - - ; - - - - - - - - - 9 Major Wholesale Concentrations - - - - - - - - - - - - 36 Hospital Services - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 244 10 Rate of Population Growth - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 40 245 11 Percentage Increase in Population of Selected Metropolitan Employment - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Aieas - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 41 Standards - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 245 IZ Population Growth - Saint Paul, 1860 to 1960 - - - - - - 42 Federal Aid to Hospitals - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 247 247 13 Educational Distribution of Population, by Number of School OaLook - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Years Completed - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 43 14 Persons Per Income Group by Marital Status; Dependents per Income Group - Ramsey -County - - - - - - - - - - 44 XI. GOVERNMENT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 249 15 Persons Per Income Group by Marital Status; Dependents City Gove rit in Saint Paul 249 per Income Group - S.M.A. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 44 rnme - - - - - - - - - - - - - 16 Dependents per. Wage Earner by Income Group - - - - - - 45 Government of Ramsey County - - - - - - -- - - - - 251 17 18 Income Structure - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Total Employment, Saint Paul, 1947 to 1959 - - - - - - - 47 54 19 Total Employment Index, 1947 to 1959 - - - - - - - - - 54 Financing Government in Saint Paul City and Schools 251 20 Daily Employment Exchange Between Saint Paul and Adjacent Capital Expenditures - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 255 Areas - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 59 Bonded Debt Status - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 256 21 Employment Structure, Saint Paul, 1959 - - - - - - - - 60 Source of Revenue - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - -- Z57 22 Location of Saint Paul Manufacturing Firms, 1958 - - - - - 70 23 Manufacturing Employment, Saint Paul, 1947 - 1958 - - - 84 Employment - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 264 24 Manufacturing Employment Index - - - - - - - - - - - 84 25 Manufacturing Employment Monthly Variation, by Groups - . 87 Wholesale Market Sales Distribution by Sales Volumes - - 143 XII. UTILITIES - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -26 - - - - 267 27 Wholesale Market Sales Distribution by Geographic Area - )44 - Water Supply - - - - - - - 268 28 Wholesales Fales Per, Population - - - - - - - - - - - - 146 - - - - - - - - - - - - 29 Wholesale Establishment, Employment and Sales Structure- 147 Water Sources - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - e68 30 Wholesale Trade Characteristics - - - - - - - - - - - 148 Treatment of Water - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 268 31 Wholesale Employment, Saint Paul, 1947 - 1958 - - - - - 153 Water Charges - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 268 32 Wholesale Employment Index - - - - - - - - - - - - - 153 Extended Service - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 270 33 Retail Trade Area - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 164 Outlook - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - . . . . . 270 34, Retail Trade Area Per Cent Changes - - - - - - - - - - 166 35 Retail Sales Structure - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 170 Sewerage Service ' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 271 36 Retail Establishment Size Index - - - - - - - - - - - - 171 Municipal Sewerage System - - - - - - - - - - - -271 37 Retail Trade Characteristics, 20 Cities Totals - - - - - 173 Sewer Rental Charges - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - 271 38 Retail Trade Characteristics, ZO Cities By Retail Groups 174 Outlook - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 271 39 Retail Sales Changes 11 Cities - - - - - - - - - - - - 175 40 Retail Sales Changes Regional Areas - - - - - - - - - 176 Gas - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z73 41 Per Cent of S. M.A. Retail Sales - - - - - - - - - - - - 177 Source and Service Provided - - - - - - - - - - - - 273 42 Retail Sales Changes, By Retail Group - - - - - - - - - 178 Rate Structure - - - - - - i - - - - - - - - - - - 273 43 Department Store Sales Changes - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 179 Electricity_ 44 Retail Sales per Capita - 11 Cities - - - - - - - - - - 180 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 275 45 Sales per Capita Changes -Regional Areas - - - - - - - 181 Supply Systems - - - - - - - - - - - - - --- - - 275 46 Population, Sales and Sales per Capita Changes - - - - - 181 Cost of Power to Customer - - - - - - - - - - - - 276 47 Retail Employment - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 182 Expansion Plans - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Z76 48 Retail Employment Index - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 182 Telephone Service 49 Retail Establishment and Employment Trends - - - - - - 184 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 27� 50 Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate Employment - - - - 188 51 Finance, Insurance, and Real Estate Employment Index 188 52 Correspondent Banking Relations - - - - - - - - - - - 190 53 Total Assets, Saint Paul Commercial Banks - - - - - - - 191 0'tlock - - - - - - - - - - - 54 Total Liabilities, Saint Paul Commercial Banks - - - - - 191 55 Construction Permit Valuations - - - - - - - - - - - - vii 202 56 Number of Building Permits and Permit Valuations, Saint Paul, 1947. to 1959, by month- - - - - - - - - - - - - 203 13 Total.Gross Income and Population Characteristics - _ _ - 45 1 -'t===s=•�� 57 Construction Valuation, by Building Type - - - - - - - - 204 14 Number of Persons and Income per Capita, by Income Group 46 5 - 58 Total Construction Permit Valuation , - 205 - 15 Number of Persons and Income per Capita, by Occupation - - 49 t•'M�=�r�1p 59 Number of New Dwelling Units - Types Authorized by Year, 16 Population and Labor Force Changes, Minnesota and the Uni- if . " 1950 to 1959 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 206 ted -States _ - - _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ 52 j - 60 Valuation of New Dwelling Units - Type Authorized by Year, 17 Labor Force, Saint Paul and Minneapolis _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ 53. fi _ 1950 to 1959 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 206 18 Resident Labor Force Characteristics, Saint Paul - - _ 53 - 61 Construction Employment - Saint Paul, 1947 - 1959 - - - - 207 19 Employment and. Unemployment, Saint'Paul and Minneapolis - 56 "•+ 62 Construction Employment Index, 1947 to 1959 - - - - - - 207 b0 Distribution of Employment, Twin Cities Metropolitan Area - 57 63 Transportation Employment, Saint Paul - 1947 to 1958 - - - 212 21 Inter -Area Employment Exchange - - - - - -. - - _ _ _ 58 i 64 Transportation Employment Index - - - - - - - - - - - 212 22 Variation in Employment Structure - - - - _ _ - 61 65 Air Traffic, Wold -Chamberlain Field, 1954 - 1958 - - - - 214 23 Percentage Employment Change,by Major Group - - _ _ _ 61 66 Major Regional Rail Lines of Railroads Serving Saint Paul- 217 - 24 Locational Factors - Production and Market Conditions _- _ _ 67 muG�ensi� 67 Rail Lines, Twin Cities Metropolitan Area - - - - - - - - 218 25 Locational Factors - Coat of Operation- - - - - _ _ _ _ 67 bM r - 08 Railroad Carloadings, Saint Paul - 1950 to ,1959- - - - - - 222 26 Locational Factors -Adequacy of Services and Utilitiee- _ _ 68 27 Locational Factors - Characteristics of the Community- 68 - _ !II 69 Trucking Firm Locations - Saint Paul - - - - - - - - - 229 28 'Distribution of Manufacturing Employment by National 70 Tonnage Entering and Leaving Port of Saint Pa ul - by Major - Bulk Commodities - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 230 Growth Rates _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 71 t' 71 Service Trade Receipt Changes - by Component Group, 1948 - 29 Export Employment, by Industrial Group - - - - - - _ _ - 73 to 1954 and 1954 to 1958 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 238 30 Concentration of Manufacturing Employment - - - - - _ 74 72. Total Service Employment, Saint Paul, 1947 - 1959 - - - - 241- 31 A Comparison of Concentration Index and Export Employ - `m ,3 Total Service Employment Index - - - - - - - - - - - 242 ment Rates, by Industry _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 75 ar 74 Proposed Co-ordinated Hospital Systema -Minnesota Plan, 32 Sensitivity of Manufacturing Industries to Cyclical Changes - 77 Area VIII, Minneapolis - Saint Paul; 1959 - 1960 - -. - - - 247 33 Change in Value -Added Per Employee, by Geographical Di - Saint Paul Municipal Government Organization - - - - - - 250 visions of the U. S. - Constant Dollars _ - _ - _ _ _ _ _ _ 78 7o Gross Budget, Tax Levy and Charter Population - Saint Paul 39 Value -Added Per Employee, by Geographical Divisions of i, Gros - 1960 (unadjusted dollars)- t - - - - - - - i - - l 252 the a S. - 1959 - - - - - - - l - - - - - - - - - - 78 35 Value -Added Per Employee, Re Tonal Areae _ Gross Budget, Tax Iaevv and Charter Population -Saint Paul(; 79 1920 - 1960 (adjusted dollars: 1947 - 1949 = 100) - _ 252 36 Per Cent Change- Value -Added Per Employee, Ramsey 78 Saint Paul's Bonded Debt Status - - - - - - r - - - - - 254 County, Hennepin County, Minnesota _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 80 a 701`960- 37 Per Cent Change in Employment, Number. of Establishments �....,,._.. Total overs and Tax Levy -Saint Paul Paul: - -- - - 258 and Value -Added, by Manufacturing Group - Sair4 Paul 81 8s Total Government Employment - Saint Paul: 1997 - 1958 - - 263 38 Sales Profit and Net Worth - Ten Large Industrial Firms, �,.,„„,, 81 Government Employment Index by Areas: 1947 to 1958- - - 263 g 42 Gove rnmeat Employment Index, Saint Paul Total and Saint Saint Paul _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 82 m' 264 39 Manufacturing Employment by Composite Groups - Metro- .-.,.= Paul Municipal- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - politan Area, Saint Paul and Minneapolis _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 86 �`• "t 33 Sarni Paul Water Supply System --- - - - - - - _ _ _ _ 269 40 Per Cent Change in Manufacturing Employment _ - _ _ _ gg 84 Saint Paul Gas Supply System - - - - - - - - - - - - - 272 - - 41 Number of Establishments and Employment, Saint Paul _ _ _ 89 a5. Sunt Paul Electric Power System - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 274 42 Structure of Manufacturing _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 90 8o Un-ect Telephone Service in tPaul , 1 City Metropolitan Area 278 43 thru 85 Manufacturing Industry Survey Data _ 87 E ilit:es Employment -Saint Paul, 1947 to 1'459- - - 280 g Y Y 93 85 LtiLues Employment Index -. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 280 Food & Kindred Prod. 93 Prim. Metal Indus. 119 y Apparel & ikccess. 96 Fab. Metal Prod. 122 Furn. & Fixtures 100 Mach. (exc. Elec.) 125 Paper& Allied Prod. 103 Elec. Mach. 128 LIST OF TABLES Print. & Pub. 106 Trans. Equip. 132 Chem. & Allied Prod.- 109 Instr. Mfrs. 135 - Rubber & Misc. Plas. 113 Mfrs. Not Elsewhere 136 ' Stone, Clay, Glass 116 Classified a !a ne Ninth Federal Reserve Districtby State 21 C rn 7e_ts of Papulation Change - - - - - _ _ _ - _ _ 22 �e 86 Wholesale Market Sales Distribution _ _ _ _ _ _ 142 =�yrt 3 ?.a a :cn -Ninth District - 22 87 Wholesale Establishments, Employment &Sales - Ninth + Percenace pcation Distribution - by Place of Residence- 23 District e a Per Cent of . S. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ �qg Pe ccedare auat:or- Distribution - by Age Groups - _ _ _ 25 88 Wholesale Establishments, Employment & Sales - Ramsey r _ Es .es of t=e Per Cent Change in Civilian Population - County, Hennepin County, and Minnesota as a Per Cent of scos- - - - - _ _ _ 25 Ninth District of the Relative Size of Youthful Po Population, 18 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 196 P 89 Wholesale Establishments & Employment, by Kind of Bus? 4-rea-are ar,up - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ 26 nese _199 Rates s Popf ation Growth - _ 27 90 Present Wholesale Standards - Floor Area Per Employee - 150 Estimates, with Components of Population _ 91 Number of Wholesale Establishments _ _ 15.1 Ga. es - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 29 92 Wholesale Employment _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ �t 77 _ 151 a ,s oc Are Groups and Place of Residence - _ 29 93 Wholesale Sales. 152 7,iyt • p-s�t at_o= with Projections to 1965, and Per Cent 94 Principal Locational Factors - _ _ 154 _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ 31 95 Wholesale Site Determinants - 155 p: •- Se'ectec C?aracterist-.cs of the Population - - _ _ _ _ _ _ 43 96 Factors Influencing Wholesale Expansion - - - - _ _ _ _ _ 156 K_i s ix 77 97 Anticipated 10 -Year. Expansion -Sales, Land, Floor Area, by Component Groups; Saint Paul 1948 to 1958 - - - - _ _ _ 239 Employment - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 157 98 Anticipated Location of Expansion Over the Next Ten Years _ 157 99 Anticipated Expansion through NewConstruction-.- - - - _ 158 100 Anticipated Expansion Through Utilization of Existing Struc- 148 Estimates of Additional Needs in Hospital Ser-,iices;'Rainsey, ture _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 158 101 Relative Importance of Selected Locational Factors for Fu- 1960 '- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 251 ture Expansion- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 159 102 Retail Trade Area Delineation - - - - - - - - - - --- - 163 103 Retail Trade Area Households, Buying Income, Retail Sales _ 165 104 Retail Establishment Structure _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 167 105 Retail E Mployment.Structure - _ _- _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ 168 106 Retail.$ales Structute`- - -' - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 169 107 Per"Cent o[ Standard Metropolitan Area Retail Sales _ _ _ _ 177 108 Retail Establishment and Employment Trends _ _ _ _ _ _ 183 109 Retail Establishments and Employment, by Retail Groups _ _ 185 110 Per Cent Change in Bank Debits _ _ _ _ _ _ - _ _ _ _ _ 189 111 Annual Commercial Bank Debits. to Demand Deposits "=""_._^"_"--1'89 112 Selected Balance Sheet Accounts, All Commercial Banks _ _' 190 1 1 3 Paul, 1960- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 191 114 Selected Balance Sheet Accounts, by Individual Bank = '_ _ 192 115 Selected Balance Sheet Accounts, by Individual Association _ 193 116 Selected Balance Sheet Accounts, All Savings and Loan Asso- Metropolitan Area, 1940, 1950, and 1960 _ _ 281 ciations 194 117 Number and Assets of Minnesota Chartered Credit Unions III Standard Industrial Classifications, Manufacturing _ _ _ 283 in Saint Paul _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 195 118 Small Loan Companies - Number of Licenses and Loans _ _ 195 119 Total Assets and Amount in Force - Life Insurance Com- nepin Counties, 1947 & 1954 - - - - - - _ _ _. _ _ _ _ _ panies with Home Offices in Saint Paul - - - - _ _ _ _ 196 129 Total Assets Capital Surplus and Direct Writings, All Paul, 1958 _ _ _ _ Saint Paul Domiciled Fire and Casualty Insurance Com- VII Retail Establishment Size Indexes, Saint Paul, Minneapolis, panies _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 197 121 Deeds Recorded, Mortgages Recorded, Filings, and Amount VIII Retail Sales by Retail Group, Adjusted by Consumer Price of Mortgages _ _ _ _ _ - 198 IZ2 Hourlv Union Wage Scales in Building Trades, Selected Cit- IX Retail Copiponent Importance Relative to U. S. , Each Retail ies ------------------------ 209 123 Transportation Employment - by Type, Twin Cities Metro- 1958 _ - _ 290 politan Area - - - - _ _ _ _ 213 124 Aircraft Movements and Passenger Traffic, Wold -Chamber- XI Annual Bank Debits to Demand Deposit Accounts and Per lain Field _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 215 125 Air Freight, Air Express, and Air Mail Volumes, Wold - 1924 - 1958 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -292 Chamberlain Field, 1954 to 1958 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 215 126 Air Freight Rates to Selected Cities _ _ _ _ 216 127 Rail Employment, by Railroad - Saint Paul and Minneapolis, 1956 - ------- - --- - 219 128 Tons of Revenue Freight Originated in Minnesota, Class I Railroads _ 220 129 _ _ _ Tons of Revenue Freight Terminated in Minnesota, Class I Railroads _ _ _ _ 221 130 _ _ _ Rail Carloadings - Saint Paul, 1950 -to 1959 _ _ _ 221 131 Railroad Carloadings, by Commodity, Saint Paul, 1956 - _ 222 132 Selected Rail Freight Rates -_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 223 133 Motor Carriers of Property Operating in Minnesota, 1956 _ 225 134 For -hire Class I Motor Carriers of -Property Operating in Minnesota - Operating Characteristics _ _ _ _ _ _- _ _ 226 135 Selected Truck Freight Rates _ _ - _ _ - 227 136 _ Domestic Internal Receipts, Port of Saint Paul _ _ 228 137 Internal Shipments, Port of Saint Paul - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 229 138 Pipeline Receipts at all Twin Cities Terminals _ 231 139 Total Number of Establishments and Employment _ 233 140 Total Receipts and Payroll _ _ _ _ _ 234 141 _ _ Saint Paul and Minneapolis as Per Cent of S.M. A, _ _ _ 234 142 Selected Services Establishment and Employment Structure, 1958 - - - _ _ .... _...,.. ----.. _. _....._.23.6. 143 Selected Service Receipts and Payroll Structure 1958 - 237 - 144 Selected Services Establishment and EmploymentChanges by Component Groups; Saint Paul 1948 to 1958 - - - - _ _ _ 239 145 Professional Services Employment, Saint Paul 1947 and 1958 240 146 Number of Occupations - Professional, Technical, and 'Kin- dred, Saint Paul, 1950 243 147 Hospital Bed Capacity - by Type of Hospital; Ramsey County, 1959 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 245 148 Estimates of Additional Needs in Hospital Ser-,iices;'Rainsey, County, Saint Paul, 1958 - 1980 - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 246 - 149. Per Capita Spending Limitations - City of St. Paul, 1913 - 1960 '- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 251 150 1960 Gross Budget Appropriations - City of Saint Paul - - .253 151 Capital Expenditures (From Bond Funds) Saint Paul, 1947'- 1959 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - 255 ' 152 Per Cent Change in City Tax Revenues St. Paul, 1950 - 1960- 259 153 Abstract of Tax Levy, levied in 1958 - Collectable During 1959 - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 259 154 Taxes Collected for the Purpose of Financing the City and the Schools - Saint Paul _ _ _ _ 260 155 Total State and Local Taxes Paid by a "Hypothetical Tax- • payer" in 24 Selected Cities - 1956 _ _. _ _ _ 262 156 Total Government Employment by Selected Areas 1947 - 1958 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 264 157 Growth of Utility. Service - Saint Paul, 1947 to 1958 _ _ 267 158 Saint Paul Water Department Condensed Record, Selected - " Years, 1925 to 1959 _ _ _ _ _ _ 270 159 Actual Full Days Curtailment of Service to Interruptable Gas Service Customers _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 273 -__ 160 Summary of Rate Schedule for General Gas Service, Saint Paul, 1960- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 275. 161 Typical Monthly Electric Bills for Industrial Service, - 18 Selected Cities, January 1, 1959 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 277 APPENDICES _ I Population Changes, United States, Minnesota, Twin City Metropolitan Area, 1940, 1950, and 1960 _ _ 281 II Total Annual Average Employment, Saint Paul, Minneapolis, Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, Minnesota, 1947 to 1959 _ 282 III Standard Industrial Classifications, Manufacturing _ _ _ 283 - IV Reasons for Present Location, Sample. of SaintPaulManufac- turing Firms, By Industry and Employment Represented, St. Paul, 1958 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 285 V Manufacturing Value -Added Per Employee, Ramsey and Hen- nepin Counties, 1947 & 1954 - - - - - - _ _ _. _ _ _ _ _ 286 VI Present Industrial Standards, Floor Area per Employee and Number of 'Employees Per Acre of Industrial Land, Saint Paul, 1958 _ _ _ _ 287 VII Retail Establishment Size Indexes, Saint Paul, Minneapolis, - Twin Cities S.M.A., Employment and Sales Per Population and Per Establishment, Indexed to United States = I, 1958_ _ 288 VIII Retail Sales by Retail Group, Adjusted by Consumer Price Index to 1947-1949 Price Levels, Saint Paul, Minneapolis, Twin Cities S.M.A., U.S., 1948, 1954, 1958 289 IX Retail Copiponent Importance Relative to U. S. , Each Retail Category, as Per Cent of Totals, Indexed to Comparable U. S. ,Figures, St. Paul, Mpls., Twin Cities S.M.A., 1958 _ - _ 290 X Sales Per Capita Changes - 11 Cities, 1948 - 1954 and 1954- 1958 ------ --- ---- - -- 291 XI Annual Bank Debits to Demand Deposit Accounts and Per Cent Change From Previous Time Period, Saint Paul, Minne- apolis, Ninth FederalReserve Dist. , U.S. , Selected Years 1924 - 1958 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -292 I xi XII Bank Debits, Saint Paul, Minneapolis, 1937 - 1958 - - - - 293 XIII Total Assets,. All Commercial Banks, Saint Paul, 194Q to 1958 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 294 XIV Total Liabilities All Commercial Banks, Saint Paul, 1940 to 1958 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 295 XV Small Loans, Saint Paul, 1940 -. 1957 - - - - - - - - - - 296 XVI Building Construction Valuation by Type, Saint Paul, 1920 - XVII 1959 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Number and Valuation of Residential Dwelling Units Provid- 297 ed by New Construction, Saint Paul, 1923 to 1959 - - - - - 298 XVIII Selected Rail Freight Rates for Less -than -Carload Lots From Saint Paul to Various Cities -. - - - - - - - - - 299 XD( Selected Truck Freight Rates for Less -Than Truckload Lots From Saint Paul to Various Cities - - - - - --- - - - - 299 XX Selected Service Receipts - By Component Group, Saint Paul, Minneapolis, -S.M.A., Minnesota, 1948, 1954, 1958 - - - - 300 XXI Excerpts - Hospital Licensing Law, 1959- - - - - - - - - 301 XXII Selected Hospital.Data, Saint Paul, June 1959 - - - - - - - 302 XXIII Per Cent Distribution of Revenues, St. Paul, 1950 - 1960 - - 304 XXIV City of Saint Paul, Revenues by Kind, 1950 - 1.960 - - - - - 305 XXV Guide to Minnesota Laws Related to the Tax Levies, of Saint Paul- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 306 xii I�irodactio� Economic studies such as presented in this report are relatively new in the field of ur- ban economy. The first of these studies to gain wide acceptance was the "Economic Base Theory." This type of investigation of growth and development was formulated in the 1930s, and was utilized by city planners, city administrators, urban geographers, and other people interested in the economics of urban government. However, economists were slow to accept the theory,- and it was not until a few years ago that any significant interest in the theory was shown by economists. 1 Among the theories used in making economic studies is the basic -service approach, which utilizes a measure of the import-export relationship in exchange of economic goods between cities as a means of classifying employment as either serving the needs of the city (service) or serving the export market (basic). An additional consideration is the exctlange of goods within the city itself, givingrise to an input-output visualization of the economics of -urban functioning. The application of this theory requires the gather- ing of detailed information -from each industry in the city from which an estimate of the balance of the inter -industrial flow of goods is made to project the future growth of the urban economy. Today, substantial refinement and progress in the development of theories relating to urban economics are clearly evident. New theories in addition to those mentioned are being advanced, and while common agreement on a set formula for dealing with the in- tricacies of the urban economy has not been reached, the widespread interest and vol- ume of work being done in this field steadily contribute to an understanding of the urban economy. The undertaking of an economic study for the City of Saint Paul presented some rather unique situations. Unlike the situation in most metropolitan areas, Saint Paul is one of two core cities in a metropolitan area of almost one and one-half million people. The classic pattern of the one downtown area with its surrounding industrial complex and related housing areas does not exist with the clarity that is evident in most metropolitan areas. The economic relationships are complicated by the dual nature of almost every function and facility that exists in the Twin Cities Metropolitan area, with the attendant economic exchanges that take place between the two core cities of Saint Paul and Mime- apolis. These exchanges are in addition to the economic exchanges and relationships .that ordinarily exist in a one central -city metropolitan area. 1 "The Techniques of Urban Economic Analysis," edited by R. W. Pfouts, Chandler - Davis Publishing Co. , 1960. 1 2 umnary aid Co�tcl REGIONAL SETTING i With this unique situation, it would have been ideally desirable ifjoint efforts in the pre- paration of economic studies for each unit had been undertaken by the responsible agen- cies in the Metropolitan area. Such a co-operative undertaking was not possible. There- fore, the Economic Study of Saint Paul is primarily a study of the Saint Paul phase of the Metropolitan area economy, and to as substantial a degree as is possible, the relation- . - ship of the Saint Paul economy to the economies of the other political units in the Metro- - ' politan area. While an integral part of the Metropolitan complex, the economy of Saint Paul does exhibit several distinct characteristics inducedby factors such as tax struc- ture, political factors, and the physical characteristics of the City. However', because the Study is limited to a partial treatment of the Metropolitan area economy, it was not possible to utilize completely any one of the popular theories dealing with the urban econ- omy. The Study does not .adhere strictly to the basic -service or import-export theories, but rather is a combination and adaption of several of the popular theories in use today. Large quantities of data from many varying sources have been collected in the process of preparing this Study. Every effort has been made to present the most up-to-date data, in as consistent a form as possible. While a great deal of tabular data is presented in the Study in support of the analyses and conclusions presented, large quantities of addi- tional detailed data are on file at the office of the City Planning Board, and are available for inspection by the public. This Study has attempted to accomplish a rather difficult task, in that it is aimed at sev- eral audiences or segments of the public. While fulfilling its function as a part of the Comprehensive City Plan of the City of Saint Paul, it also is intended to provide much e needed general information relative to the economy of the City that would be of interest to the community as a whole. Additionally, it is hoped that businessmen, industrialists, administrators, civic groups, and other groups in the City will be able to make partic- ular use of those portions of the Study dealing with their interests. specific The Econom- ic Study investigates both the strong points and the questionable points in the Saint Paul economy. By utilizing these findings to further strengthen the strong points, and to ini- tiateco-operative effort toward rectifying the economic ills that may exist, the citizens of Saint Paul can do much to make Saint Paul an even more desirable and flourishing City. 2 umnary aid Co�tcl REGIONAL SETTING i With this unique situation, it would have been ideally desirable if joint efforts in theP re- -"'- -� paration of economic studies for each unit had been undertaken by the responsible ager- cies in the Metropolitan area. Such a co-operative undertaking was not possible.. There- N fore, the Economic Study of Saint Paul is primarily a. study of the Saint Paul phase of the Metropolitan area economy, and to as substantial a degree as is possible, the relation ship of the Saint Paul economy to the economies of the other political units in the Metro-- politan area. While an integral part of the Metrdpolitan complex, the economy of Saint- ^�^��+ Paul does exhibit several distinct characteristics induced by factors such as tax, strut -'[ g tore, political factors, and the physical characteristics of the City. .However, because the Study is limited to a partial treatment of the Metropolitan area economt y, it was not J1 ]��]]/j] //pp///pU //ppJJ//////�� ///� I• /n/ possible to utilize completely any one of the popular theories dealing with the urban ries, ° IV �//l//lal[ / WII� Co/I cl �/oft omy. The Study does not adhere strictly to the basic -service or import-export theories, i / t/ but rather is a combination and adaption of several of the popular theories in use today, it Large quantities of data from many varying sources have been collected in the process of preparing this Study. Every effort has been made to present the most up-to-date data, °'. to as consistent aform as possible. While a great deal of tabular data is presented in the Study in support of the analyses and conclusions presented, large quantities of addi- tional detaileddata are on file at the office of the City Planning Board, and are available ka F,C for inspection by the public. This Study has attempted to accomplish a rather difficult task, in that it is aimed at sev- eral audiences or segments of the public• While fulfilling its function as a part of the ct^4 Comprehensive City_ Plan of•the City of Saint Paul, it also is intended to provide much < REGIONAL SETTING +"'✓ needed general information relative to the economy of the City that would be of interest pit to the community as a whole. Additionally, it is hoped that businessmen, industrialists,j'' administrators, civic groups, and other groups in the City will be able to make partic- ,i Ott:,. 1. The economy of Saint Paul is not independent or self-sustaining, ®ular use of those portions of the Study dealing with their specific interests.' The Econom ` but rather, it is a part of the functioning of interrelated and dependent 'ic Study investigates both the strong pointe and the questionable pointe in the Saint Paul 1�4,: geographic and political units. Closest ties among these units exist economy. By utilizing these findings to further strengthen the strong points, and to mi within the Metropolitan area. On a broader scale, the area encom- ^' bate co-operative effort toward rectifying[he economic rile that may extat, the citizens { of Saint Paul can do much to make Saint Paul an even more desirable and flourishing City. , passed by the Ninth Federal Reserve District forms the .principal eco- nomit trade area of the City. �U 7; 2. The agrarian economy Of the Ninth District has resulted in a rate of population growth well below the national growth rate. In spite of a high rate of natural increase, total population growth has been low be- a cause of a high rate of out -migration from the District. This out-mi- gra ut-mi- gration has been highest in the young working -age segments of the pop- ulation, who are the major producers as well as consumers in the eco- nomy, As the District has become more industrialized and urbanized in recent years, the rate of out -migration has been declining, and pop - +1;: ulation has been increasing at faster rates than in previous years. 3. Minnesota accounts for over halfof the Ninth District population ^- and has experienced the most rapid rate of growth of the District states. Population trends in the State are similar to those in the District, { though there is a higher degree of urbanization in Minnesota and there a has been a slight in -migration into the State in several recent years. Minnesota is apt to experience out -migration during periods of national economic boom, and in -migration during periods of relatively low na- :.. z r4` }� tional industrial activity. ��— 4. The economy of Minnesota is relatively specialized in various re - 9• ''�`' ions of the State, though this geographic specialization also provides _ r a good 'degree of diversification throughout the State. While one area rt of the State may be economically depressed, other areas are flourish - 3z: ing. Minnesota is going through an evolutionary transition from an ag- rarian economy toward one of balance and diversification. 2 3 i i 5. The Twin Cities Metropolitan area is the major industrial, region of LABOR FORCE AND EMPLOYMENT the State., and of the Ninth District as well. It is leas susceptible to .r seasonal employment fluctuations than other areas of the State. It is f u yJ the fastest growing area of the State in terms of both population and em- f 1. The rate of population participation in the labor force has increased ployment. t in Minnesota and declined in the Nation to a point where these rates 'are 6. Locationally, the Twin Cities area is developing as an extension of P now about equal. the masa manufacturing concentration of the northeastern United States. In the wholesale function, tr"`' 2., .Employment opportunities in Saint Paul are increasing at a rate - _---� the area serves as one of the principal points t", much in excess of the rate of population growth. In addition, a great - in a distinct north -south belt of.wholesale centers serving the midwest- r er percentage of the City's population is participating in the labor -- ern and western areas of the Nation. In the transportation field, the , force. location of the Twin Cities has enabled the area to develop as a princi- pal link in the transcontinental system of rail lines and northern Conti- � 3. Employment has increased at a greater rate than has the labor - nental and international air routes. Trucking has developed at a re- f force. The employment increase has been steady, and those yearly em- �_--- t markable rate, serving local as well as national commerce. ployment declines that have occurred have been followed by rapid recov- ery the following year. In the years coincident with minor National re - POPULATION AND INCOME cession, unemployment has increased, usually at a rate greater than employment decline. This is brought about generally by a decrease in _a out -migration from the City and movement into the labor market of peo- 1. In comparison with other metropolitan areas of similar size in the pie not ordinarily seeking employment. ® county, the Twin City population growth has been of a substantial nature, However, virtually all of the population in the Twin Cities Metro- 4. The Twin Cities Metropolitan area accounts for almost 6076 of the growth politan area during the past decade has occurred in the outlying portions R k State's non-agricultural employment. Both central cities have experi- enced declines in their portions of Metropolitan area employment, with rather than in the central cities. Saint Paul now accounting for about 36% of this employment: However, u aa; `^ Q —*� 2. Since the turn of the century, population in Saint Paul has increased the decline in share of employment has been far less than the decline in share of population, emphasizing the growing role of the, City as an �. at a steady, though not rapid, rate. However, during the past decade, population in the City remained virtually stable, increasing by i5e employment center. mases less than one per cent. The reasons behind this relative lack of growth since 1950 are difficult to determine, since several indices a 5. Employment exchange between,Saint Paul and other portions of the of the or components of population change had tended to indicate that substantial growth was occurring. It is apparent that r Metropolitan area takes place principally with Minneapolis and areas to the north and south of the City. There are a far greater number of --'- structural changes may have occurred in the City population which will is non-residents working in Saint Paul than there are Saint Paul residents •, 22s give a clue to the course of future population growth in the City. working in other portions of the Metropolitan area. Approximately 3 26.5% of, Saint Paul employees are non-residents of the City. w e _ - 3. In both the Metropolitan area and Saint Paul, the ,greatest number of wage earners are in the $4,000 to $5,000 income 6. Manufacturing is the largest employer in Saint Paul, followed by range. Almost half of the wage earners in the City have incomes in the mid-range of ; retail, service, government, and transportation. Each segment of the employment structure has continued to represent a relatively constant s �- from $3,000 to $6,000. Average per capita income in Saint Paul is low- er than in the Metropolitan area though differences exist in the distri-t portion of the City employment. The fastest growing employment in the City have been fin- bution of per capita income throughout the population structure. Virtu- "5 groups services, utilities, government, and ance -insurance -real estate. The largest employer, manufacturing, has - ally half of the income groups in the City, representing almost 90% of the people, have annual per capita incomes less ;, remained relatively stable, while the second largest employer, retail, than the City average. In relation to Minneapolis and the Metropolitan area, g 3 has experienced a substantial employment decline. The largest em- >•-e�: more people n Saint Paul have per capita incomes in the mid -ranges of the income s ployment decline in the City has occurred in the transportation industry. structure. On a comparative basis with Minneapolis and the Metropol- itan area, the income N situation is one in which the largest percentage of the population has comparatively lower MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES` per capita income, while the smaller upper-income groups have higher per capita incomes. 4.On an occupational basis, the per capita income of salaried individ- uals, representing ' 1. Manufacturing has emerged as the most important segment of the Saint Paul economy and is no longer entirely dependent upon the natural the bulk of the wage-earners, is substantially below the City average substantially i resources of the region. While still supplying many of the manufact- above City averages, enjoy a strong national, and even international, market.",s":' r L 4 5 6 2. Of the smaller firms in Saint,Paul, most are locationally dependent 10. Relating changes in employment with changes in number of estab" and located here primarily because of the location of their sales mar- lishments, over-all growth has occurred in the stone_, clay and glass^ ket or source of raw materials; or both. The location of the remaining �.�. smaller firms is independent of any locational factor. Of the larger w firms in the City, most are locationaliy independent and are located in chinery groups, with less concentration in the textiles, furniture and Saint Paul primarily because of the labor supply existing here. Factors fixtures, -paper products, primary metals, electrical machinery, and other than production or market consideration that are important to, $ the location of Saint Paul manufacturing firms are wage -rates, cost of the apparel, printing and publishing, petroleum and coal products, and transportation, local taxes, adequacy of parking facilities and electric instrument industries, with over-all decline having occurred, in the power, work attitude of workers, desirability of community, and avail- wood products industry. ability of special types of workers. Abe, 3. Two-thirds of Saint Paul's manufacturing employment is in medium.. Saint Paul tiiaaufacturing firttis are small firms, 30% are medium-size, growing industries. Another 30% is employed in fast-growing indus- and the remaining 10% may be regarded as large firms. tries and less than 5% in slow-growing industries. General summaries and conclusions for each component of the Saint.;, 4. Approximately three-fourths of the Saint Paul manufacturing em- Paul manufacturing industry are presented in Chapter IV in the,, "Out- ployment is engaged in manufacturing that portion of the Saint Paul -- manufactured products that are sold outside of the Metropolitan area (export sales) while the remaining one-fourth of the employees are en- - gaged in manufacturing goods sold within the Metropolitan area. ®S. The manufacturing structure of Saint Paul is fairly diversified, though there is sufficient concentration in WHOLESALE TRADE certain industries to provide a substantial degree of export manufacturing. Over half of the indus- 1. Approximately half of the sales of Saint Paul wholesalers are made trial groups in the City have high concentration indices and may be con, ;_ .. sidered export industries. Though concentration in some industries does exist, no one industry ,dominates the manufacturing structure, w there being only four industries each accounting for more than 1096 of s�ssessss• the manufacturing employment. . wholesalers. Sales to the regional market account for a significant: 6. Over 40% of the Saint Paul manufacturing employees are employed in industries that are highly sensitive to portion of the sales of dry goods and apparel wholesalers, grocery and cyclical changes, tending to make this segment of the manufacturing employment unstable or highly related products wholesalers, and miscellaneous products wholesalers. susceptible to changes in the economy. Industries that have demon- strated the highest degree of stability intimes 2. Minnesota accounts for the major portion of the wholesale function of economic change em- ploy approximately 3096 of the Saint Paul manufacturing employment. _ 7. Value added per employee is a measure of the productivity of manu-. factoring industries. During recent years, Saint Paul'firms have ex- Y~ perienced a high rate of increase in value added per employee, particu- larly those industries manufacturing wholesale field titan Saint Paul; the percentage of Ninth District whole- paper products, machinery (except electrical), furniture and fixtures, and fabricated sale sales made in Minneapolis is almost four times that of Saint Paul. metals. Sam 8. The financial characteristics of a sample of the ten largest firms ` with operations in Saint Paul ° compare favorably with those of the 500 leading industrials in the Nation. correspondingly low ratio of sales per employee. Over-employmentx 9. Manufacturing employment in 1959 in Saint Paul was at approxi- mately the same level as in 1947, though largely a in relation to the sales level achieved would appear to exist. y as result of post- war cut-backs, it had been below this level for much of the intervening period. The Saint Paul manufacturing 4. The largest wholesalers in Saint Paul are the miscellaneous goods industry is the one component of the Saint Paul economy that is :_ . [ most dependent upon the National econo- my and, thus, manufacturing employment in the City is responsive to changes in the National cery and related products wholesalers. Grocery and related products economy. 6 10. Relating changes in employment with changes in number of estab" lishments, over-all growth has occurred in the stone_, clay and glass^ industry and the fabricated metals industry,, . Greater concentration has occurred in the food products, chemicals, and non -electrical ma- chinery groups, with less concentration in the textiles, furniture and - fixtures, -paper products, primary metals, electrical machinery, and transportation equipment industries. Moderate decline has occurred in the apparel, printing and publishing, petroleum and coal products, and instrument industries, with over-all decline having occurred, in the wood products industry. 11. On the basis of number of employees, approximately. 66% of the Saint Paul tiiaaufacturing firttis are small firms, 30% are medium-size, and the remaining 10% may be regarded as large firms. General summaries and conclusions for each component of the Saint.;, Paul manufacturing industry are presented in Chapter IV in the,, "Out- look" portions of the presentation of data gathered in the 1958 Planning Board Survey of Manufacturing Firms. - ---..•.._ WHOLESALE TRADE 1. Approximately half of the sales of Saint Paul wholesalers are made a within the Metropolitan area, with sales within Saint Paul alone ac- counting for over 20%.of the total. The states of the Ninth Federal Re- serve District form the principal regional market area for Saint Pau! wholesalers. Sales to the regional market account for a significant: �. portion of the sales of dry goods and apparel wholesalers, grocery and related products wholesalers, and miscellaneous products wholesalers. 2. Minnesota accounts for the major portion of the wholesale function . in the District, and the State's wholesale function is centered largely in the Twin Cities. Minneapolis is substantially more prominent in the wholesale field titan Saint Paul; the percentage of Ninth District whole- 1: sale sales made in Minneapolis is almost four times that of Saint Paul. „r 3. Saint Paul wholesalers exhibit a high ratio of employees per es- �asw tablishment, a moderately high ratio of sales per establishment and a correspondingly low ratio of sales per employee. Over-employmentx in relation to the sales level achieved would appear to exist. y 4. The largest wholesalers in Saint Paul are the miscellaneous goods wholesalers, machinery, equipment and supply wholesalers, and gro- cery and related products wholesalers. Grocery and related products is .wholesalers utilize the greatest amount of floor space per employee, _ there being a wide variation in the density ratios of the various types of -' wholesalers. 5. Wholesale trade has experienced good growth in the past decade, c x with tabiishment and sales increases of approximately 25%. Employ- meat h�s increased more slowly, and actually has declined in recent r ° °� years. , ft ... 7�::W 6. Most Saint Paul wholesalers are located in the City because of the location of their sales market. Cost of transportation and general de- sirability of the community also are important locational factors for ... Saint Paul wholesalers. Specific site selection is governed by trackage, presence of an industrial district, nearness to Dow-ntown, and highways, as well as adequacy of parking facilities. It is apparent that direct and _.�.. frequent customer -contact is quite important in the wholesale field. 7. Introduction of new products, as well as increased sales of tradit- ional products, have been the factors contributing to the growth of Saint Paul wholesaling. Further growth of sales at a rate exceeding past growth is, expected by almost half of the Saint Paul firms, although on- _ ly one-fourth of the firms expect employment increases of this mag- nitude. Half of the firms expect future. physical expansion to occur within the City. Factors considered in future physical expansion are ---� parking facilities, local labor attitudes, trackage, presence of existing structure, availability of adjacent land, main highway, and adequacy and cost of electric power. RETAIL TRADE 1. Retail trade is surpassed only by the manufacturing industries as the biggest employer in Saint Paul, and retail sales have reached the figure of almost a half -billion dollars annually. Sales trends area re- flection of the over-all well-being of the City, mirroring employment and earning levels in all parts of the economy. 2. The retail trade area of Saint Paul extends over'a 13 -county area, to a maximum of about 50 miles from the City. Basically, the trade area is quite local in nature, being concentrated largely in the four cen r. tral counties of Ramsey, Dakota, Hennepin, and Washington. The trade area has become more local in nature during the past ten years, with the increase in number of automobile trips made to the City for shopping purposes coming almost entirely from an area within 15 miles of the City. 3. The retail market of the trade area has shown substantial increases during the past decade. The number of households, effective buying in- come, and retail sales have increased in the trade area at rates far in excess of. the increase in Saint Paul. If these trends continue, as it ap- pears likely they will, the magnitude of the market potential of this area by 1980 should be twice what it is today.. 4. The dominant segments of the retail structure, are the food stores, eating and drinking places, and general merchandise stores, each re- presenting large portions of the retail establishments, employment, and sales. 5. It is true generally that retail establishments in Saint Paul are smaller than those of Minneapolis, though larger than those of the Met- ropolitan area. ,mom 6. On a comparative basis with 19 other cities, Saint Paul exhibits: 4 8 ..ate . (a) a low ratio of establishments per population, particularly in the G. A. F. groups. (b) a high ratio of employees per establishment. (c) a low ratio of sales per employee. (d) a relatively low rate of sales per capita. 7. Constant -dollar retail sales have increased less than 5% since 1948, though the rate of sales increase has been fairly substantial since 1954 following the sharp 1948 to 1954 decline. Factors such as recent sales activity, building renovations, and new construction indicate a continu- ing rise in retail sales levels in the City. 8. The recent development of intense competition from new shopping centers in outlying areas has lessened the percentage of Metropolitan area retail sales garnered by both Saint Paul and Minneapolis. This rise in popularity of the suburban'shopr.fsg center, created to serve the new suburban populations, also has contributed substantially to the lo- calizing of the Saint Paul trade area. 9. In 1958, sales levels in the important general 'merchandise group were below 11948 levels, though there has been a sales increase in the most recent years of this='period. Food stores, another major compo- nent /of the retail structure, have shown a steady rise in sales levels. 10. Recent sales increases, coupled with the very slight population in- crease in the City and substantial population increases in the suburbs, have resulted in,a slight rise in the per capita sales levels in Saint Paul. While Saint Paul residents themselves may not necessarily be spending more money for retail purchases in the City, the increased area popu- lation is making more use, of the Saint Paul retail facilities. 11. The recent trend of decline in number of establishments, coupled with employment and sales increases, indicates the decline of the small retail business and increased concentration of business in fewer, bigger stores. 12. The record of the past decade indicates that Saint Paul retailers have profited to some extent from recent population and living standard increases, though the potential is greater than thus far has been real- ized. Realization of future expansion through sharing in this area growth will be dependent largely upon the foresight of Saint Paul mer- chants and the manner in which they conduct their business on the basis of this foresight. An expansion and clarification of this final conclusion is worthy of con- sideration. There is an optimum point beyond which an increased sales force will not yield a correspondingly increased sales (and, thus, profit) return; instead, emphasis must be placed upon increasing the efficiency of the existing sales force. Retail management must strive to continue to keep pace with changing conditions and technologicalad- vances including new merchandising techniques. Shopping areas must continue to be made more attractive to induce people to want to shop. These shopping areas should also be wo11 integrated, complete, and economically sound. 9 Trends along these -lines are already apparent. The functional defin- ing of existing shopping areas and the additions to these areas of new stores, as well as the revitalization which has been occurring. is evi- dent. Some examples are Dayton's purchase of one entire block as a site for a new and expanded Dayton-Schuneman store, the improvements made to the Emporium and to other downtown retail establishments. Powers move to the Highland shopping area, the construction of an in- tegrated shopping area in the Midway district, and the decision of Sears and Roebuck to build a new store in Saint,.Paul as part of a compreben- sive redevelopment area. The merchants of Saint Paul have made a start on' revitalizing the retail situation in the City, which. with proper guidance and improved vehicular access, could lead to a healthier re-' tail climate. FINANCE -INSURANCE -REAL ESTATE 1. Employment increase has been steady and rapid in finance -insur- ance -real estate, though some leveling off of growth since 1953 has been apparent, Almost half of the people in this field are employed in insurance. 2. Debits -to -demand deposit accounts have shown a steady increase in Saint Paul banks over the years, though growth in Minneapolis banks has been more substantial. This is a reflection of the greater popula- tion growth of suburban Minneapolis with resultant increased business for Minneapolis banks. 3. Correspondent banking i carried on by Saint Paul banks with many banks located throughout th intii Federal Reserve District. Sharply increased banking activity t the trade area is indicated by the num- ber of out-of-town checks cleared through the Saint Paul Clearing House. 4. Saint Paul banks have maintained relatively high liquidity ratios, with lower loan ratios. There has been a general shift toward a less conservative position, with a large increase in the number of banking transactions occurring. This is a reflection of the increased business activity in the area, with increased borrowing and investment of funds. 5. Savings and Loan associations have experienced a remarkable growth in recent years. and may be expected to continue to do so. A similar growth has occurred also in Saint Paul credit unions. Small loan companies are declining in importance in relation to the other seg- ments of the financial field. 6, Saint Paul is a life insurance center of the region and growth of the local companies has been rapid. These companies provide capital. employment, and tax revenue for the City, and all indications suggest future growth at least equal to that of the past. 7. Saint Paul is the fire and casualty insurance center of the region, and growth of the local companies has been rapid. Company assets and direct writings have experienced substantial increases, and cap - 10 ital surplus has been reinvested in the growing companies, indicating continued growth for these firms. 8. Real estate activity has remained relatively stable in recent years, with activity fluctuating in accord with building activity in the City. 9. Physical expansion of the finance and insurance segments of this business group has been readily apparent in recent years. Several new banks and insurance company offices have been built in the City, and continued growth and expansion in accord with area population in- ; creases can be reasonably expected. , ate— - CONSTRUCTION 1. Construction valuation in Saint Paul has fluctuated over the years, but has adhered to a trend of rapid increase. For several recent years during the 1947 to 1959 period, 'Saint Paul construction valua- tion has exceeded that of Minneapolis, and is indicative of the large amount of building activity taking place in Saint Paul. 2. Miscellaneous construction, including public and institutional build- ings, represents the highest valuations by type of construction. There has been a substantial growth of this type of construction in recent years. Commercial construction valuation also has increased in recent years, while residential construction valuation has declined somewhat since 1955. 3. Increased emphasis is being placed on multi -family housing. The number of single-family dwelling units built has steadily declined since 1950. Apartment unit construction has increased since 1956, and in 1959 exceeded the number of single-family units built. 4: Construction employment is susceptible to seasonal, as well as yearly, fluctuation. Employment levels are influenced by the relative prosperity of the economy, . and the degree to which other segments of the economy are expanding and can afford cor_struction programs. Con- struction employment has fluctuated in Saint Paul, and in 1959 fell to about the 1947 level after having remained abo -e this level for most of the intervening years of this period. 5, Saint Paul construction wage -scales are generally below those of 15 selected Metropolitan areas of comparable size, suggesting a favor- able factor in future construction activity in the City. 6. Increased construction activity in the City can be anticipated in the near future. The needs of an increasing area population, increased de- mands for public services requiring more public buildings, freeway re- location construction, commercial growth, and increasing favor for multi -family housing all foretell continued high rates of construction activity in the City. -.. Trends along these lines are already apparent. The functional defin- ing of existing shopping areas and the additions to these areas of new stores, as well as the revitalization which has been occurring. is evi- dent. Some examples are Dayton's purchase of one entire block as a site for new and expanded Dayton-Schuneman store, the improvements made to the Emporium and to other downtown retail establishments, Powers move to the Highland shopping area, the construction of an in- tegrated shoppinng area in the Midway district, and the decision of Sears and Roebuck to build a new store in Saint Paul as part of a comprehen- sive redevelopment area. The merchants of Saint Paul have made a start on revitalizing the retail situation in the City, which, with proper guidance and improved vehicular access, could lead to a healthier re- tail climate. FINANCE -INSURANCE -REAL ESTATE 1. Employment increase has been steady and rapid in finance -insur- ance -real estate, though some leveling off of growth since 1953 has been apparent. Almost half of the people in this field are employed in insurance. 2. Debits -to -demand deposit accounts have shown a steady increase in Saint Paul banks over the years, though growth in Minneapolis banks has been more substantial. This -is a reflection of the greater popula- tion growth of suburban Minneapolis with resultant increased business for Minneapolis banks. 3. Correspondent banking is carried on by Saint Paul banks with many banks located throughout the Ninth Federal Reserve District. Sharply increased banking activity with the trade area is indicated by the num- ber of out-of-town checks cleared through the Saint Paul Clearing House. 4. Saint Paul banks have maintained relatively high liquidity ratios, with lower loan ratios. There has been a general shift toward a less conservative position, with a large increase in the number of banking transactions occurring. This is a reflection of the increased business activity in the area, with increased borrowing and investment of funds. 5. Savings and Loan associations have experienced a remarkable growth in recent years, and may be expected to continue to do'so. A similar growth has occurred also in Saint Paul credit unions. Small loan companies are declining in importance in relation to the other seg- ments of the financial field. 6. Saint Paul is a life insurance center of the region and growth of the local companies has been rapid. These companies provide capital, employment, and tax revenue for the City. and all indications suggest future growth at least equal to that of the past. 7. Saint Paul is the fire and casualty insurance center of the region, and growth of the local companies has been rapid. Company assets and direct writings have experienced substantial increases. and cap - 10 ital surplus has been reinvested in the growing companies, indicating continued growth for these firms. 8. Real estate activity has remained relatively stable in recent years, with activity fluctuating in accord with building activity in the City. 9. Physical expansion of the finance and insurance segments of this business group has been ,readily apparent in recent years. Several new banks and insurance company offices have been built in the City, and continued growth and expansion in accord with area population in-, creases can be reasonably expected. CONSTRUCTION 1. Construction valuation in Saint Paul has fluctuated over the years, but has adhered to a trend of rapid increase... For several recent years during the 1947 to 1959 period, Saint Paul construction valua- tion has exceeded that of Minneapolis, and is indicative of the large amount of building activity taking place in Saint Paul. 2. Miscellaneous construction, including public and institutional build- ings, represents the highest valuations by type of construction. There has been a substantial growth of this type of construction in recent years. Commercial construction valuation also has increased in recent years, while residential construction valuation has declined somewhat since 1955. 3. Increased emphasis is being placed on multi -family housing. The number of single-family dwelling units built has steadily declined since 1950. Apartment unit construction has increased since 1956, and in 1959 exceeded the number of single-family units. built. 4. Construction employment is susceptible to seasonal, as well as yearly, fluctuation. Employment levels are influenced by the relative prosperity of the economy, and the degree to which other segments of the economy are expanding and can afford construction programs. Con- struction employment has fluctuated in Saint Paul, and in 1959 fell to about the 1947 level after having remained aho -e this level for most.of the intervening years of this period. 5. Saint Paul construction wage -scales are generally below those of 15 selected Metropolitan areas of comparable size, suggesting a favor- able factor in future construction activity in the City. 6. Increased construction activity in the City can be anticipated in the near future. The needs of an increasing area population, increased de- mands for public services requiring more public buildings, freeway re- location construction, commercial growth, and increasing favor for multi -family housing all foretell continued high rates of construction activity in the City. 12 7. Each phase ofthe transportation industry plays its particular role in the economic exchange of goods in Saint Paul While thele is some competition between the media, each media. has inherent advantages re- lated to types of goods, bulk,' and distance shipped. Transportation is important in the Saint Paul economy, not only for the functioning of the City, but as a transfer and terminal point in the exchange of the pro- duce of the Nation. „ While Saint Paul transportation industry employ- ment has declined in recent years, as has been the experience also of the other regional areas, this may be only an adjustment to technolog- ical changes. The increased volume of goods exchange in Saint Paul should assure` substantial employment levels in this industry for the City. SERVICES 1. Services has been the most rapidly growing employment group in the City, and ranks as the third largest employer. Z. One segment of the services, the selected services, has doubled its receipts in the past ten years. However, increases in the selected services in Saint. Paul have not -kept pace with Minneapolis or the Met- ropolitan area as a whole. Metropolitan area selected services large- ly are concentrated in the two central cities, though the most rapid growth has occurred in the outlying portions of the Metropolitan area. 3. Personal services is the most prominent selected service group in Saint Paul, while Minneapolis selected services are heavily concen- trated in the business services. Business service receipts have been the most rapidly growing of the selected service receipts. 4. Continued growth of the selected services may be reasonably ex- pected as society acquires more leisure and the standard of living con- tinues oo-tinues to rise. 5. Persons engaged in professional services form a highly skilled, generally high -salaried group. Saint Paul employment in the profes- sional services has increased by almost 8076 since 1947, with the larg. est increase coming in the medical and other health services group. Increased specialization in the professional services has fostered a need for more people.in this field. As noted for the selected services, a continued rise in the living standard will continue to create an in- creasing need for people in the professional services. 6. The hospital bed ratio (number of beds pe.r 1, 000 population) in Saint Paul at present is below," -the national average. There is a clear need for 6lipansion of the City's hospital`�facilities and this expansion already is beginning to take place. 7. Federal and State aid to hospitals is available under the Hill Burton program, which proposes a co-ordinated system of hospitals providing complete care for patients and eliminating costly duplication of facili- ties. 13 a TRANSPORTATION 1. Operating as the vehicle by which Saint Paul exchanges its produce -. of industry for that of other areas, the transportation industry ranks as the fifth largest employer in the City. However, transportation em- ployment has experienced a steady and rapid decline since 1953. 2. Air transportation today is most advantageous for the rapid trans- port of small, light -weight and usually costly items, where speed of -. delivery is an essential factor. Volumes of air freight handled at the Twin Cities airport have increased significantly in recent years, and -- may be expected to continue this growth, particularly if costs of this means of shipment are reduced. A future development may be increas- ed use of a helicopter -type of aircraft for rapid, short distance trans- port of certain goods. 3. Railroads are, and very likely will continue to be, the major trans- port means by which Saint Paul exchanges its products of commerce with other areas in the Nation. Saint Paul has a rail locational advan- tage between the eastern industrial area and the north-west area of the ® country. Though the number of carloads received and forwarded, as well as the rail employment, has declined in the City, rail transporta- tion still continues to play the most vital part in the transportation in- dustry of Saint Paul. 4. Trucking has experienced large-scale growth. Saint Paul is a maj- or trucking terminal of national prominence. In addition to its role in long-distance trucking, local truck operations provide the most con- www� venient and direct means of moving goods. Trucking employment has grown rapidly in the area, and the growth of trucking may be expected m to continue. Increased co-operation between the trucking industry and the railroad industry has been evident in recent years, particularly -- -�a� with such devices as piggy -back transport. In this manner, various media inherently may, be more efficient or economical for certain con- ditions, depending upon the type of goods to be transported or the dis- tances involved. -� 5. Barge transport provides the cheapest, though slowest means of shipping large quantities of Volumes goods. handled in Saint Paul have increased significantly in the past decade, and 'while the Saint Paul employment by this media is relatively low, it has experienced a large increase since 1947. Barge traffic will continue to be an im- portant means of delivering certain bulk items, though it is possible that increased use of pipelines may well reduce the use of water ship- L"no ment for even these items. Such has been the case for petroleum pro- ducts, and it is quite possible that pipelines soon may be used more widely for shipping such solid commodities as coal or grain. _ 6. Pipelines have a major advantage over all other transportation me- dia, particularly water transport, in that they are unhampered by ad- verse weather. There is a large potential for increased use of lines pipe- in Saint Paul, and their effect has been felt already insofar as petroleum receipts are concerned. 12 7. Each phase ofthe transportation industry plays its particular role in the economic exchange of goods in Saint Paul While thele is some competition between the media, each media. has inherent advantages re- lated to types of goods, bulk,' and distance shipped. Transportation is important in the Saint Paul economy, not only for the functioning of the City, but as a transfer and terminal point in the exchange of the pro- duce of the Nation. „ While Saint Paul transportation industry employ- ment has declined in recent years, as has been the experience also of the other regional areas, this may be only an adjustment to technolog- ical changes. The increased volume of goods exchange in Saint Paul should assure` substantial employment levels in this industry for the City. SERVICES 1. Services has been the most rapidly growing employment group in the City, and ranks as the third largest employer. Z. One segment of the services, the selected services, has doubled its receipts in the past ten years. However, increases in the selected services in Saint. Paul have not -kept pace with Minneapolis or the Met- ropolitan area as a whole. Metropolitan area selected services large- ly are concentrated in the two central cities, though the most rapid growth has occurred in the outlying portions of the Metropolitan area. 3. Personal services is the most prominent selected service group in Saint Paul, while Minneapolis selected services are heavily concen- trated in the business services. Business service receipts have been the most rapidly growing of the selected service receipts. 4. Continued growth of the selected services may be reasonably ex- pected as society acquires more leisure and the standard of living con- tinues oo-tinues to rise. 5. Persons engaged in professional services form a highly skilled, generally high -salaried group. Saint Paul employment in the profes- sional services has increased by almost 8076 since 1947, with the larg. est increase coming in the medical and other health services group. Increased specialization in the professional services has fostered a need for more people.in this field. As noted for the selected services, a continued rise in the living standard will continue to create an in- creasing need for people in the professional services. 6. The hospital bed ratio (number of beds pe.r 1, 000 population) in Saint Paul at present is below," -the national average. There is a clear need for 6lipansion of the City's hospital`�facilities and this expansion already is beginning to take place. 7. Federal and State aid to hospitals is available under the Hill Burton program, which proposes a co-ordinated system of hospitals providing complete care for patients and eliminating costly duplication of facili- ties. 13 14 UTILITIES 0 iA 1. Though the smallest segment of the Saint Paul employment struc- t Lure, the Adequacy of utilities is an important factor in industrial pro gress of the City, as was pointed out in the replies to the manufattur ing and wholesaling surveys. 2. As population and industrial activity have increased, water use has increased substantially, necessitating a 4410 increase 1n.water-main v mileage since 1925. T i Rj., 3. The natural sources from which Saint Paul taps its water supply, are quite abundant, and with new construction of supply lines, the City has overcome the water shortages of the'past few years. However, in - #t creasing suburban populations indicate the growing need for the forma- tion of a Metropolitan water system to assure adequate water supplies to all points in the Metropolitan area. 4., Saint Paul is one of the few larger cities that has a combined sani- tary and storm sewer system. The system is a part of the disposal and treatment facilities of the Minneapolis -Saint Paul Sanitary District n 5 There is an increasingly urgent need for inclusion of the entire Metropolitan area within a combined sewerage system. Many outlying M., portions of the Metropolitan area are without adequate sewerage ser- vice, and water contamination is becoming an increasingly serious problem in these areas. 6 Natural gas is supplied to the City via pipeline from sources in if Texas, Oklahoma, and Kansas. Various classes of service are avail- able, including "interruptable service." Service is adequate in the City, and when demand arises, facilities are expanded to meet the in creased need for gas service. 7. Electric service is adequate in the City, with various types of ser- -A ices available. On a comparative basis with 18 cities, typical elec- tric: bills in Saint Paul are relatively high. 8. Quality of telephone service is constantly improving as technolog- ical advances are made. Telephone service is an extremely important 'VA Metropolitan service for all phases of the economy of the City. 9. Utilities employment has shown a substantial increase since 1947, and may be expected to continue to increase at a moderate rate. The utility companies serving Saint Paul are large, progressivj� firms, pro- viding increasingly efficient service. Unless drastic technological changes occur, utilities employment may be expected to increase in accord with service demand and population changes. 15 GOVERNMENT 1. Saint Paul is governed by a Cominission form, of government, with powers divided so as to form an effective system of checks and bal- ances. Actually, all civic groups, citizen councils, as well as individ- ual citizens, have the opportunity to play a vital part in the governing of, the City. 2. The per capita expenditure limitation, coupled with the use of the Charter population formula, leads to serious difficulties in the finan- cing of City governmental operations. The sharply increased demand for municipal services since the end of World War II has made it nec- cessary to increase per capita expenditure limitations at a rate much in excess of the rate of the increase in Charter population. A result- ant increase in the gross budget and the tax levy has followed. 3. Capital expenditures have increased significantly in recent years, with capital outlays for schools representing the largest single item. Saint�Paul wisely has spent capital for civic amenities as well as for necessary Public facilities. However, capital expenditure program s. in the near future will be limited seriously unless the bonded debt limit is raised or alternate means of capital expenditure financing are util- ized. 4. The tax'levy has declined slightly in importance as a source of re- venue, with various other sources of revenue providing a larger share of the gross budget funds than was the case in previous years. Never - the less, the tax levy still provides over 631/o of the funds making up the gross budget of the City. Total revenues have more than doubled since 1950. 5. Among 24 selected cities, a hypothetical tax payer in Saint Paul would pay the twelfth highest total annual tax. 6. Though operating with the second lowest tax rate- among Minnesota municipalities, property valuations in Saint Paul are assessed relat- ively high to compensate for the low rate. Propertv taxes are now yielding about the maximum funds that reasonably can be expected, and other non -property sources of revenue are necessary to -!rovid funds for expanding municipal services. 7. Total government employment in Saint Paul has increased at a rapid rate since 1947, and government is the fourth largest employer in the City. s over Saint Paul City government I employment, accounting for over one-fourth of the total government employment in the City, has, had a very _==ag I rapid rate of growth because of the increased services being supplied by the City. While City government employment may be ex- pected to stabilize during the next several years, total government employment probably will continue to grow, partially as a result of ex- pansion of State offices in the City. 14 UTILITIES 0 iA 1. Though the smallest segment of the Saint Paul employment struc- t Lure, the Adequacy of utilities is an important factor in industrial pro gress of the City, as was pointed out in the replies to the manufattur ing and wholesaling surveys. 2. As population and industrial activity have increased, water use has increased substantially, necessitating a 4410 increase 1n.water-main v mileage since 1925. T i Rj., 3. The natural sources from which Saint Paul taps its water supply, are quite abundant, and with new construction of supply lines, the City has overcome the water shortages of the'past few years. However, in - #t creasing suburban populations indicate the growing need for the forma- tion of a Metropolitan water system to assure adequate water supplies to all points in the Metropolitan area. 4., Saint Paul is one of the few larger cities that has a combined sani- tary and storm sewer system. The system is a part of the disposal and treatment facilities of the Minneapolis -Saint Paul Sanitary District n 5 There is an increasingly urgent need for inclusion of the entire Metropolitan area within a combined sewerage system. Many outlying M., portions of the Metropolitan area are without adequate sewerage ser- vice, and water contamination is becoming an increasingly serious problem in these areas. 6 Natural gas is supplied to the City via pipeline from sources in if Texas, Oklahoma, and Kansas. Various classes of service are avail- able, including "interruptable service." Service is adequate in the City, and when demand arises, facilities are expanded to meet the in creased need for gas service. 7. Electric service is adequate in the City, with various types of ser- -A ices available. On a comparative basis with 18 cities, typical elec- tric: bills in Saint Paul are relatively high. 8. Quality of telephone service is constantly improving as technolog- ical advances are made. Telephone service is an extremely important 'VA Metropolitan service for all phases of the economy of the City. 9. Utilities employment has shown a substantial increase since 1947, and may be expected to continue to increase at a moderate rate. The utility companies serving Saint Paul are large, progressivj� firms, pro- viding increasingly efficient service. Unless drastic technological changes occur, utilities employment may be expected to increase in accord with service demand and population changes. 15 I The Regional S'ettinff HISTORICAL BACKGROUND The State and the Area From the. settlements in the east and northeast, during the mid -seventeenth century, 40, French explorers first came to Minnesota. Toward the end of the century, St. Anthony Falls was discovered by Father Hennepin. By 1820, the first grain shipments were leav- ing the region bound for Canada, and pines were being floated down the Rum River for the building of Fort Snelling These two incidents foretold the development of two cities. Minneapolis began as a saw- mill town and also as a trade center for the then newly explored Northwest, while Saint Paul, because of its strategiclocation at the head of navigation of the Mississippi, devel- oped as a river transport terminal and shipping- port for Minneapolis and the Northwest. In 1849, almost twenty years after the first mill at St. Anthony furnished flour to the sol- diers at Fort Snelling, the Northwest Territory was formed. 'Timber explorations and road building caused a boom in the Territory. The population of Minnesota jumped from 6,000 to 172,000 between 1850 and 1860. By 1880 claims for seven million acres of land had been filed in the State. Of the expanding industry of the area, lumbering and saw -milling were the dominant factors, with employment in these two fields topping industrial employment for more than ahalf century. The coming of the first trains to Minnesota in 1862 started a new trend in transportation dhat brought about the eventual decline of river transport. The shift in mode of transpor- tation not only affected the economy in terms of freight rates and speed of shipment, but also shifted the direction of access toward big trade centers in the upper Midwest. .The very importance of site and locational factors to the founding of Saint Paul as a waterway terminal would suggest that the shift from water transportation to a rail network running through and beyond Saint Paul might have been detrimental to the development of the City. However, this was not the case, for the effects of the railroad were relatively slow to materialize, and during this interim period, both Minneapolis and Saint Paul firmly es to their positions in the region. Water transport is still of significance to the City, however, with about 25 barge lines serving it. The introduction of a new milling process from Hungary made possible .the processing of hard wheat which resulted in the emergence of Minneapolis as the milling center of spring wheat for the northern prairie region. The later eventual growth of Kansas City as a ma- jor milling center did not have a marked effect upon the Twin Cities since each city serv- ed a somewhat different region, with Kansas City developing as the milling center for win- ter wheat. 17 For many years Minneapolis was recognized as the undisputed "Flour City'br"Mill City," only, to lose this distinction to Buffalo in the 1930s. Contributing factors were the de- cline in yield A the spring -wheat region and a change in transportation rates which had a detrimental effect on Minneapolis but aided Buffalo. Proximity to the markets and the seaways was another reason for the increased favor of Buffalo over Minneapolis. A significant point in the history of the Twin Cities is the change which has occurred in their structure. Despite the dramatic changes in economic and technical factors, the Twin Cities have managed to shift their economies in order to adapt themselves to new conditions. A typical example of this is. the American Hoist and Derrick Company, one of the major machine industries in Saint Paul, which started as a major repair shop for the river boats. As the need for anis service declined, the company. underwent changes, developed as a manufacturer & heavy machinery, and has kept growing to this day. Industrial diversification has kept the Twin Cities and Minnesota growing. Originally the diversification was within the one industry of agriculture, such as the dairy industry, feeding of beef cattle, lumber products, furs, -grain farming, etc. However, with the discovery of iron ore in Minnesota, the State's industrial diversification expanded as evidenced by the various non-agricultural industries located in the area. Saint Paul Some additional general facts about the history and development of Saint Paul to date are worthy of mention. Saint Paul derives its name from the small chapel built by Father Galtier in 1841, on a site along Kellogg Boulevard. The first store was established in 1842, and the first newspaper, the present-day Saint Paul Pioneer Press, came into be- ing in 1849. Incorporation as a city came in 1854, and when Minnesota became a state in 1858, Saint Paul was selected as the Capitol. Over 11,000 persons are now employed by the State in Saint Paul. The panic of 1857 brought an end to .the early boom years of Saint Paul, and since then the City has experienced a slow,but steady growth. Among the amenities of the City are 11 accredited colleges and universities with an enrollment of over 10,000 students. Also available are concerts, art reviews, literary facilities, as well as theatrical entertain- ment. In addition to the barge traffic previously noted, nine railroads, more than 100 motor carriers, five airlines, and three passenger bus lines serve the City. As a prelude to detailed discussions in succeeding chapters, it is worthy of note that in addition to recent developments in manufacturing and other industries, Saint Paul has re- mained an important storage and processing center for grains and other agricultural pro- ducts. One important facet of the influence of agriculture upon the economy of the City is the extensive stockyards located in South Saint Paul. While the existence of this indus- try has had an influence upon Saint Paul (employment, rail facilities, financial opera- tions, etc. ) a political barrier does exist which prevents any real inclusion of these op- erations as a part of the economic base of the City of Saint Paul. Thus, from its early days, Saint Paul has developed asacity devoted to serving the needs of the State and the region. Like most cities, it is not self sufficient;. it is a part of a far larger pattern of economic activity. This report will, study the economy of Saint Paul within the context of its roleasa part of the Metropolitan economy, in turn a part of the State economy, the State being a part of the regional economy', and, finally, the regional economy as a part of the national economic .activity. THE REGION Delineation of the Region No clearly established boundaries, on a commonly acceptable basis, exist for determin- ation of the Twin Cities' region, or sphere of trade influence. While a number of region- al delineations have been made in the past for special purposes, none of them achieved any consistency in completely defining the over-all economic region. For example, the Bureau of the Census places Minnesota in the "West North-Central" region of the coun- try (one of the nine main sub -regions), consisting of the states of North Dakota, South CHART I ° f NINTH FEDERAL RESERVE DISTRICT BOUNDARIES CANAOA NORTH 01 MONTANA DAKOTA A' MINNESOTA UPPER MICHIGAN o IOAHo_7 SOUTH WYOMING DAKOTA IOWA Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Missouri, Iowa, and Minnesota. On the other hand, the Unit- ed States Federal Reserve System with 12 regions or districts, includes Minnesota with- in the Ninth Federal. Reserve District, consisting of Montana, North Dakota, .South Dak- ota, Minnesota, the northwestern one-third of Wisconsin, and the upper peninsula of Michigan. Various surveys have been made during this study in an attempt to delineate the trade re - ion. However, as an ultimate frame of reference, the area defined by the Ninth Fed- geral Reserve District is utilized. The availability of consistent, accurate data, find- ings indicating the extent of financial correspondence, natural geographic considerations, travel distance for freight and passengers, dependence upon the region for raw materi- als, population diet ribution, trade service areas, and its relationship to other regions all verify this region as being within the economic sphere of influence of Saint Paul. The shape of this economic area is predominantly lineal, withthe Canadian border impos- ing alimitation to the north and a series of sharp economic differences occurring along the southern border (i.e., disparities exist between the basic economies of Minnesota and Iowa, South Dakota and Nebraska, and. Montana and Wyoming). To the east of the Ninth District boundaries, the influence of Madison and Milwaukee limit the influence of the Ninth Region, though the significance of the Duluth -Superior Metropolitan region is felt in the northeastern portion of the District; thus,the inclusion of the upper peninsula of Michigan. According to the United States Census definition, there are three Standard Metropolitan Areae within the region: the Twin Cities, Duluth -Superior, and Sioux Falls. Population of the Region Although 14% of the Nation's land area is in the Ninth Federal Reserve District, only six and one-quarter million, or less than 3-1/2%, of the Nation's population resides here. The state-wide distribution of these six million persona has remained fairly constant over the years with Minnesota accounting for 5o% of the Ninth District population, Montana, North Dakota,South Dakota, and north-w,est Wisconsin, 10% each, and upper Michigan, about 5%. The most apparent change in this distribution pattern has occurred in.Minne- sota where, in 1960, 3.9% more of the District's population resided than was the case in 1940. (See Table 1) There is a larger proportion of farm residents in the Ninth District than in any other Federal Reserve District. However, consistent with the national trend, people in the Ninth District have been moving from farms to urban areas. In 1950, approximately 50% of the District's population were classified as urban, another 25% lived in smaller towns of 2, 500 or less (rural -non-farm), and the othe Y25% of the population were farm dwellers. 19 CHART 2 PER CENT POPULATION CHANGES 1940 10 19 50, 1950 TO 1960 NORTH MINN. MONTANA DAKOTA SOUTH •DAKOTA NINTH DISTRICT BY STATES NINTH DISTRICT (4 STATES) IN.IITFn RTATES BY GEOGRAPHIC AREAS 30, 20 10 0 20 .0- TABLE 1 - NINT 9FEDERALO9RESERVE DISTRICT, BY STATE TOTAL POPULATIONOF THE Upper MSc gan 5,542,967 5,729.058 6,250,821 100.0 100.0 - 100.0 Ninth District .,.., Source: U. S. Census of Population; 1960 figures are preliminary Regional Population Change ate of ul [hes Ninth Nationlas aas rwhole a1The national p pulation, grew byhas exhibited a slower r14. 5% bet eeno1940 and 1950; rowth thgnas 1950 to 1960period is evident. Of the United States even faster rate of 17.5% for the which much of the .Ninth Dislr ict is a part, experienced the lowest percentage population Census Bureau's nine major geographic divisions, the West -North Central region of increase (4.0%) for the 1940 to 1950 period. Between 1950 and 1960, this region had the illust ates the to second pecent change in th lowest e pan S. 95. icrese for theopulationn fora aeach of the regions and the Ninth rDistrict as compared, to the national growth for the two decades noted. tral lreinth gio n1tstrict houghhstill below the national growth rater as grown at a rate somewhat hithan the 940 to 1950 period, the District experienced a per cent increase about one-third that of the United States. However, between 1950 and 1960, this increase hi h accounts for bout one-half thew to a point where it is now e oDistr District thirds that of the national rate. Minnesota, population, had increased its Percentage population growth from about one-half the 60 pe - the tate during the 1940s to about three-fourths the national rate for the '1950 to 1960 pe- riod. Thus. and has been, he implication is that of the Nation.e the t since e of o1950tth tion his Chas begun h in the gto ap- proach the national rate more closely. Of the four states wholly weve it einceeMi Minnesota acts this trend is particularly true for Montana and Minnesota; counts for half of the District population, this trend is of particular significance in that State. Growth Population change for the region is brought about by two factors, natural to or increase (e a cess of birth.. over deaths) and net -migration (movements of people to he from as creat Natural Increase -The population increases which have occurredfor the • region has con- - .ince t 0 ave been the result of a high rate of natural increase,a an tinned to. exh' of facets loss of natural lationtfro incre m n a.. in et gthelregion in 19511 show [that the ample, 000 o ulation) for the four District state. wan. 2.3 births per birth rate (births per 1. P P the District death rate was 0.5 thousand above the national rate. For the saTn4 resultingyeaa totes natural increase of 2.8 deaths per thousand below the national rate. B persons per thousand more for the District than for the Nation. ration - In spite of the high rate of natural increase, population growth has been .low to net out -migration from the District. The reasons for this out -migration are to be Wto be found in the structural composition of the Dt t 11 euffp l hi e, to not that this in the fol lowing section of this chapter. However. 21 9 Per Cent Distribution Tota Po elation Prelim. 1940 1950 1960 1940i-9-60 1950 2.792,300 2,982:483 391. 348 3'669,547 50.4 10.1 52.1 10.3 54.3 10.7 Minnesota Montana 559,456 641,935 591,024 619.636 632, 446. 11.6 10.5 10.8 10.2: 40.1 9.2 North Dakota. N. W. Wisconsin 582,770 582,768 576,464 676,738 11.6- 11.4 10.8' South Dakota • lu 642,961 323,545 652,740 300,407 304,278 5.8 S. 4.9 Upper MSc gan 5,542,967 5,729.058 6,250,821 100.0 100.0 - 100.0 Ninth District .,.., Source: U. S. Census of Population; 1960 figures are preliminary Regional Population Change ate of ul [hes Ninth Nationlas aas rwhole a1The national p pulation, grew byhas exhibited a slower r14. 5% bet eeno1940 and 1950; rowth thgnas 1950 to 1960period is evident. Of the United States even faster rate of 17.5% for the which much of the .Ninth Dislr ict is a part, experienced the lowest percentage population Census Bureau's nine major geographic divisions, the West -North Central region of increase (4.0%) for the 1940 to 1950 period. Between 1950 and 1960, this region had the illust ates the to second pecent change in th lowest e pan S. 95. icrese for theopulationn fora aeach of the regions and the Ninth rDistrict as compared, to the national growth for the two decades noted. tral lreinth gio n1tstrict houghhstill below the national growth rater as grown at a rate somewhat hithan the 940 to 1950 period, the District experienced a per cent increase about one-third that of the United States. However, between 1950 and 1960, this increase hi h accounts for bout one-half thew to a point where it is now e oDistr District thirds that of the national rate. Minnesota, population, had increased its Percentage population growth from about one-half the 60 pe - the tate during the 1940s to about three-fourths the national rate for the '1950 to 1960 pe- riod. Thus. and has been, he implication is that of the Nation.e the t since e of o1950tth tion his Chas begun h in the gto ap- proach the national rate more closely. Of the four states wholly weve it einceeMi Minnesota acts this trend is particularly true for Montana and Minnesota; counts for half of the District population, this trend is of particular significance in that State. Growth Population change for the region is brought about by two factors, natural to or increase (e a cess of birth.. over deaths) and net -migration (movements of people to he from as creat Natural Increase -The population increases which have occurredfor the • region has con- - .ince t 0 ave been the result of a high rate of natural increase,a an tinned to. exh' of facets loss of natural lationtfro incre m n a.. in et gthelregion in 19511 show [that the ample, 000 o ulation) for the four District state. wan. 2.3 births per birth rate (births per 1. P P the District death rate was 0.5 thousand above the national rate. For the saTn4 resultingyeaa totes natural increase of 2.8 deaths per thousand below the national rate. B persons per thousand more for the District than for the Nation. ration - In spite of the high rate of natural increase, population growth has been .low to net out -migration from the District. The reasons for this out -migration are to be Wto be found in the structural composition of the Dt t 11 euffp l hi e, to not that this in the fol lowing section of this chapter. However. 21 9 TABLE 2 ' COMPONENTS OF POPULATION CHANGE AVERAGE ANNUAL FIGURES FOR FOUR DISTRICT STATES 1940 to 1950-1950 to 1958 1940 to 1950 Natural Pop. 'Net Net Increase Migrationl Pop. Increase Minnesota 36,100 -17,000 19,100 Montana 7,200 -4,200 3,000 ' North Dakotas 91800 -12,100 -2,300 South Dakota 8,900 -8,200- 700 4 District States 62,000 -41,500 20,500 1950 to 1958 Minnesota 54,000 -9,000 45,000 Montana - 11,25Q -750 10,,500 North Dakota 12,250 -10,000 2,250 ,y+ South Dakota 12,750 -8,875 3,875 4 District States 90,250 -28,625 61,625 Includes net migration from abroad and interstate migration. Also includes movement of persons in the Armed Forces. Source: Bureau.of the Census, Current Population Reports, Series P. 25 TABLE 3 NET TOTAL MIGRATION' NINTH DISTRICT2 1940 to 1950-1950 to 1958 Number Per Cent3 1940 to 1950 1950 to 1958 1940 to 1950 1950 to 1958 Minnesota -171,000 -72,000 -6. 1% -2.4% Montana .-40,000 -6,000 -7.6% -1.0% North Dakota -121,000. -80,000 -18.8% -12.9% South Dakota -79,000 -71,000 -1Z. 3% -10.97. Ninth District2 -411,000 -229,000 -8.9% -4.77. 1 Net total migration comprises both net migration from abroad, and net interstate migration. Movements of persons in the. Armed Forces are in- cluded. 2 Four states wholly within the Ninth District. 3 Per Cent of population at the beginning of the period. Source: Bureau of the Census, Current Pop. Reports, Series P -Z5 TABLE 4 ency to employ more workers than y - is necessary in agriculture (or any PERCENTAGE POPULATION DISTRIBUTION, other industry) is counteracted by - BY PLACE OF RESIDENCE the movement of this excess man - Ninth District* U. S. 1920 to 1950 power from the region. - Rural Farm By not being forced to support more - Chg. people than is desirable, the econ- in % omy of the region (though changing) 1920 has remained healthy. In fact, one - 1920 1930 1940 1950 1950 of the more important facets of the economy, per capita income, has Minn. 37.4 34.6 32.4 24.8 -12.6 actually increased over the years. Mont. 41.1 37.9 31.4 23.0 -18.1 In 1940, the Ninth District four - N. Dak. 60.9 58.3 51.0 41.1 -19.8 stage average per capita income was- - S. Dak. 55.2 56.2 47.7 38.8 -16.4 19% below the average national per _ capita income; by 1954, the differ - 9th Dist.* 44.4 42.0 37.0 28.5 -15.9 ence had been reduced to 12%.l Thus, 29.7 24.6 22.9 15.3 -14.4 out -migration, in itself, is not nec-. Lf: S. essarily detrimental to the region; it is the causes and effects of it that Rural Non -Farm must be considered.. Minn. 18.5 16.3 17.8 20.7 2.2 Regional Population Characteristics Mont. 27.6 28.4 30.8 33.3 5.7 25.5 25.1 28.4 32.3 6.8, As have been intimated earlier, the N. Dak. S. Dak. 27.1 24.9 27.7 28.0 0. 9 keyto the population changes [akin place in the Ninth District is in the 9th Dist.* 22.1 20.4 22.2 24.7 2.6 structural population characteristics U. S. 1.9.0 19.3 20.5 20.7 1.7 of the region. Two pertinent char- acteristics affecting growth are place of residence,. and,age distribution of Urban the population. Minn. 44.1 49.1 49.8 54.5 10.4 Residence - Table 4 presents, on a Mont. 31.3 33.7 37.8 43.7 12.4 percentage basis, the distribution of N. Dak. -13.6 16.6 20.6 26.6 13.0 the regional population by place of S. Dak. 16.0 18.9 24.6 33.2 17.2 residence. ' 9th Dist.* 33.5 37.6 40.8 46.8 13.3 The high preponderance of rural - U. S. 51.4 56.2 56.5 64.0- 12.6 farm population in the District is ap- parent. However, in the District, as in the Nation, there has been a * Four States wholly within Ninth District general population shift from farms to urban areas. The technological Source: "Population Trends in the Ninth Dis- advances in farming techniques have trict," Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis; precipitated this movement with ever Saint Paul Planning Board.,- decreasing numbers of people onfew- er and bigger farms producing more and more food. .Between 1950 and migration from the District has decreased 1960, of the 305 counties in the Ninth sharply since 1950, as is evident from the fig- District, 178 or 58.4% experienced ures presented in Tables 2 and 3. population declines, as is illustrated - in Chart 3. The rural -to -urban The causes, effects, and future implications of shift is evident when it is noted that this continuing net out -migration from the Dis- the counties with decreasing popu- trict are worthy of further consideration. The fact that there has been out -migration i6 not, of itself, a bad sign. It is a result of economic adjustment; the manifestation of the changing technology in anlagrarian economy and increas- ing industrialization in the region. The positive a �. l "Population Trends in the Ninth aspects of this net out -migration are several; ready labor force exists for expansion of indus- District," Federal Reserve Bank of trial facilities; secondly, the uneconomic tend- Minneapolis, P. 15. 23 lations are in largely rural areas, and those with increasing populations are in proximity to metropolitan areas or cities. The greatest absolute population growth has come in counties such as Anoka, Blue Earth, Clay, Dakota, Hennepin, Olmstead, Ramsey, St. Louis, Stearns, and.Washington in.Minnesota;- Cascade, Missoula, Valley, and Yellow- stone in Montana; Burleigh, Case, Grand Forks, Ward, and Williams in North Dakota; and Minnehaha and Pennington in South Dakota. An important city is located in or near each of these counties. CHART 3 PERCENTAGE CHANGE. IN POPULATION NINTH FEDERAL RESERVE DISTRICT BY COUNTY, 1950-19W The effect of this rural -to -urban shift is somewhat difficultto measure exactly in relation to its effect on total population changes in the Ninth District. No count is made of pure- ly intra -regional migration, or even for inter -regional movements. However, empiri- cally the movement from the region's farms has affected markedly the total regional pop- ulation. An indication of this is the high rate of natural population increase in the region, coupled with comparative rates of rural population decrease and urban population in- crease. The rate at which the region has lost rural population in more comparable to the national rate than is the rate at which the region has gained urban population (1940 to 1950): Ninth Dist. United States Lose in Rural Population -19% -24% Gain in Urban Population 20% 30% It is not suggested that a purely intra -regional relationship exists in rural -urban migra- tion. However, there still exists the indication that since the region's urban areas are growing at a slower rate, the technologically displaced rural farm people are a major contributor to the outward migration that exists in the region. A e D�istr�stibution - The second major characteristic influencing regional population change to a a'� ge structure of the population, and the changes taking place in this structure. s Table 5 preents this structure for the four states wholly within the Ninth District, with comparable figures for the United States. Several major departures from the national structure are apparent in the District. The four states in the region contain a larger proportion of the population in the younger and older age brackets than does the Nation as a whole. Correspondingly, there is a smaller proportion in the middle age brackets, particularly in the younger middle -age bracket - (18 to. 44 years) brought about largely by out -migration from the region of the rural young adults seeking to establish themselves economically. When the structure is examined from the standpoint of per cent change for each age bracket (1950 to 1958; see Table 6), 24 U.S. Source: Bureau of the Census, "Current 1?opwatfon Reports," Population Estimates, Series P-25. the differences noted above are even more apparent. While the number of children in the,five years, or younger, age bracket grew similarly to the United States in two of the District states, nearly all of the District states experienced significantly sharper per cent declines in the young adult age bracket (18 to 44 yrs. ).Out -migration is reflected in these changes, for the age groups which have experienced the sharpest declines are the ones in which mobility is generally expected to be at its highest. In general, the greater the magnitude of net out -migration, the slower the growth of the working age groups, particularly the younger working age groups. TABLE 6 ESTIMATES OF THE PER CENT CHANGE IN CIVILIAN POPULATION BY AGE GROUPS April 1, 1950 to July 1, 1958 Under TABLE 5 18-44 45-64 65 Years Total PERCENTAGE POPULATION DISTRIBUTION - BY AGE GROUPS 5 Years Years Years NINTH DISTRICT AND U.S. Civilian Minnesota 18.3 33.2 1950 and 1958 7.4 24.7 12.0 - July 1, 1958 April 1, 1950 -0.6 9.1 Under 5-17 18-44 45-64 65 k Under 5-17 18-44. 45-64 '65 k -8.5 5 Yrs. Yrs. Yre. Yrs. Over 5 Yrs. Yre. Yr_. Yrs.. Over Minnesota .11.8 24.6 33.0 20.6 10.0 11.2 20.6 37.7 21.5 9.0 Montana 12.3 25.6 33.5 19.1 9.4 33.6 19.6 8.2 11.6 21.5 12.2. 23.9 38.3 20.0 37.8 18.3 8.6 , 7.8 N. Dakota S. Dakota 12.4 26.1 12.3 25.4 32.4 19.9 10.0 11.8 22.2 37.3 20.2 8.5 Continental .1 1. 4 24.3 35.0 20.5 8.8 10.8 20.4 40.1 20.5 8.1 U.S. Source: Bureau of the Census, "Current 1?opwatfon Reports," Population Estimates, Series P-25. the differences noted above are even more apparent. While the number of children in the,five years, or younger, age bracket grew similarly to the United States in two of the District states, nearly all of the District states experienced significantly sharper per cent declines in the young adult age bracket (18 to 44 yrs. ).Out -migration is reflected in these changes, for the age groups which have experienced the sharpest declines are the ones in which mobility is generally expected to be at its highest. In general, the greater the magnitude of net out -migration, the slower the growth of the working age groups, particularly the younger working age groups. TABLE 6 ESTIMATES OF THE PER CENT CHANGE IN CIVILIAN POPULATION BY AGE GROUPS April 1, 1950 to July 1, 1958 Source: U. S. Census of Population and Bureau of the Census, "Cur- rent Population Reports," Series P-25. One of the major implications resulting from this out -migration of the younger working age groups is that goods for an expanding economy will be pr5duced by fewer people, mechanical processes will substitute for a lack of man -power, or an expanded number of jobs will slow down the rate of young migration. -These future implications of the size of the youngest working and college age -group, those in the 18 to 24 -year group are worthwhile considering, and are illustrated in Table 7 for the four Ninth District states, and for the United States. The effect of migration for the four District states for the 18 to 24 -year age -group is 25 Under 5-17 18-44 45-64 65 Years Total 5 Years Years Years Years k Over Civilian Minnesota 18.3 33.2 -2.0 7.4 24.7 12.0 Montana 20.7 35.3 -0.6 9.1 23.5 13.6 North Dakota 4.5 12.1 -8.5 10.2 8.5 2.8 South Dakota 8.4 19.0 -9.6 2.4 23.7 4.1 4 District States' Av.. 13.0 24.7 -5.2 - 7.3 20. 1 8.1 United States 20.7 36.5 -0.1 14.6 23.4 14.6 Source: U. S. Census of Population and Bureau of the Census, "Cur- rent Population Reports," Series P-25. One of the major implications resulting from this out -migration of the younger working age groups is that goods for an expanding economy will be pr5duced by fewer people, mechanical processes will substitute for a lack of man -power, or an expanded number of jobs will slow down the rate of young migration. -These future implications of the size of the youngest working and college age -group, those in the 18 to 24 -year group are worthwhile considering, and are illustrated in Table 7 for the four Ninth District states, and for the United States. The effect of migration for the four District states for the 18 to 24 -year age -group is 25 TABLE 7 , PROJECTIONS OF THE B.ELATIVE SIZE 24 YEAR AGE F YOUTHFUL POPULATION 18 to THE U. QUU?4D FOUR Q ENNIALLOUP Y H1958 toICT 1973 STATES ° (1950 ■ 100) Migration like the Migration like the No Net Migration 1940-1950 period 1030-1950 period 1958 1963 1968 1973 1958 1963.1968 1973 1958 1963 1968 1973 _ 145 169. Minnesota 96 109 131 154 98 113 139 167 99 116 " Montana 199z 104 116 -140 159 111 134 165 99 112 137 165 103 `120 151 177 SNorth Dakota 88outh Dakota 91 93. 110 130 88 88 4 104 88 86 1 94 03 116 101 112 143 165 4 States Av. 94 100 117 138 93 100 118138 102 116,. 145 168 United States 96 112 142 164 96 112 142 164 95 110 -138 . 160 Source: "Population Trends in the Ninth District" - Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis, 1956. CHART 4 + PERCENT MINNESOTAPOPULATION AND THECHANGE PRECEDING YEAR UNITED STATES 1940 TO 1957 26� particularly evident from Table 7. ' This will have significant repercussions on the eco- . nomy, in that this is an age -group consisting of not only active employees and producers, but also of large consumers of such commodities as housing, clothing, educational, and recreational services. - - Minnesota Population Minnesota accounts for 54. 3% of the Ninth District population and 1. 9% of the National population. As of April 1, 1960, the State population was . 3, 391, 348, with. approximately- 23% of these persons living in the two cities of Minneapolis and Saint Paul. Much of what has been said relative to population change in the region is applicable to Minnesota. Minnesota has received the largest share of the District population increase, in 1960 accounting for 3. "o more of the District population than in 1940. This is due largely to the higher degree of urban population in this state than in the other Ninth Dis- trict states. In 1955, Minnesota's population was approximately 55% urban, 25% rural farm, and 20% rural non-farm. Table 8 presents the estimated annual population changes that have occurred in Minnesota since 1940, with comparable figures for the United States. The national growth has been consistent, showing fairly steady gains for each year. In contrast, the Minnesota growth has been quite erratic,- except for the most re- cent years. (See Chart 4). Since 1954, Minnesota's estimated annual rate of growth has approached that of the Nation, and in 1957 equalled it. During the 1940-57 time span, the national population showed an estimated total increase of 29.0%. while Minnesota's increase was 18.5% As is the case in the region, birth rates in Minnesota have generally exceeded those of the United States, and death rates have been lower than, in the Nation. (See Chart 5). TABLE 8 ANNUAL RATES OF POPULATION GROWTH . MINNESOTA AND THE UNITED STATES, 1940-57 (Estimated) Change From Per Cent Increase Total Population Preceding Year Over Preceding (thousands) - (thousands) Year United United United Year Minnesota States Minnesota States Minnesota States 1940 2,792 131,584 - - - _ 1941 2,782 132,794 -10 1,210 -0.3 0.9 1942 2,727 134,161 -55 1,367 -2.0 1.0 1943 2,626 135,865 -101 1,704 -3.7 1.3 1944 2,598' 137,656 -28 ', 1,791 -1.1 1.3 1945 2,618 139,237 20:' 1,581 0.8 1.2 1946 2,818 140,689 200 1,452 7.7 1.0 �y 1947 2,897 142,833 79 2,145 2.8 1.5 1948 2,940 145,471 43 2,638 1.5 1.8 1949 2,977 148,001 37 2,530 1.3 1.7 1950 2,982 150,552 5 2,551 0.2 1.7 1951 3,018 153,072 36. 2,520 1.2 1.7 1952 3,058 155,790 40 2,718 1.3 1.8 1953 3,090 158,434 32 2,644 1.0 1.7 1954 3,139 161,115 49 2,,681 1.6 1.7 1955 3,191 163,956 52 2,841 1.6 1.8 1956 3,248 166,805 58 2,849 1.8 1.7 1957 3,307 169,800 59 2,995 1.8 1.8 Sources; Estimated by U. S. Bureau of the Census, "Current Population Reports," Series P-25, No. 153 and Minnesota State Board of Health. (As published in "Economic Guide Linea for Unemployment Insurance," Minn. 1958-1967, Minn. Dept. of Employment Security. ) slow This, again, points to migration as ths. leading factor in determining he relatively elatipresents the rate. of population growth for the State. This is verified by Table 9, components of population growth in Minnesota since 1950. The decreasing, out- components and the net in -migration during 1956 and 1957 have resulted in a substantial rate of population growth in Minnesota in recenteated a ionto toandmic iffrom t eshe St to seems to follow pretty closely a historical pattern rel he greatest out -migration from Minnesota has occurred in. periods of national economic 'boom,where well -paying Jobe in industrial regions were readily available. On the other hand, the agriculture -oriented economy of Minnesota readily has absorbed migration in- to the State. during periods of relatively low national industrial activity. With increased industrial activity occurring within the States it may be expected that the sharp degrees of migration both inward and outward, may tend to lessen during the coming years. Ivlinnesot&, like the region, has experienced out -migration of the younger age -groups. Much of this can be attributed to movements of the Armed Forces, though economic fluctuations also are a primary-causith the e.of migration of younger people�g The older age- long - groups have increased in prominence in Minnesota between 1920 and 1957,. wars er life expectancy nearly doubling the proportion (and numbers) of persofW years C CHART 5 BIRTH AND DEATH RATES BY YEAR MINNESOTA AND THE UNITED STATES 1940 TO 1957 28 TABLE 9 TOTAL POPULATION ESTIMATES WITH COMPONENTS OF POPULATIONCHANGES - Minnesota, 1950 to 1957 SEX RATIOS BY AGE GROUPS AND • PLACE OF RESIDENCE (Thousands of Persons) - - - Change Over Previous Year Total Net change Net Age Group Popu-- Per- Civilian &igration Year lation Number Cent Births Deaths - 104.6 103.8 106.3 103.9 10 to 14 1950 2,982 - - 15 to 19 1951 3,018., 36- 1.2 76 28 -13. _'- . 1952 3,058 40 1.3.1.11.80 Z&11 -12 �•�""' •1953 3,090 32., 1.0 79. 29 -.18 1954. 3,139 49 1.6 79 28 -2.' x ,1955 3,191 52 1.6 81 ;< 28 - - -2 0956- 3,248 58 1:8 82" 29 4 1957 3,307 59 1.8 83 29 5 _ Total 1,29.8 106.9 55 to 59 Change 137.3 108.4 60 to 64 1950-57 149.5 325 10.9 561 199 -37 1940-50 149.0 187 6.8 633 268 -178 Source: "Economic Guide Lines for Unemployment Insurance," Minn. , 1958-67, p. 16; U. S. Bureau of Census; Minn. State Board of Health. 29 TABLE 10 SEX RATIOS BY AGE GROUPS AND PLACE OF RESIDENCE Minnesota 1950 (Number of Mates per 100 Females) Rural- Rural Age Group State Urbanl Farm -Non-Farm Under 5 '104.4 103.6 105.8 . 104.7 5 to 9 104.6 103.8 106.3 103.9 10 to 14 104.4 102.6 107.1 103.9 15 to 19 98.2 83.2 130.5 97.4- 20 to 24 93.6 83.7 144.5 84.6 25 to 29 99.3 95.7 111.6 98.3 30 to 34 98.7 93.9 110.4 99.8 35 to 39 99.4 91.8 113.8 105.0 40 to 44 100.7 91.7 120.0 105.3 45 to 49 100.0 88.5 126.6 104.5 - 50 to 54 102.4 91.1 1,29.8 106.9 55 to 59 105.6 94.0 137.3 108.4 60 to 64 109.0 97.0 149.5 109.1 . 65 to 69 104.2 92.3 149.0 103.9 70 to 74-- 102.6 87.1' 148.4 111.2 75 and Over 95.3 77.3 132.8 115.6 . Total 101.3 93.2 119.8 103.1 "The 1940 definition of "Urban'tvas used. Source: "Economic Guide Lines for Unemployment Insurance," Minn. Dept. of Employment Security. 29 CHART 6 UNITED STATES POPULATION WITH PROJECTIONS TO 1975 and over. During this same period, per- sons 45, years and older increased from 21% of the M�nuesota population to 30%. This general ageing of the State population has important implications relative to the provision of social services for the older people. In addition, if the out -migration of the younger age -groups continues, few- er persons in the most productive years will be available for the expansion of an industrializing economy. The population of the State is influenced' not only by interstate, migration, but also by intra -state movements- Unlike long distance migration, which is primarily masculines shorter distance movements also are made by a greater proportion of women. Table 10 illustrates the sex ra- tios within the state,, by age -groups. It is apparent that the employment and so- cial opportunities of urban areas have in- duced a large number of young women to make the move from rural to urban areae. Population Projections, -- %591iME0 =—. p11LnY pPTE3: - SA -p3 LEVELS gE,wH wn- rA,n To i9m 3-e3oa3 wn*es pE�<u, oopsr,Hr Yu'9>S, National Population Projections - Future �-530-33 EATt3 REWJH r RAL T To 1933, THEN Dp09 ,L,I EAi1Y TO pDUDHLT THE PflEWAp LEVEL SY 19TSt AHD D-1 E9 atones mates avariety of CPUDE eiprH pATE9 Asan AS Low � THosE .p THE ew•s.. sources exist, which include the region or Sa.KL:w�L•„a, .pEH,3 u, THE WH,H D,T9�T� .Ea,,.L SE:E«E �«« D. parts -of the region. Some of these w - sources are the Bureau of the Census (monthly), state agencies (Department of Public Health), individual counties, and some of the important cities within the re- gion. Numerous other "unofficial" popu- lation estimates are made by private groups with special objectives. Various methods are used in making population projections, the most common being the so-called "migration and natural increase" method. This method is used by. the, Census Bureau and by a number of state agencies. The Federal Reserve Bank publication, "Population Trends in the Nin- th District," presents a concise explanation of this method. Briefly, in arriving at nat- ional population projected figures, the latest decennial (or other special census) popula- tion is used as a starting point or "benchmark." The change in national population is re- presented by natural increase (births over deaths) and net migration to or from the United States, both of these factors beingaccurately and readily determined. Using past trends indicated by the resulting figure e, the future national population may be estimated. The brief, over -simplified explanation of the method, as here prevented, is not to be misinterpreted to mean that complete accuracy results from this projection technique. While the country as a whole is by far the most accurate unit with which to make projec- tions, the results obtained even for the Nation have not been highly successful. As quoted in the Federal Reserve Bank publication previously noted, a well-known demographer, Joseph S. Davis, has said: "In the light of the demonstrated inability of the best experts to forecast birthsand net in -migration, no projection of our population to 1975, 1980, or 2000 can be trusted, and even the recently favored figurefor1960 may prove appreciably wrong. "1 However, these projections, evenwlth their limitations are widely used and I Davis, Joseph S. "The Population Upsurge and the American Economy, 1945-80," The Journal of Political Economy, October 1953. (Interestingly, the recently released fig- ures from the 1960 Census have revealed the 1960 projection for the U. S. to be low by some two million persons. (See Table 11) 30 are essential in proper planning for business, government, and other purposes. Chart' 6 presents the projected United States Population to 1975, with the varying factors noted. National population increases, such as those projected in Chart 6, 'can be considered as a forerunner of increased prosperity. Additional persons will demand more consumer , and investment goods, services, etc. , insuring higher employment levels. .However, it must be recognized that increased population of itself is not necessarily an assurance of future well-being. In many countries of the world, exactly the opposite is the case. In order for increased population and increased prosperity to be coincident, factors such as an adequate supply of natural resources. c a skilled labor be fore edand management, as well as appropriate monetary and P Y policies Re Tonal POO Pro'aotions From the standpoint of the future of the region and of e i aul, tis aeeessary to etermine, afthin the context of future national population trends, just what will be the future regional population. The same technique. (the migration natural increase method) which is used in projecting the national population is used by tfir'ee of,the four Ninth District states, in somewhat modified form. However, on the State level, interstate population movements signifi- s, yet no complete record of such movements is kept. cantly affect the population estimate Therefore, estimates of these interstate movements are made on the basis of school en- rollment data. Since these estimates are subject to error. population projections for the states, though made by the same technique, are not as accurate as those for the nation an awhole. Montana does not use the migration natural -increase method of making Population pro- jections. In this State, the "Censal-ratio" method is used, which basically involves ob- taining a ratio of census counts to births and deaths for the most recent census year, and then applying the ratios to post-censal data for births and deaths. In attempting to arrive at a projected population for each state in the country, in 1955 the Census Bureau made seven illustrative projections for the population in 1960 and TABLE'11 - TOTAL POPULATION WITH PROJECTIONS TO 1965 AND PER CENT CHANGES UNITED STATES AND FOUR ST 1T�5ES 0- 965 WHOLLY IN THE NINTH DISTRICT Total Population (in thousands) Per Cent Change July 1, April 1, Estimated Figures 1955 1960 1960 1965 1950 Esti- Census Projec- Projec- 1950 1955 1960 Census mate Prelim. tion tint, 1955. 1960 1965 3,3221 3,4791• 6.4 4.7 4.7 Minnesota 2,982- 3,174 3,391 1 2 7.1 4.6 - 4.7 Montana 591 633 670 662 693 3.5 N. Dakota 620 642 632 6333 6421 3.7 1.3 '1 4 5. Dakota 653 677 676 686 705 4 States 4,846 5,126 5,369 5,303. 5,519 5.8 3.5 4.1 U. S. 150,697 165,248 179,500 176,103. 188,593 9.7 6.6 7.1 1 Component method - 1930-1953 used as base for migration projection and 1950- 1953 fertility assumed to decline to 1940 level by 1975. ro ection and 1950- 2 Comonent method - 1940-1950 used as base for migration p i 1953 fertility level assumed to continue to 1965. 3 Ratio. method - 1950-1953 fertility level assumed to continue to 1965. Source: Bureau of the Census, 111950 Decennial Census and Current Population Reports," Population Estimates, P-25, Nos. 110, 124, and 125; 1960 Census Pro- liminary Reports. 31 1965, Three different migration patterns were combined with two birth rate assumptions in making five same birth rate am - of the projections, other Lwwo projectsin ions. (uThe highest resultant pojeo- sumptlons) was used in making the tion fo;. each of the foto itates wholly wiom Lhe Ninth District ie illustrated izi Table 1 1. actua11950 and 1960rpopulat cna%and the Un ted St tes Geasus 1959uestimatefor the So o the 1940,, the growth rate for the Ninth District We = gin al ince hasoineresthat r reseed to a Nation as a whole. However, from 1950 to 1955, point where it is nna, about one-half the national rate. If a lower biro rate and/or this higher uladoa ,nearer 5.7 million rather crease dnet out -migration doe° not reduce the growth rate to the 1940 level, 1950 to 1955.rate will result in a 1965 four -state PoP if than the 5.5 million shown in Table 11. Coonsiderin eLtha Distr ciasracv whole can em 55 estimated rateof population growth (4.8%) l 65, projected. population of 6..6 million. pact a 1960 population of 6. 3 million, and by 9 ECONOMIC CHARACTER OF MINNESOTA Though Minnesota has been visualized as a possible future appendage of the eastern this in- dustrial belts in many respects Minnesota's econeo rashic economic speuite different cializtationf with - eastern area. Somewhat paradoxically, while g g . P in the State is its, weakness, this over-all statewide industrial diversification ie also its strength. Industrial Diversification) ry# and is not y, to meat i° corn - dependent economy of Minnesota is based upon a reasonably diversified indust and, there - .dependent upon any Single industry of trader line of economic manufacturing as well as agriculture, posed of various compo of employment structure, the State has fore tends to be relatively stable. With this type the ability to weather recessions much more readily than do areas of high industrial sPe- tate specialized. For. example, manufacturing, eialization. However, this diversification is on an over-all state level; within the to are many geographic areas that are highly trade and financial services are heavily concentrated in the Twin Cities Metropolitan specialized according to area, while iron ore, timber,. and tourism dominate the economy of the northeastern sector of the State. Even the agriculture of the State is highly Pe potatoes, sugar beets, and flax, while the southern portion of location. The Red River Valley economy is oriented almost exclusively toward the Pro duction of small grains, P roducta, cattle, swine, and the produce of truck farming. the State produces corn, dairy P As a result of the constantly varying levels of employment in each of these geographic areas, certain sections of the State may rbareas are suffering a berity usinesshlevels decline nand ow ployment, while, at the same time, employment levels. According to economists, Minnesota is moving from an agrarian economy toward an eco ange is According rather than an industrial revolution-" bed so t is further ipredicted thati an in Minnesota's economy as a whole, titers will be no drastic changes, employment -wise or industry -wise, within the next x the other hasran ult, this neither will tit demonstate will rate ate as rapid rrience ate of depth owth. strong Natural Res0arce82 The natural resources of the State have been the basis of its economy since the first set - 1 This information is based is PaGeor e1Seltzert,etGaldUnemployment of the University of Minnesota, ante, Minnesota, 1958-67," by g {yrepared for the Minn. Dept. of Employment Security. This information is based in part on: "A Review of the Financial Experience and Actur- 32 tlements. Among the resources exploited during this century are soil admirably suited for agriculture, rich deposits of iron ore, dimensional stones sand and gravel, and cer- tain other minerals, and-large stands of timber suitable for lumber as well as pulp pro- duction. On the basis of geographic distribution of these resources throughout the State, the economic activity of, each of these areas has its own particular characteristic e. . North-East Area The northeast portion of the State is engaged primarily in the eXtrac- tton processmg of mineral and forest resources. The natural beauty of the area also has brought about the steadily increasing significance of tourism. For many years, lum- boring was of primary importance in this area, as well as the State, though it now ranks third in the Stat6. The subsequent development of the iron ore deposits of the northeast area now have resulted in the emergence of this area as the primary source of iron ore for the entire Nation. The Cuyuna, Mesabi, and Vermillion Ranges are the principal source of these ores. However, as the richest of these original deposits has begun to be exhausted, further attention has been turning toward the processing of taconite ore. The future developmgnt of this resource-industry, now receiving competition from foreign ores, centers not only upon extraction but also upon increased emphasis on processing of these poorer grade ores. With this increased emphasis on ore processing and with its higher employee requirements, no general decline in economic significance of the iron-ore industry is anticipated. Differing from other areas,in the State, farming in the northeast quadrant is on a small scale, with almost no commercial agriculture. The few commercial- truck farms and dairy operations which are in this area are located in the counties adjoining the Twin Cities area to the north. Red River Valley - The northwest quadrant of the State, the Red River Valley, includes the area west of the high altitude line to the eastern borders of North and South Dakota. This is an agricultural area, one of the leading areas in the United States in terms of agricultural productivity per man and per acre. As with the other areas of the State, the economy is specialized, being devoted almost exclusively to the raising of small grains, potatoes, sugar beets,'-flax, and to some extent, hay and other feed crops. The nature of the economy of this area, as was the case with the northeast quadrant, does not dirt - c orient the Red River Valley to economic activity in other portions of the State. -Since the farm products raised here move to all parts of the country, the. area's economy is an integral part of the agricultural market economy of the United States as a whole. Southern Area - The southern area of the State is composed of the Minnesota Valley in - t e west, a the area mouth of the Mississippi River in the east. The, value of agricul- __. tural products from this area is the highest in the State, and this area is also one of the major agricultural areas of the country. There is a certain amount of heterogeniety in the agricultural economy of the area with the production of feed and- seed crops, dairy and poultry products, livestocks as well as truck-farming taking place. While consider- able quantities of other grains are raised here, corn is the principal crop of the area; over 70% of the State's corn crop is grown here. In addition to these feed crops, truck crops now account for about 10% of the income of the area, with the vslueof these trope having increased by nearly 4009E since 1949. The raising of peas, beans, seed corn, and sweet corn has prompted the location of several canning and food-processing plants in the area. The State of Minnesota ranks third in the countryin the production of dairy products, much of which comes from the southeastern areaof the State While milk for the Twin Cities market remains an important facet of this production, an increasing national mar- ket arket for Minnesota dairy products has been developing. Dried. non-fat milk solids have accounted for an increasing proportion of Minnesota's contribution to the national dairy products market. However, in spite of the importance of the southern area's dairy in- ial Requirements of the Minnesota Unemployment Compensation Program Including an Economic Survey of Minnesota" prepared under the direction of John F. Adams. Temple University, for the Minn. Dept. of Employment Security. 33 dustry, the size of dairy herds has been decreasing in favor of increased emphasis on beef herds. Both the number of beef cattle and the number of hogs have increased faster in southern Minnesota than in the Nation. The livestock industry hasexpanded to a posi- tion where the value of livestock and livestock products exceeds the value of all other agricultural products produced in the State of Minnesota. A non -resource -oriented facet of the southeastern Minnesota economy which is worthy of mention is the medical facilities located in Rochester. The Mayo Clinic has achieved national renown as a diagnostic and treatment center. Patients, at a rate of nearly a quarter -million persons annually, visit the medical facilities located here, providing the stimulus for many incidental economic activities in the area. Thus, it is evident that much of the resource -oriented economic activity of the State largely is oriented toward a national market. For this reason, to a large degree, the regions just discussed are economically independent of one anotherand are closely link- ed to national economic trends. Twin Cities Metropolitan Areal - Differing from the largely . nationally -oriented regions of the State, the Twin Cities' area economy flucuatee much more in,accord with the econo- my of the State. This in the primary in- dustrialarea of the State, including more than one-third of the total population, CHANT T two-thirds of the manufacturing employ - TWIN CITIES STANDARD METROPOLITAN AREA (S.M.AJ ment, accounting for nearly two-thirds of the industrial production of the State. The 1950 Census defined the Standard Metropolitan Area as Anoka, Dakota, Hennepin, and Ramsey Counties though Washington County also will be included in the 1960 enumeration. The industrial labor market is directly related to these five counties. The Twin Cities Standard Metropolitan Area is the major center of activity for the West North-Central states; at the same time, it in the center of economic activity for Minnesota as well. The activities of this area tendto reflect the economic activity .of the State as a whole. The Standard Metropolitan Area serves a national market with a variety of goods and services. For example, the Minne- sota.Mining and Manufacturing Company (the country's major producer of cellu- lose products), and the Saint Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, (larger than any casualty organization west ofthe Mississippi) are located in Saint Paul,.,•Other important products of the Standard Metro- politan Area include machinery, .electronic instruments, as well as other small manu- factured products. However, the -local market, that is, the State of Minnesota, has a larger effect on the Standard Metropolitan Area than exists in any of. the other previously noted regions of the State. The effects of this fact, as well as the basically industrial structure of -the Standard Metropolitan Area renders it less susceptible to seasonal flue= tuation in employment than the other State areas. I' In many instances throughout this study, the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area will be re- ferred to as the "S. M. A." - the "Standard Metropolitan Area," which terminology is used by the U. S. Census and is defined in the following text paragraph. The Twin Cities Standard metropolitan Area has exhibited the potential and flexibility necessary for vast industrial productivity. When the need arose. during World War II, the Twin Cities became a major ordnance producer. While this activity no longer flour- ishes to the degree that it once'attained, it does illustrate the potential of the area. The Standard Metropolitan Area has consistently shown a population in -migration while other areas of the State were losing population. .In fact, nearly three-fourths of the total State population increase in recent years has occurred in the Twin City ,area; this area has gained more in population than the other areas of the State have lost, and this same re- lationship holds true for employment. - THE LOCATIONAL FACTOR In addition to the other aspects of the Twin Cities' economy previously noted in this chap- ter, special attention must be given to location. The geographic influences of site and location are evident in determining the economy of the area, for the Twin Cities fit into several national economic patterns, determined by several economic activities. Manufacturing The Twin Cities are located at the northern extremity of a loosely defined manufacturing belt composed of Houston, Fort Worth and Dallas, Wichita,Kansas City, and the Twin Cities. -(See Chart 8). Though constituting the western bounds of the industrial eastern United States, inform they are scattered industrial concentrations rather than the mass concentrations of the northeastern industrial belt. However, the northern portion of this belt, including the Twin Cities, is in the early. stages of developing as an extension of the mass concentrations of the northeastern belt. Denver is the only industrial concen- tration located between the Houston -Twin Cities' belt and the concentrations of the West Coast. - +, This locational factor suggests that the area north of the Kansas City -Denver line and west of the Twin Cities to the Rockies constitutes the major manufacturing market of none LAMER OF MANUFACTURING DFLOYEES. - 9TPlq . COURY 35 these three cities. The influence of these industrial centers upon their respective por- tions of this market should increase by proximity - Wholesaling In the field of wholesale trade, the Twin Cities Metropolitan area is again a part of a -rawer pronounced locational pattern- If the cities with a wholesale. trade " surplus" of five or more percent are studied.I a linear groupingfrom the Canadian border south to CHART 9 MAJOR WHOLESALE CONCENTRATIONS NOTE: CITIES WITH A HIGH PERCENTAGE OF THE POPULATION EMPLOYED IN WHOLESALE TRADE. SOURCE: G AR ALE%ANDERSSON 'T1E INDUSTRIAL STRUCTURE OF AMERICAN CITIES=1936 , the Gulf Coast emerges that is apparent nowhere else in the country.This. prominent pattern is. not evident in the industrial belt. The cities forming this pattern include Fargo, Duluth, Minneapolis -Saint Paul. Sioux Falls, Sioux City, Omaha, Joseph. Independence. Memphis, Little Rock, Fort Worth -Dallas, Waco, and New Orleans. Generally, in almost all of the large cities in the central United States located between the intensive agricultural region to the east and the extensive grating and wheat -raising I For a complete discussion of this concept* based upon proportional employment, see Gunnar Alexandersson. "The Industrial Structure of American Cities, 1956." 36 region to the west, wholesaling 3s a prominent function. The principal cities of this wholesale belt, such as Minneapolis -Saint Paul, Omaha, _ Kansas City, Oklahoma City, Dallas -Fort Worth, and San Antonio, by virtue of their lo- cation on the periphery of the major wholesale trade areas of Chicago .and St. Louis, ` serve as a supplementary wholesale structure, and their development is strongly influ- enced by their function as distribution centers for the products of the economically -re- lated but productively -dissimilar regions to their east and west. livestock and agricul- tural -products are raised in the rural areas immediately to the east and to the far west of these cities, shipped to these cities where they are processed, and finally distributed. to markets in the industrial east. In turn, industrial products from the eastern mauufu- turing belt are distributed by these cities to the ranchers and farmers in the central Unit- ed States hinterlands, Located at the northern end of this wholesale belt, the Twin Cities, with the large flour mills of Minneapolis and thestockyards and packing plants .of Saint . Paul, play a major role in this wholesale and distribution function. .. Transportation The locational factor has played a major role in the large-scale development of the trans- portation facilities that serve the Twin Cities- In turn, these transportation facilities - have contributed greatly to the economic development of the Twin Cities by enabling the Cities to exchange their goods of commerce with those of the Nation, and indeed, the World. The location ofthe Twin Cities at the head of navigation of the Mississippi River was in- strumental. in the early development of the Cities, and today the water -borne commerce carried on the River still plays an important role in the economies of the Twin Cities and the upper -midwest region. Coal, petroleum, and stone and crushed rock are broughtto the Cities by barges, and grains are shipped down -river, linking the Twin Cities with the river cities to the south as well astheGulf ports. The Twin Cities have developed as a major terminus and transfer point for rail lines radi. ating in several directions. By virtue of their location, the. Twin Cities have become im, portant links in the major rail lines connecting Chicago and the industrial northeastern United States withthe Pacific Northwest. The Twin Cities also act as a major rail gate- way into much of western Canada. Another vital network of rail lines leads south through Iowa, Nebraska, and Kansas. The nine trunk rail lines' serving Saint Paul and the Twin City area are a part of thearail network of the Nation, providing direct rail access from - the upper Mid -west, through the Twin Cities, to anywhere in the Nation. The location of the Twin Cities between the industrial Northeast and the Pacific North- west and -as the leading market for the Ninth District has been instrumental in the remark- able growth of the trucking industry in the Cities. The Nation's third largest trucking terminal is located in the midway district of Saint Paul and Minneapolis, and from here trucks radiate out to all parte of the region. The movement of livestock and other agri- cultural,products of the region plays a major role in the local trucking picture. Addition- ally, trucking helps to link the Twin Cities with other major cities of the country in economic activities so vital to the growth of the area. Pipelines have undergone rapid development in the area recently because the Twin Cities are ideally located for the establishment of facilities to process crude oil -tapped in the Canadian oil fields of Manitoba. The oil that is shipped to the Twin Cities by pipeline is refined here and distributed by various transportation media to a market in the upper mid- west region. Thus, pipelines have recently become another important phase of the Twin Cities transportation picture as a result of the location of the Twin Cities in relation to the economic market provided by the Ninth District region. Since the Twin Cities area is the only large metropolitan center located in the north- ern area between the Great Lakes and the Rockies, it has developed as a major hub for local airline service. In addition to the local service, several national air routes orig- inate here, flying direct from the Twin Cities to cities in the east, southeast, and north- u west areas of the country. , The potential for the Twin Cities to become an international air hub also"exists, due to their location on the natural flight -path to the Orient through Washington or Alaska. 37 The location of the Twin Cities in relation to their market has played a vital role in the development of each of the transportation media. As these media have developed, the economic influence of the Twin Cities in the national market has grown and become in- creasingly prominent. 38 II PopUlatio� and kewe A definite relationship exists between the population of a city and the income of this popes lation; for this reason these two topics will be studied concurrently. The income of the. people of a city in drawn from the economic base, from employment in the various eco- nomic activities of the city, and, at the same time, the amount of income is largely re- sponsible for determining the amount of economic activity which takes place in a city. This latter relationship is particularly true for retail trade, investments, service indus- tries, etc. , for which capital is drawn largely from the people of the city. Thus, the number of persons in a city, and the gross income of these persons, will be influential on the scale of economic activity in which the city will engage. POPULATION According to figures from the 1960 Census of Population, the April 1, 1960 population of the Twin Cities Metropolitan area was 1,474,149. Saint Paul accounted for 21. Z% of this population, or 313,209 persons. The Metropolitan area population has increased by 28. 1% in the past decade. However, it is apparent from Chart 10 that the central cities of Saint Paul and Minneapolis have contributed little to this population growth in the sev- eral.most recent decades; in fact, Minneapolis actually declined in population and Saint Paul grew by only 0.6% in the 1950 to 1960 decade. Rather, it has been that portion of the Metropolitan area outside of the central cities, or the "Twin City Suburbs," that has shown the most rapid rate of population growth. For example, the portion of Ramsey County outside of Saint Paul has grown at a far faster rate than has either of the central cities of the Metropolitan area. This would tend to further verify. the indicated approach• ing population saturation of the central cities, with the greatest future potential for ex- pansion being in the suburban areas adjacent to the central cities. For detailed figures relative to these area population changes during the past two decades, see Appendix 1. Metropolitan Area Growth The rate of growth of the Twin Cities Metropolitan area, as a whole, can be noted prof- itably within the context of the rates of growth of other similar metropolitan areas, as shown on Chart 11. The Saint Paul -Minneapolis StandardMetropolitanArea has experi- enced about average per cent increases in population over the several `Lime -periods noted in the Chart. Community Plan Report One, July 1955, of the Saint Paul City Planning Board entitled, "Population Characteristics," presents a thorough picture of the growth of population in Saint Paul, with projections of future population. Reference is called to this report for a more complete picture of the Saint Paul population than is advisable to present here. 39 MILLI THOU; CHART 10 RATE OF POPULATION GROWTH UNITED STATES, ST.PAUL AND REGION, 1860-1960 1 1860 '1870 1880 1890 1900 1910 1920 1930 1940 1950 1960 SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS DAKOTA HENNEPIN, WASHINGTON SEY COUN TTHE T IN CITY AREAHE TWIN CITY SUBURBS METROPOLARENCOMPRISED OFETHENOKAABOVE COUNTIES E CLUO NGMST. PAUL AND MINNEAPOLIS. TIES. 40 St. Paul Growth 1 The population of Saint Paul in 1960 was 313,209: Since the turn of the century, Saint Paul has experienced a steady, though not 'rapid, growth. Per cent increases for each ten-year period since 1910 are: . 1910 to 1920 - 9.3% 1940 to 1950 - 8.2% 1920 to 1930 - 15.7% 1950 to 1960 - 0.6% 1930 to 1940 - 5. 9% Components of Population Change The 1960 Saint Paul population figure, as determined by the United States Census Bureau, came as somewhat of a surprise to those dealing with population in the City. This was the case for many other cities as well, where it had been estimated that population since 1950 had grown at a much higher rate than was revealed by the 1960 Census figures. In 1957 the. City Planning Board made a complete city-wide count of dwelling units and, by applying the 1950 persons -per -dwelling -unit ratio to the 1957 dwelling -unit count, had estimated the 1957 Saint Paul population to be 335,893. The 1960 Census dwelling -unit count bore out the accuracy of the 1957 count by the Planning Board staff, and thus the error of the 1957 population estimate was brought about by the substantial drop in the ratio of persons -per -dwelling -unit since 1950. According to Census figures, this per- sons -per -dwelling -unit ratio has decreased from 3. 33 in 1950 to 3.04 in 1960. While this fact may well explain the error of the population estimate, the reasons for the change in persons -per -dwelling -unit ratio, at the present time are not so easily explain, ed. Publication of population characteristic figures from the 1960 Census may reveal CHART 11 PERCENT POPULATION INCREASE SELECTED METROPOLITAN AREAS 1930 TO 1960 1940-1950 1 HOUSTON HOUSTON HOUSTON KANSAS PORTLAND SEATTLE CITY BALTIMORE PORTLAND SEATTLE ST. PAUL- BALTIMORE-: 'ST. PAUL- MPLS. )' MPLS. SEATTLE SM PAUL- M ILWAUKEE MPLS. 7 MILWAUKEE 1 KANSAS 1_ - 1 J CLEVELAN: CITY ST LOUIS ST. LOUIS- BALTIMORE j� BUFFALO CLEVELANh BUFFALO. CINCINNATI ........... CINCINNATI ST. LOUIS KANSAS BUFFALO CINCINNATI CITY PROVIOFNC MILWAUKEE PORTLAND 0 20°. 40% 60% 0 2o% 40% 6o% 0 204 404 1960 POPULATION RANGES, SELECTED METROPOLITAN AREAS: 814,026 TO 2,040,188 SOURCE: U. S. CENSUS 11960 FILMES ANE PRELIMINARYI 41 the answer. The Minnesota Departmentof Health has utilized school enrPaulpopulation between Can- ollment figures, in combiaa Cion with data on births in estimating the Saint and deaths. susyears. The. estimates developed by the Department of Health for the 1951 to 1956 period showed substantial increases CHART 12 _ is the rate of natural Population growth POPULATION GROWTH and a decline in the rate of pared tof Lion from the City when tom=aorded LThese ig- ST. PAUL, 1860 —1960 urea for the 1941 to 1950 pa trends, based on births, deaths, and THOUSANDS school enrollments, led to a belief that TNous YEAR POPULATION the 1956 Saint Paul -Population was is the I f 35° area of 338,000 Persons- 313 ersons. 313. 209 jgDDDSp 311,349 1940 287,736 1930 271,606 1920 234,698 e10 214,644 Iwo 163,065 1890 133,156 1880 41,473 1870 20,030 1860 10,401 PERCENT INCREASE® 0-10 10-20 Again, itis difficult to determine in just ° which area, error has arisen in the De- _ Partment of Health estimate- School enrollment figures have tended to iudi- ,0 tate that there has been a slowing up of net out -migration from the City. For the 1959-1960 school year, public d private school enrollment was 69.86 D0 This figure represents an increase of 28.4% from the 1949-1950 enrollment of 54,399 pupils in all Saint Paul schools - 5o This corresponds to a.state-wide trend as noted in Chapter I. in which the State's 5 to 17 year school -a& a group has in- creased by 33.2% while the total State Do population increased by only 12.0% in the 1950 to 1958 period. AL the same time, this population group increased from 20.6 of State population in 1950 to 24.6°6 in 1958. so See Tables 5 and 6 in Chapter 1). Since there has been a high rata of increase of school children in the 0 City, it is difficult to determine just why there are fewer persons per dwelling- EM ul unit in the City and why the total p P ME 20-30 30 AND OVER Cion of the City has grown by only 1,860 Persons; the number enrolled in the saac6, V.6. census of PDPu�AnoN schools increased.by 15,467. This discussion has attempted to indicate some of the factors involved in the population changes that have occurred in the City. At this time, it is impossible to draw any firm conclusions from the known factors, for it ition of the City,. ompo pwouldlace.ulation have taken appear that stucural changes in theThe answersrtot these questions mayc cwell come with Publicationoof the completere- turns from the 1960 Census of Population. Table 12 presents some pertinent characteristic e of Wa Saint Paul population, with com- parative figures for Minneapolis, the Metropolitan area, the State, and the United States. respectively. Minneapolis evident median TheofsantPa in the percentage of peons of 9 and 33- years This aeo 65 years and over. Also apparent from Table 12 is the large number of females residing in the two central Cities. Another point ofimportance is the median number of school years completed; and Minneapolis aexhibit ttrdr inthisctooryaeSt r taArIeveli. Minneapolismay be ai nSaint Paul. The higheredieat bated partially to the 81Ostudents University o arehousdnMinneapolisChart 13illutrates the percent breakdown of the Ramsey County population by number of 'school years completed. 42 TABLE 12 I SELECTED CHARACTERISTICS OF THE POPULATION Saint Paul, Minneapolis, S.M. A. Minnesota, and the U. S., 1950 St. Paul Mpls. S.M.A. Minn.U_S. _ I qo Pop. Increase, 1940-1950 8.2 6.0 18.7 6.8 -14.631;9 33.1 31.4 30.6 30.2 Median Age8.8 9.6 - 8.4 9.0 8.2 5o Population over 65 g1,5 91.0 94.1 101.3 98.6 Males per 100 Females 9.3 Median School Years Completed) -98:0 98:4 98.7 99.0 88.5 - % Population - White Race 3 23 3.08 3.20 3.40 3.38 Persons per Household 1 Persons 25 years of age and Over Source: 1950 U. S. Census of Population INCOME Income datar the five counties of the Metropolitan area has been obtained from the Minnesota Department of Taxation. This data is based on State preventingdirectfor fostudy the year 1956, and is on the basis of county —its of the income structure of Saint Paul it- self. However, the figures reported for Ramsey County will give a good idea CRARY 13 of the income situation in Saint Paul. EDUCATIONAL DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION 956, a total Of BY NUMBER OF SCHOOL YEARS COMPLETED 135,681 Ramsincomtay Countyx returns represented RAMSEY COUNTY. 1940 _ a total gross income of nearly 684 mil - 1i_ .mlion dollars. Table 13 presents the to- tal figures for the five counties. -.eII I Charts 14 and,15 present an income - it breakdown for Ramsey County and for ,e :Ithe Standard Metropolitan Area by 1 $1,000 increments to $15,000. The num I her of persons in each income bracket nn I is shown. Due to the fact that all mai- ' I ried individuals, regardless of whether or not they had a separate income, are tabulated in the "married figure," it can - "n I not be said justifiably that the numbers shown on the charts represent the actual I I number of wage-earners; however, for °E sake of simplicity, in this report this composite group will be referred to as "wage earners." Within this one major limitation, several points are discern- - able from this income breakdown as pre= vented in the charts. into In both the Metropolitan area and Ramsey roximately20% oft all County wage -earns sest number of people l (and the $4,000 to $5,000 income group. APP y their spouses) have an annual income in this range. The. two income brackets on eitthe-earners with the to side of this range also account for a large portio 000 toof e wa000 bracge ket epresenting 14. 3% $6,000 bracket accounting for 17.2%, and the $3, of the total number of wage-earners. The total gross income within these three income 43 TABLE 13 TOTAL GROSS INCOME AND POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS TWIN CITIES S.M.A. BY COUNTY, 1956 Co un - Total No. Reporting Gross Income Total Marriedl Single DependenteZ Ramsey 135,681 $683,818,000 161,568 33,923 124,130 Hennepin 280,077 1,413,580,600 329,235 71,330 195,568 10,698 Anoka 7,787 33,592,000 10,905 1,073 . Dakota 17,904 79,402,100 2Z,512 3,630 20,084 Washington 11,656 52,254,500 15,019. 2,392 13,353 5 -Co. Metro.Area 453,105 $2,262,647,200 ,539,239 112,348 363,833, 1 Total married represents married individuals regardless of income status, and includes both those couples where husband and wife filed separate returns and where they filed joint returns. It also includes non -working wives as well as working wives, and, therefore, does not represent only those individuals. who had an income. 2 Primarily, chit ren and other related non -wage earners. Non -working wives are not considered dependents but are included in the "total married" figures. Source: Minnesota Dept, of Taxation. CHART 16 DEPENDENTS PER WAGE EARNER BY INCOME GROUP — RAMSEY COUNTY, S.M.A. 1956 - 0-1 1-2 2-3 3-4 4-5 5-6 6-7 7-8 8-9 9-1010-11 11-1212-13 13-1414-15 15-ZU LU1 THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS ■ SOURCE: MINNESOTA OEPMTMENT OF TUAT10N RAMSEY COUNTY S.M.A 45 groups represents 44. 5% of all income within the County. The situation for the Metro- politan area is similar. Thus, it is apparent that the income structure, on the basis of number of persons, is heavily weighted toward these mid-range income brackets. Most of the single (non -married) wage-earners in the County are in the lower income groups. The largest number are in the $2,000 to $3,000 income category, with an al- most equal number. earning between $3,000 and $4,000. - . The income pattern, including the marital composition, is very similar in both Ram- sey County and the Standard Metropolitan Area. Differences do exist, however, in the pro- portional number of dependents per income group. This relationship is illustrated in Chart 16. There are more dependents per wage-earner in the middle income brackets ($4,000 to $8,000) in Ramsey County than in the Standard Metropolitan Area. However, on either side of this range, in the lower and in the higher income brackets, the Metro- politan area exhibits a higher proportion of dependents than does the County. INCOME AND PEOPLE: PER CAPITA INCOME The income earned by a wage-earner provides the economic support. not only for himself, but in most instances also the support of his wife, children and, in some instances, aged parents or other dependents. Thus, a wage-earner income of $8,000 may provide only $2,000 each ofeconomicsupport for himself, his wife and two children. - This measure of the amount of income available for each person in the County, or the "per capita in- come," will be utilized in further study of the income and population structure of the City. TABLE 14 NUMBER OF PERSONS AND INCOME PER CAPITA BY INCOME GROUP Ramsey. Co. , Hennepin Co. , S.M. A. 1956 Ramsey County Hennepin County S. M. A. Income Income Income Income Group No. of %a Per No. of %of Per No. of %u of Per $(000) Pe2ple Total Capita People Total Capita People Total Capita 0-1 5,850 1.8 $484 11,640 2.0 $515 20,190 2.0 $494 1-2 15,500 4.8 1,220 35,690 6.0 1,203 56,890 5.6 1,192 2-3 27,440 8.6 1,741 59,460 10.0 1,751 - 95,860 9.5 1,711 3-4 37,960 11.9 1,970 78,720 13.2 1,980 129,770 12.8 1,935 4-5 66,980 21.0 1,771 110,710 18.6 2,008 200,130 19.8 1,872 5-6 63,410 19.8 1,743 97,410 16.3 2,126 180,680 17.8 1,935 e 6-7 41,270 12.9 1,875 65,290 11.0 2,.472 119,760 11.8 2,180 7-8 22,329 7.0 2,076 43,930 7.4 2,138 72,039 7.1 2,101 8-9 10,173 3.2 2,391 22,709 3.8 2,415 35,105 3.5 2,393 9-10 5,986 1.9 2,743 14.,974 2.5 2,694 22,329 2.2 2,693 10-11 3,906 1.2 3,090 9,476 1.6 3,067 14,260 1.4 3,053 11-12 2,639 0.8 3,445 6,617_ 1.1 3,393 9,878 1.0 3,384 12-13 2,175 0.7 3,674 5,263 0.9 3,707 7,785 0.8. 3,681 13-14 1,712 0.5 4,000 4,033 0.7 3,965 6,017 0.6. 3,957 14-15 1,377 0.4 4,345 3,347 0.6 4,277 4,974 0.5 4,270 15-20 4,128 1.3 5,246 10,547 1.8 5,026 15,358 1.5 5,083 20+ 6,326 2.0 12,952 .14,727 2.5 11,568 21,825 2.2 11,934 T otal or Av. 319,621 100.0 $2,139 596,133 100.0 $2,371 1,012,850 100.0 $2,234 Source Minnesota Department of Taxation 46 Income per capita relationships have been derived from the data supplied by the Minne- sota Department of Taxation. The figures are presented in Table 14 and certain relatie_ ships are graphically illustrated in Chart 17. A word of qualification is necessary. It I -- not possible to arrive at an absolute per capita income figure from this data because of the basison which the information is gathered. Since State income tax returns are the source, those persons. having no income, those evading the tax and illegally not filing re- turns, and those dependents not declared on returns are, of course, not included in the figures. Thus, Table 14 shows that there were approximately 320,000 persons in Ram- sey County in 1956 when, in actuality, it is estimated that the County population was more in the area of something over 400,000 persons. Thus, the per capita income fig- ures shown will be somewhat higher than they actually are. However, this discrepancy presumably occurs throughout the income structure of the areas considered and, thus, will have little effect.. on the relationships to be considered, either within the structure or among areas. Relative to Chart 17, the per capita income for all persons within Ramsey County has .been calculated ($2,139). Additionally, considering all people, including dependents, within each income group, the per capita income level for each group has been calculated and, by setting the County average equal to 1, indexed to this County average. This provides a means of determining in which income groups the available income per person is either above or below the County average. On the left-hand side of Chart 17, the per cent of County population falling within each income group is shown. For comparative purposes, these same relationships are shown for Hennepin County and for the Metropolitan area. Virtually half of the income groups in Ramsey County, representing 87.8% of the people, have an annual per capita income less than the County average: These people are in the wage-earner income group from $0 - $1,000 to $7,000 - $8 000 inclusive. Thus, it is only in income brackets over $8,000 that there is an average or above-average relation- ship of income to numbers of people and dependents. Of course, it must be noted that the high per capita income of the proportionately few people in the upper income brackets tends to raise the average per capita income. In comparison to Hennepin County, Ramsey County exhibits a lower percentage of its population in both the low and the high income brackets; correspondingly, a greater per- centage of the Ramsey County population is in the middle income groups ($4,000, $5,000, and $6,000 groups). On the other side of the picture, the income per capita level (as related to the respective average level for each county) for Ramsey County is higher in the low and high income groups, but lower in these same three middle income groups. Thus, in Ramsey County there is a sharper divergence from the average per capita in- come in the higher income groups, coupled with a. smaller divergence in the lower in- come group. The middle groups, representing the largest percentage of population, do not come as close to approaching the average as they do in Hennepin County. The in- comeper capita structure in Ramsey County tends to indicate that the income is less evenly distributed among the people of the County than is the situation in Hennepin County. OCCUPATIONAL INCOME PER CAPITA' Table 15 presents data relative to the per capita income of four broad occupational groups for Ramsey County as well as the other four counties of the Standard Metropoii- tan Area. The occupational groups of farmers, businessmen, investors, and salaried ' Though references are made in this section to "farmers," "businessmen," etc., it should be borne In mind that the term represents the wage-earner plus spouse and de- pendents. The discussion is on a -per capita basis, and does not consider the wage- earner alone. Source: Minnesota Department of Taxation are loosely defined, I as drawn from the data of the Minnesota Department of Taxation. Those people classified as "salaried" represent the largest percentage of areapopula- tion; of the Ramsey County population, a greater percentage of the population is includ- ed in this wage-earner classification of salaried than in any of the other five counties. However, in both Ramsey and Hennepin counties, which account for the bulk of the sal- aried population, the per capita income of the salaried group is below the average per capita income for the two counties. Salaried income is $149 below the average in Ram- sey County and $92 below the average in Hennepin. Ramsey County salaried per capita income is below that of both Hennepin County and the Standard Metropolitan Area as a whole. Investors, representing 2.0% of the Ramsey County population, exhibit a per capitafn-: come over three times the average county level. Investors' per capita income is high- er in Ramsey County than in any of the other counties of the Standard Metropolitan Area. Farmers also exhibit a higher per capita income in Ramsey County when compared to the other counties. However, in number, the farmer group in only 0.496 of the County I Persons classified as "farmers" are those reporting any portion of income from farming, though the major portion of their income may have been derived from other sources. Personsclassified as "businessmen" are those derivingthe major portion of their income from the operation or ownership of a place of business. Persons classified as "investors" are those deriving the major portion of their income from in- vestments. All persons working for a salary, regardless of their position, are classi= fied as "salaried." 49 Anoka County Dakota County TABLE 15 NUMBER'OF PERSONS,. PER CAPITA INCOME - BY OCCUPATION Income S.M.A.. BY COUNTY - 1956 Income Ramsey County Hennepin County S. M. A. Per No. of Income Income Per Income ., 'No. of 9'o Per No. of Per No. of Per People, _ . Capita, People 9i Capita People _°1e Capita Farmers 1,331 0.4 $1,529 6,519 1.1 ,. $972 16,181 1.6 8.3 $949 2,761 Businessmen 23,064 7.2 2,8 S}, 118 8.9 2,846 84,018 2.1 5,096 Investors 6.349 2.0 Salaried 289,017 90.4 ,54 6,410 1 126 2.4 4,673 1,990 527x;239 87.6 2.279 21,729 893,716 88.0 2,131 Total or Av. 319.761 100.0 2,139 596,002 100.0 $2,371 1,015,644 100.0 $2,234 - Source: Minnesota Department of Taxation are loosely defined, I as drawn from the data of the Minnesota Department of Taxation. Those people classified as "salaried" represent the largest percentage of areapopula- tion; of the Ramsey County population, a greater percentage of the population is includ- ed in this wage-earner classification of salaried than in any of the other five counties. However, in both Ramsey and Hennepin counties, which account for the bulk of the sal- aried population, the per capita income of the salaried group is below the average per capita income for the two counties. Salaried income is $149 below the average in Ram- sey County and $92 below the average in Hennepin. Ramsey County salaried per capita income is below that of both Hennepin County and the Standard Metropolitan Area as a whole. Investors, representing 2.0% of the Ramsey County population, exhibit a per capitafn-: come over three times the average county level. Investors' per capita income is high- er in Ramsey County than in any of the other counties of the Standard Metropolitan Area. Farmers also exhibit a higher per capita income in Ramsey County when compared to the other counties. However, in number, the farmer group in only 0.496 of the County I Persons classified as "farmers" are those reporting any portion of income from farming, though the major portion of their income may have been derived from other sources. Personsclassified as "businessmen" are those derivingthe major portion of their income from the operation or ownership of a place of business. Persons classified as "investors" are those deriving the major portion of their income from in- vestments. All persons working for a salary, regardless of their position, are classi= fied as "salaried." 49 Anoka County Dakota County Washington County Income Income Income No. of . Per No. of Per No. of Per People 9'o Capita People 56 Capita People °h Capita Farmers 1.193 5.3 $710 4.367 9.4 $813 2,771 9.0 $933 Businessmen 1,458 6.4 1,710 3,331 7.2 2,149 3,047 9.8 1.743 Investors 136 0.6 2,726 731 1.6 2,181 387 1.2 5,335 Salaried 19.877 87.7 1,503 37,832 81.8 1.774 24,751 80.0 1.709 Total or Av. 22.664 100.0 $1.481 46.261 100.0 $1.717 30,956 100.0 $1,699 Source: Minnesota Department of Taxation are loosely defined, I as drawn from the data of the Minnesota Department of Taxation. Those people classified as "salaried" represent the largest percentage of areapopula- tion; of the Ramsey County population, a greater percentage of the population is includ- ed in this wage-earner classification of salaried than in any of the other five counties. However, in both Ramsey and Hennepin counties, which account for the bulk of the sal- aried population, the per capita income of the salaried group is below the average per capita income for the two counties. Salaried income is $149 below the average in Ram- sey County and $92 below the average in Hennepin. Ramsey County salaried per capita income is below that of both Hennepin County and the Standard Metropolitan Area as a whole. Investors, representing 2.0% of the Ramsey County population, exhibit a per capitafn-: come over three times the average county level. Investors' per capita income is high- er in Ramsey County than in any of the other counties of the Standard Metropolitan Area. Farmers also exhibit a higher per capita income in Ramsey County when compared to the other counties. However, in number, the farmer group in only 0.496 of the County I Persons classified as "farmers" are those reporting any portion of income from farming, though the major portion of their income may have been derived from other sources. Personsclassified as "businessmen" are those derivingthe major portion of their income from the operation or ownership of a place of business. Persons classified as "investors" are those deriving the major portion of their income from in- vestments. All persons working for a salary, regardless of their position, are classi= fied as "salaried." 49 population, and it could well be the case that many of those thirteen hundred -people in this group, actually earn the bulk of their income by means other than farming. Ramsey County businessmen represent a smaller percentage of County population than is the situation in Hennepin County or the Standard Metropolitan Area. However, their per cap- ita income is higher than in any of the other counties of the Standard Metropolitan .Area. Nevertheless, it is apparent that the income per capita situation relative to the salaried group is of most significance to the County and City economy because the combined to- tal of farmers, businessmen, and investors represents less than 10% of the County popu- lation. so N Labor Force and Employment This chapter examinee some characteristics of the Saint Paul labor force and also re- lates the change in size of this labor force to population changes that have occurred. The labor force, as defined by the United States Census, includes all persons 14 years of age, and over, who are gainfully employed for wages and salaries, or who are unem- ployed and actively seeking employment. Also to be considered in further detail at this point in the study are those represented by the first part of the preceding definition, i.e. , that part of the labor force that is employed. This chapter deals with the total Saint Paul . employment, its structure, and the changes that have occurred within this structure. More detailed discussions of particular phases of the employment structure are contain- ed within the study, in conjunction with the chapters dealing with particular phases of the Saint Paul economy. LABOR FORCE Minnesota and the United States There were approximately 1,391,000 Minnesotans engaged in labor market activity in 1957, representing a numerical increase of 169,000, or 14%, from 1948. - The State population also increased by 1416 in this period. The following figures summarize the labor force and population increases for the State and the United States for two over- lapping time periods. 1940 to 1950 1948 to 1957 Labor. Force Population, Labor Force Population % Change %a Change % Change % Change Minn. 81/6 7% 14% 14% U.S. 14% 15% 13% 17% It is apparent that the labor force of Minnesota increased at a rate slightly higher or equivalent to the population increases during the two time -periods; the national labor force growth rates were below the population growth rates for both periods. These dif- ferences are particularly evident in the latter of. the two periods. Population participation in the labor force is about 42%a for both the Nation and Minnesota, as is indicated in Table 16. However, during the time -period considered, the. national participation rate has declined toward this figure, while the State's participation rate has increased toward the 42% rate.. Additionally, for both Minnesota and the United States, the annual rate of labor force growth fluctuates within a wider range than does the annual rate of population growth. Thus, population is not the only factor bearing on labor force growth; economic and social conditions also have a bearing. The implication is that labor force participation rates are relatively more sensitive to changes in eco - 51 TABLE 16 POPULATION AND LABOR FORCE CHANGES MINNESOTA AND THE UNITED STATES 1948 to 1957 Labor Force Chane Over Precedin Year / Total Total Labor Participation ota otal La r Population Force Rate Population Force Year (thousands) (thousands) (Per Cent) (Per Cent)' - (Per Cent) Minnesota - 1948 2,940 1,222 41.6 - - - 1949 2.977 1,246 41.9 1.3 2.0 1950. 2,982 - 1,262 42.3 0.2 1.3 1951 3,018 1,278 42.3 1.2 - 1.3 t 1952 3.058 1,280 -41.9 1.3 0.2 1953 3,090 1,297 42.0 1.0 1.3 - 1954 3,139 1,311 41.8 1.6 1.1 1955 3,191 1,339 42.0 1.6 2.1 1956 3,248 1,366 42.1 _ 1.8 2:0 1957. 3,307 1,391 '42.1 1.8 1.8 United States - 1948 145,471 62,748 43.1 - - 1949 148,001 63,571 43.0 1.7 1.3. " - 1950 150,552 64,599 42.9 1.7 1.6 1951 - - 153,072 65,832 43.0 1.7 - 1.9 1952 155,790 66,410 42.6 1.8 0.9 1953 - 158,434 67,362 42.5 1':7 1.4 1954 161,115 67,818 42.1 1.7 0.8 1955 163,956 68,896 42.0 1.8 1.6 1956.. 166,805 70,387 42.2 1.7 2.2 1957 169,800. 70,761 41.7 ' 1.8 0.5 Source: "Economic Guidelines for Unemployment Insurance - Minnesota 1958-67," Minnesota Department of Employment Security. - nomic and social conditions than is population growth. Saint Paul The Saint Paul labor force has shown a relatively consistent growth since 1949, with a total increase of 11% occurring during the 1949 to 1959 period (Table 17). During the nearly coincident 1950 to 1960 period, population in the City has grown by only 0. 6%, with a resultant increase in the ratio of those in the labor force to the total City popula- tion. In Table 16 of this chapter, dealing with the labor force of the State and Country as a whole, this ratio was referred to as a "labor force participation rate," or the per- centage of the population that is in the labor force. While this nomenclature is valid for area units as large as the State, it is misleading when applied at the City level, not only because of area employment exchange, but also because of the basis on which data are collected. The labor force figures represent those working or seeking employment in the City of Saint Paul, even though they may not reside in the City. Therefore, the ratios shown in Table 17 for Saint Paul and Minneapolis do not necessarily show only an increased percentage of the population in the labor force. Rather, what is probably an equally valid conclusion from the ratios is that employment opportunities in the two cen- tral Cities are continuing to increase at a rate much in excess of their rates of popula- tion growth. Persons who may have moved from the central Cities to homes in the out- lying suburbs may still be employed within the City, thus contributing to the increase. in the ratio of labor force to population. 52 . TABLE 17 LABOR FORCE Saint Paul and Minneapolis 1949 - 1959 Saint Paul Minneapolis Ratio of Ratio of Labor Force Labor Force Labor To Labor To Year Population Force Population Population Force Population 1949 308,988 161,024 52.1 518,783 284,735 54.9 1950 311,349 161,975 52.0 521,718 283,962 54.4 1951 311,535 162,193 52.1 517,649 291,213 56.3 1952 311,721 161,995 52.0 513,580 292,832 57.0 1953 311,907 „165,066 52.9 509,511 297,771 58.4 1954 312,093 -166,906 53.5 505,442 301,447 59.6 1955 312,279 166,938 53.5 501,373 299,721 59.8 1956 312,465 170,764 54.7 497,304 305,459 61.4 ' 1957 312,651 174,178 55.7 493,235 307,748 62.4 1958 312,837 178,771 57.1 489,166 311,800 63.7 1959 313,023 178,722 57.1 485.88 309,200 .63.7 1960 313,209 - Note: Figures are annual averages. Populations for 1950 and 1960 are U. S. Census figures. Populations shown for other years are estimated by interpolation between Census year figures for 1940, 1950, and 1960. Source: Labor Force Data from Minnesota Department of Employment Security. In general terms then, the growth of the labor force is dependent not only upon population change, but also upon economic conditions. More specifically, labor.forep..size-change is influenced by: (1) "natural accretion" (resident young people reaching the age at which they move into the labor market; - (2) employ(nent of persons who ordinarily might have TABLE 18 RESIDENT LABOR FORCE CHARACTERISTICS Saint Paul, 1940 and 1950 1940 1950 Persons 14 and over 231,743 239,441 Not in Labor Force 106,296 106,506 In Civilian Labor Force 125,447 132,935 Male 86,427 88,385 Female 39,020 44,550 Employed 104,216 128,008 Male 70,367 84,501 Female 33,579 43,507 Unemployed 21,231 4,659 Male 15,7901 3,636 Female 5,441 1, 023 1 Includes Emergency Relief Workers Source: U. S. Census 53 om m CHART I8. TOTAL EMPLOYMENT —ST. PAUL, 1947-1959 1997 1908--- CHART 19 TOTAL EMPLOYMENT INDEX 1947 (EQUALS 100) TO 1959 54 49 abor force (housew been outside the lives,younger people of school age, aged or retired persons); (3) net migration to or from the City; and (4) increased. employment oppbrtuni- tie� in the City pr labor -force participation by non-residents. The size of the resident Saint Paul labor force lsicent la and bor rte. iThese figures s shown in Table 18 galong with selected athered by the United StatesrCensus BurOf heau,ethro through ahold inquiries (rather than place -of -employment inquiries as conducted by the Minnesota Department of Employment Is and, therefore, represent the number of persons living in Saint Paul wlfo are in a labor force (not necessarily that of Saint Paul). EMPLOYMENT oyed and available, employ - In gen it follows that employment meat re resents those persresents those lons actuaforce rlly workings However, Employ- ment; P Y p ic manner. , employment aasec thr ughoutmthis study. represents the number s report is defined in a more �of. age and salaried ment workers. Excluded from the figures are, (1) persons engaged i agriculture, (2) selftimes en counts employed re dividuals, and (3)those persons involved in labor oxiPntes at the ately 6 4% of the labor force are made of the number employed. In Saint Paul, aPP . the employment data. Employment fig - in these three categories that are excluded from uree shown throughout the study, except where otherwise noted, are annual averages computed from monthly employment tabulations made by the Minnesota Department of Employment Security. As is the case with the labor force, enrolment figurment es for a are gather ed from place -of -employment inquiries and, therefore, amp y 6 Paul are a tabulation of the number of persona actually employed for wages and salaries in Saint Paul, regardless of place of. residence of the individuals. (Such is also the case for the other areae noted in the study.) Numbed Ot the Within the pee!iod,° established ed withlnt the 1,1.0%Pine ease lm the laboreased r force The 1959 mel 1949-1959 P Minneapolis em - annual average employment in Saint Paul was 157,784. (See Table 19). _ ployment increased by f• Citdury the same period - labor force during the past decade, in Saint Paul.'while o the labor resented close to 90% Y of the labor ment.has ranged between a low of 2.7% i 1951 and 1953 to a high- of 6.9% force in 1958- ispon of the Growth in numbers employed in the dity has fluctuated uur es the years graphic response ee o both local and national econgmic conditions. Chart 18 represents a have occurred P ployment have Paul of been poo enen large magnitude, and recovery t. Those year-to-year declines followed closely- iHOW- ever, variances in the number unemployed have been of a greater magnitude. unemployedear times there has been an almost 54, increase 1958,, when ver hemployment e preceding declined, thein the rebwas er n expected in Saint Paul. In 1952, 1954, however, the magnitude of the unemployment increase increase in the number unemployed; when compared to the magnitude of the employment decline is of significance. The un - far greater pe rcentage- Wise. it was also greater employment the declineai nnumbe)nlrs employed. This may ot cbe explain. y the a movement ybe into the job -seeking phase of the labor market of persons Of would not ordinarily seek- into employment, but who were compelled to do so because of the lay-off of the principal family waof out-migrAn ation Ionadditional rom the Twin Cities ry a, decline sharply dur'ctor is the ing coincnoted ident P6- tendency e I) into ural accretion, minornational who ordinarily might have al recession. from People moving lotcaI labor force instead ret - mai here and swell the ranks of the unemployed during these. periods of employment de- cline. Chart 19 illustrates the changes in total employment and thas e State of Minaeeota ned in this report) forThe Paul, Minneapolis, the Standard Saint rd Metropolitan Area, TABLE 19. EMPLOYMENT AND UNEMPLOYMENT Saint Paul and Minneapolis 1949 to 1959 Saint 'Paul 5. of Labor Force Unem- Unem- Employ- ploy- Employ- ploy - Year ment men, ment meat 1949 140,117 10,600 87.0% 6.7910 1950 144,410 7,200 89.11. 4.4%s 1951 147,513 4,300 90.97. 2.7%s 1952 146,429 5,200 90.4% 3.2% 1953 -150,103 4,400 90.9% 2.7%s 1954 147,926 8,300 88.61. 5.0% 1955 149,654 6,600 89.61a 4.0% 1956 154,635 5,200 90.616 3.0% 1957 156,333 6,700 89.8% 3.8% 1958 155,030 12,300 86.7% 6.9% 1959 157,784 8,500 88.3% 4.8% i Minneapolis % of Labor Force Unem- Unem- Employ- ploy- Employ- ploy- ment meat ment meat 248,912 17,600 87.4% 6.2% 253,488 12,300 89.3% 4.3% 261,875 10,700 89.97. 3.7% 263,181 10,900 89.97. 3.7% 268,714 10,000. 90.2% 3.4%- 264,254 17,900 87.7% 5.9% 267,139 13,400 89.1% 4.5% 274,710 11,200 89.9% 3.7% 276,352 11,700 89.8% 3.8% 272,845 19,000 87.5% 6.1% .270,242 13,000 87.4116 4.2% Note: Employment and unemployment refer to wage and salaried individuals. See text for a -complete discussion. Source: Annual Average Figures from the Minnesota Department of Employment Security. 1947 employment figure for each area has been used as a base and set equal to 100, and employment levels for each succeeding year in each area are plotted, indexed to the base -year employment. This same procedure is used in the chapters that follow in plot- ting employment changes for each of the components of the Saint Paul economy. Com- plete employment figures for the four areae are presented in Appendix II. As revealed in Chart 19, the rates of employment growth in Saint Paul and Minneapolis have been quite similar during the time -period shown. In recent years, the area with themootrapid rate of steady employment growth has been the Metropolitan hrea, re- flecting the increasing development of the suburban areas surrounding the central Cities of Saint Paul and Minneapolis, not only from a population standpoint but also as an area of expanding industry and employment opportunity. Metropolitan Area Employment Distribution Employment within Saint Paul is a part of the total employment pattern of the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area. The area, with an employment of approximately 533,000 in 1959. accounted for about 58% of the State's employment. I This ratio has remained relatively the same since 1947. However, the per cent distribution of the Metropolitan area employ- ment between Saint Paul, Minneapolis, and the rest of the Metropolitan area has not re- mained stable, as shown in Table 20. As population and industry have expanded to the outlying portions of the Metropolitan area, both Saint Paul and Minneapolis have exp.,e enced declines in their respective portions of the Metropolitan area employment wit a corresponding increase having occurred in the outlying portions of the Metropolitan area. The percentage of Metropolitan area employment in Saint Paul declined by 2.9%, and in I Wage and salaried employment; agricultural employees and self-employed persons are excluded. 56 Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security U. S. Census of Population c Minneapolis, by 6.6%.during the 1947 to 1959 period. However, while employment opportunities are expanding in the outlying portions of the central Cities rMetroolitan elative positions git is reailas the major employmentapparent s centers of the Metropolitan area. i theirf the , population distribution for the 1950 to 1960 period ( as is change in Metropolitan area shown at the bottom of Table I is examined against the change in employment distribu- rise in the ing area's portion alrea, eit is mploymentei�s far belowt at once the at the incretaee that has occurred urredf in this area. etropolitan area Saint in relation to and Minneapolisir accountedve shares of the for a larger share of Met opol tan area population, meat in 1960 than was the case in 1950. 1 II is a largely empe r. I judgment, based on .the following facts: in 1950, MeSaint Paul's share of Metropolitan area employ nt was 5. a�onshiphighe had increasedn its thaeof to an Bt. 4% politan arepopulation; in 1959-1960, difference. Corresponding differences in these ratios also are observed in Minneapolis. a 57 TABLE 20 DISTRIBUTION OF EMPLOYMENT TWIN CITIES REA- 947 RO�POLITAN AREA- .. 1947-1959 Per Cent of Metropolitan Area Employment in: Outlytng Porttons of Paul Minneapolis Metropolitan Area Year Saint 1947 32.57- 57.3% 57.3% 10.2% 10.1% 1948 32.6% 32.3% 57.4% 10.3% 1949 .1950 - 32.4% 57.0% 10.6% 11.A 1951 31.87a 56.5% 55.7% 13.7% 1952 1953 .31.0% 30.9% 55.4% 13.4% 13.4% 1954 31.1% 31.0% 55.5% 55.3% 13.7% 1955 1956 30.8% 54.8% 14.4% 14.77. 1957 30.8% 29.9% -54.5% .52.6% 17.5% 195g 1959 29.6% 50.77. 19.7% Change 1947-1959 2. 9% -6.6% 9.5% Per Cent of Metropolitan Area Population in: Outlying 11ortten8 of Year Saint Paul Minneapolis Metropolitan Area ' 1950 27.0% 45.311. 32.4% 27.77. 46.4% - 1960 21.21. Change 1950-1960 -5. 8% _12.9% 18.7% Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security U. S. Census of Population c Minneapolis, by 6.6%.during the 1947 to 1959 period. However, while employment opportunities are expanding in the outlying portions of the central Cities rMetroolitan elative positions git is reailas the major employmentapparent s centers of the Metropolitan area. i theirf the , population distribution for the 1950 to 1960 period ( as is change in Metropolitan area shown at the bottom of Table I is examined against the change in employment distribu- rise in the ing area's portion alrea, eit is mploymentei�s far belowt at once the at the incretaee that has occurred urredf in this area. etropolitan area Saint in relation to and Minneapolisir accountedve shares of the for a larger share of Met opol tan area population, meat in 1960 than was the case in 1950. 1 II is a largely empe r. I judgment, based on .the following facts: in 1950, MeSaint Paul's share of Metropolitan area employ nt was 5. a�onshiphighe had increasedn its thaeof to an Bt. 4% politan arepopulation; in 1959-1960, difference. Corresponding differences in these ratios also are observed in Minneapolis. a 57 TABLE 21 INTER=AREA EMPLOYMENT EXCHANGE SAINT PAUL AND TEN AREASOFTHE S.M.A. 1958 Total 41,815 100.0%a 28,122 100.01% 1 Area numbers correspond to those shown in Chart 20. Area Number 1 is Saint Paul. Source: Twin. City Area Transportation Study (pre -publication data). Inter -Area Employment Exchange A supplementary consideration in the distribution of employment throughout the Metro- politan area is the relationship of place of residence of employees and their place of em- ployment. As has been pointed out, people do not necessarily work in the same political unit in which they live. The function of Saint Paul as one -of the -two -major. employment centers of the Metropolitan area, and of its ability to draw employees to the City from other areas, is examined in the following consideration of daily work trips fo and from the City of Saint Paul. The analysis is based on data obtained from the Twin City Area Transportation Study, in which the number of automobile trips made for the purposes of going to and from work were tabulated. Table 21 presents these data, and shows the number of work trips between Saint Paul and ten other areas, which, in total, approxi- mate the area included in the Twin Cities Metropolitan area. This information alsois presented graphically in Chart 20. The data indicates that there was a dailyaverageof 41,815 work trips to Saint Paul from the ten areas. The largest number of trips comes from area Number 2 (the Minneapolis area), and areas 8 and 9 to the north of the City which includes places such as Roseville, North St. Paul, and White Bear Lake. A substantial number of work tripe to Saint Paul also are made by residents of area 11, including Mendota and South and West St. Paul. Except for the Minneapolis area, the bulk of all work trips to the City is located in the areas to the east of a north -south line between Saint Paul and Minneapolis. The number of daily work trips to Saint Paul by residents of other areas is substantially higher than the number of trips made by Saint Paul residents to employment places out- side of the City. As is shown in Table 21, there were 28, 1ZZ daily work trips from the City, or 13,693 fewer than the number coming into Saint Paul. The largest number of work trips from Saint Paul to other areas were made to area 2, the Minneapolis area, (46.6%) and areas 8 and 11 (18.2% and 19.5% respectively). Conjecture would indicate that the expanding industry of Roseville is influential in the prominence of area 8, while the stockyards of South St. Paul provide many employment opportunities for Saint Paul residents, as is reflected in the number of trips to area 11. Non-resident employment in the City is of course a mark of Saint Paul as one of the major 58 Daily Work Trips Between Saint Paul and Ten Areas: Area To Saint Paul % of From Saint Paul % of Numberl - From Each Area Total To Each Area Total 2 13,721 32.8% 13,115 46.6% 3 915 2.2% 800 2.9% 4 1,464 3.5% 785 2.8% 5. 115 0.3% 24 0.1% 6 1,083 2.6% 379 1.4% '7 852 2.0% 345 1.Z% 8 8,463 20.2% 5,130 18.2% 9 8,046 19.2% 1,259 " 4.5% 10 1,949 4.7% 794 2.8% 11 5,207 12.5% 5,492 19.5% Total 41,815 100.0%a 28,122 100.01% 1 Area numbers correspond to those shown in Chart 20. Area Number 1 is Saint Paul. Source: Twin. City Area Transportation Study (pre -publication data). Inter -Area Employment Exchange A supplementary consideration in the distribution of employment throughout the Metro- politan area is the relationship of place of residence of employees and their place of em- ployment. As has been pointed out, people do not necessarily work in the same political unit in which they live. The function of Saint Paul as one -of the -two -major. employment centers of the Metropolitan area, and of its ability to draw employees to the City from other areas, is examined in the following consideration of daily work trips fo and from the City of Saint Paul. The analysis is based on data obtained from the Twin City Area Transportation Study, in which the number of automobile trips made for the purposes of going to and from work were tabulated. Table 21 presents these data, and shows the number of work trips between Saint Paul and ten other areas, which, in total, approxi- mate the area included in the Twin Cities Metropolitan area. This information alsois presented graphically in Chart 20. The data indicates that there was a dailyaverageof 41,815 work trips to Saint Paul from the ten areas. The largest number of trips comes from area Number 2 (the Minneapolis area), and areas 8 and 9 to the north of the City which includes places such as Roseville, North St. Paul, and White Bear Lake. A substantial number of work tripe to Saint Paul also are made by residents of area 11, including Mendota and South and West St. Paul. Except for the Minneapolis area, the bulk of all work trips to the City is located in the areas to the east of a north -south line between Saint Paul and Minneapolis. The number of daily work trips to Saint Paul by residents of other areas is substantially higher than the number of trips made by Saint Paul residents to employment places out- side of the City. As is shown in Table 21, there were 28, 1ZZ daily work trips from the City, or 13,693 fewer than the number coming into Saint Paul. The largest number of work trips from Saint Paul to other areas were made to area 2, the Minneapolis area, (46.6%) and areas 8 and 11 (18.2% and 19.5% respectively). Conjecture would indicate that the expanding industry of Roseville is influential in the prominence of area 8, while the stockyards of South St. Paul provide many employment opportunities for Saint Paul residents, as is reflected in the number of trips to area 11. Non-resident employment in the City is of course a mark of Saint Paul as one of the major 58 CHART 20 DAILY EMPLOYMENT EXCHANGE BETWEEN ST. PAUL,95D ADJACENT AREAS o a� .J� o � e © o by o a p O 0y ® Jim I I a 9 10 y� NUMBER OF WORK TRIPS: ■ "" MILES FROM 4 0 ST. TPAUL ST. PAUL TCATS AREA BOUNDARY employment centers in the Metropolitan area. If work trips may be equated roughly to employment, the number of work trips to Saint Paul from outside the City indicates that approximately 26.5% of the Saint Paul employees are non-residents. On the other hand, of the total number of Saint Paul residents that are employed, either in the City or else- where, approximately 19.5% are employed out of Saint Paul. An interesting special situation exists in the number of work trips between Minneapolis (area 2) and Saint Paul (area 1). There are a greater number of trips by Minneapolis resi- dents to employment in Saint Paul than there are trips by Saint Paul residents to employ- ment in Minneapolis. While the difference in employment exchange between the central Cities is not great, the population difference lends further emphasis to the significance of the work-trip difference. However, Minneapolis does account for almost half of the mployment places in the Mctropoli- work tripe that are made by Saint Paul residents to e tan area. From the several analyses just considered, it is readily apparent that Saint Paul is in a very advantageous position in the employment picture within the Metropolitan area. The consideration of employment distribution, particularly, in the light of population Metropolitan tion, as well as the exchange of employment among the several areas of the Metropolitan complex, all indicate the leading role played by the City in the over economy of the area. 59 Employment Structure - Up to this point, consideration of employment has been 6n the basis of total employment. Following is a brief discussion of the various components that make up the total employ- ment structure of Saint Paul and the area. Each employment component will be discussed in detail in the following chapters dealing with the particular segment of the Saint Paul economy. The manufacturing industry is the biggest employer in Saint Paul, representing 28.9% of ' the 1959 employment. Of next importance is retail trade,. with 15.7% of the employment, followed by services. With the State government offices, the Ramsey County govern- ment offices, and the State Highway Department, as well asthe City government office Paul, government employment located in Saint also assumes significance, accounting for 12. 1% of the Saint Paul employment. Chart 21 is agraphic presentation of the 1959 Saint Paul employment structure. CHART 21 EMPLOYMENT STRUCTURE ST. PAUL, 1959 This structural composition of the Saint Paul employment has remained fairly constant during the past decade or more. The growth in employment that has occurred has been fairly well distributed throughout the employment structure, with each of the components continuing to represent a relatively constant portion of the total employment. Table 22 illustrates the maximum variations that have occurred in the distribution of the total em- ployment among the components during the 1947-1959 period. The greatest variation has occurred in the manufacturing industry, which has accounted for as high as 31. 3% or as low as 27.8916 of total Saint Paul employment, a range of 3. 474 during the 1947-1959 time -period noted. The second largest variation or 3. 310 has occur- red in the services. Retail, transportation, and government employment all have varied by 2. 0% or more during the period noted. The most stationary components have been utilities and wholesale, with variations of 0.6%, and 0.716, respectively. These figures show the maximum variation in per cent of total employment for any of the 60 Source: Based on Minnesota Department of Employment Security data. 12 years of the period considered. The actual growth or decline in employment in the component groups during this period for Saint Paul, Minneapolis, the Metropolitan area and the State ie considered in Table 23. Complete employment figures are shown in Ap pendix II while Table 23 shows the per cent change for each group between 1947 and 1959• The fastest growing component group in Saint Paulhas been the services, with an employ- ment increase of 43.716 during the 12 -year period. Utilities, government, and finance- insurance -real estate employment also have experienced substantial percentage growth since 1947. Manufacturing,, the largest employer in the City, shows only a relatively alight employment growth, while the second largest employer, retail trade, has experi- enced a 5.7% decline in employment since 1947. Declines have occurred in two other components in the City as well, transportation and construction. Changes in employment components in Minneapolis are similar to those that have occurred in Saint Paul, though the total Saint Paul Employment has experienced a larger percentage increase than has been the case in Minneapolis. Employment in all of the components of the Metropolitan case area has ed a gher en in either the central ities, againrpercentage eflect ngthe growth of the suburban areas. However, whilef 61 TABLE 22 IN EMPLOYMENT STRUCTURE VARIATION Saint Paul 1947-1959 Per Centof Total Annual Variation Avera .e Em to meat (Difference Between ax imum inimum Maximum & Minimum) 31.3% 27.8% 3.4% Manufacturing - 13.7% 10.4% 3.3% Services 18.1% 15.4% 2.7% Retail 12 7% 10.5% 2.2% Transportation 2.1% 16.57, Government Finance, Ins.. Real Est. 5.2% 4.6% 1.3% 1.2% Construction 5.8% 6.3% $.61a 0.7% Whole sale Z. 3% 1.7% 0.6% Utilities Source: Based on Minnesota Department of Employment Security Data. ' TABLE 23 PERCENTAGE EMPLOYMENT CHANGE, BY MAJOR GROUP Saint Paul, Minneapolis Mepoli an Area, Minnesota 47 959 19to Saint Paul Minnea olis S. M.A. Minnesota 2 ° Manufacturing 0. o _0.1 0 15.1% 17.7% °� 26.7% 18.6% Wholesale -5.7% -11.7% 6.1% 13.2% Retail Finance, Ins., Real Eat. 33.7% 37.7% 9% 46.0% 40.9% 22,4% 48.5% Construction -1.711. -4 -7. 9% -18.8% 9 1..7% -8.0% Transportation 30.6% 44.7% 44.5% 31.8% Utilities 43.7% 31.1% 42.4% 26.6% Service 30.8% 10.8% 28.7% 39.276 Government 9.216 6.1% 19.9% 20.310 Total Source: Based on Minnesota Department of Employment Security data. 12 years of the period considered. The actual growth or decline in employment in the component groups during this period for Saint Paul, Minneapolis, the Metropolitan area and the State ie considered in Table 23. Complete employment figures are shown in Ap pendix II while Table 23 shows the per cent change for each group between 1947 and 1959• The fastest growing component group in Saint Paulhas been the services, with an employ- ment increase of 43.716 during the 12 -year period. Utilities, government, and finance- insurance -real estate employment also have experienced substantial percentage growth since 1947. Manufacturing,, the largest employer in the City, shows only a relatively alight employment growth, while the second largest employer, retail trade, has experi- enced a 5.7% decline in employment since 1947. Declines have occurred in two other components in the City as well, transportation and construction. Changes in employment components in Minneapolis are similar to those that have occurred in Saint Paul, though the total Saint Paul Employment has experienced a larger percentage increase than has been the case in Minneapolis. Employment in all of the components of the Metropolitan case area has ed a gher en in either the central ities, againrpercentage eflect ngthe growth of the suburban areas. However, whilef 61 •suburban employment is growing at a faster rate than that of the central Cities, the mag- nitude of central City employment renders greater Significance to the employment in- creases that have occurred in Saint Paul and Minneapolis. 62 If A71118ctffrilly iffivirieis Manufacturing is the most important function of the Saint Paul economy. It represents 28.9% of Saint Paul's non-agricultural employment, and almost 5% of Minnesota's total non-agricultural employment. The manufacturing industry of Saint Paul is actually a part of a complex manufacturing system serving a metropolitan area of close to one and one- half million population. Though a part of this complex, it, nevertheless, exhibits dis- tinct characteristics as a group, derived from politically induced factors such as tax structure, or from physical conditions, which produce an effect differing from that of its sister City across the River; however, it still is not clearly enough separated from the Nev- whole metropolitan manufacturing complex to be identified as a self-contained unit. Nev- ertheless, for practical purposes of. providing data for this study, an attempt will be made to analyze it as a system of industries within Saint Paul. Within this approach, in order to increase the accuracy, continuous comparisons with Minneapolis, the Standard Metropolitan Area, and very often with the State, will be made whenever trends are involved. - Despite an established common idea among laymen, this area's manufacturing industryis not now dependent entirely upon the resources of the region. However, this was so in the early years of Saint Paul's history. 'At that time the sources were basically from the wood industry, the agricultural industry, the fur industry, and others of lesser im- portance. As the community grew, and gradually decreased in major importance as a processing center for natural resources, it gradually developed into a service and manu- facturing supply center for an area encompassing the entire region and, indeed; in some instances, the entire Nation. As the lumber, food, and related industries diminished in relative importance, other forms of the manufacturing base gained more prominence. These included manufacturing industries which were created to supply machinery and other goods to manufacturers and processors of the region's natural resources. Products closely related to the wood in- dustry were developed, such as the paper, printing and publishing businesses which have gained substantial stature and made Saint Paula center for such industrial activity. Among these, the printing and publishing industry induced an even further development, with the creation of specialty firms such as: Webb Publishing Company, specializing in legal publications; Brown k Bigelow, specializing in advertisements; and Waldorf Paper Company, specializing in packing and wrapping supplies. In all three cases most of the goods are being sold outside of the Twin Cities Metropolitan area, throughout the United States. if the area's industry had maintained its early characteristics and operated exclusively as the service center for its region, its development would have been seriously hindered due to the limited capacity and demand for products of this predominantly agrarian region. By turning from the region and shifting its emphasis toward the Nation as the predomi- nant market for its goods, the metropolitan complex managed to survive and to continue to grow. Even today, the region is static in. many respects. Two major factors which influenced thegrowthof the Twin Cities were regional resources and locational import- ance, both of which are not as important today as they used to be. The early locational factor, whereby the Twin Cities were on the major northwest trade. route, was then con- sidered the major factor in projecting this area's future development. However, with the construction of the Panama Canal, the overland trade route lost most of its sig$ifi- cance as a supply route to the West .Coast. By turning toward the Nation as the major market,. this area made its future more stable. Additionally, Saint Paul and the Standard Metropolitan Area enjoy a very high grade la- bor force which is still growing at a -steady rate. 'Various analyses of this labor force attest to its outstanding nature among those of othdr citiesand standard metropolitan areas of comparable size. This is an attraction factor to many industries. Recent developments in the area, such as the opening of the St. Lawrence seaway have resulted in speculation about the future of this area. The full future effect is not yet ob- vious. but the next few years will indicate in which direction major changes will take place. One effect that is already apparent is the fact that the Twin Cities now have an export-import harbor at Duluth -Superior which could open new markets for this area; on the other hand, it also could bring about competition from greater distances. It might affect the Twin Cities by changing shipping conditions and terminal facility requirements since, suddenly Duluth is becoming the terminal for long-distance shipping of grain and similar bulk products of the area. Nevertheless, industrial development should not be affected adversely by this change since the Twin Cities' potential industrial expansion characteristics of climate, topography, labor supply, and various transportation facili- ties generally are recognized. MANUFACTURING CLASSIFICATIONS USED IN THIS CHAPTER In analyzing the manufacturing industries, for the most part the "Standard Industrial Clas- sifications" are used. However, because of the wide time -span of data collected, as well as the numerous sources utilized, surprisingly frequent deviations from the Stand- ard Industrial Classifications were encountered. Insome cases, definitions of old clas- sifications, still in use, were quite different from the ones being used today. In other cases, major groups were regrouped, forming bigger composite groups, in order to comply with the disclosure rules. In still other cases, it was impossible even to find the exact definitions of classifications still in use by some agencies. In that case such data were not used. In cases where a given classification deviatew from the Standard Industri- al Classification, an explanation follows the data herein presented; otherwise, to simplify the identification of industries, the 1957 Standard Industrial Classification manual is used. The Standard Industrial Classification Code was developed for use in the classification of establishments by type of activity in which a firm is engaged, for purposes of facilitating the collection, tabulation, presentation, and analysis of data relating to establishments, and for promoting uniformity and comparability in the presentation of statistical data. The classification covers the entire field of economic activity. The Standard Industrial Classification Code was developed by the office of Statistical Standards of the Bureau of the Budget, Executive Office of the President. In general, the major groups or the'two-dfgit" groups were used in classifying manufac- turing activities; these are comprised of the following: STANDARD CLASSIFICATIONS OF MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES 19. Ordnance and Accessories 28. Chemicals & Allied Products 20. Food and Kindred Products 29. Petroleum Refining & Related Indus. 21. Tobacco Manufacturers 30. Rubber & Misc. Plastic Prod. 22. Textile Mill Products 31. Leather & Related Products 23. Apparel and Accessories 32. Stone, Clay & Glass Products 24. Lumber and Wood Products exc. Furn. 33. Primary Metal Industries 25. Furniture and Fixtures 34. Fabricated Metal Prod, exc. Ordnance 26. Paper & Allied Products & Transportation 27. Print., Publ., & Allied Indus. 35. Machinery except Electrical 64 36. Electrical Machinery 38. Instruments " 37. Transportation Equipment 39. Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classi- fied (n. a.c.)I From this list of "two -digit" groups, No. 19 and No. 21have bean omitted from consid- eration in this study because there are no establishments in the Twin Cities under these classifications'. No. 30 - "Rubber Products" and No. 31 - "Leather & Related Products" are included under No. 39 - "Manufacturers- Not Elsewhere Classified." (See Appendix III for definitions). The United States Census data, which is presented on the basis of the Standard Industri- al Classification Code, provides the bulk of the data used. However, in instances where it was felt necessary to obtain data for intercensual years, other sources, many using classification codes other than the Standard Industrial Classification Code were used. Chief among these sources is the "Minnesota Department of Employment Security, w_aec manufacturing classification code is as follows: ' INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION GROUPS USED BY MINN. DEPT. OF EMPLOYMENT SECURITY S.I.C. Two -Digit Employment Security Groups Groups Covered " Food & Kindred Products 20 Textile & Apparel 22-23 Lumber, Basic & Finished 24-25 Paper, Printing & Publ. 26-27 Metal Prod. (exc. Machinery) 33-34 Machine ry 35-36 Other Manufacturers 28-29-30-31 32-37-38-39 As can be seen, the group "Other Manufacturers" actually contains eight two -digit groups, which arenot related; but on the other hand, disclosure rules would not permit separate figures to be obtained under these groups for years not covered by the census. . These are the main group classifications used in this study. Any other situation that may occur during the study will be qualified with a statement.. LOCATIONAL STANDARDS AND FACTORS Theoretically location of a plant should be based on economic factors created by the area, its people, sources of its services, and by its amenities. But it would be misleading if old and new industry were judged by the same measure to determine the influence,of the locational factors. If one community fulfills the requirement of all the locational factors, it is successful in promoting new industry, but for established firms, the same locational factors might not 1 Not=: In this report, S.I.C. Group 39, "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified," dif- fers in some respects from S.I.G. 39, "Miscellaneous Manufacturers," as considered in the Manufacturing Census. Adjustments have been made to include in this group data reflecting diversity in the manufacturing industry, in some instances where it in inaccu- rate to classify a manufacturer in any one particular S.I.C. group. Thus, in recognition of this distinction, in this report S. I. C. Group 39 is referred to as, "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified" or "Manufacturers (n. e. c)." 65 have the same significance. For the industry -that has been in operation in a particular location for some time, it may be the case that at the time it was established the industry had a definite economic reason for locating here; but, in a few years these early reasons or locational factors may lose some of their significance. However, the industry might by that time be firmly established in the market and where it is located may be of major importance no longer. .Historically. proximity to either the region's resources or markets was the prime rea- son for locating a factory in Saint Paul. But once it was established, the. industrial, mate, a.trained labor supply, and a manufacturers' pool were created. When an area has reached this point, it starts to attract other industries even though they do not depend on its natural resources. Today, transportation facilities, labor supply, and other local conditions can outweigh the disadvantages of having the source of material and the market at some distance from the manufacturing phase of the industry. A good example of this is the American Hoist and Derrick. Company which started as a repair shop for the river boats on the Mississippi's terminal shipping point at Saint Paul. After the river transportation declined because of railroad competition, and the river boats disappeared from the Mississippi, the firm altered its production lines and continued to grow. Recently, the firm again shifted its production lines, with decreased emphasis on the manufacture of derricks and cranes in favor of an additional new line of machinery which further expands their operation. Today, their market covers all of the United States, but the main operation is still in Saint Paul where the firm started years ago. Relative Importance of Factors In order to study the importance of locational- factors, the Planning Board, in its ques- tionnaires-, asked the manufacturers: "If any of the following factors constitute an advantage of major importance in your present location, please check the particular factor or factors." - Replies to the questionnaire were received from 271 firms. This represents 45.2% of the total number of manufacturing firms or 62% of the total manufacturing employment in Saint Paul in 1957. To facilitate the comprehension of the reader, the "locational factors" are grouped in four sections in which the degree of importance and character of each locational factor is ap- parent. 1. Basic Production and Market Considerations a) Proximity to source of material b) Proximity to sales market c) Availability of labor - Z. Coat of Operation a) Wage rates b) Cost of transportation c)- Cost of electric power d) Cost of industrial fuel e) Local taxes 3. Adequacy of Services - Utilities and Possibility for Future Expansion a) Water supply b) Sewage disposal c) Adequacy of electric power d) Parking facilities e) Land for expansion 4. Characteristics of the Community a) Desirability of the community b) Work attitude of the individual workers c) Proximity to educational institutions .. Al. Availability of professionally k technically trained people 66 e) Availability of special types of skille&labor f) Availability of special types of semi -skilled labor g) Community attitude toward industry , The number of firms that cited any of the factors within the four sets of factors as being important to their location are tabulated in Tables 24 through 27. The responses to these questions concerning the locational factors reveal a rather inter- mar- esting picture. Among the firms reporting, 50.6% stated that the location of sales ' ket or source of material, or both, were an important factor for their being in Saint Paul. This group represents 20.6% of the employers reporting- Of the firms reporting 12.9% stated that labor supply was the only important factor out of three factors considered, It representing 63% of the employers reporting. Additionally, 36.5% of the firms reporting, representing 16.4% of the employment of total firms in the sampling, failed to state whether any of these factors were important (See Table 24). Factors TABLE 24 LOCATIONAL FACTORS OF MAJOR IMPORTANCE BASIC PRODUCTION AND MARKET CONDITIONS Saint Paul Manufacturing Firms, 1957 Number Employ.Repr.by Firms Reporting Replying As % of a er an o o a To Total Represented by Question Reporting Number Firma Reporting Location of Sales Market or Source of Materials or Both Labor Supply None Total No. Reporting 137 50.6% 6,348 2o. 61/6 35 12.9% 19,438 63.0%. 99 36.5%i 5.077 16.411. 271 100.0% 30.863 100.0116 Source: Saint Paul Planning Board Manufacturers' Survey - 1958 TABLE 25 LOCATIONAL FACTORS OF MAJOR IMPORTANCE COST OF OPERATION Saint Paul Manufacturing Firms, 1957 No. Replying % of Total Factors To Question Firms Reporting Cost of Transportation 43 15.3% Wage Rates 40 14.8% Local Taxes 40 14.8%. Cost of Industrial Fuel 27 9.9% Cost of Electric Power 24 8.9% Note: Since the above figures may represent answers by each firm to more than one question, no totals are shown. Source: Saint Paul Planning Board - Manufacturers' Sur- vey - 1958. I The three factors considered are: (1) Proximity to source of material (2) Location Of sales market, (3) Labor supply. 67 The cost of operation is also an important locational factor in the industrial field. This matter will be discussed more thoroughly in a later section. The figures here represent the replies of the various firms which returned the questionnaires. In answer to the quer- ' tion, "Which one of five factors concerning the cost of operation constitutes a factor of major importance?" tabulations of returns are shown in Table 25. Here it in apparent that emphasis was given to wage rates, cost of transportation, and to local taxea. TABLE 26 LOCATIONAL FACTORS OF MAJOR IMPORTANCE ADEQUACY OF SERVICES AND UTILITIES Saint Paul Manufacturing Firms, 1957 ` No. Replying % of Total Factors To Question Firms Reporting Parking Facilities 67 24.7% Adequacy of Elec.. Power 59 21.8% Water 45 16.6%s Sewage Disposal 40 14.8% Land for Expansion 37 13.6% Note: Since the above figures may represent answers by each firm to more than one question,no total@ are shown. Source: Saint Paul Planning Board - Manufacturers' Survey - 1958. In terms of the adequacy of services and utilities as factors of major importance, re- porting firms' answers are indicated in Table 26. It isapparent that parking facilities and adequacy of electric power received principal emphasis, with 24.7% and 21.8% (re- spectively) of reporting firms indicating these two items are of major importance. In terms of characteristics of the community as factors of major importance, reporting firms' replies are indicated in Table 27. In this. section, "the work attitude of individual workers" is of the highest major importance with 21. 9% of the reporting firms citing TABLE 27 LOCATIONAL FACTORS OF MAJOR IMPORTANCE CHARACTERISTICS OF THE COMMUNITY Saint Paul Manufacturing Firms, 1957 - No Replying % of Total Factors To Question Firms Reporting Work Attitude of Individual Workers 57 21.9% Desirability of Community - 54 19.9% Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor 40 14.7% Availability of Professionally and Technically Trained Persons 28 10.3% Availability of Special Types of Semi -Skilled Labor 28 10.3% Community Attitude Toward Industry 24 8.9% Proximity to Educational Institutions 13 4.8% Note: Since the above figures may represent answers by each firm to more than one question, no totals are shown. Source: Saint Paul Planning Board - Manufacturers' Survey - 1958 68 this factor. The following are listed by rank: "desirability of availability Of with spec"9.9%. "availability of special types of. skilled labor" with 14.7%, and types of semi -skilled labor," 10. 3%. Evaluation of the locational Factors The tabulation of the returns from the questionnaires ingand theirs been presented correspondent Tables •24 through 27.- In these tables, the number of firms the employment r°Preedby thesf rms pand centages are given; in certain cases,. their percentages also are given. - ;. In analyzing these returns, it is considered that any industrial firm that is not de- pendent upon either "proximity to source of material," or "proximity to market" belongs to a distinct group, characterized by the absence of dependence upon thele locational factors. Therefore, as noted in Table 24, industries reporting only the "labor supply" as important, or those reporting none of the three factors as important, fall within this group. 2. It also is assumed that percentages obtained from this sampling will be reasonably accurate when projected to all industries in the City. Within the above assumptions. Table 24 reveals that 49.4% of the firms representing 79.490 of the manufacturing employ net in e Ciof the firms.tyrepresexhibienting 20.6% of the employment ae locational c aracteriatics this group; the remaining 50.6 _ 96 are dependent either on proximity to sales market or to raw material. 3. one importantcharacteristic of this locationally independent industry group is that 12.990 of the firms representing 63`!0 of the employment have stated the labor supply as the important locational factor. 4. (ht the beets of the relative employment size of the firms concerned, the stated rel- ative n the banes of the several locational factors, as indicated in Appendix IV, categories the following Standard Industrial Classification groups as being predominantly locationally er independent of the sales market andet products, printing and publishingroleumsourcef and oalproduets,material: aparel�primarymmatals,wood pducts,Pmach , p inery(except electrical)electrical machinery, transportation equipment. instruments, and manufacturers not elsewhere classified.. These are the results of the "Industrial Survey of 1958" conducted by the Saint Paul Planning Board staff. All information presented under the title "Locational Factors" re- presents the attitude of local business. Material from the survey presented here is only that portion directly involved with locational factors. There willbe other analyses based on the survey as the occasion arises. Locational considerations determine the general area in which a manufacturing firm will locate. The selection of a specific site within this general area is determined by rtation facilities, adequate land for expansion, Parking many factors, including transpo. facilities, or the presence of an existing industrial concentration. Chart 22 shows the location of Saint Paul manufacturing firms, including industrial plants and offices. De- tailed location is not shown in the downtown area because of the many offices of manu- facturing companies located here. Concentration of the firms in the Midway district is readily apparent. The location of the Natioo'e third largest trucking terminal and the extensive rail facilities in this same Lblishea transportation facilities as a prime contributor general area pretty clearly c to the concentration of manufacturing firms. The development of strips of manufacturing firms along major streets in the City also emphasizes the role played by transportation in the site selection of manufacturing firms. The following sections will cover other aspects of the manufacturing ofvar industry. An Bauch ysi• of the industrial structure is made through the app as measurement of growth rates, sensitivity, concentration, productivity. etc. On thin basis, it will be possible to determine trends more accurately. TABLE 28 DISTRIBUTION OF MANUFACTURING - EMPLOYMENT BY NATIONAL GROWTH RATES Saint Paul, March 19581 96 of Av. No. of No. of - Employ- Total Employees Industry Estab. meat Employ. Per Firm Fast Growin ectricachinery 18 2,956 6.79E 164 Machinery (except electrical). 70 6,594 - 15.0% 94 Transportation Equipment 11 2,220 5.0% 202 Appa el 47 2,0Z4 4.6%, 43 Pape Products 18 2,282 5.296 127 Chemicals 47 1,831 4.2% 39 Petroleum & Coal Products 7 149 0.3%. 21 -Sub-total 218 -18,056 41.0% 83. Medium G�rowin� —St—on-e—, Clay k Glass i6 2,234 5.1% 86 Fabricated Metals - 63 3,137 7.1% 50 Primary Metals 16 726 1.7% - 45 Food Products 62 5,073 11.5% 82 Manufacturers (n. e. c. )2 48 5,738 13.0%a 119 Sub -total 215 16,908 38.4% 79 Slow Growfn Wood Pro ucte 18 365 0:8% 20 Furniture &-Fixtures 26 585 1.3% 23 Textiles 9 196 0.4%. 22 Printing & Publishing 102 7,840 17.8% 77 Instrument63 12 135 0.3%s 11 Sub -total 167 9,121 20.6% 55 Total 600 44,085 100.0% 73 1 The 1958 total Saint Paul employment figure of 44,085 used this and other tables in this chapter is for the month of March, 1958, and in 360 employees less than the 1958 annual average Saint Paul manufacturing em- ployment of 44,445. It was necessary to use the March figure rather than the annual average figure in order to obtain consistency in the data at the level of detail that is required in this chapter. Most of the calculations in this chapter are made using the March employment figure, which yields results substantially the same had it been possible to use the average an- nual figure. 2 Manufacturers not elsewhere classified. 3 Not listed separately in the Kansas City classification; "Slow Growing" classification is by Saint Paul Planning Board, made on the basis of past trends of this industry in Saint Paul. Source, Minnesota Department of Employment Security. GROWTH RATES The method to be used in measuring the growth rates of the industries in Saint Paul will be similar to the one used by Phillip Neff and Robert M. Williams in "The Industrial De- velopment of Kansas City," a study made for the Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City. 71 tes ed an as This study medium. or slow rrowi gas There clalss ications eclassifies re based on a long-termrour• as fast, medium, B vey, conducted by the same people. of various industries and the growth rates were drawn for the period 1929 'the automotive industry was already mature49. The re for not starting at a d and lrepla replacement de-ier than 1929 re several: 1)by 1929, mand was an important factor in automobile sales; additionally, production capacity was increasing slowly; 2) the chemical industry prior to 1929 was different from the one we know today and was still affected by the abnormal expansion of World War I; 3) the trans- portation equipment (except automobile.) industry prior to 1929 was represented princi- ing, still extremely large as a consequence of wartime developments - pally by ship buildme Such emphasis on ship building, in this group, is not the ache today. Thud, by 1929, stability of industry -type as we know it today had been reached and a good base -year was established. The Saint Paul industrial firms have been classified according to the Kansas City group- ings, and the Saint Paul industrial employment thus represented by each of the growth - rate groupings has been calculated, as shown in Table 28. On this basis, fast-growing industries represent 41.0% of the Saint Paul manufacturing employment, medium -grow- ing industry, 38.4%; and slow-growing, 20.6%x. Of the total 600 establishments, 218 or 36.3%xare classified as fast-growing; 215 estab- lishments or 35.8% are medium -growing; the remaining 167 establishments or 27.8% may be classified as slow-growing industries. On the very approximate basis of employment changes 1947-1958 period (the Kansas City study covered the period 1929-1949), several of the Saint rial groups differ in their growth rates from those set forth for these industries in the Kansas City study. These apparent differences are as follows: 1. Rather than fast-growing, electrical machinery, transportation equipment, apparel, and paper products are medium -growing in Saint Paul; petroleum and coal products are slow-growing. 2. Rather than medium -growing, the stone, clay and glass, and the fabricated meal industries are fast-growing in Saint Paul. 3. Rather than slow-growing, Saint Paul's printing and publishing industry rates as medium -growing. If these classification adjustments are ma ee for o aint Paul industry uring industry growth rates em- ployment trend* during the past decade, City's manufacare as follows: fast-growing industry represents 31.4% of the City's manufacturing em- ployment; medium -growing. 65.5%.; and slow-growing, 3. 1%x. ESTIMATE OF EXPORT EMPLOYMENT The ratio of local sales to export sales has been used in computing the service and export employment. In doing this it was assumed that: 1. Sales to the City of Saint Paul and the Metropolitan area, which is comprised of five counties, are considered local sales. 2. Sales outside of the Metropolitan area are considered export sales. , Thus, the export employment is the number of employees engaged in manufactering that portion of the manufactured products which are sold outside of the Metropolitan area. Questions 2 and 3 of the manufacturers' questionnaire furnished ally a information re at quired for this estimate. Question No. 2 asks, in part, "In 1957, app per cent of your products were sold in: The Metropolitan Area?" It is assumed that all other sales are outside of the Metropolitan area, and thus are export sales. Question No. 3 asks, "What was your total annual average employment within Saint Paul during 1957?" 72 The distribution of reported total employment according to the two categories of export and local employment was made for each firm on the basis of its reported percentage of other words, if 20% of sales were made outside the sales to the "outride" market. 1n assumed that 20°)i -of the firm's total Saint P Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, it was ploy cut could be regarded as serving the outside market and, therefore, "export em ployment. As a result of these assumptions, the per cent distribution of the export employment with- in each two -digit industrial classification was computed (SeeonTable les hi this basis, 26.3% of Saint Paul's manufacturing employment is dependent on sales within the Metro- politan Area and 73.7% of the employment is dependentlon export sales made outside of the Metropolitan area. TABLE 29 EXPORT EMPLOYMENTI IN MANUFACTURING INDUSTRIES BY INDUSTRIAL GROUPS Saint Paul - March 1958 - Export Total Employ. Service Export S.I.C. indust Employ.3 Rate °G Employ. Emyloy, No. 5,073 44.5% 20 Food Products 196 55.4 2,816 88 Z'257 108 22 Textile 2,024 72.3 23 Apparel 364 561 232 1,463 133 365 . 24 Lumber and Hardware 585 56.1 257 328 25 Furniture &Fixtures 2,282 61.8 Pulp & Paper Products 872 1,410 5,699 Z6 7,840 72.7 27 Printing &Publishing 1,831 77.4 _2,141 414 1,417 28 Chemicals 149 73.3 29 Petroleum, Coal 18.6 40 1,818 109 416 Z,Z34 32 Stone, Clay, Glass 726 21.5 570 156 33 Primary Metal 3,137 70.8 917 2,220 34 Fabricated Metal 6„ 594 95.3 35 Machinery axe. Electrical 98.6 310 41 6.284 2.915 36 Electrical Machinery2,956 Z, 220 85.3 326 1,894 m�nt 37 Transportation Equip135 66.5 45 90 38 Instruments 2 5,738 97.8 (n. e. c. ) 126 5,612 39 . Manufacturers Total 44,085 73.7%12653'% 74 11 37357% Per Cent 100% 1 Export Employment is the number of employees engaged in manufacturing that which are sold outside of the Metropolitan portion of the manufactured products Irea. Manufacturers not elsewhere classified. 3 See Footnote 1 to Table 28. Source: Sunt Paul Planning Board - Manufacturers' Survey - 1958 and Minne- sota Department of Employment Security. INDUSTRIAL CONCENTRATION Industrial concentration is be in factoring employment trende.otDuri gable past two decades,should thers has been a trendg the acturing United States toward diversification of the manufindustry. The reason is the general belief fostered by changes in the national economy, that specializedd this indus- trial concentration is unhealthy and highly specialised areas are less stable in Weir eco - 7f uomy than the less specialized ones. This promotion toward diversified industry can be. seen atbothnational and local levels. On the other hand, some degree of concentration of industry -type, within this diversified base, produces a manufacturing surplus of certain goods, which flow into the export mar- ket beyond the Metropolitan area and bring outside capital into the local manufacturing complex. Thecase well may be that certain industries that are highly concentrated or even highly specialized would be stable and in continuing operation, thus providing a sound backbone for the industrial complex of the area. In order to define an area's industry as specialized or balanced and sound, the degree of concentration should be checked for each industrial group. The method used here in the so-called "index of concentration," a commonly used device to measure the concentration pattern of an industrial community by comparing it with the national average. Under this method, .each index to the ratio of the area's employment perthousandpopulation com- paired with national figures of the corresponding ratios. Ratios of the area are indexed to the national figures with national figures indicated as 100%. Therefore, an index of 30096 suggests that the area itself produced about as much as it consumes of the products of a. particular industry. Values in excess of 100 may indicate a net export balance be- yond the Metropolitan area. This crude measure of self-sufficiency requires the assump- tion that per capita requirements for manufactured products are the same in the city and Nation despite differences in the characteristics, income, or tastes of the population, and that output per employee is the same in all areas. Within these assumptions, the "Industrial Concentration Index" for each industrial classi- fication has been computed (See Table 30). I For computation of index concentration, see text description. Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security. According to these ratios the two -digit industrial groups that indicate concentration ratios over the national figures are: - 74 TABLE 30 CONCENTRATION OF MANUFACTURING EMPLOYMENT BY INDUSTRY GROUPS Saint Paul - March 1958 S. I. C. Total Index of No. Industry Employment Concentration 27 Printing & Publishing 7,840 470.6% 39 Manufacturing (n.e..c.) 5,738 438.9% 35 Machinery (except elec.) 6.596 204.2% 32 Stone,. Clay & Glass _ 2,234 204.1% 26 Pulp & Paper Products 2,282 203.3% 36 Electrical Machinery 2,954 147.3% 34 Fabricated Metal 3,137 146.5% 20 Food & Kindred Products .5,073 143.0% 28 Chemicals 1,831 119.6% 25 Furniture & Fixtures 585 91.9% 23 Apparel 2,024 81.5% 37 Transportation - 2,220 62.2% 29 Petroleum & Coal Products 149 33.8% 33 Primary Metal Products 726 31.090 24 Lumber & Hardware 365 26.8% 38 Instruments 135 23.6% 22 Textile 196 - 9.0% I For computation of index concentration, see text description. Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security. According to these ratios the two -digit industrial groups that indicate concentration ratios over the national figures are: - 74 36 Electrical Machinery 27 Printing &Publishing 34 Fabricated Metals' 39 Manufacturers (n.e.c.) 20 Food and Kindred Products 35 Machinery (except electrical) 28 Chemicals 32 Stone. Clay & Glass. 26 Pulp & Paper Products Five of these nine groups durables: printing and publishing, machinery (except elec- trical), stone, clay and glass, electrical machinery, and fabricated metals. The remain- ing four are non -durables. The other two -digit groups which indicate lower concentration indexes than the United States average are, - 33 Primary Metal Products 25 Furniture and Fixtures - 24 Lumber & Hardware 23 Apparel 38 Instruments 37 Transportation 22 Textiles z9 Petroleum & Coal Among an the Groups 22 s 23, and z91are on -du ablenandtion the otheto. rs ar are ted States average, TABLE 31 A COMPARISON OF CONCENTRATION INDEX AND . -,EXPORT"ML Y March', B INDUSTRY Saint P I Export Employment is the number of employees engaged in manufacturing that portion of the manufactured products which are gold outside of the Metropolitan area. Z manufacturers not elsewhere classified. Source: Saint Paul Planning Board. Table 31 reveals the distribution pattern of manufacturing employment in Saint Paul. The following points are evident: 75 Index of Index of Export % of Total ConcS. Employmenti Manufacturing I. C. tration Ratio Empl� °ym..t No. Indust 27 2 & Pubers 470.6% 72:70k 97 8% 17.0% 13.091 39 (ahfng Manufacturers (n. r.c.) Manufacturers (except electric) 438 9% 95.3% 15.0% 5.1% 35 32 Machinery Stone, Clay & Glass 2044:110 18.6% 26 pulp and Paper Products 203.390 147.3%. 61.8% g8.6%a 5.2% 6.7% 36 Electrical Machinery 146.5% 70.6% 7.1%0 34 Fabricated Metal 143.% ' 44.5% 11.1 20 Food & Kindred Products 28 Chemicals 119. 6 6% 91.9% 77.4% 56.1% 4.2% 1.3% 25 Furniture & Fixtures 81.5%5.0% 72.3% 4.6% 23 Apparel p msnt Trans ortation E{nip 62.2% 85.3 37 29 . Petroleum Coal Products & 33.8%. 73.3% 21 5%. . 1.7% 33 Primary Metal Products 31.0% 26.8% ;6:4%. •8% 24 Lumber and Hardware 23.6% 66.5% 3°!r •3% 38 Instruments 9.0% 55.4% . 22 Textile I Export Employment is the number of employees engaged in manufacturing that portion of the manufactured products which are gold outside of the Metropolitan area. Z manufacturers not elsewhere classified. Source: Saint Paul Planning Board. Table 31 reveals the distribution pattern of manufacturing employment in Saint Paul. The following points are evident: 75 structure. there is no one g I. Even though over half of the manufacturing groups indicate high concentration indexes rocp winch dominates the employment ranging up to 470.6%, employment 2. There are four manufacto P fnUng and Publishtoups ng rr presenmore ts no more than 17.8% Of each, though the big one, - total manufacturing employment. of the total manufacturing 3. Five groups account for more than _51a, and less than 10%, employment and eight groups account for less than 5%. re of Saint ng structu These observations suggest thatthis fairly diver- hibitinuf enough h concent attionin cert mamtfaaturing center pro- These sified while, at the same time. 8 H vide export manufacturing, thus ranking Saint Paul as V the Nation. Table 31 further indicates that most durables tend to exhibit a higher degree of concen- tration than do the non -durable@. - the nine two -digit groups with concentration indexes According to Previous assumptions, as does not occur over 100% indicate export industries and the other groups indicate the fields where Saint be Paul imports ibe ts needs. eAdsClt However a v, the exchange of ery high concentrat on@ index in oneen eindustry might e quite this simply.. Y a crude idea in terms of the ba entrati exporting all its goods to other areae and importing all its own needs from the outside. e. The concentration indexes considered herein give only once of import-export operation. The situationnratios for each industry.ore apparent when these c(See Table n indexes are compared with the expo Sere Atn Metropolitan arion is again led to the the fact that "Export" deals with the area beyond the bor- of SENSITIVITY OF THE INDUSTRY TO CYCLICAL CHANGES ty ratio" earn 1929 to 1947, (depression years included), suggested Thin method of measuring industries by their sensitivity is roughlya "etabilt based on a study coverinj the y by Edward F. Dennison. The percentage that each industry comprised of total private non-agricultural income d re ared previously for this. purpose 1929d 1929 and 1937 was-securedefrom the cent figures Table (prrp; groups and for each y which indicates these p percentages which might have been ex- ron prosperous years and had the trend (assumed 7 0 to 1947). Straight-line interpolation furnished the P petted for 1932 and 1933 had these been p P othetical percentage be linear) been the only factor age, affthe industrial ecting in the Table) toithis hyp the from 1920 to percent; e. ( given years, 1932 and 1933, and the two The ratio of the actual pe H was then computed for each of the two depression ratios were averaged. which wigreat depression. ll be termed the "stability ratio." may be used as a meas - The resulting ratios., depression - urs of cyclical stability in the Of This is the p i aggregate of pri- rocedure followed by Dennison to obtain a measure of cyclical stability vat. non-agricultural industries would have a at., ratio of 1.00. a higher cont Ya - manufacturing industries. An industry which reacted exactly like the A dicates that income originating in the industry fluctuated less during the depression than rest depression than that in private non-agriculturalinduetries as this aggregate. A ratio below 1.00 indicates that income originating to al industry was more affected by the g a whole. I Edward F. Dennison, "Industrial Composition of National Income," Survey of Current Business, December 1948, P. 11. - 76 TABLE 32 SENSITIVITY OF THE MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY TO CYCLICAL CHANGES Saint Paul - March, 1958 % of Total Employ- Employ - meat meat Hi hl Sensitive 15.0% Hi ery ex. Elec.) 6.5941% 7, Fab. Metal Prod. 3,137 6.7%- Elec. Machinery 2,956 Stone, Clay. Glass 2,234 - 5.1% Transportation Equip. 2y 220- 5.05 Primary Metal Prod. 726 1:8 Lumber &Hardware 365 .3% Petroi. k Coal Prod. 149 Instruments 135 .311. Sub -total 18,516 42.0% Fairl Sensitive 5,738 13.0% Furn. h Fixtures 585 1.3% Textile - 196 .45.. Sub -total 6,519 14.7% Av. Cyclical 4Sessitivit 2,282 5.2% aper ro 2,024 4.6% Apparel Chemicals 1,831 4.2% Sub -total 6,137 14.0% Fairl Insensitive 7 840 17.8% r ntmg u Food k Kindred Prod. 5,073 11.5% Sub -Total 12,913 29.3% Total - 44,0852 100.0% I Manufacturers not elsewhere classified. 2 See footnote 1 to Table 28 of this Chapter. Source: Employment Figures from Minn. Dept. of Employ. Security. Classification: E. F. Dennison "Industrial Composition of National Income," Survey of Current Business, Dec. 1948, P. 11. Based on the Dennison method, Saint Paul's manufacturing industries would group as in Table 32. The results of this application indicates that indus- tries representing 42.0%a of total manu- facturing employment are highly sensi- tive. The fairly sensitive group claims 14.7% of theemployment; the group with average cyclical sensitivity, 14, 0%; and fairly insensitive group claims 29. 37. of the employment. if this grouping is more generalized, approximately 57% of the employment _ should be classified under •'more than average sensitivity.' VALUE ADDED BY MANUFACTURE The measure of "value added" by manu- facture, as defined by the United States Census, is derived by subtracting the cost of materials (often products of other plants to which value already has been added) supplies, containers, fuel, purchased electric energy, and contract work from the value of the and, shipments ofmanufacturing establish- ments. It avoids duplication of value- added at the several stages of the manu- facturing process by subtracting the value of material costs (products of other establishments) as well as oper- ating costs. As such, it is considered ., to be the best value -measure available for comparing the relative economic importance of manufacturing among in- dustries and geographic areas. A measure of "value added per employ- ee" is the most valuable means of com- paring the manufacturing efficiency of areas and geographical divisions of dif- ferent size and character. This meas- ure also will aid in interpreting employ- ment increases, increased manufactur- ingactivity, etc. , and give a truer pic- ture of the existing relationships and trends. Therefore, in most instances in this section, value-added will be ex- pressed in terms of dollars per em- ployee. Again, in most cases, the dol- lar volume is adjusted to the 1947-49 average dollar value and is referred to as constant dollars; where not so noted, the monetary values given are in terms of unadjusted dollars of the respective years. The relative importance of West North Central can be seen in Table 33. Change in value- added per employee through 19479% for New England to a tof he medium East North range with 26aCentral. c The North Central in this picture fits somewhere in 77 curred in the Pacific During 1954andghest figuof value-added per emloye the 1 west in New England with $4p380e thecWest North Central rank - ion onwith $B, 26ed 5th with $7,610 per employee (all unadjusted dollars). See Table 34. TABLE 34 MANUFACTURING VALUE ADDED PER EMPLOYEE BY GEOGRAPHIC DIVISION: UNADJUSTED DOLLARS 1954 Pacific TABLE 33 East North Central IN VALUE ADDED, PER EMPLOYEE BY GEOGRAPHICAL CHANGE DOLLARS OF U. S. MEAS DIVISIONS �URE95IN:CONSTANT 8,060.00 ` 7,610.00 % Change in 7,410.00 Value Added Perr EE to es Value Added South Atlantic i — 1947 - 7954 Geograph_ icDivision East North Central 7,0 $5,720 $7,42420 31.79% 27.80% West South Central 5,780 7,320 26t 647o .Mountain East South Central 4,710 5,960 6,860 26.54% 26.10% West North Central 8,440 5,440 6,720 23.53%a Middle Atlantic 6,290 7,490 19-.08% Pacific South Atlantic 4,730 5,540 17.12% New England 4,780 3,970 -16.90% United States 5,391 6,772 25.62% Source: U. S. Census of Manufacturing - 1954. curred in the Pacific During 1954andghest figuof value-added per emloye the 1 west in New England with $4p380e thecWest North Central rank - ion onwith $B, 26ed 5th with $7,610 per employee (all unadjusted dollars). See Table 34. TABLE 34 MANUFACTURING VALUE ADDED PER EMPLOYEE BY GEOGRAPHIC DIVISION: UNADJUSTED DOLLARS 1954 Pacific $8,260.00 East North Central 8,180.00 Mountain 8,070.00 West South Central 8,060.00 West North Central 7,610.00 Middle Atlantic 7,410.00 East South Central 6,580.00 South Atlantic 6,110.00 New. England 4,380.00 Of interest is the East North Central Divi- sion, ranking second to the Pacific region in value-added per employee during 1954, but ranking first in increase through 1947-1954. A part of the East North Central region, the western extension of the industrial belt al- ready has industry of considerable size, in- dicating the most intensive manufacturing activity in the country coupled with high pro- ductivity. The West North Central region is adjacent to the East North Central . though its manufacturing employment is much smaller. However, the development in the industrial belt and shifts of the indus- trial concentration pattern during the recent past suggest that the West North Central is in the path of this future development. (Re- fer to Chart 8, Chapter I). d the in - Source: U. S. Census of Manufactur- The ndcated by the er West Nee or h Central ing -'1954, region during the 1947=1954 period suggest that this region is expanding its productivity per employee at a rate slightly over the United States. trend of 25.6%. In actual dollars of value-added per employee during 1954, the West North Central region achieved a rate higher than the $7,470 for the Nation as a whole. From the previous analysis one can see how the West North Central fits into the over-all to orient and put into context the regional and'the Saint Paul picture. This analysis serves manufacturing situation. Before embarking. on a discussion of the Saint Paul value-added material at the City level is required. phase of this topic, a qualification relative to source The census of business does not provide sufficient data of value-added at the City level; therefore, it is impossible to study each two -digit manufacturing group for the City prop- er. However, the Census does provide this data on a county level. On the basis of known information relative to manufacturing, it is evident that almost all large-scale manufact- 78 Table 35 indicatesthe change in value-added per employee in the various areas. These areae are selected to show the relationship of Saint Paul figures to theUnited States . through a step-up procedure. In ths. lower part of Table 35, the relationship of all area figures to comparable United States figures is shown in indexed form. 1. Ramsey County enjoyed over twice as high a per cent increase in value-added than Hennepin County dtVing the period 1947-1954.Z. . Ramsey Countalo has exhibited a . dded increase than he State Minnesota, and also higher than the biggest v areaunither value s adWest North Central, of of which Minnesota is a part. 3. While the seven-year increase was highest in the East North Central region, in both 1947 and 1954, Ramsey County had a higher rate of dollar value-added per employee. e 4. With reference to the index of Table 35, both the East North Central and West North Central exhibit higher rates than does the United States; however, East North Central (1.25) is substantially higher than the West North Central (1.02). This same relationship - West North Central with smaller index than East North Central can be observed in each column of Table 35. Table 36 indicates the per cent change in value-added per employee for each two -digit manufacturing group, for three areas; Ramsey County, Hennepin County and the State. In the "All Industry Totals," as previously noted, the Ramsey County increase was 6.5% 79 uring activities for Ramsey County are located within Saint Paul. The County trends, be reasonably accurate if used as therefore, are more meaningful for the City and will City figures. - TABLE 35 VALUE ADDED PER EMPLOYEE, REGIONAL AREAS AND C14ANGE BY DOLLAR AND PER CENT 1947 - 1954 Unadjusted - Constant Dollarsl Dollars -Iyxj7--lyg�F 1947 1954 nage 47-54 ange 47-54 632 St. Co.) $5,393 $9,460 $6'016 6. ,576 $6,826 $1,944 810 29.3% 13.5%. sPaul .(Henne in Minn (Hennepin Co.) 5,800 7,530 5,660 7,950 5,871 7'860 336 22.8-16 . 26.1% Minnesota West North Central 5,240 7,610 5,440 5,630 6'420 7, 1,420 1,790 31.8% East North Central 5,430 8,180 United States 5,200 7,470 5,394 6,772 1,378. 25.6% SAME DATA INDEXED: U. S. ' 1 St. Paul (Ramsey Co.) 1.2'3 1.27 1.23. 1.12 1. 1.0101 1.65 .59 1.14 Mpls. (Hennepin Co.) 1.12 1.01 1.09 1.06 1.09 i.06 .98 .90 Minnesota West North Central 1.01 1.02 1.01 1.04 1.01 1.09 1.03 1.30 1.02 1.25 East North Central 1.04 1.10 United States 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 I Adjusted by Wholesale Price Index: 1947-49 : 100. Source: 1954 United States Census of Manufacturers. Table 35 indicatesthe change in value-added per employee in the various areas. These areae are selected to show the relationship of Saint Paul figures to theUnited States . through a step-up procedure. In ths. lower part of Table 35, the relationship of all area figures to comparable United States figures is shown in indexed form. 1. Ramsey County enjoyed over twice as high a per cent increase in value-added than Hennepin County dtVing the period 1947-1954.Z. . Ramsey Countalo has exhibited a . dded increase than he State Minnesota, and also higher than the biggest v areaunither value s adWest North Central, of of which Minnesota is a part. 3. While the seven-year increase was highest in the East North Central region, in both 1947 and 1954, Ramsey County had a higher rate of dollar value-added per employee. e 4. With reference to the index of Table 35, both the East North Central and West North Central exhibit higher rates than does the United States; however, East North Central (1.25) is substantially higher than the West North Central (1.02). This same relationship - West North Central with smaller index than East North Central can be observed in each column of Table 35. Table 36 indicates the per cent change in value-added per employee for each two -digit manufacturing group, for three areas; Ramsey County, Hennepin County and the State. In the "All Industry Totals," as previously noted, the Ramsey County increase was 6.5% 79 more than the State'of Minnesota and more than twice the increase of Hennepin County. Looking. at the components of the industry (i. e. two -digit groups), among the group. whose figures are not under disclosure rules, Ramsey County indicates the highest value-added increases in: 1. Paper Products with 95.2% against Minnesota's 15.1%. 2. Machinery (except electrical) with 43.5%, while Hennepin indicates .a 14. 0% decrease a and the State a 23.6% increase. 3. Furniture and Fixtures with 40.2%, while Hennepin County increased 24.5%. 4. Fabricated Metals with 32.0%, while Hennepin County increased only 18.8% and the State 19.5%. 1 Manufacturers not elsewhere classified Note: -d- Data withheld under Census disclosure rule. n. r. Data for area not reported in the Census Source: 1954 Ceneus of Manufacturers: Vol. IH, Area Statistics, and Wholesale Price Index Bureau. Revisions by Planning Board. "Stone, Clay and Glass Products" as a group experienced a 10.2% rise in Ramsey County. However, this increase is substantially below the County's all -industry average increase, one-fifth of Hennepin County's stone, clay and glass industry increase, and less than half of the State's 21.8% increase in this group. In contrast to the above industries, the following groups indicate a decline in value-added per employee, these are: Manufacturers (n, e. c.) 14. 9%; Apparel, 12.2%; and Printing and Publishing with a 2.6% decline. 80 TABLE 36 PER CENT CHANGE MANUFACTURE VALUE-ADDED PER EMPLOYEE MINNESOTA - RAMSEY COUNTY AND HENNEPIN COUNTY CONSTANT DOLLARS (1947-49 • 100) 1947 - 1954 S.I.C. Ramsey Hennepin Minne- No. Manufacturing Groups County County sota 20 Food Products -d- -6.2% 17.4% 22 Textiles -d- -d- 33.2% ' 23 Apparel -12.2% 0.5% 1.71/4 24 Wood Products (Ex. Furn.) -d- 22..0% 41.8% 25 Furniture -Fixtures 40.2% 24.5% 31.5% 26 - Paper Products 95.2% n. r. 15.1% 27 Printing & Publishing -2.6% 20.1% 7.3% 28 Chemicals -d- n. r. 23.0% 29 Petroleum & Coal Products -d- n. r. 28.5% 31 Leather & Leather Products -3.8% 8.7% -9.7% 32 Stone, Clay & Glass Prod. 10.2% 54.9% 21.8% 33 Primary Metals -d- 19.1% 19.3% 34 Fabricated Metals 32.0% 18.81. .19.5% 35 Machinery (Ex. Elec.) 43.5% -14.0% 23.6% 36 Electrical Machinery n. r. 38.3% 55.8% 37 Transportation Equipment -d- -d- 55.6% 38 Instruments n. r. n. r. -d- 39 Manufacturers (n, e. c. )1 -14.9% n. r. -d- All Industry Totals 29.3% 13.5% 22.8% 1 Manufacturers not elsewhere classified Note: -d- Data withheld under Census disclosure rule. n. r. Data for area not reported in the Census Source: 1954 Ceneus of Manufacturers: Vol. IH, Area Statistics, and Wholesale Price Index Bureau. Revisions by Planning Board. "Stone, Clay and Glass Products" as a group experienced a 10.2% rise in Ramsey County. However, this increase is substantially below the County's all -industry average increase, one-fifth of Hennepin County's stone, clay and glass industry increase, and less than half of the State's 21.8% increase in this group. In contrast to the above industries, the following groups indicate a decline in value-added per employee, these are: Manufacturers (n, e. c.) 14. 9%; Apparel, 12.2%; and Printing and Publishing with a 2.6% decline. 80 Because the information for the remaining seven groups was withheld under the disclosure rule, it is not possible to study all groups in the same manner. However, Minnesota data for the groups with Ramsey County disclosures indicate substantial bcrTextilee, in most groups. Examples are: (a) Transportation Equipment, '55.-6% rise, (b)andFood 33.2% rise; (c) Chemicals; 23.0% rise; (d) Primary Metals, 19. 3% increase; products indicate a 17.4% rise. In order to associate the value-added trends to the other trends of the manufacturing in- dustries, Table 37 is useful. I Manufacturers not elsewhere classified. Note:- d - Data withheld in Census under disclosure rule. a. r. - Value-added data for groupnotreported in Census. Source: Minn. Dept. of Employ. Security, U. S. Census of Manufacturers - 1954, Whole- sale Price Index Bureau - All percentages are calculated and revisions made by the staff of the Planning Board. in this Table the first column indicates each two -digit manufacturing group employment, as a per cent( f the total manufacturing employment. The second and third columns in- dicate the per cent changes in number of establishments and employment, respectively, for the period March 1947 to March 1958. Because of a lack of adequate information, the changes in value-added per employee shown in the last column of the Table is for the period 1947 to 1954. Even though the time periods covered by these columns aren't. quite consistent, it is reasonable to compare the trends indicated by them in order to see the pattern of distribution of changes for each group. 81 TABLE 37 CHANGES IN: EMPLOYMENT. NO. OF ESTABLISHMENTS PER CENT AND VALUE ADDED BY TWO -DIGIT MANUFACTURING GROUPS Saint Paul - 1947-1954-1958 (Value added represents County figures) 1958 March 1947-1954 _ Employ. 1947-1958 March 1947-1 8 % Change In Value - As % of Total Mfg. % Change in No. of % g e Added Per S. L C. Manufacturing Groups Employ. Estab. in Employ. Employee Groin 11.5% -Z3.5% , 0.9% -d- 20 Food Products 0.4% 12.5% -54.6% -d- 22 Textiles 4. 6% 00% . -4.4% -12.2% 23 24 Apparel Wood Prod. (Ex. Furn.) 0.6% -28.0% 30.0% -59.6% -31.2% -d- 40.2% 25 Furniture & Fixtures 1. 3% 5 2% 12.5% -8.7% % 95.2% 26 Paper Products 17.8% 0.0% -5. -2.6% Z7 Printing & Publishing 4.2% _14.0% 16.0% -d- 28 29 Chemicals Petroleum &Coal Prod. 0.3% 0.0% -64.8% 94. b% -d- 10.2% 32 Stone, Clay & Glass Prod., 5.1% 1.7% 23 Bok 23. %% '2. 3% -d- 33 Primary Metals 7.176 37.0% 21.7% 32. A 34 Fabricated Metals (Ex. Elec.) 15.0% -10.3% . 16.7% - 43.5% n• r• 35 Machinery 6.7% 12.5% -1.4.0% 36 Electrical Machinery 5. 0% 10.5% -0.8% -d- 37 Transportation Equip. 0.3% 0.0% -26.296 n. r. 38 Instruments 130% -27.3% -4.5% -14.9% 39 Manufacturers (n.e.c.)1 All Industry Totals or Av. 100.0% -3.7% -0.1% 29.3% I Manufacturers not elsewhere classified. Note:- d - Data withheld in Census under disclosure rule. a. r. - Value-added data for groupnotreported in Census. Source: Minn. Dept. of Employ. Security, U. S. Census of Manufacturers - 1954, Whole- sale Price Index Bureau - All percentages are calculated and revisions made by the staff of the Planning Board. in this Table the first column indicates each two -digit manufacturing group employment, as a per cent( f the total manufacturing employment. The second and third columns in- dicate the per cent changes in number of establishments and employment, respectively, for the period March 1947 to March 1958. Because of a lack of adequate information, the changes in value-added per employee shown in the last column of the Table is for the period 1947 to 1954. Even though the time periods covered by these columns aren't. quite consistent, it is reasonable to compare the trends indicated by them in order to see the pattern of distribution of changes for each group. 81 FINANCIAL CHARACTERISTICS OF PRINCIPAL MANUFACTURING FIRMS IN SAINT L After studyingallaspects of manufacturing industries in Saint Paul by their employment trends, sales trends, their growth rates, sensitivity indexes and so forth, the need to check another quality factor, as a supporting aspect to value=added, in apparent. This is the degree of soundness of investment of the firms operating in this City,. -It-also can be expressed as the "ratios" of profit to sales and to the invested capital. Because of limitations of data sources, only a sampling of manufacturing firms has been made. Most of these firms considered also have operations in other cities; since the available data represents the complete operations of the firms, their financial situation as related to Saint Paul exclusively cannot be ascertained. Only in afew cases is the major operation of a firm located in Saint Paul. Nevertheless, the annual .reports and balance sheets of these companies wholly or partially located in the City give a good in- dication of the quality and investment productivity of.Saint Paul's manufacturing industry. The procedure used in studying the financial situation and arriving at the ratios is as follows: ' 1. The ratio of net profit to total sales has been taken directly from the consolidated in- come accounts of annual reports. 2. The ratio of net profit to invested capital or the net worth of a company has been reached by: - - a) Adding together balance sheet value of the bonds, preferred stocks, common stocks, reserve, and surplus which gives the net worth or the invested capital. b) Ratio • Net Profit et ort x 0 •..% I These figures represent the total figures for each firm, not necessarily for Saint Paul only. Source: Fortune's Directory - 500 Industrials - 1959, and Moody's Industrial Manual - 1959. 82 TABLE 38 SALES PROFIT AND NET WORTH I SAMPLE OF TEN LARGE INDUSTRIAL FIRMS Saint Paul - 1958 - Sales -1958 1958 Net Profit as Per Cent of: Firms ($000) Sales Invested Capital Minnesota Mining & Mfg, 376,293 11.7% 19.1% F. G. Stands Mfg. Co. 123,844 8.7$ 13.0% (Ex -Cell -0) Gould National Battery Co.. 66,195 4.5% 9.7% Whirlpool 404,628 2.5% 9.5% Brown & Bigelow Remington Rand (Sperry Rand) 53,702 864,330 3.7% 3.2% 8.1,% 8.1% American Hoist & Derrick 27,675 4.1% 2.6% 6.3% 4.4% Koppers Company, Inc. 258,949 3.1% Nat. Cylinder -Gas Company 114.218 1.8% (Chemetron) Rayette Incorporated 10,305 0.7%s "2.6%a Top 500 Industrial's Average 353,663 5.4% 9.5% I These figures represent the total figures for each firm, not necessarily for Saint Paul only. Source: Fortune's Directory - 500 Industrials - 1959, and Moody's Industrial Manual - 1959. 82 -n partly om the Fortune 0 largest The figures in Tabled were those notkinc tided inrt at directory w Directorye computed by u1sing Moody's industrials - 1959. Industrial Manual' 1959. The average of Fortune's 500 industrials reveals that in 195 the ratio of net profit to sales was 5.4% and the ratio of net profit to invested capital of 19. 1% for Minnesota Mining & was 9tio net the ten o sales firms considered here, four indicate the net profit to in- vested capital ratio as 9.5% or over, with a maximum Manufacturing. Again, out of ten industrials, two firms indicate higher percentages than the. average of the 500 firms he ihighest with 11 7%pand tthe Ft to . G. Staude Manufes. Minnesota acturing and Manufacturing Company second with 8.7%. - Company (subsidiary of Ex -Cell -,O), ration fe in this City. Relative to the ratio of sales Among these Yen firma, four can be considered Saint Paul firms since their home offices and predominant portion of their ops a invested capital, Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company is the only one higher American Hoist &Derrick trails with 6. 31a; finally, Rayette, Inc. than the 500 average. of the other three Saint Paul firms, Brown &Bigelow is close o the average with 8. 1%: - with 2.6% compared to the 9.5% average of the SDO industrials. It perhaps is significant that the two firma d the four considered) that exhibit the highest ratios of profit to sales be concluded that the ten firms considered in this and to investments also are he ones with the highest sales figures. As far as this limits sampling reveals, it reasonably can the average of the top 500 industrials. analysis compare favorably with EMPLOYMENT to meat level was approximately the same While the 1959 Saint Paul manufacturing amp y declines as the 1947 level, post-war cutbacks resulted in sharp manufacturing employment during the intervening years of this period. These cutbacks Betweenre nof 1947 nand 1959, Ply onents of the Saint Paul economy. while the in many of the other come, rose by only 0.6%, the annual average Saint Paul manufacturing employment manufacturing percentage of total Saint Paul employment decreased by 2. 4°1^• However, one should not be mislea eby riod a only alight employment increase indicated by the extreme years of this 13 -year p re -Korean War period. sharpest Tha wasdecline time when there wereedrastic cutbacks 9in9 industry, so or what may be termed "a readjustment period." period" which has 2• The period from 1949. to the present could be called "a recovery been interrupted by minor recessions. Despite these recessio°semployment figures , average a constant increase. ecline was equally severe in all areas 3. The 1948-1949 manufacturing employment dreeovery from the 1949 low employment was considered, as is shown in Chart 24.. However, levels was far more rapid fn Minneapolis, the Metropolitan area, and the State than their figures, and employment continued to increase the case s Saint Paul. By 1951 these three areas again had reached or exceeded their respective 1947 manufacturing employment at arapid rate until 1953. A decline in employment for all areas, including Saint Pau was felt again in 1954. I Consistent with data for the other segmenta of the Saint Paul economy, the change in on the basis of manufacturing employment is other parts ofethia chapter. it was necessaryannual verage to useuemploy- the 1947 to, period. In P thus, the employment changes meat figure. for the March 1947 to March 1958 period and, noted in the following paragraphs differ slightly from those and he tread inn c t d byiboth e set prof However, numerical differences are negligible, figures are entirely compatible. Since 1954, the year-to-year fluctuation in manufacturing employment has been fairly similar in Saint Paul, the Metropolltan area, and the'State. However, Saint Paul has ex- perienced the most rapid rate of growth since 1954, with the largest manufacturing em- ployment increase in the City occurring in 1956. Since that time the Saint Paul manufac- turing employment level has remained relatively stable at about the 1947 level of approxi- mately 45, 000. Manufacturing employment in Minneapolis has declined since 1957, and in 1958 and 1959 was slightly below the 1947 level.. The reasons behind the sharp fluctuation in manufactufi g employment during this 13 -year period rests upon its general characteristics. As the ratio of export employmentl to total manufacturing employment (73.7910 of total) reveals, manufacturing employment is the one component in this City's economy that is dependent on the national economy. The manufacturing industry is the first to feerthe effects of changes in the national economy. Naturally, not all components of the manufacturing industry exhibit the same degree of sensitivity to the national market. Those industries that serve local needs are less like- ly to be affected as quickly as those that sell their products to the national market. The employment fluctuation of each manufacturing group is indicated in Chart 25. Since the only source of monthly manufacturing .group employment figures is the Minnesota Department of Employment Security, the group classification used in the Chart is. limited to the seven groups used by that agency, rather than the complete S.I.C. classifications used elsewhere in this report. (See previous section "Standard Industrial Classifications"). Chart 25 reveals that the most fluctuating manufacturing group is Machinery, a composite of the two. S. I. C. groups, "Machinery (except electrical)" and "Electrical Machinery." Together they constitute 21.79/6 of total manufacturing employment and they are both classi- fied as highly sensitive industries. Additionally, 95.3% of Machinery (non -electrical)„ employment and 98.6016 of Electrical Machinery employment is considered export employ- ment. Despite the sharp employment fluctuation noted, this group still indicates the third fastest growth since 1947 with a 4. 1916 increase in employment. (See Table 39). The greatest employment increase between 1947 and 1959 occurred in the composite group, "Other Manufacturing" which is composed of the following eight S. 1. C. two -digit groups: (1) Chemicals, (2) Petroleum & Related Industries, (3) Rubber Products, (4) Leather Products, (5) Stone, Clay & Glass Products, (6) Transportation Equipment, (7) Instruments, and (8)Miscellaneous. A composite of various classifications, this group constituted 29. 1% of the manufacturing employment in 1959. It is rather difficult to treat this group as a whole since each com- ponent indicates quite a different trend. For example: Chemicals experienced a 16.0%a increase and Petroleum and Coal products experienced a 64.8%. decrease in employment between March 1947 and March 1958. The remaining five composite groups demonstrate a more steady trend but three of them' underwent decreasesin employment during the period 1947-1959. To understand the. situation better, an examination of the employment trend of the whole area is necessary. (See Table 40). On the basis of the data contained in Table 39 and summarized in Table 40, the following points relative to each of the composite manufacturing groups are evident: 1. Food and Kindred Products - Employment in this group has remained relatively stable, with rather small employment increases taking place in•the •central Cities, which account for 68.0%a of the Metropolitan area food industry employment. In the Metropolitan area beyond Saint Paul and Minneapolis, food industry employment increased by 21.5%, but this is a small increase in relation to the increases that have occurred in this area I Export employment is the number of employees engaged in manufacturing that portion of the manufactured products which are sold outside of the Metropolitan area. 85 TABLE 39 " MANUFACTURING EMPLOYMENT BY COMPOSITE GROUPS SAINT PAUL, MINNEAPOLIS, METROPOLITAN AREA AND - METROPOLITAN AREA MINUS SAINT PAUL & MINNEAPOLIS - 1947 and 19591. Change 1947 to 1959 Composite Manufacturing Group 1947 1959 Number Per Cent Saint Paul oE_o &_Mndred Products 5,016 5,129 113 2.3% Textiles & Apparel 2,663 2,397 -266 -10.0% Lumber, Basic & Finished - 1,648 1,084 -564 -34.2% Paper, Printing & Publishing 11,198 9,882 -.1,316 -11.8% Metal Products (ex. Machine) 3,905 4,131. 226 5.87. Machinery 9,281 9,665 384 4.1% Other Manufacturing2 11,573 13,268 1,695 14.6% Total 45,284 45,556 272 0.6% Minneapolis Food and Kindred Products 12,014 12,111 97 0.8% Textiles -& Apparel 8,478 4,981 -3,497 -41.2% Lumber, Basic & Finished 3,201 1,986 -1,215 -38.0% Paper, Printing & Publishing 7,961 9,174 1,213 15.2% Metal Products (ex. Machine) 5,833 6,864 1,031 17.7% Machinery 16,617 13,785 -2,832 - -17.0% . Other ManufacturingZ 15,194 20,352 5,158 33.9% ' Total 69,298 69,253 -45 -0.1% Metropolitan Area Foo an Ktn re Products 23,695 25,338 1,643 . 6.91/6 Textiles & Apparel 11,385 7,498 -3,887 -34.1% Lumber, Basic & Finished 6,01Z 5,513 -499 -8.30/6 Paper, Printing & Publishing 19,627 20,425 798 4.1% • Metal Products (ex. Machine) 10,705 13,894 3,189 29.8% Machinery. 29,689 31,107 1,418 4.8% Other Manufacturing2 29,209 43,769 14,560 49.8% Total 130,322 147,545 17,222 13.2% Metropolitan Area Minus Saint Paul & Minneapolis Fob-��Stnar r acts 6,665 8,098 1,433 21.5% Textiles & Apparel 244 120 -1Z4 -50.8% Lumber, Basic & Finished 1,163 2,443 1,280 110.1% Paper, Printing & Publishing 468 1,369 901 192".5% .Metal Products (ex. Machine) 967 2,899 1,932 199.87. Machinery 3,791 7,657 3,866 102.0% Other Manufacturing2 2,442 10,149 7,707 315.611. Total 15,740 32,736 16,996 108.0% 1 Annual average figures. See footnotel p. 83. -" 2 Includes Chemicals and Petroleum, Rubber & Leather, Stone, Clay & Glass, Transportation Equipment, Scientific Instruments and Miscellaneous Manufactur- ing. Source: Minnesota Dept. of Employment Security. 86 CHART 25 MANUFACTURING EMPLOYMENT ST. PAUL, 1947-1960, BY MONTH in the other phases of the manufacturing industry. 2. Textile and Apparel - This is the only component of the manufacturing structure that has declined in employment throughout the Metropolitan area, with the largest percentage employment decline occurring in the Metropolitan area beyond the central Cities. Textile and apparel manufacture is a small component of the Metropolitan area manufacturing in- dustry, and is almost entirely concentrated within Saint Paul and Minneapolis. Only 1.6% textileof the Metropolitan area of the Metropolitan area Employment in this industry declined by 10loyment is located in .0% in Saining toPaul e and by 41.2% in Minneapolis. 3. Lumber, Basic and Finished - Employment changes in this industry indicate a strong move to the outlying portions of the Metropolitan area. During the 1947 to 1959 period, ' TABLE 40 - 'INMANUFACTURING EMPLOYMENT PER CENT CHANGE MANUFACTURING GROUPS BY AREAS AND BY COMPOSITE Standard Metropolttan Area Saint Paul, _ - Minneapolis, 1947-1959 Metro. Metro. Area - Less Groups l Saint Paul Minneapolis Area. SL Paul and Mple. Manufacturing 0.8% 6.9% 21.5% Food & Kindred Products 2.3%a -41.2% -34.1% -50.8% Textile & Apparel Basic & Finish. -10.0% -34.2% --38.0% -8.3% 110.1% 4 1% 192.5% Lumber, Paper, Print. & Pub. -11.8% 15.7% 5.8% 17.7°Jo 29.8% 199.8% Metal Products 4.1% -17.0%a - 4.8% 102.0% 315:6%a Machinery 14.6% 33.9% 49.8% Other Manufacturing 0.6% -0.1% 13.2% 108.0% Total I These groups are composed of one or more of the two -digit industrial groups as ex- plained previously in the text. Source: Minn. Dept. of Employment Security sharp declines in employment hilenemtslo industry in the outlying were evident port ons of the Metropolitan r both Saint Paul and Minneapolis (-38. 0%) P Y area more than doubled. By 1959. only 55.7% of the Metropolitan area lumber industry Met - employment was located in the central Cities, as compared to 80.7% in 1947. While Met- ropolitan area employment is this industry is becoming less concentrated in the cen- tral Cities, the magnitude of central City employment decline still resulted in an over-all in s"pYEe-s+f°.the 110. 1% inc renes in the 8. 3% employment decline in the Metropolitan area, outlying portions of the Metropolitan area. 4. Paper, Printing and Publishing - Employment in this group is declining in Saint Paul but increasing in Minneapolis, though the highest increase occurred outside of the two central Cities (192.5 .): Neve rthelesa, the employment in the outlying areas is insigni- ficant in magnitude when compared with the number of employees in this group among the three areas considered in Table 40. Over 93% of the employment in this industry is located in the central Cities. Further investigation of Saint Paul's paper industry and printing and publishing industry reveals several characteristics. ,Despite the fact that Be two groups, the paper industry experienced a 95.2% in employment is declining in theloyee, suggest - crease in value-added per emping that the decline in the industry is merely a result of higher productivity; on the other hand, the printing and publishing industry de- clined in value-added per employee as well as.in number of employees. This can be plained by the ratio of export employment for eac. Whereas only 61.8% of he h industry the employment of the paper industry. depends on export, (beyond the Metropolitan area) em ie the corresponding ratio for the printing and publishing industry; this represents more dependency on the national market in addition to more exposure to competition. 5. Metal Products - This group is a combination of the primary metals and fabricated metals industries.. As was the case with the lumber industry, employment trends in the metal products industry indicate a rapid growth of the industry in the outlying portions of the Metropolitan area, where employment in this industry has grown by almost 200%. However, unlike the lumber industry, there. is not evidence as yet of a lame -scale ment of the industry from the central Cities to the outlying portions of the Metropolitan area. Employment has inc reseed by 5.8% in Saint Paul and 17.7% is Minneapolis. At 80% of the Metropolitan area employment in this. industry was concentrated in the central Cities in 1959 and, therefore, the employment increases that have occurred in Saint Paul and Minneapolis indicate substantial growth of the industry in the central Cities as well as in the outlying portions of the Metropolitan area. Relative to the productivity of this industry, the situation for Saint Paul is a favorable one. Though it is not possible to make a comparison in the primary metals industry, the 88 fabricated metal industry has shown a substantial increase in value-added per employee.. Between 1947 and 1954, this increase was 32.0% in Saint Paul and 18.8% in Minneapolis. These productivity increases, combined with the employment increases are strong indi- cations of the growth that has occurred in the metal products industry in Saint Paul and the area. 6 Machinery - This group, under the Employment Security classification, i -is 75%P osed of "Machinery (exceptelectrical)" and "Electrical Machine " PP Metropolitan area machinery employment is located in the central Cities of Saintthere has and Minneapolis.: While employment in this group has increased in Saint Paul, been a 17.0% decline in Minneapolis. Substantial growth has occurred in the outlying portions of the Metropolitan area, where employment in this group has doubled since een 1947 1947. Employment in the composite group increased by 4. 1% a of this group n Saint Paul i�ncreaeed and 1959. in addition, the "Machinery (except electrical)" p in. value-added per employee by 43.4% during the period 1947 to 1954. This productivity increase, coupled with the employment rise, denotes substantial strength and growth in the City's machinery manufacturing industry. - - TABLE 41 NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS AND EMPLOYMENT SAINT PAUL MANUFACTURING FIRMS March, 1947 and 1958 S.LC. No. of Establishments Em 10 ment 1 7 1 io C an No. Industry 1947 1 o ange 20 Food Products 81 62 -23.5% 12.5% 5,028 432 5,073 196 .9% -54.6% 22 23 Textile - Apparel g 47 9 47 0.0% 2,118 2,024 -4.4% 24 Wood Prod.(ex.Furn.) 18 26 -28.0% 30.5% 850 -2,499 585 -31.2% 25 26 urs Furn. &Fixtures Paper Products 20 16 16 18 12.5% 0. 0% 8,295 2,282 7,840 -8.7% -5. 5% 27 Printing &Pub. 102 - 55 102 47 -14.5% 1423 1 831 16.0% 28 29 Chemicals Petroleum & Coal Prod. 7 7 0.0% 1,148 149 2,234 -64.8% 94.6% 32 Stone, Clay Glass Prod. 1 13 26 16 23.8% 23.1% 743 726 -2 3% 33 t Primary Metals 46 63 37.3% 2,578 3,137 21.7% 34 35 Fabricated Metals Machinery 78 70 -10.3% 5,650 6,594 2,956 16.7% -14.0% 36 acx. finery Electrical Machinery 16 18 12.5% 10.0% 3,439 2,237 2,220 -.8% 37 Transportation Equip. 10 li 0. 183 135 -26.2% 38 39 Instrumento Manufacturers (n. e. c. )I 12 66 48 3% -27.3% 6,008 5,738 -4.5% Total Manufacturing 623 600 -3.7% 44,113 44,085 -0.1% I Manufacturers not elsewhere classified. "Source: Minn. Dept. of Employment Security, revisions by Saint Paul Planning Staff. ESTABLISHMENTS When the number of Saint Paul manufacturing establishments is considered in relation to the employment patterns, as shown in Table 41, several distinct patterns emerge: 1. Establishment and Employment Increases - Over-all growth has occurred in the stone, clay and glass and the fabricated metals industries. These groups have shown relatively consistent increases in both number of establishments and employment since 1947. 89 Z., Fewer Establishments with Greater Employment - Greater concentration of the in- dustry has occurred in the Food Products, Chemicals, and Non -electrical Machinery Wtablishments in these groups has declined, employment groups. hile the number of es has increased with a resultant higher employee per establishment ratio. 3. More Establishments with Less Employment - As opposed to the second tread noted, less concentration of the industry has occurred in Textiles, Furniture and. Fixtures, Paper Products, Primary Metals, Electrical Machinery, and Transportation Equip ment industries . Even though the number of establishments in these groups have increased, employment has declined. _*1 4. Establishments Static with Declining Employment - The Apparel, Printing and Pub- lishing, Petroleum and Coal products, and Instruments industries have undergone few. changes in number of establishments, though there has been a decline in employment in these groups. 5. Establishments and Employment Declines -Over-all decline has occurred in the Wood Products industry, with decreases in both number of establishments and employment. Table 41 indicates the number of establishments and employment and the change that has occurred in 17 industrial groups between March 1947 and March 1958• TABLE 42 STRUCTURE OF MANUFACTURING Ramsey County, 1 1954 90 Number of Establishments With Total No, of % of 1 - 19 20 - 99 100 or More S. 1. C. Industry Group Eetab. Total Employees Employees Employees No. All Industries 640 100.0 381 32 187 31 72 - 10 20 .Food Products 73 11.4 1.3 3 U 4 1 22 Textile Products 8 41 6.4 13 22 6 23 Apparel & Related 17 8 1 24 Lumber and Wood 26 4.1 3.6 15 5 - 3 25 F>urn. &Fixtures 23 26 Pulp, Paper &Prod. 19 3.0 6 84 9 16 4 10 - 27 Printing & Pub. IIO 17.2 8.34 34 12 2 28 Chemicals & Prod. 53 .4 1 29 Petroleum & Coal 9 0.6 4 30 Rubber & Plastic Prod. 4 31 Leather Prod. g 1. 3 3.6 6 14 2 g 1 32 Stone, Clay & Glass 23 - 14 2.2 5- g 1 33 Primary Metals 68 10.6 43 l9 6 34 Fabricated Metals 73 11.4 43 21 9 35 Machinery, (ex. Elec.) 36 - Electrical Machinery l8 2.8 8 8IS 5 2 5 5 37 Transportation Equip. 2 3 6 2 - 38 Instruments 2 8 42 1.3 6 6 31 8 3 39 Manufacturers (n. e. c.) 1 Includes Saint Paul firms. 2 Manufacturers not elsewhere classified. Source: 1954 Census of Manufactures 90 DISTRIBUTION OF FIRMS BY SIZE OF EMPLOYMENT The only data that is available relative to the size of manufacturing establishments on the basis of employment is for Ramsey County for the year 1954. Although this year is not coincident with the terminal year of many of the previous considerations in this Chap- ter, it is believed that changes in the manufacturing structure have not been substantial since 1954. Therefore, this datais presented in Table 42 as an aid in determining the predominant size of establishments in each manufacturing group. The manufacturing structure may be classified on the basis of small establishments (1 to 19 employees), medium-sized (20 to 99 employees) and large establishments (100 or more employees). The small manufacturing establishment dominates the structure, ac- counting for 59.5% of all manufacturing firms. The 187 medium-sized establishments represent 29.2% of the firms, and only 11. 3% of all manufacturing establishments may be classified as large. Seven manufacturing groups each represent five or more per cent of the total number of Ramsey County establishments. These manufacturers, by rank, are: Printing and Pub- lishing (17.2%); Machinery (except electrical), and Food Products (11.4%)each; Fabri- cated Metals (10.6%); Chemicals & Products (8.3%); Manufacturers (n. e. c. ) 6.6%; and Apparel and Related (6.4%). Perhaps, as a result of the nature of these manufacturing. industries, 4 o of the seven industries just noted differ from the structural pattern of emphasis on the small firm. The largest number of Apparel manufacturers are medium-sized; additionally, there are about as many medium-sized Food Prodict manufacturers as there are small firms in this group. Pulp, Paper and Products manufacturing is the only other major industry (from a total employment viewpoint) in which the number of medium-sized firms exceeds the number of small firms. MANUFACTURING INDUSTRY SURVEY The following portion of this chapter presents in. detailed form the information gathered by the Saint Paul Planning Board Industrial Survey of 1958. The Saint Paul manufac- turing firms replying to the questionnaires are grouped on the basis of their S. 1. C. classifications, and characteristics and trends of each particular industry type in Saint Paul 'are drawn from the information supplied by the responding firma. The sample of firms represented by the replies to the questionnaires ranged from 22.2% for S. I. C. Groupe 22 and 24 to a 10.0.0% sample for Group 37. The sample for all S.I. C. groups is 45.2% of the total number of Saint Paul manufacturing firma, representing some 62% of - the total Saint Paul manufacturing employment. On the basis of this sample, trends are noted for all Saint Paulmanufacturers. The principal products listed for each group are those manufactured in Saint Paul by firms who employ 25 or more persons. While the intention is not to discount the contri- bution of the smaller firms, some criteria was necessary Ro prevent the lists from be- coming excessively long. In most instances, products manufactured by smaller firms also are manufactured by the larger ones and, thus, are included in the lista. The num- ber of firms and the employment noted for the years 1947 and 1958 are total figures for the City for the month of March in each year, from the Minnesota Department of Employ- ment Security and, thus, are not sample figures. Export employment is derived by apply- ing -the ratio of sales made outside of the Metropolitan Area ("Export Sales,,) to the total employment for each group. For the data presented in tabular form, the "Metropolitan Area" excludes Saint Paul, the "State of Minnesota" excludes the Metropolitan area, and the "United States" excludes the State of Minnesota. Thus, except for those figures just noted, the source for all tables and other data contained in the following -pages of the Manufacturing Industries chapter is the Saint Paul Planning Board Manufacturing Industry Survey of 1958. 20 - FOOD AND KINDRED PRODUCTS Principal Products - Beef and by-products, sausage, cold meats, natural sausage cas- ings, poultry, reaa, rolls, cookies, cakes, creamery products, milk, cream, ice cream, candies, nut confections, beverages and beer, macaroni, semolina, egg noodle products, pancake flour, maple syrup, coffee roasting, soup mixes, ice. Number of Firms - 1947 - 81 1958 - 62 Decrease 1947 - 1958: 19 firms or -23. 5% Market Sales - Distribution by Area Saint Paul Only 35.20% Metropolitan Area excluding Saint Paul 20.33% State of Minnesota excluding the Metro- . 14.401c politan Area United States excluding State of Minn. 29.95% Outside United States i 0.12% ls% Employment - 1947 - 5,028 1958 - 5,073 Increase in employment, 1947 - 1958: 47 employees or 0.9% Export Employmentl - 2,256 employees or 44.5% of total Principal Locational Factors - 30 firms reporting 1. Basic production and market considerations a) Source of Materials 8 firms or 26.676 b) Location of Sales Market 15 firms or 50.0% c) Availability of Labor 12 firms or 40.0% 2. Cost of'Operation a) Wage Rates 5 firms or 16.7% b) Cost of Transportation 7 firms or 23.3% c) Cost of Electric Power - 4 firms or 13.3% d) Cost of Industrial Fuel 5 firms or 16.6% e) Local Taxes 5 firms or 16.6% 3. Adequacy of Services a) Water Supply 10 firms or 33.3% b) Sewage Disposal 10 firms or'33.3% c) Parking Facilities 6 firms or 20.0% d) Land for Expansion 3 firms or 10. 07o 4. Characteristics of the Community ° a) Desirability of Community 8 firms or 26.6% b) Work Attitude of Individual Workers 7 firms or 23.3% c) Proximity to Educational Institutions1 firm or 3.3% d) Availability of Professionally & Technically None Trained People 1 Export Employment is the number of employees engaged in manufacturing in Saint Paul that portion of the manufactured products which are sold outside of the .Metropolitan Area. 92 e) Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor 1 firm or 3. 3% f) Availability of Special Types of Semi -skilled 2 firms or 6.6% Labor4 firms_ or 13.3% -g) Community Attitude Toward Industry , E ansion for Next Ten Years - by type and location - The expected effect of the sales in- crease ort a next ten years which is predicted by firms reporting is shown in Table 43. TABLE 43 FOOD AND KINDRED PRODUCTS FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTSFRO�MFUTURE INCREASE IN ,SALES Saint Paul 7 Sales Floor Degree of Expansion Volume - Land Space Employment 43.0% 20.o% 17.0% 23.0% Expansion greater than 1947 - 195717.0% 6.6% 6.6% 13.0% Expansion equal to 1947 - 1957 10.0% 3.0% 3.010 3.0% Expansion less than 1947 - 1957 6.6% 6.6% 6.6% 3.0% No Expansion Note: Percentages represent number of firms answering as per cent of total. ed plans for E ansion Plane for Next Ten Years - Only have plane the firms or the Metropolitan Area outside of expansion in Sa nt aul, O o o t o firms have p Is Saint Paul, and 20% of the firms for outside of the Metropolitan Area. The anticipated nature of the expansion is shown in Table 44. host o firma expect tha 1 be through utilization of existing structures in Saint Paul, B 100% of their expansion will come through new construction in the City. TABLE 44 PER CENT DISTRIBUTION - ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATIONNDaYPEg57 EXPANSION Saint P Io Saint Paul In Matro. Area Outside Metro. Area ea t z. ew No. of ow t iz. _ Firms Construc-. Exist. Contsttrruc- Exist. Cotionuc St�ruc. S. I. C. 20 tion Stluc. 2 100% 1 50% 50% 50% 1 40% 60% 1 100% 33% 1 34% 25% 25% 1 55% 10% 85% 1 66% 34% 1 Research - The per cent of firms reporting research expenditures by kind of research in S nt aul is shown in Table 45. 93 TABLE 45 FOOD AND KINDRED PRODUCTS Outlook- The Food and Kindred products industry ranks as the fourth largest manufac- turing employer in the City, accounting for 11.5% of the total manufacturing employment. The industry includes the manufacture and processing of a wide range offood products, many of which are prepared for the national market. The agrarian economy of the re- gion is evident in the food-processing industry of Saint Paul, particularly in that portion of the industry devoted to meat -packing and flour -milling. While the major center of the livestock trade is in South St. Paul, and Minneapolis is the major milling center of the region, there are several major packing companies and mills located in Saint Paul as well. While an aspect of the Saint Paul Food industry is definitely oriented toward the national market, the export ratio of 44.5% indicates that this is not primarily an export industry. More than 5561a of the sales of this industry are made within the Metropolitan Area, sug- gesting that growth of the industry will, to a large extent, be influenced by over-all growth of the Twin City. area. However, sharp fluctuations in the Metropolitan Area economy are not likely to have an immediate effect upon the Food industry; this industry is regarded as being fairly "insensitive"- and- "medium -growing" and, thus, future growth of the industry will be more closely allied with long-term growth of the Metro- politan Area. Of course, the export phase of the industry will likely act as a tempering influence to any growth changes induced by local economic fluctuations. During the 1947 to 1958 period, the number of Food Manufacturing and Processing firms in Saint Paul declined by almost 2576, while the employment remained almost constant. Evidently, the trend is toward fewer, but larger firms.. As of 1958, there were 82 em- ployees per firm. Unfortunately, data relative to changes in value-added per employee for this industry were withheld in the Census to avoid disclosure. However, though the number of firms has declined, the .fact that the remaining firms have undergone substan- tial growth (at least from an employment standpoint) is a sign of growth in industry. Less than half of the firms responding to the questionnaires reported conducting research programs of any sort. Evidently, not as much research is conducted by the Food indus- try as is the case in many of the other manufacturing industries. Employment density ratios in the Food industry fall near the mid-range of the industrial structure, with 598 feet of floor space per employee and 65 employees per acre of land used. 94 FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES BY KIND OF RESEARCH - Saint Paul - 1957- No. Firms Reporting ' Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly S.I.C. Group,20 O eratin Cost No. Re- c Re- Per Cent. Yearly ese Kind ofd port- port- Operating Cost .Than 5 to More Research ing ing. Max. Min. Av.. 5% 10% Than 10% Improve Present .11 36.77a 22.511. 0.9% 3.9% 9 1 1 Products or Pro - ceases Create New Prod- 9 30.0% 4.016 0.5% 1.4% 9 0 0 ucts or Processes Uncommitted Sub- 7 23.3% 2.0% 0.1% 0.8% 7 0 0 ject All Research 14 46.7% 25.0% 1.0% 6.6% - 8 4 2 Outlook- The Food and Kindred products industry ranks as the fourth largest manufac- turing employer in the City, accounting for 11.5% of the total manufacturing employment. The industry includes the manufacture and processing of a wide range offood products, many of which are prepared for the national market. The agrarian economy of the re- gion is evident in the food-processing industry of Saint Paul, particularly in that portion of the industry devoted to meat -packing and flour -milling. While the major center of the livestock trade is in South St. Paul, and Minneapolis is the major milling center of the region, there are several major packing companies and mills located in Saint Paul as well. While an aspect of the Saint Paul Food industry is definitely oriented toward the national market, the export ratio of 44.5% indicates that this is not primarily an export industry. More than 5561a of the sales of this industry are made within the Metropolitan Area, sug- gesting that growth of the industry will, to a large extent, be influenced by over-all growth of the Twin City. area. However, sharp fluctuations in the Metropolitan Area economy are not likely to have an immediate effect upon the Food industry; this industry is regarded as being fairly "insensitive"- and- "medium -growing" and, thus, future growth of the industry will be more closely allied with long-term growth of the Metro- politan Area. Of course, the export phase of the industry will likely act as a tempering influence to any growth changes induced by local economic fluctuations. During the 1947 to 1958 period, the number of Food Manufacturing and Processing firms in Saint Paul declined by almost 2576, while the employment remained almost constant. Evidently, the trend is toward fewer, but larger firms.. As of 1958, there were 82 em- ployees per firm. Unfortunately, data relative to changes in value-added per employee for this industry were withheld in the Census to avoid disclosure. However, though the number of firms has declined, the .fact that the remaining firms have undergone substan- tial growth (at least from an employment standpoint) is a sign of growth in industry. Less than half of the firms responding to the questionnaires reported conducting research programs of any sort. Evidently, not as much research is conducted by the Food indus- try as is the case in many of the other manufacturing industries. Employment density ratios in the Food industry fall near the mid-range of the industrial structure, with 598 feet of floor space per employee and 65 employees per acre of land used. 94 22- TEXTILE MILL PRODUCTS Principal Products - Knitted sportswearo, rnialteboxe Pa king,g varnishedarnetted , wools band ed wools, waste ano allied cotton textiles, j other coat fabric tape, flock -printing of fabrics,. pillow°filling, hassocks. Number e - 1947 8 58 9 Increase 1947 1 1958: 1 firm or 12.5% Market Sales - Distribution by Area - IS. 53% Saint Paul Only 26. 14% Metropolitan Area exluding Saint Paul 21 29% . State of Minnesota excluding the Metro- politan Area United States excluding State of Minnesota 31.52% Outside of United States% Employment ' 1947 - 432 1958 - 196 _ Decrease in employment 1947 - 1958: 236 or -54.616 Export Employment - 108 employees or. 55.17o Principal Locational Factors - 2 firms reporting Survey results of locational factor. are inconclusive since one firm noted all the factors as important to their location and the other respondent firm noted none of them. Expansion Plans for Next Ten Years - by type and location - One firm (or 50% of the irms reporting un er, t is ma,7or group) stated they anticipate expansion, which is all to occur in Saint Paul, 50% by utilizing an existing structure and 50% by new construction. Research - One firm (or % b of firms reporting) stated that 9% of their total operating improve present products and 1% for research to create cost was spent for research to new products or processes. Outlook - In Saint Paul, -the Textile in di 958Yperiod. d It would seem the trened one establishment d seCtoward employment 54.6% during the 1947 smaller establishments. This decrease in employment seems to be a general decline pol tan Arean outside of he Tand the Metro - win Center Cities, ia 100% idec ne.t a illt isar rimpose ble to heck the situation mine if this creased productivity. gthe Dataue-adde�d figures to foin- r the Tan C'ty area rare withheld in his respect to line occurs icon - form to disclosure rules; however, the State as a whole indicates an increase of 33.2% in value-added per employee for the 1947 - 1954 period, indicating that the industry rep- resents a brighter picture throughout the State. within the s Textile industry t 0- ward increased useIn recent yearsr of synthetic fibers. This p has been a shift of has end new fields, for this industry and italization. The Textile industry of Saint Paul, however, is primarily oriented waste materials, and a limited d line of knittedthe production of gartments, and ist ratheresmall is sscopen fostered an expansion and revxiles for The Saint Paul concentration index of 9.0%, as compared to the national ratio of 100. 01Q, further accentuates the.very limited nature of the Textile industry in the City. luded in square et floor space The Textile industry firms d operated atca densitytof 38 9samplehe employees per ef acre of land. The 1 mi ed per employee anthe. industry today indicates that any future expansion will necessitate land utilization d only very minimal additional land requirements. 95 23- APPAREL AND RELATED'PRODUCTS Principal Products - Overcoate, top -coats, snow suits, mens' and -boys' jackets, womens'� coats, p'wear. sleepwear, athletic jackets, furs and Borgana, uniforms, hats and caps, curtains and drapes, pillows, awnings, auto seat -covers. Number of Firms - 1947 - 47 1.958 - 47' No Change Market Sales (Percent distribution by area) Saint Paul Only 17.85% Metropolitan Area excluding Saint Paul. 9.90% State of Minnesota excluding the Metro. 26.95% politan Area . r United States excluding State of Minnesota „! 43.76% Outside United States 1.5476 TO-FM7. Employment - 1947 - 2,118 1958 - 2,024 - Decline in employment, 1947 - 1958: -94 or -4.410 Export Employment - 1,462 employees or 72.3% Principal Locational Factors - 13 firms reporting 1. Basic Production and Market Considerations a) Location of Sales Market 7 firms or 54% b) Availability of Labor 4 firms or 31% 2. Cost of Operation a) Wage Rates 1 firm or 8% 3. Adequacy of Services a) Parking Facilities 6 firms or 46% 4. Characteristics of the Community a) Desirability of Community - 2 firms or 157o b) Community Attitude Toward Industry I 1 firm or 876 The most important locational factors according to the percentage of total number of firms reporting were location of sales market (54%) and parking facilities with 467o of the total number of replies. The availability of labor also was considered quite import- ant. Expansion for Next Ten Years - by type and location TABLE 46 APPAREL AND ACCESSORIES FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTS FROM FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES Saint Paul - 1957 Sales Volume Floor Degree of Expansion in Dollars Land Space Employment Expansion greater than 1947-1957 30.8% 7.7% 38.5% 30.4% Expansion equal to 1947-1957 23.1%a 7.7% 7.7% 7.7% Expansion less than 1947-1957 7.7% 0.0% 0.0% 0.07. No Expansion 7.7% 7.71. 7.7% 7.7% 96 An expansion of floor apace greater than the 1947 - 1957 rate is anticipated by 38.5% of salethe s - than reporting.951P and 3Add0. itionally, employme t30. Bola of the texpansionrms lto beate sgreater ales lthan tume aher1947r 1957 increase. It also,is interesting to note nit while of the f23.1 irmgepredictfirms aexplanetonpate alee- volume increase to equal that of 1947-1957, Y nt. Type and location of expansion equal to 1947-1957 in land, floor space, and employme is shown in Table 47. TABLE 47 PERCENT DISTRIBUTION ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATIOS AND TYPE OF EXPANSION In 57 Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area In Saint Paul ew Utiliz. No. of ew tflfz. New Exist. Firms Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. Construc- Strut. tion Strut. tion S. I. G. 23 tion Strut. - 2 100% 100% 10% 1 75% 15% 1 odu sort of research _ O t erl hfimfah 4 orf30 8%irms rcondua CO cteportgresearch to improve theirpresentproducts orrprro-m es of re- cess, i or rma'46 conduct research to create new products or proteases, and 3 or 23.1 0 ects. The t spent n the va search as aeper cent oft tall ylearly optted erating costs can be seen in Table qg ue types TABLE 48 APPAREL AND ACCESSORIES PER CENT OFBY TYPEREPORTING OF RESEARCH ENDITURES Saint Paul - 1957 No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly S.LG, Group 23 Operating Cost Wo! Reo- Re- Per Cent Yearly Less More Kind of port- port- eratin Cost Than 5 to _fin. Av. 5% l0% Than 10% Research i_ng Ian _ Max. _ Improve Present 4 30.8% 4.3% 0.5% 2.3% 4 0, 0 Products or Pro- 0 ceases6 462% Z. 5% 0.5% 1,8%a5 1 . Create New Prod- 0 ucts or Processes 3 23.1% 2.0% 0.2% 0.9% 3 0 Uncommitted Sub- ject 5 2 0 All Research 7 53.9% 5.0% 1.0% Z-9% Outlooktu ing ustry Saint PaThis idustry ul during 1958�o Its important charac eristic4. 6% of the total c isrthat itdrefl cts theeinflu-t ence of climate and et on outdoor ac such as outs tivities that characterize sheeplined overcoatsi,l and dsuch prom phasic is app opportunities for outdoor ducts as automobile and boat seat -covers, cushions, etc. 97 An expansion of floor space greater than the 1947 - 1957 rate is anticipated by 38.5% of the thant1947 Le19571and 30.4%t antic pate employmenttexpansionme tobe anticipategr, ,ros enter antic taes volumes te sales 1957 increase. It also is interesting to note thaonit while Z3. 7 7% of the firms thefir predicta expansion volumeincrease to equal that of 1947-1957, Y equal to 1947-1957 in land, floor space, and employment. Type and location of expansion is shown in Table.47. - TABLE 47 PER CENT DISTRIBUTION ANTICIPATED LOCATION AND TYPE OF EXPANSION IRM Saint Paul. 1957 In Saint Paul - In Metro. Area OuNewe Metro. Area ew Utiltz. Utflfz. Firms Construe- Construc- Exist. Conetruc- St�r No. of Exist.tilfz. New uc.'! tion Struc. tion S.I.C. 23 tion Struc. _ 210056 1 100% 10% Research - Of the 13 firma reporting, 7 or 53.9% conduct some sort of research program. O t e 1 Y firms, 4 or 30.8% conduct research to improve their present products or pro- cess, 6 or 46.2% conduct research to create new products or processes, and 3 or 23. e r conduct research on uncommitted subjects. The amount spent on the various types of re- search as a per cent of total yearly operating costs can be seen in Table 48. TABLE 48 APPAREL AND ACCESSORIES PER CENT OFFI MS RF F RTINGtECHENDITURES B Saint Paul - 1957 tuted 4.61/6 of the total ustry outlook Paul during try co Itsmostportant charac erisNo isthatitdreflects then employment in ence of climate and outdoor activities that characterize Minnesota. In this industry, erno- phasis is apparent on products such as outs . wear, sheeplined overcoats, and such_pr ducts as automobile and boat seat -covers, cushions, etc. Opportunities for outdoor 97 ° No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly - Operating Gost - S.I.G.. Gr? 23 Per Gent Yearly Less Kind of o. e- port- o Re- port- erati-=Goat Than 5 to More Av. 5% 10% Than 10% Research in in_ Mix• tn. 4 30.8% 4.3% 0.5% 2.3% 4 0. 0 Improve Present Products or Pro- cesses0,5% 6 46.2% 2.5% 1.8% 5 1 0 - Create New Prod- ucts or Processes 23.1% 2.0% 0.2% 0.9% 3 0 0 Uncommitted. Sub- ject 7 53.9% 5.0% 1.0% 2. 9% 5 2 0 All Research tuted 4.61/6 of the total ustry outlook Paul during try co Itsmostportant charac erisNo isthatitdreflects then employment in ence of climate and outdoor activities that characterize Minnesota. In this industry, erno- phasis is apparent on products such as outs . wear, sheeplined overcoats, and such_pr ducts as automobile and boat seat -covers, cushions, etc. Opportunities for outdoor 97 sports provided by this State seem to create a specialized market for these pgrod .cts. It s a Apparel manufacturing, in general, ]has unde the dominants influence of tstyle l The industry ry and also a low-wage industry. the averse size of establishments In price competition, with the ex- changing styles in the apparel industry tend to keep positione same when small and also to slow lly bigmechaiurchasers,zation c ealmost industry - 1 Lis We only b LBaving on the making caption. of a few unusually big p purchasing raw material. The cost, then, can be kap y y male industries, at of the apparel. This results in utilizing less costly labor, and for this reason many wo- men are employed. Usually big cities, or cities with predominantly tract this type of industry. The high degree of specialization of the relativela for y email firms pose of lowof the -cost industry causes them to o n and flexibility c i to g to rapiatrate in d changeslinrfasea hion. the pur- arel Industry. Apparel industry is oriented primarily toward All of these characteristics help explain the status of the Twin City APP This area is not a high-fashion cent, App i population of the re- st o prodducts thatamenities- the rThese same products also are used, bytherural outdoorlivingand f the r Bion in daily life. From the standpoint of labor costs, a relatively high wage -scale pre - warrants expanding wails in the area. Therefore, this industry should, remain limited in its developmentun- til such time as the emergence of the high -Eaehion garment industrywar of Dallas into just st the over-all market for this industry. This would require along -term struggle intoju t for this area. long-established garment centers of the East. However, the emerging such acenter during recent years could encourage such an attempt but a drop of 4.4% in employment occurred during As far as trends are concerned, the number of establishments in the City remained con- stant through the period ue 1947-19er both Saint Paul and Minnolisolas under - On tthe other the same period. In value-added per employee, went declines, with a higher rate of decline in Saint Paul than in Manatio productivity isto be found in the high export ratio of this industry: hand, the State indicates gains in this productivity ratio. The explaaaiion of ales industry: out- both employment and, in p areatl is. facing strong com- 72. 3% of the employment is classified as export employment depending optimistic about the future. side of the Metropolitan area and the Twin City industry app petition in the national market. Industry itself seems it be op This is evident from plans relating to expansion Poseabiliti.00 ace per employee and The density ratios in this group are 520.2 square feet of floor space 330 employees per acre. 24 - LUMBER AND WOOD PRODUCTS EXCEPT FURNITURE . al Products - Lumber, millwork, laminated wood, wood barrels, packing boxes, En—naRawnings, saw dust. Number 1958 - 25 firma 18 firma Decrease 1947 - 1958: 7 firms or 28.0% Markey t��ales - % Distribution by Area 49.21% Saint Paul Only Metropolitan Area, excluding Saint Paul 14. 36% 10.89% State of Minnesota, excluding Metro- politan Area United States, excluding State of Minnesota 100.00%0 I See "The Ibdustrial Structure of American Cities,, - Gunnar Alexandersson, 1956 - p. 70. 98 Employment - 1947 - 904 1958 - 365 Decrease in employment, 1947 - 1958: 539 Employees or. -59.6% Export Employment - lb4 employees or 36.4% Princi al Locational Factors - 4 firms reporting - Two firms, or 507a of the number re- porting state t at -availa tlity of labor, desirability of community, and availability of special types of skilled labor constitute advantages of major importance. One firm (or 251o) reported that source of material, location of sales market, adequacy of electric power, work attitude ofindividual workers, availability of special types of semi-skilled labor, and availability of professionally and technically trained people, are factors consti- tuting advantages of major importance. Ex ansion Plans for Next Ten Years - by type and Iodation - One firm ( or ,25% of firms reporting pre cte t at 0 o o t eir expansion will be in new construction and 80% through utilization of existing buildings. The new construction will be in Saint Paul, and expansion in existing structures will be 2076 in Saint Paul, 4076 in the Metropolitan area, and 20% outside of the Metropolitan area. - One firm (2574) could not reveal its plans for the future. Research - Only one firm (2576) reported any expenditure for research; this amounted to 0 o t eir operating costs which was spent to improve present products or processes. Outlook - The industry shows a general decline both in number of establishments and in numof employees during the 1947 - 1958 period. The decline in number of establish- ments was 28% and in number of employees, 59.6%. The industry serves mainly the lo- cal market; export employment is. 36.4% and service employment is 63.676. Employment in this group constitutes a small fraction of the total manufacturing employ- ment (0.8%). The concentration ratio of 26.8% indicates that this City has's very low concentration in this industry (U.S. _ 100%). It is classified as an industry highly sensitive to the national market and also is affected by the availability of natural resources. The depletion of logging sources in .Minnesota bears some influence on the decline in this industry. Employment is decreasing in all areas including the State; however, productivity per employee is increasing in both Minne- apolis and the =State. Comparable data for Saint Paul are not available. On a "per em- ployee" basis, this industry uses more floor space and land area than any other industry in Saint Paul: 905.9 square feet per employee with four employees per acre of'land. 25 - FURNITURE AND FIXTURES Principal Products - School classroom furniture, steel office furniture, office chairs, bunks, stools, store fixtures, restaurant fixtures, type -writer stands, metal and wooden and cots, mattresses. Number of Firms - 1947 - 20 1958 - 26 Increase 1947 - 1958; 6 firms or 30.0% Market Sales - Distribution by Area Saint Paul 16.77% Metropolitan Area except Saint Paul 27.13% State of Minnesota except Metro- 23.07% politan Area United States except Minnesota 33.03% Outside of United States 0 1ZT.-Me 99 Employment—. 1958 - 585 Sale Volume - Decrease in employment 1947-1958: 265 employees or -31.291. 328 Employees or 56.111. Employment Export Employment - Principal Locational Factors - 8 firms reporting 1. Basic Production and Market Considerations None a) Source of Materials 4 firms or 50.0% b) Location of Sales Market 3 firma or 37.5% C) Availability of Labor 12.5% Z. Cost of Operation 1 firm or 12. 5% a) Wage Rates - None b) Cost of Transportation None c) Cost of Electric Power None d) Cost of Industrial Fuel - 1 firm or 12. 5% e) Local Taxes 25.0% 3, Adequacy of Services Utilities and Possibility Expansion le'se than for Future Expansion 1 firm or 12.5% a) -Water Supply l firm or 1Z. 5% b)Sewage Disposal 1 firm or 12.5% c) Parking Facilities 1 firm or 12.5% d) Land for Expansion No Expansion 4. Characteristics of the Community 3 firms or 37.5% a) Desirability of Community 1 firm or 12.5% b) Work Attitude of Individual Workers None C) Proximity to Educational Institutions Professionally & Technically None d) Availability of Trained People Skilled Labor 1 firm or 12.5% e) Availability -of..Special Types of of Special Types of Semi -skilled f) Availability Labor I firm or 12.5% g) Community Attitude Toward Industry ted effect f the es E creassenorr eext Ten Yew next ten years which is predicted by the firmse and location - The reporting is shown lin Table 49. TABLE 49 FURNITURE AND FIXTURES FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTEDS ESUPLT� FRO M FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES Note: Percentages represent number of firms answering, as per- cent of total reporting under this S.I.G. group. 100 Sale Volume I Land Floor Space Employment Degree of Expansion Expansion greater than 37.5% 0% 12.51/6 12.511. 1947 - 1957 12.5% 0% 12.5%6 25.0% Expansion equal to 1947 - 195712.5% 25.0% 25.0% 12.5% Expansion le'se than 1947 - 1957 12.5% 011. 12.5% 12:5% No Expansion Note: Percentages represent number of firms answering, as per- cent of total reporting under this S.I.G. group. 100 Firma under this major group anticipate expansion over the next ten years in the following pattern: 37. 5% of the firma reporting anticipate expansion in Saint Paul, 12. 5% inthe Metropolitan area excluding Saint Paul and 12:5% outside of the Metropolitan area. New construction within Saint Paul will account for 100% of the"expansion for 25. 0% of the firms reporting, while another 12.5% expect utilization of existing structures in Saint Paul to account for 100% of their anticipated expansion; 12.5% of thefirmsstated new construction outside of the Metropolitan area will account for 100% of their anticipated expansion. Research - Fifty per cent of the firms reporting allocate some money to research.. One firm stated that 40% of their yearly expenditure goes into research, of which 25% is used to improve present products, 70% to create new products or processes, and 5% on pro- grams uncommited to specific problems. This is an unusually high percentage for re- search programs and is a reflection of the foresight of this firm, new in the market,to de- velop a complete and competitive line of products. TABLE 50 FURNITURE AND FIXTURES FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES BY KIND OF RESEARCH ' Saint Paul - 1957 No Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly S.I.C. Grip 25 Operating Cost No. Re- o Re- Per Cent Yearly see Kind of port- port- Operating Cost _ Than 5 to More Research ing. a— xF1'i . in_ Max. 5.16 1016 Than 10% Improve Present 3 38.0% 10.0% 0.6% 3.976 2 1 0 Products or Pro- cesses Create New Prod- '9 50.0% 28.0% 0.476 8. 1% 3 0 1 ucts or Processes Uncommitted Sub- 1 18.0% 2.0% Z. 094 2.0% 1 0 0 ject All Research 4 50.00/6 40.0% 1.0% 11.5% 3 0 1 The remaining firms reported research expenditures falling within a rather normal range. Three firms stated that 3%, 2%, and 1% respectively of their yearly operating expenses were committed to research. , Outlook - This group represents 1. 3% of total manufacturing employment in Saint Paul. Tietrend in Saint Paul during the 1947 - 1958 period was toward more and smaller estab- lishments; during 1954, the average number of employees per establishment was 23 em- ployees. Based on previous assumptions, 56. 1% of the employment should be considered export employment and 43.910 service employment. The industry's concentration ratio is 91.9%, or less than the United States average. This industry is also classified as fair- ly sensitive.- n The future of this industry may be gathered from past trends, which have shown some signs of strength. Though employment declined from 1947 - 1958 (31.2%), the number of establishments and productivity per employee rose. There seems to be an adjustment taking place toward more economical production which will enable the industry to strength- en its structure. A subsequent rise in employment may then be expected. Based on the returns of questionnaires, proximity to sales market is the most important locational factor for this industry. Most firms expect their sales in the next decade to be greater than the 1947 - 1957 period. One point of importance, however, is where this expansion will take place during the next decade. According to the questionnaire returns, 101 37.5%. of the firms anticipate expansion in Saint Paul, 25% in the Metropolitan area, out- side of Saint Paul, and 27. 5% outside of the Metropolitan area. Thus, 57. 5% of the firms anticipating expansion plan to locate :this expansion outside of the City of Saint Paul. Fifty per cent of the firms returning questionnaires reported some expenditure on research, indicating an effort by this industry to improve product lines. It should be noted that one firm showed 40% of its operating cost as research expenditure. In this case, this was a new firm which might require extensive research and design work to establish its product. The average amount spent by each firm in research was it. 576, representing a substantial proportion of their total cost of operation. This indicates that this industry is keeping its product lines up-to-date. Density ratios for this industry fall near the mid-range of the seventeen industrial groups included in the survey. (See Appendix IV). Firms reported an average of 531 square feet of floor space per employee, and 64 employees per acre of land. 26 - PAPER AND ALLIED PRODUCTS Prfnci al Products - Paper boxes, paper napkins, paper towels, corrugated fibre -board I e iOng containers, paper boxes, -paper tubes and cores, envelope$, cellophane adhesive tape, paraffined food packages, masking tape. I Number of Firms - 1947 - 16 Export Employment - 1,410 employees or 61.8% 1958 - 18 Principal Locational Factors - 9 firms reporting Increase 1947 - 1958: 2 firms or 12.5% Market Sales - Distribution by Area a) Source of Material Saint Paul Only 18.57% Metropolitan Area except Saint'Paul 19.65% State of Minnesota except Metro- 10.31% politan Area a) Wage Rates -United States except Minnesota 51.15% " Outside of United States 0.33% 1 firm or 11% 100.070. Employment - 1947 - 2,499 1958 - 2,282 Decrease in Employment, 1947-1958: 217 employees or -8.776 Export Employment - 1,410 employees or 61.8% Principal Locational Factors - 9 firms reporting 1. Basic Production and Market Considerations a) Source of Material 2 firms or 22% b) Location of Sales Market 3 firms or 33% c) Availability of Labor 4 firms or 447o 2. .Cost of Operation a) Wage Rates None b) Cost of Electric Power None c) Cost of Industrial Fuel 1 firm or 11% d) Local Taxes - 2 firms or 22% 3. Adequacy of Services 2 firms or 22% a) Water Supply b) Sewage Disposal - Ifirm or 11% c) Parking Facilities 3 firms or 3316 d) Land for Expansion 4 firms or 44% 102 4. Characteristics of Community a) Desirability of Community -3 firms or 33% b) Work Attitude of Individual Workers None c) Proximity to Educational Institutions None d) Availability of Professionally & Technically None Trained People ' e) Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor None f) Availability of.Special Types of Semi -skilled 2 firms or 22% Labor g) Community Attitude Toward Industry None . The factors emphasized by the highest percentage of firms reporting were availability of labor, land for expansion, location of sales market, parking facilitiea, and desirability. of community. Only 22% of the firms reported source of material as an important factor. MEx ansion foNext ext Ten Years - by location and type - The expected effect of the sales in- crease or the next ten years is indicated on Table 51. _ Of the firms in this group reporting, 22% anticipate expansion in Saint Paul over the next ten years, 110/6 in the Metropolitan area and 33% outside of the Metropolitan area. The location and type of expansion is shown in Table 52. TABLE 51 _ PAPER AND ALLIED PRODUCTS FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTS FROM FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES Saint Paul 1957 Saint Paul, 1957 Sales Floor In Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area Degree of Expansion Volume Land Space Employment Expansion greater than 33.3% 11.1% 22.2% 22.2% 1947 - 1957 Expansion equal to 33.3% 0.076 11.1% 33.311. .1947 - 1957 Expansion less than - 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.016 1947 - 1957 No Expansion 22.2% 33. 3% 22.2% 22.2% Of the firms in this group reporting, 22% anticipate expansion in Saint Paul over the next ten years, 110/6 in the Metropolitan area and 33% outside of the Metropolitan area. The location and type of expansion is shown in Table 52. Research - Expenditures for research are made by 56% of the firms reporting. An average of6%of the yearlyoperating costis being spent by these firms, of which an average of 3% isbeing spent on researchto improve present products orprocesses, and4.5% on research 103 TABLE 52 _ PER CENT DISTRIBUTION ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATION AND TYPE OF EXPANSION Saint Paul, 1957 In Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area No. of New Utiliz. ew Utiliz. New Utiliz. Firms Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. S.I.C. 26 tion Struc. tion. Struc. tion Struo. 2 100% 1 100% 1 1 1 100% 1 60% 40% Research - Expenditures for research are made by 56% of the firms reporting. An average of6%of the yearlyoperating costis being spent by these firms, of which an average of 3% isbeing spent on researchto improve present products orprocesses, and4.5% on research 103 to create new products or processes. There were no firms conducting uncommitted re- search. (See Table 53).' TABLE 53 PAPER AND ALLIED PRODUCTS FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul - 1957 Outlook - The paper mills in Saint Paul are not a part of an integrated operation. I Their proms is such that large amounts of waste paper and paper -board are utilized. This kind of industry generally tends to locate in large population centers where there is a con- stant source of waste material available. The Twin Cities area is an advantageous loca- tion for this industry because of its waste material and wood -pulp use, both of which can be obtained locally. Waste material can be obtained in the Metropolitan area and wood- pulp from the up -state industry. Twin City industry production is concentrated mainly on strawboard, corrugated. chip,. building, container, boxboard, feltsand roofing. Most of the 36 converters of this State are located in the Twin Cities. This industry developed as a result of a shift from news -print production; the shift was caused by the decline of a steady local supply of soft pulp -wood necessary for news -print and manufacturing. Now operating with the more easily obtainable raw material, the Paper industry of the Twin Cities represents an increasingly healthy picture. The market on items such as paper -board, packing materials, building material, etc. is rapidly expanding, providing this industry a potential for fast growth. According to the survey, 61.8% of its employment can be considered export employment, with only 38. 2% serving the Twin Cities Metropolitan area. This industry accounts for 5. 2% of the total manufacturing industry employment. The concentration index is twice the United States' index for concentration. Based on previous assumptions of this chapter, it is considered as having an "average cyclical sensitivity." Actually, this industry was hurt by the great depression during the thirties, but did recover relatively soon thereafter. Based. on the questionnaire returns, the emphasized locational factors are: 1) Availability of labor, 2) Land for expansion, 3) Location of galea market, 4) Parking facilities, 5) Source of material, 6) Local taxes, 7) Water supply. Desirability of the community was also em- phasized as an important locational factor. 1 An integrated Paper industry covers all stages of paper -making operations from owner- ship of their own pulp -wood land and self-sufficiency in pulp -wood through pulp manufac- true, paper -making and converting. 104 No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly S.I.C. Grou 26 Operating Cost No. -Re- a e- Per Cent Yearly Less Kind of port- port- Coat Than 5 to More Research in_ ice_ _derating Max. nn. v. 5% 30% Than 10% - Improve Present 4 45:0% 5.0%a 1.01/6 2.71% 3 1 0.07. Products or Pro- cesses Create New Prod- 4 45.0% 10.0% 1.01/6 4.5% 3 1 0.0% ucts or Processes Uncommitted Sub- 0 0. 0% - - .0% 0 0 0.0% ject All Research 5 55.0% 10.01% 2.011. 5.87, 1 4 0-0116 Outlook - The paper mills in Saint Paul are not a part of an integrated operation. I Their proms is such that large amounts of waste paper and paper -board are utilized. This kind of industry generally tends to locate in large population centers where there is a con- stant source of waste material available. The Twin Cities area is an advantageous loca- tion for this industry because of its waste material and wood -pulp use, both of which can be obtained locally. Waste material can be obtained in the Metropolitan area and wood- pulp from the up -state industry. Twin City industry production is concentrated mainly on strawboard, corrugated. chip,. building, container, boxboard, feltsand roofing. Most of the 36 converters of this State are located in the Twin Cities. This industry developed as a result of a shift from news -print production; the shift was caused by the decline of a steady local supply of soft pulp -wood necessary for news -print and manufacturing. Now operating with the more easily obtainable raw material, the Paper industry of the Twin Cities represents an increasingly healthy picture. The market on items such as paper -board, packing materials, building material, etc. is rapidly expanding, providing this industry a potential for fast growth. According to the survey, 61.8% of its employment can be considered export employment, with only 38. 2% serving the Twin Cities Metropolitan area. This industry accounts for 5. 2% of the total manufacturing industry employment. The concentration index is twice the United States' index for concentration. Based on previous assumptions of this chapter, it is considered as having an "average cyclical sensitivity." Actually, this industry was hurt by the great depression during the thirties, but did recover relatively soon thereafter. Based. on the questionnaire returns, the emphasized locational factors are: 1) Availability of labor, 2) Land for expansion, 3) Location of galea market, 4) Parking facilities, 5) Source of material, 6) Local taxes, 7) Water supply. Desirability of the community was also em- phasized as an important locational factor. 1 An integrated Paper industry covers all stages of paper -making operations from owner- ship of their own pulp -wood land and self-sufficiency in pulp -wood through pulp manufac- true, paper -making and converting. 104 Firms in this group confine their research mainly to relatively short-term objectives. There is no expenditure reported for research on uncommitted programs. However, ap- proximately half the firms are conducting research work to improve present products or to create new products or processes. Trends indicate that during the period of 1947 to 1958,. employment showed a decline of This decline in employ- ment, however, seems to be compensated for by a 95.2% increase in.value-added per em- ployee. The trends then suggest that this is not a decline in industrybut merely eduction, of employment as a result of some improvements in operation. In conclusion, itis reasonable to say that this industry is prospering, is advan,a -sly located, and bill continue to grow in the future as the need for its products incre see. However, the intention of the industryitself is to place most of its expansion outside of Saint Paul within the Metropolitan area. This will be a factor in reducing the) increase in Saint Paul employment trends in this industry. 27 - PRINTING, PUBLISHING AND ALLIED INDUSTRIES Principal Products - Books, law -books, greeting cards, newspapers, maps, tickets. Pr j% ec e, typesetting, photo -engraving, lithographic plates, lithographing, photo- offset printing, electrotyping. Number of Firms - 1947 - 102 - 1958 - 102 No change in number of firms during,1947 - 1958 Market Sales - Distribution by Area 7firms or 22.6% Saint Paul Only Metropolitan Area except Saint Paul 15.60% 14. q6% State of Minnesota except Metro- b) politan Area United States exclusive of Minnesota 66.871. Outside of United States 00 , 1 1. .00 000 . Employme r' 1947 - 8,295 1958 - 7,840 Decrease in employment, 1947 - 1958: 455 employees or -5. 510 Export Employment - 5,699 or 72.7% of total employment of this group Principal Locational Factors - 31 firms reporting - 1. Basic Production and Market Considerations 5 firms or 16.0% a) Source of Material 13 firms or 41.9% b) Location of Sales Market 10 firms or 32. 3% c) Availability of Labor -. Cost of Operation 7firms or 22.6% a) Wage Rates 2, firms or 6.5% b) Cost of Transportation 1 firm or 3.210 c) Cost of Electric Power 3 firms or 9.67o d) Cost of Industrial Fuel 5 firms or 16.1% e) Local Taxes ,. Adequacy of Services 5 firms or 16.1% a) Wate: Sapply. 4 firms or 12.9% b) Sewa�,_ � Disposal 12 firms or 38.7% c) pan, -.., Facilities 3 firms or 9.7% d) Lan. expansion 105 4-. Characteristics of the Community 9 firms or 29.0% a) Desirability of Community 7 firms or 22.6% b) Work Attitude of Individual Workers 1 firm or 3. 2"/o c) Proximity to Educational Institutions 4 firma or 12-. 9% d) Availability of Professionally & Technically Trained People e) Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor 30 firma or 32.3% f)' Availability of Special Types of Semi -skilled 3 firms or 9.7% Labor - 1 firm or 3.2% g) Community Attitude Toward Industry Based on the returns, the most important locational factor is the location of the salgs mar- ket with 41. 910 of the firms specifying thig factor; parking is second (38.7016), with avail- ability of labor and availability of special types of skilled labor also given priority by large number of firma. Ex ansion for Next Ten Years - by type and location - The expected effect of the sales mcre ase or t e next ten years ie indicated in Table 54. TABLE 54 PRINTING, PUBLISHING AND ALLIED INDUSTRIES FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTS FR OS FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES Saint Paul Sales Floor Degree of Expansion Volume Land Space Employment Expansion greater than 32.0% 16.1% 22.6% 22.6% 1947 - 1957 Expansion equal to 19.0% 3.2%. 9.7% 16.1% 1947 - 1957 Expansion less than 3. 201d 6.4% 9.7% 6.4% 1947 - 1957 16.1% 25.8% 25.8% 19.0% No Expansion Note: Percentages represent number of firma answering, as % of total reporting under this S.I.C. Group. _ 'Expansion within Saint Paul is anticipated by 45.2% of the firma reporting, within the Metropolitan area outside of Saint Paul by 16.1% and outside of the Metropolitan area by 9,7%. The location and type of expansion is shown in Table 55. TABLE 55 PER CENT DISTRIBUTION ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATION AND TYPE OF EXPANSION Saint Paul, 1957 In Saint Paul In Metro Area "Outside Metro. Area No. of New Utfliz. New Utihz. New Utthz. Firms Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. S.I.C. 27 tion Strut. tion Struc. tion .Strut. 5 100% 3 50% 50% 1 40% 60% 1 zoolo 80% 1 15% 85% 50% 1 50% 1 100% 25% 75 1 % 1 50% 50% 106 to Research - Research expenditures were reported by 15 firms (507c of those in the survey). The amount spent on research is indicated in Table 56-. TABLE 56 - PRINTING, PUBLISHING & ALLIED INDUSTRIES FIRMS REPORTING ENDITURES OF RESEARCH ( Saint Paul - 1957 No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly S.I.C. Group 27 Operating Cost No. Re- T. e- Per Cent Yearly Less More port- port- OperatingCost Than 5 to Than 10% in ink_ ax. Min. Av. 5% 10% Improve Present 14 45.2% 24.0% 0.3% 4.216 10 3 ,1 Products or Pro- . ceases32.3% 8 3% 0 4% 3.21a 8 2 0 Create New Prod- 10 . . ucts or Processes Uncommitted Sub- 4 12.9%- 8.311. 0.5% 3.3% 3 1 ject All Research 15 48.4% 10.0% 1.0% 6. 9% 7 6 2 Outlook - The Printing, Publishing and Allied industries are the largest single manufac- IturIng the Saint Paul manufctur em oy during 1958.y ThetTwi£ grup, constituting 17. 89/o n City Metropolitan area is a printing and publishingncenteplof nthet United States. Based on the 1950 Census figures, the local Printing and Publishing indus- try is comparable i�t size tublishin those fof books e•pe rtodi als, alendarse anew papers,oetc an-. sae City Missouri. Thep 8 constitutes a wide volume of products. Some firms appear to be quite well established, specializing in certain fields, and operating in the nation-wide market. Based on previous analyses, 72.7% of the employment in this industrial group is con- sidered export employment. Saint Paul displays a high concentration ratio of lassiclassi which is the highest concentration in any Saint Paul industry. This industry is - fied as fairly insensitive. The industry is also considered to be a slow-growing industry. The 1947-1958 trends indicate a decline of 5.5% in employment. This, together with the 2. 6% decline in valu,e- oreefor valuepadded�covers the sugests tperiod businesshat the 947 - 1954 only al Because ight tof a lack of the thene However, fig recent information, it is impossible to obtain the 1958 figures relative to value-added. Therefore, it is possible that there has been a recovery since 1954. On the other hand, __there were no changes in the number of establishments during the 1947 - 1958 period. Despite the slightly declining trend in the past, .the firms, themselves, anticipate in ..:eased business during the next decade. Questionnaire returns reveal that 42% of the .i:ms predict some kind of expansion to the end of 1960. Thirty-two per cent of the firma anticipate greater expansion for the next decade. However, 16. 1% -of the firms stated ...it they will not expand during the next ten years. Among those anticipating expansion .nar Alexandetsson - "The Industrial Structure of American Cities." 107 by new construction, 16,.1% anticipate all of it in Saint Paul and the remainder anticipate construction partially in Saint Paul and partially outside of Saint Paul. A tendency exists to move part of the. operation from Saint Paul to other parts of the Metropolitan area. General research expenditures are made by 48.4% of the firms, and most important, 13016 of the firms reveal expenditures ranging from -Q. 5% to 8.25% of their yearly operating expense for research on uncommitted subjects. This kind of research reflects a far- sighted attitude, and usually is instrumental in adding new products to production lines in tune with technological changes. The density ratios obtained from the questionnaires revealed relatively high densities: 379 square feet per. employee and 107 employees per acre. This industry represents the third highest employee per acre density among the manufacturing groups in Saint Paul. 28 - CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS Priaci al Products - Pharmaceuticals, cleaning compounds, detergents soap, bleach, coerce oTme ppermanent.waving kits, ammonium sulphate, oxygen, acetylene, nitro- gen compressed air, farm chemicals, fertilizer, anti -freeze, insecticides, ammonia, coal -tar, polishes, waxes, printing inks, paints, varnishes, lacquers. Number of Establishments - 1947 - 55 1958 - 47 Decrease, 1947 - 1958: 8 firms or -14.5% Market Sales - Distribution by Area Saint Paul Only g, J7% - Metropolitan Area except Saint Paul 14.21% State of Minnesota except Metro- - 14.51% politan Area United States exclusive of Mihnesota 61.96% Outside of United-Statbe .95% . 100--o-07. Employment- 1947 1,578 1958 - 1,831 Increase in employment 1947 - 1958: 253 employees or 16.0% Export Employment - 1,417 employees or 77.4% Principal Locational Factors - 25 firms reporting 1. Basic Production and Market Considerations a) Source of Material b) Location of Sales Market c) Availability of Labor 2. Cost of Operation a) Wage Rates b) Cost of Transportation c) Cost of Electric Power d) Cost of Industrial Fuel e) Local Taxes 3. Adequacy of Services a) Water Supply b) Sewage Disposal c) Parking Facilities d) Land for Expansion 108 4 firms or 24% 13 firms or 52% 7 firms or 28% 5 firms or 20% 7 firms or 28% 4 firms or 16% 2 firms or 8% 5 firms o; 20% None 1 firm or 4% 6 firms or 24% 2 firms or 8% .4. Characteristics of the Community - 4 firms or 16% a) Desirability of Community b) Work Attitude of Individual Workers 7 firms or 28% c) Proximity to Educational Institutidns - 1 firm or 4% d) Availability. of Professional and Technically 1 firm -or 4% Trained People - 1 firm or. 4% e) Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor f) Availability of Special Types of Semi -skilled 4 firms or 164/6 Labor g) Community Attitude Toward Industry 2 firms or 8% The most frequently noted factor was location of sales market, with 13 firms (or 52% of the firms reporting) specifying this as an important locational factor. However, 8 firma, or 32% of the number reporting, stated that neither the labor supply, location of sales mar- ket nor source of material constitute an important locational factor. Em ansion for Next Ten Years by type and location - The effect of the sales increase pre ict y reporting firma is shown in Table 57. Note: Percentages represent number of firms answering as per cent of total. TABLE 58 TABLE 57 CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS BY LOCATION AND TYPE OF EXPANSION FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTS FROM FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES Saint Paul, 1957 Saint Paul - 1957 In Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area' No, of Firms Sales Floor S.I.C. 28 Degree of Expansion Volume Land Space Employment Expansion greater than 64.0% 20.0% 40.0% 40.0% 1947 - 1957 Expansion equal to 12.0% 8.0% 8.0% 12.0% 1947 - 1957 Expansion less than 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100% 1947 - 1957 No Expansion 4.0% 12.0% 8.0% 4.0% Note: Percentages represent number of firms answering as per cent of total. TABLE 58 Sales volume expansion at a rate greater than that of the 1947 - 1957 period, anticipated. by 64% of the firma reporting, is expected to result in an equal rate of floor space and 109 PER CENT DISTRIBUTION ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATION AND TYPE OF EXPANSION Saint Paul, 1957 In Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area' No, of Firms New Utiliz. New UtifF.7 Now Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. .Construc- Utiliz. Exist, S.I.C. 28 tion Struc. tion Struc. tion Struc. 1 100% 4 100% 1 75% 45% 35% 20%a 1 100%a 2 I 100% I 1 100% 10% 40% 50% Sales volume expansion at a rate greater than that of the 1947 - 1957 period, anticipated. by 64% of the firma reporting, is expected to result in an equal rate of floor space and 109 employment expansion by 40% ofthefirms. Expansion equal to the 1947 - 1957 rate of both sales volume and employment is anticipated by 12% of the firms reporting, though none of the firms expect any form of expansion at a rate less than that of the preceding ten years. Physical expansion anticipated by half of the firms eeporting is shown by location and type in Table 58. Research -The type and extent of.research programs conducted by the Chemical industry s s own to Table 59. TABLE 59 CHEMICALS AND ALLIED PRODUCTS FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul - 1957 a • No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as %. of Yearly S. 1. C. Grou 28 Operations Cost No. Re- e- Per Cent Yearly Less port- port- Operating Cost Than 5 to More .ing ing_ ux—FCtn. _ Av. 596 1096 Than 10% Improve Present 15 60.0% 25.6%. 0.4%. 4.6% 12 1 2 Products or Pro- cesses Create New Prod- 16 64.0% 9.0%. 0.3% 3.4% 9 7 0 ucts or Processes Uncommitted Sub- 10 40.0% 3.7% 0.1% 1. 1% 10 0 0 ject All Research 17 68.0% 32.0% 1.0%. 8.2% 7 8 3 Funds amounting - to an average of 8.2% of operating costa are committed to some form of general research by 68% of the Chemical industry firms surveyed. Research programs designed to improve present products and processes and programs to create new products and processes share these funds almost equally, though the larger financial committment is for the former type of program. None of the firms spend more than 9. 0% of annual operating costs to create new products or processes. Programs of uncommitted subject research are•conducted by a comparatively large percentage of the firms in this industry, accounting for an average expenditure of 1. 1% of yearly operating costs. Outlook - This manufacturing group constitutes 4.2%. of the total Saint Paul manufacturing employment. According to the 1950 Census, the Twin City Metropolitan area is compar- able in size of Chemical industry employment to Kansas City, Houston, Nashville, and Detroit. The Chemical industry of this City is widely diversified and produces various products, varying from ink for printing industries to fertilizers. (See Principal Pro- ducts). The concentration index is 119.6%. which is 19.6% above the United States index. In generals the Chemical industry is rated as a fast-growing industry. Large-scale en- terprises are characteristicof this industry. This is readily apparent in that most im- portant firms are either subsidiaries of big nation-wide firms or they have widely located subsidiaries of their own. The Chemical industry in Saint Paul is oriented toward the products which can be trans- ported long distances (such as cosmetics, drugs, bleaches, plastics and synthetic resins, printing inks etc.) or the products that can be used in the region such as fertilizers, in - 110 dustrial gases, etc. I The river transportation afforded by the City has some bearing on the location of the fertilizer plants of Saint Paul on the banks of the Mississippi River. The Chemical industry in general is considered to have an average cyclical sensitivity. It has a relatively high export ratio with 77.49E of its employment considered exportem- ployment. The trends indicate a tendency toward a smaller number of firms, though the firm size is larger. This is apparent in the 1947 - 1958 trends when number of establishments de- creased by 14.5% while the total employment increased by 16%. Because of the nature of this industry, a good proportion of operating funds is being spent on research. Each year, 68% of the firms spent from 1% to 32% of their yearly operating cost on research; of these firms 40% spent a sum varying from 0. 1% to 3.7% of their year- ly operating cost for research on uncommitted subjects. But emphasis in given mainly to research to improve present products or processes or to create new products or pro- cesses. This indicates Saint Paul firms are keeping pace with the technological changes taking place in the Chemical industry. This industry averages relatively low employment densities. The analysis based on sur- vey questionnaires reveals an average of 652.8 square feet of floor space per employee and 36.4 employees per acre of land occupied. 29 - PETROLEUM AND COAL PRODUCTS Principal Products - Compounding and blending oils, asphaltic -mix products, gas, heat - mg o s, greases, asphalt -roofing products. Number of Establishments - 1947 - 7 1958 - 7 No change in number of establishments,. 1947 - 1958 Market Sales - % Distribution by Area Saint. Paul Only 11.7290 Metropolitan Area, excluding Saint Paul 15'.03% State of Minnesota, excluding Metro- - 7.24% politan Area . United States, excluding State of Minnesota 57.65% Outside of United States 8.36% lbb�d9li Employment - 1947 - 423 1958,- 148 Decrease in employment 1947 - 1958: 274 employees or -64.8% Export Employment - 109 employees or 73. 3% of total employment under this group I See "The Industrial Structure of American Cities" - Gunnar Alexandersson - 1956, Map 13.- "From a locational point of view the industry can be divided into. light and heavy chemical manufacturing. Heavy or industrial chemicals (sulphuric acid, soda, ash, caustic soda, chlorine and ammonia), selling at a low price relative to weight and bulk, cannot carry the costs of long transportation. They are manufactured near sources of raw materials or in port cities in the market areas. Light chemical industries, exempli- fied by pharmaceutical preparations make expensive products relative to weight and can locate themselves with regard to the national market." Pthe av rinci al Locational Factors - 2 firms reporting - With only two firms reporting, it is cites mposs a to raw any genera! eonclueione. Oae firm oat of o onlration, such atty of e wage labor, while the other -stresses those factors related to c.. P rates, local taxes, and cost of transportation, fuel and electric power. Also noted by thisfirm;were several factors related to community, characteristicsandadequacy of ser- vices. Ex aneion.fov Next Ten Years by type and location - The expansion of sales volume in o are to expecte to attatn a rate greater than that of the 1947 - 1957 period. Physical expansion is expected to occur not only in Saint Paul but in the Metropolitan area as well. All of Saint Paul expansion is expected to be in the form of new construction rather than increased utilization of existing structures. Research - Expenditures for research were reported by one of the two respondent. firms. is amounted to 1% of total"operating costs, and 40%was ce new loced in the followiucts og manner: an processes; 50% to improve present products or processes;reat and the remaining 10% to support programs uncommitted to specific problems. Outlook - The Petroleum and Coal Products industry constituted 0. 30b of the total manu- acturing employment in 1958. "lost of the firms in Saint Paul are branch operations of nation-wide companies, locally producing a limited number of products. This group is nationally rated as a fast-growing industry, though in Saint Paul it may be considered as slow-growing. The Saint Paul Petroleum and Coal Products industry has a low concentration index of 33.8% (1000/6 for the United States). Though the number of es- tablishments remained constant, employment .declined by 64.8% during the period from 1947 to 1958. _ Generally, the Petroleum and Coal industry is a bulk industry that occupies relatively large space and has low proportional employment. Density ratios are 664.89 square feet of floor space per employee and 4.4 employees per acre of land used. Some oil r pro duction is carried on in this area at the Pine Bend refinery, south of Saint Paul, g crude oil shipped by pipeline from Canadian oil fields, However, oil refining is oris rated primarily to local needs, and the supplying of the production needs of local firms such as those noted in the "Principal Products" section of this summary. 30 - RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS Principal Products - Included in those listed for 5.1. C. 39, "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere r to lase nsus ureau "esuta"1 eoments "Itn tats grhas included oupimpossible Census h S.I.C. gro p 39, ,Misc,lane usaManufact- ,uring" industries. Market Sales = Distribution by Area Saint Paul Only 18.79% Metropolitan Area, excluding Saint Paul 18.66% State of Minnesota, excluding Metro- 7.65% politan Area United States, excluding State of Minnesota 54.90% Outside of United States 0.00% tE a gro p nn thenCCensus l StI.0 eG oup 39, The Manufacturing" i duemployment in sty es Export Employment - 62.5% of total employment in this industry Principal Locational Factors -8 firms reporting 1. Basic Production and Market Considerations 112 a) Location of sales market 2 firms or 25% b) Availability of Labor 3 firma or 39% 2. Cost of Operation , a) Wage Rates 1 firm or 1396 b) Cost of Transportation 2 firms or 25% c) Cost of Electric Power 1 firm or 13% d) Local Taxes 1 firm or 13% 3. Adequacy of Services _ a) Water Supply 2 firms or 25%. b) Sewage Disposal - 1 firm or 13%u c) Adequacy of Electric Power 2 firms or 25% d) Parking Facilities 2 firms or 25416 4. Characteristics of the. Community a) Desirability of Community l firm or 139E b) Work Attitude of Individual Workers 2 firms or 25% c) Availability of Technically & Professionally 2 firms or 25%u Trained People d) Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor 2 firms or 259. e) Availability of Special Types of Semi -skilled 1 firm or 1310 Labor f) Community Attitude TowardIndustry1 firm or 13% Availability of labor is considered an important locational factor by the largest number of firms reporting. Such factors as location of sales market-, cost of transportation, water supply, adequacy of electric power, parking facilities, and the availability of par- ticular types of labor were all rated as being important to location. , Wage rates, cost of electric power, local taxes, and sewage disposal were considered to be of lesser import- ance. Expansion for Next Ten Years - by type and location - The anticipated effect of expansion PT nae an increase o sales volume in the next ten years is shown in Table 60. TABLE 60 '05 IFIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTS FROM FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS. Saint Paul - 1957 Sales Floor -Degree of Expansion Volume Land Space Employment Expansion greater than 50.0% 12.5% 25.0% 50.0% 1947 - 1957 Expansion equal to 12.5% 0.0% 12.5% 12.5% 1947 - 1957 Expansion less than 12.5% 0.0% 0.0% 12.5% 1947 - 1957 _ No Expansion 12.5% 25.0% 12.5%u 0.0% ` Note: Percentages represent number of firms reporting, as per- cent of total reporting under this S. I. C. group. Of the 8 firms reporting, 3 expect 100% of their expansion to he located in Saint Paul; 12.5% anticipate new construction and 25.0% anticipate utilization of existing structures to bethe means of achieving this expansion. All of their expansion in the form of new construction outside of the Metropolitan area is anticipated by 12.5% of the firms. Research - The per cent of firms reporting research expenditures by the type of research 113 is shown in Table 61. TABLE 61 RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul - 1957 Five firms, or 62.5% of the firms reporting in this group, report expenditures for re- search, 5 firms report expenditures on research to improve their present products or processes, and 4 firms, or 5096, report expenditures on research to create new products or processes. None of the firms allocate any of their operating cost to research on un- committed subjects. Outlook - Because of the limited scope of this industry, the trends are included in those oT S .Z. Group 39, "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified." 31 - LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS Principal Products - Included in those listed for S. 1. C. 39, "Manufacturers Not Else - w ere ae sifted." - - Number of Establishments - Impossible to determine. The Census Bureau has included esta is ment to tui, group in the Census S.I.C. Group 39, "Miscellaneous Manufac- turing" industries. - Market Sales- Distribution by Area Saint Paul Only _ 19.87% Metropolitan Area, exluding Saint Paul 10.10% State of Minnesota, excluding Metro- 7.70%. politan Area United States, excluding State of Minnesota 61.13% ,. Outside of United States 1.20% �'% Employment - impossible to determine. The Census Bureau has included employment iwthis group in the Census S.I.C. Group 39, "Miscellaneous Manufacturing" industries. Export Employment - 70.03% of total employment in this industry. 114 Na Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly Group 30 - Operating Cost, o. e- e- Per Gent Yearly. Less Kind of port- port- OGerating Co at Than 5 to More Research in&_ ing Max. Min. Av. 5% 1076 Than 10% Improve Present 5 62.5% 10.0% 0.4% 3.3% 4 1 0 Products or Pro- cesses Create New Prod- 4 50.0% 4.3% 0.3% 2.7% 4 0 0 ucts or Processes Uncommitted Sub- 0 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0 0 0 ject All Research 5 62.5% 10.0% 3.0% 5.4% 2 3 0 Five firms, or 62.5% of the firms reporting in this group, report expenditures for re- search, 5 firms report expenditures on research to improve their present products or processes, and 4 firms, or 5096, report expenditures on research to create new products or processes. None of the firms allocate any of their operating cost to research on un- committed subjects. Outlook - Because of the limited scope of this industry, the trends are included in those oT S .Z. Group 39, "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified." 31 - LEATHER AND LEATHER PRODUCTS Principal Products - Included in those listed for S. 1. C. 39, "Manufacturers Not Else - w ere ae sifted." - - Number of Establishments - Impossible to determine. The Census Bureau has included esta is ment to tui, group in the Census S.I.C. Group 39, "Miscellaneous Manufac- turing" industries. - Market Sales- Distribution by Area Saint Paul Only _ 19.87% Metropolitan Area, exluding Saint Paul 10.10% State of Minnesota, excluding Metro- 7.70%. politan Area United States, excluding State of Minnesota 61.13% ,. Outside of United States 1.20% �'% Employment - impossible to determine. The Census Bureau has included employment iwthis group in the Census S.I.C. Group 39, "Miscellaneous Manufacturing" industries. Export Employment - 70.03% of total employment in this industry. 114 Princi al Loeatioaal Factors - With four firms replying to the questionnaires, one firm o ionto psr g ac tae to be a locational factor. E nasion for Next Ten Years - by type and location - Expansion of sales at a rate great- er ran at o- s anticipated by one firm, or 25% of those reporting. This firm also reported.an anticipated expansion in land and floor space equal to their expan- - sion from 1947 to 1957, and employment expansion less than the 1947 - 1957 rate. Expan- sion entirely in newconstruction in the Metropolitan area is expected by 25% of the firms, while another 25% of the firms expect their expansion to be located outside of the Metro- . politan area. - Research - Research expenditures amounting to 3% of yearly operating costs were re- - port— e�F-one firm, or 25% of those reporting. Of this 3%. 25% was allocated to improve present products or processes, and.7596 was used to create new products or processes. A second firm reported spending 15% of their operating costs to improve present products or processes. Outlook - Because of the limited scope of this industry, the trends are included in those 013T.C. Group 39, "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified." 32 - STONE, CLAY AND GLASS PRODUCTS Principal Products - Sand, gravel, crushed rock, veneer stone, brick, ceramic tile, concre obi—cke, concrete joints, ready -mix concrete,.terrazzo,tile, marble and cement floors, coated abrasives, monuments, mausoleums, altars, statuary, safety glass, ther- mopane, auto window -glass. Number of Firms - 1947 - 21 - 1958 - 26 Increase 1947. - 1958: 5 firms or 23.8% Maet Salee - Distribution by Area Saint Paul Only 50.12% Metropolitan Area, excluding Saint Paul 31.27% State of Minnesota, excluding Metro- 13.949E politan Area United States,. excluding State of Minnesota 1 4.65% Outside of United States 0.02% TS8_.T090 Employment - 1947 - 1,148 1958 -2,234 Increase in employment, 1947 - 1958: 1,086 employees or 94.6% Export Employment - 416 employees, or 18.6% Principal Locational Factors - 10 firms reporting 1. Basic Production and Market Considerations a) Source of Materials 6 firms or 60.0% b) • Location of Sales Market 9 firms or 90.0% c) Availability of Labor 1 firm or 10.0% 2. Cost of Operation a) Wage Rates 1 firm or 10.0% b) Cost of Transportation 4 firms or 40.0% c) Cost of Electric Power - 1 firm or 10.0%- d) Local Taxes 4 firms or 40.0% 3. Adequacy of Services a) Water Supply 2 firms or 20.0% 115 .b) SewageDisposal - 1 firm or 10.0% 2 firms or 20.0%. e) Adequacy of Electric Power - 2 firms or 20.09E d) Parking Facilities. 4 firms or 40.0%. e) Land for Expansion IN SALES 4. Characteristics of the Community 1 firm or 10.0% a) Desirability of Community b) Work,Attitude of Individual Workers 2 firms or 20.0% C) Proximity to Educational Institutions of Professionally k. Technically 1 firm or 10.096 : 1 firm or 10.0% d) Availability Trained People Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor 1 firm or 10.096 e) f) Availability of Special Types of Semi -skilled 1 firm or 10.096 Labor g) Community Attit0 Toward Industry 3 firma or 30.096 Location of the sales market s noted by 90.0%. of the firms as being a major locational to be important by a large percentage of factor. Source of material also was considered Such factors as land for expansions local taxes, and cost of. transportation the firms. were noted by the third largest number of firms (40.0%). 20.096 Expansion for Next Ten Years - by type and location - In Table 62 the type and degree of expansion i• a own. 10.0% TABLE 62 STONE, CLAY AND GLASS PRODUCTS RESULTS FUTURE REUULT- INCREASE IN SALES FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED Saint � Sales Floor Degree of. Expansion Volume Land Space Employment Expansion greater than. 30.0% 10.0% .10.0% 20.0% 1947 - 1957 Expansion equal to 60.0% 10.0% 0.09. 30.090 1947 - 195710.096 Expansion less than 10.0.% 20.0% 20.096 1947 - 1957 No Expansion 0.0% 10.0% 10.0% 0.0% 0 TABLE 63 PER CENT DISTRIBUTION ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATION AND TYPE OF EXPANSION Saint Paul, 1957 In Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area No. of New ttltz. ew tz. ew hlaz. Firms , Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. Construc. Exist. S.I.C. 32 tion Struc. Cion Strac. tion Struc. 1 1096 70% 2096 1 10% 40% 100% 40% 1 2 6090 70% 1 30%1 116 y sixty per cent of the firms reporting anticipate expansion of sales volume in dollars to equal that of the 1947 - 1957 period, while 30.0%.expect sales volume to increase at a rate greater than that of the 1947 - 1958 period. Employment expansion equal to 1947 - 1957 is expected by 30.0% of the firms, whereas 20.0% expect expansion of employment to be greater than 1947 - 1957. Expansion over the next ten years in Saint Paul is planned by 4 firms or 40.0% of those reporting; 6 firma or 60.0% plan expansion in the Saint Paul -Minneapolis Metropolitan area (exclusive of Saint Paul) and 1 firm (10.0%) plans expansion in the area outside of the Saint Paul -Minneapolis Metropolitan area. The location,by type, of this anticipated expansion is shown in Table 63. Research - The per cent of firms reporting research expenditures by kind of research in. 900 7701 is shown in Table 64. Ninety per cent of the firms answering the questionnaires .reported some allocation of operating costs to the conducting of research. Four firms spent more than 5% of their funds for research with a maximum of 18% being reported. The emphasis of the research conducted by this industry is on creating new products and processes rather than on the improvement of present products. An average of 3.5%. of their operating costs are allocated by 80.0% of the firms to research in this field. Ad- ditionally, 30.0% of the firms commit up to 1.8% of their operating costs for research on uncommitted subjects. Outlook -This manufacturing group constitutes 5.1% of the total manufacturing employ - me'— at i—Saint Paul. This industry exhibits a fairly high concentration index of 204. 1% (U. S. 100%). It has been growing rapidly and is classified, "highly sensitive." The major products of this industry include articles used either in industry to contain or transport products such as glass carboys, or items that are used in construction such as materials for concrete production, bricks, blocks, etc., or abrasives used in industry in production of other goods. The industry indicates growth in every aspect. During the period of 1947 - 1958, the number of establishments grew by 23.8% and employment by 94.6%; more indicative, value-added per employee grew by 10.2% which, when coupled with the establishment and employment increases, signifies the substantial growth of -the industry. 117 TABLE 64 STONE, CLAY AND GLASS PRODUCTS FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul - 1957 •• No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly S. f. C. Group 32 Operations Cost _ No—. Re- e- Per Cent YearlyLess O era tfn Cost Than 5 to More port- port- n• 5°1u L0% Than 1096 in Ing. _ax• �• Improve Present 8 80.0% 12.6% 0.05% 3.2% 6 - 1 1 Products or Pro- cesses Create New Prod- -3.5% 8 80.0% 9.0°k 0.05% 6 2 0 ucts or Processes1.8% Uncommitted Sub -,3 30.0% O. Sok 0.9°1. 3 0 0 ject All Research 9 90.0%. 18.0%. 1.096 6.2% 5 2 2 Ninety per cent of the firms answering the questionnaires .reported some allocation of operating costs to the conducting of research. Four firms spent more than 5% of their funds for research with a maximum of 18% being reported. The emphasis of the research conducted by this industry is on creating new products and processes rather than on the improvement of present products. An average of 3.5%. of their operating costs are allocated by 80.0% of the firms to research in this field. Ad- ditionally, 30.0% of the firms commit up to 1.8% of their operating costs for research on uncommitted subjects. Outlook -This manufacturing group constitutes 5.1% of the total manufacturing employ - me'— at i—Saint Paul. This industry exhibits a fairly high concentration index of 204. 1% (U. S. 100%). It has been growing rapidly and is classified, "highly sensitive." The major products of this industry include articles used either in industry to contain or transport products such as glass carboys, or items that are used in construction such as materials for concrete production, bricks, blocks, etc., or abrasives used in industry in production of other goods. The industry indicates growth in every aspect. During the period of 1947 - 1958, the number of establishments grew by 23.8% and employment by 94.6%; more indicative, value-added per employee grew by 10.2% which, when coupled with the establishment and employment increases, signifies the substantial growth of -the industry. 117 By nature, it is not an export industry. During 1958, only 18.6% of the employment was classified as export employment with 81.4% of the employment dependent on sales within the Metropolitan area. The Stone, Clay and Glass industry of Saint Paul is oriented large- ly toward the .supply of building material and, therefore, will be influenced substantially. by growth in the construction industry of the Metropolitan area. u sources of supply re- main abundant and construction, both building and highway, continues to expand, the past growth in this industry may be expected to. continue. Research programs are conducted by go% of the firms reporting, with emphasis being placed on research to improve present products or processes. According to the survey, at least three firms spent from 0.4%, to 1.8% of their yearly operating expenses on re- search on uncommitted subjects. Nine firms out of 10 reporting stated an average expen- diture of 6.2% of.their annual operating expense for general research. The employment densities for this industrial group are 439 square feet of floor apace per employee and 13.4 employees per acre. Relative to future expansion, the firms them- selves anticipate a bright future. Responses to the questionnaires showed that 30% of the firms anticipate sales expansion greater than 1947 - 1957 during the next decade, 60% of the firms anticipate sales expansion during the next decade to be equal to the 1947 - 1957 period, and only 10% of the firms anticipate less sales expansion. 33 - PRIMARY METALS Principal Products - Malleable iron and castings, brass, bronze and aluminum castings, Iron caul castings, chilled industrial wheels, railroad -car wheels, grey iron castings, gears, reinforcing bars, plumbers' brass faucets, water hydrants, coke. Number of Firms - 1947 13 1958 - 16 _ Increase 1947 - 1958: 3 firms or 23. 1% Market Sales - Distribution by Area 1 firm or 8.3% Saint Paul' Only Metropolitan Area, excluding Saint Paul 29.56%. 48.98%. State of Minnesota, excluding Metro- 6.91% politan Area United States, excluding State of Minnesota 10.00 Outside of United States 100.00 Employment - 1947 - 743 e) 1958 - 726 Decline in employment, 1947 - 1958: 17 employees or -2. 3% Export Employment - 156 employees or 21.5% Principal Locational Factors - 12 firms reporting 1. Basic Production and Market Considerations 2 firms or 16.7% a) Source of Material 7 firma or 58.3% b) Location of Sales Market 5 firms or 41.7% C) Availability of Labor Z. Cost of operation 1 firm or 8.3% a) b) Wage Rates Cost of Transportation 1 firm or 8.3% 1 firm or 8.3% c) Cost of Electric Power 2 firms or 16.7% d) Cost of Industrial Fuel 2 firms or 16.7% e) Local Taxes 118 3. Adequacy of Services a) Water Supply 4 firms or 33.3% b) Sewage Disposal 3 firms or 25.0% c) Adequacy of Electric Power 2 firms or 16.7% d) Parking Facilities - e) Land'for Expansion - _ 2 firms or. 16.7% 4. Characteristics of the Community a) Work Attitude of Individual Workers 1 firm or 8.3% _ b) Proximity to Educational Institutions 1 firm or 8.3% c) Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor 2 firms or 16.7% d) Availability of Special Types of Semi -skilled 1 firm or 8.3% Labor e) Community Attitude Toward Industry 1 firm or 8.3% Of the 12 firms reporting, 7 (or 58. 3%) indicated location of sales market as the most im- portant locational factor with availability of labor being specified by the second largest number of firms (41.7%). Water supply, sewage disposal and adequacy of electric power were closely ranked as third most important. E nasion for Next Ten Years - by type and location - In Table 65 the type and degree of expansion s is icate . TABLE 66 PERCENTDISTRIBUTION ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATION AND TYPE OF EXPANSION Saint Paul, 1957 " In Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area No. of New Ututz. New Utiliz. Now Utiliz. Firms Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. S. I. C. 33 tion Struc. tion Struc. tion Struc. 3 100% 1 50% 50% 1 100% 1 25% 75% Six firms or 50% of those reporting expect expansion of sales volume in dollars to exceed the increase rate of the 1947 to 1957 period. This higher sales increase rate is expected to result in equally high expansion of land and employment by 25% of the firms, though 119 TABLE 65 PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTS FROM FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES Saint Paul - 1957 - Sales Floor Degree of Expansion Volume Land Space Employment Expansion greater thaf-' 50.0% 25.0% 16.6% 1 25.0% ' 1947 - 1957 Expansion equal to 16.6% 0.0% 16.6% 25.0% 1947 - 1957 Expansion leis than 0.0% 8.396 16.6% 8.3% 1947 -•1957 No Expansion - 16.6% 8.3% 8.3% 8.3% TABLE 66 PERCENTDISTRIBUTION ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATION AND TYPE OF EXPANSION Saint Paul, 1957 " In Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area No. of New Ututz. New Utiliz. Now Utiliz. Firms Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. S. I. C. 33 tion Struc. tion Struc. tion Struc. 3 100% 1 50% 50% 1 100% 1 25% 75% Six firms or 50% of those reporting expect expansion of sales volume in dollars to exceed the increase rate of the 1947 to 1957 period. This higher sales increase rate is expected to result in equally high expansion of land and employment by 25% of the firms, though 119 floor space increases at this rate are expected,by only 16.6% of the firms. ten ears within Saint Six firms, or .5090 of the firms reporting. aexpansionPlin the Saint Pauansion in the l` Minneapolis Metropoli- Paul, whereas. two firms or 16.6% p tan area; one firm or S.3% expects expansion to occur outside of the Saint Paul -Minneapo- lis Metropolitan area. In Table 66 is shown the location and type of expansion planned by the. various Primary Metals firms in the City. Research - The per cent of firms reporting expenditures for research by type, is shown Allocation of funds to some type of general research is made by 8 firma, or 66.7% of those reporting. The emphasis of the research is on improving present proof their opcts or er- ating pro- cesses. with 58.3%. of the firms in this group spending an average of 5.7% P ating expenses for this type of research. One firm reported spending more than 10% to improve present products. Only 2590 of the firms allocate funds to create new products or processes, amounting town average expenditure of 3.9% of operating funds. Uncom- mitted research is almost wholly lacking in this industry, with only 1 firm reporting an expenditure of 0.3% for this type of research program. Outlook -This industrial group to 1.7% of Saint Paul's total manufacturing indus- try employment. It is a locally -oriented industry, with only 21.59E of its employment classified as export employment. Over 78% of its sales are made within the Metropolitan s a supplier of primary metals to the area, demonstrating the function of this industry a local Metal Fabricating industries. during the 1947 - 1958 period declined by 2. 3% though the number of estab- Employment lishments increased by 23. 1%. This relationship illustrates a trend toward a larger num- ber of establishments though they tend to be smaller in size; during 1958 there was an av- erage of 45 employees per firm. The Primary Metal industry generally tends to stay in close proximity to the Fabricated Metal industry. When it is a major operation in its own right, proximity to raw materials and the big urban centers' scrap sources gain more importance. But in Saint Paul's case, the suppliers are local in character and tend to remain under the influence of local economy. 120 TABLE 67 PRIMARY METAL INDUSTRIES REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES f FIRMS- BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul - 1957 No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on.Re- search as % of Yearly S.1.C. Group 33 O eratin Cost No. Per Cent Yearly Operating Cost ass Than 5 to More port- port- port- 5% 5'ye 10% Than 109e i_.�--- ice- M_x• in. — Improve Present 7 58.3%. 13.5%. 0.5% 5.7% 2 4 1 Products or Pro- . ceases3 Create New Prod- 25.0% 10.0% 0.5% 3.9% 2 1� 0 ucts or Processes8 3% 0.390 0.39e 0.396 1 0 0 Uncommitted Sub- l ject A11 Research g 66.7% 15.0%. 1.0% 6.5% 2 5 t Allocation of funds to some type of general research is made by 8 firma, or 66.7% of those reporting. The emphasis of the research is on improving present proof their opcts or er- ating pro- cesses. with 58.3%. of the firms in this group spending an average of 5.7% P ating expenses for this type of research. One firm reported spending more than 10% to improve present products. Only 2590 of the firms allocate funds to create new products or processes, amounting town average expenditure of 3.9% of operating funds. Uncom- mitted research is almost wholly lacking in this industry, with only 1 firm reporting an expenditure of 0.3% for this type of research program. Outlook -This industrial group to 1.7% of Saint Paul's total manufacturing indus- try employment. It is a locally -oriented industry, with only 21.59E of its employment classified as export employment. Over 78% of its sales are made within the Metropolitan s a supplier of primary metals to the area, demonstrating the function of this industry a local Metal Fabricating industries. during the 1947 - 1958 period declined by 2. 3% though the number of estab- Employment lishments increased by 23. 1%. This relationship illustrates a trend toward a larger num- ber of establishments though they tend to be smaller in size; during 1958 there was an av- erage of 45 employees per firm. The Primary Metal industry generally tends to stay in close proximity to the Fabricated Metal industry. When it is a major operation in its own right, proximity to raw materials and the big urban centers' scrap sources gain more importance. But in Saint Paul's case, the suppliers are local in character and tend to remain under the influence of local economy. 120 selisitive. The This industry100% is classified is area it capable of supporting more firms of this nature dex, w (U.S. - 10096). indicates this o At present, the industry consists of coke production, ferreous and non-ferreousmeo�dustry smelters, and the production of non-ferre =semployeesand40 employees . Relative to er acre of land averages 425 square feet of floor space per area used. UCTS Except Ordnance, Machinery k Transportation 34 - FABRICATED METAL PROD Equipment. Princi al Products e - Heating ducts, awnings, marking devices, hand tools, cans. forged w re ropaccessories, chromium plated metalware, boiler jjaackeettsv prair cleane,s* plumb- ing supplies, steel drums and pails, boilers, tanks, Po eel springs, steel stairs, furnaces, wire cloth, aflos, metal culverts, structural steel, alu- minum storm windows and doors, fire and elevator doors and frames, hardware special- ties. Number of Firms - 1947 - 46 1958 - 63 Increase 1947 - 1958: 17 firms or 37.0% Market Sales - Distribution by Area Saint Paul Only 20.89'1. Metropolitan Area - 8.36% State of Minnesota 16.49% United States 51.64%. Outside of United States 2.62%. Employment - 1947 - 2,578 1958 - 3,137 1947 - 1958: 559 employees or 21.7% Increase in employment Expo It Employment - Z,220 employees, or 70.896 Principal Locational Factors - 37 firms reporting 1. Basic Production and Market Considerations 9 firms or Z4.3% a) Source of M{terial 14 firms or 37.8% b) Location of Sales Market 14 firms or 37.8%. c) Availability of Labor 2. Coot of Operation 4 firths or 10.8% a) Wage Rates 10 firms or Z7.0% b) Cost of Transportation 3 firms or S. 1%s c) Cost of. Electric Power 6 firms or 16. Z% d) Cost of Industrial Fuel 5 firms or 13.5%. e) Local Taxes 3. Adequacy of Services M1 7 firms or 18.9%. a) Water Supply 6 firma or 16.2%. b) Sewage Disposal to firms or 27.0% Adequacy of Electric Power 7 firms or 18.9% d) Parking Facilities C) 4 firms or 10.8%. e) Land for Expansion 4. Characteristics of the Community 9 firms or 24. 3% a) Desirability of Community 10 firms or 27.0%. b). Work Attitude of Individual Workers 1Z1 c) Availability of Professionally t Technically 6 firms or 16.2%., , Trained People d) Availability of Special Types. of. Skilled Labor 9firms or 24.3%, e) Availability of Special Types of Semi -skilled 4 firms or 10.8% Labor f) Community Attitude Toward Industry f 4 firms or 10.8%. Noone factor was cited by a preponderant number of firms though location of sales mar- ket and availability of labor were the two locational factors considered by the largest num- ber of firms, 37.8% of those reporting. Cost of transportation, adequacy of electric pow - or, and work attitude of individual workers were regarded important by the second larg- est number (27.0%) of firms reporting. Nine firms, or 24. 3% of the firms reporting,, listed source of material, .desirability of community, and availability of special types of skilled labor. - TABLE 68• FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTS FROM FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES Saint Paul 1957 Sales Floor Degree of Expansion . - Volume Land Space Employment Expansion greater than 54.19E 10.8% 24.3% 35.1% 1947 - 1957 Expansion equal to 5.4% 2.7% 5.4% 2.7% 1947 - 1957 Expansion less than 8.1% 13.5% 10.8% 13.5%i 1947 - 1957 No Expansion 10.8% 18.9% 18.9% 10.8% A sales volume increase rate greater than that of the 1947 - 1957 period, anticipated by 54. 1% of the firms, is expected to result in equally great employment increases by 35. 1% of the firms. However, only 24. 3% and 10.8% of the firms expect increases in floor space and land area respectively to match the rate of sales increase. Interestingly, either no expansion, or expansion at a lower rate than the 1947 - 1957 period, is expected TABLE 69 l22 - PER CENT DISTRIBUTION ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATION AND TYPE OF EXPANSION Saint Paul, 1957 In Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area No. of Firms New t s. New tiliz. Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. New Construc- ttM. Exist. S.I.C. 34 tion Struc. tion Struc. tion Struc. 6 100% 2 50% 50% 4 100% 100% 3 100%. 1 1 10% 90% 1 50� 4596 1 1096% 15%. 25%. 25% 10%.. 15% 1 15% 25%. 1096 3.0%a So9< 50%. 1 l22 by a larger percentage of firms than those who expect expansion to equal the 1947 - 1957 rates. Eighteen firm,, or 48.6% of the firms reporting, anticipate expansion during the next ten rea (exclusive of Saint Paul) and 10 years in the Saint Paule -Minneapolis Mio �onkto take plaeeetropolitan sotside of the Saint Paul - Minneapolis firms, or 27:090, expect . .area. The location and type of anticipated expansion is shown in Table 69. Research - In Table 70, the per cent of firms reporting expenditures on research by type o research and as per cent of their total operating costs may be seen. TABLE 70 FABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul - 1957 No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly S. L C. Gro -T. 34 Operating Cost o e- a e- Per Cent Yearly Less port- port- O ti Cost Than 5 to More jug ing M_x. tn• v. . s% 1090 Than 1090 Improve Present 19 51.4°/; 30.09. 1.0% 4.8% 13 5 1 ' products or Pro- cesses 48.790 25.0%, 0.286 5.5% 11 4 Create New Prod- IS 0 ucts or Processes;, 2% 0.390 1.990 4 0 Uncommitted Sub- 4 10.8% ject All Research 23, 62.Z% 30.0% 1.09k 8.590 7 10 6 Research was conducted by 62.2% of ttie firms in this field, with an average expenditure, of their amounting to 8.5% of their annual operating lost; products or processes asrms spent more than �the most costs on research. Research to improve P rtion of operating expenses was prevalent type conducted. though alarger averagepo spent on research designed to create now products or oriented toward croceOftgo Mor re tion0of new pro - operating costs was allocated by 3 firms top g oriented ted tot were conducted by only ducts. Programs of research uncommitted to any spa 10.8% of the firms, with 1.9% of operating costs being their average financial com- mittment toward this type of research. ed 7. 1% of the total manufacturing employment of Saint Outlook -This industry constitutit products de "Principal �gLThe distribution pattern ofthis industry throughout are machinery orvehic e t the United States was similar to that of Primary Metal. and Machinery industries. The highest concentration is in the northeastern industrial belt from Boston to Chicago. In Lee can be. compared with centers such as Kansas City, size of employment the Twin Cit Houston, Louisville, Cincinnati, and Columbus. Actuaily- significant concentrations ties.nsas Cit Chicago and We we forminat -south line, are the las sens tive aThe t on index of11s rated as 46 5% represents aihigher con entration than ng in Saint Paand highlin theUnited States n as a whole (U. S. 10090). 123 he 8 Y by 21.7%.rod Past trends confirm the classification of this industry as fast-growing. Duringhtrouc of establishments andemployment, l0 ee raised 1958 period, the number of establishments raw b 37%. and the employment in addition to the increase in bath number period; value-added per emp to County tivity ratio also indicates gains duringthe same pe by 32.0%s.in Saint Paul, substantially exceeding the gains registered by liennep' Y and the State (see Table 36). this probably is Increases in employment are of a lesser magnitude than the increase 1II�of 50 employees Increalishmeses in Bugg' that employment -wise, firmether r waetan getting smaller; due to the increase in productivity. As of 1958,. per establishment. of it is rated as export ort industry s The industry caince 70._89'. n be considered as an exp Metropolitan area. employment., depending on sales made outside of the Metrop this industry uses 652 square feet of floor -space p roxi- Relative to density of employees. In land area, the ratio is app employee or the sixth leasteoden This e I also . a fairlyspace-Use in ll w' ratio for land use. mately 52 employees p 3535 - MAAClime, (Except Electrical) Polishing maehinea, farm equipment, rotary tillers, heavy ears, marine transmission's, milling machines, Principal Products - Tools, p water filter°. matert - an tng machinery, die°,. B printing presses, digital communications data -hits, du licating machines, vacuum clean- atteras, rotogravure printing presses, industrial refrig- mechanical water -softeners, air-conditioning unite, p era, twist drill., foundry type, P eration equipment. Numbed 1947 - 78 1958 - 70 Decrease 1947 - 1958: 8 firm. or -10.3% Market Sales - Distribution by Area 1.9796 Saint Paul Only -2.77% Metropolitan Area, excluding Saint Paul 5.59% State of Minnesota, excluding Metro- politan Area85.03%. United States. excluding State of Minnesota ; 4.64%. Outside of United States T56- jam, Employment - 1947 - 5,650 —�� 1958 - 6,594 or 16.7% Increase in employment, 1947 - 1958: 944 employees 95. 3% total employment in this group Employment - 6,284 employees or rt _.,�— l Factors - 27 firm°. reporting Princi al Locationa 1, B Production and Market Considerations 7 firms or 25- 9% firms or 37.0%. a) Source of Material Market 10 g firms or 29.6% Labor c) Availability of 2• Cost of Operation 4 firms or 14.8% 3 firms or 11.1% a) Wage Rates b) Cost of Transportation Power 2 firms or 7.4%s firms or 7.4% c) Cost of Electric Industrial Fuel 2 2 firms or. 7.4% d) Cost of e) Local Taxes 124 3.' Adequacy of Services 4 firms or 14.8% a) Water Supply - 4 firms or 14.8916 b). Sewage Disposal 5 firms or 18.5% c) Adequacy of Electric Power 8 firms or 29.6% d) Parking Facilities 5 firms or 18.5116 . e) Land for Expansion 4. .Characteristics of the Community5 firms or 18.5%a a) Desirability of Community 4 firms or 14.8% b) Work Attitude of Individual Worker 2 firms or 7.416 c) Proximity to Educational Institutions 3 firms or 11.1% d) Availability of Professionally & Technically Trained People - e) Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor 6 firms or ZZ- ?% es of Semi skilled 3 firms or 11.1% f) Availability of Special Types Labor 3 firms or 11. 11/6 g) Community Attitude Toward Industry I ly cit ed ocational factor th 10 oLocation of the sales market r 37% of the firms reporting. ind cat ng itas the most tobe in tlto their location. �lAvailAvailability of labor and parking facilities were equally important to the second largest numberof firms, followed by souand proximity to educational institutions source of material. Among the 27 firms, the least important location- alfactors were coat,industrialfrill local taxes . Ex ansfon for Next Ten Years - by type and location - In Table 71, the type and degree of expansion ie to trate TABLE 71 MACHINERY (except Electrical) FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTS FROM FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES _ Saint Paul - 1957 Sales Floor Decree of Expansion Volume Land Space Employment Expansion greater than 25.9% 3.7% 11.1% 14.8% 1947 - 1957 33.3% 3.7% 14.8% 29.6% Expansion equal to - 1947 - 1957 14.8% 18.5% 14.8% 14.8% Expansion less than 1947 - 195714.8% 25.9% 25.9% 14.8% No Expansion TABLE 72 PER CENT DISTRIBUTION ANTIC BY LOCIR10-YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH M ATION AND TYPE OF XPANSION Saint Paul , 1957 In Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area New tiliz. New U hz. No. of New Utiliz. Exist. Firms Construc- Exist. Conetruc- Exist. Cool n_0 - t=uc. S. 1. C. 35 tion Struc. tion St ucuc. 3 100% 2 50% 50% 1 20% 8011b 25% 1 25% 50%0 100% 100% 1 501. 25% 75% 1 10% 15% 100% 1 125 One-third of the firms reporting expect expansion in sales volume to be equal to 1947 m 1958 expansion while equivalent eployment expansion is anticipated by 29.6% of the firms. Expansion of sales greater than that of the 1947 - 1957 rate is expected by 25. 99/o of the firms. Expansion in Saint Paul is anticipated by 13 firms, or 48. 1% of those reporting, while Metropolitana rea expansion is anticipated by 14.8% of the firms. Expansion outside of an area is planned by firms or 18.5%. The location, by. type, of this ex - the Metropolit5 fi pansion is shown in Table 72. Research - In Table 73 the per cent of firms reporting expenditures on research by type o research and as a. per cent of their total operating costs is shown. TABLE 73 Allocation of funds for research of those reporting. search is reported by 15 firms or 55.6 high inirm report - g 401a ande8expenditure is a firms spending between relatively andl 1011. present their operational costs. operating costs ith 1 Of ro ucts 15 firms. all of them conduct protea es though the average sexpendit exearch penditure this ams stype of research iigned to improve srbelowthat oftsre-r search designed to create new products or processes (3.8% vs. 5.0%). This latter tyof pe of research program is conducted by 14 of the 1 e -third of the firms 5 firma with a maximum expresearch enditure hp zlu of grams (8.5% of he total machinery firms eportting) conduct 0.5% of annuaall uct research onuncommi operational firm. subjects though the average expenditure for such programs amounts to operating costs. uring ment in Saint Oaul n 1- This 9 8 The Twindustry n cities aconstituccounted for theof the totbulk ofuthet tate-widelMachinery Indus- try, with most of the remaining industry in this group located in Rochester or DuluMetro th. Approximately 80% of the state's MachinHe Pn st and Ramsry employment65% is c in het tated in wo rater politan area counties of Anoka, Dakota, cities f the retrop l shares . During ring 0 fohe rtheindustry stry cade in saintaul while the ndus-n e decline. try in Minneapolis experienced an appreciable relativ The industry is classified as fast-growing and highly sensiti this industry as anits impor[- which is 204.2%, and its export ratio, which is 95. 3%, ant export element in Saint Paul's economy. 126 MACHINERY (except Electrical) RESEARCH EXPENDITURES FIRMS REPORTING BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul - 1957 No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly. 35 Operating Cost _ S.I.C. Groin Per Cent Yearly Les Kind of No. e- o Re- port- port- Operating Cost jaiix v. Than 5 to More 10% Than ]0% 5% Research in. ing i, g, — 15 55.6% 20.0% 0.5% 3.891. 11 3 1 Improve Present Products or Pro- cesses20.0% Create New Prod- 14 .51.9% 0.5% 5.0% 9 4 1 ' ucts or Processes 1.0% 0.2% 0. 5% 18.5% 5 0 0 Uncommitted Sub- 5 ff ject 15 55.6%a 40.0% 1.0% 8..5% 4 8 3 All Research Allocation of funds for research of those reporting. search is reported by 15 firms or 55.6 high inirm report - g 401a ande8expenditure is a firms spending between relatively andl 1011. present their operational costs. operating costs ith 1 Of ro ucts 15 firms. all of them conduct protea es though the average sexpendit exearch penditure this ams stype of research iigned to improve srbelowthat oftsre-r search designed to create new products or processes (3.8% vs. 5.0%). This latter tyof pe of research program is conducted by 14 of the 1 e -third of the firms 5 firma with a maximum expresearch enditure hp zlu of grams (8.5% of he total machinery firms eportting) conduct 0.5% of annuaall uct research onuncommi operational firm. subjects though the average expenditure for such programs amounts to operating costs. uring ment in Saint Oaul n 1- This 9 8 The Twindustry n cities aconstituccounted for theof the totbulk ofuthet tate-widelMachinery Indus- try, with most of the remaining industry in this group located in Rochester or DuluMetro th. Approximately 80% of the state's MachinHe Pn st and Ramsry employment65% is c in het tated in wo rater politan area counties of Anoka, Dakota, cities f the retrop l shares . During ring 0 fohe rtheindustry stry cade in saintaul while the ndus-n e decline. try in Minneapolis experienced an appreciable relativ The industry is classified as fast-growing and highly sensiti this industry as anits impor[- which is 204.2%, and its export ratio, which is 95. 3%, ant export element in Saint Paul's economy. 126 Theproducts of this industry are widely diversified ( see "Principal Products"). Most of the major Saint Paul firma in this group are of nation-wide importance. Recent trends in the industry present a healthy situation. Though the number of establish- ments decreased by 10. 3% during the, period from 1947 to 1958, employment increased' value ,by 16.7%a, and the productivity ratio, -added per employee, underwent a substantial increase of 43.5%. This latter trend is particularly significant when compared that of other areae, for during this same period value14 dedn Hennepin per lo ee intyeaee b 23. 6q in the State while it actually declined by Though the number of establishments in Saint Paul has declined, the trends in the remain- ing establishments have been toward larger establishments with an increased production volume. This is an indication of strengthening of the industry by elimination of the weak elements. These changes are reflected to some degree in the classification of the indus- try as highly sensitive. Individual firma themselves seem to be very optimistic about the futdreof the industry. According to the Planning Board Industrial Survey, 22.21a of the firma replying anticipate sales -volume expansion over the next ten years to be greater than that of the preceding to equal that of the past decade, while only 11. 1 decade; 33.3% expect this increase% anticipate sales expansion to be below the rate of the past ten years. Firms in this indus- try also are spending a fair share of their yearly operating expenses on research. Of the firms replying [o the questionnaires, 55% reported spending from at least I% to 4014 of their yearly operating coats on general research. Of these firms, 1 tme were conduct- ing research on uncommitted projects, indicating a far-sighted investment designed to yield new technological advances in the industry. Relative to physical density, this manufacturing group utilizes an average of 456.8 square feet of floor space per employee and has 59.6 employees per acre of land used. This rates as a fairly low employment density in terms of both floor space and land. 36 - ELECTRICAL MACHINERY Principal Products - Rectifier power supplies, vibrators, pump controls, switchboards, pane ar s, ewitc es, magnetic storage and recording equipment, communication equip- ment, storage batteries, electric motors, magnetic -tape erasers, magnetic -computer components, pressure- sensitive .and magnetic recording tapes, household refrigerators, dehumidifiers, electro -acoustic products, micro -relays, current convertors, heating equipment, electronic equipment. Number of Firms - 19 6 58 - 1 Increase, 1947 - 1958: 2 firms or 12.0o Market Sales - Distribution by Area 49% Saint Paul Only - Metropolitan Area, excluding Saint Paul :911. State of Minnesota, excluding Mctro- ,g4% - politan Area United States, excluding State of Minnesota 92.70% Outside of United States WWO Employment -1947 - 3.439 1958 - 2,956 Decrease, in employment, 1947 - 1958: 483 employees or -14.0% Export Employment - 2,915 employees or 98.6% 127 Principal Locational Factors -' 11 firms reporting 1. Basic. Production and Market Considerations a) Source of Material 2 firms or 18.2% - 9.1% b) Location of Sales Market 1 firm or 6 firms or 54.5% c) Availability of Labor Degree of Expansion Volume Land Space 2. Cost of Operation - 2 firma or 18.2% a) Wage Rates b) Cost of Transportation 2 firms or 18.2% c) Cost of Electric PLwer 2 firms or 18.2% d) Cost of Industrial -Fuel - 1 firm or 9.1% - 1 firm or 9. 1%, e) Local Taxes 3. Adequacy of Services 3 firms or 27.3% a) Water Supply b) Sewage Disposal 3 firms or 27.3% c) - Adequacy of Electric Power 6 firms or 54.5% d) Parking Facilities 4 firms or 36.4% 2 firms or 18.2% e) Land for Expansion 4. Characteristics of the Community 2 firms or 18.2% a) Desirability of Community b) Work Attitude of Individual Workers m 5 firms or 45.50/a c) Proximity to Educational Institutions 2 firms or 18.2016 27.3% d) Availability of Professionally & Technically 3 firm: or Trained People e) Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor 3 firms or 27.3% f) Availability of Special Types of Semi -skilled 2 firms or 18.2% Labor g) Community Attitude Toward Industry 1 firm or 9.1% Availability of labor and adequacy of electric power were considered by this industry to " be the most important locational factor with 6 firms or 54.5% of the firms attaching im- portance to these factors. The least important factors, noted by only one firm, were lo- attitude toward cation of sales market, cost of industrial fuel, local taxes, and community industry. " The remaining locational factors were all relatively evenly rated with a range of from 2 firms, or 18.2% of the firms reporting, to 5 firms or 45.5%. E ansfon for Next Ten Years - by type and location - In Table 74 the type and degree of expansion is indicated per cent of firms reporting. TABLE 74 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTS FROM FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES Saint Paul - 1957 " Sales Floor Degree of Expansion Volume Land Space Employment Expansion greater than 54.596 18.2% 18.2% 54.5% 1947 - 1957 Expansion equal to 0.0% 0.0% 0.0%a 0.0% 1947 - 1957 Expansion less than 18.2% 0.096 9.11/6 18.2% 1947 - 1957 No Expansion _ 9.1% 18.27, 18.2% 9.1% Sales volume and employment expansion greater than the 1947 - 1957 rate is anticipated 128 s -floor Space at this rate ected by land by 54.5% of the firma thoughof the firma expect eilea-volumelandxemploymenonly increases of the firma. While 18.27% _ 1957 none of the firms anticipate expansion at a to be at a rate lower than that of 194 7 rate equal to the preceding anticipate expansion over the nextal. 0 years in Saint Paul and 2 fms,hor f 118 2% Of o the g� Saint Paul.� firms reporting, anticipate expansth,i x anthis exptansionfishshown in Table 75 eapolis Metropolitan area. The location, by typ TABLE 75 PER CENT DISTRIBiWION ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATION AND TYPE OF EXPANSION Saint Paul, .1957 In. Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area New Uttliz. ew tl iz. ew No. of Exist . Construc- Exist. Construc- Exist. Firms Construc- tion Struc. tion Struc. S.I.C. 36 tion Struc. I. 10010 100% 4 1 5016 50% 50% 50016 1 ting expenditures Research - In Table 76 the per cent of firms reporon research by type T research and as a per cent of their total operating costs is shown. TABLE 76 ELECTRICAL MACHINERY FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul - 1957 No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly S. L C. Grou 36 Operating Cost e- Per Gent Yearly Less Kind of port- port-. Oaratin Coat Than 5 t More Win, Av. 5% 30% Than 10% Research -M=x•. i Improve Present 8 72.7% 25.0% 0.6% 5.9% 5 2 Products or Pro- cesses 25.0% 0.4% 7.0% 5 3 1 Create New Prod- 9 81.8% ucts or Processes Uncommitted Sob- 1 9.1% 0.4% 0.4% 0. 4% 1 0 jest 3 All Research 9 81.8% 50.0% 1.0% 12.3% 3 3 Research programs are conducted by 81.8% of the Electrical Machinery manufacturers reporting, accounting for an average of 12.3% of the annual operating costs of these firms. ffunds. te igurfirme somewith a what,rh ugh there orer2 h ee of r f r%me hatof rdid spend more thands to n 10% of their age rch programs is on annual operating coats for research. The firms with re there re=ograms conducted this creating new products or proteases; all firms with research programs 129 particulr type ofA of their funds o creative ro- grams. aOnly 1 firm had a programtdevoted to uncommitted subjects and the expenditure amounted to less than one-half of one per cent of annual operating coats. he of the lectri cal Machinery cOoaeentraed throughout the orheastern industrial belt nters .EThe two predominant canters tare New York City hese two large centers. Chicago with and he Twinjecondary eCittee are two t metropolitan areae wed within the area ith en a fairly high employment concentration in this industry that are located outside of this in- ward from these two cities, the only two .-binary ignificant industrial centers dustrial belt. Westare Itith apparent concentration the Electrical MacCitieMetropolitan darea is the western lend of the electrical �• 1 machinery manufacturing industrial belt. nanufacturin in Saint Paul, of the total r a is classified as this ea gr wing ndustrystry constitutes band �highly sensit v,i The concentrationindex of 147.3% (47.396 over the United States index), together with the export ratio of 98. 6%, identifies this as an export industry (that is, an industry selling a fair proportion of its .products outside of the Metropolitan area). in view of the production by this industry of equipment to be used in industry and the future trans- portation or equipment to be used in homes (each as household appliances, etc.) the afore depends on the expansion of industry and population.- Such an industrial and population boom is foeseen for the Machine ryrndustry n SaintxPaul aybgi ea some indication of the Past textent to which Electrical it tmay - expect to share in this anticipated boom. These trends reveal that there has been a ten- l.' This dency decline ofa14°Jo coupled withathe 12.5% increase iin Saint n number irrr of establishmentsis indicated durthe iagoh Bent yees per establishent in 19 - 1958 period. TherDue to lack of informations tas an e impose ble to study then change n a of productivity per em8 ployee. Relative to densities, the Electrical Machinery industry has 424.6 square feet of floor space per employee and 87.4 employees per acre of landused. ote in the al Machinery field the electronics iOne industry worthof particular nndustry which displays considerable potential incthecTw n City economyls White branches of larg havonal fir ed fng age he newlyt formed small ompatnes, the really signfield in the Twin C that are scatteredcant throughel- out the Twin Cities. Most of these firms were not in existence 1! en ten amounted years ago. To- day their number reaches 47 and during 1958 their annual Payroll mately 41 Million Dollars. )ccurred from e used for The first firms eto undertakeEthe manufacturing of small cthe local electronics ompo ente needed in bol ding electronicll computer s.ily aWe the building.of c part o[ the electronics industry, the he manufacture of compo entsenerally undertaken by largetr generally ms, is t done by smaller subcontractors, is a part of the. electronics industry. Since there were enough big firms in the area producing computers, there was sufficient market for small roducera in the firma to start producing the components such as the electronic brain, building blocks, mounted memory cores, etc. Besides these new firms the hearing -aid p area, utilizing heir experience in miniature sound -eye ems, stepped into the electronic field to contribute to the defense contracts. today almost any- tedthe Twin , Cities suddenly be - once this movement toward producing components star , came an ideal place to start a new Electronic Computer industry and -an be obtained , Y� thing needed edd to build a computer c technical personnel started totb eakhin eoff from the local firms, form- sult,highly 4 1 Gunnar Alexandersson, "The Industrial Structure of American Cities." 130 jog their own companiesand bringing their own electronic computers to the market. This `growth ie challenging long-established giant firms in the national market and deserves recognition. The most important characteristics of this industry are:. 1) its operation has ahigh-grade a high rate of engineers and technicians who ota are performance standard; 2) it employsthis highly trained and skilled resultdg t hcan be igh quality readily at reasonable cost; 4) high-priced, small in volume, is a fast-growing industry promising.a bright future. "Minneapolis Star"I during April 1959, out of 47 such According to a survey made by the and employ 414 small companies in the Twin City Metropolitan tr p 630 000a� 6 are in Saint Paul persons with a stated annual payroll ay o ities is advancing rapid As is apparent from the above analysis, the Twin Gin this field. for thhi Saint Paul should promote this industry as it is a highly desirable one s City. 37 -TRANSPORTATION ERUIPME NT - truck and com- 1 Products -Light airplanes and parts, assembly of passenger. truck - homes. Principapleasure boats, barges, merctal. auLomorive unite, traction sanders, Number r of Firms 1947 1958 - 10 Increase 1947 -,1958: 1 firm or 10.0% Market Sales - Distribution by Area 7.61% Saint Paul Only excluding Saint Paul 7.11% Metropolitan urea, 13.19% Metro- State of Minnesota, exc4uding Mctro- politan Area United States, excluding State of Minnesota bZ_37%O Outside of United States 100.TO'% - Emp1�9m�nt " 1958 - 2,220 or -0.08% Decline in employment, 1947 - 1958: 17 employees Principal Locational Factors - 11 firms reporting Basic Production and Market Considerations 2 firms or 18.2% I. a) Source of Material 5 firms or 45.5% b) Location of Sales Market. 3 firms or 27.3% C) Availability of Labor 2. Cost of Operation 2 firms or 18.2% 9.1% a) Wage Rates b) Cost of Electric Power 1 firm or 1 firm or 9. 1% c)Cost of Industrial Fuel 1 firm or 9. 1% d) Local Taxes 3, Adequacy of Services' 1 firm or 9.1% a) Water Supply I "Minneapolis Star", April 2, 1959, Pg. 1-C 131 lb 4 - 1957 period is expected by is expect to. expand at this rate by only 27.3% A salsa -volume expansion greater than that of the 19 or leas than, the 45.5% of the firma, though employment .of the firms. Expansion of the sales volume at rates either equalo, - 1957 rate is not anticipated by any of the firms reporting though 18.2eoisfeze of the 1947 another 4 firma also ex- firms expSat no int Paula by 4pf firma, or 36.4% of thoee r plorting; snot er some type pect exin pansfon outside of the Metropolitan area. The location, by type of expansion, is shown in Table 78. - TABLE 78 PER CENT DISTRIBUTION ANTI BY ATED LOCATION AND AR EXPANSION OF EACH IRM AND TYPE OF EXPANSION Saint Paul, 1957 In Metro. Area 21 Outside Metro. Area 1�InSaint Pa ------ Exist. ul ew ti iz. ew No. of ew ti iz. Exist. Construc- Firms Construc Exist. Construc- tion Struc. S.LG.37 Lion St_ ucuc. tion _ Str_�c. 2 100% 40% 1 60% 100% 1 132 2 firms or 18.2% b) Adequacy of Electric Power 2 firms or 18.7% 27. 311. C) Parking Facilities 3 firms or _d) Lapdfor Expansion___ 4. Characteristics of the Community of Community 1 firm or 9. 1% - 1 firm or 9. 1% a) Desirability Work Attitude of)ndividual Workers 1 firm or 9.15- .1%c) b) Proximity to Educational Institutions c)k Technically I firm or 9. 1% - d) Availability of Professionally 9.1% Trained Peoplei-skilled of Special Types of Sem 1 firm or e) Availability Labor or 45.5% of the firms reporting, stated location of sales market as an im locational factors were all rather evenly Five firma, - portant locational factor whereas the remaining rated as being of lesser importance In Table the t e and degree of 77, yP Ex anaion for Next Ten Years - by type of location - per cent of firms reporting. expansion is in [tate y, TABLE 77 - TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT INCREASE IN SALES EXPECTEDRESULTSFROM FUTURE FIRMS PREDICT -F 57 Saint l Sales Volume Lamed Floor Space EmploymentDecree of Expansion_ 27 3% Expansion greater than 45.5% 18.2% 1947 - 1957 0. 0% 0. 0% 18.2% t7, 3% Expansion equal to 1947 - 1957 a.o% 0.0% 0.01/6 0.0% Expansion less than 1947 - 1957 18. 211. 9. 17% 9. 17% q 1% No Expansion 4 - 1957 period is expected by is expect to. expand at this rate by only 27.3% A salsa -volume expansion greater than that of the 19 or leas than, the 45.5% of the firma, though employment .of the firms. Expansion of the sales volume at rates either equalo, - 1957 rate is not anticipated by any of the firms reporting though 18.2eoisfeze of the 1947 another 4 firma also ex- firms expSat no int Paula by 4pf firma, or 36.4% of thoee r plorting; snot er some type pect exin pansfon outside of the Metropolitan area. The location, by type of expansion, is shown in Table 78. - TABLE 78 PER CENT DISTRIBUTION ANTI BY ATED LOCATION AND AR EXPANSION OF EACH IRM AND TYPE OF EXPANSION Saint Paul, 1957 In Metro. Area 21 Outside Metro. Area 1�InSaint Pa ------ Exist. ul ew ti iz. ew No. of ew ti iz. Exist. Construc- Firms Construc Exist. Construc- tion Struc. S.LG.37 Lion St_ ucuc. tion _ Str_�c. 2 100% 40% 1 60% 100% 1 132 Research - The per cent of firms reporting expenditures on research by type of research an as a per cent of their total operating costs is shown in Table 79. TABLE 79 TRANSPORTATION EQUIPMENT FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul,- 1957 No. Firms Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as % of Yearly S.I.G. Group 37 operations Cost o. Te -7-T. e- Per Cent. Yearly Less More port- port- O eratin Cost Than 5 to Than 10% �� Ingyx, _ ln. v. 5% 10°Jo Improve Present 4 36.45. 12.0% 2.3% 4.9% (3 0 1 Products or Pro- cesses- l,0% 10.9% 2 0 2 4 36.4% 28.0%a Create New Prod- 0 ucts or Processes 2% 0.5% 2 0 . Uncommitted Sub- 2 - 18.2% 0.8% 0, ject 2 .0% 4 36.4% 40 4.0% 16. All Research Research programs are c of ma allocating more than 0%u of their Equipment nnualoperat'ng cluded in the suvey, costs to research. All 4 firms conduct both research to improve present products and r processes and research to create new products and processes; a -higher average per processes researchrch. Uncommitted progrrameratintare conducted -by 2 of the 4 fs is allocated to the latter irms, with aan average expenditure of 0.5% of operating costs. or vehicle pare, boats and outlook - This dusty trailers, sista of moaneoua equipment- west automotive parts, aircraft - nd An important element in the industry is the automotive assembly plant at the west. end of the City. This plant, because of the large land reserve it possesses, can be.expanded. an ven other hif the need arises and is thus and On the conditions that will affect the future eee as of its eoperat on are unr asset to the known. the But, generally, in canbe assumed that trends in the national market for automobiles will have the natural effect of moving this industry along during the next decade. ively young in the nation's economy The are and here are indiing cattions there will be an ind boat equipment crease during the next decade; most ee no- mational The biggespredict a big bo m in recri this industry will tbe found in its proximity to lake e areas andto one of the best vacation lands of the Nation. of which The major market for the entire industry is nationwide. This can be seen in the export ratio in which 85. A of the employment is classified as export employment, over-seas sales. 69.72% depends on sales throughout the United States and 2.37% The industry itself constitutes 5%of the total manufacturing employment in Saint Paul; it is nationally rated as fast-growing (medium -growing in Saint Paul), and a highly sen- it industry. The concentration index indicates a somewhat low ratio to the United States average (62.2% against 100% for U. S.). Relative to past trends, the number of establishments increased by 10% while employment 133 showed a Blight decline during the same time -period. This may have occurred because esible to check this Possibility of mechanisation and better manufacturing techniques. However, because of the disclo- sure rule on value-added figures for this group. it. ie impo _ with Census information. 1,- Je `vAL 00 DS & O - Principal ical nights, hearing -aids, dental in - Products - gTelemetering equipmenteopt eLrumen-agurin and controlling equipment. 12 Numbed 1958 - 12 - - - No changer 1947 - 1958 Market - Distribution by Area 1947 - 1958: 48 employees 22.10% Saint Paul Only Saint Paul 11.39% excluding Metropolitan Area, excluding Metro- State of Minnesota, 17.95% politan Area United States, excluding Minnesota 47.49% 1.07% Outside of United States Toma% Empl�_1947 - 183 1958 - 135 1947 - 1958: 48 employees or -26.2% Decline in employment, Export Employment_- 90 employees, or 66.5% Princi al Locational Factors - 11 firma reporting 1. Basic Production k Market Coneiderationl 1 firm or 9.2°1° or 36.4% a) Source of Material of Sales Market 4 firms 2 firma or 18.4%. b) Location C)Availability of Labor 2. Cost of Operation ), firm or 9.2% Z firms or 18.4% a) Wage Rates b) Local Taxes Adequacy of Services Z firms or 18.4% a) Water Supply 3 firms or 27.3% b) Sewage Disposal 4 firms or 36.4% c)Adequacy of Electric Power 3 firms or 27.3% d) Parking Facilities 4. Characteristics of the community 1 firm or 9.211° a) Desirability of Community 3 firms or 27:3% b) Work Attitude of Individual Workers 2 firms or 18.4% C) Proximity to Educational IndsitutionscallY 3 firms or 27.3% d) Availability of Professionally k TechniTrained People 1 firm or 9.2% e) of Skilled Labor 1 firm or 9. Availability of Special Types f) Availability of Special Types of Semi -skilled Labor of electrical war were the most frequently rk ata Location of sales market and adequacy by 36.4% of the firms reporting. Sewage disposal- locational factors, _ titude of individual workers, and availability of professionally and technically trains 134 people, were second in importance, with 27. 3% of the firms noting these factors. The re maining locational. factors were considered of lesser importance, with one and two firms noting each factor. x nasion for Next Ten Years - by type and location - In Table 80, the type and degree oannctpate expansion is reported. - TABLE 80 TABLE 81 INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURERS FUTURE INCREASE IN SALES PREDICT EXPECTED RESULTSFROM PER CENT DISTRIBUTION FIRMS ul 57 Saint Pa - Sales Floor - Volume Land Space Employment Degree of Expansion Expansion greater than 81.8°!0 27.396 45.596 36.4% 1947 - 1957 9•2% 0.0% 9. Z% 9.2°h Expansion equal to No. of 1947- 1957 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% than 0.0% ' Expansion less Construc- tion Struc. tion ruc. 1947 - 1957 0 0%a 0.096 0-0% 0.0% No Expansion Firms are quite optimistic relative to future expansion with none of the firms expecting below the 1947 - 1957 rate or that there will be no expansion. Rather, expansion to be $l.8%a expect sales -volume expansion cexceed 45.5% of thefirms.t s. Locationally,t72.7% floor -space expansion at this rate anticipated by of the firms reporting anticipate expansion in the nexttenyears in Saint Paul, 18.2% plan expansion in the Saint Paul -Minneapolis Metropolitan area, and V. 396 f the firma plan expan4ion outside of the Saint Paul_ Minneapolis Metropolitan area. Research - Ther cent of their totaleope at reporting gxCostsl is r shownes insTable $Z.earch type of research an also—as a p Research expenditures, reported by 45.5% of the firms, amount to an average of sea of while 4 firms also supported pro designed All 5 firms conduc total operating costa of the 5 firma with such programs, reearc designed to improve present products or processes, Z. of grams to create new products or Peoof researchn average Ailocat on of fund sto s pport resear h costs are devoted to this latter typ programs on uncommitted subjects was reported by 2 firms, or 18.2% of those surveys 135 TABLE 81 PER CENT DISTRIBUTION - EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR AND TYPE EXPANSION , BY LOCATION Saint O 7 SPaul i Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area iaint pliz. No. of ew hl z. ew - tt �z. ew Exist. Construc- Exist. Construc- . Exist- Firms Construc- tion Struc. tion ruc. - S.I.G. 38 S.I.C. tion . 2 100% . 10096 1 100% 25% 1 50% 25°16 Research - Ther cent of their totaleope at reporting gxCostsl is r shownes insTable $Z.earch type of research an also—as a p Research expenditures, reported by 45.5% of the firms, amount to an average of sea of while 4 firms also supported pro designed All 5 firms conduc total operating costa of the 5 firma with such programs, reearc designed to improve present products or processes, Z. of grams to create new products or Peoof researchn average Ailocat on of fund sto s pport resear h costs are devoted to this latter typ programs on uncommitted subjects was reported by 2 firms, or 18.2% of those surveys 135 k Outlook - This industry constitutes 0.3%of the a a h lower g nufacturinemployment tio than that of that United e concentration index, which is 23.6%, States. It is classified as a slow-growing and highly sensitive industry. One section of this industrial group reflects the influence of the medical activities in the area. Because this area is one of the nation's important medical centers, 'it is a market for such products as surgical instruments and supplies, artificial limbs and related or- thopedic and prosthetic supplies, etc. Besides these medical products, hearing -aide, engineering research and laboratory equipment, and temperature controls are also manu- factured here. The manufacture of some of these latter products, particularly where con- cerned with the electronics industry, is closely allied to the Electircal Machinery Indus- try (S. I. C. 36), and, in these instances, overlapping between the two industries is in- evitable. As far as trends are concerned, the number of establishments remained the same during the decade 1947 - 1958, but the employment for the same time -period underwent a decline of Z6.2%. As of 1954, there was an average of l l employees per establishment. It is apparent that this industry is formed mainly by small establishments. Its future depends on the development of needs in the market. Since it is generally rated as a slow-moving industry, drastic changes in the near future.should not be expected. Employment -wise, since it is such a small fraction of the manufacturing employment, its effect in the City's economy will al Relative to densities, this industry operates with one of the highest density ratios in this so be somewhat limited. City. It represents 258.8 square feet of floor space per employee and 212. 5 employees per acre of land. This is the highest rate of employee per floor space, and second high- est (next to apparel) in number of employees per acre of land area. 136 'Wil F TABLE 82 INSTRUMENT MANUFACTURERS - FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES , BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul - 1957 No Firms Reporting • Expenditures on Re- -search as % of Yearly S.LC Operations Coat 7. item Per Cent Yearly Less No. e- port- port- O eratin Cost Than 5 to I More 5% 101. Than 10% iceg__. ing ax. . in. — Improve Present 5 45.A 12.0% 0.5% 4..0% 3 1 1 Products or Pro- ceases5.0% Create New Prod- 4 36.4% 1.4% 2. 3% 3 1 0 ucts or Processes2 Uncommitted Sub- 18.27. 1.5% 0.3% 0. 9% 2 0 0 ject All Research 5 45.5% 15.0% 1.0% 6.2% .• 3 1 1 _ Outlook - This industry constitutes 0.3%of the a a h lower g nufacturinemployment tio than that of that United e concentration index, which is 23.6%, States. It is classified as a slow-growing and highly sensitive industry. One section of this industrial group reflects the influence of the medical activities in the area. Because this area is one of the nation's important medical centers, 'it is a market for such products as surgical instruments and supplies, artificial limbs and related or- thopedic and prosthetic supplies, etc. Besides these medical products, hearing -aide, engineering research and laboratory equipment, and temperature controls are also manu- factured here. The manufacture of some of these latter products, particularly where con- cerned with the electronics industry, is closely allied to the Electircal Machinery Indus- try (S. I. C. 36), and, in these instances, overlapping between the two industries is in- evitable. As far as trends are concerned, the number of establishments remained the same during the decade 1947 - 1958, but the employment for the same time -period underwent a decline of Z6.2%. As of 1954, there was an average of l l employees per establishment. It is apparent that this industry is formed mainly by small establishments. Its future depends on the development of needs in the market. Since it is generally rated as a slow-moving industry, drastic changes in the near future.should not be expected. Employment -wise, since it is such a small fraction of the manufacturing employment, its effect in the City's economy will al Relative to densities, this industry operates with one of the highest density ratios in this so be somewhat limited. City. It represents 258.8 square feet of floor space per employee and 212. 5 employees per acre of land. This is the highest rate of employee per floor space, and second high- est (next to apparel) in number of employees per acre of land area. 136 'Wil F CLASSIFIEDI 39 - MANUFACTURERS NOT ELSEWIIERE tooth, hand and hair brushes, plasticmarking devices, Principal ProductsAdvertising parte, and shoes,specialtl womens s oea, g p paint brushes, stuffed toys, custom -molded plastic p neon signs, skis, toboggans, plastic molding. Number of Firma: - 1947 - 66 ----�- 1958 - 48 1947 - 1958: 18 firma or -27.3%. Decrease, - Distribution by Area Market .75% Saint Paul Only1.4711. Saint Paul Metropolitan Area, excluding State of Minnesota, excluding Metro-Z. 281/6 politan Area 90.62% United States, excluding Minnesota 4.881. Outside of United States _10-0-.0-076 Employment - 5.738 1958 - in employment, 1947 - 1958: 270 employees or - 4.5% Decline 97.8% of total employment in this group Export Employment - 5,612 employees or principal Locational Factors - 16 firms reporting Production and Market Considerations 2 firmaor 12. 51. 1. Basic a) Source of Material Sales Market 5 firma or 31.3% 6 firms or 37.511. b) Location of C) Availability Of Labor - 2. Goat of Operation 3 firma or 18.8% 6.31/. a) Wage Rates b) Cost of Transportation I firm or 1 firm or 6.311. ` c) Cost of Electric Power Industrial Fuel 1 firm or 6.37. 2 firms or 12.5% d)Cost of e) Local Taxes . 3. Adequacy of Services 1 firm or 6.3% or 6..374 a) Water Supply I firm 6.311. b) Sewage Disposal Electric Power 1 firm or 3 firms or 18.8% c) Adequacy of d) Parking Facilities 2 firms or 12.5% e) Land for Expansion 4. Characteristics of the Community of Community 2 firma or 12.5% 4 firms or 25.0% a) Desirability b) Work Attitude of Individual Workers ionally and Technically 2 Firms or 12.5% c) Availability of Profess 6. 3% Trained PeopleI d) Availability of Special Types of Skilled Labor Semi -skilled firm or 1 firm or 6.356 e) Availability of Special Types of 6. 3% Labor1 Community Attitude Toward Industry firm or f) �— t Including Rto jueubber andly other products Puded in any one S I.G. group. also those manufacturers o 137 i Though no one factor was cited by a large number of the firms reporting, availability aa ink. of was noted by 37. 5% of the firms and location of sales market by 31. 3%, thus- ink. importance as the major factors for this industrial. group. The number of firms reporting on the remaining locational factors range from one firm to 4 firms indicating relatively equal importance for the other locational factors. Expansion PLans for Next Ten Years - by type and location - In Table 83, the type and - egree ox anttctpate expanston is s own. Seven firms or 43,891. of the firms reporting, expect their expansion of sales volume and employment during the next ten years will be greater than the 1947 - 1957 expansion. TABLE 83 MANUFACTURERS NOT ELSEWHERE CLASSIFIED - FIRMS PREDICT EXPECTE SRESPULTS. FROM F Saint UTURE INCREASE IN SALES - 1957 Sales Floor Degree of Expansion Volume Land Space Employment . Expansion greater than 43.896 0.0% 18.8% 43.8% 1947 - 1957 31.3% 0.0% 12.5% 12.5%. Expansion equal to 1947 - 1957 Expansion less than 0.0% 12.5% 6.3% 12.5%. - 1947 - 1957 6 3%25.0% 12.5% 6.3% No Expansion Sales volume expansion equal to 1947 - 1957 is expected by 31. 3% of the firms. However, neither of these degree of sales expansion is expected to result in any expansion of land area and only very modest expansion of floor space is anticipated. From a locational standpoint, 37.5% of the firms expect expansion in Saint Paul, 12.5% in the Metropolitan area, and 6. 3%i outside of the Metropolitanarea. Table 84 presents this anticipated ex- pansion by location and type. TABLE 84 PER CENT DISTRIBUTION ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION OF EACH FIRM BY LOCATION SAND aint Paul, OF XPANSION 957 In Saint Paul In Metro. Area Outside Metro. Area No. of Now t iz.. ew C 1 z. ew st- Firms Construc- Exist. Construe- Exist. Co Cion c Struc. S.I.C. 39 Lion Str�uc. tion Struc. I 801y. 809 1 100%a 100%16 1 84% 1 Research - The per cent of firms reporting expenditures on research by type and also Ts a per cent of their total operating costs is shown in Table 85. firms, with an average expen- d ture of 6 1% oftannual ops atingturee have ben rco costs. Of theseported b 62. e firms, an equal number conduct pro - 138 e grams designed to improve present products or processes or create new products or pro - ceases. The expenditures on the former programs are significantly larger than for the latter, with 4. 9% of yearly operating costs being allocated for the improvement of pre- sent products. Only 2 firms, or 12.5% of the total, provide funds for research programs uncommitted to any specific subject; expenditures amount to about 0.5%a of annual oper- ating coats of these firms. Outlook - These industries constitute 13.0% of Saint Paul's manufacturing employment. This group, which is a combination of diversified manufacturers, exhibits the second highest concentration index of the City's manufacturing industry (438.9%). It is classi- fied as medium -growing and as fairly sensitive. The tabular data presented for these industries are intended not only to reflect the situ- ation for industries included in the United States Census group of "Miscellaneous. Manu- facturers," but also, for instance , where wide diversity of products precludes accurate incorporation of a'firm into any one of the other S.I.C. groups previously considered. The products manufactured by a firm in this latter situation are listed with the principal products of the appropriate S.I.C. group, and thus the products shown for S.I.C. 39, "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified," are primarily those of the United States Cen- sue group, "Miscellaneous Manufacturers." This "Outlook" portion of the analysis necessarily must be confined to that portion of the "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified" that in represented by the United States Census group of "Miscellaneous Manufacturers." A significant and promising phase of these in- dustries in the manufacture of sporting goods, such as fishing tackle, ski equipment, etc. These products have a good national as well as local market, influenced in part by the State's recreational and vacation facilities. Also included in with the "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified" are those manufacturers producing leather goods, which in Saint Paul are primarily those firms producing shoes. Since the emphasis of these manufact- urers in on hunting boots and other types of shoes related to sporting activities, the future of this phase of the "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified" is also allied to the recre- ational potential of the Nation and the area. Ever -widening use of plastics in our society has created increased potential for addition- al firms manufacturing plastic and plastic articles.- At present, this industry is limited in scope in Saint Paul and is a small phase of the Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified group. 139 TABLE 85 _ MANUFACTURERS NOT ELSEWHERE CLASSIFIED FIRMS REPORTING RESEARCH EXPENDITURES BY KIND OF RESEARCH Saint Paul - 1957 No. Firma Reporting Expenditures on Re- search as %a of Yearly S.1. C. Group 39 Operations Cost No. Re- e- Per Cent Yearly Less port- port- Operating Cost Than 5 to More Ing ice_ M . 5% IO°h Than l0% Improve Present 9 56.3% 18.8% 0.4% 4.9% 7 0 2 Products or Pro - ceases Create New Prod- 9 56.3% 6.3% 0.4% 1.8% 8 1 0 ucts or Processes Uncommitted Sub- 2 12.5% 0.5% 0.4% 0.5% 2 0 0 ject All Research 10 62.5% 25.0% 1.0% 6.1% 7 1 2 Outlook - These industries constitute 13.0% of Saint Paul's manufacturing employment. This group, which is a combination of diversified manufacturers, exhibits the second highest concentration index of the City's manufacturing industry (438.9%). It is classi- fied as medium -growing and as fairly sensitive. The tabular data presented for these industries are intended not only to reflect the situ- ation for industries included in the United States Census group of "Miscellaneous. Manu- facturers," but also, for instance , where wide diversity of products precludes accurate incorporation of a'firm into any one of the other S.I.C. groups previously considered. The products manufactured by a firm in this latter situation are listed with the principal products of the appropriate S.I.C. group, and thus the products shown for S.I.C. 39, "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified," are primarily those of the United States Cen- sue group, "Miscellaneous Manufacturers." This "Outlook" portion of the analysis necessarily must be confined to that portion of the "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified" that in represented by the United States Census group of "Miscellaneous Manufacturers." A significant and promising phase of these in- dustries in the manufacture of sporting goods, such as fishing tackle, ski equipment, etc. These products have a good national as well as local market, influenced in part by the State's recreational and vacation facilities. Also included in with the "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified" are those manufacturers producing leather goods, which in Saint Paul are primarily those firms producing shoes. Since the emphasis of these manufact- urers in on hunting boots and other types of shoes related to sporting activities, the future of this phase of the "Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified" is also allied to the recre- ational potential of the Nation and the area. Ever -widening use of plastics in our society has created increased potential for addition- al firms manufacturing plastic and plastic articles.- At present, this industry is limited in scope in Saint Paul and is a small phase of the Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified group. 139 0 grou there Not re assi 'a elative tial past -rendsrenes of numbelr anuof establish facturers eats land aemodelrate decrease n numberae employed during the 1947 -,1958, period. These di clEeee per establwere V. ishment in these indus- tries. As of 1954, there was an average of lig employees tries. theexport ratio of 97.8% indicates that almost all sales are made outside the Twfd City Metropolitan area. Therefore, the national market has a substantial effect on the future a rre ationaleactivities in the next decade throughout the Nation,a. if the nation's economists are co for in predicting tries of the ' Manufac- turers Not Elsewhere Classified" group,, producing for such a need, can expect to expand their operation. However, it is too early to predict the degree of expansion at this time. Inregard to has shies. this es industry u utilizof es 391.41 square feet of ficor space per em - 17 ployee 140 h Made Tracie The wholesaler is the distributor, or the "middleman," in the economic exchange of goods. Buying or"assembling goods from the manufacturers, the wholesaler serves the function of selling the goods to the retailer who, in turn, makes them available to the general pub- lic. The wholesaler also may sell to other wholesalers or industrial, professional, and institutional consumers. As such, wholesaling in Saint Paul in 1958 was about an 820 million dollar business. (By comparison, retailing was a 484 million dollar business during this same year. The United States Census Bureau classified wholesalers on two bases: by "type of oper- ation" according to the ownership of the business, ownership of the goods sold, or the character of transactions; and by "kind -of -business," generally according to the lines of merchandise sold. In the type -of -operation enumerations there are five operations con- sidered: 1) Merchant Wholesalers are primarily engaged in buying, taking title to, and physically storing and handling goods made by others and selling the goods to retailers or industrial, institutional, or commercial users. 2) Manufacturers' Sales Branches - sales offices are owned by manufacturers or mining companies but are kept apart from the manufacturing operation and they sell the manu- factured product at wholesale to the retailer or other user. 3) Petroleum Bulk Plants - terminals operate -facilities for physically receiving, storing, and selling gasoline, kerosene, distillate and residual oils, liquefied petroleum gas, and other bulk petroleum "products. 4) Merchandise Agents and Brokers buy and sell products owned by others without taking title to the goods. Their compensation is in the form of commissions or brokerage; in- cluded in the group are such operations as auction companies, commission merchants, export and import companies, syndicate buyers, or cooperative sales agencies. 5) Assemblers of Farm Products are engaged in concentrating farm products produced on a relatively small scale and assembling larger lots for shipment to central markets. The descriptions, presented above, of the type -of -operation classifications are not all- inclusive; for a more detailed explanation of each operation, attention is called to the in- troductory pages of the reports of the 1954 United States Census of Business, "Whole- sale Trade." The kind -of -business classification is based on the Standard Industrial Classification Code (S.I.C. ) and includes groups 501 through 509. In the tables, included within this report, both the S.I.C. number and an approximate description of the kind of business are pre- sented. S. 1. C. group 505 has been excluded in most of the report since this group is a 141 very insignificant part of the wholesale operation in Saint Paul. This group, entitled ' distributee farm product raw materials used f eou- these are products Such as cotton, grain, hides, "Farm Products - Raw Materials,' factoring industries; and similar products not indigenous to this area to any leaf tobacco, horses and mules, great extent. . wholesale data is the U. S. Census of Business. pICe The basic source for much of the the 1954 Census providedthe.moat recent comp time of publication of this study, reports from the 1958 Census of Busi- lete preliminary nature, covering only the total figures. Where it tore of national and local wholesaling. Available still maintain some cons istency in nese are of an fncomp was p have been used. However, in order tom aind also tol nsure reliability, possible to use -the ae more recent figures, relationships, they as well as among areae. components of the wholesale trade, 54 figures. the structural analysis of wholesale trade is made on the basin l these ion in Saint Paul, -ore Complete acture of the wholesale op Aa a means of o Pla iu irm, in ti ng Board conducted a Survey of Wholesale lies were received from in 1958 the City le survey exceileat information was received - tionnaires were sent to nearly 300 wholesalers in the City and rep this 88 firma. The data the S.I. C.tained rc assificat on. Though basis, according the limited Size of the sample dictates care in drawing firm con - from. respondent firma, wholesale firms. clusions from the characteristics or analysis of the THE WHOLESALE MARKET AREA Chapter I, p. 36) However, amore speci- The wholesale function in Saint Paul has bg," Chadefpt r 1. p.s36) firms context Witwholesaling ed Ninth District.. (See "The Regional a for The 88 firms rea- fic determination of the market, area for Saint Paul area served bytheir firm. BY relat- roximate location of their sales market; both in terms of per - though on a limited basis, from the "1958 Survey of Whalee ars. ponding indicated the app the per cent distribution of tentage of sales to several areas noted me t of that firm, ing the data for each firm to the amp y salsa Eor each S.I.C. wholesale group was determined. This information is presented is Table 86 and ie graphically depicted in Chart Z6. . TABLE 86 WHOLESALE MARKET SALES DISTRIBUTION 88 Wholesale Firms Saint Paul 1958 Per Cent of Sales Made To: St. auI etrcl. 3 Area Minn.l U. S. L C. No.. Group Description 35.5% 0.0% 34.7% 29.8% 0.0% Automotive 68.8% 17.5% 13.7% 501 Chem. , Etc. 11.5% 13.596 50.0°6, 502 Drugs, 25.0% 36.9% 503 Dry Goods, Apparel 23.5% 24.2% 504 Groceries, Rel, Prod. 51.2% 15.0% 32.0%a 18.7% 506 Electrical Goode 14.2% "32.3% 34.8% Plumbing, Heating 35 8% 19 3% 33.0% 11.9% 507 Hdwe.. 21 400 35.8% 508 Maeh. E4uip. & SuPP1Y 19.600 23.2% 509 Miscellaneous 27 400 25.6% 21.3% 25.7% Total - 88 Firms I Excluding Saint Pa 2 Excluding Metropolitan Area 3Excluding Minnesota Source: 1958 Survey of Wholesale Firms, Saint Paul Planning Board 142 As is apparent from the total figures for the 88 firms, almost 50% of the wholesale sales are made within the Metropolitan area. Almost half of these are within Saint Paul itself. The remaining 50% are almost equally distributed between the State of Minnesota and the Nation. CHART 26 WHOLESALE MARKET SALES DISTRIBUTION BY SALES VOLUME 88 ST. PAUL WHOLESALE FIRMS -1958 ' AUTOMOTIVE DRUGS a CHEMICALS DRY GOODS 6 APPAREL GROCERIES 9 RELATED PRODUCTS ELECTRICAL GOODS HARDWARE, PLUMBING a HEATING MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT a SUPPLY MISCELLANEOUS TOTAL ALL FIRMS ST. PAUL S. M. A. _ MINNESOTA UNITED STATES SOWiCE: 19M SURVEY O WHOLESALE FIRMS (.-1 IST. PAM] IE%... 11 YEMR`ESaT<1 ST. Paull CLUNK ST. PAUL PL -14 SOARD The wholesale group that sells the largest percentage of its goods on the national market is the dry goods and apparel wholesalers (503), with 50% of their sales being shipped out of the State. The Grocery and Related Products group, including meatwholesalers(504), also sell a substantial portion of their goods on a national basis, as does the Misceltan- eous wholesaler group. A local market exists for the Motor Vehicle and Automotive Sup- plies group (501), the Drugs and Chemicals group (502), and Wholesalers of Electrical Goods (506). Other wholesale groups with a predominantly local market are the Machin- ery wholesalers (508) and Hardware, Plumbing and Heating Supplies wholesalers (507). In the 501 and 502 groups, of the 11firms included in the survey, 100% of the sales for each group were within the State. Up to this point, where a market outside of the State does exist, it has been referred to as a "national" market. However, this "national" market becomes more clearly defined as consisting largely of the Ninth District when the market areas specified by the wholesale firms in the survey are noted. Chart 27 presents in composite the market area served by each of the responding firms; the dominant market area of Minnesota, North and South Dakota is readily apparent. A substantial number of the Che Ninth vival marke tareas also in- clude portions of Wisconsin and Montana or, in essen11 ce, 143 the nt Paul alers Most Thus, it is evident that the wholesale market area o to a le alae ext extent, the eState. 18Add - intensely,concentrated in the Metropolitan area and, tfonally, the approximately ?.5% of the wholesale sales that are .made outside of the State are made largely to the Ninth District. It is thus that Saint Part wholesalers, w apart • oa part of the f the Twin Cities' wholesale function, serving a fairly definite area of the country.th belt £ wholesale centers in the United States, STRUCTURE The comparative magnitude of the wholesale operation fn the Ninth District in relation has the wholesale no[ a Pronin the Nation can be ounced national wholesaling area of the first order ested empirically. The Ninth District, ju a whole, though just been noted, cop Population of the area served wand th wholesale salesofthis aired thin the gle- trict, Relating p p 4% of the national population resides in the Ninth District, only ler s of the wholesale per - sale sales were made in the District (1954). A relatively smaller scale wholesale opthi ation is indicated in that 4.5% of the nation's wholesale establishments accounted for this 3.3%of the national sale 6. pro are ac - The basically agrarian economy of the District is highlighted by the fact that 20% oft e prominent in the Dis- establishments and 12.2% of the sales of the nation's assemblers of arm p of the sales counted for by the Ninth District. Petroleum located planta also are p. trict with 11% of the nation's establishments located here though only 3.9% shows the percentages of the national wholesale struc are made by these planta. Table 87 - tore that is in the District. TABLE 87 EMPLOYMENT, AND SALES WHOLESALE ESTABLISHMENTS, Per Cent of U.S. Ninth District as a 19 54 Per Cent of United States Feta lis - Employ- ment Sales ments 2. 61. Merchant Wholesalers 3.1% 3.076 2 410 2.9% 2.016 Mfg. Sales Branches 11.016 4.51. 3.97- Petro. Bulk Plants 2 6% Agents, Brokers 3.2% 7.8% 4.2% 12.2% Merck. 20.0% Assam. Farm Products 4.5% 3.2% 3.31. All Wholesalers A Source: U. S. Census of Business, 1954 a measurement of wholesale sales, as related to the Since the wholesale establishments of a particular area ordinarily serve a far larger re- Since than their particular locale, m not always f meaningful. However, in considering population of the particular area, Y national re gione or districts, the unite are large enough so that the sales of the area, a wholesale sales per population for the Ninth District, slated to the population, may be used as an indication of the intensity of the wholesale the East -ad est area. Thus, these ncrelalculated, are the East and West North Central regions, and for Minnesota been calculated, and indexed to comparable figures for the United States (eq graphically presented in Chart 28. but below those of Ninth District sales. per population are above the United States P level, spite ofts highly industrialized the other areas noted. The East North Central region, 145 rominence in wholesaling,' exceeds the United States nature which ordinarily precludes p level; this probably is largely a reflection of the eminence of Chicago as one of the major national wholesale centers.. The West North Central region, of which most of the Ninth District is a major part, has a significantly larger ratio of sales per population than does the District. - CHART 28 WHOLESALE SALES PER POPULATION MINNESOTA, NINTH DISTRICT, W. N. CENTRAL, E. N. CENTRAL INDEXED TO UNITED STATES( -1.0) 1954 Al F RLSTATES WHOLLY WITHIN NINTH FEDERAL RESERVE DISTRICT 1.. Appa71"y wholesale centers such as Omaha, Sioux Falls, and Kansas City in the West egion, and in proximity to the Dietrict, are selling more wholesale comr lation to the area population. Mfnnta actc for a major share of thewholesalebasins se of the Ninth District. Ap- tely o of the District's wholesale establishments and 70% of the employment _ TABLE 88 WHOLESALE ESTABLISHMENTS, EMPLOYMENT, AND SALES _ Ramsey Co., Hennepin Co., Minnesota, as Per Cent of Ninth ` District 1954 Ramsey CountyHennepin Count Minnesota s�t/n mp. SalA/ee eta mp. Sa�l/es s�/tn my p. A. a�/es N ,1. %p /D %p % Merch.WhoL 51.1 62.9 71.6 81.3 85.4 Mfg. Sales Br.10 14.1 18.8 16.6 41.1 Petro. Bulk Prod. 1.0 8.I- 11.4 3.9 2.8 42.6 29.6 38.8 72.9 54.8 71.3 Merch. Agts. , Brok. 1.2 1.0 0.8 3.6 3.4 35.2 52.1 45.3 Assem. Farm Prod. 0.2 5.6 12.2 9.9 15.2 33.1 36.6 53.7 69.6 70.5 All Wholesalers Source: U. S. Census of Business I See Gunnar Alexandersson, "The Industrial Structure of American Cities." P. 97 146 and sales are in the State. The Twin Cities is the principal wholesale center of the State, as well as the District, accounting for 41%D of the State's wholesale establishments, 6776 of the employment, and 75% of the State's sales. As has been shown earlier, the Ninth District represents the market trade area of Saint Paul, and the Twin Cities as well. The major portion of the Twin Cities' wholesale busi- ness is located in Hennepin County, with over 36% of the entire District sales being made in this County. Ramsey County accounts for about 10%D of the District sales. Table 88 presents the per cent share of Ninth District wholesale establishments, employment, and sales that are in Ramsey County. Hennepin County, and the State of Minnesota. The major portion of District wholesale sales made by Merchant Wholesalers, Manufac- turers' Sales Branches, and Merchandising Agents and Brokers are made in the State of Minnesota. A substantial percentage of the establishments of these groups are also in' the State. The more highly industrialized nature of the State is evident in the compara- tively smaller percentage of Assemblers of Farm Products located here. The one wholesale group in Ramsey County that accounts for the County wholesalers' largest portion of District sales is the Manufacturers' Sales Branches; almost 17% of all such District sales are made by Ramsey County firms. While the County contains over 11% of all District Merchandise Agents and Brokers, this 11% accounts for only 2.8%u of Q District sales in this group. Bycontrast, Hennepin County's 42%b of establishments- ac- counts for an almost equal share of the sales, or 38.8%. The wholesale structure of each of the four areas considered is shown in Chart 29 Merchant Wholesalers represent the largest single group in all areas in terms'of estab- lishments, employment, and sales. In the District establishment structure, however, Petroleum Bulk Plants and Assemblers of Farm Products represent a share of the estab- lishments almost equal to that of the Merchant Wholesalers. Within the Ramsey County structure, Petroleum Bulk Plants again assume more signifi- 147 CHART 29 WHOLESALE ESTABLISHMENTS, EMPLOYMENT AND SALES STRUCTURE RAMSEY COUNTY, HENNEPIN COUNTY, MINNESOTA, NINTH DISTRICT 1954 - RAMSEY COUNTY .,..... ,.: ESTABLISHMENTS HENNEPIN COUNTY ....• •-. MINNESOTA NINTH DISTRICT - RAMSEY COUNTY EMPLOYMENT HENNEPIN-COUNTY MINNESOTA - NINTH DISTRICT RAMSEY COUNTY SALES HENNEPIN COUNTY MINNESOTA NWTH DISTRICT 6 10% 26% 30% 46% 56% 66% 76% 80% 90% 100% MBIIIII. WHOLESALERS MSALES�BRANCHES PPLANTS. ® MgGERHfSIB�RONERS 0.FAFM TTERMINALS M PRODUCTS NOTE: FOUR STATES WHOLLY WITHIN NINTH FEDERAL RESERVE DISTRICT Merchant Wholesalers represent the largest single group in all areas in terms'of estab- lishments, employment, and sales. In the District establishment structure, however, Petroleum Bulk Plants and Assemblers of Farm Products represent a share of the estab- lishments almost equal to that of the Merchant Wholesalers. Within the Ramsey County structure, Petroleum Bulk Plants again assume more signifi- 147 cance than to evident in Hennepin County. This probably is largely a reflection of the Port facilities in Saint Paul which encouraged- the building of petroleum tank farms in the City. On the other hand, Merchandising Agents and Brokers are of greater structural sig- nificance in Hennepin County than in Ramsey. Several characteristics of the wholesale structures are worth considering. Chart 30 il- lustrates ratios of employees/establishment, sales/establishment, and sales/employee for the four areas previously considered, indexed to comparable ratios for the United States wholesale trade by setting the United States ratios equal to 1.0. CHART 30 WHOLESALE TRADE CHARACTERISTICS RAMSEY COUNTY, HENNEPIN COUNTY, MINNESOTA, NINTH DISTRICT INDEXED TO UNITED STATESM-O) 1954 In the prominent Merchant Wholesale group, all areas exceed the United States in the first two considerations of employees per establishment and sales per establishment. Both the District and. Ramsey County Merchant Wholesalers recorded lower sales per em- ployee ratios than did the Nation. In fact, Petroleum Bulk Plants and Assemblers of Farm 148 n Products were the only groups in which Ramsey County wholesalers recorded higher sales per employee than in the Nation. .Employees per establishment, except for the Merchandising Agents and Brokers group, exceed the ratio for the: Nation for all groups. In the case of sales per' establishment, both Manufacturers' Sales Branches and Merchandise Agents. and Brokers were below na- tional levels: It is apparent that employment tends to be disproportionately high in most of the wholesale groups, resulting in over-all low sales per employee in the Ramsey County wholesale business. - In addition to the "kind of operation" structural classification just considered, a further insight into the Saint Paul establishment and employment structure may be gained on a "type of business" basis, using S. I. C. classifications. These data, as shown in Table 89, are for the year 1958, and were supplied by the Minnesota Department of Employment Security. TABLE 89 WHOLESALE ESTABLISHMENTS AND EMPLOYMENT BY KIND OF BUSINESS Saint Paul, 1958 Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security. The heterogeneous group of Miscellaneous Wholesalers accounts for the largest share of both establishments and employment. Included in this group are such businesses as met- als, minerals, petroleum bulk stations and terminals, scrap and waste materials, tobacco products, alcoholic beverages, paper products, furniture and home f4rnishings, lumber and construction materials, and wholesalers not classified in other categories. The second most prominent wholesale group in terms of both number of establishments and employment are those wholesalers of Machinery, Equipment and Supplies (S. I. C. 508), accounting for 221yo of the establishments and 21% of the employment. Groceries and Re- lated Products wholesalers are the third most prominent group in Saint Paul, while the remainder of the establishments and wholesale employment are distributed among the other six types of wholesale businesses. Interestingly, in the three largest groups, the share of total establishments and the share of total employment within each group are within about 1.5% of each other, whereas, in the less dominant groups, the respective establishment and employment shares tend to be more divergent. Those groups in which the percentage of totalemployment exceeds the percentage of establishments are Motor Vehicles, Groceries, and Hardware; for the other six types of business, the share of total establishments exceeds the respective share of total employment. - Employment also may be considered in terms of the wholesale floor space per employee as currently exists for the Saint Paul wholesale industry. In Table 90 are prevented data for the 88 wholesale firms responding to the Planning Board survey, showing the floor space per employee relationship by S.I.C. group. 149 Establishments - Employment_. S.LC, No. Type of Business Number 7.o Total Number -/6 of Total 501 Motor Vehicles, Auto Equip. 29 4.6 655 7.0 502 Drugs, Chemicals, Allied Prod. 5.1 267 2.9 2.1 503 Dry Goods, Apparel Z9 89 4.6 14.2 193 1,471 15.8 504 Groceries & Related Products 5 0.8 30 0.3 505 Farm Prod., Raw Materials 7.2 542 5.8 506 507 Electrical Goods Hardware, Plumbing & Heating ,-45 42 6.7 1,092 11.7, 508 Machinery, Equip. & Supplies 138 22.0 1,947 3,122 20.9 33.5 509 Miscellaneous Wholesalers 218 34.8 Total 627 100.0 9,319, 100.0 Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security. The heterogeneous group of Miscellaneous Wholesalers accounts for the largest share of both establishments and employment. Included in this group are such businesses as met- als, minerals, petroleum bulk stations and terminals, scrap and waste materials, tobacco products, alcoholic beverages, paper products, furniture and home f4rnishings, lumber and construction materials, and wholesalers not classified in other categories. The second most prominent wholesale group in terms of both number of establishments and employment are those wholesalers of Machinery, Equipment and Supplies (S. I. C. 508), accounting for 221yo of the establishments and 21% of the employment. Groceries and Re- lated Products wholesalers are the third most prominent group in Saint Paul, while the remainder of the establishments and wholesale employment are distributed among the other six types of wholesale businesses. Interestingly, in the three largest groups, the share of total establishments and the share of total employment within each group are within about 1.5% of each other, whereas, in the less dominant groups, the respective establishment and employment shares tend to be more divergent. Those groups in which the percentage of totalemployment exceeds the percentage of establishments are Motor Vehicles, Groceries, and Hardware; for the other six types of business, the share of total establishments exceeds the respective share of total employment. - Employment also may be considered in terms of the wholesale floor space per employee as currently exists for the Saint Paul wholesale industry. In Table 90 are prevented data for the 88 wholesale firms responding to the Planning Board survey, showing the floor space per employee relationship by S.I.C. group. 149 Products were the only groups in which Ramsey County wholesalers recorded higher sales per employee than in the Nation. Employees per establishment, except for the Merchandising Agents and Brokers group, exceed the ratio for the Nation for all groups. In the case of sales per establishment; both Manufacturers' Sales Branches and Merchandise Agents and Brokers were below na-. tional levels. It is apparent that employment tends to be disproportionately high in most of the wholesale groups, resulting in over-all low sales per employee in the Ramsey County wholesale business. In addition to the "kind of operation" structural classification just considered, a further insight into the Saint Paul establishment and employment structure may be gained on a "type of business" basis, using S.I.C. classifications. These data, as shown in Table 89, are for the year 1958, and were supplied by the Minnesota Department of Employment Security. TABLE 89 WHOLESALE ESTABLISHMENTS AND EMPLOYMENT BY KIND OF BUSINESS Saint Paul, 1958 Establishments Employ S.LC. oo %% off No. Type of Business Number Total Number Total 501 Motor Vehicles, Auto Equip. 29 4.6 655 7.0 502 Drugs, Chemicals, Allied Prod. 32 5.1 267 Z. 9 503 Dry Goods, Apparel 29 4.6 193 2.1 504 Groceries & Related Products 89 14.2 1,471 15.8 505 Farm Prod. , Raw Materials 5 _ 0.8 30 0.3 506 Electrical Goods 45 7.2 542 5.8 507 Hardware, Plumbing & Heating 42 6.7 1,092 11.7 508 Machinery, Equip. & Supplies 138 22.0 1,947 20.9 509 Miscellaneous Wholesalers 218 34.8 3,122 33.5 Total 627 .100.0 9,319 100.0 /Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security. The heterogeneous group of Miscellaneous Wholesalers accounts for the largest share of both establishments and employment. Included in this group are such businesses as met- als,minerals, petroleum bulk stations and terminals, scrap and waste materials, tobacco products, alcoholic beverages, paper products, furniture and home furnishings, lumber and construction materials, and wholesalers not classified in other categories. The second most prominent wholesale group in terms of both number of establishments and employment are those wholesalers of Machinery, Equipment and Supplies (S.I. C. 508), accounting for 22%a of the establishments and 21% of the employment. Groceries and Re- lated Products wholesalers are the third most prominent group in Saint Paul, while the remainder of the establishments and wholesale employment are distributed among the other sixtypes of wholesale businesses. Interestingly, in the three largest groups., the share of total establishments and the share of total employment within each group are within about 1.5% of each other, whereas, in the less dominant groups, the respective establishment and employment shares tend to be more divergent. Those groups in which the percentage of total employment exceeds the percentage of establishments are Motor Vehicles, Groceries; and Hardware; for the other six types of business, the share of total establishments exceeds the respective share of total employment. Employment also may be considered in terms of thfr wholesale floor space per employee as currently exists for the Saint Paul wholesale industry. In Table 90 are presented data for the 88 wholesale firms responding to the Planning Board survey, showing the floor space per employee relationship by S.I.C. group. 149 TABLE 90 PRESENT WHOLESALE STANDARDS FLOOR AREA PER EMPLOYEE Saint Paul - 1957 - S. I. C. No. No. Type of Business Rep. 501 Motor Vehicles, Auto Equip. 5 502 Drugs, Chemicals, Allied Prod. 55 503 Dry Goods, Apparel (Sq. Ft.) 504 Groceries k Related Prod. 12 506 Electrical Goods 3 507 Hardware, Plumbing k Heating 9 508 Machinery, Equip k Supplies 10 509 Miscellaneous Wholesalers 37 Total 88 Source: Saint Paul Planning Board - 1958 Survey of Wholesale Firms. Grocery and Related Product wholesalers (504) utilise the greatest amount of floor space per employee, the 2,100 square feet being twice that of the average for the 88 firms. Dry Goods and Apparel, Electrical Goods, and Drugs, Chemicals and Allied, P roducts wholesalers (503, 506, and 502, respectively) are the three other wholesale groups that utilise over 1,000 sq. ft. of floor space per employee. Machinery, Equipment and Supplies wholesalers (508), with approximately 609 sq, ft. per employee, utilizes the smallest amount of floor space per employee. WHOLESALE CHANGES The growth that has occurred in wholesaling in the past decade is considered herein in terms of Ramsey County rather than the City of Saint Paul itself. Data are much more complete at the County Level; in addition, wholesaling in the County is centered largely in Saint Paul and, thus, County figures will, by and large, be representative of City figures. Merchant Wholesalers are the only component group individually considered in this sec- tion for, in many instances, data for the other smaller components of the wholesale struc- ture were withheld in the Census to conform to the disclosure rules. Establishments Wholesale trade in Ramsey County experienced a good growth during the 1948 to 1958 period. The 25.5% increase in total number of establishments was comparable to the in- crease that occurred in the State. Though the total number of establishments in the Dis- trict increased by only 16.2%, the largest component of the structure,. Merchant Whole- sale establishments, increased by 62.4% in the District. in fact, all areas considered, except Ramsey County, experienced an increase in Merchant Wholesale establishments that was considerably greater than the percentage increase of all wholesale establish- ments. For Ramsey County, the Merchant Wholesale establishment per cent increase was about equal to the total establishment per,, cent increase for the County. (See Table 91). Employment This latter pattern occurs in the employment changes as well, where Merchant Wholesale employment increased at a rate higher than did total wholesale employment for all areas 150 Floor Space Per Em- Employ- Fl. Space ployee went (000 Sq. Ft.) (Sq. Ft.) 248 197 794.4- 80 92 1,150.0 63 102 - 1,619.0 _ 520 1,092 2,100.0 25 34 1,360.0 1,036 1,027 991.3 304 185 608.6 1,417 1,149 810.9 " 3,693 3,878 1,050.1 (average) Source: Saint Paul Planning Board - 1958 Survey of Wholesale Firms. Grocery and Related Product wholesalers (504) utilise the greatest amount of floor space per employee, the 2,100 square feet being twice that of the average for the 88 firms. Dry Goods and Apparel, Electrical Goods, and Drugs, Chemicals and Allied, P roducts wholesalers (503, 506, and 502, respectively) are the three other wholesale groups that utilise over 1,000 sq. ft. of floor space per employee. Machinery, Equipment and Supplies wholesalers (508), with approximately 609 sq, ft. per employee, utilizes the smallest amount of floor space per employee. WHOLESALE CHANGES The growth that has occurred in wholesaling in the past decade is considered herein in terms of Ramsey County rather than the City of Saint Paul itself. Data are much more complete at the County Level; in addition, wholesaling in the County is centered largely in Saint Paul and, thus, County figures will, by and large, be representative of City figures. Merchant Wholesalers are the only component group individually considered in this sec- tion for, in many instances, data for the other smaller components of the wholesale struc- ture were withheld in the Census to conform to the disclosure rules. Establishments Wholesale trade in Ramsey County experienced a good growth during the 1948 to 1958 period. The 25.5% increase in total number of establishments was comparable to the in- crease that occurred in the State. Though the total number of establishments in the Dis- trict increased by only 16.2%, the largest component of the structure,. Merchant Whole- sale establishments, increased by 62.4% in the District. in fact, all areas considered, except Ramsey County, experienced an increase in Merchant Wholesale establishments that was considerably greater than the percentage increase of all wholesale establish- ments. For Ramsey County, the Merchant Wholesale establishment per cent increase was about equal to the total establishment per,, cent increase for the County. (See Table 91). Employment This latter pattern occurs in the employment changes as well, where Merchant Wholesale employment increased at a rate higher than did total wholesale employment for all areas 150 M Source: 1954 & 1958 United States Census of Business. TABLE 91 in Ramsey wholesale employ county, the increase was approximately data). In Ramsey County, as in the other areas considered, during meat. (1948 to 1954 the full 1948 to 1958 period, the rate of employment increase was substantially below the NUMBER OF WHOLESALE ESTABLISHMENTS TABLE 92 WHOLESALE EMPLOYMENT - 1948, 1954, 1958 1948 to 1958 1948-1954 C ange sage ange 1948 to 1958 . Number % 8,766 10,105 9,553 15.3% - Change in nage in a Merch. Whole. Hennepin County 25,556 27,409 29,200 7.3% N. A. 12.5% 1948. 1954 1958 Number Per Gent Ramsey County - Totals 549 636 689 475 140 99 25.5% 26.3% Merchant Wholesalers 376 434 -590,236 publicationstudy. N.A. - Not available at date ofubli a Hennepin County - Totals 1,.460 865 1,733 1,134 2,029 1,330 569 465 39.0% 53.8% Merchant Wholesalers , Minnesota -Totals 5,392 2,143 6,099 2,833 6,659 3,274 1,267 1,131 23.5% 52.8% Merchant Wholesalers Ninth District - Totals 10,5.+11 11,365 4,247 12,216 5,109 1,705 1,964 16.2% 62.4% Merchant Wholesalers 3,145 United States - Totals 216,099 252,318 285,996 189,728 69,897 60,611 32.31. 46.9% Merchant Wholesalers 129,117 165,153 Source: 1954 & 1958 United States Census of Business. except Ramsey County (Table 92). For Merchant Wholesale employment 6% below the increase in total in Ramsey wholesale employ county, the increase was approximately data). In Ramsey County, as in the other areas considered, during meat. (1948 to 1954 the full 1948 to 1958 period, the rate of employment increase was substantially below the rate of increase in the number of all wholesale establishments. TABLE 92 WHOLESALE EMPLOYMENT - 1948, 1954, 1958 1948 to 1958 1948-1954 C ange sage ange in in Totals 1948 1954 1958 in% Number % 8,766 10,105 9,553 15.3% 787 9.0% Ramsey county 6,332 6,925 N. A. 9.4% - - Merch. Whole. Hennepin County 25,556 27,409 29,200 7.3% N. A. 12.5% 3,644 .14.3% - - Merch. Whole. 16,672 18,764 Minnesota 52,082 57,620 58,433 10.6% 37,561 12.0% 6,351 12.2% 4,767 14.5% Merch. Whole. 32,794 36,719 Ninth District 76,251 82,816 84,657 8.6% 50,365 52,617 10.5%. 8,406_ 11.0% 7,042 15.5% Merch. Whole. 45,575 2,7960476 12.4% 2,305,403 2,686,501 491,073 21.3% - United States N. A. 17.1% March. Whole. 1,440,738 1, -590,236 publicationstudy. N.A. - Not available at date ofubli a Source: 1954 & 1958, Business 151 wholesale employment data, on a yearly basis, are available ell as f e Minna- well Saint Paul, as well as for Min n - Additional Security for the City resented graphically sota Department ofitaEmploymentand the State. These data are p spoils, the Metropolitan area, holesale employment incre EYesbad been fairlya consistent Charts 31 and 32. A 15.196 since 1956 there tween 1947 and 1959 and. ss is evident from the charts, Throu h the first employment increases for each year from 1947 through 1956. However, decrease Saint Paul those of Saint Paul. have been consistent wholesale employmentolio employ - half of the Period, employment increases in Minneapolis The 1953 to 1958 period sarever thaBe, of n that of Saint Paul s trend t in 1959 the Minneap ment increase again was greater TABLE 93 WHOLESALE SALES1 " 1948, 1954, (In Thousands of Dollars) 1948 to 1958 ange Change in in 1954 1958 Amount Per Totals 1998156,302 27.8% 695,500 718,812 Z9, 385 9.1% 562,510 367,769 351,341 Ramsey County 821,956 March. Whole. 494,357 21.1% 2,583,838 2,835,277 117,914 10.8% Hennepin County 2,340,920 1,103,123 1,208,742 1,090,828 765,405 16.5% March. Whole. 5,408,878 16.7% 4,643,,447 4,973,930 2,214,688 317,341 Minnesota 1,897,847 2,042,351 12 9`16 March. Whole. 7,705,727 878,527 22.8% 6,827,200 7,058,667 2,967,732 550,070 ..Ninth District 2,417,662 2,703,396 March. Whole. 6510881298 37.6% 032,115 238,054,446 28,795,147 39.3% United States 172.966,148 211,659,965 102,102,867 Merch. Whole. 73.307,720 ,9 1 Sale Adjusted154&Wholesale Price Index to 1947-49 (a 100) Constant Dollars. Source: 1954 & 199 58 U. S. Census of Business. Sales increase is Ramsey on a comparative basis, experienced substantial sales was exceeded Wholesale sales, period considered. The par cent increase in County County during the p of °ales growth: Ramsey County wholesaler° increased Mer h at in County• Hennepin County only by' National rate rise in Merchant Whole - at a greater rate than was the situatOOB� in spit of the 53.8°Jo rienced the lowest rate wholesale sales increased byonly Ninth District total sales expo sale establishments in riod increasing. by only 12.9°,4• The SUte rate of salee.i les in - of growth during the p in the six -pear period, ..with Merchant Wholesale sales do also was only moderate during with only one exception creasing at about the same rate as totalwholecounty myale ha °tom increase rate of total sales ex- (total sales in We Nation). only in Ramsey County See Table 93) ceeded the expansion rate in number of establishments. LOCATIONAL FACTORS The 1958 survey of Saint Paul's wholesale firms sought, in part, to establish the reasons located in the City. The survey established the lo- rtant to each particular type of wholesaling firm. The for the various wholesale firms being lm portant cations, criteria that were important any of the following factors constitute an P answers received to the question, 152 CHART 31 WHOLESALE EMPLOYMENT ST. PAUL, 1947-1959 SOURCE'. MINNESOTA OEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT SECURITY CHART 32 WHOLESALE EMPLOYMENT INDEX 1947(EOUALS 100) TO 1959 s0 25 i S.M.A 20 MINNEAPOLIS 15 / 110 105 , ' MINNESOTA ' 100 ST. PAUL 904 - 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956. 1957 1958 19 SOURCE MINNESOTA OEVARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT SECURITY 153 59 I - B �A lana 1x49 1950 1951 1952 1953- 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 19 SOURCE'. MINNESOTA OEPARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT SECURITY CHART 32 WHOLESALE EMPLOYMENT INDEX 1947(EOUALS 100) TO 1959 s0 25 i S.M.A 20 MINNEAPOLIS 15 / 110 105 , ' MINNESOTA ' 100 ST. PAUL 904 - 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956. 1957 1958 19 SOURCE MINNESOTA OEVARTMENT OF EMPLOYMENT SECURITY 153 59 advantage in your present location, please check the particular factor or factors.,, are summarized by S. 1. G. group in Table -94. - TABLE 94 PRINCIPAL LOCATIONAL FACTORS SAINT PAUL WHOLESALE FIRMS '1958 Number of Firms by Group, Indicating Importance of the Locational Factor Locational Factors 1 0 7 p otal -- Availability of Labor 1 - 1 1 1 6 8 Wage Rates - - 3 _ 2 1 3 9 Source of Material 4 3 8 2 5- 7 18 52 Location of Sales Market 5 _ 2 _ 1 2 12 17 Cost of Transportation - "_ _ 3 - _ 1 1 7 12 Local Taxes 1 1 - 1 1 2 8 4 14 Desirability of Community _ 1 1 _ 2 5 Comm. Attitude Toward Bus. 3 1 2 I - 8 6 14 Parking Facilities 35 _ 1 _ 2 2 5 10 Land for Expansion - _ -1 - Other 1 Nearness of R. R. Depots and Hotels. Source: Planning Board 1958 Survey of Wholesale Firms. As is readily apparent, the location of the sales market is the most important locational factor with 52 of the 88 firms listing this factor. This would tend to verify the previously noted locational importance of the Twin Cities as a wholesaling center, particularly for the Ninth District. The existence of a diversified, readily accessible, nand economically sound sales market is shown to be the principal reason for the location of wholesale firma in the Twin Cities and, specifically, Saint Paul. Though not always as much of a locational factor as it may be a site factor, adequacy of parking facilities proved to be the second most important location factor for Saint Paul firms. A total of 35 of the 88 firms reporting cited parking facilities aa being important. to their location.This was particularly true for such firms as those in S. I. C. group 507, the Hardware, Plumbing and Heating Supplies wholesalers, where, presumably, the de- pendence upon trucking required adequate parking areas. Cost of transportation ranked third as an important locational factor. Much of the whole- sale business depends upon transporting goods by either rail or highway and, thus, the - cost of such transportation significantly affects the desirability of one wholesaling loca- tion as opposed to another. The community itself has been shown to be a very important factor in wholesale location. Desirability of community, local taxes, and community attitude toward business were all cited with some frequency as being important to the location of Saint Paul wholesalers. Community attitude toward business, was cited as often as source of materials as an im- portant locational factor. Thus, it in apparent that the wholesale firms of Saint Paul are definitely aware of -the community attitude and advantages of the community, not only tax - wise but also with cognizance of the other amenities a community may offer. SITE SELECTION FACTORS As a result of a decision based on the factors just noted, a wholesale firm locating in Saint Paul is faced with the situation of finding a site on which to commence operations. The 1958 survey delved into the firms' needs which had been considered in their selection 154 of their present site. This data is summarized in Table, 95, presenting the firms• major, secondary, and negligible .needs in the determination of a suitable site. v TABLE 95 WHOLESALE SITE DETERMINANTS SAINT PAUL WHOLESALE FIRMS 1958 Number of Firms, by S.I.C. Group, Indi- Degree of catinRelative Im ortance of a Factor Site Factor Importance %otal a.. Trackage Major 1 2 - 4 - 4 1 16 28 Secondary 1 1 - I -- 1 2 4- 10 Ne lir ible 3 1 1 4 3 4 5 21 b. Main Highway ajo 2 - - 4-Z 3 3 14d Secondary 1 2 1 - - 3 2 8 17 Ne ti ible 1 4 3 2 11 21 c. Airport ajor - - - - - - - - Secondary 1 1 - - - - 1 1 4 Ne li ible 2 1 1 7 - 7 6 18 42 d. Waterway alor - - - - - - - Secondary - 1 - - - - - 2 3 Ne�lfgible 3 1 1 7 - 7 7 14 40 e. ear Downtown slot 1 Z 3- Z I Z 1 5. 17 - Secondary 1 1 1 1 - - 6 6 16 Ne li ible 1 1 5 5 2 11 25 f. Presence of In- Major 3 1 1 1 1 3 2 9 21 dustrial Dist. or Secondary 1 -- 1 1 - - 3 9 19 Concentration Negligible 1 1 5 4 3 4 14 g. Isolated Open Major -. - - - - - - 1 1 land Secondary - - - - - - 1 1 2 Ne li ible 3 2 7 6 6 15 39 h. Presence of exist- Major 1 2 3 4 2 3 11 26 ing Structure Secondary 3 1 - 1 - 1 3 4 13 - Ne li ible 1 1 1 5 - 2 3 8 21 i. Other - slot - -1 Secondary Source: Planning Board 1958 Survey of Wholesalers. Of major importance to the largest number of firms is trackage, again emphasizing the role of transportation in the wholesaling industry. It is quite apparent that adequate trans- portation facilities with equitable rates (re: "Cost of Transportation") noted as an impor- tant factor in Table 94 is an extremely important factor in both locational and site con- siderations. Interestingly, only half the number of firms that indicated trackage to be of major importance placed similar importance on amain highway as a site determinant. A larger number emphasized the presence of an industrial district or location near the downtown area. Thus, it appears that the immediate proximity of a mainhighway is not as essential as the grouping of establishments. Through this grouping or concentration, economic exchange, in the form of transfer of goods either from manufacturer to whole- saler or from wholesaler to retailer, is facilitated. Wholesaling, unlike manufacturing, in dependent upon frequent customer contact and, thus, the desire for isolated open land on the part of the wholesaler is practically non-existant. The presence of an existing structure has been cited by a large number of wholesalers as constituting a major site -determinant., The adaptability of structures to the wholesaling and storage function makes the utilization of an existing structure far easier for the wholesaler than is the case for the manufacturer or the retailer. A site near either an airport,yr a waterway is of little importance to Saint Paul whole - 155 to the air With the growth of air transport, and a possible The de- lers Only 4 firms attached any importance (either major or secondary port, and only 6 to the waterway. cline in air freight rates, a site near an airportlafnednby the locationrof the wholesalslight in art, be exp while the navigable ;mportance of the waterway may, P _ trade aiea, oriented about a latitudinal axis through the Twin Gities. waterway runs principally north -south. here as well as roximity to the customer, and transpor- Thus, Saint Paul's wholesale firms have definite reasons for locattng selecting particular sites. The, market area. P Cation facilities are apparently the most imei rand hie customers sand (anything ole - which Baler must have ready access to hie eupp facilitates this economic contact Le Influential on his selection of loI!e. cation and s WHOLESALE FIRM EXPANSION has anded at a comparatively As has been noted -previously, wholesaling in Saint number of establishment, employment, substantial rate since the mid -1940s, into the anticipated further expan safes volume. The Planning BO of the whole atd sale rsrthemeelves`e Wholesalers sought to gain some in- sight from the viewpoint Bion of the industry through the nexanienotyen the pastrmation also was. gathered relative to the factors that have prompted exp TABLE 96 FACTORS INFLUENCING WHOLESALE EXPANSION Saint Paul - 1958 source: 1958 Wholesale Survey - Saint Paul Planning Board. specific factors that have prompted the expansion of the Saint Paul wholesale firms. Nearly 53% of the responding Table % delineates the relative importance of each of three ears. Additionally, over 45% of the firms firms reported that increased sales of traditional products have been the major factor or cause of their expanefon during the past ten y reported that the introduction r f new ro ducts than one factorwas eTas b o=gance to the Talmo tor ee in their expansion. ( of the firms. Thus, it of their expansion. ) Expansion of the sales market was o[ major imp as such, been a principal expansion factor, 28%0 of those reporting; it was a secondary factor for almost l0 is evident that not only has incre aeed sales, but the introduction of new products also has played a major role in the expansion of e wholesale function in Saint Paul. ms ren - resents the percentage of firms indicating an - Future expansion has been predicted by a substantial portion of the nwholesale nd employmentatthrough ponding to the questionnaires. Table 97 P floors ace. ticipated degree of expansion in terms of salsa, Land. P 1968• 96 of the firms replying in - The most substantial growth is foreseen in terms of sales; %^ dicated that they expected sales to increase at a rate greater than that of the 1947 to 195? 06 Per Cent of Firms Report - fn that Factor was of! Major j a It t le icon ary Importance Importance Importance �— 31.0% 14.9%a 6.9%u :E;, New Products Increased Sales of 52.9% -y Traditional Prod. 27 6%0 9 2% 11.5%. Expansion of Sales 0.056 Market 2.3% 0.0% Other �— source: 1958 Wholesale Survey - Saint Paul Planning Board. specific factors that have prompted the expansion of the Saint Paul wholesale firms. Nearly 53% of the responding Table % delineates the relative importance of each of three ears. Additionally, over 45% of the firms firms reported that increased sales of traditional products have been the major factor or cause of their expanefon during the past ten y reported that the introduction r f new ro ducts than one factorwas eTas b o=gance to the Talmo tor ee in their expansion. ( of the firms. Thus, it of their expansion. ) Expansion of the sales market was o[ major imp as such, been a principal expansion factor, 28%0 of those reporting; it was a secondary factor for almost l0 is evident that not only has incre aeed sales, but the introduction of new products also has played a major role in the expansion of e wholesale function in Saint Paul. ms ren - resents the percentage of firms indicating an - Future expansion has been predicted by a substantial portion of the nwholesale nd employmentatthrough ponding to the questionnaires. Table 97 P floors ace. ticipated degree of expansion in terms of salsa, Land. P 1968• 96 of the firms replying in - The most substantial growth is foreseen in terms of sales; %^ dicated that they expected sales to increase at a rate greater than that of the 1947 to 195? 06 period. Another 16% expect sales to increase at a rate"equal to the preceding ten years, while only 10. 3%i expected sales to. either decline or, grow at a rate less than that of the 1947 to 1957 period. Note: Percentages do not total to 100% since each firm may not have answered each portion of the question. Source: 1958 Wholesale Survey - Saint Paul Planning Board. The percentage of firms anticipating expansion in terms of employment, land or floor space is significantly below the percentage of firms anticipating sales increases. Sales expansion is not necessarily reflected proportionately to the increased number of em- ployees or increased area requirements. Only 8% of the firms reporting anticipate ex- pansion of land used to exceed that of the preceding ten-year period. However, floor space . is expected to increase at a substantial rate by over 20% of the firms. Wholesale employment, wJiich increased by 19% between 1947 and 1957, is expected to expand at an -even greater rate by 24% of the wholesale firms surveyed. Another 10% ex- pect an increase rate similar to that of the past ten years, while 11.5% expect the rate to be lower. However, it must be recognized that these anticipated expansions of the whole- sale industry are based on a relatively small number of the wholesale firms in the City. TABLE 98 ANTICIPATED LOCATION OF EXPAN- SION OVER THE NEXT TEN YEARS 88 Saint Paul Wholesale Firms 1958 Yes No Saint Paul 49.4% 33.3% St. Paul-Mpls.. Met. Area 28.7% 28.7% (exclusive of St. Paul) Outside St. Paul-Mpls. 28.7% 36.9% Metropolitan Area Source: 1958 Wholesale Survey - Saint Paul Planning Board. The location of any anticipated expansion on the part of Saint Paul's wholesalers is of 157 TABLE 97 ANTICIPATED 10 -YEAR EXPANSION SALES, LAND, FLOOR AREA, EMPLOYMENT 88 Saint Paul Wholesale Firms 1958 Degree of Sales Volume Floor Employ - Expansion In Dollars Land Space ment Expansion Greater than 46.0% 8.1% 20.7% 24.1% 1947-1957 Expansion Equal to 16. 1% 9.2% 10.3% 10.3% 1947-1957 Expansion Less Than 10.3%. 6.9% 6.9% 11.5% 1947-1957 Note: Percentages do not total to 100% since each firm may not have answered each portion of the question. Source: 1958 Wholesale Survey - Saint Paul Planning Board. The percentage of firms anticipating expansion in terms of employment, land or floor space is significantly below the percentage of firms anticipating sales increases. Sales expansion is not necessarily reflected proportionately to the increased number of em- ployees or increased area requirements. Only 8% of the firms reporting anticipate ex- pansion of land used to exceed that of the preceding ten-year period. However, floor space . is expected to increase at a substantial rate by over 20% of the firms. Wholesale employment, wJiich increased by 19% between 1947 and 1957, is expected to expand at an -even greater rate by 24% of the wholesale firms surveyed. Another 10% ex- pect an increase rate similar to that of the past ten years, while 11.5% expect the rate to be lower. However, it must be recognized that these anticipated expansions of the whole- sale industry are based on a relatively small number of the wholesale firms in the City. TABLE 98 ANTICIPATED LOCATION OF EXPAN- SION OVER THE NEXT TEN YEARS 88 Saint Paul Wholesale Firms 1958 Yes No Saint Paul 49.4% 33.3% St. Paul-Mpls.. Met. Area 28.7% 28.7% (exclusive of St. Paul) Outside St. Paul-Mpls. 28.7% 36.9% Metropolitan Area Source: 1958 Wholesale Survey - Saint Paul Planning Board. The location of any anticipated expansion on the part of Saint Paul's wholesalers is of 157 vital concern. As is shown in Table 98, 49.4% of the firms responding expect all, or part of their future expansion to occur within Saint Paul. On the otherhand, one-third of the firms definitely expect that none of their anticipated expansion wilt occur within the City. The firms that expect that all, or part, of their expansion will occur outside of the Standard Metropolitan Area amounted to Zo. 7%. - TABLE 99 ANTICIPATED EXPANSION THROUGH NEW CONSTRUCTION 88 Saint Paul Wholesale Firms 1958 Number of Firms Reporting Per Cent Saint Metro. Area Areasutetde - Future Expansion Paul (Ex. St. Paul) Metro. Area 10 to 19% 1 - - 2 20 to 29%. 5 3 3 30 to 39% 4 2 2 40 to 49% 1 1 2 50 to 59% 2 2 1 60 to 69% - - I 70 to 79%. - 1 - 8o to 89% - - Z 90 to t00% 15 - Total 28 9 13 % of Total 31.8% 10.2% 14.8% Firms Surveyed ource: 1955 o es a urvey - stn a amm�g oard - TABLE 100 - ANTICIPATED EXPANSION THROUGH. UTILIZATION OF EXISTING STRUCTURE 88 Saint Paul Wholesale Firms 1958 -Number of Firms Reporting Per Cent sin[ etro. Area reaa utst e Future Expansion Paul (Ex. St. Paul) Metro. Area to to 19% - - 1 20 to 29% 4 2 2 30 to 39% 1 - - 40 to 49% - - 50 to 59% 3 1 2 60 to 69`R - - - - 70 to 79% 3 - " so to 89% - - - 90 to t00% 6 2 1 Total 17 5 6 ' % of Total 19.3% 5.7% 6.8%n Firms Surveyed Source: 1958 Wholesale Survey - Saint Paul Planning Board 158 nsion has been e. A more detailed study of this proposed or antbe icipated in either new construction Expan- sion, either in Saint Paul or elsewhere, y cion with utilization of the existing structure of a firm. Tables 99 and 100 indicate the own b 10% number of firms anticipating a certain percentage. of their future expansion (sh for new increments)to occur in each particular area noted. Table 99 presents cogbtructiotr,l and Table 100 shows expansion plans utilizing existing structures. Fifteen firms reported that they expect 90% to l0o% of their new construction to occur within Saint Paul. A total of 28 firms, or 31.8%a of the firms surveyed, expect at least some portion of this new construction to take place within the City. There is a larger number of firms who anticipate new construction outside of the Metropolitan area than m those who expect expansion by this means to occur within the Standard Metropolitan Area (exclusive of Saint Paul). Fewer firms anticipate expansion through utilization of existing structures. Nineteen per cent of the 88 firms expect expansion through this means to occur within Saint Paul: of those 17 firms, 6 expect that 90% to 100% of this expansion will occur in .the City. -Consideration previously has been given to the locational and site factors that are current- ly important to Saint Paul wholesalers. From the standpoint of the anticipated expansion just discussed, it is advantageous to delve further into this question of locational and site factors, and to examine the criteria considered by wholesale firms when they plan physi- cal expansion. , Table fol lists these factors, and the number of firms that attach a particular degree of importance to each of them. Twenty-five of the 88 firms-, or over 28Gto of those surveyed, consider parking facilities to be of major importance. Local labor attitudes was listed TABLE 101 RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF SELECTED ATIONAL FACTORS FOR FUTURE EXPANSION 88 Saint Paul Wholesale Firms 1958 `° A. Trackage B. Main Highway C. Airport D. Waterway E. - F. Near Downtown Presence of Existing Struc. G. Availability of Adjacent Land H. Built-up Industrial Zone I. Isolated Open Site J. Water Supply K. Sewage Disposal L.' Parking Facilities M. Adequacy of Electric Power N. Cost of Electric Power O. Cost of Fuel P. Local Labor Attitudes Q. Local Pool of Skilled Labor R. Desirability of Community Facilities ' S. Other Number of Firms Report - in that Factor is of: Major econdary Ime Negligible Importance Importance Por '17 6 11 13 8 12 0 2 26 4 3 22 6 11 15 17 6 11 16 6 8 7 12 12 4 3 19 10 7 13 8 7 12 25 11 4 13 8 7 13 8 8 10 8 10 19 4 8 5 8 14 9 7 8 Source: 1958 Wholesale Survey - Saint Paul Planning Board. 159 by the second largest number of firms as being of major importance to them when they are considering relocation. Also considered to be of major importance by a large per- centage of the wholesale firms are trackage, presence of existing structure, availability of adjacent land, main highway, and adequacy and cost of electric power. Negligible con- sideration is given by theme firma to such factors as an airport, waterway, or an isolated open site. Being near Downtown was also listed as of negligible importance by 15 firms, or 17%. in spite of the fact that this factor was of importance to a comparatively large number of firms in their present site. A lbcal pool of skilled labor is also of negligible importance to a large number of wholesale firms. Thus, location and expansion of the Wholesale Industry in Saint Paul depends upon many factors. The location of a sales market is the principal inducement for the Wholesale In- dustry to locate in a particular area. The selection of a particular location and site is largely dependent not only upon physical advantages of an area, but also upon local atti- tudes and over-all economic climate. r• 160 �1 Retail Trade Retail trade very probably is the segment of the economy with which the citizens of the City are most familiar for it is from the retail establishments that the resident purchases most of the items that he uses daily. The food he eats, the automobile he drives, the clothing he wears, the furniture and appliances he uses, and the drugs that he may need are all purchased from a retailer. The retail items used by the resident are very often a reflection of his standard of living. The function of a City is to provideforthe physical, economic, sociological, and political welfare of its residents. The relative standard of Living is certainly a reflection of the degree of accomplishment of this purpose and, thus, the adequacy with which the retail segment of the City's economy helps to fulfill this pur- pose is of vital importance. Retail trade in Saint Paul employed more than one of every fourteen persons in the City in 1958. For this same year, over 2,800 establishments did a total retail business of al- most 498 million dollars. However, the sales made by retail establishments in the City are not confined to the residents of the City alone, for it is a characteristic of large metropolitan cities to serve many of the retail needs of the population of the surrounding areas. Therefore, in order to evaluate the retail climate of the City, the "trade area," or the region from which people come to Saint Paul to make retail purchases, must nec- essarily be determined. Comparisonel and analysis with retail trends in adjacent areas, as well as the Nation as a whole, are advisable in order to gain a better insight into the de- gree to which the retail function in Saint Paul has grown and in serving the needs of trade - area residents. RETAIL TRADE AREA The future growth or decline of Saint Paul's retail trade is not only dependent upon the trade of Saint Paul's residents, but is significantly influenced by the ability of the retail facilities to draw people from other. areas to the City to shop. For purposes of future planning, it is necessary to know from where the Saint Paul retail customers come, the frequency of, and purchases resulting from,the shopping trips from these particular areas, the buying capacity of these areas, the future potential possessed by these areas, and the status of competitive retail areas. I In some of the tabular data included in this section, columns expressing percentages may not total to 100% due to a rounding of figures. 161 Trade Area Delineation - A delineation of the Saint Paul'retail trade area was made based largely upon data obtain- ed from the Twin Cities Area Transportation Study conducted in 1958. Data from this survey is available indicating the average number of daily automobile trips to Saint Paul originating in all Minnesota countiee as well as the counties of surrounding states,. These trips have been enumerated by the purpose of the trip; therefore, the intensity of the number of shopping, trips from a particular county may be used as a"good indicator of whether or not this particular county is within the Saint Paul retail trade area and just how important a part of the trade area it is. A second factor that has been taken into con- sideration in delineating the trade area is the circulation of the Saint Paul newspaper, "The Saint Paul Dispatch and Pioneer Press." Advertisements of Saint Paul retail estab- lishments carried in the newspaper may very often serve as an inducement to shopping in the City; therefore, the number of people in a particular county reached by these ad- vertisements may serve as an indicator of retail potential for Saint Paul. Trade Area Analysis An analysis of the retail picture along the lines just indicated gives rise to a retail trade area composed of three fairly distinct county groups. These are: Group I Ramsey, Hennepin, Washington, and Dakota Counties Group II Anoka County plus two Wisconsin Counties, Pierce and St. Croix Group III Scott, Rice, Goodhue, Isanti, and Chisago Counties plus Polk County in Wisconsin At this point, a clarification is necessary. In all context referred to in this section (news- paper circulation, retail sales, effective buying income, etc. ) Ramsey County includes Saint Paul, unless otherwise noted. The main exception is with reference to shopping trips in which instance only that portion of the County outside of Saint Paul is included. Hennepin County includes Minneapolis in all contexts., unless otherwise noted. The four counties comprising Group I accounted for 93. 6% of all shopping trips to Saint Paul from the trade area, with the Ramsey County total of 3..090 being the highest number recorded. At the same time, 91.2% of the trade area newspaper circulation (combined daily and Sunday "Dispatch" and "Pioneer Press") occurred in these four counties. There is a sharp break in the number of shopping trips from Group II, the highest being 175 from Anoka County, with the group as a whole accounting for 4. 6% of the trade -area -shopping tripe. The Group II counties account for 4.3% of trade -area newspaper circulation. Group III accounts for only 1.8%a of the shopping trips to Saint Paul, and 4.5% of newspaper circulation. (See Table 102) Thus, the Saint Paul retail trade area is most intense inthe counties included within Group I, particularly Minneapolis in Hennepin County, suburban Ramsey County, Wash- ington County immediately to the east, and South St. Paul, West St. Paul, Mendota, and other northern Dakota County areas. Group II includes two Wisconsin Counties to the east of Saint Paul, as well as Anoka County. The fact that Anoka is not any more signifi- cant to Saint Paul than .it is probably is due to its proximity to Minneapolis. The third T group of trade area counties is located to the north and south of Saint Paul, at distances up to 50 miles from the City. he trade area is heavily weighted toward the east, with the presumption that Minneapolis and the many Hennepin County shopping centers absorb much of the retail business of the counties west of Saint Paul. (See Chart 33) In 1958, the 13 -county trade area contained 473,400 households with an effective buying income of almost three billion dollars, or $6,213 per household. Retail sales totaled more than two billion dollars. The four Group I countieeaccount for the bulk of these households and retail sales, in addition to having a household effective buying income almost $200 higher than the trade area as a whole. Almost 9411. of all trade -area shopping trips to Saint Paul come from the Group I counties. Forty-five per cent come from Ram- sey County alone (excluding Saint Paul). Thus, it is apparent that the most significant portions of the trade area are local in nature, as represented by Group I counties. (Table 103). In the 10 -year interval since 1948 (when a comparable Twin Cities' Area Transportation Study was also conducted) shopping trips from the combined 13 -county trade area have 162 1 Ramsey, Excluding Saint Paul 2 Estimated 3 Combined Daily & Sunday "St. Paul Dispatch & Pioneer Press" March, 1958 Source: Twin Cities Area Transportation Study; "St. Paul Dispatch" &'Pioneer Press" 163 TABLE 102 RETAIL TRADE AREA DELINEATION (Shopping Trips & Newspaper Circulation) Shopping Trips ' - to Saint Paul Newspaper 24 -Hr. Period Circulation3 County -1-9-4-8-793-8 % Change 1958 Ramseyl 912 31090 238.8 259,554' Hennepin 1,631 967 -40.7 9,077 Washington 314 1,169 272.3 18,640 Dakota 196 1,201 512.8 28,398 GROUP I 3,053 � 110:5 315, Anoka 255 175 -31.4 1,346 Pierce 402 49 22.5 5,263 St. Croix 732 88 20.5 8,244 GROUP II 36S �7 -1571 - 14,853 Isanti 14 9 -35.7 247 Chisago 23 33 43.5 2,825 Polk 142 17 21.4 4,658 Scott 45 28 -37.8 1,409 Rice 29 19 -34.5 2,643 Goodhue 20 21 5.0 3,787 GROUP III 1�4S -117- -12.4 1336, Trade Area Totals 3.566 6,866 92.5 346,091 OTHER NEARBY COUNTIES Stearns 17 1 -94.1 1,597 Wright 35 3 -91.4 122 Sherburne, Benton 21 3 -85.7 389 Mille -Lacs 18 2 -89.0 410 McLeod 23 1 -95.6 547 Carver 67 5 -92.5 302 - LeSueur 14 4 -71.4 1,801 Nicollet 9 1 -89.0 532 Blue Earth 9 2 -77.8 1,946 Olmstead 12 1 -91.6 2,677 Winona 3 1 -66.7 1,850 Barron 32 4 33.3 5,274 Dunn - 22 2 0 3,019 Chippewa 22 2 0 1,777 Eau Claire 3 4 33.3 2,924 Total Other Nearby 238 . 36 -84.8 25,167 Counties 1 Ramsey, Excluding Saint Paul 2 Estimated 3 Combined Daily & Sunday "St. Paul Dispatch & Pioneer Press" March, 1958 Source: Twin Cities Area Transportation Study; "St. Paul Dispatch" &'Pioneer Press" 163 �, ,�"..J � ;�„�J. at.;J � a � � i _ I Income and Sales Figures in Dollars of the Respective Years (unadjusted) Note: Group I Figures Include Data for Saint Paul Source: U. S. Census of Business; Sales Management "Survey of Buying Power" 165 TABLE 103 RETAIL TRADE A�EA HOUSEHOLD, BUYING INCOME , RETAIL SALES (By Trade Area Group) 1948 k 1958 - Number of Households of56 of 48 to 58 1948 Total 1958 Total %. Chg. Group I 329.600 65.6 ' 404,000 85.3 22.6 Group.II 19.200 5.0 29,800 6.3 55.2 Group III 36,200 9.4 3.9,600 8.4 9.4 Trade Area Totals 385,000 100.0 _473,400 100.0 .23.0 Saint Paul 102,800 26.7 105,400 22.3 2.5 Effective Buying Inca me $(000) of of 48 to 58 1948 Total 1958 Total 96 Chg. Group I 1,778,713 91.0 2,586,914 88.0 45.4 Group II 62,411 3.2 154,277 5.2 147.2 Group 1II .113,322 5.8 199,912 6.8 76.4 Trade Area Totals 1,954,446 100.0 2,941,103 100.0 50.5 Saint Paul 544,790 27.9 667,207 22.7 22.5 Retail Sales $(000) 0A o to 1948 Total 1958 Total % Chg. Group I 1,249,145 88.5 1,838,454 88.4 47.Z Group 11 51,996 3.7 93,510 4.5 79.8 Group III 109.647 7.8 146,883 7.1 34.0 Trade Area Totals 1,410,788 -100.0 2,078,847 100.0 47.4 Saint Paul 398,067 28.3 497,735 23.9 25.0 E.B.I. Per Household to 1948 1958 % Change Group I 5,397 6,403 18.6 Group H 3,251 5,177 59.2 Group III 3,130 5,048 61.3 Trade Area Totals 5,076 6,213 22.4 Saint Paul 5,300 6,330 19.4 I Income and Sales Figures in Dollars of the Respective Years (unadjusted) Note: Group I Figures Include Data for Saint Paul Source: U. S. Census of Business; Sales Management "Survey of Buying Power" 165 increased by approximately 92.5%. However, this increase almost exclusively has been confined to, the Group I counties, particularly Dakota, Washington, and Ramsey. Hennepin County, in Group I, as well as almost all of the other counties in the trade area have' -shown a decline in the number of shopping trips to Saint Paul. The counties beyond thetradearea now have so few shopping trips to Saint Paul as to be insignificant. Two factors are apparent. The increased use of the automobile, particularly as related to shopping, is pronounced.. These are short -distance trips -and the bulk of shopping trips to Saint Paul are from areas within about 15 miles of the City. From this conclu- sion, it is apparent that the longer distance shopping. trips of previous years are now diverted to local shopping facilities., resulting in a much smaller, but now heavily con- centrated, retail trade -area for Saint Paul. Of the Group II counties Anoka illustrates aretail potential for Saint Paul that has not been realized. In the 10 -year interval between 1948 and 1958„ the number of households in this county has increased by 110.5%, effective buying income per household by 179.47a, and retail sales in Anoka County by 186.5%. However, shopping trips from Anoka County to Saint Paul in this period have declined by 31. 4%. Though only 0.4% of the trade -area newspaper circulation is in Aloka County, thecirculation of the Saint Paul newspaper in the County has increased by 1,234 since 1948. By way of contrast to illustrate retail potential that is being realized (and can continue to be realized), Dakota County for this same 10 -year interval experienced a 44. 9% increase in number of households and 83.57. increase in effective buying income per household, and a 126.5% increase in retail sales. At the same time, shopping trips to Saint Paul from Dakota County increased by 512.874. Newspaper circulation in Dakota County is 8.2% of the trade -area circulation, and has in- creased by some 14,000 copies in the 1948-1958 period. Thus, while there has been a much larger per cent increase in circulation in Anoka County than in Dakota, the far larger circulation volume in Dakota County is bound to be influen- tial in inducing County residents to shop in Saint Paul. However, this is only one factor among several others that are, perhaps, even more influential. These other factors in- clude substantial development of shopping centers in Anoka County and comparative dis- tance from the center of County population which, for Anoka County residents, would fa- vor Minneapolis over Saint Paul. Complementing this latter factor is the inadequacy of direct highway access from Anoka County to Saint Paul. However, as the highway build- ing program continues to develop, a greater retail potential in Anoka County, such as now exists in Dakota County, may be realized by the merchants of Saint Paul. CHART 34 RETAIL TRADE AREA PER CENT CHANGES HOUSEHOLDS, BUYING INCOME PER HOUSEHOLD, SALES, SHOPPING TRIPS 1948 TO 1958 ' GflOUP I � f 'F; _u, II SpWCE. u :GHUUP 8 Tvnx CiT, mtA TI—El 11 IINI SIWY x ST. PAUL 166 Certain relationships existing in the trade area may have implications relative to the re- tail situation in Saint Paul. In the 1948-1958 period, the Effective Buying Income in the trade area has increased by 50%. However, this increased income isdistributed among 23% more households in the area. While it appears that the Effective Buying Income per Household (as shown in Table 103) has increased by 22. 4%, if the figures are adjusted to constant dollars,there has been virtually no change in the amount of constant dollar buy- ing income available to each household in the trade area; constant dollar Effective Buy- ing Income per Household has increased just 2%. Therefore, there has been no real change in the amount of actual value -dollars that are available for trade -area residents to spend for retail purchases. Trade -area residents have been spending no more or no less of their real income for retail purchases; the data in Table 103 tend to substantiate this in that effective buying income and retail sales have increased by approximately the same rate (50. 5% and 47.4% respectively). Additionally, on a constant dollar basis, retail sales per householdwere -the same in 1958 as in 1948. The figure in 1948 was $3,565 and in 1958, $3,564 was spent in constant dollars for re- tail purchases per trade -area household. ___;, Thus, the retail sales increases that have occurred in the trade area, and ib particular the 30% of the trade -area sales that are made by Saint Paul merchants, are more a re- flection of the increase in population (and number of households) in the trade area than any increased spending by residents. The very small population (or household) increase in SaintPaulitself, coupled with the increased number of shopping trips to the City from the adjoining trade -area regions, indicates that much of the retail sales increase in Saint Paul has been a result of the trade -area population increases and use of Saint Paul facili- ties by the increased number of people in the trade area. RETAIL STRUCTURE Retail Establishment Structure The three large et individual groups of Saint Paul retail establishments accounting for 55% of the total are Eating and Drinking places (22.0%), Food Stores (20. 3%), and Gaso- line Service Stations (12.7%a). That group of establishmentsnotspecifically identified in TABLE 104 Total 2,812, 100.0 5,590 100.0 11,427 100.0 1,778,325 100.0 Source: U. S. Census of Business. 167 RETAIL ESTABLISHMENT STRUCTURE St. Paul, Minneapolis, S.M.A., U. S. 1958 Zt Saint Paul Minus I's S. M. A. U. S. - No. No. % No. iTo.- Food Stores 570 20.3 1,107 19.8 2,161 18.9 355,508 20.0 Eat & Drink 619 22.0 1,130 20.2 2,366 20.7 344,740 19.4 Gen'1 Mdse. 59 2.1 133 2.4 315 2.8 86,644 4.9 Apparel, Access. 169 6.0 378 6.8 696 6.1 118,759 6.7 Furn., Appl. 179 6.4 350 6.3 713 6.2 103,417 5.8 Automotive 95 - 3.4 218 3.9 431 3.8 93,656 'S.3 Gas, Serv. Sta. 356 12.7 684 12.2 1,194 10.4 206,302 11.6 Lumber, Hdw. - 124 4.4 302 5.4. 752 6.6 108,248 6.1 Drugs 100 3.6 192 3.4 381 3.3 56,232 3.2 Other 406 14.4 786 14.1 1,541 13.5 240,140 13.5 None -Store 135 4.8 310 5.5 577 5.0 74,679 4.2 Total 2,812, 100.0 5,590 100.0 11,427 100.0 1,778,325 100.0 Source: U. S. Census of Business. 167 Table 104 and called, "Other Stores"I amounts to 14.4% of the total. In Saint Paul as in Minneapolis and the Metropolitan area, Eating and Drinking places account for the largest percentage of retail establishments, though this is not true for the Nation as_a whole, where food stores are the largest component of the retail structure. Certain retail groups in Saint Paul are a comparatively higher percentage of the total re- tail structure than is the case in Minneapolis, the Metropolitan area, and the Nation. These per cent differences, while not of a large magnitude in all cases, exist in the Food store, Eating and Drinking place, Furniture and Appliance store, Gasoline Service Station, Drug Store, and "Other" store components of the structure. Conversely, several groups are a comparatively lower percentage of the Saint Paul re- tail structure than is the case in the other areas. Among these are General Merchandise, Apparel, Lumbor-Building Materials, Hardware, and Automotive establishments. The combined G.A.B. group of establishmentsZ is also a lower percentage of total establish- ments in Saint Paul than in the other areas. . Retail Employment Structure Almost 54% of the persons employed in Saint Paul retail trade work in either General Mer- chandise establishments (20.9%). Eating and Drinking places (20. 1%), or Food Stores (12.8%). If the Non-Stord Fetail group, similar by nature in Saint Paul is added to the General Merchandise category, almost 33% of the retail employment is engaged in Gen - TABLE 105 RETAIL EMPLOYMENT -STRUCTURE St. Paul, Minneapolis, S. M. A. , U. S. 1958 Source: U. S. Census of Business 1 "Other Stores" is a heterogeneous group, including such diverse establishments as yquor stores, jewelry stores, music stores, etc. - The G. A. F. group includes the core of the "shopping" (as opposed to "convenience") type of retail establishments, and is defined as General Merchandise, Apparel and Accessories, and Furniture and Appliance stores. The G.A.F. stores are considered to be the ones that act as the principal "draw" of any major group of stores or shopping s!rea. ions, The Non -Store group includes mail order houses, house-to-house selling organisat and vending machine operators. 168 Saint PaulMinnea lis S. M. A. U. S. -Ro: °o No. -M- Food Stores Food 3,066 12.8 4,782 11.0 '19.6 11,541 16,495 13.8 19.7 1,183,633 1,575,667 13.8 18.4 Eat k Drink 4,795 4,984 20.1 20.9 8,479 9,686 22.4 16,563 19.8 1,326,671 15.5 Gen'l Mdse. Apparel, Access. 1,669 7.0 3,265 7.5 5,843 7.0 648,703 7.6 Furn., Appl. 997 4.2 1,937 4.5 3,494 5,894 4.2 7.0 392,743 7Z0,877 4.6 8.4 Automotive. Gas, Serv. Sta. 1,587 1,003 6.6 4.Z 3,038 1,983 7.0 4.6 4,375 5.2 465,550 5.4 Lumber, Hdw. 59 1181 4.9 4,306 5.1 5,403 347,627 S.2 - 4.1 Drus Other 1,177 4.9 4.9 2,133 2,889 6.7 4,974 5.9 580,509 6.8 None -Store 2,815 11.8 3,362 7.8 6,288 7.5 ZZ3.698 2.6 Total 23,867 100.0 43,307 -100.0 83,677 100.0 8,556,997 100.0 Source: U. S. Census of Business 1 "Other Stores" is a heterogeneous group, including such diverse establishments as yquor stores, jewelry stores, music stores, etc. - The G. A. F. group includes the core of the "shopping" (as opposed to "convenience") type of retail establishments, and is defined as General Merchandise, Apparel and Accessories, and Furniture and Appliance stores. The G.A.F. stores are considered to be the ones that act as the principal "draw" of any major group of stores or shopping s!rea. ions, The Non -Store group includes mail order houses, house-to-house selling organisat and vending machine operators. 168 eral Merchandise retailing. While the percentage of retail employees engaged in General Merchandise retailing (excluding Non-Store)is higher in Minneapolis than in Saint Paul, the Non -Store group hassubstantially more retail employment significance in Saint Paul than in Minneapolis. Non -Store is thefourth ranking retail employer in Saint Paul with 11.8% of the employees; this group ranks last in the Nation as a whole, employing only 2.6% of the nation's retail employees. p,_ Other than the Non -Store groups, there is no one retail group in Saint Paul in which the percentage of total retail employees is significantly higher than in the other areae con- sidered. Saint Paul's Eating and Drinking places account fora somewhat higher age of the retail employment, while the Lumber -Building Materials -Hardware group _ re- presents a significantly lower portion of the total retail employment. As in the establish- ment structure, the Saint Paul G. A. F. group portion of retail employment is lower than in Minneapolis though, unlike the establishment structure, is a higher portion than in the Standard Metropolitan Area or in the Nation. Retail Sales Structure ' Fifty-one per cent of all retail sales in Saint Paul are made for the combined purchase of food (21.5%), automobiles (15.3%), and general, merchandise (14.216). Food stores domi- nate the retailsales structure in all areae considered; additionally, a substantially larger portion of Saint Paul retail sales is made in food stores than is the case in Minneapolis. TABLE 106 RETAIL SALES. STRUCTURE St. Paul, Minneapolis, S.M.A., U.S. 1958 , Saint Paul Minnea olfs .S. M. A. U. S. 000) _ 000)y 000) _ 00 Food Stores $106,779 21.5 $166,604 17.7 $407,092 21.7 $49,022,333 24.5 Eat. & Drink 39,546 7.9 72,341 7.7 142,091 7.6 15,201,481 7.6 Gen'1 Mdse. 70,904 14.2 161,322 17.1 269,252 14.3 21,879,106 11.0 Apparel 26,078 5.2 56,416 6.0 99,670 5.3 12,525,451 6.3 Furniture 25,006 5.0 52,484 5.6 93,629 5.0 10,074.,227 5.0 Automotive 76,315 15.3 143,216 15.2 279,707 14.9 31,807,877 16.0 Gas Stations 26,000 5.2 54,572 5.8 118,071 6.3 14,241,340 7.1 Lumber, Hdw. 16,600 3.3 60,754 6.4 128,396 6.8 14,309,206 7.2 Drugs 19,053 3.8 33,158 3.5 70,015 3.7 6,778,926 3.4 Other 31,146 6.3 64,678 6.9 126,723 6.8 18,468,340 9.2 Non -Store 60,308 12.1 77,229 8.2 141,855 7.6 5,401,313 2.7 Total. $497,735 100.0 $942,774 100.0 $1,876,501 100.0 $199,709,600 100.0 Source: U. S. Census of Business. Non -Store retail is another group in which the percentage of Saint Paul retail sales is substantially higher than in the other areas noted. Over 12% of all retail sales in the City are Non -Store sales whereas only 2.7% of National retail sales are of this nature. This is, undoubtedly, a reflection of the major mail order houses located in the City, though undisclosed information in the census material prevents any direct study of mail order sales. The Lumber, Building Materials -Hardware group's characteristic of relatively small shares of the City's total retail establishments and employment also holds true in the con- sideration of sales. Only 3.3% of all retail sales is accounted for by this group in Saint Paul, compared to the 6.4% in Minneapolis, 6.8% in the Standard Metropolitan Area, and 7. 276 in the Nation. The portion of retail sales accounted for by the stores in the G. A. F. group in Saint Paul 16V is below that of the Minneapolis'g.roup. This is particularly true for General Merchan- dise stores which include department stores. The consistently lower percentages ex- hibited in all these phases of the Saint Paul retail structure analysis by the important G.A. F. *group is a matter of, serious concern. Retail Structure Summary The retail structure is dominated by. Food stores, Eating and Drinking places, and Gen- eral Merchandise stores. Food stores represent the largest portion of retail sales, second largest portion of retail establishments, and are the third largest retail employer. While General Merchandise stores represent only 2.1%of the retail establishments, they are the top retail employer, and account for the third largest share of the retail sales. Though Eating and Drinking places are the most numerous type of retail establishments in the City, and the second largest retail employer, they account for only a modest por- tion of the retailsales made in .Saint Paul. The automotive -group represents a large portion of the retail sales, but are a very low proportion of the establishments, and offer only modest employment. The Non -Store re- tail group, consisting of only a small portion of the establishments, repre- sents a relatively large portion of retail RETAIL SALES STRUCTURE employment and sales, particularly when compared to Minneapolis, the Stan- dard Metropolitan Area, and the Nation. - These data are presented in Tables 104, 105, and 106,and in Chart 35. Addition- ...� .._�_ ..,.,...r..<.,. al data in this connection is contained in Appendix IX. Establishment Size Several criteria are available in order 1 to facilitate the estimation of relative establishment size. These indexes are indicated in Appendix VII for each of the criteria utilized. An average of the four -• ��-• criteria has been taken as the index of 1,._.__ _.•1 establishment size, and is illustrated graphically in Chart 36. As a general conclusion, it is evident that the establishments in metropoli- tan area, such as the Twin Cities, are larger than those of the Nation as a whole. In Saint Paul, General Merchandise and Non -Store establishments are substantially larger than those of the country. Apparel and Accessories stores and Furniture and Appliance stores which, together with the General. Merchandise establishments, constitute the G. A. F. group, are moderately larger than those of the Nation. These may be categorized as the "shoppingi2 group of establishments which naturally tend to dominate the retail structure of metropolitan areas. Also significantly larger than the nation's establish- ments are Saint Paul's drug stores and. automotive establishments. The comparative size pattern displayed by "All Establishments" holds true for almost half of the retail groups, in that Saint Paul's establishment size falls somewhere between the establishment sizes in Minneapolis and the Standard Metropolitan Area. Exceptions I Establishment "size" as used herein is not necessarily physical store size. Rather, it is an estimation of relative magnitude of the store group in terms of sales and employ- ment. Criteria used are employees per population, employees per establishment, sales Epopulation, and sales per establishment. 2 See footnote 2, P. 168. 170 a 4i�'.i ��, t� � ��:� � to this are the three cases where Saint Paul's establishments are larger than those in oth- er areas; this is true for Food stores, Automotive establishments, and particularly the Non -Store group. The establishmentsize of Saint Paul's Non -Store- group is "over six and one-half times that of the Nation, further emphasizing the prominence of this group in the Saint Paul retail structure. In the Gasoline Service Station group, Saint Paul's establishments are smaller than those of the Standard Metropolitan Area and Minneapolis; the Lumber -Building Materials -Hard- ware establishments are the smallest establishments in the City, being smaller than those of the Nation as a whole. Twenty -City Retail Comparisoni To supplement the preceding discussion and to gain a more detailed. understanding of the characteristics of Saint Paul, 20 cities in the 250,000 to 1,010, 000 population range (av- erage population of 543,725) have been examined in detail for the year 1958. Six perti- nent characteristics of the retail structure have been calculated and the rankings have been established for each of the 20 cities. The basic information is to be found in Charts 37 and 38. The six retail characteristic e, as presented in Chart 37, furnish data for further analysis. This analysis can give rise to some implications of important relationships. In compar- ing Saint Paul's retail trade characteristics with those of the other 19 selected cities, the following pointe are made: 1. Saint :Paul exhibits a low ratio of establishments per population. 2. There is about anaverage ratio of employees per population. 3. There are high ratios of employees per establishment and of sales per establish- ment which appear to be a logical consequence of the comparatively low number of establishments. q 4. There is a relatively low ratio of sales per capita. - 5. In spite of the high sales per establishment, sales per employee are quite low. The high number of employees per establishment appears to be a contributing factor to this ratio of low sales per employee. Chart 38 ranks the retail characteristics of each of the retail groups in the 20 selected cities. The five points outlined above are also apparent for several of the components of the retail structure. The number of establishments per 1,000 population in many of the "mainstays" of the retail structure, such as. the G.A.F. group stores, is comparatively very low. The high ratios of sales and.employment for the Non -Store group in Saint Paul is again evident in this 20 -city comparison. The characteristics of the City's Automotive group, representing a high portion of Saint Paul's retail trade, is worthy of note. In spite of the high number of employees per establishment, the very high rate of sales per establish- ment results in a relatively high level of sales per employee in the Automotive group. Thus, it appears that the retailers of Saint Paul, operating from a relatively low number of establishments, employ a large number of employees per establishment in order to attain a satisfactory rate of sales. I Twenty selected cities: Saint Paul, Minneapolis, Baltimore, Buffalo, Cleveland, Dal- las, Fort Worth, Milwaukee, Portland (Oregon). Oakland, San Diego, Seattle, Tulsa, Washington, Houston, Indianapolis, Louisville, Atlanta, Birmingham, and Cincinnati. These same cities were studied for comparative purposes in the study of the Central Business District by the Saint Paul Planning Board, Community Report V. 172 RETAIL SALES CHANGES The relative growth or decline in strength of retail trade in Saint Paul is most readily measdred in terms of the reported retail sales for various years. A factor to be considered is the changing value of the dollar. Higher sales reported for a recent year, .when compared to the lower sales for an earlier year, may be more indic- tive of the change in the value of the dollar rather than any increased volume of goods pur- chased. Therefore, in many instances in the report, sales figures for the various years have been put in terms of constant dollars. This has been achieved by use of the National Consumer Price Index, I for all items, with the base years of 1947-49 equalling 100. I Consumer price index for all items, United States average, as developed by the Depart- ment of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. 173 CHART 37 RETAIL TRADE CHARACTERISTICS -TOTALS ST. PAUL RANKING AMONG TWENTY SELECTED CITIES -1958 ESTABLISHM'TS EMPLOYEES EMPLOYEES SALES PER SALES PER SALES PER PER 1,000- PER 1,000 PER CAPITA ESTABLISHMENT EMPLOYEE _ POPULATION POPULATION ESTABLISHMETS (DOLLARS) (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS) 1 13.1• 95.3 9.9 $1,949 1206.2 $26.4 2 12.7 88.5 9.5 1,932 192.3 25.4 , 12.4F77. 8.5 1,927 1. 177.0 24.6 4 7.9 1,875 24.0 2.3 7�7 1,852 168,8 23.8 6 7.5 1,832 168.7 23.7 1.97 7.0 1,782 1fi7.e 23.4 8 11.7 6.9 1,720 160.4 22.9 9 76.3 1,698 158.4 22,8 11.4 1074.0 6.5 1,661 154.0 22.2 11 11.2 73.0 6.4 1,625 153.1 22.1 12 11.1 70.7 1,608 152.7 13 10.6 70.5 6.2 1,591 149.0 21.8 14 10.4 69.5 1.926 144.3 21.7 15 10.1 6.o 1,512 134,7 21.3 16 10.0 69:1 5.9 1,506 130.7 21.2 17 9.0 68.1 1,492 127.4 20.9 18 8.5 67.4 5.7 1,475 125.0 20.8 19 8.3 54.4 5.6 1,436 121.4 20.4 20 7.8 46.1 5.3 1,133 112.5 20.3 ST. PAUL SOURCE: BASED ON DATA FROM U.S. CENSUS AND U.S. CENSUS OF POPULATION. OF BUSINESS MINNEAPOLIS RETAIL SALES CHANGES The relative growth or decline in strength of retail trade in Saint Paul is most readily measdred in terms of the reported retail sales for various years. A factor to be considered is the changing value of the dollar. Higher sales reported for a recent year, .when compared to the lower sales for an earlier year, may be more indic- tive of the change in the value of the dollar rather than any increased volume of goods pur- chased. Therefore, in many instances in the report, sales figures for the various years have been put in terms of constant dollars. This has been achieved by use of the National Consumer Price Index, I for all items, with the base years of 1947-49 equalling 100. I Consumer price index for all items, United States average, as developed by the Depart- ment of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. 173 , CHART 38 RETAIL TRADE CHARACTERISTICS - BY RETAIL GROUP I ST. PAUL RANKING AMONG TWENTY SELECTED CITIES - 1958 FT -1 ESTABLISHMENTS PER 1000 POPULATION ZF. EMPLOYMENT PER 1000 POPULATION EMPLOYEES PER ESTABLISHMENT -RASED —1 =.l. Ct.sn Y I —I-- A, 174 ............ SALES PER CAPITA IDOLLARS) ... ..... .... .... SALES PER ESTABLISHMENT f-.L—DS OF DOLLARS) SALES PER EMPLOYEE (T.—AR.1 OF DOLLARS) / 7� CHART 39 RETAIL SALES CHANGE -11 CITIES 1948-1954 AND 1954-1958 .95 NO DA I 7 Fl S i 0 5 !O 5 0 05 00 O 0.90 1948 SOURCE: 1948.1S54 AND 1958 U.S. CENSUS OF BUSINESS NOTE: SANEL ISBY ATIO1001 NPRICAL E LE ELS PPRICE 8 STON LAS RT WORTH ATTLE ]UISVILLE ILWAUKEE IINNEAPOLIS ORTLAND R. PAUL IUFFALO NASHINGTON 58 175 Sales Changes - Totals . When viewed in terms of dollars of the respective years, Saint Paul's retail sales ex- perienced a 10.8% increase between 1948, and 1954, followed by a 12.9% increase from 'S4 to ced'581 .8%adji cring hese data to constant dollars, retail sales for the period of 1954 lose in ume from to 1958 made an encouraging es ea centage$, the adjusted dollr a ars sales -volume act ally de- clined toy 0.8 Exp P dined by 0.8% between 1948and1954,. and then experienced a 5. 1% increase between 1954 and 1958. This represents an over-all 4.25% constant -dollar sales increase for the Comparable data for Saint Paul and ten other cities are illustrated total ten-year period. I. Chart 39.1 Of these eleven cities, only Saint Paul andoneother city experienced retailof sales he nine clines between 1948 and 1954. OnthePale hand, was 0ngt the fivween e cit and lthaY� experienced tecitiesthat had sales increases, the sharpest rates of sales increase. Evidence indicates that the retail sales increase as been most substantial in the latter years of this four-year period, and in Saint Paul hPaul merchants.to invite customers through remodeled that the increased efforts of Saint _ _ snecial sales promotions, parking programs, etc. is beginning to pay off. e.. On a regional basis, only Saint Paul the 1948 to 1954 period. As is show CHART 40 RETAIL SALES CHANGE -REGIONAL AREAS 1948-1954 AND 1954-1958 experienced the retail decline previously noted for n in Chart 40, the .rate of the Saint Paul increase from 1954 to 1958 has been comparative- ly substantial, exceeding that of Minne- apolis; however, the 1958 level of Saint Paul sales increase is still substantially below the 10 -year increase levels achiev- ed by the other areae of which Saint Paul is it part. Except for the Nationas a whole, the most rapidly expanding sales have been in Hennepin County. It may reasonably be concluded that the popu- lation boom and the large scale construc- tion of shopping areas in Hennepin Coun- ty, coupled with he comparable lack of such construction in Ramsey County, has been a major cause of the increased sales activity noted. w This sales increase in Hennepin oun y i - a is further highlighted when calculations of the percent of Sta>bdard Metropolitan Area salsa are considered, as in Table 107 and Chart 41, for the years 1948, 1954, and 1958. Minneapolis has experi- enced a 6. 216 decline in its share of .,K.,. Standard Metropolitan Area sales, while °• "•'" ""'°"' the Saint Paul share has declined by 5. 0% o „ during the ten years. On the other hand, Hennepin County (excluding Minneapolis) has increased sharply from both its1948, atop. 1954 shares; the change in Ramsey County has been far less substantial.though has increased. Hennepin County (excluding Minmapolis) has int reseed its share of Mctro- politan area sales by 8.4% during this period, which reflects the markedpopulation in- crease and the growth of suburban shopping centers in the areas surrounding Minneapolis. 1 Other Cities: Minneapolis, Fort Worth, Seattle, Louisville, Milwaukee, Buffalo, Port- land (Ore), Washington, Houston, and Dallas. 176 TABLE 107 PER CENT OF S. M. A. RETAIL SALES . St. Paul. Mpls. , 5 Counties of the S. M. A. 1948, 1954, 1958 1948 - 1954 1958 5 28.2 26.5 31. Saint Paul 1.2 1.5 2.1 Ramsey Co. 1 56.4 54.4 50.2 Minneapolis 8.9 13.6 Hennepin Co. 2 5.2 4 Area Total 94.3 93.0 92.4 1.0 1.6 2.0 Anoka Co. 2.8 3.5 3.7 Dakota Co. 1 9 1 9 1.9 Washington Co. 3 County Total 5.7 7.0 7.6 I Ramsey County excluding Saint Paul. 2 Hennepin County excluding Minneapolis. Source: U. S. Census of Business CHART 41 PER CENT OF S.M.A. RETAIL SALES ST. PAUL, RAMSEY COUNTY, 9PSOBIS,HENNEPINCOUNTY 9 8 SOURCE: 19%"o 1958 U.S. c..s of BUSINESS SALES CHANGES BY RETAIL GROUP t been While the ten-year sales change for the totalonent taroupe within the structure have il structure of Saint Paul has oexperi- of alarge magnitude, several of the comp B enced a substantial change in sales between 1948 and 1958. (See Chart 42 and Appendix VIII. In the following n discussion - dollars. n gal ,ail sales changes are considered in terms of constant dollars. For purposes of establishing a trend over the past decade, the Non -Store retail group 177 TABLE 107 CENT OF S. M. A. RETAIL SALES PERSt. Paul, Mpls• , 5 Cooutiea of the S.M.A. 1948, 1954, 1958 1958 1954 1958 ' 28.2 26.5 Paul 31-.5 1.5 2.1 I 1'2 Saint 50.2 Ramsey Co' 55 2 8 9 13.6 54.4 Minneapolis 5 2 Hennepin Co.2 92.4 94.3 93.0 4 Area Total 2 0 1.0 1.6 3.7 Anoka Co. 2,8 3.5 1.9 Dakota Co. 1.9 1.9 Washington Co. 5.7 7.0 7.6 3 County Total I RamseY County exeludingludinig Minneapolis, Minns ap Paul.olis-. 2 Hennepin County exc Source: U. S. Census of Business CHART 41 PER CENT OF S.M.A. RETAIL SALES ST PAUL, RAMSEY. COUNTY, MINNEAPOLIS, HENNEPIN COUNTY 1948,1954,1958 w ST. PAUL RAMSEY COUNTY (EXCLUDING ST MINNEAPOLIS HENNEPIN COUNTY A%� ICiN (EXCLUDING MP 954 1958 SpUNtE. 19% AN01955 U.S. CENSUS OF BUSINESS SALES GRANGES BY RETAIL GROUP as n. ear solea change for the total retail structure the structureof havehaveoe Pern" While the to Y component group See Chart 42 and Appendix of a large magnitude, several of the eneed a substantial change in sates between 1948 and 1958- VIII. In the following discussfoo, all sales changes are considered in terms of constant dollars. past decade, the Non -Store retail group_ For purposes of establishing a trend over the 07 CHART 42 RETAIL SALES CHANGE' -BY RETAIL GROUP ST. PAUL, MINNEAPOLIS, S.M.A., U.S. 1948-1954-1958 1.5 1.9 FOOD STORES 18 GASOLINE SERVICE / 1.4 //• STATIONS 1.3 1.0 1.4 / 1.21.3 / 1.1 DRINKING _� 1.2 1.0 / 0.9 1.0 1.3 GENERAL LUMBER, BUILDING 1.2 MERCHANDISE** •� I.5 MATERIAL, HARDWARE i 4 1.1 _ 1..0 3 0.8 1.1 0.7 1.0 1.1 0.9, 1.0 DRUG STORES 0.9 .4 APPAREL, - �• 0.8 ACCESSORIES 1.3 0.7 1.2 1.5 1.1 FURNITURE, 1.4 APPLIANCES 1.0 1.3 0.9' 1.2 i / 1.2 - OTHER STORES / �.� 1.4 0.9 AUTOMOTIVE -- -• O.8 1.3 % 1.2 / 0.7 % � 1948 1954 1958 / _ S. A. I.I % _��'� ST. PAUL I.0 MINNEAPOLIS ��•- U. S. 1948 1954 1958 w SALES ADJUSTED TO 1947-1949 PRICE LEVELS + r INCLUDING NON -STORE RETAIL SCONCE. U.S. CENSUS OE BUS'N'S' 178 (for whichseparatedata was not gathered in 1948) has been included with the General Merchandise group in 1954 and 1958. This combined group, representing 26. 3% of the 1958 retail sales in Saint Paul, has shown sales increase between 1954 and 1958, follow- ing a 25% decline in sales between 1948 and 1954. Nevertheless, the 1958 General.Mer- chandise and Non -Store sales were still 8.7% below. the 1948 levels. The Non -Store phase of this combined group had a sales increase of,397* between 1954 and 1958, the time -peri- od for which data are available. Thus, since Non -Store sales represented 46% of the sales in this combined group, the recent increase in General Merchandise -Non -Store sales has been influenced largely by the Non -Store phase. Department stores are an important part of the General Merchandise group. Again con- sidering Non -Store establishments combined with the General Merchandise group, de- partment store sales represented 42.5% of the sales 'of this combined group (or almost 84% ofthe General Merchandise sales if these stores are separated from the Non -Store establishments). The sales trends in Saint Paul's department stores have been similar to those of the General Merchandise - Non -Store group, though the department CHART 43 store sales increase between 1954 and DEPARTMENT- STORE SALES CHANGE 19" has been considerably less than the ST. PAUL, MINNEAPOLIS AREA, NINTH DISTRICT increase of the combined General Mer - 1948 -1954 AND 1954-1958, chandise-Non-Store group. Of course, the department'store sales decrease be- tween 1948 and 1954 was not as pro - T F V nounced. (See Chart 43). stores of the Standard Metropolitan Area. Apparently the increase in sales regis- tered in recent years by the General - Me rcharidise-Non-Store group has been Largely a result of sales increases in. the Non -Store, Variety store, and Dry - Goods store segments of this combined group. If the Non -Store group is separated from the General Merchandise group, Food stores account for the largest portion of retail sales in the City, increasing from I85/o of the sates in 1948 to almost 22% in 1958. This group has experienced a substantial increase in sales during the ten-year period, though the rate of in- crease has become- less between 1954 and 1958. Saint Paul's rate- of Food store sales increase has exceeded that of Minneapolis, though the suburban boom is clearly evident in the significantly higher, rate of sales increase in the Food The Automotive group, representing 14% of the sales in 1948 and 15. 3% in 1958, has ex- perienced a steady rate of sales increase in the ten-year period. The 1954 to 1958 per- iod has shown an even greater rate of increase in the City, while Minneapolis and Nation- al auto sales have declined in this period. However, again it is the suburban influence in the Standard Metropolitan Area that has resulted in this area experiencing a higher rate of automotive sales increase than either of the two central cities. While the automotive sales have increased modestly, apparently the use of the automobile has increased substantially, if the sales of gasoline service stations may be used as a gauge. Gasoline Service Station sales increased by almost 45% in Saint Paul between 1948 and 1958, though virtually all of this increase occurred between 1948 and 1954, with the level of sales remaining almost constant between 1954 and 1958. This pattern has not been true for the other areas considered where gasoline service station sales have continued to increase at their former high rates. In summary, the combined General Merchandise -Non -Store group, Food stores, and 179 hus . heir Automotive groups represent over 63%u of all retail sales in Saint Paul and, ends f th sales trends, • as previously noted, are most influential Lubsta ail sales trends of the City. However, other retail groups also have experiencedle etoreetihavincreased salese ten-year p 'declined all hile Apparel and Accessories stores and the heter period. Drug stores and Furniture and App substantially between 1948 and 1958, have hada eDrink - , ogeneoue group of "Other" stores have d cl,. eb between substantially 194 ly in este,. Eating and ubst ing places, site has occurred in the Lum- after experiencing a sale decline between 1948 and 195 , where a marked sales increase' between 1948 tial gales increase in the 1954 to 1958 peri earnaealee decline from 1954 to 1958. ber-Building Materials -Hardware group, and 1954 was followed by an almost equallysignificanteriod, coupled It may be reasonably concluded that from tat aarlyin theh1954 to 1958 pe trends oft e General Merchandise -Non -Store group, P have provided much of the impetus with the rsteady rincrease l sales increfood ase in SainttPad ive yiee, for the PER CAPITA SALES con led with the previous examination of the retail trade A discussion of per capita saltie, P o ulation and income area, Public, as related to the proportion of their income .will afford a means of relating changes in retail sales to p nt Paul changes. The buying habits of the p that is spent for retail goods, is of concern to ithe -retail tchanges,tandaLhe ques- retailing is the relationship of changes in retail rales to population population shifts and tion of whether or not Saint Paul's retail sales are keeping pace with changes. In the .following discussion, salesper capita are considered in terms of constant analysis dollars, as were sales changes in the preceding of the eleven cities previously cOn- Saint Paul's sales per capita, when compared to those .58, fdered uthe comparison .of Bales levels, ranks relatively low. In both 1948 and 1958, CHART 44 RETAIL SALES PER CAPITA - I I CITIES 1948,1954,1958 180 cHART 45 SALES PER CAPITA CHANGES REGIONAL AREAS . 1948-1954 AND 1954-1958 sales per capita in Saint Paul ranked seventh of the eleven cities; in the inter- mediate year of 1954, Saint Paul had the ninth ranking sales per capita. Chart 44 shows the sales per capita levels for these three year. for the eleven cities consider- ed. Sales per capita in Saint Paul have in- creased by $27 between 1948 and 1958, to a level of $1,290, in terms of constant 1947-49 dollars. This 1958 level was at- tsined after a drop in 1954 to $1,231, and this 1954 to 1958 increase represents one of the sharpest rates of per capita sales increase of the eleven cities considered (see Chart 44 and Appendix X). While the level of sales per capita in the City is ' still comparatively low, the increase in recent years is an encouraging sign. Of interest is the fact that many of the cities NI " that have experienced the most pronounced population increases during these ten years have not been among those to experience per capita sales increases of any eLlbstan- tial magnitude. The implication is that sales within the City have been, at best, just able to keep pace with population expansion. The retail sales situation, as related to the population for the two central cities of Saint Paul and Minneapolis, appears to besomewhatbetter as indicated in Charts 45 and 46. While sales increases in the Standard Metropolitan Area have substantially exceeded those of Saint Paul, per capita sales in Saint Paul have maintained a higher level, as well as a higher rate of increase-, than has been the case in the Standard Metropolitan Area. This situation also holds true for Minneapolis in relation to the Standard Metropolitan Area. The sales -population relationship for Saint Paul is one in which the recent sales increases. in the City have been of a magnitude sufficient to bring the ten-ytear sales per ar, over the capita in- crease to a.point virtually equaling the population increase; ar span, retail sales have just kept pace with the population increases. , CHART 46 POPULATION, SALES AND SALES PER CAPITA ST. PAUL, MINNEAPOLIS, TWIN CITIES S.M. A. 1948 TO 1954 AND 1954 TO 1959 MINNEAPOLIS CHANGE S.M.A. 1948 1954 Ivan IC "-- POPULATION MOTE: SALES AOJUSTEO BY NATIONAL OONBUNEN PRICEE IN— CA- - 9191.1001 PRICE LEVEL. SALES PER CAPITA POPULATIONS PULTO TIO S ESTINATEO BY INTERPOLATION BETWEEN CENSUS YEAR POPULATIONS. SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS of BUSINESS; U.S. CENSUS OE POPULAIM 181 2 182 CHART 47 RETAIL EMPLOYMENT ST. PAUL, 1947-1959 ] 25 \MiESOTA —' -- ST. PAUL MINNEAPOLIS 6 24 23 — —I O 194] 1949 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1959. 19 CHART 48 RETAIL EMPLOYMENT INDEX 1947(EOUALS 100) TO 1959 IN w 90 611147 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 a \MiESOTA —' ST. PAUL MINNEAPOLIS 90 611147 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 a In Minneapolis, with a declining population but a relatively large sales increase, the per capita sales level has increased substantially during the ten years. v Thus, while the most substantial population and sales increases have been in the Stan- dard Metropolitan Area as a whole. the relatively sound position of the central cities in relation to sales per capita indicates that a substantial portion of the area population, even though now living outside the central cities, still does a large share of their retail buying in the central city retail areas. ESTABLISHMENT AND EMPLOYMENT CHANGES Total Change Much attention has been focused on the changes which have occurred in retail sales during recent years, for it is assumed that consumer buying habits, reflected in sales levels, will be most influential in determining fluctuations in the number of those facilities ( es- tablishments) and personnel (employment) engaged in serving, the retail customer. How- ever, it is advisable to examine the trends in the number of retail establishments and the levels of employment by these establishments in order that some idea may be gained of future requirements as dictatedby anticipated sales. The Minnesota Department of Em- ployment Security retail employment data is illustrated in Chart 47 and these changes in retail employment levels are indexed in Chart 48 along with employment for Minneapolis, the Metropolitan Area and the State. Saint Paul. retail employment has been relatively stable and, except for the most recent years, has fluctuated in close accord with Metro- politan Area retail employment changes. in the past several years, Metropolitan Area retail employment has grown, reflecting the increased significance of suburban retail cen- ters. The. relationships existing between sales, employment, and number of establishments are worth examining. Table 108 presents these data which are illustrated in Chart 49" The decline of the small private firm is readily apparent, particularly during the 1939 to 1948 period. The individual store owner has given way to the larger stores. While the number of establishments was sharply declining in this period, sales and employment rose. Few- er, though bigger, establishments were recording far higher levels of sales and employees pgr establishment. _ TABLE 108 RETAIL ESTABLISHMENT AND EMPLOYMENT TRENDS St. Paul, Twin Cities, S.M. A. 1939 to 1958 Note: Sales Adjusted by Nat'l Consumer Price Index to 1947-49 (=100) Price Levels. Employment figures differ somewhat from those shown in Chart 49 due to different sources. Source: U. S. Census of Business, 1939, 1954, 1958. 183 Number. Employ- Sales St. Paul Estab. meat 000) Emp. /E stab. Sales/Estab. 1939 3,824 20,030 $282,308 5.24 $73,825 1948 2,843 25,322 387,225 8.91 136,203 1954 3,183 22,534 384,174 7.08 120,696 1958 2,812 23,867 ,403,678 8.49 143,555 S. M. A. 1939 12,577 56,355 799,234 4.48 $63,547 1948 9,957 77,796 1,204,714 7.81 120,992 1954 11,561 74,304 1,334,511 6.43 115,432 1958 11,427 83,677 1,521,899 7.32 133,184 Note: Sales Adjusted by Nat'l Consumer Price Index to 1947-49 (=100) Price Levels. Employment figures differ somewhat from those shown in Chart 49 due to different sources. Source: U. S. Census of Business, 1939, 1954, 1958. 183 It should be noted that for each of the time -periods studied, the change in the number of establishments has run contrary -to the retail employment changes. However, employ- ment has fairly closely paralleled the changes in sales levels. Thus, there would appear to be a certain flexibility inherent in the establishment facet of the retail trade situ- _ c T4s ation brought about by the flexibility of es RETAIL ESTABLISHMENT AND EMPLOYMENT TRENDS tablishment size. On the other hand, em- sr.cAU1_1 �mme ployment levels respond more -in accord with the sales levels for, where sales in- crease, employment also increases. It �i will be remembered,. however, that on a comparative basis, Saint Paul, in 1958 ex-. °^.. hibited a very high number of employees per establishment. This ratio has in- creased even faster than the sales per es- tablishment ratio during the 1954 to 1958 period. It would appear that somewhere there is an optimum point. beyond which an increased number of employees no longer will yield a satisfactory increased sales return. Retail Group Changes The component groups of the retail struc- ture that have brought about these estab- lishment and employment changes are discussedbriefly below. In 1958, there were few- er establishments than there were in 1948 in almost half of the retail groups. (See Table 109) The sharpest per cent declines in number of establishments were in the Food store and General Merchandise groups, with moderate per cent declines occurring in the num- ber of Apparel, Automotive, and Drug establishments. On the other hand, there was a sharp increase in the number of Furniture and Appliance establishments in the City dur- ing the ten-year. period. However, the decline in the total number of establishments in the City, particularly between 1954 and 1958 has been largely a result in the lose of food stores, brought about by the increased popularity of the large supermarket over the in- dividually owned "corner grocery store.' As was noted for the retail structure as a whole, employment changes for the component groups of the structure have not,varied in close accord with changes in the number of es- tablishments. In several instances, such as the Furniture and Appliance stores, Drug stores, and "Other" stores, employment changes have run contrary to the changes in number of establishments. The largest employment decline for the ten-year period was recorded by the General Merchandise establishments, though this may be largely a result of classification differences between the 1948 and. 1958 Censuses. General Merchandise employment actually increased slightly during the latter four years of this period. The largest per cent employment increase occurred in gasoline service station employ- ment, though the ten-year increase in number of such establishments has been far smaller. Eating and Drinking establishments and Drug stores also experienced moder- ate employment increases. However, the employment declines that have occurred in the General Merchandise, Apparel and Accessory, Lumber -Building'Material s -Hardware, and "Other" store groups have resulted in the over-all 5.7% decline in retail employment in Saint Paul between 1948 and 1958. In almost all of the retail groups, employment changes have been in fairly close a,cord with changes in sales levels. (Refer to Chart 40 for a graphic presentation of sales changes. ) Where sales have increased, employment has increased, and vice -versa, though the magnitude of change generally has not been the same. 184 Retail -106' -3. 3% -2. 57. -12.0% Employment 38.3% 21.8% -49.1% _ Food Stores 3,146 TABLE 109 3,066 26 Eat. & Drink 3,937 3,466 RETAIL ESTABLISHMENTS AND EMPLOYMENT 9,434 4,801 4,984 -4,633 Appar. & Access. BY RETAIL GROUP 1,990 1,669 -86 Furn. & Appl. • 985 St. Paul, 1948, 1954 & 1958 1,540 1,750 1,587 210 Gis. Serv. Sta. 639 871. 1948 to 1954 1954 to 1958 694 839 593 145 Drug Stores Change 1,044 Change ff9ange. Per Cent ' Retail 1,421 1,177 -325 in in in . in Change Establishments 1948 1954 1958 Number Per Cent Number Per Cent 1948-1958 Food Stores 865 759 570 -106 -12.3% -189 -24.9% 0.2% -34.1% 7.1% " Eat. & Drink 578 618 66 619 59 40 -21 6.9% -24.1% 1 -7 -10.611. -32.211. Gen. Mdse. 87 186 207 169 21 11.-3% -38 -18.4% -9.2% Appar. & Access. 110 164 179 54 49.1% 15 9.17. 62.7% Furn. & Appl. 107 101 95 -6 -5. 6% -6, -5.9% Automotive 336 387 356 51 15.2% -31 -8.07. 6.0% ,Gas.Serv. Sta. 109 140 124 31 28.4% -16 -11.47. 13.8% Lumb.,Bld. Hdw. 120 110 100 -10 -8. 3% -10 -9. 11% -16.7% Drug Stores 345 421 406 76 22.0% -15 -3.6% i7_7% Other Non -Store N.A. 210 135 - - -75 -35.7% .Total 2,843. 3,183 2,812 340 12.0% -371 -11.7% -1. 11/b Retail -106' -3. 3% -2. 57. -12.0% Employment 38.3% 21.8% -49.1% _ Food Stores 3,146 3,172 3,066 26 Eat. & Drink 3,937 3,466 4,795 -471 Gen. Mdse. 9,434 4,801 4,984 -4,633 Appar. & Access. 2,076 1,990 1,669 -86 Furn. & Appl. 1,088 985 997 -103 Automotive 1,540 1,750 1,587 210 Gis. Serv. Sta. 639 871. 1,003 232 Lumb., Bldg. Hdw. 694 839 593 145 Drug Stores 1,022 1,044 1,181 22 Other 1,746 1,421 1,177 -325 Non -Store N. A. 2,195 2,815 - - Total 25,322 22,534 23,867 -2.788 0.8% -106' -3. 3% -2. 57. -12.0% 1,329 38.3% 21.8% -49.1% 183 - 3.8% -47.27. -4. 1% -321 -16.1% -19.6% -9.51/6 12 1.211. -8.4% 13.611. -163 -9.3910 3.1% 36.31/. 132 15.21/6 57.0% 20.9% -246 -29.3% -14.611. 2.2% 137 13.1% 15.6% -18.60/6- -244 -17.2% -32.6% - 620 28.2% - -11.01/6 1,333 5.99/. -5.7% Note: (N.A.) Non -Store data were not separately collected in 1948; .this information is included in the figures for each individual retail group. Source:- U. S. Census of Business. _ 185 Y11 Mau = Iaf voce "Real Aide The individual phases of this topic, due to their widely varying scope of activities, will be examined according to their individual function in the Saint Paul economy. Although large employment concentrations do not exist in this group, it is noteworthy to indicate the importance of each as they affect the City of Saint Paul.' EMPLOYMENT The average 1959 Saint Paul employment in finance, insurance, and Teal estate was 10,049 persons, representing an employment increase of 33.7% (2,532 persona) since 1947. Of the March 1960 total 3,484 were employed in finance, 4,927 in insurance, and 1,931 in real estate. As a per cent of the 1947 total city employment, this group totaled 5.2%; by 1959 it had increased to 6.4%a. This employment group showed substantial growth during the 1947-1959 period in the areas considered. Of the four areas studied, the Twin City area experienced the largest employment gain with an increase of 46. 076 followed closely by the State (40.9%a) and Minneapolis (37.7%). Chart 51 indicates a leveling off in Saint Paul's employment for this group since 1953, though the other areas that increased at lower rates than Saint Paul prior to 1953 con- tinued to increase at the same rates beyond this year and reached higher indexes by 1957. Since 1957, employment has increased at a greater rate in Saint Paul than has been the case in the other areas considered, with Minneapolis employment in the group declining in both 1958 and 1959. FINANCE Commercial Banks There are twenty-two commercial banks in Saint Paul. Four are nationally chartered banks and eighteen are State chartered. Five are members of the Federal Reserve sys- tem and all are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.. The Saint Paul Clearing House Association is a local agency which facilitates the exchange and col- lection of checks as part of its operation. The number of out-of-town checks cleared through the Saint Paul Clearing House Association has increased from 6,594,000 in 1940 to 15,654,000 in 1957, reflecting the increasing volume of business transactions from out- side sources. The charges made against a bank's demand deposit accounts when banks honor depos- itor's checks are commonly termed "bank debits. " A record of these debits provides a direct measurement of the extent to which depositors are using the funds in their com- 187 L CHART 50 FINANCE, INSURANCE AND'REAL ESTATE EMPLOYMENT ST. PAUL, 1947-1959 CHART 51 FINANCE, INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE EMPLOYMENT INDEX 1947(EQUALS 100)TO 1959 ISC 14, 13 13 12 I 188 1907 1918 1909 1- 1-1 S.M A/ I-ESOTA 1907 1918 1909 1- 1-1 Source: Ninth District Federal Reserve Bank mercial bank accounts. The major portion of the money in the hands of the public which is used for commercial transactions is in the form of bank demand deposits. Changes in business activity are closely linked with the volume of money payments from these ac- counts made by check. Thus• the activity of these accounts, as reflected in debit figures, indicates relative activity in the purchase of goods and services in the various channels of production and distribution, wages, salaries, dividends, and interest. Saint Paul com- mercial bank depositors might be considered as conservative in their use of demand de- posit accounts..,_ Table 110 compares the change in annual debits by selected four-year periods for Saint Paul, Minneapolis, Ninth Federal Reserve District, and the United States (see Appendix XI and XII for complete figures). In 1958, Saint Paul debits totaled over $9 billion; Minneapolis totaled over 21 billion. While Minneapolis had some 60% more population than Saint Paul, its bank debit activity TABLE 111 TABLE 110 ANNUAL COMMERCIAL BANK DEBITS TO DEMAND DEPOSITS PER CENT CHANGE IN BANK DEBITS ST. PAUL, MPLS.., 9th FED. RESERVE DIST., & U. S. ' Selected Years, 1924-1958 St. Paul Minneapolis 1948 $5,926,390 $13,246,749 Ninth United Years St. Paul Minneapolis District State a% 1924 , -11.6% 8.1% -5. 2% 20.1% 3.0% 15.0% 6.6% 62.7% 1928 1932 -39.5% -45.0% -46.4% -59.2% 1936 53.3% 43.2% 44.8% 33.0 % 1940 4.01/6 84.311. 5.1% 82.3% 7.7% 86.8% 3.5% 100.0% 1944. 1948 54.9% 65.7% 71.311. 37.61/6. 1952 18.21. 18.4% 20.5% 33.8% 1956 16.5% 23.511. 17.611. 34.0% 1957 3.5% 5.2% 5.5% 7.11. 1958 7.2% - 3.,8% 5.0% 3.5% 1948-1958 52.5% 59.7% 57.0% 98.811.. Source: Ninth District Federal Reserve Bank mercial bank accounts. The major portion of the money in the hands of the public which is used for commercial transactions is in the form of bank demand deposits. Changes in business activity are closely linked with the volume of money payments from these ac- counts made by check. Thus• the activity of these accounts, as reflected in debit figures, indicates relative activity in the purchase of goods and services in the various channels of production and distribution, wages, salaries, dividends, and interest. Saint Paul com- mercial bank depositors might be considered as conservative in their use of demand de- posit accounts..,_ Table 110 compares the change in annual debits by selected four-year periods for Saint Paul, Minneapolis, Ninth Federal Reserve District, and the United States (see Appendix XI and XII for complete figures). In 1958, Saint Paul debits totaled over $9 billion; Minneapolis totaled over 21 billion. While Minneapolis had some 60% more population than Saint Paul, its bank debit activity Source: Ninth Diet. Federal Reserve Bank 189 TABLE 111 ANNUAL COMMERCIAL BANK DEBITS TO DEMAND DEPOSITS SAINT PAUL AND MINNEAPOLIS 1948 to 1958 . (in thousands of dollars) Year St. Paul Minneapolis 1948 $5,926,390 $13,246,749 1949 5,613,359 12,222,493 1950 6,207,757 13,735,221 1951 6,864,114 15,220,593 1952 7,033,776 15,685,597 1953 - 6,951,408 16,142,671 1954 7,021,147 16,928,014 1955 7,662,786 18,115,614 1956 8,233,098 19,373,846 1957 8,429,620 20,387,323 1958 9,037,540 21,158,895 Source: Ninth Diet. Federal Reserve Bank 189 0 TABLE 112 SELECTED BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS, ALL COMMERCIAL BANKS St, Paul, 1940-1958 (in thousands of dollars) Deposits Total Demand Time Total Capital Year Assets Deposits Deposits . Deposits Fundsl 1940 $240,810 $171,708 $45,355 $217,063 $19,935 1942 343,498 275,371 .41,013 316,3 67 26,760 1944 463,281 365,854 66,013 1946 516,113 377,266 101,270 478,536 30,872 1948 537.437 399,208 98,158 497,366 33,056 1950 @65,033 426,981 - 91,251 518,232 36,043 1952 613-,335 456,569 104,969 561,538 38,977 1954 668,395 484,242 127,229 611,471 44,027 1956 668,002 468,526 133,526 602,454 51,607 1957 669,073 477,092 154,417 631,509 54,342 1958 732,197 490,479 171,216 659,729 60,634 % Increase277 Sub 203, 9%0 204.2% 1940-1958 204.1% 185.6% 1. Capital funds are computed by staff: Capital k Undivided Profit and, in some cases, Reserves werealso added. The figures are different than Polk's City totals. Source: Polk's Bank Directory. CHART 52 CORRESPONDENT BANKING RELATIONS ST. PAUL, 1978 • MONTANA . - NORTH•DAKOTA' .� MINtiESOTA• • .. �. ..••{.y.. rt .•: • SOUTH DAKOTA• .1•f„'• •• WISCONSIN WYOMING IOWA NEBRASKA .ILLINOIS xorE c.0 M Rwamau ac co,a.um* xsvwa e.xww u�nSmrn nRx sr. ML UNxS. 190 - was 13416 higher. A comparison of actu- MRr 53 - ` -ASSETS, COMMERCIAL BANKS - al debits in recent years is shown in TOTAL sr. raei.!s4a-!see - Table lil. Correspondent Banking. i� m°°•� Correspondent banking operates in the _.following manner. National banks are re-. - 1I i I -^•^• quired to keep their reserve funds ins i -4 } "Federal Reserve Bank,"3the State Banks funds_ in any one of -` ,keep their reserve several local national banks which the 4 Federal Reserve Bank has designated as _-�-• a "Federal Deposit Bank." Saint Paul is a State Reserve System deposit city and, _ ' - therefore, the required ratio of reserve funds may be kept on deposit in selected - Saint Paul banks. Since no interest is paid by the bank on these reserve funds, m. keen competition exists for such accounts. cedar 34 As 'a result of this competitive, situation, meaningful LIABILITIES, COMMERCIAL BANKS TOTAL LIABIL correspondent relations are the financial importance of sITIEu��,isaMME indicators of •a city. These correspondent banking re- -.T 1 �� _�._ _ lationa represent the flow of reserve funds banks for deposit in - i Y •, r L-'� C—_ �-� -{.,��,o,,, from many outlying Saint Paul banks and subsequent loan on At the same time, -!--;. !-' the local Market. there exists a loan -share relationship be- -i tween Saint Paul banks and.their corres- ' pondent banks, whereby funds from Saint Paul banks are made available to cover by - •� that part of a loan made a correspond- '-- — sot bank that is ih excess of its lending _1 capacity. Thus, correspondent banking , tends to outline the regional trade area extending further into the hinterland as new correspondent banking relations are established. Chart 52 illustrates the �• ^� "': "' "'° °' correspondent relations of Saint Paul _ ,o.., �.....� °...�. banks. _. - - Over the years, the Saint Paul banks have grown substantially reflecting the eco- nomic prosperity of the banking commun- - - TABLE 113 SELECTED OPERATING RATIOS.ALLBANKS St. Paul,Minneapolis, and Duluth 1950 and 1957 Year St. Paul Mpls, Duluth Ratio of Loans to Deposits: 1950 34.2 34.6 31.8 49.0 44.4 1957 45.4 Ratio of Cash & U. S. Secur- 1950 65.5 63.0 66.3 53.2 ities to Deposits: 1957 53.5 52.8 Ratio of Capital Accounts 1950 6.9 6.1 7.2 - 7.5 7.8 to Assets: 1957 8.1 Source: Ninth District Federal Reserve Bank - 191 ity as a whole. However, this growth wassomewhat less than that of the total Nation. As V measured by total assets and deposits between 1940 and 1958, Saint Paul bank assets in- creased 204. 196 and deposits, 203.9%; corresponding figures for the United States as a whole were 235.8% and 239. 0%.I Charts 53 and 54 and Table 112 indicate monetary de- velopment that has taken place in Saint Paul in the commercial banking field since 1940. Higher personal income has resulted in an increasing portion of available funds to be de- posited in savings accounts. More funds in demand deposits or checking accounts have resulted from an expansion of business activity in the region served. The manner in which banks use their funds is of particular significance. Basically, bank funds are retained as cash or invested into securities and loans. Loans represent bank credit to firms and individuals. The balance sheet ratio of cash and United States secur- ities to deposits servesas a gauge in measuring bank liquidity: These ratios for Saint TABLE 114 SELECTED BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS, BY INDIVIDUAL BANK ALL COMMERCIAL BANKS, ST. PAUL _ Dec. 31, 1958 Bank Total Assets Total Deposits Capital Funds First National $384,513,764 $342,911,830 $34,730,880 American National 116,533,036 107,252,892 7;138,892 Northwestern National 48,703,531 41,858,408 4,713,328 Midway National 35,022,162 32,436,442 1,831,938 Commercial State 18,.016-,897 ' 16,400,344 1,616,553 First Security State 16,388,966 15,108,116 '1,058,9972 First State 14,679,540 13,608,911 892,9782 --- First Merchant State 14,524,075 13,493.698 821,336, Northwestern State - 12,342,840 11,144,912 826',716 First Grand Ave. State 11,639,279 10,722,219 746,0002 Liberty State 11,383,872 •10,678,821 515,759 Western State 7,651,436 .6,939,483 746,5722 Minnesota State 6,084,795 5,639,065 343,099 - Cherokee State 6,022,289 5,561,220 410,085 Highland Park State 5,549,868 5,110,731 317,474 Falcon Heights State 5,484,190 5,097,074 300,385 First Trust 5,012,3.92 2,117,708 2,247,812 St. Anthony Park State 4,837,720 4,491,228 298,906 Capitol City State 3,840,650 3,578,069 219,870 Produce -Exchange 3,370,702 3,014,748 291,417 Hillcrest State 2,384,619 2,138,024 225,069 Eastern Heights State 1,095,559 425,399 394,939 $735,082,182 $659,729,342 $60,689,005 I Prior to January 2, 1959, the Northwestern National Bank of Saint Paul was known as the "Empire National Bank." Includes "reserves" Source: Polk's Bank Directory 1959. I U. S. Figures cover all insured commercial banks 192 Paul are presented in Table 11.3 together with ratios for two other major cities in the Ninth Federal Reserve District. - Saint Paul banks have placed somewhat less of their funds in loans than Minneapolis. By the measure of 'cash and United StatesSecuritiesto deposits, the average for other cities examined was slightly lower than that of Saint Paul banks during 1957, indicating a higher liquidity relationship for Saint Paul banks. One measure of bank financial foun- dations can be examined through the ratio of capital accounts to total assets and the ratio of capital accounts to assets less cash and United States securities. Partially because of lower loan and higher liquidity ratios both bank capital indicators for Saint Paul maintain_ a higher average. The invididual commercial banks are broadly varied in size. These institutions can be placed into three general size -groups according to their assets; i.e. , the two top banks, the following nine, and finally all remaining banks. Table 114 indicates the 1958 financi- al standings of all Saint Paul commercial banks. (See Appendix XIII for 1940 to 1958 de- tails. ) Savings and Loan Associations One difference between savings and loan associations and commercial banks rests with the status of savings account funds. Money in a savings account with a savings and loan association purchases ownership shares that pay dividends; in a commercial bank, these funds are a liability on the balance sheet and earn interest for the saver. Also, the mon- ey -lending function differs from banks in that savings and loan association funds are placed primarily into real estate mortgages:., Savings and loan associations do not provide a checking account service for members. TABLE 115 SELECTED BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS BY INDIVIDUAL ASSOCIATION ALL SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS, ST. PAUL December 21, 1957 Savings & Loan Association- Total Assets Loans Savings Twin City Federal* $83,095,096 $77,487,829 $68,599,506 Minnesota Federal* 69,504,692 46,726,738 62,175,854 Minneapolis* 39,124,626 33,667,536 36,125,588 - First Federal 31,151,497 27,796,810 27,693,340 , Saint Paul Federal 22,601,646 19,850,984 19,571,068 Northern Federal 19,122,436 16,496,445 16,298,396 Ben Franklin°Federal - 17,462,474 16,021,590 14,068,182 7 Lincoln 1,310,691 1,097,129 1,186,634 Total $283,373,158 $239,145,061 $245,718,568 *Represents Saint Paul volume only. Source; Individual Association Reports In 1957, there were eight savings and loan associations in Saint Paul with total assets of iS er $283 million (Table 115). Six of these associations are chartered under Federal Law and two are responsible to the State. All have their individual savings accounts insured for at least $10,000. A remarkable growth has taken place in Saint Paul's savings and loan association in re- cent years. Since 1947, total assets have increased $204 million or 258.%. Likewise, savings have increased $177 million or 257. 9% (See Table 116). Loan volumes are closely related to construction by the very nature and purpose of this type of financial or- ganization. 193 TABLE 116 SELECTED -BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS ALL SAYINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS 'St. Paul, 1947 to. 1957 ' Year Total Assets Loans _ Savings - 1947 $79,958,328 $57,160,847 $68,647,423048 86,018,317 67,059,309 76,040,694 - 1949 97,458,.462 74,996,66Z - 89,458,944 1950 117;202,723 95,953,033 101,657,609 1951 131,754,031 108,784,915 116,187,463 .1952 144,494,848 123,798,396 132,305,972 1953 168,086,638 143,434,203 147,166,049 - 1954 194,969,492 170,387,072 176,231,697 1955 232,329,807 204,346,907 203,829,722 1956 258,672,746 229,645,992 288,992,008 1957 283,373,158 239,145,061 245,718,568 ' Source: Individual Annual Statements of Condition of the Associations Investment Banking Investment banking consists mainly of the buying and selling of securities by broker -deal - ere for a customer clientele. It has other important financial functions such as the under - securities on the market, the arranging of securities writing of new or added amounts of in combination with other dealers for the merging of companies, arranging for the pur- chase of bonds by insurance companies and other financial institutions, and public or pri- vate placement of in through the underwriting . of bond issues.. are There are twenty -tour investment banking firms operating in Saint Paule a uri- branch offices of national organizations. All are licensed dealers (may purchase Elev" ties to hold or resell) and brokers (buy and sell securities without holding title). Six firma are members of the New York Stock Exchange and twelve are members of the Midwest ouses have operations and a mxe cover or ha eat branch offices investment inWi1sconsin, North and South Dakota, Montana, and Iowa. Credit Unions During 1957, there were 102 State -chartered and four Federal -chartered credit unions in Saint Paul. Non-profit credit unions are operated through public and private organizations for the purpose of providing saving plans, low interest loans, and reasonably high dividends on saving shares to members. Minnesota credit unions pay no taxes and are regulated by the State. Credit unions have ..ae ingt'y- popigar in recent years as indicated by the number of organizations become-incre ld War II, forty-one additional credit and total ass"is as shown in Table 117. Since Woretotal credit union ,sesta have grown unions have been organized; during the same period over $29 million or -4601o. Small Loan Companies State -licensed small loan companies - totaled twenty-six in number in 1957. Fifteen of these were !Locally owned while the remaining eleven were owned by organizations head- quartered outside of Saint Paul. All are regulated by the State to the extent of limiting e determination of the maximum chargeable interest individual lonsurner credit and th rate. 194 TABLE 117 ' NUMBER AND ASSETS OF MINNESOTA CHARTERED CREDIT UNIONS IN ST. PAUL 1947 - 1957 No. of Year Credit Unions Assets 1947 61 $6,370,283 1948 61 7,489,288 1949 62 -9,017,730 . 1950 63 11,233;338 1951 65 12,911,642 1952 ,67 14,202,912 1953 75 17,062,255 1954 84 20,955,590 1955 85 25,294,507 ., 1956 95 29,956,111 1957 - 102 35,686,547 Source: Minn. Dept. of Commerce, Banking Division. TABLE 118 SMALL LOAN COMPANIES - NO. OF LICENSES & LOANS Saint Paul. 1940-1957 Number of Number of .Amount of . Year Licenses Loans Made Loans Made 1947 17 37,323 - $6,306,000 1948 18 40,829 7,069,-000 1949 22 45,951 8,402,000- 1950 23 49,196 9,456,000 1951 X23'- 51,964 10,355,000 1952 25 53,514 11,006,000 1953 24 51,942 11,084,000 1954 24 49,754 10,756,000 1955 25 50,345 11,080,000 , 1956 26 49,982 11,223,000 1957 26 49,255, 11,240,000 Source: Minn. Dept. of Commerce, Banking Division. The relative importance of the small loan business in Saint Paul is declining (Table 118). Other financial institutions, by offering more advantageous terms, are taking a growing share of available consumer credit. Since 1947, nine new small loan offices have been established in Saint Paul. The total number of loans made during the same period in- cresed 32% while the amount of such loans increased 78%, raising the average small loan from $169 in 1947 to $228 in 1957. Small loans are restricted to a maximum of $300 by State regulations. As larger loans 195 are required, borrowere turn to other sources. (See Appendix XV for. additional detail). Mortgage Banking Although a potentially important source of investment funds, mortgage banking activities donotrepresent a very substantial proportion of the capital for real estate purchase and development in Saint Pault Neither do the firms in Saint Paul constitute a sizable em- ploymenK'grouping. This is a "capital rich" area with a competitive rharket making the de- mand for outside capital sources small. Investment funds from large insurance compan- ies, and savings institutions are dispensed on the Saint Paul real estate market through these mortgage banking firms. Primarily, residential mortgagee are secured but a small percentage goes into commercial and industrial holdings. The greater share of local resi- dential mortgages are for multi -family -type dwellings. _ There were six local mortgagors operating in Saint Paul during 1957 having a combined service of over $81 million. Of this amount, $9 million has been added to their accounts during the past year. Twenty-two life insurance companies and !twenty -three savings in- stitutions are represented by these six firms. The total number of accounts serviced.. reached 6,400. INSURANCE Life Insurance There are nine life insurance companies with home offices in Saint Paul. These compan- ies have experienced a rapid post-warrate of growth. From 1947 to 1957 , total assets for home firms increased over $167 million or 132%; amount of insurance in force in- creased $1,691 million or 27314. This increase has been considerably more than that of the United States as a whole, where total assets increased by 6% and insurance in force increased by 146% since 1947. Source: Northwest Insurance: Commercial West. In 1957, Saint Paul organizations accounted for about 20% of the Twin City domiciled companies' life insurance in force. Some 38% of the life insurance companies in Minne- sota had their assets in Saint Paul for the same year. A lag exists in the accumulation of additional assets after new insurance is written because of the initial expense involved. Saint Paul is an important life insurance center. These companies provide capital for 196 e TABLE 119 TOTAL ASSETS AND AMOUNT IN FORCE LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES WITH HOME OFFICES IN St. Paul 1947 - 1957 (in $000) - Total Assets Amount in Force 1 7 1 1947 1957 Degree of Honor $22,803 $33,250 69.242 $85,400 Early American 4,597 6,029 14,722 19,619 Group Health - 1,817 - 51,221 Minn. Mutual Life 94,449 233,680 492,105 .1,844,589 Mutual Service 672 13,524 23,399 166,605 North Central 3,832 3,212 17.,555 85,699 Northland Life - 917 - .14,349 St. Paul Life - 19 - 105 Employers' Mutual' 131 1,476 1,980 42,554 Total $126,484 $293,924 $619,003 $2,310,141 - Source: Northwest Insurance: Commercial West. In 1957, Saint Paul organizations accounted for about 20% of the Twin City domiciled companies' life insurance in force. Some 38% of the life insurance companies in Minne- sota had their assets in Saint Paul for the same year. A lag exists in the accumulation of additional assets after new insurance is written because of the initial expense involved. Saint Paul is an important life insurance center. These companies provide capital for 196 e for private and public development besides employment and tax revenue to Saint Paul. Their operations extend into states throughout the entire country. Post-war business in Saint Paul has increased at a'greater rate than in the country as a whole and additional y growth can be expected in the immediate future. Fire and Casualty Insurance - There are.seven stock and four mutual companies with home offices in Saint Paul. These local firms have experienced a rapid rate of growth over the past decade. During the period 1947 to 1957, total assets for these firms grew $231 million or 226%, capital sur- plus advanced $90 million or 195%x, and direct writings (premiums) gained $20 million or 186%. 1 Not 1947 Saint Paul Domiciled. Source: Minn. State Dept. of Insurance ' When these figures are compared to those of the entire Nation, it is seen that Saint Paul company assets grew 135% faster and direct writings 82% faster; capital surplus how- ever, continued below the National gain due to the reinvestment of these funds in their grow- ing companies. In 1957 Saint Paul Fire and Casualty premiums were 202% higher than those of Minneapolis companies. Table 120 shows the financial gains achieved by local companies between 1 -947 -and -1957. REAL ESTATE As of February 1, 1958, there were 305 real estate offices and firma with 453 brokers and 454 salesmen in Saint Paul, licensed by the State of Minnesota. It should be noted, however, that these figures include many individuals (such as lawyers, bankers, etc,) who do not participate full time in this occupation. Therefore, the total number of full- time participants in real estate brokerage is actually much lower than the total number of licenses suggests. The real estate business consists mainly of the sale and transfer of property, but other 197 TABLE 120 . TOTAL ASSETS, CAPITAL SURPLUS, AND DIRECT WRITINGS ALL ST. PAUL DOMICILED FIRE & CASUALTY INSURANCE COMPANIES 1947-1957 (in thousands of dollars) Assets Capital Surplus Direct Writing Company Stocks 1947 1 5 7 T 4_7 ---1'957- 1947 !,Pt Anchor Casualty $7,309 $15,188 $1,352 $3,551 $3,196 $3,865 Arrow Insurance - 495 - 152 - 547 Casualty Underwriters) - 4,539 - 1,1'07 - 3,927 Northland Insurance' - 4,219 - 848 - 607 St. Paul Fire & Marine 79,502 256,510. 40,177 110,796 2,301 10,202 St. Paul Mercury 12,457 33,671 3,763 14,055 2,762 1,416 St. Paul Hosp. & Cas. 163 399 19 135 469 995 Mutuals Minn. Farm Bureaul - 1,198 - 383 803 Mutual Service 2,828 16,228 551 4,268 1,693 7,484 United Farmers) - 42 - 70 - 35 St. Paul Mutual 327 1,383 154 530 317 809 Total $102,586 $333,872 $46,042 $135,895 $10,738 $30,691 1 Not 1947 Saint Paul Domiciled. Source: Minn. State Dept. of Insurance ' When these figures are compared to those of the entire Nation, it is seen that Saint Paul company assets grew 135% faster and direct writings 82% faster; capital surplus how- ever, continued below the National gain due to the reinvestment of these funds in their grow- ing companies. In 1957 Saint Paul Fire and Casualty premiums were 202% higher than those of Minneapolis companies. Table 120 shows the financial gains achieved by local companies between 1 -947 -and -1957. REAL ESTATE As of February 1, 1958, there were 305 real estate offices and firma with 453 brokers and 454 salesmen in Saint Paul, licensed by the State of Minnesota. It should be noted, however, that these figures include many individuals (such as lawyers, bankers, etc,) who do not participate full time in this occupation. Therefore, the total number of full- time participants in real estate brokerage is actually much lower than the total number of licenses suggests. The real estate business consists mainly of the sale and transfer of property, but other 197 services.such as financing, insurance, and management of property are offered. Sale and management of surrounding farms for an area covering several surrounding counties is another.aervice offered by many Saint Paul real estate firms. 'Table 121 indicates the volume of real estate business activity in Ramsey County between 1947 and 1957. D TABLE_ 121 DEEDS RECORDED, MORTGAGES RECORDED FILINGS, AND AMOUNT OF MORTGAGES' Ramsey County 1947-1957 Deeds Mortgages , No. Filing Amount of Year Recorded Recorded Reg. of Deeds Mortgages 1947 14,641 8;315 42,959 $79,284,608 yti 1948 12,810 6,878 37,905 61,951,886 1949 10,935 6,198 38,220 41,736,198 1950 13,954 9,733 40,887 79,456,983 1951 11,764 7,639. 36,454 61,773,398 1952 12,525 9,057 39,563 65,746,412 1953 12,416 8,711 38,743 - 95,926,954 1954 14,724 10,634. 45,588 99,842;302 1955 15,641 10,274 48,766 108,189,285 1956 13,972 10,331 45,188 111,054,041 1957 12,222 8,086 40,245 87,177,644 Source: Ramsey County Register of Deeds DEVELOPMENT AND OUTLOOK Post-war employment in Finance -Insurance -Real Estate has been both rapid and steady in rate of increase. Between 1947 and 1959 employment has grown by 33.7%, or 2,532. Of the total 10,342 persons employed in this area during the sample mohth of March 1960, the greatest number (4,927) were employed in the insurance field; the second greatest number were employed in finance (3,484); and the remainder. (1 , 931) in real estate. This combined employment category has gained 1.2% in its share of the total City employment strudture. When compared with the Standard Metropolitan Area, Minneapolis, and the State of Minne- sota, Saint Paul's index of Finance -Insurance -Real Estate employment increased more rapidly than the other areas until 1953, when Saint Paul's employment index indicates a leveling -off period. However, the other three areas, by continuing to grow at their pre- vious rates, have surpassed Saint Paul. During the most recent years, these compar- ative trends have changed somewhat; since 1957 employment has increased at a greater rate in Saint Paul than has been the case in the other areas considered. The leveling -off during 1953 indicates a very important characteristic of Saint Paul's business in these groups. Since employment is a reflection of the volume of business in banking and finance, the leveling of employment growth resulted from the leveling of the growth rate in the banking business. The total assets for all commercial banks does in- dicate a similar leveling off after 1953. The suburban build-up now going on north, east and south of Saint Paul eventually will accelerate the banking, insurance, and real estate business in the City. Commercial Banks - In looking at the separate chapter considerations of financial activity, alnt Paul's cFm-mercial banks (22 -in 1958) have indicated a steady growth over the years. The banks tend to maintain the usual characteristic of stability during time of national economic distress. Considering the two central cities, debits -to -demand deposit -accounts for Minneapolis 198 were greatly advanced over Saint Paul. The recent increase. in Minneapolis business. while Saint Paul's business growth was slowing down, can be explainedbythe faster growth of population and the residential build-up on the west side of the Twin Cities. Residents of this area are naturally apt to trade with Minneapolis banks.Unless the suburban growth around Saint Paul is accelerated, Saint Paul's finance and real estate business volume will increase at a slower rate than Minneapolis. o The number of out-of-town checks cleared through the. Saint Paul Clearing House have increased sharply over the last twodecades, indicating a greater business activity in the trade area. Saint Paul's correspondent banking relations in 1958 tend to coincide with the Ninth Federal Reserve District. There was a noticable sparsity of correspondent bank- ing relations as the distance increased from Saint Paul, with the largest concentration be- ing located immediately around the Twin "City, area within radius of about fifty miles, and a rather large concentration in the southern part of the State. Noticable absence of correspondent banking relations was seen south of the Minnesota border line,in western South Dakota and the upper peninsula of Michigan. While the total assets and deposits of Saint Paul banks rose rapidly between 1940 and 1958,. this growth was substantially below that of the United States as a whole. The increase in assets and deposits created a change in the method of investing bank funds. Saint Paul banks were investing more of their funds in loans, less in assets that can be readily liqui- dated, and in more banks' separate accounts. This indicated a shifting of operating ratio to a lees conservative position. Saint Paul banks rank favorably when other United States cities of comparable size are considered. As of December 31, 1958, the total assets of all Saint Paul commercial banks were 732 million dollars, total deposits almost 660 million dollars and capital funds 60 million dollars. In view of past trends in this area of the economy, a projection into the near future ap- pears to be reasonably possible. This is to say, the proportion between available fin- ancial resources and the demand for these resources reflects a steady growth of number of transactions within the time -period this study is considering. However, as was stated earlier, the financial activities seem to be related to population, and any acceleration of population increase within Saint Paul's vicinity can change this trend to much greater in- creases. The Saint Paul savings and loan associations have experienced a remarkable growth since World War II. Total assets have increased 258% to a grand total of $284 million for the eight organizations. Savings during the same time -period increased 257. 9%, reaching a grand total of $246 million. These changes all compare favorably with national trends. Without question, this trend can be extended, though at a rate alightly lower than that of the past ten years, in view of the popularity of savings and loan associations in this area. Investment banking operations in Saint Paul are very active. There are twenty4our in- vestment banking firms extending their services far into the region. At this stage no reliable figures are available to determine the exact extent of operations within the City. However, discussion with prominent members of the field located in Saint Paul indicate the volume has increased substantially in recent years, and the trends indicate further development along these lines. Credit Unions - Saint Paul credit unions have increased in number from 61 to 102 in post- war years. Their assets have increased from six million dollars to thirty-six million dollars. The rate of growth of credit unions has been the most accelerated in the finan- cial field in the City, with projections by individual and group representatives of credit unions extending this trend at least until 1980. Small Loan Companies - Small loan companies are not as prominent on the Saint Paul financial scene as they were during their early years. Figures indicate that both the num- ber of licenses, loans made, and amount of loans is remaining stabie. Projections for this operation are varied, but it is, generally agreed that without new and favorable legis- lation these organizations will experience a decline in the next several years. _ Real Estate - Because of many intermingling circumstances, real estate activity is often difficult to record. Records from the Ramsey County Register of Deeds indicate that the 199 number of deeds recorded has remained stable in the immediate poet -war years, though the number of mortgages has increased steadily with increased building activity, indicat- ing a stable real estate market. Y Mortgage Banking - While it is hard to determine accurately from official records the true amount of 'retail activity, mortgage banking figures indicate that a rapid demand for residential mortgage money has been experienced in recent years. The six.local mort- gage -bankers had a combined service of over eighty-one million dollars in 1957, with nine million dollars of this amount having been added in 1956. Management officials of these organizations have expressed their opinion confirming a continued high -demand housing market. Life Insurance - Saint Paul is a life insurance center of the region. The nine local com- panies_b#ve_exgerienced a rapid post-war rate of growth. This rate of growth has been considerably more rapid than the United States as a whole. These companies provide capital, employment, and atax revenue for Saint Paul. All indications suggest a growth equal to, or more accelerated than, that of the past for life insurance companies. Fire and Casualty Insurance - Saint Paul is the fire and casualty insurance headquarters of the entire region. The seven local stock and four mutual companies in this field have grown much faster than those of the Nation as a whole. While figures show total assets and direct writings were substantially above those of the Nation, a significant investment policy here has been the reinvestment of capital surplus within the growing companies. All economic indicators for fire and casualty insurance suggest continued' prosperity in this important area of our economic base. In conclusion, it is apparent that even though finance -insurance -real estate employment is only a small percentage of total Saint Paul employment, it constitutes a very important area of the over-all Saint Paul economy. Finance -Insurance, Estate has experienced a rapid post-war growth. However, since employment in this fieldhastended to level off in the last several years, indications are that the industry has reached a point where it must reorganize and expand its physical facilities prior to additional business expan- sion. This has been dramatically exemplified by the announcement of several large-scale building programs here in the past year. The scope, of the insurance.business in Saint Paul has made this City not only a regional insurance center, but one of national promi- nence as well, With a growth rate consistently exceeding that of the Nation. Therefore, it is a reasonable conclusion that this growth will continue in the next twenty year. at a level at least equal to that of the present. Accelerating or decelerating rates will depend upon many factors, both internal and external, that are difficult to ascertain at this time. However, cognizance of the population changes in the area will provide a valuable factor - in making the projection. 200 all rustratim The construction industry represented over 70 million dollars of financial activity and 4..6% of the non-agricultural employment in Saint Paul during 1959. STRi1CTI1RF. On the basis of the status of the work, the construction industry is classified as either "new construction" or "repair and alterations." On the basis of ownership, it is segre- gated into "public" and "private" construction. A further classification is based on the type of'construction: (1) residential building, (2) non-residential building, and (3) public works and utilitigs. Residential, plus non-residential building, constitutes what is known as "total building." "Total building", plus public works and utilities, is referred to as "total construction." Because of its complexity, construction is one of the most difficult cotnponen s of business activity to measure. A number of heterogeneous statistical series are regularly prepared covering various aspects of the construction industry, but these require careful analysis to insure meaningfulness. Development The valuation of Saint Paul construction, as shown by the Ninth Federal Reserve Bank's monthly "Permit Valuation" indicates that Saint Paul has enjoyed a rapid building boom over the past decade. During the period 1952-1957, total building permits valuation in Saint Paul has exceeded that of Minneapolis, with the difference being quite substantial during 1955 and 1956. - However, during 1957 Minneapolis valuations approached those of Saint Paul, and in 1958 were once again higher than those of Saint Paul, which condition also prevailed in 1959. (See Chart 55). This relationship suggests that Minneapolis responded quickly to poet -war building dur- ing 1947-1949. The delayed Saint Paul response to building needs is apparent in the trends during 1952-1957. At first, (1952-1954)the construction activities were in moder- ate amounts, though steadily increasing; in 1955, a substantial increase is apparent which continued, with slight decreases, each year until 1957. When the recent recession hit this area in 1957-1958, Saint Paul already was participating heavily in the construc- tion field with emphasis on public -construction. In a move to counter -act the recession, additional public and commercial construction starts increased the value of building per- mits in 1958 to over $73 million which was an all-time high for Saint Paul. During this year, Minneapolis responded in a manner similar to Saint Paul: increased construction activities caused Minneapolis building valuations to surpass those of Saint Paul for the 201 first time since. 1952. During 1959, a slight decline occurred in both cities though the decline was greater in Minneapolis than in Saint/Paul. However, these two years, 1958 and 1959, can be considered progressive years in construction for both cities. CHART 55 CONSTRUCTION PERMIT VALUATIONS (INCLUDING INSTALLATIONS PERMITS) ST. PAUL a MINNEAPOLIS MILLIONS 1947-1959 OF ,DOLLARS SOURCE MERG RESERVE BANR OF N-ENP045 . ST. PAUL ® MINNEAPOLIS When the valuation record (see Chart 56) is examined against the number of building per - mite in Saint Paul, excluding installations, it is noted thaw, although the valuation of building permits has shown a steady increase, the number of building permits has re- mained stable. Certainly a good deal of this rise in the valuation of building permits may be attributed.to higher building costs, the size and geographic location of new struc- tures, and higher. design standards. Chart 56 shows the valuation and the number of building permits for Saint Paul from 1947 to 1958. Construction Valuation by Type Construction valuation by building -type over the last three decades indicates that the highest construction valuation has been in the residential class. However, Miscellan- eous Construction and Commercial Construction have experienced substantial gains since 1955. During 1959, Miscellaneous Construction accounted for the largest portion of the annual construction expenditure. (See Chart 57) The 1959 figures relative to the valuation by type of building and the distribution pattern among the different kinds of building types reflect the influence of the 1957-1958 recession and the trends in credit rates for each building type. Cie artyevident is the increase in public and institutional construction as reflected in the "Miscellaneous" figures. The increase in commercial buildings during the past several years reflects the economic recovery and business ex - 202 11 mol \I \ r RON MY 1 1t o 1I 100 of °III �I ell ofII \I°I��11° • SOURCE MERG RESERVE BANR OF N-ENP045 . ST. PAUL ® MINNEAPOLIS When the valuation record (see Chart 56) is examined against the number of building per - mite in Saint Paul, excluding installations, it is noted thaw, although the valuation of building permits has shown a steady increase, the number of building permits has re- mained stable. Certainly a good deal of this rise in the valuation of building permits may be attributed.to higher building costs, the size and geographic location of new struc- tures, and higher. design standards. Chart 56 shows the valuation and the number of building permits for Saint Paul from 1947 to 1958. Construction Valuation by Type Construction valuation by building -type over the last three decades indicates that the highest construction valuation has been in the residential class. However, Miscellan- eous Construction and Commercial Construction have experienced substantial gains since 1955. During 1959, Miscellaneous Construction accounted for the largest portion of the annual construction expenditure. (See Chart 57) The 1959 figures relative to the valuation by type of building and the distribution pattern among the different kinds of building types reflect the influence of the 1957-1958 recession and the trends in credit rates for each building type. Cie artyevident is the increase in public and institutional construction as reflected in the "Miscellaneous" figures. The increase in commercial buildings during the past several years reflects the economic recovery and business ex - 202 CHART 56 14 VALUATION OF BUILDING PERMITS LESS INSTALLATIONS 12 ST. PAUL, 1947-1959, BY MONTH Bio ■ NUMBER OF BUILDING PERMITS N O SOURCE: NINTH DISTRICT FEDERAL RESERVE SAM W rp. loll r linp NUMBER OF BUILDING PERMITS N O SOURCE: NINTH DISTRICT FEDERAL RESERVE SAM W pansion which has occurred. The increase in.alteratione is also an indication of improve-' meat of existing facilities in all. c$assificatione ,(see Appendix XVI). When the residential classification is sub -divided into single-family, two-family, and apartment -residential construction, the single-family residential classification emerges as having been the dominant factor' in the residential construction picture. (See Ap- pendix XVII and Charts 59 and 60). Both roraL wesrs+i$r'ios rESMir VALUATIONnumber of permits and valuations of s.0.....>.... - single -family -construction over the years Py has fluctuated directly with national eco - _I nomic_conditions and local housing de- "'�' mands. For example, during the mid- -�__ I 1920s, when this area experienced a de- _ mand for housing units and maintained a fairly prosperous economy, single-family construction valuations reached an unad- justed dollar -figure of $10,000,000, with I - 1 _ over 2,000 units having been constructed m 1923. There was a sharp decline in Saint Paul during the depression period,, r rI. followed by a steady gain during the latter L1930s. . World War II brought all resi- t T -I I dential construction to a virtual stand- ` r I Following the. war, residential construc- tion rose markedly, with the number of ol_ iW_ j single-family units reaching a poa-war "• peak of 1,603, representing avaluation m.®...... _-....."""'""" of $17,779,498 in 1950. Except for slight increases in 1952 and 1955, the number of single-family units has continu- ed to fall from the sharp decline which occurred in 1951. On the other'hand, the valuations of single-family construction gener- ally rose from the 051 decline, reaching a peak. of $18,306,905 in 1955, though a sharp drop has occurred since that year with 1959 valuation at the $11,216,377 level. The peak of apartment -unit construction occurred in 1950, with 832 of the 1 ,474 units authorized being a Federal Housing project. From.a low of only 46 units and a valuation of $122,400 in 1952, apartment construction has followed a slow rise becoming more accelerated in recent years. Federal housing in119S7magain distorts the trend but a general rise is apparent, n'everihelegs.. The was a sharp increase ini1959 when, for the first time, apartment -unit construc- tion exceeded the number of single-family units built in Saint Paul. This corresponds to the trend in Minneapolis, where apartment -unit construction has• exceeded single-family unit construction since 1958. This trend is an indication of approaching population satu- ration in the Cities with a resultanigreater reliance on multi -family housing. Duplex construction again shows an increase in popularity after a general decline during the mid- dle years of the 1950 to 1959 period. - - EMPLOYMENT Employment Levels Construction employment in Saint Paul constituted 4.6%. of the total non-agricultural employment during 1959. In the past decade, this employment has demonstrated sub- stantial fluctuations which directly correspond to fluctuations in. the City economy. The nature of the construction industry allows for rapid expansion and reduction as the de- mand „requires. The industry is a group of enterprtse..1 often, on the basis of their specializations working for each other;as sub -contractors And generally hiring most of their employment on a job -to -job basis. This results in a floating employment pool and a fluctuation in employment levels. —+ --:-1-, 205 CHART 59 4 1935 1931 NEW DWELLING UNITS AUTHORIZED. 1933 _.. BY TYPE 206 \ wxNtEuuruxlT9 ST. PAUL, 1950=1959. SwG�E \ \ \ \ \ \ \ anwTUEm uw5s \ \ � n � � I [1UPLFl[ UNIT9 \ � 936 1931 932 933 .951 633 936 1957 990 1959 CHART 60 NEWe DWELLING UNIT -VALUATIONS BY TYPE ST. PAUL, 1950-1959 1935 1931 939 1933 1951 1955 1966 1957 1939 959 206 SwG�E fANSLY U9i9 1 \ \ \ 1 \ � APoRI9EHT \ UNITS I I I \ j ♦♦ I I I I ♦♦♦ I OUPLEM UM65 ♦ ........................ 1935 1931 939 1933 1951 1955 1966 1957 1939 959 206 r ,�,�,J, ��, �� t�;a� ��i ment ppor The industry•is becoming increasingly important as a contributor to employred bo chan tunity in the area. It is agrowing industry and, its rate of expansion. Y g - es in number of employees, has been considerably higher than the average of other indus- tries in the State. Additionally, hourly earnings in the construction industry are substan- tially above those of other industries in the area. _ . On the other hand, construction is subject to stroing fluctuations which tend to raise the potential for unemployment. There are two kinds of fluctuation in the construction. indus- try: 1) the short-term seasonal fluctuation, following more or less the same pattern every year, which occurs from the slowing down of construction activities during the bad weather of winter; Z) the long-term fluctuation brought about by the eupplyandotduc ion . aspect of the market and national financing conditions. From time to time, activities tend to fall behind the market demand. This occurs from an industryeffort to adjust to the market. 'A'speed-up in construction follows a few years later, generally salting in over -building and the necre- essity for again slowing down construction activities. This is most apparent in residential construction. Thus, besides slow seasons, there are also slow year. in this industry. As a result, there exists a potential for high un- employment as well as employment. Employment Trends In 1947 the annual construction employment was 7,387 and it was 7,260 in 1959, a de- crease of 1.7% or 127 persons employed. Most of this decline indicated for the 13 -year period., occurred in 1959 for, during the 1950 to 1958 portion of this period, construction employment in the City substantially exceeded the 1947 level. Peak employment over the past decade was reached in 1951 (8,542), at the height of the Korean War (see Chart 61). . The percentage of construction employment to total 5. 1 %and Saint Paul employment was 4.6% for the terminal years (1947 and 1959) of this period. During the same period, f from Minneapolis construction employment, as a per cent of total employment, decreased 5.4% to 4.8%, the Standard Metropolitan Area experienced an increase of 0. 1% and the State increased by 0. 576. Chart 62 indicates, by means of indexFigures Minneapolis,'te the Standard employment change over the past,twelve,yr_ars for Saint Paul. Metropolitan Area, and the State of Minnesota. - During the year 1959, construction employment in Minnesota averaged 54.7 thousand workers. This amounted to approximately 6. 0916 of the total non-agricultural employment (4. 611. in Saint Paul). By comparison, construction employment n h United the total nova whole, during 1959, averaged about 2.8 million, or approximately_ agricultural employment. Thus, in relation to the national building scene, it would ap- pear that construction in the State is of a substantial nature. Cost of Labor When wage scales for building tradesof the Standard Metropolitan Areas in the State are considered with those of Standard Metropolitan Areas of comparable size and quality throughout the country, as well as with averages for the -United States as a whole, Saint Paul wage scales seem to be slightly below the average. (See Table 122) P bricklayers (a skilled trade) in 1958 received;$3.79.an hour as -a national ?�� legthe Saint ai Theaveragefor fifteen selected Standard Metropolitan Areas was $o ether with the ap int Paul rate was $3.57. This slightly lower construction labor cost, g parent availability of construction Labor suggests a favorable factor for the development of the area's economy. OUTLOOK Currently, Sant Paul is going through a building boom. This is apparent in the character ltime high expenditures of.over $70 million in both 1958 and 1959. However, thethis boom is ohanging, and the boom of post-war in residential construction ap- con parently is over. This is evident in the declining relative importance °indua ti al ,al and struction in recent years against the increasing values of commercial, miscellaneous construction and alterations. 208 TABLE 122 HOURLY UNION WAGE SCALES IN BUILDING TRADES BY TRADE FOR SELECTED CITIES April 1958 Brick- Carpen- Electri- Plas- Plumb- Building layers tere clans Painters terers era Laborers All Places Average Rate St. Paul, Minn. Baltimore, Md. Buffalo, N. Y. Cincinnati, Ohio Cleveland, Ohio Duluth, Minn. Fargo, N. Dak. Houston, Texas Kansas City, Mo. Milwaukee, Wis. Minneapolis, Minn. Portland, Oregon Providence, R.I. St. Louis, Mo. Seattle, Wash. $3.79 $3.35 $3.57 $3_22 $3_67 $3_61 $2_40 3.57 3.15 3.25 3.00 3.25 3.21 _ 2.40 3.80 3.20 3.57 2.97 3.45 3.40 2.00 3.69 3.58 3.75 ,3. 20 3.71 .3.42 2.61 3.60 3.45 3.67 3.10 3.50 3.57 2.50 3.71 3.74 3.76 3.41 3.74 3.64 3.00 3.40 2.85 3.20 2.75 X3.22 3.15 2.20 3.60 2.62 3.00 2.40 3.25 2.80 1.92 3.75 3.07 3.52 3.00 3.50 3.27 1.85 3.75 3.32 3.47 3.25 3.62 3.40 2.35 3.55 3.30 3.35 3.00 3.31 3.36 2.52 3.57 3.15 3.25 3.00 3.25 3.21 2.40 3.65 „3.10 3.38 3.07 ..3.35 3.44 2.55 3.60 2.90 -. 3.20 2.65 3.50 3.20 '2.22 3.90 3.45 3.83 3.41 3.80 3.72 2.50 3.75 3.13 3.40 3.13 3.40 '3.62 2.70 Source: U. S. Departments of Labor and Commerce, Construction Review. The decline in residential construction is a natural result of saturation of a city. How- ever, Saint Paul is not completely built up. This is more apparent when compared to Minneapolis trends If the trends of single -family -unit construction for Saint Paul from Chart 59 of this chapter are compared with corresponding trends for Minneapolis (Bee Minneapolis Planning Commission, Publication No. 114, page 3), Saint Paul trends con- trast with the sharp decline of single-family residential construction in Minneapolis. On the other hand, apartment -unite are being built at a more accelerated rate in Minneapolis than in Saint Paul. Duplex construction rates are similar in both cities and represent relatively minor importance. Minneapolis is a city which has used its available residential land and now must concen- trate on either building toward higher density or replacement of old structures. This is the reason apartment construction in that City is increasing. In Saint Paul, the situation has not reached that stage at the present time but, within the next decade, this also will be the case in this City. Actually, the exhaustion of available land and the Blowing down of construction go hand-in-hand since the value of available land will .rise under the law of supply and demand. In any case, the lack of available land, or the avilability of ex- pensive land only, will bring about the same results. Saint Paul is beginning to show signs of following thetrends in housing that have been ap- parent in Minneapolis for several years. In 1959, construction of apartment units ex- ceeded single -family -unit construction. This trend may well continue , not only due to population increases but, also, with the added impetus of renewal projects and removal of land from residential use due to freeway construction. In addition to continuing residential construction, the building boom of recent years is concentrated in three fields. In order of relative importance during 1959, they are: 1) Miscellaneous, 2) Commercial, and 3) Alterations. The increase in the Miscellaneous group is due to several causes, the most important be- ing public construction such as government buildings, .schools, recreational buildings, 209 and public utilities. As a result of emphasis on planning for this type of construction dur- ing the recent recession and the time-lag between the planning stage and. actual construe- tion, the heavy volume ofIpublic construction is here to stay for some time. Additionally, the miscellaneous figures are expanded since certain types of construction which actually belong in other groups appear as "Miscellaneous." This comes about through licensing procedures for such things as excavations, building-elevators, etc. The increase of most significance is in the Commercial classification which was third in valuations during 1959. The acceleration. in commercial constructionis quite apparent if compared with previous years. Recent substantial improvements in existing commercial establishment$, in addition to the construction of important new stores and a new shopping center,are reflected in the Commercial Construction data. Saint Paul merchants are moving toward recapturing a not only kimprov ng the present slipping status of businessthe but it is aidecade. This movement , in fact, Y High- so attracting new business to the City. Examples of this are the Powers store he 1 relative land Village and the Sears store in the Capitol area. If this trend continues, t importance of commercial construction can be expected to maintain its high volume for some time to come. Alterations or improvements of existing structure$, also have been more num tr nus since 1950. If rehabilitation projects, such as the Selby-Dale area project, are p this construction activity will experience further increases. Industrial construction also has experienced increases during recent years, though the rate of increase has been slow in comparison with the increase rates of other construction types. A prediction of the future of the construction industry is a rather difficult task. True, it is not too difficult to foresee trends in commercial and public construction; trends are indices of commercial building and future projects of public construction are known in advance.. However, in housing, various outside elements, such as the availability of credit and the interest rates, affect housing construction. These are controlled and regulated by the Federal Reee rve System in order to protect the area's economy. The changes in national policy es housing and the shifts in emphasis on mortgage insurances also affect construction. As a result, different phases of the construction field become struction more active while oth re slow down. Easy credit to multi-family type oneq of nglenfamily nits can . speed the buildingUf apartments while, at the same time, is tightened up. _ If the needs precipitated by the future economic growth of Saint Paul are used as a basis for predicting the growth of the construction industry, increased construction activity ie evident for the next decade or more. This will be in the form of more governmental buildings, more new dwelling-units, and -more replacements to house the increasing popu lation, and more commercial construction to serve these. people. Thus, barring unusual circumstances, large-scale construction activity in Saint Paul will continue as other eco- nomic activities present demands upon the construction industry. A 210 l IX Tra��portation The Transportation Industry, on an employment basis, ranks as the fourth largest em- ployer in Saint'Paul. It is an essential phase of the economy, providing the means for the exchange of the articles of commerce as well as the movement of people to and from Saint Paul. This chapter deals with the media of transportation, primarily as they relate to the movement of articles of commerce into and out of the Saint Paul economy. Con- sidered in the following pages are the airlines, railroads, trucking, water, and pipeline media of transportation. as they relate to the volume of goods flowing into and out of Saint Paul. Also considered is the employment represented by the transportation indus- try as a whole in its role as a part of the total non-agricultural employment of Saint Paul. TRANSPORTATION INDUSTRY EMPLOYMENT Employment in the transportation industry accounts for about 11% of the City's non- agricultural employment. In recent years, as the City's total non-agricu'tural employ- ment has increased, there has 'been a decline in this per cent relationship; in 1947, Crane- portation industry employment represented 12.3% of the City's total employment, while it had declined to 10. 5% in 1959. Transportation industry employment in 1959 was 7.9% below the 1947 level. Following increases between 1949 and 1951, there has been a steady decline in Saint Paul's trans- portation employment since 1951. (See Chart 63) -There have been similar employment changes in Minneapolis, the Metropolitan area, and the State, as is shown in Chart 64. Declines in the State and in Minneapolis in, recent years have been even more pronounced than that of Saint Paul. ' Disclosure rules of the Minnesota Department of Employment Security prevent detailed analysis of the transportation industry employment in Saint Paul itself. However, data are available for the Twin Cities Metropolitan area, as is shown in Table 123. Railroads, with 42.7% in 1959, accounted for the largest share of Twin Cities transpor- tation employment. However, since 1947, this share represents a decreasing portion of the transportation employment, with railroad employment' having declined by 20.2% be- tween 1947 and 1959. On the other hand, the second largest portion of.the transportation employment, trucking and warehousing, has experienced an employment increase of 38.6% between 1947 and 1959, accounting for almost 27% of the Twin Cities transportation em- ployment in 1959. Airlines, the third ranking employer in 1959, experienced a 5.476 employment gain and accounted for 14.6% of the Twin Cities transportation employment. 6. Data relative to the component employment of the Saint Paul transportation industry are 211 CHART 63 TRANSPORTATION EMPLOYMENT ST. PAUL, 1947-1959 o Is I I l I I I 1 1 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 115 110 105 100 95 8 B CHART 64 TRANSPORTATION EMPLOYMENT INDEX 1947(EQUALS 100)70 1959 59 90 3 MINNEAPOLIS j MINNESOTA \ ST. PAUL 0 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 SMCE'. MINNESOTA CEPMTNENT OF ENROYMENT SECURITY 212 TABLE 123 ` - TRANSPORTATION EMPLOYMENT - BY TYPE TWIN CITI9ES METROPOLITAN AREA 1947 and 1959 Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security - available only for the railroads and trucking and warehousing. In 1959, of the total 16,356 Saint Paul employees, 8,556 or 52.3%, were employed by. the railroads and 4,607, or 28.2%, were employed by trucking and warehousing. The Saint Paul railroad employ- ment is. a notably larger percentage of total transportation employment than is the case in the Metropolitan area, emphasizing the important role playedby the railroads in the Saint Paul transportation industry. AIR TRANSPORTATION Air transportation is only indirectly a part of the Saint Paul economy. It is related to the entire Metropolitan area and, to a large extent, the State as awhole. The airport, which is here in th6 area, serves the Twin Cities and, except for Northwest airlines, there is no airline employment that can be called exclusively Saint Paul's, Even North- west Airlines is soon to move their operations from the Saint Paul offices to new head- quarters at Wold -Chamberlain Field. Therefore, the air transportation industry is most' closely allied to the economy of the City in indirect ways: it is a means of bringing people to the City who will use the services afforded (taxis, hotels, restaurants, etc. ): it also provides a service to industry for the rapid shipment of goods via either air express or air freight. Thus,, as related to the economic base of the City, the air transportation in- dustry, concentrated at Wold -Chamberlain Field, is important relative to the, growth of number of flights into and out of the Metropolitan area, the number of passengers, and the volumes of air express, air freight, and air mail moving into and out of the airfield. For a graphic picture of this growth, see Chart 65 which presents these data indexed to 1954 as a base year. Aircraft movements from the Twin Cities are oriented primarily east and west. , The top ten cities served by flights from the Twin Cities, on the basis of number of passen- gers, and number of passenger miles, are ranked below: Ito. of Passeneers No. of Passenger Miles 1. Chicago 1. New York 2. New York 2. Per Gent 3. Milwaukee- 1947 a 1959 4. Change 5. . Detroit 5. 7o --r 0 0 1947 to Seattle Number Total Number Total 1959 Railroads' 20,202 54.5 16.113. 42.7 -20.2% Local Transport and Bus 3,331 9.0 4,543 12.1 36.47. Trucking and Warehousing 7,270 19.6 10,073 . 26.7 38.6% 279.8% Water Transportation 104 0.3 395 1.-0 5.4% Air Transportation 5,267 14.2 5,515 14.6 Other Transportation 915 2.4 1,089 2.9 19.0%^ Total 37,090 100.0 37,728 100.0 1.7% Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security - available only for the railroads and trucking and warehousing. In 1959, of the total 16,356 Saint Paul employees, 8,556 or 52.3%, were employed by. the railroads and 4,607, or 28.2%, were employed by trucking and warehousing. The Saint Paul railroad employ- ment is. a notably larger percentage of total transportation employment than is the case in the Metropolitan area, emphasizing the important role playedby the railroads in the Saint Paul transportation industry. AIR TRANSPORTATION Air transportation is only indirectly a part of the Saint Paul economy. It is related to the entire Metropolitan area and, to a large extent, the State as awhole. The airport, which is here in th6 area, serves the Twin Cities and, except for Northwest airlines, there is no airline employment that can be called exclusively Saint Paul's, Even North- west Airlines is soon to move their operations from the Saint Paul offices to new head- quarters at Wold -Chamberlain Field. Therefore, the air transportation industry is most' closely allied to the economy of the City in indirect ways: it is a means of bringing people to the City who will use the services afforded (taxis, hotels, restaurants, etc. ): it also provides a service to industry for the rapid shipment of goods via either air express or air freight. Thus,, as related to the economic base of the City, the air transportation in- dustry, concentrated at Wold -Chamberlain Field, is important relative to the, growth of number of flights into and out of the Metropolitan area, the number of passengers, and the volumes of air express, air freight, and air mail moving into and out of the airfield. For a graphic picture of this growth, see Chart 65 which presents these data indexed to 1954 as a base year. Aircraft movements from the Twin Cities are oriented primarily east and west. , The top ten cities served by flights from the Twin Cities, on the basis of number of passen- gers, and number of passenger miles, are ranked below: Ito. of Passeneers No. of Passenger Miles 1. Chicago 1. New York 2. New York 2. Los Angeles 3. Milwaukee- 3. Chicago 4. Los Angeles 4. San Francisco ' 5. . Detroit 5. Washington, D.G. 6. Washington, D. C. 6. Seattle 7. Omaha 7. Miami a 213 214 CHART 65 AIR TRAFFIC CHANGE WOLD—CHAMBERLAIN FIELD 1954 TO 1958 0.8 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 I O �W P /0� ci~ F 6 __ / � J ; i P\R EXP@ESS •UN � _ 2 PASSENGERS NUMBER OF AIRCRAFT AIRMAIL "pR��•� / .0 4/:OFA\. % `<•�\ 0.8 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 No.. of Passengers. No. of Passenger Miles 8. Miami - 8. Detroit 9. Kansas City 9. Boston 10. Des Moines 10. Milwaukee The number of flights from Wold -Chamberlain Field in 1958 was approximately 64,000. The Twin Cities, by virtue of having over 1.00% of the United States total enplaned pas- sengers, is classified as a "large hub" by the Civil Aeronautic Administration. The to- tal number of aircraft departures and arrivals at the Field has increased by 36. 4% be- tween 1954 and 1958 while, at the same time, the number of passengers has increased'' 51.3%. The largest increase in both aircraft movements and passenger traffic occurred in 1957; passenger traffic has consistently increased at a faster rate than have the nu her of aircraft arrivals and departures. TABLE 124 AIRCRAFT MOVEMENTS AND PASSENGER TRAFFIC WOLD -CHAMBERLAIN FIELD 1954 to 1958 Aircraft Arrivals Airline Passengers and Departr ues "On" and "Off"- er ent Per Gent Change From Change From Year Number Preceding Year Number Preceding Year 1954 46,931 - 960,937 - 1955 50,935. 8.5% 1,109.488 15.511. 1956 52,035 2.2% 1,156,033 -4.2% 1957 63,110 21.31. 1,428,409 23.6% 1958 63,992. 1.4% 1,453,687 1.8% Per Cent Change 1954 to 1958 36.4% 51.3% Source: Metropolitan Airports Commission 215 TABLE 125 ' AIR FREIGHT, AIR EXPRESS, k AIR MAIL VOLUMES LOADED "ON" AND "OFF" AT WOLD-CHAMBERLAIN FIELD 1954 to 1958 Air Freight Air Express Air Mail Volumes Volumes Volumes (Tons)(Tons) (Tons) (Tons) (Tone) Year Un On On aZf 1954 1,926.1 2,039.9 1,318.8 1,451.7 1,838.8 2,055.3 1955 2,787.3 3,212.5 1,676.7 1,948.1 1,989.0 2,164.6 �. 1956 3,508.0 4,707.0. 1,772.8 1,957.1 1,909.9 1,882.9 1957 3,897.7 5,317.6 1,696.7 1,823.4 2,242.1 2,135.1 1958 3,894.2 4,918.6 1,898.4 1,970.9 2,272.3 1,963.0 , % Change 102.2% 141.1% 43.9% 35.8% 23.6% -4.5% 1954 to 1958 Source: Metropolitan Airports Commission 215 N On a yearly basis, the third quarter of the year, including July, August, and September, accounts for the largest percentage of annual paeeengers and aircraft arrival and depar- tures. Air -freight volumes have shown substantial increases in recent years. The amount of air freight 'off' at the Twin Cities has exceeded that of 'on," and has -increased at a great- er rate than hasthe amount loaded here. However, it is apparent that air -freight ship- ment is becomingincreasingly favored as a means of rapid shipment of goods. Pounds of air freight flown into the Twin Cities increased by 141. 1% between 1954 and 1958, while air -freight shipments from the Cities increased by 102. 2% during the same period. Table 125 presents volumes of air freight, as well as air express and air mail loaded- "on" and 'off" at the Twin Cities in recent .years. One airline operates all freight flights from the Twin Cities. However, all the regular passenger flights also carry freight though a low priority .is assigned to this class of freight shipment on these flights. Air freight moves on passenger flights, subject to space and weight limitations of the aircraft. However, for certain commodities, air- freight shipment is proving to be an increasingly popular and economical means of shipping. Air -freight rates include both the rate per hundredweight for the actual air shipment, plus the ground cartage to and from the airport. Ground cartage in Minneapolis and Saint Paul is $0.55 per one hundred pounds with a minimum charge of $1. 30. The cities list- ed in Table 126 are those to and from which air freight moves in the greatest volume. Assuming a 100 -pound shipment, the Saint Paul shipper would pay the following air -freight rates to the cities listed: TABLE 126 AIR FREIGHT RATES TO SELECTED CITIES' 1959 Air Freight St. Paul Rate Per Cartage At From St. Paul to: Cartage CWT Destination Billings $1.30 $8.80 $1.25 Chicago 1.30 3.95 1.75 - Detroit 1.30 6.30 1.75 Los Angeles 1.30 22.81 1.55 Miami 1.30 18.85 1.60 - Milwaukee 1.30 3.30 '1.50 New York 1.30 11.15 1.80 . San Francisco 1.30 22.13 1.45 Seattle 1.30 16.35 1.50 Washington, D. C. 1.30 9.90 1.25 I Cities with greatest volume to or from Saint Paul Source: Minneapolis -St. Paul Metropolitan Airport Com- mission. Air express provides a high-priority rapid means of air shjpment of goods. Air -express volumes from Wold -Chamberlain Field increased 44%between 1954 and 1958; air -express volumes arriving increased by 36% during the same period. Upon receipt at the airport, air express is delivered almost immediately, with a maximum of 1-1/2 hours delay at the airport occurring before ground delivery is made. As air -freight shipments have in- creased at a rapid rate, the proportion of air -express shipments to air -freight shipments has steadily declined. In 1958, air -express volumes were lees than half of the volume of air freight shipped. (See Table 125) However, for certain items where speed of de- livery is essential, air express proves to be an important means of freight shipment. Nevertheless, the largest potential for substantial volumes of air shipment appears to be 216 with air freight. Air -mail volume loaded at the Twin Cities, has increased by 23.6% between 1954 and 1958; however, air -mail volume "off" at Wold -Chamberlain has fluctuated around the 1954 level and remained relatively constant through 1958. (See Table 125) The fourth quarter of the year accounts for the largest percentage of air -mail volumes. The combined air shipment of items (via air freight, air express, and air mail) is not of a high-volume, bulk nature as are shipments by the other transportation media. For instance, air -shipment tonnages at Wold -Chamberlain Field wereonly about one-half of one per cent of the barge -shipment tonnages at Saint Paul in 1958. Rather, air shipment is a high-speed media of transportation for certain items and, within this context, plays an important role in the transportation industry in Saint Paul. RAIL TRANSPORTATION Nine major railtrunk lines serve the City of Saint Paul. These lines link the City by rail to the major centers of the Nation. Saint Paul is located on the main rail access from the East through Chicago to the Pacific Northwest. The principal railroads pro- viding this access are the Great Northern, the Northern Pacific, and the Chicago, Mil- waukee, St. Paul, and Pacific (the Milwaukee Road); the Great Northern and. the Northern Pacific have their home offices in Saint Paul. ' Employment The rail lines serving the Twin Cities, together with their Saint Paul and Minneapolis employment as of 1956, are shown in Table 127. In addition to these trunk lines, the Minnesota Transfer Railway, a rail center with 150 miles of track in the Twin Cities area, is locatedinSaint Paul. The nine trunk lines operate a total of 58,415 miles of track in their combined systems, with 7,791 miles of track in Minnesota. The terminal yard capacity of the lines in the area is 40.000 cars. Charts 66 and 67 locate the main lines of the railroads serving Saint Paul, on a regional basis and also in the Twin Cities area. TABLE 127 RAIL EMPLOYMENT, BY RAILROAD St. Paul & Minneapolis, 1956 St. Paul Minneapolis Great Northern 3,611 1,656 - Northern Pacific 2,426 849 Burlington 283 115h—, Milwaukee 690 1,578 Chicago & North Western 665 501 Soo Line 110 2,154 Chicago Great Western 202 100 Rock Island 33 - 216 Minneapolis & St. Louis 18 948 Total - Nine Trunk Lines 8,038 8,117 Minneapolis, Northfield & - 239 Southern Railway St. Paul Union Depot Company 646 - - Minnesota Transfer 630 17 Grand Total 9,314 7,373 i Source: Great Northern Railway 219 . Data from the -Minnesota Department of Employment Security shows the Metropolitan area railroad employment in 1959 at the 16,113 employee level. For this same year, the Saint Paul railroad employment was 8,556 employees, or approximately half of the City's transportation employment. - Rail Tonnage - The State Rail tonnage of freight carried by the Class I railroads in the State has remained rela- tively, unchanged - since 1948. Tables 128 and 129 present the tonnage break -downs by broad commodity classeT, and the changes that have occurred between 1948 and 1957 for these Class I railroads, for rail traffic in the State of Minnesota. x Less than 0. 1% Source: Minnesota R. R. & Warehouse Commission. o There has been very little shift in the breakdown of commodity items, either originated or terminated within the State during the time -period considered. Of the rail .freight ori- ginated in the State, Products of Mines represent the largest total tonnage, accounting for about 80% of the rail tonnage in both 1946 and 1957. Products of Agriculture, repre- senting 12.7010 of the originatipg tonnage in 1957 , also experienced the largest tonnage per cent increase from 1948. Of the commodities terminating in the. State, Products of Agriculture and Products of Mines account for almost equal shares of the total terminat- ing tonnage and both have experienced tonnage per cent increases between 1948 and 1957. Manufacturers and Miscellaneous also represent a substantial portion of the terminating rail tonnage in the State. Railroad Carloadings - Saint Paul The number of carloads of freight received and forwarded in Saint Paul in 1959 approach- ed 220 thousand. Of this number, 58.7% was received, with the remaining 41. 3% origi- nating p s received and ed, and the percenttTable cha gefrom therpreceding year, for the yeaesents the number of rs 1950 through 1959ard- I A Class I railroad is defined as one having annual operating revenues in excess of $3,000,000. 220 TABLE 128 - TONS OF REVENUE FREIGHT ORIGINATED IN MINNESOTA, CLASS I RAILROADS 1948 and 1957 1948 1957 Per Cent Tonnage Tons (000) Total Tons (000) Total Change Products of Agriculture 11,296 11.3 12,526 12.7 0.9 10.9 -31.7 Animals and Products 1,299 1.3 79,974. 80.0 887 78,017 79.1 -2.4 Products of Mines 1,899 1.9 1,775 1.8. -6.5 Products of Forests Mfg. and Miscellaneous 4,998 5.0 5,222 5.3 e 4.6 Forwarder Traffic 3 999 5 197 0.2 -33.3 -60.5 All L. C. L. Freight ,0. Total 99.968 100.0 98,631 100.0 -1.3 x Less than 0. 1% Source: Minnesota R. R. & Warehouse Commission. o There has been very little shift in the breakdown of commodity items, either originated or terminated within the State during the time -period considered. Of the rail .freight ori- ginated in the State, Products of Mines represent the largest total tonnage, accounting for about 80% of the rail tonnage in both 1946 and 1957. Products of Agriculture, repre- senting 12.7010 of the originatipg tonnage in 1957 , also experienced the largest tonnage per cent increase from 1948. Of the commodities terminating in the. State, Products of Agriculture and Products of Mines account for almost equal shares of the total terminat- ing tonnage and both have experienced tonnage per cent increases between 1948 and 1957. Manufacturers and Miscellaneous also represent a substantial portion of the terminating rail tonnage in the State. Railroad Carloadings - Saint Paul The number of carloads of freight received and forwarded in Saint Paul in 1959 approach- ed 220 thousand. Of this number, 58.7% was received, with the remaining 41. 3% origi- nating p s received and ed, and the percenttTable cha gefrom therpreceding year, for the yeaesents the number of rs 1950 through 1959ard- I A Class I railroad is defined as one having annual operating revenues in excess of $3,000,000. 220 Source: Minnesota R. R. k Warehouse Commission TABLE 129 TABLE 130 - TONS OF REVENUE FREIGHT TERMINATED -ST. PAUL IN MINNESOTA, BY CLASS I RAILROADS 1950 Co 1959 - 1948 and 1957 % Change ' 1948 1957 From Per Cent From 76 of Received 7.01 Tonnage Preceding'Yr. a , Tons (000) - Total Tons (000) Total Change Products of Agriculture 12,190 37.2 12,816 38.2 5.1 Animals and Products 459 1.4 235 0.7 -48.8 Products of Mines 10,092 30.8 11,240 33.5 11.4 Products of Forests 1,671 5.1 .1,375 4.1 -17.7' Mfg. and Miscellaneous 7,701 23.5 7,583 22.6 -1.5 ._. Forwarder Traffic 98 0.3 101 0.3 3.1 All L. C. L. Freight 558 1.8 201 o.6 -64.0 Total 32,769 100.0 33,551 100.0 2.4% Source: Minnesota R. R. k Warehouse Commission • Less than 0. 1% Source: Transportation Dept. , Saint Paul Chamber of Commerce. The number of carloadings shown in this Table represents care received and forwarded at Saint Paul and does not include traffic moving through, or reconsigned at, Saint Paul. The volume of rail -freight traffic in Saint Paul has fairly steadily declined since 1950. There has been a decline of nearly 100,000 carloads, or 30. 9%, received and forwarded between 1950 and 1959. Carloads Forwarded, which have represented about 40% ofto- tal carloadings, experienced the sharper drop during the period considered, declining by 38.8% from the 1950 level. Carloads Received declined by 24.0% between 1950 and 1959. Chart 68 illustrates this volume change. The types of merchandise received and forwarded at Saint Paul are presented in Table 131 for the typical year of 1956. Limited data available tends to indicate that there have not been appreciable changes in the per cent breakdown, by commodity, in recent years. Thus, the 1956 figures may be taken as fairly representative of the commodities handled by rail in Saint Paul. 221 TABLE 130 - RAIL CARLOADINGS -ST. PAUL 1950 Co 1959 % Change % Change Carloads From Carloads From Year Received Preceding Yr. Forwarded Preceding'Yr. a , 1950'.169,704 - 148,085 - 1951 149,832 -11.7% - 134.,835 -8.911. 1952 141,382 -5.6% 132-,991 -1.4% 1953 146,218 3.4%. 132,989 - o 1954 137,697 -5.8% 121,862 -8.4% ' - 1955. 152,244 1o.6% 129,783 6.5% 1956 143,985 -5.4% 130,126 0.3% 1957 133,601 -7.2% 119,633 -8.1% 1958 112,932 -15.5% 90,644 -24.2% 1959 128,935 14.2% 90,641 • Less than 0. 1% Source: Transportation Dept. , Saint Paul Chamber of Commerce. The number of carloadings shown in this Table represents care received and forwarded at Saint Paul and does not include traffic moving through, or reconsigned at, Saint Paul. The volume of rail -freight traffic in Saint Paul has fairly steadily declined since 1950. There has been a decline of nearly 100,000 carloads, or 30. 9%, received and forwarded between 1950 and 1959. Carloads Forwarded, which have represented about 40% ofto- tal carloadings, experienced the sharper drop during the period considered, declining by 38.8% from the 1950 level. Carloads Received declined by 24.0% between 1950 and 1959. Chart 68 illustrates this volume change. The types of merchandise received and forwarded at Saint Paul are presented in Table 131 for the typical year of 1956. Limited data available tends to indicate that there have not been appreciable changes in the per cent breakdown, by commodity, in recent years. Thus, the 1956 figures may be taken as fairly representative of the commodities handled by rail in Saint Paul. 221 W CHART 68 RAILROAD CARLOADINGS ST. PAUL 1950 TO 1959 TABLE 131 RAILROAD CARLOADINGS, BY COMMODITY St. Paul, 1956 Source: Transportation Dept. , Saint Paul Chamber of Commerce ' Other than the Miscellaneous group (carloads of many varied commodities) and the Mer- chandise -in -Cars group (full .carloads of varied commodities), Petroleum and Products 222 Carloads Carloads Carloads For- - Carloads For - Commodity Received warded -iCommodity Received- warded Agricultural Imp. 1,119 624 Livestock 7,303 7,754 Automotive 8,431 174 Meat &Pack. 656 21,501 Beverages 219 5,239 House Prod. -;''Butter 360 1,401 Cement, Lime, etc. 2,824 29 Mchdse. in Cara 22,476 34,946 . Petrol. & Prod. 15,480 11,073 Coal 7,561 6,377 Paper 6,655 3,478 Fertilizer 603 419 Potatoes 680 25 Forest Products 10,805 5,154 Poultry 2 50 Furniture 2,064 1,688 Glass Windows, etc. 2,464 11 Stone, Gravel, etc. 2,143 295 ^ Vegetable (excl. 305 18 Grain & Related 12,486 6,562 Potatoes) Grocery Staples 5,003 1,110 Miscellaneous 28,729 17,878 Iron & Steel Art. 5,617 4,320 Total 143,985 130,126 Source: Transportation Dept. , Saint Paul Chamber of Commerce ' Other than the Miscellaneous group (carloads of many varied commodities) and the Mer- chandise -in -Cars group (full .carloads of varied commodities), Petroleum and Products 222 (particularly crude oil) represent the largest single commodity -volume received by rail in Saint Paul, accounting for 10.8% of the carloads received in 1956. Grain and Forest Products were also received in sizable quantities,, accounting for 8.7% and 7. 5%, respec- tively, of the carloads received. Wheat and millstuffs were the principal Grains received and lumber was the major Forest - Product. In the Automotive category, representing 5.9% of carloads received, the major item received by rail was automobile parts. Meat and Packing -House Products accounted for the largest percentage (16.5%) of car- loads forwarded from Saint Paul. The previously noted qualification relative to "Miscel- laneous" and "Merchandise in Cars" of course, applies to products "forwarded" as well as those "received." Gasoline and fuel -oil products accounted for the bulk of the Petrol- eum and Products commodities forwarded from Saint Paul; this commodity group ac- counted for 8. 596 of the carloads forwarded. Livestock, representing 6.-0% of the car- loads forwarded, ranked third, with Grain and Related Products ranking fourth, or 5. 0% of the carloadb forwarded. -Flour and millstuffs accounted for the largest portions of Grain forwarded. In both the Petroleum and the Grain commodities, the processing of the materials that occurs in Saint Paul is evident, with the raw material being received by rail, and the forwarded rail shipments consisting largely of processed materials such as gasoline, fuel -oil, and flour. TABLE 132 SELECTED RAIL FREIGHT RATES FOR CARLOAD LOTS FROM ST. PAUL TO VARIOUS CITIES (Per Hundredweight) From St. Paul to: an ir- Fran- ming- New Kansas Commodity cisco ham Denver Houston York City Chicago Agricultural Imp. $3.11 $2.38 $1.98 $2.42 $2.42 $1.42 $1.07 Abrasives 2.99 11.99 1.64 2.01 2.01 1.18 1.61 Barrels, Drums (wood) 3.54 2.65 2.19 2.67 2.67 1.58 1.29 Refrigerators, Coolers 3.29 2.91+ 2.42 2.42 2.42 1.62 1.51 Fertilizing Compound 1.84 1.06 .88 1.07 1.07 .63 .57 Games -Toys 3.56 2.91 2.42 2.42 - 2.42 1.45 1.32 Hardware 2.91 2:65 2.19 2.68 2.68 1.42 1.29 Iron -Steel 2.80 1.86 1.54 1.87 1.87 .69 .61 Paper -Paper Articles 2.64 2.91 2.42 2.42 2.42 1.10 1.00. Plastic Articles 5.04 2.91 2.42 2.42 2.42 1.73 1.61 Source: Prepared for this study by the Transportation Dept. of the Saint Paul Chamber of Commerce. - Freight Rates Carload rates per hundred -weight, for shipping various items between Saint Paul and several selected cities,'are presented in Table 132. These rates may be compared with truck rates, for the same items and to the same cities, as presented in Table 135. TRUCK TRANSPORTATION The Nation's third largest trucking center is located in a three -square -mile area in Saint Paul's Midway area. There are 99 common carriers serving the Twin Cities, 16 of which are Saint Paul firms with home offices in this City. Saint Paul terminals are main- tained by 45 of these common carriers. Over -night truck service from Saint Paul is available to such places as Chicago, Milwaukee, Moline, Des Moines, LaCrosse and 223 CHPAT 69 I N TRUCKING FIRM LOCATIONS ST. PAUL AND AREA I I - I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I I I I I m I .. II Bismarck,according to information from e Saint Paul Chatnbe r,of Commerce. Chart 69 shows the location of Saint aul truckers and the terminals. The concentration t in the Midway District is readily app - - is virtually Data relative to the trucking industry, as pertaining exclusively to Saint Paul. non-existent. Even on a state-wide basis, the best available data is not confined to only the trucking indust tion o es a complete an - the operations in Minnesota but includes the entire system operation of the truckers con- cerned. Additionally, therivate and nopvery nature tregulated truckers that operate. sis because of the many p State TrISkOne rations operating in Minnesota as and others in this section, are Table 133 presents the number of motor carriers of property since available data thissubtab nt to that year are grouped in a dif- of 1956. For, comparative purposes data in this to e, que presented only to 1957 , - ferent manner making comparison with previous years difficult. TABLE 133 MOTOR CARRIERS OF TY OPERATING IN MINNESOTA. 1956 1 Certified Carriers58 Z Auto Transportation Companies 40 Petroleum Carriers Permit Carriers 1,635 Livestock Carriers 1,164 Milk & Cream Carriers 184 Household Goods Carriers 137 Carriers of Grain exclusively 164 Contract Carriers 670 Other Radial Carriers4 Interstate Carriers5 In-state (domiciled in Minnesota) 90 1,006 Out -of -State Authorized to Operate in Minnesota 5,160 Total Number of Carriers - I Data in this Table are organized in such a way as to con- form to the method of classification used by the Minnesota Railroad and Warehouse Commission prior to July, 1957 at which time a new motor carrier stats s areB unto effectroute or An "auto transportation company" fixed terminal common carrier. 3 A "contract carrier" but does not undertake to serve the publch operates on ic jenerally. A "radial carrier" is a carrier not operating over regu- lar routes or between fixed termini _ 5 "Interstate carriers" include all out-of-state carriers which are authorized to operate in. Minnesota, even though operation in Minnesota maybe rare. Source: Minn. Railroad & Warehouse e Commission Tends in piled in Business News Notes, " anIlsportortationiversity of Minnesota Minnesota," by Donald V. Harper, School of Business Administration. 225 Trucking in the State hasassumedincreased importance and, in some instances, is used almost exclusively for the shipment of commodities. A good. example of this is in the de- livery of livestock to South St: Paul. In 1957, truck deliveries accounted for about 90% , and 86%of the sheep and lambs of the cattle, 0%'bf the calves, 97% of the hogsdelivered. _ Much of the movement of agricultural products and livestock is handled by farmers in their own trucks. I This type of trucking operation is extremely difficult to determine in terms of numbers of carriers, or tons carried, etc. However, the operating characteristics of certain -types of trucking operations can be determined but, again,. these data are only for the system operations of truckers operative in the entire State of Minnesota. Nevertheless,' the 'changes that have occurred in these data will give some idea of the growth of the Saint Paul trucking industry over the years. Table 134 presents operating characteristics to 1956 for Class I truckers required to report (as of 1957) their operations to the Minnesota Railroad and Warehouse Commission. TABLE 134 FOR -HIRE CLASS I MOTOR CARRIERS OF PROPERTY OPERATING IN MINNESOTA - OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS 1949 to 1956 Source: Minnesota Railroad & Warehouse Commission. The classes of truckers required to report, as defined by the Railroad and Warehouse Commission, (1957 definitions) are as follows: - Class I - Includes carriers having average gross operating revenues of $200,000 or over annually. Class A - Includes carriers having average gross operating revenues in excess of $25,000 but not over $200,000 annually. Class B - Includes Auto Transportation Companies (Regular Route carriers), Charter Passenger Carriers, and certain other permit - carriers having average gross operating revenues of $25,000 or less .. annually. Not included are interstate and intrastate carriers engaged in the transportation of house- hold goods and motor vehicles, or the approximately 5,000 contract and irregular -route carriers, operating under provisions of Chapter 170, Laws 1933. I "Transportation Trends in Minnesota," Donald V. Harper; Business News Notes, University of Minnesota School .of Business Administration 226 Total Revenue Miles Operating Net Operating Per Number of Tons Operated Revenue (Thousands) Income Vehicle Mile Year Carriers Carried (Thousands) 1949 50 .6,612,724 253,241.1 $123,077.3 157,798.6 $1.49 2.01 1950 50 51 8,189,226 9,197,748 319,193.8 348,001.0 177,018.7 1.03 1951 1952 52 9,091,936 350,561.2 J96,632.6 1.04 1953 52 53 9,953,784 9,706,739 401,992.6 390,129.1 222,620.9 218,517.2 1.24 1.08 1954 1955 53 11,107,347 414,588.9 249,192.6 1.12 1.44 1956 51 12,925,116 469,484.6 298,874.8 Source: Minnesota Railroad & Warehouse Commission. The classes of truckers required to report, as defined by the Railroad and Warehouse Commission, (1957 definitions) are as follows: - Class I - Includes carriers having average gross operating revenues of $200,000 or over annually. Class A - Includes carriers having average gross operating revenues in excess of $25,000 but not over $200,000 annually. Class B - Includes Auto Transportation Companies (Regular Route carriers), Charter Passenger Carriers, and certain other permit - carriers having average gross operating revenues of $25,000 or less .. annually. Not included are interstate and intrastate carriers engaged in the transportation of house- hold goods and motor vehicles, or the approximately 5,000 contract and irregular -route carriers, operating under provisions of Chapter 170, Laws 1933. I "Transportation Trends in Minnesota," Donald V. Harper; Business News Notes, University of Minnesota School .of Business Administration 226 The number of carriers in this classification hasremained relatively constant during the eight years considered.. However, revenue tons carried have increased by over 95916 and the mileage operated in the entire systems of these carriers has increase d by 85.4% during this period. Total operating revenue has more than doubled, increae ing by 142. 80/a in the eight years. As is evident, the situation for these Class I carriers has been quite good. While these statistics are for carriers operating throughout the State, and do represent only a small portion of the total number of truckers operating, they are indicative of the growth of the trucking industry. A.large percentage of these interstate truckers is located in the Twin Cities with Saint Paul truckers accounting for their share of the State's trucking industry growth. Truck Freight Rates - Rates per hundredweight for shipping various commodities by truck from Saint Paul to several selected cities are shown in Table 135. This Table and Table 132 have been com- piled for the same items and between the same cities so that a limited comparison of rail and truck rates may be made. TABLE 135 SELECTED TRUCK FREIGHT RATES FOR TRUCKLOAD LOTS FROM ST. PAUL TO VARIOUS CITIES (Per Hundredweight) From St. Paul to: an ir- Fran- ming- New Kansas Commodity cisco ham Denver Houston York City Chicago Agricultural Imp. $4.85 $2.40 $2.26 $2.87 $2.45 $1.43 $1.31 Abrasives 4.85 2.37 1.76 2.87 - 2.17 1.11 1.02 Barrels, Drums (wood) 6.83 3.73 3.91 4.43 4.23 2.47 2.25' Refrigerators, Coolers 4.85 2.65. 2.77 3.14 2.98 1.74 1.59 1.02 Fertilizing Compound 4.85. 2.37 1.76 2.87 Z. 16 1. 11 Games -Toys 5.73 --3-:13 3.27 3.70 3.59 2.07 1.89 4.85 2.40 2.26 2.87 2.45 1.43 1.31 .Hardware Iron -Steel 4.85 2.37 1.76 2..87 2.16 1.11 1.02 Paper -Paper Articles ' 4.85 2.38 1.89 2.87- 2.16 1.20 1.08 Plastic Articles 6.17 3. 37 3.53 .3.98 3.81 2.22 2.03 Source: Prepared for this study by the Transportation Department of the Saint Paul Chamber of Commerce. Truck rates are generally higher than the rail rates. This is particularly true for such bulky items as Fertilizing Compound, Barrels, and Iron and Steel Articles. On the other hand, for items which ordinarily tend to be fairly small, such as Hardware or Paper and Paper Articles, the rates to several of the cities considered are Lower for truck ship- ment than they are for rail. The differences in truck and rail rates tend to be even more accentuated for shipments to such cities as San Francisco or Houston, where the truck rates are generally quite a bit higher than the rail rates. On the other hand, the truck rates for shipment to Denver more closely approach the rail rates. The truck- versus rail -rate difference for ship- ments to Birmingham, New York, Kansas City, or Chicago are about the same for those cities, in spite of their varying distances from Saint Paul. At best,. this comparison can serve only as a rough approximation of the relative cost and advantages of truck shipment versus rail shipment. Factors such as shipping time and distance involved, or handling of the freight at the origin and destination also enter into the picture. 227 WATER TRANSPORTATION The Twin Cities are the northern -moat freight terminus of the vast Mississippi River in- land -waterway system. Millions of tons of freight are transported annually on the Mis- sissippi and the several other rivers feeding into it. From the Gulf Intercoastal Water way, freight moves northward on the Mississippi and into the Tennessee River bound for noxville; on the Ohio River bound for Louisville, Cincinnati and as far Chattanooga and K east as Pittsburg; on the .Illinois River to Chicago, and on the Missouri River -City, Omaha, and Sioux City. The remaining freight shipments move north from SSt. t. Louis along the Mississippi, terminating at the Twin Cities and, particularly, in the Port of Saint Paul. - Southbound shipments move from these inland ports, travelingdstrew a d ter i- fi is nating at the Gulf ports. In addition to this through -traffic, great originated and terminated at several ports along the inland -waterway, providing means for the low cost exchange of the bulk goods of various ports and their trade areas. In 1958,of some 22 million tons of freight transported on the Mississippi River between Natchez and the mouth of the Ohio River, approximately 14 million tons or 6576 of this freight wa's north .bound. Freight traffic on -the Ohio River averaged near 15 million Kentucks with heavy additional traffic between such points as Owensboro and Louisville, y (north -bound) and Ironton and Cincinnati, Ohio (south -bound). Tonnage on the Illinois TABLE 136 DOMESTIC INTERNAL RECEIPTS (Short Tons.) Port of St. Baur 1950 to 1958 1950 1952 1954 1956 1958 27,575 - 25,566 Molasses, Inedible 206 361,385 324,268 898,918 414,426 Bituminous Coal, Lignite 396, 920 479,467 577,288 Gasoline 425,655 339,772 489, Gas, Oil, Distillate Fuel 167,078 108,500 147,815 81,053 75,315 Oil 86,024 110,430 171,346 150,626 189,522 Petroleum, Crude Kerosene 88,218 101,482 55,817 30,160 17,927 Residual Fuel Oil 96';@19 85,222. 65,900 211,521 24,489 2,703 5,216 16,927 Petroleum Asphalt. - _ 11797 13,728 Lubricating Oils & Greases 502 12,695 9,126 20,669 Petroleum Products, N.E.C. 6 4,787 • 655,907 765,060 889,899 Sand, Gravel, Crushed - Rock 6,673 1,038 35,100 42,236 72,004 Rolled, Finished Steel, Mill Prod. Phosphate Fertilizer Mat - 6,622 11,517. 4,761 16,167 61,147 erial5,475 9,766 9,081 9,822 21,8531 Other Receipts Total Receipts 1,282,957 1,163,189 2,074,813 2,711,169 2,420,760 1 Most of these other receipts in 1958 were commoditiesthat had not been previously shipped to Saint Paul in any appreciable quantity. Chief among these were: Metal Manufacturers and Parts 8,072 short tons Non-metallic Minerals, N.E.C. 2,396 short tone 860 short tons Industrial Chemicals, N.E.C. Source: "Water -borne Commerce of the United States, Part U." U. S. Army Corps of Engineers. 228 River to Chicago was clearly 14 million tons, with approximately 12 million of those traveling north -bound to Chicago. Freight tonnage at Kansas City was 2.7 Million tons and at Omaha, 2 million tons on the Missouri River portion of the inland waterway. Traf- fic in the Mississippi River north of the junction of the Mississippi, Illinois. 'and Missouri Rivers at -St. Louis was approximately 8 million tons. While the volume of south -bound tonnage from the Twin Cities to this junction remained relatively constant, north -bound volumes declined fairly uniformly over the entirety of this 600 -mile stretch of waterway, until the volume of freight at the terminus pointof the Twin Cities was approximately four million tons. Apparently, little local traffic is generated by cities along this stretch of the River, with most of the traffic either supplying the adjacent outlying areae or be- ing through -traffic between the Twin Cities and the major ports south of St. Louie. Over three-fourths of the tonnage at the Twin Citiea is handled at the Port of Saint Paul. In 1959, 3,406,431 tons of freight were shipped to or from the Port of Saint Paul; the Port of Minneapolis handled 896,139 tons during this same year. Since 1940, the volume of freight at Minneapolis has increased 138% and at Saint Paul 469%a. Tonnage received at Saint Paul has increased 38891* while tonnage shipped from Saint Paul has increased 1,92816 since 1940. Similar increasesforMinneapolis were 114% received and 283% in- crease of shipments out of the Port. Most of the tonnage handled in the lbrt of Saint Paul ie in -bound cargo. . In 1959, of the 3,406,431 tons handled, 2,767,094 tons or 81.2%were receipts, with, the remaining 18.8% being shipped out from the Port. The major types of commodities shipped, both inbound and outbound, are shown in Chart 70 for the years 1950 to 1959. Tables 136 and 137 show the actual tonnages of all com- modities received or shipped from the Port, bi-annually, from 1950 to 1958- Complete figures for 1959 are not available, as yet, though the major commodity tonnages are avail- able and are shown in Chart 70. Grain is the principal commodity shipped from the Port of Saint Paul, accounting for 84.756 of outbound tonnage in 1959. Corn has been the prin- cipal grain shipped by water from the City, accounting for over 187 thousand tons in 1958. Other grains shipped in appreciable quantities from Saint Paul are Oats, Wheat, Barley, and Rye. Of the non -grains sent down -river from Saint Paul, since 1952 Soybeans have Source; "Water -borne Commerce of the United States, Part II," U. S. Army Corps of Engineers. 229 TABLE 137 INTERNAL SHIPMENTS FROM PORT OF SAINT PAUL 1950 to 1958 (Short Tons) 1950 1952 1954 1956 1958 Corn 5,018 3,987 53,827 36,785 187,668 Barley and Rye - 4,759 24,742 67,313 73,968 Wheat -1,222 57,371 49,735 83,450 79,426 Oats 5,377 21,481 15,059 46,815 130,097 Other Grains - - 26,089 775 - Wheat Flour 400 151 1,402 220 - Soybeans - 5,733 39,692. 72,100 144,023 Flax -seed - - 6,659 19,236 2,415 Oils, Fats, Waxes, - - 8,766 7,034 - Veg., Crude Gasoline - 12,666 2,500 - 3,706 Iron & Steel Scrap - - 30.0x2- 26,561 27,298 Animal Feeds, N.E.C. - - - 34,647 11,585 Other Shipments 81132 5,123 6,902 7,692 7,703 Total Shipments, 20,149 111,271 265,455 402,628 667,889 Source; "Water -borne Commerce of the United States, Part II," U. S. Army Corps of Engineers. 229 i been shipped in significant quantities. Only 5,733 tone were shipped in 1952; by 1958, there were 144,023 tons of Soybeans shipped from the Port of Saint Paul. .Since 1954, " several other commodities have been handled in varying quantities, among them being Iron and Steel Scrap, Flax -seed, and Animal Feeds. Howeveri the grains remain as the principal item of water shipment from the Port of Saint Paul. Until recently, of the commodities received at the Port of Saint Paul, Coal and Petroleum and Petroleum Products consistently accounted for the bulk of the tonnage. The total vol- ume of these products has remained relatively constant through the years, with receipts of coal at Saitlt Paul amounting to over 690 thousand tone. Crude Petroleum and receipts of Gasoline totaling approximately 610 thousand tons in 1959 and otherpetroleum products such as Kerosene, Residual Fuel Oil, Petroleum Asphalt; and Lubricating Oils and Greases are shipped by water to Saint Paul in varying quantities. Since 1954, Sand, Gravel, and Crushed Rock have come to be the one single commodity accounting for the largest tonnage received in the Port of Faint Paul. Almost 890 thou- sand tons were received in 1958, accounting for 36.8% of all freight received at the Port during the year. The only other products received in appreciable amounts are Rolled, Finished Steel, Mill Products, and Phosphate Fertilizer Material, PIPELINES Though the transport of liquid products via pipeline first was attempted successfully as far back as the 1860,, it has not been until the past three decades that this mode of trans- portation has emerged as a major carrier of goods. Their growth has occurred because of their efficiency; pipelines provide a continuous supply of goods, unhampered by weather, and their operation is highly automated. In 1959, pipelines were the third largest mover of the Nation's inter -city goods, following rail and truck, and accounted for 17.7% of all such goods movement. 1 While the transport of solids, such as coal, is handled by pipelines in other parts of the country, the pipelines in the Twin Cities area are used exclusively' for the transport of petroleum, and petroleum products. The pipeline phase of the transportation industry must Source: Minnesota Pipeline Company; Great Lakes Pipeline Co.; Donald V. Harper, op. cit.: Petroleum Division, Minn. Dept. of Taxation, as compiled by the Twin Cities Metropolitan Planning Commission 1 American Trucking Trends, American Trucking Association and " Transport Review and Outlook" - Year 1959, Chamber of Commerce of the United States; ascompiled by the Twin Cities Metropolitan Planning Commission. 231 TABLE 138 PIPELINE RECEIPTS AT ALL TWIN CITIES TERMINALS 1951 and 1959 . Volumes In Barrels 1 1 9 Crude Oil - 14,326,902 Gasoline 11,070,000 8,878,150 Distillate 6,002,000 5,011,892 Total 17,072,000 28,216,944 Source: Minnesota Pipeline Company; Great Lakes Pipeline Co.; Donald V. Harper, op. cit.: Petroleum Division, Minn. Dept. of Taxation, as compiled by the Twin Cities Metropolitan Planning Commission 1 American Trucking Trends, American Trucking Association and " Transport Review and Outlook" - Year 1959, Chamber of Commerce of the United States; ascompiled by the Twin Cities Metropolitan Planning Commission. 231 be considered on Twin Cities basis rather than for Saint Paul, exclusively; there is only one pipeline terminal within Saint Paul proper, and that terminal is part of the in- ternal.pipeline system of the Twin Cities, rather than. receiving shipments directly from outside the area. There are three pipeline firms operating within the Twin Cities area. One firm delivers crude oil from Canadian oil fields to refineries at Pine -Bend and St. Louis Park. This firm, the Minnesota Pipeline Company, began operations in 1955 to transport the rich oil deposits of the Canadian oil fields in Manitoba to the western portions of the "Chicago area," of which the Twin Cities became the major terminal. The Pine Bend refinery was constructed to refine this oil, with additional refining of this crude oil being carried on by another refinery in St. Louis Park. From these refineries, the refined petroleum pro- ducts are delivered by several modes of transportation, including rail, truck, barge, and pipeline, to service area of approximately 150 miles in radius. The volume of crude oil delivered to these refineries since the pipeline went into operation has increased from 9. 9 million barrels in 1956 (the first full year of operation) to 14. 3 million barrels in 1959. 1 The other two pipeline firms in the Twin Cities area deliver refined petroleum products, principally gasoline, fuel oil, and some tractor fuel, to terminale at New Brighton. From these terminals, the products are distributed, again by several transportation media, to the local service area. Volumes, for all pipelines receipts at Twin Cities terminals, are shown in Table 138, for the years 1951 and 1959. Total deliveries via pipeline have increased 65.3% during the eight-year span. However, the .effect of the recent inception of Crude Oil delivery and refining in the Twin Cities is readily apparent. Almost half of the pipeline volume in 1959 was Crude Oil. Pipeline deliveries of Gasoline and other refined products have declined between 1951 and 1959, as locally refined petroleum products have become available in the area. 1 Source of information in this paragraph is the Minnesota Pipeline Company, whose. aid is gratefully acknowledged. 232 X Serrices This Chapter considers the growth of the Services in Saint Paul. Services may be most readily considered as allied to the retail trade of the City; however, whereas retail trade sells products to, the population of the City, the Service industries offer no such tangible product to the consumer. Instead, one portion of the Service industries, known as the "Selected Services," encompasses such establishments as barber shops, laundries, ad- vertising agencies, repair shops, theaters, and hotels, whichofferthe consumer a ser- vice rather than a specified product. Another aspect to be considered, though very brief- ly due to very limited sources of data, is that aspect of the economy offering "Profession- al Services" in the City. Also to be considered in this Chapter are hospitals, which offer a very particular type of service. SELECTED SERVICES Total Growth Selected Services in Saint Paul, in 1958 was a $62 million business. Over 1,600 estab- lishments employed 7,000 persons and provided a payroll of nearly $21 million. Establishment and Emplo ment - The number of Selected Service establishments increased by 29.5 in Saint aul etween o 1948 and 1958. This was a moderate increase when com- TABLE 139 SELECTED SERVICES TOTAL NUMBER OF ESTABLISHMENTS AND EMPLOYMENT - 1948, 1954, 1958 Establishments Employment _ er ent er Cent Change Change 1948 1954 1958 1948-1958 1948 1954 1958 1948-1958 St. Paul 1,267 1,524 1,641 29.5% 5,075 5,734 7,184 41.6% Minneapolis 2,715 3,121 3,877 42.8% 13,490 15,554 18,992 40.811. S. M. A. 4,549 5,706 6,970 53.2% 19,576 23,023 29, 535 50.9% Minnesota 12,977 15,627 18,474 42.4% _ 33,430 37,246 46,384 38.7% Source: U. S. Census of Busines 233 pared to that of Minneapolis the Metropolitan area, and the State, as is shown in Table 139. Employment, which exhibits a per cent increase that is 127o greater than the Estab- lishment increases, was 41.61o,higher in 1958 than in 1948. Saint Paul is the only one of the four areas in which the Employment increase substantially exceeded the Establishment increase during'the 10 years. Receipts and Payroll - Receipts of Selected Services in Saint Paul doubled between 1948 and 19 , inc reaeing by 104. 1%. (in this Chapter, Receipts and Payroll are considered in terms of the dollars of the respective years, and are not adjusted to a constant dollar basis.) However, Selected Service Receipts in the Metropolitan area increased by over 195%,and in Minneapolis by 216%. (See'. Table 140) The large employment increases pre- viously noted is reflectedin. the 111.7% increase in payrolls in Saint Paul, an increase which is 7.6% higher than the increase in receipts. Of the four areas considered, only in Saint Paul did the increase in payroll exceed that of receipts. TABLE 140 ' SELECTED SERVICES TOTAL RECEIPTS AND PAYROLL _ 1948, 1954, 1958 Receipts $(000) Payroll $(000) er ent er ent Change Change 1948 1954 1958 1948-1958 1948 1954 1958 1948-1958 St. Paul $30,969 $49,278 $63,211 104.1% $9,969 $15,729 $21,107 111.7% Mpls. 80,276 173,033 253,864 216.2% 29,412 45,632 67,349 129.1% S. M. A. 118,463 240,101 350,852 196.2% 41,022 65,552 97,589 137.9% Minn. 216,018 375,110 528,535 144.7% 62,465 94,004 135,593 117.1% Source: U. S. Census of Business the 111.7% increaee in payrolls in Saint Paul, an increase which is 7.67o higher than the increase in receipts. Of the four areas considered, only in Saint Paul did the increase in payroll exceed that of receipts. , Source: U. S. Census of Business 234 TABLE 141 SELECTED SERVICES ST, PAUL AND MINNEAPOLIS AS A PER CENT OF S. M. A. 1948, 1954, 1958 ' 1948 1954 1958 1948 1954 1958 Establishments Receipts , I St. Paul . 28% 2710 24% St. Paul 2676 21% 18% Minneapolis 6011. 55% 561. Minneapolis 68% 72% 72% Total 88% 82% 80% Total 94% 93% 90% Employment n Payroll St. Paul 26% 25% 24% St. Paul 24% 24% 22% Minneapolis 69% 68% 64% Minneapolis 72% 7011. 69% Total 95% 93% 88% Total 96% 94% 91% Source: U. S. Census of Business 234 h The Selected Services of Saint Paul are in a somewhat peculiar position relative to the total Selected Services of the Standard Metropolitan Area. While Selected Services in - Saint Paul in 1958 represented 24% of the Metropolitan area's Selected Service establish-. menta, and 24% of the employment, they accounted for only 18% of the Metropolitan area's Selected Service Receipts and 22% of the Payroll. This reflects a change from 1948,.when Saint Paul establishments, accounting for 28% of the Standard Metropolitan Area establish- ments, accounted for 26% of the Receipts. (See Table 141) The decline intheportion of the Metropolitan area Selected Services represented by the two centra: cities is apparent from the total figures of Table.141. The increasing relative importance of the suburbs, as was previously_ noted in the shifts occurring in population distribution, retail sales, etc., is also evident in the Selected Services. :However, the two central cities still account for the major portion of the Metropolitan area Selected Ser- vices. - - Selected Services Structure Selected Services have been classified by the United States Census Bureau into six groups, each representing a particular type of service establishment. These six groups are as follows; Personal Services - Involves the care, of the person or his apparel and includes such establishments as: power, self-service, and industrial laundries; linen supply; dia- per service; dyeing plants; beauty and barber shops; photographic studios; shoe re- pair and hat cleaning shops; funeral services and crematories; cleaning and press- ing shops; garment and fur repair; and turkish baths and reducing salons. Business Services -(Excludes accounting, auditing, and bookkeeping) - Includes such service establishments as: advertising agencies; consumer, mercantile credit, ad- justment and collection agencies; duplicating, addressing, stenographic and mailing services; blue -printing services; window cleaning, disinfecting and exterminating services; news syndicates; private employment agencies; research, development and testing laboratories; management consulting services; detectiveand protective agen- cies;interior decorating and sign painting shops; equipment rental shops; photo- finishing laboratories; and telephone answering s4rvices. Auto Repair and Garages - Involves establishments engaged in all phases of auto- mobile repair, including body repair; battery and ignition repair; radiator, tire, brake, wheel, axle and spring repair; glass replacement and paint shops; parking lots and parking structures; auto and truck rental and leasing; and other non -repair services such as auto washing, waxing, towing, etc. - Miscellaneous Repair Services- Establishments engaged in the repair of suchitems as: radio and television sets; refrigerators and other electrical appliances; watch, clock, and jewelry repair shops; re -upholstery and furniture repair; armature re- winding, electric motorand rebuilding shops; locksmith and gunsmith shops; musical instrument repair; farm machinery, lawn -mower, saw, knife and tool sharpening and repair shops; welding repair; typewriter repair; and other repair shops. Amusement and Recreation Services, including motion pictures - Includes establish- ments or organizations such as: dance halls and studios; dance bands and orchestras; entertainers; classical music groups; billiard and bowling establishments; baseball, football, race track, public and private golf clubs; swimming pools and skating rinks; amusement parks, carnivals, circuses, fairs, tourist attractions and coin-operated amusement devices; motion picture production and distribution and motion picture theaters, including drive-in theaters. Hotels, Motels, Tourist Courts, Camps Establishments engaged in providing lodg- ing or lodging and meals to the general public except (1) rooming and boarding houses, (2) hotels which provide accommodations only for "permanent" residents, and (3) tourist homes. Included are hotels, year-round and seasonal motels and tourist courts; trailer parks; and sporting and recreational camps. The distribution of Selected Service establishments and employment in Saint Paul is shown in Table 142. For comparative purposes, similar data are shown for Minneapolis, the 235 Metropolitan area, .and the State. Total 7,184 100.0 18,992 100.0 29,535 100.0 46,384 100.0 Source: U. S. Census of Business The Personal Service groups account for the largest portion of Selected Service establish- ments in all areas; additionally there is a larger percentage of both Personal Service es- tablishments and employment in Saint Paul than in the other areas considered. Over 45% of all Saint Paul Selected Service establishments are those involved with Personal Ser- vices. Business Services, as well as Miscellaneous Repair Establishment each account for.over 1510 of Saint Paul's Selected Service Establishments, with Business Service Es- tablishments representing 27.296 or the second largest portion of the City's Selected Ser- vice employment. Hotels and motels, while accounting for lees than 3% of the City's Sel- ected Service Establishments, employ 16. 1% of the Selected Service employment. Personal Service establishments again dominate the Saint Paul Selected Services relative to Receipts and Payroll. These establishments account for 29.1% of the Selected Service Receipts in the City, while Business Services rank second with 23. 996 of the Receipts. (Table 143) There is a marked difference between Saint Paul and Minneapolis relative to the Receipts of Personal Service establishments and Business Service establishments. In Minneapolis, Personal Service establishments account for only 17. 1% of the Receipts and Business Service establishments account for 51.2%, while the correspondingshares of Saint Paul Selected Service Receipts are 29.1% and 23.9% respectively. The domi- nance of Minneapolis' Business Service establishments contrasts with the dominance of the Personal Service establishments in Saint Paul. This emphasis on Personal Services in Saint Paul and Business Services in Minneapolis is particularly apparent from the stand- point of Receipts and Payroll, though it is also somewhat.less pronounced from the other two structural considerations of Establishments and Employment. There is a generally wider distribution of Receipts and Payroll among the several components of the Saint Paul Selected Services than is the case in Minneapolis, where a large percentage of the Selec- ted Service Receipts and Payroll is concentrated in the Business Service phase. Selected Service Component Changes The changes that have occurred in the total aspect of Saint Paul's Selected Services have 236 TABLE 142 SELECTED SERVICES ESTABLISHMENT k EMPLOYMENT STRUCTURE ST. PAUL, MINNEAPOLIS, S. M.A. , MINNESOTA 1958 _ St. Paul Minneapolis S.M.A. Minnesota Establishments Number _ Number _ Number. Number Personal Serv. 742 45.2 1,556 40.1 2,813 40.4 ,6,290 34.0 Bus. Serv, 255 15.5 720 18.6 1,168 16.8 1,797 9.7 Auto Rep. Gar. 222 13.5 485 12. 5 876 12.6 2.400 13. 0 Misc. Rep. Serv. 256 15.6 633 16.3 1,124 16.1 2,877 15;6 Amuse., Rec. 120 7.3 319 8.2 644 9.2 1,853 10.0 Hotels, Motels 46 2.8 164 4.2 345 4.9 3,257 17.6 _ Total 1,641. 100.0 3,877 100.0 6,970 100.0 18,474 100.0 Employment Personal Serv. 2,081 29.0 5,023 26.4 7,889 26.7 12,377 26.7 Bus. Serv. 1,956 27.2 5,551 29.2 8,216 27.8 9,772 21.1 Auto Rep. Gar. 817 11.4 1,647 8.7 2,728 9.2 4,099 8.8 Misc. Rep. Serv. 312 4.3 780 4.1 1,222 4.1 1,922 4.1 17.0 Amuse., Rec. 858 11.9 2,330 12.3 4,367 14.8 7,878 Hotels, Motels 1,160 16.1 3,661 19.3 5,113 17.3 10,336 22.3 Total 7,184 100.0 18,992 100.0 29,535 100.0 46,384 100.0 Source: U. S. Census of Business The Personal Service groups account for the largest portion of Selected Service establish- ments in all areas; additionally there is a larger percentage of both Personal Service es- tablishments and employment in Saint Paul than in the other areas considered. Over 45% of all Saint Paul Selected Service establishments are those involved with Personal Ser- vices. Business Services, as well as Miscellaneous Repair Establishment each account for.over 1510 of Saint Paul's Selected Service Establishments, with Business Service Es- tablishments representing 27.296 or the second largest portion of the City's Selected Ser- vice employment. Hotels and motels, while accounting for lees than 3% of the City's Sel- ected Service Establishments, employ 16. 1% of the Selected Service employment. Personal Service establishments again dominate the Saint Paul Selected Services relative to Receipts and Payroll. These establishments account for 29.1% of the Selected Service Receipts in the City, while Business Services rank second with 23. 996 of the Receipts. (Table 143) There is a marked difference between Saint Paul and Minneapolis relative to the Receipts of Personal Service establishments and Business Service establishments. In Minneapolis, Personal Service establishments account for only 17. 1% of the Receipts and Business Service establishments account for 51.2%, while the correspondingshares of Saint Paul Selected Service Receipts are 29.1% and 23.9% respectively. The domi- nance of Minneapolis' Business Service establishments contrasts with the dominance of the Personal Service establishments in Saint Paul. This emphasis on Personal Services in Saint Paul and Business Services in Minneapolis is particularly apparent from the stand- point of Receipts and Payroll, though it is also somewhat.less pronounced from the other two structural considerations of Establishments and Employment. There is a generally wider distribution of Receipts and Payroll among the several components of the Saint Paul Selected Services than is the case in Minneapolis, where a large percentage of the Selec- ted Service Receipts and Payroll is concentrated in the Business Service phase. Selected Service Component Changes The changes that have occurred in the total aspect of Saint Paul's Selected Services have 236 TABLE 143 SELECTED SERVICE RECEIPTS AND PAYROLL STRUCTURE"-" ST. PAUL, MINNEAPOLIS, S.M.A. MINNESOTA 1958 Receipts (in thousands of dollars) St. Paul Minnea lis S. M. A. Minnesota - mount mount mo ant mount Personal Serv. $18,408 29.1 $43,473 17.1, $69,193 19.7 $113,226 21.4 Business Serv. 15,080 23.9 129,853. 51.2 152,387 43.4 170,427 32.2 Auto Rep. Gar. ,11,920 18.9 21,039 8.3 37,239 10.6 65,123 12.3 Misc. Rep. Serv. 5,300 8.4.. 11,908 4;7 ._.1 9,821 5.6 38,138 7.2 Amuse., Rec. - 5,887 9.3 23,123 9.1 138,164 10.9 61,590 11.7 Hotels, Motels 6,616 10.5 24,468 9.6 '34,048 9,7 80,031 15.1 Totals $63,211 100.0' $253,864 100.0 $350,852 100.0 $528,535 100.0 Payroll (in thousands of dollars) Personal Serv. $6,802 32.2 $16,497 24,5 $25,417 Z6.0 $36,719 27.1 Business Serv. 5,555 26.3 26,941 40.0 35,126 36.0 40,486 29.9 Auto Rep. Gar. 2,743 13.0 5,858 8.7 9,542 9.8 13,767 '10.2 Misc. Rep. Serv. 1,188 5.6 3,036 4.5 4,693 4.8 7,087 5.3 Amuse., Rec. 2,316 11.0 6,163 9.2 10,813 11.1 15,447 11.4 Hotels, Motels 2,503 11.9 8,854 13.1 11,998 12.3 22,087 16.3 Totals $21,107 100.0 $67,349 100.0 $97,589 100.0 $135,593 136.0 Source: U. S. Census of Business beennoted previously. However, over the years,several of the components also have undergone substantial shifts in their relative effect upon the Selected Services of the City. While several of the Selected Service components have grown considerably in terms of numbers, employment, or receipts, others have experienced a decline. Recei is - Changes that have occurred in the Receipts will reflect most clearly the chang- ing level of use of the various Saint Paul Selected Services by the residents of the area. Chart 71 presents, in graphic form, the change in the component Selected Service Re- ceipts for Saint Paul along with the comparison data for Minneapolis, the Metropolitan area, and the State. In terms of dollars of the respective years, the manner in which these data are presented, Selected Service Receipts have increased for all components in all areas considered. . Receipts of the Business Services have experienced the most marked increase in the per- iod between 1948 and 1958. Relative to the trend shown in Chart 71, care should be taken in drawing conclusions from the 1948 to 1954 trend, for strict comparability between the Censuses for these two years is not possible. However, accurate comparability is pos-, Bible between the 1954 and 1958 figures and, thus, the substantial increases shown for the various areas between these two years is indicative of the extremely rapid growth in Re- ceipts of Business Services. It has been most influential on the far higher rate of growth of Selected Services. in Minneapolis as compared to Saint Paul. Personal Services, which represent the largest portion of the Receipts of Saint Paul's Selected Services, experienced only comparatively modest increases in Receipts during the ten-year period. Far more substantial increases in Receipts were recorded in the repair phase of the City's Selected Services, where both the Auto Repair and Garage com- ponent and the Miscellaneous Repair Services component recorded quite substantial in- creases in Receipts. From the standpoint.of growth of Receipts, the three Service com- ponents of Business Services, Auto Repair and Garages, and Miscellaneous Repair Ser- vices have been the strongest phases of the City's Selected Services, though it is quite 237 J. CHART TI SELECTED SERVICES RECEIPT CHANGES BY COMPONENT GROUP 1948-1954 AND 1954-1958 ?"03.0 PERSONAL SERVICES 1.0 2.0 - 0 1.0 0.0 ------------------- BUSINESS__ 0 4.0 -] . AUfO REPAIR GARAGES 2.0 3.0 AMUSEMENT, RECREATION 2.0 ------ / 1.0 0 2.0 HOTELS, MOTELS 1.0 O 1.0948 1954 _ __ "P1958 NOTE: RECEIPTS CONSIDERED IN DOLLARS OF THE RESPECTIVE YEARS (UNADJUSTED) SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF BUSINESS 238 ,u TOTAL A!zm I 148 1954 1958 ST. PAUL S.M.A. MINNEAPOLIS IN.. MISCELLANEOUS -- REPAIR SERVICES ,• / / ' ' /:i 3.0 AMUSEMENT, RECREATION 2.0 ------ / 1.0 0 2.0 HOTELS, MOTELS 1.0 O 1.0948 1954 _ __ "P1958 NOTE: RECEIPTS CONSIDERED IN DOLLARS OF THE RESPECTIVE YEARS (UNADJUSTED) SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF BUSINESS 238 ,u TOTAL A!zm I 148 1954 1958 ST. PAUL S.M.A. MINNEAPOLIS IN.. evident that in comparison to the other areas considered, it has been in the latter two phases that Saint Paul has shown growth of a really substantial nature. The growth of tourism on a state-wide level is evident in the -growth of Receipts for the Hotels and Motels in the State, which growth exceeded that of the Metropolitan area and both central cities.. The verymodestgrowth of Hotel and Motel Receipts in Saint Paul in- dicates that this City has not profited in the growth of tourieen even to the extent that has occurred in Minneapolis. For all areas considered, the only phase of the Selected Ser- vices in which any decline in Receipts has occurred between 1954 and 1958,. is in the Re- ceipts from places of. Amusement and Recreation, including motion picture theaters. However, these Receipts are still above the 1948 levels. Complete numerical tabulation of Receipts of the various components of the Selected Services may be found in Appendix XX. TABLE 144 .SELECTED SERVICES ESTABLISHMENT & EMPLOYMENT CHANGES BY COMPONENT GROUP: ST. PAUL, 1948 to 1958 % Change % Change % Change Establishments 1948 1954 1958 1948-1954 1954-1958 1948-1958 Personal Services 732 767 742' 4.8% -3.3% 1.4% Business Services 99 195 255 96.9% 30.8% 157.6% Auto Repair, Garages 179 203 222 13.4% 9.4% 24.0% Misc. Repair Services 160 201 256 25.6% 27.4% 60.0% Amusement, Recreation 53 113 120 113.2% 6.2% 126.4% Hotels, Motels 44 45 _ 46 2.3% 2.2% 4.5%u Total - 1,267. 1,524- 1,641 20.3% 7.7% 29.5%^ Employment Personal Services 2,063 2,010 2,081 -2.6% 3.5% 0.9% Business Services ) 1,023 948 1,956 106.3% - Auto Repair, Garages) 432 817 - 89•.1% . Misc. Repair Services 166 261 312 57.2% 19.5% 88.0% Amusement, Recreation 657 981 858 49.3% -12.5% 30.6% Hotels, Motels - 1,166 1,102 1,160 -5.5% 5.3% -0.5% Total 5,075 5,734 7,184 13.0% 25.3%- 41.6% Source: U. S. Census of Business n Com onent Establishment and Emplo ment Chan es - The most significant growth in the num r o e ecte _-e seta ie menta an employment in Saint Paul has occurred in the Business Services phase of the Saint Paul Selected Services. This growth corresponds with the growth in Receipts of the Business Services. The number of Business Service establishments in the City increased by 30.8% between 1954 and 1958, the only period for which valid comparison of the Business Services is possible. Employment in Saint Paul's Business Services .more than doubled during this same period. (See Table 144) Establishment and employment growth in the Personal Services component, the largest phase of the City's Selected Services, has been very modest during the 10 -year 1948 to 1958 period. This was similar to the change in Personal Service Receipts. The number of Personal Service establishments in the City actually declined between 1954 and 1958. On the other h$pd, w( ile the Receipts for Amusement and Recreation places increased only modestly during the 10 -year period,the number of such establishments increased very substantially. However, most of this increase occurred during the early part of this period, between 1948 and 1954. Amusement and Recreation Services employment, like Receipts, dgclined between 1954 and 1958. 39 Growth, from and establishment and.employment standpoint, has been most substantial in the Business Services and Miscellaneous Repair Service components. This growth cor- relates closely with the growth in Receipts for these phases of the Saint Paul Selected Ser- vice$ Future G .pwth Patterns The Saint Paul Selected Services may expect the greatest potential for future growth to come from the Business Service Component. Growth in this phase has been substantial in Saint Paul'. However, Business Service growth has been so much more remarkable in Minneapolis, the Metropolitan area, and the State as a whole, it is reasonable to expect that there is a great deal mote room for growth for this Service -phase in Saint Paul. Personal Services tend to be smaller in scale than Business Services for, while Receipts of the two *era in the same range in Saint Paul, there are almost three times as many Personal Service establishments in the City. _Growth of this phase of the Selected Services may be expecied to continue, particularly as our urban society becomes more leisurely and the standard of living continues its upward trend. This sociological trend also may make its influence felt in the Repair Service phase of the Selected Services, as the public buys more and more appliances and other implements that may regularly require repair services. By and large, the growth of the Selected Services may well be expected to fluc- tuate in accord with the over-all living standard of the population. As this standard, which has risen appreciably in the past decade, continues to rise, the growth that has occurred in the Saint Paul Selected Services may be expected to continue at least at the present rate. PROFESSIONAL SERVICES Following is a brief discussion of Professional Service$, one phase of the total picture of Services in the City of Saint Paul. Professional persons include teachers, doctors, lawyers, engineers, clergymen, and others who pursue similar occupations. By and large, this is a highly skilled group, whose occupation may be classed as a "profession" - rather than a trade or business. Discussion of the Professional Services must be limited herein to an examination of employment levels, or to the number of those living in the City who pursue such an occupation. This limitation is necessitated by the extremely Lim- ited data sources available. 1 Data from the Minnesota Department of Employment Security indicates that in 1959 there were 13,675 persons employed in Professional Services in the City of Saint Paul. The largest single group represented is that dealing with Medical and other Health Services, (including offices of physicians and surgeons, offices of dentists, offices of osteopaths and chiropractors, hospitals, medical and dental laboratories, and sanatoria and rest homes) with 5,762 persons thus employed.. •There were 2,884 persons engaged in all branches of the teaching profession. The remaining 5,029 persons were employed in TABLE 145 PROFESSIONAL SERVICES EMPLOYMENT St. Paul, 1947 and 1959 Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security 240 Per Cent Change 1947 1959 1947 to 1959 Medical k Other Health Services 3,086 5,762 86.7% Educational Services 1,596 2,884 80.7% Other Professional Services 2,982 5,029 68.6% Total 7,664 13,675 18.4% Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security 240 c 1A. EOmj--V, It i such services as legal services, cultural services (museums, art galleries, etc.) non- profit membership organizations (professional membership organizations, labor,unions, civic, social and fraternal organizations, political organizations, religious organizations, or charitable organizations), or other professional services such as architecture, engine- ering, accounting, bookkeeping, etc. The growth of employment in these broad Profession- al Service groups since 1947 is shown in Table 145. The per cent increase in number of employees has been very nearly uniform in the sever- al components of the Professional Services. The growth has been almost double the per cent increase in, the Selected Services, with the largest per cent increase occurring in the Medical. component. Charts 72 and 73 indicate yearly growth in employment for all Service employment in the City, both Selected Services and the Professional Services -There has been an approxi- mate increase of 44% in this total Service employment in Saint Paul between 1947 and 1959. In relation to the other areas considered in Chart 73, the Saint Paul employment growth is the largest recorded for the period. The growth has been particularly pronounced for the latter years of the period, and is indicative of the over-all growth that has occurred I CHART 73' SERVICE EMPLOYMENT INDEX 1947 (EQUALS 100) TO 1959 145 140 135 13C 12! 121 11 II IC I( 95 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 SOURCE'. MINNESOTA OEPARTNENT OF EMPLOYMENT SECURITY 242 1957 1958 1959 / / ST. PAUL S. M.A MINNESOTA• MINNEAPOLIS 95 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 SOURCE'. MINNESOTA OEPARTNENT OF EMPLOYMENT SECURITY 242 1957 1958 1959 26 26 236 1 282 36 37 60 96 180 159 32 85 183 328 143 212 75 367 14,427 Note: (1) (n. e. c.) = .not elsewhere classified. (2) Due to unavailability at this time of data from the 1960 Census, 1950 data are presented herein and represent the most recent information available. Source: 1950 U. S. Census of Population in all phases of Service in the City. Following are noted some additional data for Professional Services in Saint Paul, as re- ported in the 1950 U. S. Census of Population. Table 146 presents the number of people, living in Saint Paulin 1950, whose occupationmay be classified as being "professional, technical, and kindred." Unfortunately; similar data from the 1960 Census will not,be available for another year, and thus the 1950 figures are the most recent that are avail- able. These data are presented in an attempt to give a somewhat more detailed picture of Pro - 243 TABLE 146 NUMBER OF OCCUPATIONS PROFESSIONAL, TECHNICAL, AND KINDRED St. Paul, 1950 Educational Services 3,637 Athletes Artists, Art Teachers Musicians, Music Teachers 261 403 Authors Dancers, Dancing Teachers 34� Sports Instructors & Officials 98 Chemists College Presidents, Profes- 550 sore & Instructors (n. e. c.) Editors & Reporters Librarians 182 Teachers (n.e. c.) 2,019 Farm & Home Management Ad- visors Medical and Health Services 3,569 Physicians & Surgeons 496 Foresters & Conservationists Dentists 271 Osteopaths 5 Funeral Directors &Embalmers Optometrists Chiropractors 38 30 Natural Scientists (n. e. c. ) Nurses (professional) 1,477 Nurses (student professional)- 557 Personnel & Labor Relations Therapists & Healers 68 Workers Pharmacists 197 Dieticians & Nutritionists 79 Photographers Technicians, Med. & Dental 321 Veterinarians 30 Radio Operators Technical Professions 2,011 Recreation & Group Workers Architects 112 Engineers„ Technical 1,397 Religious Workers Designers 70 Draftsmen 402 Social & Welfare Workers, ex - Surveyors 30 cept Group Lawyers & Judges 529 Social Scientists Clergymen 328 Technicians, Testing Accountants & Auditors 1,721 Technicians, (n.e.c.) Actors, Actresses & Enter- 26 Others (n. e. c.) tainers . Total Airline Pilots.& Navigators 43 26 26 236 1 282 36 37 60 96 180 159 32 85 183 328 143 212 75 367 14,427 Note: (1) (n. e. c.) = .not elsewhere classified. (2) Due to unavailability at this time of data from the 1960 Census, 1950 data are presented herein and represent the most recent information available. Source: 1950 U. S. Census of Population in all phases of Service in the City. Following are noted some additional data for Professional Services in Saint Paul, as re- ported in the 1950 U. S. Census of Population. Table 146 presents the number of people, living in Saint Paulin 1950, whose occupationmay be classified as being "professional, technical, and kindred." Unfortunately; similar data from the 1960 Census will not,be available for another year, and thus the 1950 figures are the most recent that are avail- able. These data are presented in an attempt to give a somewhat more detailed picture of Pro - 243 fessional Services in the City. However, a word of explanation is necessary. Employ- ment.data listed in other parts of this Economic Study lists the number of people either living. in Saint Paul (U. S. Census of Business employment data) or working in Saint Paul (Department of Employment Security data) who are employed by a particular type of firm. The data, of Table 146 present the number employed persons living in aintPaul who pursue a particular occupation. Thus, as listed in Table 146, an accountant who worked or a man actu , I is included in the employment data of manufacturing firms, as gived in an earlier section of this study. That same accountant is included also in Table 146 on the basis of his "professional, technical, and kindred" occupation. Relative to the data of Table 146, those personswhose occupation deals with Educational Services represent the largest portion of the Professional Services. Included in this group is the largest single professional occupation in the City, Teachers Not Elsewhere Classified, the bulk of whom would be elementary and high. school -level teachers. These teachers, numbering 2, 109 in 1950 represented 14.6% of the Professional occupations in the City. Persons with professional or technical occupations in the Medical and Health Services represent the second largest phase of the Professional Services. Nurses account for the iargest portion of this group, with physicians and surgeons being the second most numer- ous. Of the "technical professions" group, engineers, including aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, mechanical, metallurgical and mining engineers represent the largest segment. Thus, the three Professional occupations that may be categorized most readily as repre- sented by Teachers, Doctors, and Engineers account for the majority of the "professional, technical, and kindred" occupations in the City. These first three groups, as shown in Table 146 account for 64% of the Professional occupations in the City. Accountants and Auditors also represent a substantial portion'of the Professional occupations in the City. The very rapid growth of Professional Services, as noted in Table 145, may be expected to continue in the future. As noted for the Selected Services, growth of Professional Ser- vices is influenced largely by the general standard of living of the population. Increased specialization in the Professional Services in recent years has added to the need for more people in the "professions," and the generally high salary coincident with a profession has provided additional inducement for people to undertake the usually rigorous educational. requirements necessary for the attainment of a profession. Thus, as the rising living standard continues to create the need for more .specialization in the professions, an ever- increasing number of people with professional occupations reasonably may be anticipated. HOSPITALS Special consideration is given herein to one particular phase of the Saint Paul economy that can be considered most closely as a Service industry. This is the position of Hospitals in the Saint Paul economy. Hospitals and related institutions in Minnesota are licensed under the provisions of Sections 144.50 to 144.58, -inclusive, Minnesota Statutes. These statutes cover all places in which any accommodation is maintained, furnished, or offer- ed for the hospitalization of the sick or injured or for maternity care of more than one woman within a period of six months, or for care of three or more aged or infirm per- sons requiring or receiving chronic or convalescent care." (See Appendix XXI) A "general" Hospital is a hospital providing community service for in-patient medical and surgical care of acute illness or injury and for obstetrics. On the basis of the preceding description, there were ten Hospitals classified as "general" Hospitals in Ramsey County during 1959, all of which are located in Saint Paul. These Hospitals are listed as follows: 1. Ancker Hospital 2. Bethesda Lutheran Hospital 3. Midway Hospital 4. Charles T. Miller Hospital 5. Mounds Park Hospital 6. N. P. Beneficial Association. Hospital 7. St. John's Hospital 244 8. Riverview Memorial Hospital 9. St. Joseph's Hospital 10.St. Luke's Hospital Of these ten "general" Hospitals, all are owned by private non-profit organizations ex- cept Ancker Hospital, which is jointly owned and operated by the City of Saint Paul and Ramsey County. Three of the "general" Hospitals also have units dedicated -for mental hospital facilities. These are Ancker, Miller, and Mounds Park Hospitals. Two of the general Hospitals, Ancker and St. John's include units for care of chronic diseases. In addition to the general' Hospitals, there is one tuberculosis Hospital. 1 Housed in quarters which are not fire-resistant Source: Minn. Dept. of Health Other specialized Hospitals are: Children's Hospital, Gillette State Hospital for Crip- pled Children, and the Salvation Army Booth Memorial Hospital. (See Appendix Table XXII) The bed capacity of all of these Hospitals is shown in Table 147. Employment The Twin Cities, as a whole, is known as a prominent Medical Center in which Saint Paul plays an important role. The services provided by the Hospital system of Saint Paul ex- tend into areas far beyond the Ramsey County borders. In addition to high quality medi- cal care, an extensive medical training program also is being conducted in the City, designed to increase the size of the profeessional and nursing staffs. The number of per- sons employed in Medical and other Health Services has been noted previously at approxi- mately 5,800 in 1959. (Table 145) During 1959 there were approximately 2.0 employees per bed for each bed (including non -acceptable beds) provided in the Saint Paul Hospitals.' Standards According to a recent survey of the Nation's Hospitals between 1948 and 1959 the bed cap- acity of all Hospitals in the United States has increased by 37%.2 At present there are 7.5 beds per 1,000 population. This national average includes the highly concentrated urban areas as well as the sparsely developed rural areas. It is suggested that this ratio should be raised to 9.5 beds per 1,000 population by 1970. iA "non -acceptable bed" is one which is housed in quarters which are not fire-resistant.' Architectural Forum, August 1959: "Revolution in Hospitals," by Edward T. Chase. 245 TABLE 147 HOSPITAL BED CAPACITY BY TYPE OF HOSPITAL RAMSEY COUNTY - 1959 Accepted Non -Accepted Facility -Beds Beds' Bassinettes General Hospitals 1,669 483 184 Mental Hospitals 245 0 - Tuberculosis Hosp. Units 135 0 _ - Chronic Disease Hospitals 108 0 - Other Special Hospitals 268 14 - Total .2,425 497 184 1 Housed in quarters which are not fire-resistant Source: Minn. Dept. of Health Other specialized Hospitals are: Children's Hospital, Gillette State Hospital for Crip- pled Children, and the Salvation Army Booth Memorial Hospital. (See Appendix Table XXII) The bed capacity of all of these Hospitals is shown in Table 147. Employment The Twin Cities, as a whole, is known as a prominent Medical Center in which Saint Paul plays an important role. The services provided by the Hospital system of Saint Paul ex- tend into areas far beyond the Ramsey County borders. In addition to high quality medi- cal care, an extensive medical training program also is being conducted in the City, designed to increase the size of the profeessional and nursing staffs. The number of per- sons employed in Medical and other Health Services has been noted previously at approxi- mately 5,800 in 1959. (Table 145) During 1959 there were approximately 2.0 employees per bed for each bed (including non -acceptable beds) provided in the Saint Paul Hospitals.' Standards According to a recent survey of the Nation's Hospitals between 1948 and 1959 the bed cap- acity of all Hospitals in the United States has increased by 37%.2 At present there are 7.5 beds per 1,000 population. This national average includes the highly concentrated urban areas as well as the sparsely developed rural areas. It is suggested that this ratio should be raised to 9.5 beds per 1,000 population by 1970. iA "non -acceptable bed" is one which is housed in quarters which are not fire-resistant.' Architectural Forum, August 1959: "Revolution in Hospitals," by Edward T. Chase. 245 The situation in Ramsey Countyl indicates a lower ratio than the standards now prevail- ing C the Npopulat populationizing of416, 671he Metropolitan persons , there Planning exsited, in 1959 missiona bed 1958 oiof 5e8 beds Ram- say County P P - the Nation. This ncludes only acceptalbeds. per 1,000 population, less than at o should be even highs rt than the National ratios si ce Actually, the Ramsey County Metropolitan areas may be expected to provide a wider range of hospital facilities rela= tive to the size of the communities in which they .are located. If the suggested bed ratio of 9. 5 beds/ 1 , 000 population is considered requiredasthe goalfor 1980. with transitional goal of 7.5 beds/1,000 population for 1970, l bed capacity is as shown in Table 148. TABLE 148 ESTIMATES OF ADDi TIO COUNTY S STH SPITAL SERVICES RF AUL 1958 - 1980 Increase 1958 1970 1980 1 -190 l 8-190 Estimated Population 416,671 508,231 584,6001 $91,560 $167,929 Bed Ratio/1,001 p. 5.8 7.5 9.5 386 3,129 Number ofBedssk 2,425 3,811 5,554. 2030 5,865 Employment 6,354 8,384 12.219 (Ratio - 2.2/bed) Cost to Provide Ad- ditional Beds: _ _ $27,720,000 $62,580,000 $20,000/bed _ $34,860,000 $87,150,000 $30,000/bed I Metropolitan Planning Commission's estimate 2 Acceptable Beds Only Source: City Planning Board, and aye noted in text Cast -wise, addition of these new beds, based on an estimate of $20,000/bed, requires an expenditure of $27.7 million to 1970, and another $34.8 million between 1970 and 1980, or a total expenditure of $62.6 million to bring the bed capacity to 9.5 beds/1,000 popu- lation by 1980. However, $20,000/bed is considered at the present cost and, thereforbed a low estimate for future construction. For this purpose a safer estimate st mateof $30,000/, etc. is proposed by the same study to account for price inflations, ydepressions H this ratio is used, then the coat -esti with ate imillion total of $87 I million to achieve a 9 5 197 0, ratio $52.3 million between 1970 and 1980, by 1980. However, the cost of replacements of obsolete beds should be considered also in estimat- ing the future need. Actually, all of these estimates are rather theoretical. Whether or not Saint Paul will expand its hospital facilities to the suggested National standards is dependent upon the financial means and local policies in setting future goals, these are very difficult to forecast it this time. additions to asc nnthe,case of Anekers do ot always just Hosp Hospital. the existing structure tis abandoned in favor of bilding Sometimes I All Ramsey County Hospitals are located in Saint Paul. 246 a new facility that would combine the cost of additional facilities and the replacement of ' obsolete facilities. This combined expansion would make it very difficult to apportion the cost of each addition and replacement. Nevertheless, the previous estimates still provide a rough measure for thecostof future additions. Federal Aid to Hospitals The hospital facilities of Minnesota are receiving Federal and State aid based on "The Hospital Survey and Construction (Hill Burton) Program." This program (Public Law 725 - 79th Congress, as amended) authorized an annual grant to the states under a partici- pation rate. I s Among the many feactures of this hospital plan for Minnesota, the following directly con- cerns Saint Paul: 1 PRMED CODoL.x- ED NDSPRDINATITAL SYSTEMS xumem.. ..uw�m Outlook Hospital facilities in Saint :Paul today are faced with the problem of expansion. It is true that the integrated Hospital Services will help eliminate uneconomical duplications of high-priced equipment and will enable the Hospitals to use their available funds in more productive ways. However, the need for new units and for more bed capacity is being felt. This is apparent in the recent construction programs undertaken by various Hos- pitals. A big step was taken by the public agencies with the decision to build a new Ancker Hospital on a new site, and at the same time, expand the facilities of the Hospi- tal The funds available for such programs are an important factor; additionally, the training I See: "Minnesota State.Plan for Hospitals, Public Health Centers and Related Medical Facilities," Eleventh Annual Revision, Minnesota Department of Health. 8 247 1) The plan proposes a co-ordinated hos- pital system which can provide complete care for all patients. The existing and proposed Hospitals are classified as base, regional, area, and rural. The Twin Cit- ies and adjacent communities al'e desig- nated as the "base area." (See Chart 74) 2) In the summary of general Hospitals, the "base area" of which Saint Paul is a part, consists of Saint Paul, Minneapolis, Anoka, Robbinsdale, Stillwater, and St. iFO Louis Park. The plan proposes a ratio of ..�,. 5.46 beds per thousand persons for this community and, at the present time, con- eiders existing facilities adequate to meet ' ... 89. 42% of the needs. 3) One of the three public health centers in the State is located in Saint Paul. As stated in Point 2, the hospitalplan proposes a bed ratio of 5. 46 beds per thousand persons for the Metropolitan ' area, which is below the present United States average (U.S. 0 7.5 beds/1,000 pop.). However, this hospital plan ratigg// _ is below the present Ramsey County staff dard of 7.5'beds per 1,000 population. Hospital facilities in Saint :Paul today are faced with the problem of expansion. It is true that the integrated Hospital Services will help eliminate uneconomical duplications of high-priced equipment and will enable the Hospitals to use their available funds in more productive ways. However, the need for new units and for more bed capacity is being felt. This is apparent in the recent construction programs undertaken by various Hos- pitals. A big step was taken by the public agencies with the decision to build a new Ancker Hospital on a new site, and at the same time, expand the facilities of the Hospi- tal The funds available for such programs are an important factor; additionally, the training I See: "Minnesota State.Plan for Hospitals, Public Health Centers and Related Medical Facilities," Eleventh Annual Revision, Minnesota Department of Health. 8 247 4 of the required medical and technical staffs is another decisive consideration. Some of the biggest Hospitals in the City, such as Miller and St. Joseph's, are already running out of space for expansion. Proposed freeway construction will Limit seriously any later- al expansion of the existing facilities of these Hospitals. - On the positive side, as a result of planning foresight, the new Ancker Hospital in its new location will be assured of ample space for future expansion. As has been noted previously, during the next two decades, Saint Paul's hospital facility bed-ratiowill range between the Minnesota Hospitai plan's 5. 46 beds/ 1-.000 population to 9 beds/ 1,000 population. It is apparent that this 5.46 ratio is being accepted. for the practical purpose of financing such a program with the available sources. However, if it becomes necessary to raise the standard to the United States' level, there will have to be more capacity than this 5.46 ratio. Naturally, resources for financing such a program will have to be further developed. Bearing in mind that this previously suggested ratio of 9.5 beds/1,000 population might prove impractical due to financing limitations, the area's Hospitals should endeavor to reach the present U. S. ratio of 7.5 beds by 1980 (counting only the acceptable beds). In that case, by 1980, the number of new beds to be added would be 1,959 and the hospital staff should approach 9,644. Cost -wise, if. $20, 000/bed-ratio is sufficient, the cost to 1980 would be $39,180,000, and if $30,000/bed-ratio is needed, it would require $58,770,000. 248 XI Goverilmenl The Saint Paul City Government is one of the biggest single operations in the City. Its budget for 1960, which is approximately $44 million is indicative of its importance. The role of Government in the business structure of a community can be studied from several points of view. As a business, it is one of the largest employers in the City. As a public agency, its performance is a vital service, the quality and cost of which can substantially influence both the rate and the direction of economic growth of the community. The following discussion is limited to four aspects of municipal Government in the City of Saint Paul, namely - 1) organization and financing of the City Government, including schools, 2) its relationship with the other governmental units in the area, 3) the "tax structure" or the so-called "tax burden" in Saint Paul, 4) employment (Note: employ- ment will )over any governmental employment in the City in addition to municipal em- ployment. CITY GOVERNMENT IN SAINT PAUL The functioning of the City is conducted under a commission.form of government where the Council .acts as the administrative, as well as legislative, power. Councilmen and the Mayor are elected at .large, -and each Councilman is assigned to a department by the Mayor. The Mayor has a vote on the Council, and veto powers. The Mayor, six Councilmen, and the Comptrollerarepaid elective officers. The Comp- troller does not have a vote in the Council but, in return, has some budgetary powers. The Mayor has appointive powers, though some of these appointments are subject to Coun- cil confirmation. Judicial power is invested in the Municipal Court. In this manner, the governing powers are divided among several groups so that a system of checks and bal- ances is established. - The Board of Education consists of seven elective, non -salaried members, with each member holding office for a six-year term. Chart 75 illustrates the organization of the City Government. The purpose of City Gov- ernment is to promote the collective welfare of all the citizend, and this is accomplished first, through citizen -participation and secondly, through the delegation of certain powers to the governmental organization. Since the Chart presents only, the full time, perma- nently staffed structure of this governmental organization, it is not all-inclusive. In fact, all civic groups, neighborhood councils, citizens' advisory committees and boards have a role in City Government. 249 CHART 75 CITY GOVERNMENT ORGANIZATION CITY OF ST. PAUL GOVERNMENT OF RAMSEY COUNTY Ramsey County Government is administered by the County Board of Commissioners.. The County has certain operations under its jurisdiction which involve Saint Paul directly. Among these are: 1. The County Assessor assesses all property within the County including'Saint Paul. Z. The County is also the agency that Levies and collects taxes within the City and County. However, the City certifies the abstract of the tax -levy for Saint Paul and submits it to the County Auditor prior to levying procedure. When the County collects the taxes, it distributes the shares to each governmental unit. 3. The County may also contribute to state -aid andcounty roads, within the City.' 4. There, are several additional cases of joint. County -City participation such as the cost of the City Hall -County Court House operation, certain recreation facilities, the Welfare Department, Correction and Dentention Authority, Mosquito Control, etc. However, the most important aspects of the City -County relations which are directly involved with the scope of this Chapter are Items 1, 2, and 3. FINANCING GOVERNMENT IN SAINT PAUL - CITY AND SCHOOLS Under the Charter, the City's annual expenditures are limited by a per capita rule. Ac- cording to this rule, the annual expenditure per capita cannot exceed certain amounts. Table 149 indicates these limitations. - TABLE 149 PER CAPITA SPENDING LIMITATIONS City of Saint Paul 1913-1960 (Dollars) Year Schoolsl Other Total 1913-1947 - - $30.00 1948 $15.00 $22.00 37.00 1949 15.00 22.00 37.00 1950 15.00 22.00 37.00 1951 , .16.00 24.00 40.00 1952 16.00 24.00 40.00 1953 16.00 24.00 40.00 1954 20.00 32.00 52.00 1955 20.00 32.00 52.00 1956 20.00 32.00 52.00 1957 26.019 39.50 65.519 1958 26.685 39.50 66.185 1959 28.3196 39.50 67.8196 1960 28.37 39.50 67.87 1 Pupil Increase Formula Available but not used in 1957. Pupil Increase Formula Available, but partially used in 1958. Pupil Increase Formula fully .used in 1959- and 1960. Source: City Comptroller's Office Since the budget is limited by the Charter population, the City is limited relative to financial planning. The charter population method in itself is another complication for the budget planners. Because the cen- sus is taken every ten years, the Charter provides a method of computing an esti- mated population. The estimated popula- tion increase for every inter -census year is computed by dividing the increase of the previous census decade into ten, and each year, adding this -increment to the census population. One danger in this method is the possibility of over -estimating the population during the inter -census years, which would result in a decrease at the end of the decade when the new United States Census is made. A disadvantage. I., the City may be limited by this per capita limitation if its actual population increases at a faster rate than that experi- enced during the previous census decade. Population growth has not been sufficient, on the per capita limitation basis, to pro- vide sufficient funds for increased munici- pal expenditures. Therefore, at times it has been necessary to increase the spending limits. the gross budget re- mained relatively constant between 1920 and 1947, but since 1947 a substantial in- crease has occurred. For those who must plan the budget, an expenditure increase of this size, even for a period of 12 years, is an alarming fact. As is shown in Chart 251 4; 4, 3 3 2 252 CHART 76 GROSS BUDGET, TAX LEVY, CHARTER POPULATION ST. PAUL, 19201.0) TO 1960 UNADJUSTED DOLLARS 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 CHART 77 GROSS BUDGET, TAX LEVY, CHARTER POPULATION ST. PAUL, 1920(•1.0) TO 1960 ADJUSTED DOLLARS* i GROSS / BUDGET %.`..TAX LEVY CHARTER I~ \/�� •;V��. POPULATION 0 0.5 T–, -_r 1920 x1925 1930 ,1935 1940 1945 1950 1955 1960 * NOTE: ADJUSTED BY CONSUMER PRILE INDEX TO 1947-1949 DOLLAR VALUE1-O7 SWNCEICnARTS 76 AN0 TI'. CONVTROLLER'S ANNUAL REPORTS --_r_-- —�— --- .-SST BUOGE/ iTAX LEVY I 1 o .. % POPULATION o_._ ,oaR�–T 19140 T'1945 1950 1955 X19 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 CHART 77 GROSS BUDGET, TAX LEVY, CHARTER POPULATION ST. PAUL, 1920(•1.0) TO 1960 ADJUSTED DOLLARS* i GROSS / BUDGET %.`..TAX LEVY CHARTER I~ \/�� •;V��. POPULATION 0 0.5 T–, -_r 1920 x1925 1930 ,1935 1940 1945 1950 1955 1960 * NOTE: ADJUSTED BY CONSUMER PRILE INDEX TO 1947-1949 DOLLAR VALUE1-O7 SWNCEICnARTS 76 AN0 TI'. CONVTROLLER'S ANNUAL REPORTS 76, the increase in the gross budget did not follow the increase in charter population but substantially exceeded it -1 The difference has occurred from increasing the per capita spending limits, (126.2% in- crease for the. period 1947-1960) and the tax rates 91% during 1947-1969. During the same time -period, there was a rise in per capita spending limits for schools from $15.00 per capita to $28. 37, an increase of 89. 1% over 1947, while all other city operations in- creased from $20.00 per capita to $39. 50 or 97.5% over 1947. - This sharp increase in per capita spending limits is a natural result of the back -log that. occurred during the great depression of the thirties and the Second World War. Between 1920 and 1947, city operations remained at a relatively constant level. The post-war period brought about increased activity in every aspect of city operations. This situationeri was not unique to Saint Paul, because most cities in the United States expenced a simi- lar situation.' The change in dollar-valuethroughout the years is also a factor, beyond the control of the City Government, which affects this rise in per capita spending limits and total ex- penditures. Whether the increased budget is providing proportionately more services is a question that can be answered only by using constant -dollars in analysis. For this, the dollar -values are adjusted to the 1947-1949 average value, and the trend shown in Chart 77 is a somewhat modified version of the one in Chart 76. Chart 77 indicates the following points: prior to 1940, the gross budget and the tax -levy increased more than the charter population. During the 1939 to 1947 period, a decline is seen in gross budget and the tax -levy. Since 1947, both the gross budget and the tax - levy have steadily increased. If Chart* 76 and 77 are compared, the real buying power of the gross budget (as indicated TABLE 150 1960 GROSS BUDGET APPROPRIATIONS City of Saint Paul Per Cent of Amount Total Gross Appropriated Budget Public Schools (operation, pensions, debt, mise) $17,835,113. 00 40.7% Public Safety (Police, Fire, Health) 6,499,232.00 14.8 Public Works (includes City & State Aid) 4,073,124.00 9.3 Self -Sustaining Bureaus (Water Dept. & Auditorium) 3,719,000.00 8.5 Public Welfare (City's 27-1/2% share) 2,484,640.00 5.7 General Government Offices 2,313,488.00 5.3 Parks .and Recreation & Public Buildings 1,842,112.00 4.2' Pensions and Employee Benefits 1,745,720.00 4.0 Debt (other than Public Schools) 1,704,934.00 '3.9 2.0 Library (includes Administration Fund 16-17), 883,097.00 Public Utilities (includes lighting) .690,907.00 1.6 Total Appropriations $43,791,367.00 100.0% Source:. City Comptroller's Office - 1960 Budget Appropriations 1 In 1958, $1.25 million was added to the gross budget as highway aid, under the pro- visions of the State Aid Amendment No. 2. This is a new service included in the gross budget since 1958, and one of the elements affecting the increase in gross budget during recent years. 253 in Chart 77 does not represent as sharp an increase as is shown in Chart 76. The gross budget, as, appropriated for 1960, is $43,791,367.00.. Table 150 shows the components of the budget. v Capital Expenditures In addition toan increase in operating costs, capital outlays have also increased sharply in recent years. From 1947 to 1957, the City's capital outlay amounted to approximately $31.8 million; of this, $17.9 million was spent for schools and $13.9 million for other city operations. (See Table 151 for more. details) TABLE 151 CAPITAL EXPENDITURES (FROM BOND FUNDS)' " St. Paul 1947 - 1959 Amount Pur se 1947-1957 1958-1959 School Acquisition (1950) $5,236,668.05 $3,597.05 School Reconstruction (1950) 3,548,964,06 4,004.58 School Equipment (1950) 623,196.03 - School Acquisition (1953) 7,268,024.07 1,085,401.47 School Reconstruction (1953) 1,245,462.53 1,136,011.20 City Hall and Courthouse 12,782. 17 - Public Safety 449,034.71 51,430.66 Streets and Bridges 3,880,388.36 1,965,906.65 Sewers - 1,146,096.21 1,939,500.69 Sewage Disposal System - 74,013.52 Garbage• Equipment Garage 85,842.65 39, 157.35 Libraries 149,490.55 23,319.01, Auditorium 123,159.70 .114,316.48 CivicCenter - .4,470.47 ,Educational CivicAthletic Stadium 1,985,867.93 14,497.52 Parks and Playgrounds 1,122,213.97 _ 286,930.61 Public Utilities 489,063.69 76,904.68 Capital Approach 3,794,844.28 225,167.30 Joint Detention Facilities 293,842.92 357,247. 37 Joint Hospital Facilities - 2,806.44 Health Center 213,631.04 - Traffic Control 1111920.10 - Total $31,780,493.02 $7,404,683,05 ' Excluding Investment Expenditures Source: City Comptroller's Annual Reports 1947 through 1959. The relative importance of each of the Capital Expenditures is clearly illustrated in Table 151. Schools occupy 56.4% of the total, and street and bridges are the second highest item with 12.2%. On the other hand, while such itemsas streets and schools are assigned top budget priorities., provisions are made for other civic amenities, too. Examples are the Capitol Approach Area with 11. 9%, and the Stadium with 6. 3%, which serve to enhance the esthetic qualities of the City and serve the social and cultural needs of the population. The trends of the two most recent years indicate. a decline in Capital Expenditure for schools in proportion to other city operations. _, 1947-1957 1958-1059 Schools 56.4% of Total 30.1% of Total Other City Operations 43.6% of Total , 69.9% of Total 255 However, when the new $23 and one-half million school bond authorization is issued, the balance will change substantially in favor of school expenditure during the next five years. Bonded Debt Status Under the provisions of the 1955 Laws of Minnesota, Chapter 356, the statutory Bonded Dept Limit,is -10% of Full and True Taxable Real Estate and Personal Property Valuation. For the year 1959, the Bonded Debt Limit was $70,590,273.60 for the City. Chart 78 in- dicates the bonded debt atatus, with bonds outstanding as of each year, bonds " authorized but not issued, and the margin for new authorization as of each year. As is apparent from this Chart, the City's use of its debt limit was well below capacity until 1952. Dur- ing this year, the debt, including outstanding and authorized bonds, was less than one- third of the debt limit. However, during 1953, through a new bond authorization, the to- tal debt plus authorization was brought to within approximately eight million dollars of the limit. In 1959, this gap was further closed with the 1959 school bond authorization bring- . ing the total authorized and issued bonds' value to within two million dollars of the limit.' As it stands today, the City is financially committed for the near future with the debt- ceiling limiting financing of any other kind of capital improvements until such time as the margin permits further bonding. Chart 78 also approximates the amount of bonds that can be authorized in the future. However, in arrivijig at this future margin, a fewassump— tions are necessary. 1. The future bond issuing schedule and payment schedule is shown in Chart 78. 2. The statutory bonded debt limit may be projected in either of two ways. The low, or conservative, estimate is that the limit will remain at the 1960 level with no further in- creases. The other method is to assume that it will increase at the rate that it has been during the past ten years. 3. The low estimate is being used by the Comptroller's office. This is the safer meas- ure to use. Based on the low estimate, .the City will have a $10 million margin in 1966, $20 million in 1971, and $30 million in 1975 etc. If the bonded debt limit is increased dur- ing this time, there will be additional margin available for new bond issues. If the high projection for bonded debt limit materializes, the margin will be roughly 80% to 100 more than the above figures estimate. The City's bond retirement and interest payment schedule for both outstanding and author- ized bonds is indicated in the lower part of Chart 78. During 1959, the City paid rough- ly $2 million on retirement and interest. When all presently authorized bonds are issued, this amount will rise roughly $3.5 million annually, and from 1966 to 1983 will remain within the $3.6 to $3.7 million range; after 1983, there will be asharp decrease and all present bonds will be paid by the year 1994. If new bond issues, even within the authorized bonded debt limit, are contemplated for the financing of additional capital expenditures, the necessity of finding new sources of revenue for annual payment will result in increased taxes. I Presently, the City's .pro- gram of long-term bond borrowing commits the City too far to think of pay-as-you-go financing. However, in view of the high total interest payment attendant to long-term bond- ing, a possible alternate financing method suggests itself. If long-term bonding were limited to only major capital expenditures, the remainder of a long-rangge financing pro gram could be accomplished through short-term bonds and through cashS.from each year- ly budget. Otherwise, the City will continue to pay interest totaling roughly 70% during the life of long-term bond issues. I - 1 The City is limited in authorizing bonds but taxing for the purpose of bonded debt pay- ments is not included in the spending or taxing limitations. This gives the bond holder an additional assurance as to his security value. The City is free to levy additional tax- es for this purpose when the need arises 256 Relative to the credit risk of the City' for its bonding program, Saint Paul is rated as double (Aa) by Moody's Investor's Service. This rating, the second highest listing of nine classifications, certainly indicates a high quality rating. An explanation of the top. three ratings will give the reader better comprehension. 1. Bonds rated (Aaa) are considered to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest _ degree of investment risk and are. generally called "Gilt Edge. " .Interest payments are .protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure While the various protective elements, are likely to change, such changes are unlikely to impair the strong position of such issues. - Z. Bonds rated (Aa) are considered to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the (Aaa) group, they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. .They are rated lower than the beet bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in (Aaa) securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear some- what larger than in (Aaa) securities. 3. Bonds rated (A) possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be consider- ed as higher medium -grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future. There are various factors involved in the rating of a,municipality's credit and some of the important ones are listed below: 1. Economic Background - This represents the structure of the whole. City economy which can be best visualized. by the Economic Base Report of Saint Paul. 2. Taxing Powers - used and held in reserve. 3. Tax Collection Record This represents the ratio between the tax levied and the tax collected. This ratio is considered high for Saint Paul. The Comptroller's Annual Re- port is the beet source for this information. - 4. Budgeting Skills - This can best be judged by the final budget document, and by the utilization of current budget techniques, etc. General Reputation of the City Management. 6. Availability and intelligibility of Reports - Again the Comptroller's Annual Financial Reports are the most important tool in informing financiers. 7. Amount of debt now outstanding and overlapping; the ratio of the debt to the tax -base. These are the points regarded most important by financiers in judging municipal credit and in establishing interest rates for such bonds. Several officers of leading financial organizations have also pointed up the necessity of capital programming and long-range budgeting as very valuable elements in evaluating a city's credit rating. Interestingly, the comprehensive zoning ordinance isalso given emphasis as a measuring device. It is an established fact that property valuations are stabilized and even improved by pro- per planning and zoning regulations. In Saint Paul's case, the increasing bonded debt, decreasing margin, and'the need for more borrowing that may arise in the near fututre - for other improvements will necessitate long-range capital programming and capital budgeting on a more formal basis. It is through the planning of long-term operational ex- penditures and capital expenditures, and the estimation of future revenues that City oper-. 'ations can be based on a "Comprehensive Long -Term Financial Program." Source of Revenue A study of the sources of revenue for the City of Saint Paul indicates a slight decline since 1920 in the relative importance of the tax -levy. Chart 79 shows the trend in the gross - budget, the tax -levy and the ratio of the tax -levy to the gross budget for the period 1920- 1960. The tax -levy has declined from approximately 73.8% of the gross budget in 1920 257 a. �sJ, ��,�.:,�, r��. �t i I First funds in 1958; not included in total for 1950. Per cent change is T.4.SLE 152 ' PER CENT CHANGE IN CITY BUDGETED REVENUES not included in total for 1950. Per cent change Saint Pana 1950-3960 from 1951 to 1960. Estimated �.-E estimated 56 Change Revenues Revenue 1950 Revenoe 7960 Over 7950 Total Tax Appropriation $13,122,352.00 $27,680,474.00 1110-.9% State �& Fed. Aid (Schools) 2,681,996.00 5,508,367.00, 105141k Self-sustaining Bureaus 1,926,008.00 3,719,000,00 . '93.1% 82,2,% Special Taxes 1.163,00D.00 2,115,000.00 1,303, 00.00 -21,' °% State High -ay, Aid, 1,668,500.00 Valuation stead Personal Prop. Sundry Revenoes 399.050.00 1,170,276.00 112.1% Licenses & Permits 746,700.00 1 1064, 000. 00 42.51% Cigarettes &-Liquor 650,000.00 785'omoo 20.8% Sundry School Revenues? 351.750.00 345,750.00 -4.7% Total Revenues $20.887.096.00 $43,791,367.00 109.71% I First funds in 1958; not included in total for 1950. Per cent change is from 1958 to 1960. ' 7 First funds in 1951; not included in total for 1950. Per cent change is , from 1951 to 1960. Source: Comptroller's Dept. TABLE 153 ABSTRACT OF TAX LEVY LEVIED IN 1958 - COLLECTIBLE DURING 1959 Excess, Non - Assessed Home- Homestead & Purpose of Levy Valuation stead Personal Prop. Lev Levy to Finance City Budg. $233,918,000.00 115.61 115.61 $27,043,260.471 County 1 Mill Sch. Tax 233,918,000.00 1.00 1.00 233,918.00 Housing & Redevelopment 233,918,000.00 1.00 1.00 233,918.00 437,426.66 Met. Air Port Debt 233;918,000.00 1.87 1.87 Port Authority 233,918,000.00 .35 .35 81,871.30 Total City Purposes 119.83 119.83 $28,030,394.43 Co. of Ramsey - General Road, Bridge & Welfare. 233,918,000.00 41.30 41.30 9,660,813,40 Twin City Met. Plan. Com. 233, 918, 000.00 .10 .10 Z13,391. 80 Total County Purposes 41.40 41.40 9,684,205.20 State of Minn. Homestead 48,644,054.00 5.90 - 286,999.92 Excess Non -Homestead & 185,273,946.00 - 6.93 1,283,948.45 Personal Property Total State Purposes 5.90 6.93 1,570,948.37 Total Tax Rate & Levy 167.13 168.16 $39,285,548.00 1 Levy overspread. 1959 City Budget by $4,755.00 Source: City Comptroller's. Office - 1959 Annual Report to 63.8% in 1960. The balance is made up by increases in revenues other than the tax - levy. (See Appendix XXIII and XXIV. 259 The last decade has been the period of expansion. Since 1950, total revenues increased by 109.7%. With the exception of State Highway aid and the sundry school revenues, all components have increased in an absolute dollar sense. Though still not as great a pro- portion of the revenues as it has been, during this decade the tax -levy has again increased in relative importance. Sundry revenues remained the same proportion of total revenues, while allothercomponents have declined in relative importance. (See Table 152) The biggest portion of the tax revenue, as shown in Chart 7'9, is the total tax -appropri- ation or the so-called "tai levy. " This tax -levy is composed of two elements: 1) the homestead tax, and 2) excess, non -homestead and personal property taxes. The total tax collected in Saint Paul is used for City, County, and State purposes. Table 153 repre- sents the abstract of the 1958 tax -levy collectible in 1959 indicating all these purposes. The "Levy to Finance the City" which is the first item of Table 153 is composed of sev- eral elements which are being collected under various provisions of either City Charter or State Law. ' TABLE 154 -- TAXES COLLECTED FOR THE PURPOSE OF FINANCING THE CITY AND THE SCHOOLS TAXES LEVIED IN 195B & COLLECTIBLES DURING 1959 Purpose of Levy Tax Levy SCHOOLS Operation & Maintenance, $8,463,148.50 $25.50 per Capita Pupil Increase Formula 935,792.00 Teachers' Retirement „1,056,918.00 ° Public Examiner's Fee None Public Employees' Retirement 120,981.00 Health and Welfare 175,875.00 School Department 943,248.00 Total $11,695,962.50 OTHER SERVICES - $27.50 Per Capita Limitation 9,126,9Z5.50 - Tax Levy (in lieu of monies 182,910.00 - -. & credits) Debt.- Other Services 1,781,151.00 1k, Public Welfare 2,520,415.00 Pensions 1,158,683.00 Civil Defense 45,225Y00 Metropolitan Airport Commission 99,019.00 Public Examiner's Fee None Health & Welfare (includes City 188,035.00 Hall & Court House) Detention & Correction Authority 230, 179.00 Total for Other Servicea $15,342,542.50 Total for All Purposes $27,038,505.00 Note: There were no funds appropriated for the Public Examiner's fee in this year, because sufficient balance was carried over from previous years. There will be appropriations in future years. Source: City Comptroller's Office and 1959 Budget Appropriations. 260 Table 154 lista each of these items and the amounts estimated for the 1958 tax -levy which are collectible during 1959.' The difference of $4,755.00 between the grand total in this Table and the amount stated for the corresponding item in Table i53 occurred from "over - spreading"1 the tax -levy during 1959. (For legal source of authorization, see Appendix XXV.) During 1959, taxes collected from real estate and personal property for the City, County, and State purposes amounted to $118.96 per capita. Of this, $84.89 was collected for City purposes, $29.32 for County purposes and $4.76 for the State. The basis for this tax, which is the assessed valuation, is composed of two elements, the assessment on real estate and the assessment on personal property. In 1940, real estate _ accounted for 82.41a and personal property for 17.6% of the total assessed valuation. .. During 1959, of the total $233,918,000 assessed valuation, 71. 5% was from real estate I assessments and 28. 5% from personal property assessments.2 A clear trend is seen dur- ing the last two decades in the changing proportions of these two sources with the as- sessments on real estate becoming a lesser proportion of the,total. The effects of this increase in the proportion of the personal property tax, however, is reflected in the replies to the questionnaires sent during this study. The majority of manufacturing firm: replying to the questionnaires. stated that the personal property tax and inventory tax were too high. Some firms suggested that the personal property tax be repealed and replaced with a state-wide sales tax. Some firms also suggested a reduc- tion of these taxes to attract new industry. A common complaint of the home -owner is that real estate taxes are too high. Since citizen complaints seem to be concentrated around taxes, it would seem advisable to make a comparison with other areas. A survey made by the Economic Base Study for Wichita, Kansas is interesting. Although this survey reflects the situation in 1956, changes in all areas since then should not sub- stantially affect the relative proportions , so it is useful to quote this survey as a secon- dary document.3 This survey creates a hypothetical tax -payer and describes him as follows: "The hypothetical tax -payer is defined as a householder with an annual income of $5,000 as of 1956. He has -a wife and two children and owns a three-bedroom brick -veneer house with a full but unfinished basement. It is not a fancy house but one that the average wage- earner and salaried person could reasonably own or acquire on his income. In addition he owns a 1954 Ford (two years old), uses 600 gallons of gas per year and smokes a pack of cigarettes a day.: His sales tax, if any, would apply to purchases equivalent to n one-half of his icome. - With this description, including an actual picture of the house with detailed specifications, a questionnaire was mailed to the cities selected for study, with the request that they as- sess, and apply the appropriate tax -rates to the subject.in question. The data was com- 1 "Over -spreading" is a term used by accountants to describe the usual difference be- tween the total certified tax -levy and the tax roll. First and assessed value is placed on property; then from the tax -levy and this assessed value, the tax -.rate is computed. This tax -rate is rounded to reach a practical figure. This rate is applied to individual as- sessed property values and individual tax amounts are reached, which are rounded again. It is during the elimination of fractions in rounding -off these figures that differences 2ccur. This accumulation is called the 'over -spread." : In 1960, the Class 2, personal property tax which is the tax levied on household per- sonal property, was repealed. Therefore, in the future this proportion will result in a higher ratio of real estate taxes to personal property taxes. (See Laws of Minn. , 1959, Chapter 70, Art. II, Section 3 (272-62). In order toavoida reduction in the statutory bonded debt limit, since the limit is based on full and true valuation of property, Section 5 (272-64) of the same law provides a formula to be applied in estimating the property values as if the Class 2 personal property values were still assessed. 3 See "Pattern for Progress" - 1957 Wichita Planning Commission. 261 Buffalo' Des Moines Minneapolis San Antonio Phoenix Denver Louisville Portland, Oregon Cincinnati Omaha Akron SAINT PAUL TABLE 155 TOTAL STATE AND LOCAL TAXES PAID BY A HYPTHETICAL TAX -PAYER IN 24 SELECTED CITIES 1956 Total Annual Taxes Paid $534.00 531.00 512.00 467.00 466.00 414.00 402.00. 400.00 400.00 393.00 375.00 375.00 Kansas City, Mo Tacoma Wichita Columbus Flint Seattle Tulsa Dallas Toledo Houston Atlanta Miami Total Annual` Taxes Paid $373.00 368.00 359.00 342.00 334.00 317.00 312.00 306.00 275.00 241.00 232.00, 231.00 Source: Patterns for Progress - 1957 Wichita Planning Commission piled and presented as in Table 155. As a result of this 1956 Survey, Minneapolis was rated as the third highest taxed city and Saint Paul stood in twelfth place. More recent studies made locally reveal more about the City's tax status. Various stud- ies made by different organizations and the number of articles appearing in local papers during recent years indicate the people's interest and concern in this matter. .The main lines of argument are: 1. Taxes in the State of Minnesota are rather high. The State rates thirteenth through- out the United States while the average income per capita is lower than the United States average. Z. City taxes are heavy and the distribution of taxes by source has been criticized sharp- ly. itispointed out that most cities in Minnesota depend on real estate and personal pio- perty taxes for the biggest share of the tax -revenue. Since the need for municipal ser- vices -is increasing and continually requires more revenue, there is strong doubt that real estate and personal property taxes can cope with this increase. As a matter of fact, these taxing measures are already used to the utmost. 3. According to a recent report made by the League of Minnesota Municipalities, Saint Paul has the second lowest tax rate among the Minnesota municipalities, but at the same time, the assessed valuation applied to real estate and personal property rates is rela- tively high. This is necessary to compensate for the low rate on the taxable base. 4. The argument goes on, pointing to the necessity of exploring new sources of revenue to relieve the already heavily taxed existing sources. Among the new sources suggested are a state-wide sales tax provision to distribute a certain portion to cities, or city sales taxes or even city income taxes; in other words, non-property.taxes. Minnesota is mentioned as one of the three states in the Midwest that still, does not have a sales tax. The other states are Wisconsin and Nebraska. Without ouch new sources of revenue, it is predicted that Minnesota cities will face severe difficulties in providing adequate services and schools in the future. The scope of this report will not permit more extensive study of this matter. However, 262 r i��. F�j. Ill � ��- .! it is believed that a thorough study of municipal financing and revenue sources is advis- ableto aid the City in making decisions on actions to be taken toward increasing the City's future revenues. .. Employmentl� - 1 Government in Saint Paul has shown a steady increase during the past decade. Between 1947 and 1959, there was an in- crease of 4,475 persons to a total em- wiinFxr �r1,ovMerrr lsoex sovRNIA ployment of 19,009, or an increase of cora �wnrow�s ioo,to uro w,�aPu �rrr 30.8%. As a per cent of total Saint Paul employment, governmental employment increased in its structure -share by 2.0% during the same period.. (Chart 80) The State of Minnesota experienced a 39.2% increase in government employ- ment, Minneapolis had a 10.8% increase, and the S. M. A. experienced a 28.7% in- crease during this period. (Table 156) iChart 81 shows the employment trends indexed to 1947 for the areas, and Chart 82 shows Saint Paul municipal employ- ment. Of the four major areas consider- ed, the. State has experienced the high- est and most consistent rate of govern- ment employment growth during the 1947 to 1959 period. The high rate of govern- ment employment growth in Saint Paul may be partially attributed to the fact that it is the State Capitol and houses a TABLE 156 TOTAL GOVERNMENT EMPLOYMENT BY SELECTED AREAS 1947 - 1959 Year Saint Paul Minneapolis S.M.A. Minnesota 1947 14,534 25,312 - 52,207 102,812 1948 14,581 25,180 52,095 104,667 1949 15,109 24,198 51,501 110,322 1950 15,704 23,150 50,906 115,572 1951 16,037 23,152 51,345 116,793 1952 16,167 23,832 52,406 119,699 1953 16,021 24,568 53,444 123,180 1954 16,471 25,873 55,875 126,307 1955 16,534. 25,513 55,854 128,416 1956 15,864 26,411 57,619 130,114 1957 16,454 26,998 59,409 133,101 1958 18,528 27,193 64,889 139,743 1959 19,009 28,046 67,196 143,141 Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security This discussion refers to all government employment within the City of Saint Paul, and is not confined to municipal employment. 264 not confined to municipal employment. 264 substantial number of State offices. The lowest increase in government employment has occurred in Minneapolis. - Saint Paul's municipal employment has increased at a rate higher than any of the other areae considered. Thie employment rise coincided with the accelerated increase in the City's operating budget and resultant increase of servicessince1947. The past rate of increase in Saint Paul's total government employment will probably tend to level off during the next decade. The large increase of the peat decade is partially at- tinicipal statetributable to State building programlfornent increases as governmental offices in the Capitol ent increase is now nearnt increases. s ing completion; and when this is accomplished, State employment increases will probably be more in relation to State population increases. On the other hand, the City's municipal employment, which represented 26.8%of the to- tal Saint Paul government employment in 1959 and has increased substantially since. 1947, is already stabilizing (Chart 82). Following its expansion of the past decade, the City should be able to provide the necessary existing ices inin oth ne on City spending talso will il have work force to any great extent. some effect on municipal employment trends. Government employment is an important elembut also becin this aue1e tconomy, not only from represents a salaried the viewpoint of administration and services, work -force that constitutes a customer group and a constant element in various business markets such as re)ail, services, construction, finance, etc. 265 XIr Illilities I In 1959 there were 3,389 persona employed in utility services, representing 2. 11a of the f, ' total employment in Saint Paul. I Growth of Utilities in service in Saint Paul since 1947 is shown in Table 157. Since these Utilities *arbasic ents community• essentials of telephones, due to difficulties in n obtainingthe figures over-all th of the Numberfficult esfor the City proper, are omitted. �y TABLE 157 GROWTH OF UTILITY SERVICE Saint Paul, 1947 - 1958 Year Water Metersl Gas Customers Electric Customers 1947 63,281 77,824 91,383 1948 63,576 78,831 92,740 1949 64,505 79,688 93,750 1950 65,742 81,438 95,667 1951 67,122 83,509 97,647 1952 68,617 85,431 99,421 1953 69,853 86,971 100,398 1954 70,656 87,841 100,539 1955 71,420 87,812 100,244 , 1956 72,479 - 89,056 101,009 1957 73,178 90,137 101,409 1958 73,902 90,951 101,850 1 Because of the unavailability of data, number of meters has been used instead of number of customers for water service. Source: City Water Dept. and Northern States Power Company I This Chapter will study all Utilities, public and private, relating to services pro- vided. However, employment trends are only for private utilities. The public utility employment has been included under Government Employment. 267 Although Utility Services are a small part bf the Saint Paul employment picture , the of Utilities is important, and it is in this light that they are availability, quality, and coat considered in the following sections. These considerations can be influential in encour- aging or discouraging industrial progress in the City. WATERSUPPL'Y Water ._—S—°uro=s - The water supply for Saint Paul is obtained from three different source�=ovidinThe major ar an ad - source is the Mississippi River, -with the lake system north of the City p g ditional supply. Artesian well fields are held in reserve. (See Chart 83) con - The lake system was originally the major water source but with increasing waterat present, River sumption, increased use of the Mississippi became necessary until, is the major source of supply. - ed areas: Lakes The lake systeml is formed nd Sucker form the principaby various chains and wate l sitmp impounding reservoirsofthe Pleasant, Deep, Charles, present water supply system. They are contained in a Ovate total area o water stor square miles, have a combined water surface of 1,500 acre s raaed in the Vadnais available mpounding age of approximately three billion gallons. B system may be augmented from two principal sources: - Lake system, lying 18 to 20 miles north of the City, c The Centervilleonsists of four a water principal lakes. The water available storage of seas an area of veral billion8galfneTe Watermiles�is PUMP - ed of 2,200 acres, ed from the Centerville water -shed to the Vadnais water -shed. The Mississippi River at a point near Fridley, Minnesota, several miles north of Minne- apolis, provide . water which is pumped to the Vadnais storage reservoir through Charles and Pleasant Lakes. As a third and reserve source of supply, water from Otter Lake and the overflow from Bald Eagle Lake may be taken by gravity into the Vadnais system. During low water stages, however, the water in Otter Lake is highly coAc lored and is seldom used. Actually, most of the water now comes from the Mississippi River and into the Vadnais water -shed, where it stays in storage several weeks. Two artesian well fields are held in reserve. One located along the shores of Center - at Mc- ville Lake has 28 wells which average 400 feet in depth. A second field, . Carron Station, has 6 wells from 700 to 1,000 feet in depth. Treatment of Water Coagulation, rapid sand filtration, water softening, aerating, and, finally sterilization by chlorination is the method used in Saint Paul for the purification of it's -water supply. Water Charges The Saint Paul Water Department is a publicly- owned utility, operated for service with- outprofit. There are two distinct classes of service rend,' sb by forr reer gardless esst of the One class of service, "Demand Charge" or "Fixed Charge," P quantity of water used. This "Service Demand" or "Fixed Charge" t made to cover the ready -to -serve" costs. Since the demand is covered largely by the ize of the consumer's I Board of Water Commissioners, "Beyond the Faucet - The Story of Saint- Paul's Water Supply," page 11, and the Saint Paul Water Department. 268 CHART 83 WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM ST. PAUL, 1960 MR a.amo..lip -..._ _... ___.._.-- -- r. 269 service pipe and meter, the charge is based on the size of the meter. The second service, or cost, is based entirely on the quantity of water used, andappearson the bill as the, !'Consumption Charge." - Extended Services The Saint Paul Water Department can extend service outside the City limits. At present, it is providing. water service to areas in Falcon Heights, Maplewood, Roseville, and West St. Paul.1 Thetrends of services provided by the Saint Paul Water Department are indicated in Table 158. The per capita water consumption for the City has'increased from 71. 5 gallons/day in 1925 to 123.0 gallons/day in 1959, or 72%. Total miles of water mains increased from 535.80 miles to 772. 97 miles or 44. 3% dgring the same time -period. - Outlook At present, Saint Paul is about to overcome its water peoblems, at least for some time to come. The new conduit from the Mississippi River to Vadnais Lake will boost the delivery of raw water to 80 million gallons a day. With the new 90" conduit from Vadnais Lake to the filter plant and the expansion of filter plant capacity, 75 to 100 million gallons of pro- cessed water per day will be available. The water shortages of the past will be eliminated. in 1960 or 1961, In addition to the improvements made in plant capacity, the Water Depart- ment also is improving the distribution and storage facilities within the City. Saint Paul has an abundant water supply, but the level of services provided naturally must followthepopulation increase. Today both Minneapolis and Saint Paul have an adequate TABLE 158 ST. PAUL WATER DEPARTMENT - - CONDENSED RECORD FROM 1952 to 1959 INCLUSIVE FOR SELECTED YEARS Average Max. Total Daily Daily Live Ac- Gallons Total Consump- - Consump- counts Incl Total Per Miles tion tion Automatic No. Capita Water (000'Gals.) (000 Gals.) Fire Serv. Meters CiMaine 1925 21,372 33,400 56,558 50,960 71.5 535.80 1930 24,160 43,000 62,327 55,574 88.9 591.35 1935 22,405 46,000 63,233 55,458 76.2 605.86 1940 23,200 54,700 66,657 58,849 81.0 628.15 1945 28',500 48,400 68,254 60,778 92.7 646.99 1950 33,640 62,000 73,973 66,621 103.7 680.87 - 1955 40,500 70,550 79,769 72,693 119.5 722.64 1956 38,900 68,600 80,937 73,539 109.0 739.79 1957 37,900 65,400 81,921 74,457 110.0 751.86 1958 39,500 73,924 821599 78,068 115.0 760.97 1959 42,600 88,605 83,178 78,979 123.0 772.97 Source: Annual Reports, Board of Water Commissioners 1 For a compilation of all agencies engaged in water services within the Metropolitan area see: Metropolitan Planning Commission Publication - "Metropolitan Water Study, Part I, " 270 water supply system of their own, but the developments and the population increases with- in the metropolitan area dictate a more comprehensive approach to the problem of water supply service for the whole metropolitan area. The problem is not finding new water but a more economical utilization of existing source e. This idea is reflected in recent, moves being made in the area toward creating a five - county water district, or a metropolitan water district similar to the Metropolitan Sani- tary District. AS the suburban communities are growing to city size, the problem of water supply is growing in magnitude, and an additional controversy over the right to tap water sources has developed. This can be alleviated by creating a Metropolitan Authority to seek a comprehensive solution. Unless this is done the present water systems will not Sufficiently serve the future population in the area. SEWERAGE SERVICE Municipal Sewerage System Saint Paul is one of the few larger American cities that has a combined storm and sani- The tary sewerage system instead of the usual separatesystemslines, eiphons�peandprockn tunneley of the City have necessitated the use of pompe, fore and storm -water overflow lines. Saint Paul collects the sewage while the treatment and disposal are the responsibility of the Minneapolis -Saint Paul Sanitary District. There are seventeen major drainage districts in Saint Paul. All are serviced by sanitary interceptors leading to -the sewage treatment plant. Most of the districts also have direct storm -water overflow outfall lines to the Mississippi River. A few of the districts drain both storm and sanitary waters into the interceptors, and storm over -flow is discharged from the interceptors at convenient points downhill, so that only a dry weather flow equi- valent reaches the treatment plant even in event of a storm. Sewer Rental Charges - - These charges were authorized by a law passed by the State Legislature in 1933, creating the Minneapolis -Saint Paul Sanitary District. This law made it obligatory that Sewer rental charges be collected by the Water Department and with the water bills. The amountestimated as required by the Sanitary Board for the year's operation ie properly pective Councils. al rates are then set bbetween y the Council to produce he amounttwo cities and certified to the sSewer rent - of money required. The Water Department is, therefore, by law, only the collection agency, of Sewer rental such collections are immediately turned over. to the chargee on behalf of the City, and City for use as its share in the maintenance and operation of the sewage disposal plant. Sewer rental chargee' are based upon the size of the water meter, which is indicative of the amount of water used and returned to the sewers. These chargee are -made as long as the water meter is on the property. Outlook Future adequacy of the present sewer system will depend, to a large extent, upon the future land -use pattern. The future location and amounts of various types of land use will, in some instances, require additional sewer service. Should any area in Saint Paul experience a substantial growth in industrial,or multi -family uses; it will almost certain- ly require variations in the present sewer system. In any event, those areas which now have no public sewers will require service if they are to become fully developed. As is the case with water supply, the growth of the Metropolitan population is bringing new pressures on both Minneapolis and Saint Paul for extended sewerage services. The number of applications from suburban communities that are turned down by the central cities for the use of treatment facilities, and the increasing need for sewerage services in the, suburban eommlinities, are indications that in the near future this problem also will have to be solved on a metropolitan scale. The articles that have appeared in local papers during the recent years and some preliminary action taken by various groups in - 271 a CHART 84 GAS SUPPLY SYSTEM SERVING ST PAUL A# 0 N T A OTA m I N N E $�T A y, WISCONSIN TH DAKOTA W Y 0 M I N G. E 8 R A S K A I o W A ILLINOIS C 0 L NEW MEXICO 272 K 0 K L A H 4, T E X A S LEGEND MAIN LINES S11AN GN LINES GAS FIELDS IL3 POTENTIAL GAS SUPPLY dicates there is already a trend toward this expansion. GAS Source and Service Provided Northern States Power Company provides the gas service in Saint Paul. Natural gas is purchased from the Northern Natural Gas Company. The gas is brought to this area by a pipe system from sources in the Texas,and Oklahoma Panhandle and southwest Kansas, and is distributed to areas. throughout Kansas, Iowa, South Dakota, and Minnesota-: -(See Chart 84) The Northern Natural Gas Company delivers the gas to four "town border stations." From these stations, the gas is piped to Saint Paul by the Northern States Power TABLE 159 _ Compan)r. which owns and operates this sys- tem. ACTUAL FULL DAYS CURTAILMENT OF SERVICE TO INTERRUPTABLE GAS SERVICE CUSTOMERS Calendar Month Heating Season Saint Paul 1958-1959 Usually; Northern States Power contracts with Northern Natural Gas Company for the demand capacity which correspondsto a practical peak capacity. For the short periods of extremely cold weather during the year, when usage exceeds this demand - capacity, Northern States Power Company maintains two emergency plants to boost the gas capacity to the needed level beyond the demand -capacity. During the warmer periods when th' heat- ing consumption is low, thesurplus gas is sold at a discount to consumers as an in- terruptable servicel because Northern States Power Company pays for the de- mand -capacity whether this gas is used or not. Source: Northern States Power Company Table 159 indicates the degree of inter- ruption for the typical heating season of November 1958 to March 1959. The present gas supply system is adequately serving the City. There is adequate gas provided wherever there is demand, and in cases where the demand increases, the both the com- pany expands the facilities rapidly to meet the demand. Because of this factor, pipe system and the amount in the demand -contract are subject to change from time to time as a result of the increase in consumption. As of -June 15, 1960, the peak demand stands at 125 million cubic ft. / day. ' Rate Structure As was noted, there are two kinds of gas service in Saint Paul, General Gas Service and I o"Iute rruptable" Service denotes that service to particular customers who are served with gas only when regular consumption is below the level of the demand -capacity con- tracted for by Northern States Power Company. As soon as regular consumption equals the contracted demand -capacity, service to these customers ceases and they must re- sort to some other fuel. Z73 Total Days of Interruption Interruption Days in Per Class of Nov. to March Cent During Service Inclusive One Year AA 13.7 3.75 A 30.9 8.46 BB 42.4 11.62 B 44.4 12.16 C 50.1 13.73 D 57.5 15.75 E 67.0 18.36 Usually; Northern States Power contracts with Northern Natural Gas Company for the demand capacity which correspondsto a practical peak capacity. For the short periods of extremely cold weather during the year, when usage exceeds this demand - capacity, Northern States Power Company maintains two emergency plants to boost the gas capacity to the needed level beyond the demand -capacity. During the warmer periods when th' heat- ing consumption is low, thesurplus gas is sold at a discount to consumers as an in- terruptable servicel because Northern States Power Company pays for the de- mand -capacity whether this gas is used or not. Source: Northern States Power Company Table 159 indicates the degree of inter- ruption for the typical heating season of November 1958 to March 1959. The present gas supply system is adequately serving the City. There is adequate gas provided wherever there is demand, and in cases where the demand increases, the both the com- pany expands the facilities rapidly to meet the demand. Because of this factor, pipe system and the amount in the demand -contract are subject to change from time to time as a result of the increase in consumption. As of -June 15, 1960, the peak demand stands at 125 million cubic ft. / day. ' Rate Structure As was noted, there are two kinds of gas service in Saint Paul, General Gas Service and I o"Iute rruptable" Service denotes that service to particular customers who are served with gas only when regular consumption is below the level of the demand -capacity con- tracted for by Northern States Power Company. As soon as regular consumption equals the contracted demand -capacity, service to these customers ceases and they must re- sort to some other fuel. Z73 N A LEGE 0 0 CHART 85 ELECTRIC POWER SYSTEM NORTHERN STATES POWER COMPANY -ST. PAUL Interruptable Service, The General Gas Service rate schedule for,Saint Paul is shown in Table 160 TABLE 160 SUMMARY OR RATE SCHEDULE FOR GENERAL GAS SERVICE Saint Paul, 1960 Cu. Ft, Rate Per Month First .400 or less @ $1.00 Next 2,600 1.50 per Mcf Next 22,000 •87 Next 375,000 '85 � \� Next - 400,000 " .82 " Next 1,200,000 " .79. Excess " •74 ' Monthly Minimum Charge: $1.00 Prompt Payment Provision: A charge of 576 on the first $25, 00plus 116 on the remainder will be added to net bill, computed at the rate schedule shown above, which charge shall constitute a discount from gross bill for payment within the discount period. . . Source: Northern States Power Company ELECTRICITY Northern States Power Company, the supplier of electric service and power to the Saint Paul area, operates a power system covering areas in Wisconsin, Minnesota, South Dak- ota, and North Dakota. Supply Systems , The electric power system is a wide network of,power transmission lines and several gene- . rating stations all inter -connected and flexible in operation which produce a"highly effici- ent service. The power supply system is shown in Chart 85. According to Northern States Power of- ficials, .three generating stations are used to supply Saint Paul. These stations are the . High Bridge power station, which has a generating capacity of roughly half a million kilo- watts; the other two are the Black Dog generating station on the Minnesota River in Dakota County and the Riverside generating station in Minneapolis. The High Bridge power station alone has more than sufficient capacity to supply power to Saint Paul. In addition to meeting the needs of Saint Paul, the High Bridge station also is supplying power to other nearby communities. - The Company has ample capacity to serve the area, providing various kinds of services. All three generating stations that supply power to Saint Paul use both coal and natural gas as fuel. During the warmer months of the year, when natural gas consumption in the area is low, the power plant uses gas for fuel and during the cold months coal is used. By us- ing surplus gas at the interruptable gas service rates during the low consumption months, the company is able to lower its fuel expenditures and thus reduce the cost of supplying electricity. From the standpoint of fuel supply, location of the power plants on the Mississippi and Minnesota Rivers presents a definite advantage. Delivery of coal by river -barge, and the unloading of the barges directly to the plants' coal storage areas provides fuel at mini- mum transportation costs. Z75 Coats of Power to Customer Northern States Power Company has various rate schedules and services available for various demands in the area. The kinds of service available within the corporate limits of Saint Paul and South St. Paul are: Commercial Service Commercial Heating and Cooking Service Commercial Lighting Service,D.C. General Power Service General Power Service,. -D.C. Controlled Water Heating Service Separate Meter Large Commercial Service, A.C. and D. C. Large Commercial Service - High Voltage Large Industrial Service To compare Saint Paul in terms of the cost of electric power, with other areae similar in size, January 1, 1959 sigures from the Federal Power Commission' are tabulated and presented in Table 161. ,Eighteen selected cities are included and, for each city, the type of service and the charge for selected amounts of consumption are indicated. Expansion Plans At the present time Northern States Power has a total electric -generating capacity for its entire system of 1,727,000 kilowatts. During the next 10 years, additional generating facilities will be installed approximately as follows: September 1960 Black Dog Near Minneapolis 156,000 kw. June 1962 Pathfinder Near Sioux Falls 66;000 " As Needed - In Twin Cities 200,000 As Needed Red Rock Newport 1,000,000 TELEPHONE SERVICE The telephone servicein a metropolitan area often falls into the "taken -for -granted" cate- gory of urban Utilities. It is, in fact,. an important factor in a community's provision for .complete utility service, forming a highly integrated "metropolitan service.' Today, the telephone, whether for short or long distance, is the fastest communication means avail- able. With the advance of technology, the quality of service is constantly improving. The local telephone service area in the Twin Cities is indicated in Chart 86. The Saint Paul -Minneapolis areas include territory substantially larger than the corporate limits of each city.. Surrounding these two areas are thirteen suburban areas, as shown on the Chart. Calls from the St. Paul service area can be made without additional unit charge to all areas except Anoka, Lake Minnetonka, Mound, and Osseo. A recent development in telephone service is "direct -distance -dialing." As this service becomes more widespread throughout the country, every day more cities are becoming accessible by D. D. D. During early 1960, numerous cities throughout 99 states were al- ready served by Direct Dialing. 'See: Federal Power Commission, "Typical Power Bills, 1959.". 276 Following the 1949 recession slump, Utilities employment has shown a steady increase to a high in 1958, followed by a slight decrease in 1959. The 1959 annual average employ- ment was 3,389, an increase of 794 employees since 1947. (See Chart 87) When com- pared to all other employment groups in Saint Paul, Utilities employment ranked fourth in rate of employment change between 1947 and 1959„ with an increase of 30.6%. The Utilities employment change in Saint Paul between 1947 and 1959 has been of a lesser magnitude than has occurred in Minneapolis, the Standard Metropolitan Area, or the State, as is shown in Chart 88. However, a sharp rise in Saint Paul Utilities employment between 1956 to 1958 has brought the ten-year increase to a point almost equalling that of the State. One thing should be borne in mind when considering these employment increases. During 1958, the State Department of Employment Security included the T. V. and Radio Broad- casting stations and their employment in the Utilities group. This addition would account for roughly two-thirds of the employment increase during this year. If this broadcasting employment is disregarded, Saint Paul's Utilities employment would represent a lower, - 277 TALE 16,1 , TYPICAL MONTHLY ELECTRIC BILLS FOR INDUSTRIAL SERVICE 18 Selected Cities, January 1, 1959 Billing Demand (kilowatts) and Monthly Consumption (kilowatt hours) 75 kw 1 0 kW 5UU RW 1,06 kw Type of 13,M 3b,000 100,000 200,000 Servicel kwh kwh kwh kwh , St. Paul, Minn. MRL $404 $734 $1,866 $3,347 MUL 471 818 2,193 3,993 Akron, Ohio MRL 366 692 2,073 - 3,901 Atlanta,.Ga. MRL 320 568 1,537 2,849 Birmingham, Ala. MRL 206 413 1,350 2, 550 Columbus, Ohio2. MUL 272 508 1,489 2,862 Dallas, Tex. MUL 324 576 1,525 2,679 Denver, Colo. M 316 - - - MUL 341 - - - MRL 325 530 1,485 2,760 Ft. Worth Tex. MUL 333 578 1,509 2,614 Indianapolis, Ind. MUL 337 659 1,882 3,465 • MRL - - 1,735 3,113 Louisville, Ky. MRL 310 559 1,654 3,031 Memphis, Tenn.2 MUL 248 458 1,284 2,301 Minneapolis MRL 390 708 1,799 3,227 MUL 454 788 2,114 3,850 Omaha, Nebr.2 MRL 264 475 1,310 2,522 Portland, Ore. MUL 214 388 11091 1,955 Rochester,.N.Y. MUL 410 707 2,320 4,357 San Antonio, Tex. 2 MUL 281 445 1,209 2, 301 San Diego, Cal. M 281 561 - - MUL 282 515 1,585 3,121 Toledo, Ohio MRL 371 705 2,042 3,894 1 M ` - Unrestricted Motive Power MRL - Unrestricted Motive Power. and Restricted Lighting 'MUL -Unrestricted Lighting in Addition to Unrestricted Motive Power. 2 Publicly owned utility Source: Typical Electric Bills, Federal Power Commission, Washington, 1959. EMPLOYMENT Following the 1949 recession slump, Utilities employment has shown a steady increase to a high in 1958, followed by a slight decrease in 1959. The 1959 annual average employ- ment was 3,389, an increase of 794 employees since 1947. (See Chart 87) When com- pared to all other employment groups in Saint Paul, Utilities employment ranked fourth in rate of employment change between 1947 and 1959„ with an increase of 30.6%. The Utilities employment change in Saint Paul between 1947 and 1959 has been of a lesser magnitude than has occurred in Minneapolis, the Standard Metropolitan Area, or the State, as is shown in Chart 88. However, a sharp rise in Saint Paul Utilities employment between 1956 to 1958 has brought the ten-year increase to a point almost equalling that of the State. One thing should be borne in mind when considering these employment increases. During 1958, the State Department of Employment Security included the T. V. and Radio Broad- casting stations and their employment in the Utilities group. This addition would account for roughly two-thirds of the employment increase during this year. If this broadcasting employment is disregarded, Saint Paul's Utilities employment would represent a lower, - 277 CHART 86 DIRECT TELEPHONE -SERVICE TWIN CITIES METROPOLITAN AREA SOURCE: NORTHWESTERN BELL TELEPHONE COMPANY the period 5-1958. The though exhibit lowerrating inc easeeratios during than they do for the other three moe constantly the year 958. EMPLOYMENT OUTLOOK The future employment outlook for Utilities in Saint Paul will be influenced largely by future population and general economic changes in the area. The following explanation l be useful in substantiating this. of past trends in employment wil The sharp increase in employment in 1948, followed by the equally sharp decline, may be 278 disregarded in attempting to evaluate past employment trends. This large employment fluctuation was a result of the major construction activity undertaken that year by Nor- thern -States Power Company in converting from manufactured gas service to natural gas service. To accomplish this conversion, large numbers of workers were recruited from other areas, temporarily swelling the Utilities employment force in the area. Thus, by excluding the 1947-1949'trend, and with cognizance of the previously noted quali- fication relative to the 1958 employment figure, the-1949-to--1-959-:employment trend may be taken as truly representative of past utilities employment growth. The extent to which this past trend will continue during the next 20 years is based on sev- eral factors related principally to population growth and technological and economic change. Related to these latter factors is the fact that Utility employment is in private concernEr which are large companies, devoid of competition in the area. Northern States PowerCompany is a large firm, and the Northwestern Bell Telephone Company is owned by American Telephone and Telegraph Company (A. T. & T.)These large firma are capable of, and are, conducting extensive programs of research and development work aimed at increasing the efficiency and quality of the services provided. The new nuclear excellent example of the progressive out- look plant which is being built in the area is an ex look of these companies. Growth of efficiency and extent of service provided has speedily been accomplished whenever and wherever the demand has arisen. Thus, the implication for future employment -levels becomes apparent. Unless there is a drastic change technologically, with a resultant major construction, pr conversion program, future Utilities employment levels should correspond to population changes and business and industrial volume changes; the latter would presumably bring about a change in the de- mand of -service -provided by the Utilities. Therefore, since the Utilities' employment levels may be expected to respond to changes in the City's general economy, the magni- tude of change should be similar to that of the past decade. This would result in an em- ployment. increase of approximately 500 to 700 employees per decade. 280 Ippeodice,� APPENDIX I POPULATION CHANGES UNITED STATES, MINNESOTA, TWIN CITY METROPOLITAN AREA 1940, 1950, and 1960 1 The Twin City Suburbs are the 5 -County Metropolitan Area minus the central cities of Saint Paul and Minneapolis. Source: U. S. Census of Population; 1960 figures are preliminary. 281 % Change 1940 to 1950 to 1940 1950 1960 1950 1960 United States 132,155,963 151,325,798 177,874,042 14.5% 17.5% Minnesota 2,792,300 2,982,483 3,391,348 6.8% 13.7% Metropolitan Area 967,367 1,151,053 1,474,149 19.0% 28.1% Ramsey Co. 309.935 355,332 421,998 14.6% 18.8% Hennepin Co. 568,899 676,579 836,536 18.9% 23.6% Anoka Co. 22,443 35,579 85,819 58.5% 141.2% Dakota Co. 39,660 49,019 77,947 23.6% 59.0% Washington Co. 26,430 34,544 51,849 30.7% '50.1% Twin City Suburbs' 187,261 317,986 683,056 69.80/6 114.8% Saint Paul 287,736 311,349 313,209 8.2% 0.6% Minneapolis 492,370 521,718 477,884 6.0% -8.4% 1 The Twin City Suburbs are the 5 -County Metropolitan Area minus the central cities of Saint Paul and Minneapolis. Source: U. S. Census of Population; 1960 figures are preliminary. 281 APPENDIX II TOTAL ANNUAL AVERAGE EMPLOYMENT' ST. PAUL, MINNEAPOLIS, TWIN C9I�TIES 959 2tOPOL[TAN AREA, MINNESOTA Fin. Ins. Utili- to Govern- Whole- Tr=ns. ties Service2 ent Total Mfg. 'ale Retail 4 R.E. Co... ST. PAUL 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 MINNEAPOLIS 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 METROPOLITAN AREA 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 MINNESOTA 144,497 45,283 8,172 8.110 26,131 26,656 7,517 7,976 146,632 140,117 45,820 40,431 8,191 25,307 8,315 144;410 41527 , 8,415 25,786 8,653 1 47 5 l3 948 8.655 25 87 ,9 9,337 146,429 41,214 8,826 25,438 16,037 150,103 43,374 9„074 25,686 9.688 147,926 '41,494 9.084 25,139 9,611 149.654 41,886. 9,384 25,597 9,763 154,635 45,146 9.825 26,038 9.917 156,333 45,775 9.730 25,831 9,793 155,030 44,445 9.556 23,887 9.774 157,784 45,556 9,405 24,641 10,049 254,791 258,057 69,298 66,327 24,058 25,982 50,407 51,974 15,036 15,485 248,912 62,841 66,933 25,780 25,958 49.214 49.071 15,758 16,199 253,488 261,8776 5 70,983 27.42610' 9 17 0 0 263,191. 73,090 27, 97, 974 17,939 268,714 75,837 27,285 48,116 18,367 264,254 70,093 27,397 46,637 46,166 19.258 19.723 267,139 274,710 70,102 73,479 28,071 29.104 47,441 20,164 276,352 73,777 29.384 28,645 46,592 44,673 21,045 20,875 272,845 270,242. 68,249 69,253 29.269 44,505 20,700 449,703 130,323 34,338 83,119 22,652 450,032 127,692 35,461 85,407 23,604 433,860 119.333 35,458 81,114 24,269 445,081 125,918 35,941 82.112 25.107 463,253 135,031 37,294 82,437 26,341 472,108 143,745 37,931 81,941 27,189 484,999 151,097 ..38,422 82,822 28,635 476,280 140,104 38,427 81,153 29,806 983,061 138,653 39.658 82,272 30,762 501,525 195,725 41,660 85,600 - 31,928 506,758 147,683 41,965 85,191 32,572 -518, 341 144,545 43,023 85,747 32,812 533,392 147,545 43;509 88,188. 33.083. 7,387 17,760 2,595. 15,112 14,534 7,069 17,760 2,932' 15,728 14,581 6, 953 17,454 2,451 15,906 15,109 7,746 18,065 2,433 16,081 15,704 8,542 18,591 2,487 16,453 16,037 7,675 18.583 2,520 16,669 16,167 7,665 18,590 2,776 17,229 16,021 7,661 18,224 2,883 17,359 16,471 7,592 78,077 2,886 17,935 16,534 7,931 17,754 3,025 19,135 I5, 864 8.151 17.509 3,152 19.978 16.454 7,905, 16,793 3,451 20,692 18,528 7,260 16,356 3,389 21.712 19.009 13,836 18,251 6,896 30,897 25,312 14,279 19,619 7,535 31,676 25,180 12,800 19.397 7,541 31,383 24,198 13,965 19,557 7.756 30,899 23,150 15,350 20„062 7,936 31,445 23,152 13,634 19,783 8,349 31,741 23,832 12,806 19,998 8,859 32.878 24,568 13,219 18,465 9,267 34,045 25,873 14,045 18,307 9.610 35,602 25,513 13,476 17,869 9.512 37,254 26,411 13,300 17.548 9,659 38,049 26,998 12 654 6 52438547 19,978 Z7 .193 13,160 14,823 40,509 28,046 25,424 37,090 9.840 49,710 52,207 25,458 38,450 10,852 51,013 52,095 23,464 37,916 10,385 50,420 51,501 -25,205 38,800 10,657 50,435 50,906 28,426. 39.935 10,883 51,561 51,345 25,342 39,669 11 .314 52,576, 52,406 24,259 39,912 12,024 54,367 53,444 25,029 37,981 12,542 55,363 55,875 27,059 38,054 12,868 57,881 55,854 27.322 38,124 12,940 61.107 57,619 26,408 37,619 13.224 62,685 59.409 28,905 36,916 14,380 67,125 64,889 31,126 37,728 14,220 70,797. 67,196 759.595 199,920 55,330 143,427 31,751 36,868 63,993 18,927 67,196 21,260' 106,567 II0, 360 102,812 104,667 1947 - 1948 786,134 198,609. 57,345 155,159 32,178 32,815 39,361 39.576 63 73 1999 768.937 187,390 Sb,102 56,621 150,259 151,768 34,318 44'858 67 256 21,147 110,112 115,572 116,793 1950 796.638 194,986 58,595 155.,237 36,044 49,.5 04 70,593 21,420 113,462 1951 829,344 207,699 59.900 155,005 37,008 47,834 68,982 21,866 113,235 119.699 1952 836,893 866,791 - 213,868 225,211 61,144 158,136 38,953 47,497 70,457 22,835 65,182 23,024 119,377 119.923 123,180 126,307 1953 1954 854,618 210,316 61,502 156,460 40,328 41,792 51,576 57,760 65,142 23,191 123,336 128.416 1955 871,959 210,157 62,712 159,453 164,395 43,120 56,985 64,585 23,311 131,680 130,114 1956 899.711 220,68 65,508 66,138 57 1957 910,075 896.240 220.206 218, 65,250 158,94 11 44,262 52,394 58,815 254,9 ,840 58.894 24,949 133,179 134;953 139,743 143,141 1958 1959 914,065 224,695 65,631 162,331 44,732 54,739 an I W a d salaried employment. Excluded are employees 'in Agriculture f 15,000 and self-employed Pteldtning . employees engage 2 ge Included in the Service figures for Minnesota an ave f' rage o Source: Minnesota Department of Employment Security. 282 APPENDIX III - STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATIONS - MANUFACTURING Following is a brief synopsis of each two -digit manufacturing group. These definitions are in summary form; for more detailed information, see "Standard Industrial Classifica- tion Manual - 1957". Executive Office of the President, Bureau of the Budget - PagesA3 to 121. Durable Goods - 24. Lumber and Wood ProductBE cSat Furniture, includes logging -camps engaged in cutting timber an pulp -wood; mere, ant saw -mills, lathe mills, shingle mills, cooper- age stock mills, and ply -wood mills and veneer mills engaged in producing lumber and wood basic materials; and establishments engaged in manufacturing finished articles made entirely or mainly of wood or wood substitutes. 25. Furniture and Fixtures includes establishements engaged in manufacturing household, - office, public. building, and restaurant furniture; and office and store fixtures. 32. Stone Clay, and Glass Products include establishments engaged in manufactu-ing flat glass and other glass products, cement, structural clay products, pottery, concrete and gypsum products, cut stone products, abrasive and asbestos products, etc. , from materials taken principally from the earth in the form of stone, clay, and sand. 33. Primary Metal includes establishments engaged in the smelting and refining of fer- rous and non- metals or, pig or scrap, in the rolling, drawing, and alloying of ferrous and non-ferrous metals; in the manufacture of castings, forgings, and other basic products of ferrous and non-ferrous metals. 34. Fabricated Metal Products includes establishments engaged n.fabricating ferrous and non-ferrous metal products such as metal cans, tin -ware, hand tools, cutlery, gen- eral hardware, non -electric heating apparatus, fabricated structural metal products, met- . al stampings, and a variety of metal and wire products that are classified elsewhere. 35. Machine r Except Electric includes establishments engaged in manufacturing machin- ery an equipment of er t an electrical equipment and transportation equipment. Machines, powered by built-in or detachable motors ordinarily are included in this group with the ex- _ ception of electrical household appliance's. Portable tools, both electric and pneumatic powered are included in this major group, but hand tools are classified in Major Group 34. 36. Electrical Machinery includes establishments engaged in manufacturing machinery, apparatus, and supplies for the gene ration,'stoiage, transmission, transformation and utilization of electric energy. 37. n Tras ortation Equipment includes establishments engaged in manufacturing equip- ment or transportation of passengers and cargo by land, air, and water. 38. Instruments includes establishments engaged in manufacturing, mechanical, measur- ing, engineering, laboratory, and scientific research instruments; optical instruments and lenses; surgical, medical, and dental instruments, equipment and supplies; ophthalmic goods; photographic equipment and supplies; and watches and clocks. 39. Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified includes establishments engaged in manu- facturing products not classi is in any other major manufacturing group. Included are products such. as jewelry, silver -ware, musical instruments, toys, sporting equipment, etc. , as specified for S.I.C. G-oup 39, Miscellaneous Manufacturers. Also included are instances where diversity of products manufactured precludes accurate assignment of a firm to any one major industrial group. Non -Durable Goods 20. Food Products includes establishments manufacturing foods and beverages for human 283 consumption and certain related products such as. manufacturing'ice, chewing -gum, vege- table and'animal fats and oils, and prepared feeds for animals and fowls. 22. Textiles includes establishments engaged in performng y of the following per- twfne, ations: preparation of fibre and subsequent manufacturingof abraids, yarn, thread, , and cordage; manufacturing broad-wodenI-fabric, narrow -woven fabric, knit fabric, and carpets and rugs from yarn; dyeing and finishing fabric, yarn fabric, and knit apparel; coating, water -proofing, or otherwise treating fabric; the integrated manufacture of knit apparel and other finished articles from yarn; and the manufacture of felt goods, lace goods, bonded -fibre fabrics, and miscellaneous textiles. 23. A arel includes establishments producing clothing and fabricated products by cut- ting an sewing, purchased, knit or woven textile fabrics and related. materials such as leather, rubberized fabrics, plastics; and furs.. 26. Paper and Allied Products includes the manufacture'of pulps from wood and other celluloseres, anrage; t e manufacture of papers and paper board; and the manufac- ture of paper and paper board into converted products such as paper -coated off the paper machine, paper bags, paper boxes, and envelopes. 27, Printing and Publishing includes establishments engaged in printing by one or more of the common processes, such as leather press, lithography, gravure, or screen; and those establishments which perform services for the printing trade such as book -binding, type -setting, engraving, photo -engraving, and electro -typing. 28. Chemicals and All£ed Products includes establishments producing basic chemicals and establie menta man acturing products by predominately chemical processes. 29. Petroleum includes establishments primarily engaged in petroleum refining, manu- facturing, paving and roofing materials. 30. Rubber and Plastic Products includes establishments manufacturing from natural, synthetic, or reclaime ru er, gutta percha balata, or gutta eiak rubber products each as tires, rubber foot -wear, mechanical rubber goods, heels and soles, flooring and rub- ber sundries. 31. Leather and Leather Products includes establishments engaged in tanning, curry- ing, an in a ing ee an eine, and establishments manufacturing finished leather and artificial leather products and some similar products made of other materials. Leath- er converters are also included. 284 1 Manufacturers not Elsewhere Classified includes S.I.C. Groups 30 (rubber & Plastic Products) and 31 (Leather Goods). Source: St. Paul Planning Board. APPENDIX IV REASONS FOR PRESENT LOCATION SAMPLE OF SAINT PAUL MANUFACTURING FIRMS BY INDUSTRY AND EMPLOYMENT REPRESENTED Saint Paul 1958 Dependent on Location of Locationally Independent of Sales Market or Sales Market or Source of Material Source Material or Both None Total or BothLabor Supply — Num er Report- Employ- Number Number Report- • Employ- Report- .Employ- um e Report-. Employ- S.I. C. Indust ing ment ing_ ment ing ment ing ment --19 20 Food Products 1,114 4 381 7 - 1 243 25 30 2 1,738 105. 22 Textiles 1 80 158 - 2 27 4 211 13 '4 396 23 Apparel 7 1 12 1 130 2 60 202 .� 24 Wood Products 446 1 10 3 24 8 480 25 ` Furniture & Fixtures 4 284 1 1,475 3 242 9 2,001 26 Paper Products 5. 16 903 5 3,953 10 121 31 4,977 - 27 Printing & Publishing 300 1° 175 8 104 25 579 28 Chemicals 16 15 1 173 - - 2 188 29 Petroleum & Coal Prod. ] - - - 10 374 32 Stone, Clay, Glass 10 .374 - _3 130 12 320 33 Primary Metals 9 190 - - - 5 282 15 541 37 1; 46 4 34 Fabricated Metals 17 1,123 1 4,200 14 1,643 27 6,477 . 35 Machinery Except Elect. 13 638 4 1,680 4 11 1,896 36 Electrical Machinery 78 _ 2 90 4 1,268 11 1,486 37 Transportation Equip. 5 128 1 45 6 264 11 340 38 Instruments (n.e.c.)1 4 31 7 418 6 6,817 IS 123 28 7.358 39 Manufacturers Total 137 6,348 35 19,438 99 5,077 271 30,863 1 Manufacturers not Elsewhere Classified includes S.I.C. Groups 30 (rubber & Plastic Products) and 31 (Leather Goods). Source: St. Paul Planning Board. ' - APPENDIX V -MANUFACTURING VALUE ADDED PER EMPLOYEE RA.MSEY AND HENNEPIN COUNTIES, 1947 & 1954 Ramsey County Add St I.C. Manufacturing q 1 Dollar No. Group 1947 1954 147 Adj. '54 Adj. % Change 20 Food Products d $10,690 d $9,692 - - .22 Textiles d 4,160 d 3,772 - 23 Apparel $3,830 3,840 $3,973 3,481 -12. Z% 24 Wood Products d 5,020 d _4,551 - 25 Furn. & Fix. 4,420 7,090 4,585 6,428 40.2% 26 Paper Products 7,552 16,866 7,834 15,291 95.2% 27 Print. & Pub. 6,620 17,380 6,867 6,691 -2.6% Z8 Chemicals d 34,100 d 30,916 - 29 Petrol. & Coal Prod. d 7,900 d 7,162 - 31 Leather 4,280 4,710 4,440 4,270 -3.8% • 32 Stone, Clay, & Glass 5,790 7,310 6,006 6,627 10. Z% 33 Primary Metals d 7.820 d 7,090 - 34 Fabricated Metals 5,680 8,580 5,892 7,779 32:0% 35 Mach, Exc. Elec. 4,790 7,860 4,969 7,126 43.5% 36 Elec. Machinery n. r. n. r. - - - - 37 Trans. Equip. d 11,400 d 10,335 - - 38 Instruments n. r. n, r. - - - 39 Manufacturers (n. e. c. )2 8, 429 8,207 8,744 7,440 -14.9% Total $6,500 $9,460 $6,743 $8,577 29.3% Hennepin County 20 Food Products $8.,220 $8,820 $8,527 $7,996 -6.2% 22 Textiles d 3,350 d 3,037 - Z3 Apparel 3,820 4,350 3,963 3,944 -0.5% - 24 Wood Products 4,120 5,750 4,274 5,213 22.0% 25 Furn. & Fix. 4,540 6,470 '4,710 5,866 24.5% 26, Paper Products n. r. n. r. .. - - - 27" Print. & Pub. 5,510 7,570 5,716 6,863 20.1% _ 28 Chemicals n. r. n. r. - - - " Z9 Petrol. & Coal Prod. n. r. n,. r. - - - 31 Leather 3,450 4,290 3,579 3,889 8.6% 32 Stone, Clay, & Glass 6,180 7,460 6,411 6,763 5.5% 33 Primary Metals 5,070 6,910 5,259 6,265 15.3% 34 Fabricated Metals 5,150 - 7,000 5,342 6,346 18.8% 35 Mach. Exc. Elec. 5,720 7,600 5,934 6,890 16.1% 36 Elec. Machinery n. r. n. r. - - - 37 Trans. Equip. d 5,6ZO d 5,095 - 38 Instruments n. r. n. r. - - - 39 Manufacturers (n. e. c. )Z n. r. n.r. - - - Total $5,800 $7,530 $6,017 $6,827 13.5% 1 Adjusted by Wholesale Price Index to 1947-1949 Constant Dollar Basis. 2 Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified. d - Data Withheld to Avoid Disclosure. n. r. - Value Added Data For This Group Not Reported in Census. Source: U. S. Census of Business. 286 APPENDIX VI PRESENT INDUSTRIAL STANDARDS FLOOR AREA PER EMPLOYEE AND NUMBER OF EMPLOYEES PER ACRE OF INDUSTRIAL LAND Saint Paul - 1958 Number S. I. C_ Report- Ernploy- No. Industry ing ment 20 Food Products 30 1,738 22 Textile 2 105 23 Apparel 13 396 24 Wood Products 4 202 25 Furn. & Fix. 8 480 26 Paper Products 9 2,001 27 Print. & Pub. 31 4,977 28 Chemicals 25 579 Z9 Petrol. & Coal Prod. 2 188 32 Stone, Clay, & Glass 10 374 33 Primary Metals 12 320 34 Fabricated Metals 37 1,946 3 Mach. Exc. Elec. 27 6,477 F Machinery 11 1,896 7 Tjans. Equip. - 1] 1,486 �S . (ante 1 11 340 Mfrs y�,b9 Mfrs. (n. e. c.) 28 7,358 Total Manufacturing 271 30,863 Floor No. Floor Land Space Emp. Space Area Per Per Sq. Ft. Acres E mp. Acre 1,040,000 26.8 598.4 64.9 42,000 2.7 400.0 38.9 206,000 1.2 520.2 330.0 183,000 50.5 905.9 4.0 255,000 7.5 531.3 64.0 1,368,000 59.5 683.7- 33.6 1,884,000 46.7 378.5 106.6 378,000 15.9 652.8 36.4 125,000 42.7 664.9 4.4 - 164,000 27.9 438.5 13.4 136,000 8.0 425.0 40.0 1,268,000 37.5 651.6 51.9 2,959,000 108.7 456.8 59.6 805,000 21.7 424.6 87.4 1,246,000 178.6 838.5 8.3 88,000 1.6 258.8 212.5 2,880,000 63.1 391.4 116.6 15,027,000 700.6 486.9 44.1 1 Manufacturers Not Elsewhere Classified. Note: Data in this table are only for those Saint Paul manufacturing firms respond- ing to the questionnaires. Source: St. Paul Planning Board 1958 Industrial Survey. 287 -' Source: U. S. Census of Business - Population Estimated by Inter- polation Between Censual Years. 288 s - APPENDIX VII ' ESTABLISHMENT SIZE INDEXES RETAIL Saint Paul, Minneapolis, Twin Cities, S.M.A. Per Establishment Employment and Sales Per Population and to United9 SStates (U. S. = 1) • Indexed Empl. Emp. Sales .Sales Pop.. Estab. Pop. `Estab., Index Index Index Index Avera e _ Saint Paul Food Stores 1.44 1.68 1.64 1.67 1.21 1.36 1.43 1.45 1.41 - 1.56 Eating and Drinking General Merchandise 2.09 5.52 1.80 4.76 3.54 1.46 Apparel and Accessories 1.43 1.39 1.80 1.47 1.38 1.43 - r•42 Furniture & Appliance 1.21 2.17 - 1.33 2.37 1.77 Automotive Gas Service Station a 1 19 1,22 1.01 1.06 0:56 1.12 0.89 Lumber, Bldg. Mat. Hdwe. 0.73 1.90 1.17 1.90 1.58 1.74 Drugs 1.15 1.21 0 94 1.00 6.18 1.08 6.58 Other Non -Store Retail 6.92 6.97 6.23 1.55 1.75 1.38 1.58 1.57 Total Minneapolis' Food Stores, 1.44 1.30 63 1.21 1.09 1 68 1.45 1,26 1 . 67 Eating and Drinking 1.90 Z. 1. 4.76 . 2.62 4.80 3.70 General Merchandise 1.60 Apparel and Accessories 1..70 1.45 .56 1.84 1.54 1.63 Furniture & Appliance 1.48 1.81 1.60 1.93 1.71 Automotive . 1.52 1.26 1. 37 1.16 1.33 1.46 Gas Service Station1 ' Lumber, Bldg. Mat. Hdwe• 38 1.41 1.51 1,52 1.74. 1.43 1.79 Drugs 2.20 1 79 1.79 1.54 1.25 1.07 1.41 Other 5.31 3.60 5.10 3.45 4.37 Non -Store Retail 1.80 1.60 1.68 1.50 1.65 -" Total Twin Cities S. M. A. Food Stores 1.21 1.61 1.52 1.02 1.37 1.15 1.36 1.30 Eating and Drinking 1.29 3.44 .39 1.36 2.47 General Merchandise 1.11 1.531.54 0.99 1.25 Apparel and Accessories 1.09 1.29 1.14 1.35 1.22 Furniture & Appliance1.44 1.00 1.78 1.OS 1 91 Automotive 1.15 1.61 1.-02 1.43 1.30 1.19 Gas Service Station Lumber, Bldg. Mat. Hdwe. 1.08 1.27 1.11 1.29 1.28 1.52 1.53 Drugs 1.50 1.06 1.82 1.33 0.85 1.07 1.08 Other 3.46 3.63 3.23 3.40 3.43 Non -Store Retail 1.20 1.52 1.15 1.46 1.33 Total -' Source: U. S. Census of Business - Population Estimated by Inter- polation Between Censual Years. 288 APPENDIX VIII RETAIL SALES BY RETAIL GROUP Adjusted by Consumer Price Index' to 1947-1949 Price Levels Saint Paul, Minneapolis, Twin Cities, S.M.A. , U. S. 1 1948 (Adj. ), 1954, 1958 Saint Paul Minneapolis 1948 ($1,000) 1954 ($1,000) 1958 ($1,000) 19 8 ($1,000) 19 4 ($1,000) 1 ($1,000) Food Stores $70,203 $84,45& $86,601 $119,879 $136,816 58,863 $135,121 58,671 Eat and Drink General Merchandise2 27,841 116,516 26.,320 87,350 32,073 106,417 57,102 162,793 173,509 193,472 , Apparel, Accessories 26,950 27,378 `21,150 58,625 38,760 57,649 40,361 45,755 42,566 Furniture & Appliances 16,612 54,095 19,985 57,556 20,281 61,894 112,681 120,543 116,153 Automotive Gas Service Stations 14,559 21,060 21,087 26,994 35,527 44,260 49,273 Lbr. Bldg., Mat. Hdwe. 13,089 18,166 13,463 •13,463 15,453 34,676 24,502 41,413 23,754 26,892 Drug Other 11,771 35,586 28,436 25,260 56,133 51,329 52,456 Total $387-,225 $384,174 $403,678 $692,146 $739,764_ $764,618 Twin Cities S.M.A. United States 1 1958 1 1958 ($1,000) ($1,000) ($1,000) ($1,000) ($1,000) ($1,000) Food Stores $226,342 $283,830 $330,164 $28,412,319 $34,636,074 $39,7,58,583 Eat and Drink 99,292 102,221 269,352 115,240 333.420 10,355,4b4 17,613,911 11,412,065 19,500,227 12,328,857 22,125,239 General Merchandise2 Apparel, Accessories 292,079 88,109 92,759 80,835 9,452,135 9,650,008 10,158,517 Furniture & Appliances 53,658 67,569 212,508 75,936 226,851 6,412,819 19,552,973 7,507,841 26,058,360 8,170,500 25,7-97,143 _ Automotive Gas Service Stations 186,531 54,26 1 73,753 95,759 6,293,923 9,358,721 11,550,154 _ Lbr. Bldg., Mat. Hdwe. 67,091 91,375. 104,133 10,839,475 3,902,246 10,643,575 4,259,360 11,605,195 5,497,912 Drug Other 39,981 97.,371 44,964 96,179 56,784 102,776 12,504,474• 13,925,857 14;-978,378 Total $1,204,714 $1,334,511 $1,521,899 $125,339,739 $148,055,530 $161,970,479 ' 1 Consumer Price Indexes, 1947-49 = 100 (all items) 1948 = 102.8; 1954 = 114.8; 1958 _ 123.3. 2 Includes Non -Store Retail, Listed Separately in 1954 and 1958 Census Reports. N Source: 1948, 1954, and 1958 "U. S. Census of Business." APPENDIX IX Appendix IX presents the retail component importance for Saint Paul, Minneapolis and the Standard Metropolitan Area, as compared to that of the Nation. The relative per- centages of each retail group, as cited in Tables 102, 103, and 104, are indexed to the .percentage breakdown of the Nation's retail establishments, employment and sales. The percentages for the Nation are set equal to 1.00. There are some misleading ele- ments present in basing the comparison of the retail structure of a metropolitan city, such as Saint Paul, with the Nation as a whole because of the heterogeniety of the nat- ional picture (rural, semi -rural areas, etc. ). However, comparisons, such as shown in this Chart, between Saint Paul, Minneapolis, and the Standard Metropolitan Area are valid; additionally, in other parts of this Chapter, Saint Paul's retail structure is discussed on the basis of a twenty -city comparison. 290 APPENDIX X SALES PER CAPITA CHANGES - I I CITIES 1948-1954 AND 1954-1958 12 C 1948 1x54 NOTE: SALES ADJUSTED BY NATIONAL CONSUMER PRICE INDEX TO 1947-1949(=100) PRICE LEVELS. POPULATIONS ESTIMATED BY INTERPOLATION BETWEEN CENSUS YEAR POPULATIONS. SOURCE: U.S. CENSUS OF BUSINESS, U.S. CENSUS OF POPULATION MINNEAPOLIS iEATTLE .OUISVILLE 3UFFALO TORT WORTH PORTLAND ST. PAUL WASHINGTON MILWAUKEE DALLAS HOUSTON 1958 291 ° N N APPENDIX XI ro ANNUAL BANK DEBITS TO DEMAND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS AND PER CENT CHANGE FROM PREVIOUS TIME PERIOD SAINT PAUL, MINNEAPOLIS,. 9th FEDERAL RESERVE DISTRICT AND UNITED STATES - SELECTED YEARS: - 1924-1958 (in millions of dollars) Saint Paul Minneapolis 9th Fed. Reserve Diet. I United States Year Debits of Change Debits o hangs Debits o of Change Debits o of Change 1924 $1,974 -11.6% $4,408 -5.2% $9,031 -3.0% $522,627 6.6% 1928 2,148 8.1% 5,296 20.1% 10,383 15.0% 850,521 62.7k 1932 1,300 -39.5% 2,913 -45.0% -5,566 -46.4% 347,264 -59.2% 1936 1,993 53.3% 4,170 43.2% 8,030 44.3% 461,889 33.0% 1940 2,072 4.0% 4,384 5.1% 8,647 7.7% - 445,863 3.5% �. 1944 3,813 84.3% 7,993 82.3%a 16,154 86.8% 891,910 100.0%. . 1948 5,915 54.9% 13,247 65.7% 27,644 71.3% 1,227,476 37.0% 1952 6,993 18.2% 15,685 18.4% .33,317 20.5% 1,642,852 33.0% - ' 1956 8,148 16.5% 19,373 -. 23.517a 39,168 17.6% 2,200,643 34.0% 1957 8,430 3.5% 20,387 5.2% 41,323 5.5% 2,356,768 7-.0% - 1958 9,038 7.2% 21,159 3;8%, 43,411 5.0% 2,439,754 -3.5% 1 24 Major Financial Centers in 9th District. Source: Federal. Reserve Bank, Washington, D.C. - ro APPENDIX XII Source: Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. 293 BANK DEBITS - (thousands of Dollars) Year Total Minneapolis Total Saint Paul 1937 _ $4,411,825 $2,053',056 1938 3,905,851 1,879,028 1939 4,126,517 1,958,139 1940 4,405,028 2,071,978 1941 4,957,803 2,466,073 1942 .5,712,422 2,793,508 1943 7,473,039 3,550,433 1944 8,046,735 3,813,602 1945 8,626,532 4,010,888 1946 1011091152 4,550,699 1947 12,383,535 5,338,788 1948 13,246,749 5,926,390 1949 12,222,493 5,613,359 1950 13,735,221 6,207,757 1951 15,220,593 6,864,114 1952 15,560,304 6,673,591 1953 16,142,671 6,951,408 1954 _ 16,928,014 7,021,147 1955 18,115,614 7,662,786 suburbs 18,769,148 1956 19.373,846 8,148,050 suburbs 20,143,564 1957 20,387,323 8,429,620 - suburbs 21417,383. 1958 - 21,158,895 9,037,540 suburbs 22,299,793 Source: Federal Reserve Bank of Minneapolis. 293 APPENDIX XIII'. TOTAL ASSETS, ALL COMMERCIAL BANKS Saint Paul 1940 to 1958 (thousands of dollars) Bank Bldg. Number Bonds k k Other Total Year of Banks Cash Securities Loans .Assets Assets 1940 16 107,523 53,302 76,181 3,804 240,810 1941 16 84,063 67,584 93,585 4,269 249,501 1942 16 119,939 146,538 73,142 3,879 411,940 1943 16 101,352 234,438 71,996 4,154 343,498 1944 16 107,837 277,762 73,580 4,102 463,281 1945 17 136,697 341,980 80,388 4,624 563,689 1946 18 136,690 261,794 113,295 ,4,334 516,113 1947 19 155,385 247,677 139,718 4,418 547,199 1948 19 153,311 248,887 130,217 5,022 537,438 1949 19 134,057 277,317 137,006 5,388 553,768 1950 19 '139,260 242,919 176,750 6,104. 565,034 1951 19 161,392 225,397 197,012 5,002 588,804 1952 19 122,758 267,891 217,029 5,657 613,336 1953 19 163,742 236,747 230,847 5,919 637,250 1954 19 158,541 270,578 233,295 5,981 668,395. 1955 20 142,614. 226,945 274.,475 7,114 651,198 1956 21 164,146 206,842 290,782 8,356 668,003 IR57 21 179,928 ZZ2, 131 287 932 9,082 699,73 -1958 22 - 175,914 252,058 293,258 9,933 732,197 Source: Polk's Bank Directory, Indicated Years. 294 APPENDDC XIV TOTAL LIABILITIES ALL COMMERCIAL BANKS Saint Paul 1940 to 1958 (thousands of dollars) Deposits Capital Deman ime ta ol Other Total Year Fund sl Deposita Deposits Deposits Liabilities Liabilities 1940 19,935 171,708 45,355 217,063 1,789 240,810 1941 21,465 155,257 68,126 223,383 1,203 249,501 1942 22,782 275,371 41,013 316,384 852 343,498 1943 24,955 328,766 53,921 382,687 391 411,940 1944 26,760 365,854 66,013 431,867 725 463,281 1945 29,114 439,306 90,192 529,498 799 563,689 1946 30,872 377,266 101,270 478,536 1,871 516,113 1947 31,817 412,163 97,578 509,741 650 547,198 1948 33,056 399,208 .98,158 497,366 2,375 537,437 1949 34,259 422,338 87,185 509,523 4,469 553,768 1950 36,043 426,981 91,251 518,232 5,297 565,033 1951.37,278 439,425 100,020 539,445 2,460 588,803 1952 38,977 456,569 104,969 561,538 2,587 613,335 1953 40,287 461,607 118,570 580,177 4,783 637,250 1954 44,027 484,242 127,229 611-,471 4,283 668,395 1955 49,973 465,218 125,132 590,350 3,156 651,148 1956 51,607 468,526 133,928 602,454 4,798 668,002 1957 54,342 477,092 154,417 631,509 5,415 699,073 1958 60,634 490,479 171,216 659,729 4,821 731,927 1 Computed by adding: Capital. Surplus & Und. Prof. , in Some Cases Also the Reserves. Source: Polk's Bank. Directory, Indicated Years. 295 APPENDIX XV SMALL LOANS TABLE Saint Paul, 1940 - 1957 Source: State of Minnesota Division of % of % to Total Amts. of % to Total Number State Number of Number Loans Mado Amt. of Year Licenses Licenses Loans Made State Loans (ADD 000) State Loans 1940 20, 24.1 43,924 27.2 $5,010 28.4 1941 17 22.4 37,890 25.3 4,854 26.6 1942 15 21.4 30,255 26.8 3,738 28.4 1943 14 21.9 32,261 26.6 4,255 28.2 " 1944 14 21.9 30,366 26.5 4,268 27.7 1945 14 22.2 30,757. 27.6 4,770 28.9 1946 14 19.7 33,995 .26.8 5,437 27.8 1947 17 22.1 37,323 26.5 6,306 27.3 1948 18 21.4 40,829 27.3 7,069 27.6 1949 22 23.2 45,951 27.4 8,402 28.1 1950 23 23.5 49,196 27.5 9.456 28.4 1951 23 23.2 51,964 27.0 10,355 27.6 1952 25 23.2 53,514. 27.3 -11,006 27.8 1953 24 21.4 51,942 26.3 - 11,084 26.8 1954 24 19.7 49,754 25.6 10,756 26.1 1955 25 18.2 50,345 24.8 11,080 25.2 1956 26 18.6 49.982 24.0 11,223 24.5 1957 26 18.3 49,255 23.7 11,240 24.3 Source: State of Minnesota Division of Banking - SMALL LOANS OUTSTANDING Saint Paul, 1940 - 1957 Number 96 to Total °h to Total of Loans State Number Amount Outstanding State Amount Year Outstanding Outstanding (thous. of dollars) Outstanding 1940 22,285 26.2 - $2,348 - 27.4 1941 23,762 - 26.7 .. 2,671 27.8 - 1942 19,899 26.2 11980 27.8 1943 16,151 27.0 1-,798 - 27.7 ' 1944 14,839 27.0 1,758 28.0' 1945 14,811 27.5 - 21019 29.0 1946 17,559 26.6 2,536 27.5 1947 19,604 26.6 2,927 27.5 1948 22,446 26.9 3,462 27.4 1949 26,036 27.1 4,262 28.0 1950 28,585 27.0 4,920 27.9 1951 30,082 27.1 5,289 27.9 1952 32.,370 27.1 5,958 28.0 1953 33,483 26.2 6,307 26.9 1954 33,072 25.7 6,238 26.4 1955 32,655 24.5 6,272 24.9 1956 32,481 23.8 6,398 24.2 - 1957 31,785 23.0 6,373 23.5 Source: State of Minnesota Division of Banking 296 APPENDIX XVI 1 Includes valuations of public and institutional buildings. Note: The per cent distribution of data by type is not completely comparable between the years by virtue of the fact that the breakdowns were made from summary reports and not from examination of individual permits. ' Source: 1) Years 1920 to 1935, early Planning Board records. 2) Years 1940 to 1959; derived from data presented in Annual Reports of Bureau of Public Buildings; Dept. of Parks, Recreation, and Public Buildings. ° 297 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION VALUATION BY TYPE Saint Paul, 1920 - 1959 _ (in thousands of dollafe) Year Residential Commerical Industrial Alteration Miscellaneous.! Total 1920 Amount $4,015 $851 $3,167 $1,219 $269 $9,521 (Per Cent) (42.2) (8.9) (33.3) (12.8) (2.8) (100%) 1925 Amount 13,802 819 1,976 2,035 5,414 24,045 (Per Cent) (57.4) (3.4) (8.2) (8.5) (22.5) (100%) 1930 Amount 2,086 4,204 45 1,602 3,147 11,084 (Per Cent) (18.8) (37.9) (1.0) (14.5) (27.8) (100%) - 1935 Amount 1,508 264 62 1,388 329 3,552 -. (Per Cent) (42.5) (7.4) (1.7) (39.1) (9. 3) (100%) 1940 Amount 4,956 1,057 354 2,213 1,172 9,752 (Per Cent) (50.8) (10.8) (3.6) (22.7) (12.0) (100%) 1945 Amount 4,181 201 1,030 2,408 1,311 9,132 (Per Cent) (46.0) (2.2) - (11.3) (26.4) (14.4) (100%x) 1950 Amount 31,478 4,577 • 2,255 5,481 7,296 51,087 (Per Cent) (61.6) (9.0) (4.4) (10.7) (14.3) (100%) 1955 Amount 18,971 5,998 2,490 7,035 7,008 41,502 (Per Cent) (45.7) (14.5) (6.0) (17.0) (16.9) (100%) 1959 Amount 17,639 10,696 2,291 9,670 29,786 70,083 (Per Cent) (25.2) (15.3) (3.3) (13.8) (42.5) (100%x) 1 Includes valuations of public and institutional buildings. Note: The per cent distribution of data by type is not completely comparable between the years by virtue of the fact that the breakdowns were made from summary reports and not from examination of individual permits. ' Source: 1) Years 1920 to 1935, early Planning Board records. 2) Years 1940 to 1959; derived from data presented in Annual Reports of Bureau of Public Buildings; Dept. of Parks, Recreation, and Public Buildings. ° 297 ----1-954----, 1,109 APPENDIX XVII 14 3 ,480 7 ' NUMBER AND VALUATION OF RESIDENTIAL DWELLING UNITS 18,-3_0,6,905 14 285, 00 PROVIDED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION Saint Paul, 1923, to 1959 2 51,600 20 Single -Family Two -Family Apartments 2 Year No. Value No. Value No. Value Units 1923 - 2,075 $10;061,438 89 $952,140 49 $1,586,640 19,200 1924 1,864 8,670,921 91 854,868 30 753,320 432,000 1925 2,015 9,982,166 124 1,200,390 45 2,06&,400 3,178,800 1926 1,351 6,996,422 82 827,575 40 1,600,200 1,489,440 - 1927 ;827 4,392,054 40 398,520 15 832,800 43,200 1928 667 4,028,118 26 258,600 4 210,600 5,609,160 1929 421 2,350,332 16 133,680 6 226,800 1,195,000 1930 297 1,490,112 11 113,040 10 253,080 1931 345 11901,110 14 99,600 3 76,800 1932 221 1,100,094 3 13,320 1933 169 856,800 1 12,000 1934 104 506,898 1935 242 1,394,910 1 9,600 1936 505 2,847,464 1 6,000 4, 85,200 - 1937 - 359 2,102,790 9 206,400 1938 585 3,100,701 3 27,000 5 919,200 293 1939 692 3,738,457 3 19,800 6 178,800 63 1940 830 4,733,518 2 17,580 6 204,600 68 '- 1941 785 4,666,915 7 45,600 13 423,960 159 1942 200 981,343 1 5,400 6 134,400 38 1943 4 8,160 1944 93 365,220, 1945 547 3,714,618 1 16,540 I 18,000 4 1946 1,119 9,353,478 12 154,800 8 364,200 110 Vets. Proj. 15 961,800 603 1947 1,015 91889,098 24 296,340 11 703,200 111 1948 884 9,237,805 14 181,440 8 674,280 81 1949 832 8,796,839 12 197,640 43 2,377,920 459 1950 1,603 -17,779,498 37 688,144 52 3,641,308 642 - Fed. Hag. Proj. 2 9,227,520 832 1951 1,138 .14,417,453 32 598,200 18 3,061,200 593 1952 1,184 15,869,688 22 453;120 4 122,400 46 1953 1,147 16,368,085 9 225,9604 276,000 36 Comb. Store -Apt. . 1 48,000 10 otel 1 36,000 10 ----1-954----, 1,109 15,836,611 14 3 ,480 7 368,400 69 _'-- 1955 `------1,_181. 18,-3_0,6,905 14 285, 00 5 326,400 31 Motel 2 51,600 20 Rectori s 2 96,000 1956 822 12,553,024 14 375,00 6 456,000 77 Comb. Store -Apt. 1 19,200 1 1957 816 12,388,680 15 310,800 8 432,000 61 (Fed. Hag.) 4 62,400 44 999,600 46 3,178,800 366 1958 691 10,879,946 36 734,520 30 1,489,440 244 Motel 1 43,200 1959 671 11,216,377 38 854,440 80 5,609,160 800 Motels 2 1,195,000 112 Source: 1959 Annual Report, Bureau of Public Buildings, Department of Parks, Recreation, and Public Buildings. 298 APPENDIX XVIII SELECTED RAIL FREIGHT RATES FOR LESS -THAN -CARLOAD LOTS FROM ST. PAUL TO VARIOUS CITIES (per hundredweight) Source: Prepared for this study by the Transportation Department of the Saint Paul Chamber of Commerce. 299 APPENDIX XIX From Saint Paul to: an Fran- tr- ming- New Kansas Commodity cisco ham Denver Houston York City .Chicago Agricultural Impl. $6.97 $3.60 $3.34 $4.16 $4.16 $2.44 $2.22 Abrasives 4.94 2.65 2.42 2.95 2.95 1.73 1.58 Barrels, Drums (wood) 8.99 4.81 4.39 5.37 5.37 3.15 2.87 Refrigerators, Coolers 8.32 4.46 4.06 4.97 4.97 2.92 2.65 - Fertilizing Compound 5.39 2.89 2.63 3.22 3.22 1.89 1.72 , Games, Toys 8.32 4.46 4.06 4.97 .4.97 2.92 2.65 Hardware 6.97 3.66 1.39 4.16 4.16 2.44 2.22 Iron, Steel 4.50 2.41 2:19 2.68 2.68 1.58 1.44 Paper, Paper Art. 5.84 3.13 2.86 - 3.49 3.49 2.05 1.87 Plastic Articles 8.94 4.81 4.39 5.37 5.37 3.15 2.87 Source: Prepared for this study by the Transportation Department of the Saint Paul Chamber of Commerce. 2.47 2.27 Plastic Articles 8.81 4.81 5.28 5.71 5.30 Source: Prepared for this study by the Transportation Department of the Saint Paul Chamber of Commerce. 299 APPENDIX XIX SELECTED TRUCK FREIGHT RATES FOR LESS -THAN -TRUCKLOAD LOTS FROM ST. PAUL TO VARIOUS CITIES (per hundredweight) From Saint Paul to: San Bir- Fran- ming- New Kansas Commodity cisco ham Denver Houston York City Chicago Agricultural Impl. $7.49 $4.09 - $4.51 $4.85 $4.51 $2.95 $2.69 Abrasives 1 4.85 2.65 3.07 3.14 2.90 1.99 1.84 Barrels, Drums (wood) 8.81 9,62 10.30 11.42 10.60 6.60 6.04 - -2.93 Refrigerators, Coolers 8.15 4.45 4.91 5.14 4.93 3.18 Fertilizing compound 5.29 2.89 3.26 3.41 3.19 2.15 1.98 Games, Toys 8.15 4.45 4.91 5.14 4.93 3.18 2.93 Hardware 6.17 3.37 3.76 3.98 3.71 2.47 2.27 Iron, Steel 5.73 3.13 3.52 3.70 3.45 2.31 2.12 Paper, Paper Art. 6.17 3.37 3.76 3.98 3.71 2.47 2.27 Plastic Articles 8.81 4.81 5.28 5.71 5.30 3.43 3.14 Source: Prepared for this study by the Transportation Department of the Saint Paul Chamber of Commerce. 299 APPENDIX XX SELECTED SERVICE RECEIPTS - BY COMPONENT GROUP ST. PAUL, MINNEAPOLIS, S.M.A., MINNESOTA, 1948, 1954, 1958 (in thousands of dollars) I Figures withheld under disclosure rule - estimated Source: U. S. Census of Business 300 Saint Paul Minnea olio 1 8 1954 1958 1 1 1 8 Personal Service $11,694 $16,023 $18,408 $26,628 $35,077 $43,473 129,853 Business Services 4,2181 8,716 7,238 15,080 11,920 13,983 8,620 72,948 13,203 21,039 a Auto Rep., Gr. Repair Services. 316671 1,833 3,855 5,300 4,328 9,207 11,908 Amuse., Rec. 4,588 7,630 5,887 6,616 12,433 14,284 25,441 17,157 23,123 24,468 Hotels. Motels 4,969 . 5,816 Total $30,969 $49.278 $63,211 $80,276 $173.033 $253,864 Metropolitan Area Minnesota I B 1948 1 54 1 1948 19 4 Personal Service $40,443 $54,982 $69,193 $68;703 $89,586 $113,226 Business Services 17,594 83,674 152,387 20,866 29,610 93,375 38,505 170,427 65,123 Auto Rep., Gar. Repair Services 14,707 7,097 22,271 15,173 37,239 19,821 15,392 28,249 38,138 Amuse., Rec. 19,070 39,592 38,164 36,680 44,767 65,777 59,618 61,590 80,031 Hotels, Motels 19,552 24,409 - 34,048 Total $118,463 $240,101 $350,852 $216,018 $375,110 $528,535 I Figures withheld under disclosure rule - estimated Source: U. S. Census of Business 300 Y APPENDDI XXI EXCERPTS- HOSPITAL LICENSING LAW 1959 The following are excerpts from Minnesota Directory - 1959 of Licensed Hospitals and Related Institutions - Minnesota Department of Health. - "HOSPITAL LICENSING LAW" ' "Hospitals and related in'ptitutione in Minnesota are licensed under the pro- visions of Sections 144. 51r and 144. 58, inclusive, Minnesota Statutes. These statutes cover all places in which. "any accommodation is maintained, fur- nished, or offered for the hospitalization of the sick or injured or for mater- nity care of more than one woman within a period of six months, or for care of three or more aged or infirm persons requiring or receiving chronic or convalescent care. "A"General Hospital" is a hospital providing community service for in- patient medical and surgical care of acute illness or injury or for obste- trics. "A "Specialized Hospital" is a hospital providing primarily for one type of care, such as a mental hospital, a psychiatric hospital, a tuberculosis hos- pital, a chronic disease hospital, or a maternity hospital. "A "Nursing Home" is a facility which is operated in connection with a hos- pital, or in which nursing care and medical services are prescribed by. or performed under the general direction of persons licensed to practice medi- cine or surgery within the State, for the accommodation of convalescents or other persons who are not acutely ill and not in need of hospital care, but . who do require skilled nursing care and related medical services. Examples of nursing care include: bedside care, administration of medicines, prepar- ation of special diets, application of dressings or bandages, and treatments prescribed by a physician. "'A "Boarding Care Home" is a home providing for .personal or custodial care only. Examples of personal or custodial care include: help with bath- ing, dressing, or other personal care; help with ambulation, i.e. , walking, getting in or out of bed; tray service because of inability of person to get to dining room; supervision of medications which may be safety self-adminis- tered; and supervision of a senile. person." 301 w N s" APPENDIX XXII SELECTED HOSPITAL DATA -Saint Paul, June, 1959 - - Bed Capacity' - Per Owner- Non- No. Cent Number of - ship or Medical Accept- Accept- Bassi- Occu- ncy anent Days Patients - Admitted Name of Facility Control Type able able netsaP Anker City -Co. Gen. 2161 349 2143 0 28 21 48 - 114 99,248 73,799 6,700 - 11,648 Bethesda? Church Gen. 88 14 0 82 22,477 3,058 Children'04 N.P.A. Child 0 0 79 49,582 756 Gillette State State Orth. 171 125 0 . 14 86 39,284 5,819 Midway _ y Church Gen. 0 3315 48 88 104, 1 �7 12,302 Chas. T. Miller N.P.A. Gen. 646 0 6 81 18,843 3,200 Mounds Park N.P.A.' Gen. 160 0 0 56 ',32,598 2,96314 N. P. Beneficial Assn. N. P. A. Gen. 48 267 9 85 22,858 3,208 Riverview Memorial N.P.A. Gen. 2279 0 31 110 40,808 6,166 St. John's 8 Church Gen. 27211 0 23 98 92,908 11,571 St. Joseph's10 Church Gen. 19312 0 24 99 .- 69,416 7,787 St. Luke's N.P.A. Gen. Mental ,Anker City-Co..Psyc. Unit 85 0 . 0 0 78 72 24,210 IO_050 1;565 - 315 Crestview - St. Joseph's13 N. P. A. Church 38 0 50 0 0 - 550 Chas. T. Miller N.P.A. 68 0 0 •0 80 88 19,753 Z11898 549 Mounds` Park N. P. A. - 68 0 - Tuberculosis _ Ankerp Ramsey Cty. Pavillion City -Co. Gen. 135 0 52 25,640 75 - Note: (a) The above facilities are located in the City of Saint Paul, County of Ramsey. - •. (b) Foot -notes to this Appendix may be found on page 303. . Source: 1959 Minnesota Directory of Licensed Hospitals and Related Institutions, Minn. Dept. of Health FOOTNOTES TO APPENDIX XXII i - - 1 Plus 85 psychiatric, 135 tuberculosis and a 50 -bed chronic unit. 2 36 general -bed addition under construction (without Hill -Burton aid). Occupancy based on 178 beds in use.I4 3 Plus a 102 -bed nursing home unit under construction with Hill-Burton_tid. 4 Addition under construction (without Hill -Burton aid), occupancy based on 75 beds in use. 5 Plus 68 psychiatric beds. 6 Plus 68 psychiatric beds. 7 Sprinklered building. 8 Addition (without Hill -Burton aid) opened June 1959, occupancy based an 102 beds in use in 1958. 9 Plus 58 chronic beds. 10.212 general -bed addition under construction (without Hill -Burton aid), occupancy based on 260 beds in use. 11 Plus 51 psychiatric beds under construction (with Hill-burton aid). 12 Includes 52 bedsfor acute convalescent care. 13 Under construction (with Hill -Burton aid). 14 Exclu ing obstetrics. r 303 70 60 50 40 30 m w 2C z w w APPENDIX XXIII PERCENT DISTRIBUTION OF REVENUES S.T. PAUL, 1950-1960 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 SOURCE: CITY COMPTROLLER 304 i OTAL TAX APPROPRIATIONS STATE AND FEDERAL At (SCHOOLS) SELF SUSTAINING DEPARTMENTS ' SPECIAL TAXES i 3 \ LICENSES AND PERMITS STATE HIGHWAY AID 3 SUNDRY .� REVENUES 2 SUNDRY SCHOOL REVENUES '�'C"GARETTE AND LIQUOR THAN 1 LESS 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 SOURCE: CITY COMPTROLLER 304 i APPENDIX XXIV CITY GOVERNMENT REVENUES MILLIONS ST. PAUL, 1950-1960 ` OF DOLLARS 30 20 THOUSANI OF DOLLAF IOC 9C 8C 7C 6C 5C 4C 1��. 1950 1951' 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 SOURCE: CITY COMPTROLLER 305 .. . No OWN m MEN 1��. 1950 1951' 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 SOURCE: CITY COMPTROLLER 305 306 ^f APPENDIX XXV GUIDE TO MINNESOTA LAWS RELATED TO THE TAX LEVIES OF SAINT PAUL (See Annual Budget Appropriation Report 1960 - Page 9 - Table "Analysis of 1959 Tax Levy") 1) Public Examiner's Fee: Chapter 189 Laws of 1951 M.S.A. 215.26 2) Health k Welfare: Chapter 321 Laws of 1957 M.S.A. 471.61 3) Severance'Pay: Chapter 690 Laws 1959 4). Unemployment Compensation: Chapter 549 - 1959 Session Laws M.S.A. 268.06 5) Port Authority: Chapter 812 - 1957 Session Laws " M.S.A. 458.09 6) Monies and Credits: Chapter 453 Laws of 1945 M.S.A. 285.143 7) Civil Defense: Chapter 694 Laws of 1951 - .8) Detention 6 Correction Chapter 664 Laws of 1957 Sec. 4 Authority: (Not Coded) 9) Metropolitan Areas Chapter 468 Laws of 1957 Regional Planning: M.S.A. 473.01 306 SELECTED RECENT AND SCHEDULED PUBLICATIONS OF THE CITY PLANNING BOARD. OF SAINT PAUL published 1. POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS, Community Plan Report 1 August 15, 1955. $.50. 2. HOUSING, part 1, Community Plan . Report 2, October 31, 1955. Out of print, may be reviewed in the office of the City Planning Board. 3. . RECOMMENDATIONS TO THE MAYOR'S SECOND UNITED IM- PROVEMENT COUNCIL, January 1952. Out of print, may be re- viewed in the office of the City Planning Board. 4. A PROGRAM FOR URBAN RENEWAL IN SAINT PAUL, December, 1955. Out of print, maybe reviewed in the office of the City Planning Board. 5. SELECTED URBAN RENEWAL PROJECTS, some proposed poli- cies, Community Plan Report 3, November, 1956. Out of Print, may be reviewed in the office of the City Planning Board . 6. THE PROPOSED FREEWAYS FOR SAINT PAUL, Community Plan Report 4, June, 1957. $.50. 7. PROPOSED PLANNING DISTRICTS, Community Plan Report 5, August, 1957. $.75. 8. POTENTIAL RENEWAL AREAS, Community Plan Report 6, Aug- ust, 1957. $.50. 9. SAINT PAUL'S CENTRAL BUSINESS DISTRICT, Community Plan Report 7, December, 1958. $2.50. 10. SAINT PAUL'S PROPOSED LAND USE PLAN, Community Plan Report 8, July, 1959. $2.00. 11. SAINT PAUL'S PLAN FOR PUBLIC EDUCATIONAL, RECREA- TIONAL, AND CULTURAL FACILITIES, Community Plan Report 9, November, 1960. $2.50. scheduled 1. POPULATION CHARACTERISTICS: Saint Paul, 1960, A Com- munity Plan Report. Summer, 1961. 2._ SAINT PAUL'S PLAN FOR FIRE STATIONS, Summer, 1961. 3. PROPOSED PLAN FOR THOROUGHFARES. A Community Plan Report, December, 1961. SERIAL NO. OF ROLL L DEPARTMENT e Av C%Ev k ROLL IDENTIFICATION SLIP PERMANENT RETENTION DATE TO BE DESTROYED I Limited LI`M�ITED RETENTION � DATE 14ICROFILMED CONTENTS NUMBER OR NAME OF FIRST DOCUMENT OF REGULAR CONTENTS NUMBER OR NA14E OF LAST DOCUMENT MICROFILi•ED SIGNED Opeiator JOINT CITY COUNTY 14ICROFILMi BY Supervisor SERIAL NO. OF ROLL L DEPARTtENT. Q.ay ROLL IDENTIFICATION SLIP T PERMANENT RETENTION DATE TO BE DESTROYED TI - Limited) LIMITED RETENTION DATE MICROFILMED CONTENTS �ann��a�eer�C rvic�L�ioCpPQ�v S NUMBER OR NAME OF FIRST DOCUMENT OF REGULAR CONTENTS Ock. S 1 NUMBER OR NAME OF LAST DOCUMENT MICROFILI D } SIGNED Operator JOINT CITY COUNTY MICROFILM BY Supervisor SObb res O,yb v s YO 40 67e�'s d10 Z \ A%% ,P ti d- 1NYNO 1531 N01101OS3N Ad0008- SO8 VONVIS d0 nV3uns 1VN011VN �__ 9•illl •I � L VIII �, Z•illlll � g•tlilll VIII � °'z i z.zillil s elll s�Zlllll ez��l p•t VIII 11 0 o \ti �aCO y5